Shop Manual D155AX-6
Short Description
Download Shop Manual D155AX-6...
Description
SEN00596-04
BULLDOZER
D155AX -6 SERIAL NUMBERS
80001
and up
SEN00598-04
BULLDOZER 1SHOP MANUAL
D155AX-6
Machine model
Serial number
D155AX-6
80001 and up
00 Index and foreword
1
Index Composition of shop manual .......................................................................................................................... 2 Table of contents ............................................................................................................................................. 4
D155AX-6
1
SEN00598-04
00 Index and foreword
Composition of shop manual
1
The contents of this shop manual are shown together with Form No. in a list. Note 1: Always keep the latest version of this manual in accordance with this list and utilize accordingly. The marks shown to the right of Form No. denote the following: Q: New issue (to be filed additionally) q: Revision (to be replaced for each Form No.) Note 2: This shop manual can be supplied for each Form No. Note 3: To file this shop manual in the special binder for management, handle it as follows: • Place a divider on the top of each section in the file after matching the Tub No. with No. indicated next to each Section Name shown in the table below: • File overview and other materials in sections in the order shown below and utilize them accordingly. Section Title
Form Number
Shop Manual, contents binder, binder label and tabs
SEN00596-04
00 Index and foreword Index Foreword and general information
SEN00597-04 SEN00598-04 q SEN00599-01
01 Specification Specification and technical data
SEN00600-01 SEN00601-01
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard Engine and cooling system Power train, Part 1 Power train, Part 2 Undercarriage and frame Hydraulic system Work equipment Cab and its attachments Electrical system
SEN00602-01 SEN00603-00 SEN00604-01 SEN00605-01 SEN00606-01 SEN00607-01 SEN00608-01 SEN00609-01 SEN00610-01
20 Standard value table Standard service value table
SEN00611-01 SEN00678-01
30 Testing and adjusting Testing and adjusting, Part 1 Testing and adjusting, Part 2 Testing and adjusting, Part 3 Testing and adjusting, Part 4
SEN00612-01 SEN00679-01 SEN00680-01 SEN00681-01 SEN00682-01
40 Troubleshooting General information on troubleshooting Troubleshooting by failure and error codes, Part 1 Troubleshooting by failure and error codes, Part 2 Troubleshooting by failure and error codes, Part 3 Troubleshooting by failure and error codes, Part 4 Troubleshooting by failure and error codes, Part 5 Troubleshooting by failure and error codes, Part 6
SEN00613-01 SEN00851-00 SEN00716-01 SEN00717-01 SEN00718-01 SEN00719-01 SEN00720-01 SEN00721-01
2
D155AX-6
00 Index and foreword
Troubleshooting by failure and error codes, Part 7 Troubleshooting by failure and error codes, Part 8 Troubleshooting of electrical system (E-mode) Troubleshooting of hydraulic and mechanical system (H-mode) Troubleshooting of engine (S-mode)
SEN00598-04
SEN00722-01 SEN00723-01 SEN00807-01 SEN00808-00 SEN00852-01
50 Disassembly and assembly General information on disassembly and assembly Engine and cooling system Power train, Part 1 Power train, Part 2 Power train, Part 3 Undercarriage and frame Hydraulic system Work equipment Cab and its attachments Electrical system
SEN00614-01 SEN01204-01 SEN01205-01 SEN01206-00 SEN01207-00 SEN02707-00 SEN01208-00 SEN01209-00 SEN01210-00 SEN01211-00 SEN02708-00
90 Diagrams and drawings Hydraulic diagrams and drawings Electrical diagrams and drawings
SEN00615-03 SEN00616-02 SEN00617-03
D155AX-6
q q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q
3
SEN00598-04
00 Index and foreword
Table of contents
1
00 Index and foreword Index SEN00598-04 Composition of shop manual....................................................................................................... 2 Table of contents ......................................................................................................................... 4 Foreword and general information SEN00599-01 Safety notice................................................................................................................................ 2 How to read the shop manual ..................................................................................................... 7 Explanation of terms for maintenance standard.......................................................................... 9 Handling electric equipment and hydraulic component............................................................... 11 How to read electric wire code .................................................................................................... 23 Precautions when carrying out operation .................................................................................... 26 Method of disassembling and connecting push-pull type coupler ............................................... 29 Standard tightening torque table ................................................................................................. 32 Conversion table ......................................................................................................................... 36 01 Specification Specification and technical data SEN00601-01 Specification dimension drawings ............................................................................................... 2 Specifications .............................................................................................................................. 3 Weight table ................................................................................................................................ 9 Table of fuel, coolant and lubricants ............................................................................................ 12 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard Engine and cooling system SEN00603-00 Engine and cooling system ......................................................................................................... 2 Radiator, oil cooler ................................................................................................................... 2 Engine mount........................................................................................................................... 5 Cooling fan pump..................................................................................................................... 6 Cooling fan motor .................................................................................................................... 14 Power train, Part 1 SEN00604-01 Power train skeleton.................................................................................................................... 2 Overall drawing of power train unit.............................................................................................. 4 Power train hydraulic piping drawing........................................................................................... 6 Damper, universal joint................................................................................................................ 8 Torque converter, PTO ................................................................................................................ 10 Torque converter control valve .................................................................................................... 19 Lockup clutch ECMV, stator clutch ECMV................................................................................... 20 Transmission control ................................................................................................................... 26 Transmission ............................................................................................................................... 28 Transmission ECMV.................................................................................................................... 44 Main relief valve and torque converter relief valve ...................................................................... 50 Lubrication relief valve................................................................................................................. 52 Scavenging pump........................................................................................................................ 53 Power train and steering lubrication pump .................................................................................. 54 Power train, Part 2 SEN00605-01 HSS system................................................................................................................................. 2 HSS motor................................................................................................................................... 4 Hydraulic, HSS pump .................................................................................................................. 14 Hydraulic oil cooler bypass valve ................................................................................................ 37 Steering, brake control ................................................................................................................ 38 Steering unit ................................................................................................................................ 40 Brake control valve...................................................................................................................... 62 Brake ECMV................................................................................................................................ 64
4
D155AX-6
00 Index and foreword
SEN00598-04
Parking brake solenoid valve ...................................................................................................... 69 Sudden stop prevention valve..................................................................................................... 71 Final drive.................................................................................................................................... 73 Sprocket ...................................................................................................................................... 78 Undercarriage and frame SEN00606-01 Track frame ................................................................................................................................. 2 Recoil spring ............................................................................................................................... 4 Idler ............................................................................................................................................. 6 Track roller .................................................................................................................................. 8 Carrier roller ................................................................................................................................ 10 Track shoe................................................................................................................................... 12 Main frame .................................................................................................................................. 18 Suspension ................................................................................................................................. 20 Hydraulic system SEN00607-01 Work equipment hydraulic piping diagram .................................................................................. 2 Work equipment control piping diagram...................................................................................... 5 Work equipment control .............................................................................................................. 6 Hydraulic tank and filter............................................................................................................... 8 Accumulator ................................................................................................................................ 10 PCCS lever ................................................................................................................................. 11 Work equipment lock valve ......................................................................................................... 15 Control valve ............................................................................................................................... 16 Work equipment cylinder............................................................................................................. 52 Piston valve................................................................................................................................. 54 Quick drop valve ......................................................................................................................... 56 Self pressure reducing valve....................................................................................................... 61 Work equipment SEN00608-01 Cylinder stay ............................................................................................................................... 2 Blade ........................................................................................................................................... 4 Cutting edge, end bit ................................................................................................................... 6 Ripper.......................................................................................................................................... 8 Cab and its attachments SEN00609-01 Cab mount + ROPS pin............................................................................................................... 2 ROPS cab ................................................................................................................................... 3 Air conditioner ............................................................................................................................. 4 Electrical system SEN00610-01 Engine control ............................................................................................................................. 2 Engine control system................................................................................................................. 3 Deceleration potentiometer ......................................................................................................... 4 Monitor system............................................................................................................................ 6 Sensors ....................................................................................................................................... 25 Palm command control system ................................................................................................... 28 KOMTRAX system ...................................................................................................................... 31 20 Standard value table Standard service value table SEN00678-01 Standard value table for engine .................................................................................................. 2 Standard value table for engine ............................................................................................... 2 Standard value table for machine ............................................................................................ 3 30 Testing and adjusting Testing and adjusting, Part 1 SEN00679-01 Testing and adjusting, Part 1....................................................................................................... 3 Tools for testing, adjusting, and troubleshooting ..................................................................... 3 Measuring engine speed ......................................................................................................... 5 Measuring intake air pressure (boost pressure) ...................................................................... 7
D155AX-6
5
SEN00598-04
00 Index and foreword
Measuring exhaust temperature .............................................................................................. 8 Measuring exhaust gas color................................................................................................... 10 Adjusting valve clearance ........................................................................................................ 11 Measuring compression pressure............................................................................................ 12 Measuring blow-by pressure.................................................................................................... 14 Measuring engine oil pressure................................................................................................. 15 Handling fuel system parts ...................................................................................................... 16 Releasing residual pressure from fuel system......................................................................... 16 Measuring fuel pressure .......................................................................................................... 17 Measuring fuel return rate and fuel leakage ............................................................................ 18 Bleeding air from fuel circuit .................................................................................................... 22 Measuring fuel circuit for leakage ............................................................................................ 24 Testing and adjusting alternator belt tension ........................................................................... 25 Testing and adjusting air conditioner compressor belt tension ................................................ 26 Measuring fan speed ............................................................................................................... 27 Measuring fan circuit oil pressure ............................................................................................ 28 Bleeding air from fan pump...................................................................................................... 29 Adjusting fuel control dial and decelerator pedal ..................................................................... 30 Testing and adjusting, Part 2 SEN00680-01 Testing and adjusting, Part 2 ....................................................................................................... 3 Measuring power train oil pressure.......................................................................................... 3 Adjusting transmission output shaft speed sensor .................................................................. 11 Simple test procedure for brake performance ......................................................................... 12 Adjusting brake pedal .............................................................................................................. 13 Adjusting parking brake lever .................................................................................................. 15 Emergency escape method when power train has trouble...................................................... 17 Adjusting idler clearance.......................................................................................................... 20 Testing and adjusting track shoe tension................................................................................. 21 Measuring and adjusting work equipment and HSS oil pressure ............................................ 22 Measuring control circuit basic pressure ................................................................................. 26 Measuring work equipment lock solenoid valve output pressure ............................................ 27 Emergency operation method when work equipment has trouble........................................... 28 Measuring ripper pin puller solenoid valve output pressure .................................................... 30 Testing parts which cause hydraulic drift of blade and ripper .................................................. 31 Measuring internal leakage of work equipment cylinder.......................................................... 32 Releasing residual pressure from work equipment cylinder .................................................... 33 Bleeding air from work equipment cylinder.............................................................................. 33 Adjusting work equipment lock lever ....................................................................................... 34 Adjusting blade ........................................................................................................................ 35 Adjusting operator's cab .......................................................................................................... 37 Testing and adjusting, Part 3 SEN00681-01 Testing and adjusting, Part 3 ....................................................................................................... 2 Special functions of machine monitor (EMMS) ........................................................................ 2 Testing and adjusting, Part 4 SEN00682-01 Testing and adjusting, Part 4 ....................................................................................................... 2 Handling of power supply circuit of engine controller .............................................................. 2 Preparation work for troubleshooting of electrical system ....................................................... 3 Pm Clinic.................................................................................................................................. 5 40 Troubleshooting General information on troubleshooting SEN00851-00 General information on troubleshooting ...................................................................................... 2 Points to remember when troubleshooting .............................................................................. 2 Sequence of events in troubleshooting.................................................................................... 3 Check before troubleshooting.................................................................................................. 4 Classification and procedures for troubleshooting................................................................... 5 Connector pin Nos. and connection table................................................................................ 8
6
D155AX-6
00 Index and foreword
SEN00598-04
T-boxes and T-adapters table.................................................................................................. 31 Troubleshooting by failure and error codes, Part 1 SEN00716-01 Troubleshooting by failure and error codes, Part 1 ..................................................................... 3 Failure codes table .................................................................................................................. 3 Before carrying out troubleshooting when failure code is displayed........................................ 10 Information in troubleshooting table ........................................................................................ 14 Failure code [1500L0] Transmission clutch: Abnormal............................................................ 16 Failure code [15SAL1] Forward clutch: Fill high ...................................................................... 17 Failure code [15SALH] Forward clutch: Fill low....................................................................... 18 Failure code [15SBL1] Reverse clutch: Fill high...................................................................... 19 Failure code [15SBLH] Reverse clutch: Fill low....................................................................... 20 Failure code [15SEL1] Speed 1st clutch: Fill high ................................................................... 21 Failure code [15SELH] Speed 1st clutch: Fill low .................................................................... 22 Failure code [15SFL1] Speed 2nd clutch: Fill high .................................................................. 23 Failure code [15SFLH] Speed 2nd clutch: Fill low ................................................................... 24 Failure code [15SGL1] Speed 3rd clutch: Fill high .................................................................. 25 Failure code [15SGLH] Speed 3rd clutch: Fill low ................................................................... 26 Failure code [15SJL1] L/U: Fill high......................................................................................... 28 Failure code [15SJLH] L/U: Fill low ......................................................................................... 30 Failure code [2301L1] Right brake: Fill high ............................................................................ 32 Failure code [2301LH] Right brake: Fill low............................................................................. 33 Failure code [2302L1] Left brake: Fill high .............................................................................. 34 Failure code [2302LH] Left brake: Fill low ............................................................................... 35 Failure code [7RFAKA] ECM HOLD RELAY: Disconnection ................................................... 36 Failure code [AA10NX] Air Cleaner Clogging.......................................................................... 38 Failure code [AB00MA] Battery Charge Abnormal .................................................................. 40 Failure code [B@BAZG] Eng Oil PressLow ............................................................................ 42 Failure code [B@BCNS] Eng Water Overheat ........................................................................ 42 Failure code [B@BCZK] Eng Water Level Low ....................................................................... 43 Failure code [B@CENS] T/C Oil Overheat.............................................................................. 43 Failure code [B@HANS] Hyd Oil Overheat ............................................................................. 44 Troubleshooting by failure and error codes, Part 2 SEN00717-01 Troubleshooting by failure and error codes, Part 2 ..................................................................... 4 Failure code [CA111] EMC Critical Internal Failure ................................................................. 4 Failure code [CA115] Eng Ne and Bkup Speed Sens Error .................................................... 6 Failure code [CA122] Chg Air Press Sensor High Error.......................................................... 8 Failure code [CA123] Chg Air Press Sensor Low Error........................................................... 10 Failure code [CA131] Throttle Sensor High Error .................................................................... 12 Failure code [CA132] Throttle Sensor Low Error..................................................................... 14 Failure code [CA135] Eng Oil Press Sensor High Error .......................................................... 16 Failure code [CA141] Eng Oil Press Sensor Low Error........................................................... 18 Failure code [CA144] Coolant Temp Sens High Error ............................................................. 20 Failure code [CA145] Coolant Temp Sens Low Error .............................................................. 22 Failure code [CA153] Chg Air Temp Sensor High Error .......................................................... 24 Failure code [CA154] Chg Air Temp Sensor Low Error ........................................................... 26 Failure code [CA187] Sens Supply 2 Volt Low Error ............................................................... 26 Failure code [CA221] Ambient Press Sens High Error............................................................ 28 Failure code [CA222] Ambient Press Sens Low Error............................................................. 30 Failure code [CA227] Sens Supply 2 Volt High Error .............................................................. 32 Failure code [CA234] Eng Overspeed..................................................................................... 34 Failure code [CA238] Ne Speed Sens Supply Volt Error......................................................... 36 Failure code [CA263] Fuel Temp Sensor High Error ............................................................... 38 Failure code [CA265] Fuel Temp Sensor Low Error ................................................................ 39 Failure code [CA271] PCV1 Short Error .................................................................................. 40 Failure code [CA272] PCV1 Open Error.................................................................................. 41 Failure code [CA273] PCV2 Short Error .................................................................................. 42 Failure code [CA274] PCV2 Open Error.................................................................................. 43
D155AX-6
7
SEN00598-04
00 Index and foreword
Failure code [CA322] Inj #1 (L#1) Open/Short Error ............................................................... 44 Failure code [CA323] Inj #5 (L#5) Open/Short Error ............................................................... 45 Failure code [CA324] Inj #3 (L#3) Open/Short Error ............................................................... 46 Failure code [CA325] Inj #6 (L#6) Open/Short Error ............................................................... 47 Failure code [CA331] Inj #2 (L#2) Open/Short Error ............................................................... 48 Failure code [CA332] Inj #4 (L#4) Open/Short Error ............................................................... 49 Failure code [CA342] Calibration Code Incompatibility ........................................................... 50 Failure code [CA351] Injectors Drive Circuit Error................................................................... 52 Failure code [CA352] Sens Supply 1 Volt Low Error ............................................................... 54 Failure code [CA386] Sens Supply 1 Volt High Error .............................................................. 56 Failure code [CA441] Battery Voltage Low Error ..................................................................... 58 Failure code [CA442] Battery Voltage High Error .................................................................... 58 Failure code [CA449] Rail Press Very High Error .................................................................... 59 Failure code [CA451] Rail Press Sensor High Error................................................................ 60 Failure code [CA452] Rail Press Sensor Low Error................................................................. 62 Failure code [CA553] Rail Press High Error ............................................................................ 62 Failure code [CA554] Rail Press Sensor In Range Error......................................................... 63 Failure code [CA559] Rail Press Low Error ............................................................................. 64 Failure code [CA689] Eng Ne Speed Sensor Error ................................................................. 68 Troubleshooting by failure and error codes, Part 3 SEN00718-01 Troubleshooting by failure and error codes, Part 3 ..................................................................... 3 Failure code [CA731] Eng Bkup Speed Sens Phase Error...................................................... 3 Failure code [CA757] All Continuous Data Lost Error ............................................................. 3 Failure code [CA778] Eng Bkup Speed Sensor Error.............................................................. 4 Failure code [CA1228] EGR Valve Servo Error 1 .................................................................... 6 Failure code [CA1625] EGR Valve Servo Error 2 .................................................................... 7 Failure code [CA1626] BP Valve Sol Current High Error ......................................................... 8 Failure code [CA1627] BP Valve Sol Current Low Error.......................................................... 10 Failure code [CA1628] Bypass Valve Servo Error 1 ............................................................... 11 Failure code [CA1619] Bypass Valve Servo Error 2 ............................................................... 12 Failure code [CA1631] BP Valve Pos Sens High Error............................................................ 14 Failure code [CA1632] BP Valve Pos Sens Low Error ............................................................ 16 Failure code [CA1633] KOMNET Datalink Timeout Error........................................................ 18 Failure code [CA1642] EGR Inlet Press Sens Low Error ........................................................ 20 Failure code [CA1653] EGR Inlet Press Sens High Error........................................................ 22 Failure code [CA2185] Throt Sens Sup Volt High Error........................................................... 24 Failure code [CA2186] Throt Sens Sup Volt Low Error ........................................................... 26 Failure code [CA2249] Rail Press Very Low Error................................................................... 26 Failure code [CA2271] EGR Valve Pos Sens High Error......................................................... 28 Failure code [CA2272] EGR Valve Pos Sens Low Error ......................................................... 30 Failure code [CA2351] EGR Valve Sol Current High Error ...................................................... 32 Failure code [CA2352] EGR Valve Sol Current Low Error....................................................... 34 Failure code [CA2555] Grid Htr Relay Volt Low Error.............................................................. 35 Failure code [CA2556] Grid Htr Relay Volt High Error............................................................. 36 Failure code [D110KA] Battery relay: Disconnection ............................................................... 38 Failure code [D110KB] Battery Relay: Drive Short Circuit ....................................................... 40 Failure code [D130KA] Neutral relay: Disconnection............................................................... 42 Failure code [D130KB] Neutral relay: Short circuit .................................................................. 44 Failure code [D161KA] Back-up alarm relay: Disconnection ................................................... 46 Failure code [D161KB] Back-up alarm relay: Short circuit....................................................... 48 Failure code [D190KA] ACC signal relay: Disconnection ........................................................ 50 Failure code [D190KB] ACC signal relay: Short circuit............................................................ 52 Failure code [D5ZKKX] Throttle Dial: Out of normal range...................................................... 54 Failure code [DAFRKR] CAN Disconnection (Monitor)............................................................ 56 Failure code [DB2RKR] CAN Disconnection (Engine controller)............................................. 58 Failure code [DB90KK] WE controller: Source voltage reduction............................................ 60 Failure code [DB90KR] PT controller: Can communication lost .............................................. 62
8
D155AX-6
00 Index and foreword
SEN00598-04
Troubleshooting by failure and error codes, Part 4 SEN00719-01 Troubleshooting by failure and error codes, Part 4 ..................................................................... 3 Failure code [DB90KT] WE controller: Abnormality in controller ............................................. 3 Failure code [DB95KK] WE controller: Source voltage reduction............................................ 4 Failure code [DB97KK] WE controller: Source voltage reduction............................................ 6 Failure code [DB99KQ] WE controller: Type select signal ...................................................... 8 Failure code [DB9RKR] WE controller: Can communication lost ............................................ 10 Failure code [DBE0KK] PT controller: Source voltage reduction............................................. 12 Failure code [DBE0KT] PT controller: Abnormality in controller .............................................. 14 Failure code [DBE6KK] PT controller: Source voltage reduction............................................. 16 Failure code [DBE7KK] PT controller: Source voltage reduction............................................. 18 Failure code [DBE9KQ] PT controller: Type select signal ....................................................... 20 Failure code [DD12KA] Shift up Sw: Disconnection ................................................................ 22 Failure code [DD12KB] Shift up Sw: Short circuit.................................................................... 24 Failure code [DD13KA] Shift down Sw: Disconnection ........................................................... 26 Failure code [DD13KB] Shift down Sw: Short circuit ............................................................... 28 Failure code [DD14KA] Parking lever Sw: Disconnection ....................................................... 30 Failure code [DD14KB] Parking lever Sw: Short circuit........................................................... 32 Failure code [DDDDKA] Back up brake Sw: Disconnection .................................................... 34 Failure code [DDDDKB] Back up brake Sw: Short circuit........................................................ 36 Failure code [DDDDKX] Back up brake Sw: Signal mismatch ................................................ 38 Failure code [DDN7KA] WEQ Knob Sw (down): Disconnection.............................................. 40 Failure code [DDN7KB] WEQ Knob Sw (down): Short circuit ................................................. 42 Failure code [DDN9KA] WEQ Knob Sw (up): Disconnection .................................................. 44 Failure code [DDN9KB] WEQ Knob Sw (up): Short circuit...................................................... 46 Failure code [DDNLKA] Weq lock Sw: Disconnection ............................................................. 48 Failure code [DDNLKB] Weq lock Sw: Short circuit................................................................. 50 Failure code [DDTSL1] S/C: Fill high....................................................................................... 52 Failure code [DDTSLH] S/C: Fill low ....................................................................................... 54 Troubleshooting by failure and error codes, Part 5 SEN00720-01 Troubleshooting by failure and error codes, Part 5 ..................................................................... 3 Failure code [DFA4KX] BL lever 1: Out of normal range......................................................... 3 Failure code [DFA4KZ] BL lever: Disconnection or short circuit.............................................. 3 Failure code [DFA4L8] BL lever: Signal mismatch .................................................................. 4 Failure code [DFA5KA] BL lever 1: Disconnection .................................................................. 6 Failure code [DFA5KB] BL lever 1: Short circuit ..................................................................... 8 Failure code [DFA6KA] BL lever 2: Disconnection .................................................................. 10 Failure code [DFA6KB] BL lever 2: Short circuit...................................................................... 12 Failure code [DFA7KX] BT lever 1: Out of normal range......................................................... 14 Failure code [DFA7KZ] BT lever: Disconnection or short circuit.............................................. 14 Failure code [DFA7L8] BT lever: Signal mismatch .................................................................. 15 Failure code [DFA8KA] BT lever 1: Disconnection .................................................................. 16 Failure code [DFA8KB] BT lever 1: Short circuit...................................................................... 18 Failure code [DFA9KA] BT lever 2: Disconnection .................................................................. 20 Failure code [DFA9KB] BT lever 2: Short circuit...................................................................... 22 Failure code [DFAAKX] RL lever 1: Out of normal range ........................................................ 24 Failure code [DFAAKZ] RL lever: Disconnection or short circuit ............................................. 24 Failure code [DFAAL8] RL lever: Signal mismatch.................................................................. 25 Failure code [DFABKA] RL lever 1: Disconnection.................................................................. 26 Failure code [DFABKB] RL lever 1: Short circuit ..................................................................... 28 Failure code [DFACKA] RL lever 2: Disconnection ................................................................. 30 Failure code [DFACKB] RL lever 2: Short circuit ..................................................................... 32 Failure code [DFADKX] RL lever 1: Out of normal range ........................................................ 34 Failure code [DFADKZ] RL lever: Disconnection or short circuit ............................................. 34 Failure code [DFADL8] RL lever: Signal mismatch ................................................................. 35 Failure code [DFAEKA] RL lever 1: Disconnection.................................................................. 36 Failure code [DFAEKB] RL lever 1: Short circuit ..................................................................... 38 Failure code [DFAFKA] RL lever 2: Disconnection.................................................................. 40 D155AX-6
9
SEN00598-04
00 Index and foreword
Failure code [DFAFKB] RL lever 2: Short circuit...................................................................... 42 Failure code [DGT1KA] T/C oil temp sensor: Abnormal .......................................................... 44 Failure code [DGT1KX] T/C oil temp sensor: Abnormal .......................................................... 46 Failure code [DH21KA] Weq pressure sensor: Disconnection ................................................ 48 Failure code [DH21KB] Weq pressure sensor: Short circuit .................................................... 50 Failure code [DHT5KA] T/C in-pressure sensor: Disconnection.............................................. 52 Failure code [DHT5KB] T/C in-pressure sensor: Short circuit ................................................. 54 Failure code [DHT7KA] T/C out-pressure sensor: Disconnection ........................................... 56 Failure code [DHT7KB] T/C out-pressure sensor: Short circuit ............................................... 58 Failure code [DK10KX] Fuel control Dial: Out of normal range ............................................... 60 Troubleshooting by failure and error codes, Part 6 SEN00721-01 Troubleshooting by failure and error codes, Part 6 ..................................................................... 4 Failure code [DK30KA] ST lever 1: Disconnection .................................................................. 4 Failure code [DK30KB] ST lever 1: Short circuit...................................................................... 6 Failure code [DK30KX] ST lever 1: Out of normal range......................................................... 8 Failure code [DK30KZ] RL lever: Disconnection or short circuit.............................................. 8 Failure code [DK30L8] ST lever: Signal mismatch .................................................................. 9 Failure code [DK31KA] ST lever 2: Disconnection .................................................................. 10 Failure code [DK31KB] ST lever 2: Short circuit...................................................................... 12 Failure code [DK40KA] Brake potentiometer: Disconnection .................................................. 14 Failure code [DK40KB] Brake potentiometer: Short circuit...................................................... 16 Failure code [DK55KX] FR lever: Out of normal range............................................................ 18 Failure code [DK55KZ] FR lever: Disconnection or short circuit.............................................. 18 Failure code [DK55L8] FR lever: Signal mismatch .................................................................. 19 Failure code [DK56KA] FR lever 1: Disconnection .................................................................. 20 Failure code [DK56KB] FR lever 1: Short circuit...................................................................... 22 Failure code [DK57KA] FR lever 2: Disconnection .................................................................. 24 Failure code [DK57KB] FR lever 2: Short circuit...................................................................... 26 Failure code [DKH1KA] Pitch angle sensor: Disconnection .................................................... 28 Failure code [DKH1KB] Pitch angle sensor: Short circuit ........................................................ 30 Failure code [DLT3KA] T/M out-speed sensor: Disconnection ................................................ 32 Failure code [DLT3KB] T/M out-speed sensor: Abnormal ....................................................... 33 Failure code [DW7BKA] Fan rev EPC: Disconnection............................................................. 34 Failure code [DW7BKB] Fan rev EPC: Short circuit ................................................................ 35 Failure code [DWN1KA] Hss EPC1: Disconnection ................................................................ 36 Failure code [DWN1KB] Hss EPC1: Short circuit .................................................................... 37 Failure code [DWN1KY] Hss EPC1: Short circuit .................................................................... 38 Failure code [DWN2KA] Hss EPC2: Disconnection ................................................................ 39 Failure code [DWN2KB] Hss EPC2: Short circuit .................................................................... 40 Failure code [DWN2KY] Hss EPC2: Short circuit .................................................................... 41 Failure code [DWN3KA] Ssp solenoid: Disconnection ............................................................ 42 Failure code [DWN3KB] Ssp solenoid: Short circuit ................................................................ 44 Failure code [DWN3KY] Ssp solenoid: Short circuit ................................................................ 46 Failure code [DWN5KA] Fan pump solenoid: Disconnection .................................................. 48 Failure code [DWN5KB] Fan pump solenoid: Short circuit ...................................................... 49 Failure code [DXA0KA] TVC Sol.: Disconnection.................................................................... 50 Failure code [DXA0KB] TVC Sol.: Short circuit ....................................................................... 51 Failure code [DXA0KY] TVC Sol.: Short circuit ...................................................................... 52 Failure code [DXH1KA] Lock-up ECMV: Disconnection .......................................................... 54 Failure code [DXH1KB] Lock-up ECMV: Short circuit.............................................................. 56 Failure code [DXH1KY] Lock-up ECMV: Short circuit.............................................................. 58 Failure code [DXH4KA] 1st clutch ECMV: Disconnection........................................................ 60 Troubleshooting by failure and error codes, Part 7 SEN00722-01 Troubleshooting by failure and error codes, Part 7 ..................................................................... 3 Failure code [DXH4KB] 1st clutch ECMV: Short circuit ........................................................... 3 Failure code [DXH4KY] 1st clutch ECMV: Short circuit ........................................................... 4 Failure code [DXH5KA] 2nd clutch ECMV: Disconnection ...................................................... 5
10
D155AX-6
00 Index and foreword
SEN00598-04
Failure code [DXH5KB] 2nd clutch ECMV: Short circuit.......................................................... 6 Failure code [DXH5KY] 2nd clutch ECMV: Short circuit.......................................................... 7 Failure code [DXH6KA] 3rd clutch ECMV: Disconnection ....................................................... 8 Failure code [DXH6KB] 3rd clutch ECMV: Short circuit........................................................... 9 Failure code [DXH6KY] 3rd clutch ECMV: Short circuit........................................................... 10 Failure code [DXH7KA] R clutch ECMV: Disconnection.......................................................... 11 Failure code [DXH7KB] R clutch ECMV: Short circuit ............................................................. 12 Failure code [DXH7KY] R clutch ECMV: Short circuit ............................................................. 13 Failure code [DXH8KA] F clutch ECMV: Disconnection .......................................................... 14 Failure code [DXH8KB] F clutch ECMV: Short circuit.............................................................. 15 Failure code [DXH8KY] F clutch ECMV: Short circuit.............................................................. 16 Failure code [DXHBKA] Right brake ECMV: Disconnection.................................................... 18 Failure code [DXHBKB] Right brake ECMV: Short circuit ....................................................... 20 Failure code [DXHBKY] Right brake ECMV: Short circuit ....................................................... 22 Failure code [DXHCKA] Left brake ECMV: Disconnection ...................................................... 24 Failure code [DXHCKB] Left brake ECMV: Short circuit.......................................................... 26 Failure code [DXHCKY] Left brake ECMV: Short circuit.......................................................... 28 Failure code [DXHRKA] Blade up EPC: Disconnection........................................................... 30 Failure code [DXHRKB] Blade up EPC: Short circuit .............................................................. 31 Failure code [DXHRKY] Blade up EPC: Short circuit .............................................................. 32 Failure code [DXHSKA] Blade down EPC: Disconnection ...................................................... 33 Failure code [DXHSKB] Blade down EPC: Short circuit.......................................................... 34 Failure code [DXHSKY] Blade down EPC: Short circuit.......................................................... 35 Failure code [DXHTKA] Blade left 1 EPC: Disconnection ....................................................... 36 Failure code [DXHTKB] Blade left 1 EPC: Short circuit ........................................................... 37 Failure code [DXHTKY] Blade left 1 EPC: Short circuit ........................................................... 38 Failure code [DXHUKA] Blade right 1 EPC: Disconnection..................................................... 39 Failure code [DXHUKB] Blade right 1 EPC: Short circuit ........................................................ 40 Failure code [DXHUKY] Blade right 1 EPC: Short circuit ........................................................ 41 Failure code [DXHWKA] Ripper up EPC: Disconnection ........................................................ 42 Failure code [DXHWKB] Ripper up EPC: Short circuit ............................................................ 43 Failure code [DXHWKY] Ripper up EPC: Short circuit ............................................................ 44 Failure code [DXHXKA] Ripper down EPC: Disconnection..................................................... 45 Failure code [DXHXKB] Ripper down EPC: Short circuit ........................................................ 46 Failure code [DXHXKY] Ripper down EPC: Short circuit ........................................................ 47 Failure code [DXHYKA] Ripper Tilt In EPC: Disconnection..................................................... 48 Failure code [DXHYKB] Ripper Tilt In EPC: Short circuit ........................................................ 49 Failure code [DXHYKY] Ripper Tilt In EPC: Short circuit ........................................................ 50 Failure code [DXHZKA] Ripper Tilt Back EPC: Disconnection ................................................ 51 Failure code [DXHZKB] Ripper Tilt Back EPC: Short circuit.................................................... 52 Failure code [DXHZKY] Ripper Tilt Back EPC: Short circuit.................................................... 53 Failure code [DXJ4KA] Weq lock Sol.: Disconnection............................................................. 54 Failure code [DXJ4KB] Weq lock Sol.: Short circuit ................................................................ 55 Troubleshooting by failure and error codes, Part 8 SEN00723-01 Troubleshooting by failure and error codes, Part 8.................................................................. 2 Failure code [DXJ8KA] Blade left 2 EPC: Disconnection ........................................................ 2 Failure code [DXJ8KB] Blade left 2 EPC: Short circuit ............................................................ 3 Failure code [DXJ8KY] Blade left 2 EPC: Short circuit ............................................................ 4 Failure code [DXJ9KA] Blade right 2 EPC: Disconnection ...................................................... 5 Failure code [DXJ9KB] Blade right 2 EPC: Short circuit.......................................................... 6 Failure code [DXJ9KY] Blade right 2 EPC: Short circuit.......................................................... 7 Failure code [DXJAKA] Q-drop EPC: Disconnection............................................................... 8 Failure code [DXJAKB] Q-drop EPC: Short circuit .................................................................. 10 Failure code [DXJAKY] Q-drop EPC: Short circuit .................................................................. 12 Failure code [DXJBKA] S/C ECMV: Disconnection ................................................................. 14 Failure code [DXJBKB] S/C ECMV: Short circuit..................................................................... 16 Failure code [DXJBKY] S/C ECMV: Short circuit..................................................................... 18
D155AX-6
11
SEN00598-04
00 Index and foreword
Troubleshooting of electrical system (E-mode) SEN00807-01 Troubleshooting of electrical system (E-mode) ........................................................................... 3 Before carrying out troubleshooting for electrical system ........................................................ 3 Information in troubleshooting table......................................................................................... 7 E-1 When starting switch turned ON, machine monitor displays nothing ............................... 8 E-2 When starting switch turned ON (before startingengine), basic check item lights up ...... 10 E-3 Engine does not start (Engine does not turn)................................................................... 12 E-4 Preheater does not operate ............................................................................................. 14 E-5 Precaution item lights up while engine is running ............................................................ 18 E-6 Emergency stop item lights up while engine is running ................................................... 20 E-7 Engine coolant temperature gauge does not indicate normally ....................................... 22 E-8 Fuel level gauge does not indicate normally .................................................................... 23 E-9 Power train oil temperature gauge (multi-gauge) does not indicate normally .................. 25 E-10 Hydraulic temperature gauge (multi-gauge) does not indicate normally........................ 26 E-11 Contents of display by machine monitor are different from applicable machine ............ 29 E-12 Machine monitor does not display some items .............................................................. 29 E-13 Function switch does not work ....................................................................................... 29 E-14 Operation mode does not change.................................................................................. 30 E-15 Gearshift mode does not change ................................................................................... 30 E-16 Customize function does not operate normally .............................................................. 31 E-17 Customize memory function does not normally ............................................................. 31 E-18 Float mode does not change.......................................................................................... 32 E-19 Alarm buzzer cannot be stopped ................................................................................... 32 E-20 Air conditioner does not operate normally (including air conditioner fault history) ......... 33 E-21 When starting switch is turned OFF, service meter is not displayed .............................. 46 E-22 Machine monitor cannot be set in service mode............................................................ 46 E-23 Ripper pin puller cylinder does not operate.................................................................... 48 E-24 Backup alarm does not sound or does not stop............................................................. 50 E-25 Headlamp, rear lamp, and ripper point lamp do not light up .......................................... 52 E-26 Windshield wiper and window washer do not operate ................................................... 56 E-27 KOMTRAX system does not operate normally .............................................................. 72 Troubleshooting of hydraulic and mechanical system (H-mode) SEN00808-00 Troubleshooting of hydraulic and mechanical system (H-mode)................................................. 3 Information in troubleshooting table......................................................................................... 3 H-1 Power is low (Drawbar pull is low) ................................................................................... 4 H-2 Machine does not travel (at 2nd or 3rd gear speed) ........................................................ 5 H-3 Machine does not start at any gear speed....................................................................... 6 H-4 Machine can travel only forward or in reverse ................................................................. 7 H-5 When gear speed or travel direction is changed, time lag is large .................................. 8 H-6 Machine cannot be steered (Machine does not turn right or left)..................................... 9 H-7 Steering speed or steering force is low ............................................................................ 9 H-8 Brake does not work ........................................................................................................ 10 H-9 Power train oil is overheated............................................................................................ 11 H-10 Abnormal sound comes out from around HSS pump or HSS motor.............................. 12 H-11 Speed of all work equipment is low ................................................................................ 13 H-12 No work equipment moves ............................................................................................ 14 H-13 Blade lift speed or power is low ..................................................................................... 15 H-14 Blade tilt speed or power is low ..................................................................................... 16 H-15 Ripper lift speed or power is low .................................................................................... 17 H-16 Ripper tilt speed or power is low .................................................................................... 18 H-17 Hydraulic drift of blade lift is large .................................................................................. 18 H-18 Hydraulic drift of blade tilt is large .................................................................................. 19 H-19 Hydraulic drift of ripper lift is large.................................................................................. 19 H-20 Ripper pin puller cylinder does not operate ................................................................... 20 H-21 Blade does not pitch ..................................................................................................... 20 H-22 Abnormal sound comes out from around work equipment pump .................................. 21
12
D155AX-6
00 Index and foreword
SEN00598-04
Troubleshooting of engine (S-mode) SEN00852-01 Troubleshooting of engine (S-mode)........................................................................................... 3 Method of using troubleshooting chart ................................................................................... 3 S-1 Starting performance of engine is poor ........................................................................... 6 S-2 Engine does not start ....................................................................................................... 8 S-3 Engine does not pick up smoothly ................................................................................... 12 S-4 Engine stops during operation ......................................................................................... 13 S-5 Engine does not rotate smoothly ..................................................................................... 14 S-6 Engine lack output (or lacks power)................................................................................. 15 S-7 Exhaust gas is black (incomplete combustion) ................................................................ 16 S-8 Oil consumption is excessive (or exhaust gas is blue) .................................................... 18 S-9 Oil becomes dirty quickly ................................................................................................ 19 S-10 Fuel consumption is excessive ...................................................................................... 20 S-11 Oil is in coolant (or coolant spurts back or coolant level goes down)............................. 21 S-12 Oil pressure drops.......................................................................................................... 22 S-13 Oil level rises (Entry of coolant or fuel) .......................................................................... 24 S-14 Coolant temperature becomes too high (Overheating).................................................. 26 S-15 Abnormal noise is made ................................................................................................ 27 S-16 Vibration is excessive .................................................................................................... 28 50 Disassembly and assembly General information on disassembly and assembly SEN01204-01 How to read this manual ............................................................................................................. 2 Coating materials list................................................................................................................... 4 Special tool list ............................................................................................................................ 7 Sketches of special tools............................................................................................................. 14 Engine and cooling system SEN01205-01 Removal and installation of fuel supply pump assembly............................................................. 2 Removal and installation of fuel injector assembly ..................................................................... 6 Removal and installation of cylinder head assembly .................................................................. 11 Removal and installation of radiator assembly............................................................................ 22 Removal and installation of aftercooler assembly ....................................................................... 24 Removal and installation of engine assembly ............................................................................. 26 Removal and installation of engine hood assembly .................................................................... 30 Removal and installation of engine front seal ............................................................................. 32 Removal and installation of engine rear seal .............................................................................. 34 Removal and installation of fuel tank assembly .......................................................................... 39 Removal and installation of fan drive assembly .......................................................................... 40 Removal and installation of fan motor assembly......................................................................... 41 Power train, Part 1 SEN01206-00 Removal and installation of damper assembly............................................................................ 2 Disassembly and assembly of damper assembly ....................................................................... 5 Removal and installation of power train unit assembly ............................................................... 11 Disconnection and connection of power train unit assembly ...................................................... 15 Power train, Part 2 SEN01207-00 Disassembly and assembly of PTO assembly ............................................................................ 2 Disassembly and assembly of torque converter assembly ......................................................... 9 Disassembly and assembly of transmission assembly ............................................................... 19 Disassembly and assembly of HSS case assembly ................................................................... 36 Removal and installation of HSS motor assembly ...................................................................... 53 Power train, Part 3 SEN02707-00 Removal and installation of final drive assembly ........................................................................ 2 Disassembly and assembly of final drive assembly .................................................................... 4 Undercarriage and frame SEN01208-00 Removal and installation of track frame assembly ...................................................................... 3
D155AX-6
13
SEN00598-04
00 Index and foreword
Removal and installation of idler assembly ................................................................................. 6 Disassembly and assembly of idler assembly............................................................................. 7 Removal and installation of recoil spring assembly..................................................................... 11 Disassembly and assembly of recoil spring assembly ................................................................ 12 Removal and installation of track roller ....................................................................................... 17 Disassembly and assembly of track roller assembly................................................................... 19 Removal and installation of No. 1 bogie assembly...................................................................... 22 Removal and installation of No. 2, No, 3 and No. 4 bogie assemblies........................................ 28 Disassembly and assembly of bogie assembly........................................................................... 34 Removal and installation of carrier roller assembly..................................................................... 37 Disassembly and assembly of carrier roller assembly ................................................................ 38 Removal and installation of pivot shaft assembly........................................................................ 42 Spreading and installation of track shoe assembly ..................................................................... 44 General disassembly and assembly of track shoe ...................................................................... 47 Disassembly and assembly of 1 link in field ................................................................................ 61 Disassembly and assembly of master link .................................................................................. 65 Removal and installation of equalizer bar assembly ................................................................... 68 Disassembly and assembly of equalizer bar assembly............................................................... 70 Removal and in4stallation of segment teeth ............................................................................... 72 Hydraulic system SEN01209-00 Removal and installation of hydraulic tank assembly .................................................................. 2 Removal and installation of hydraulic pump assembly................................................................ 4 Disassembly and assembly of hydraulic cylinder assembly........................................................ 7 Work equipment SEN01210-00 Removal and installation of blade assembly ............................................................................... 2 Disassembly and assembly of multi-shank ripper ....................................................................... 4 Cab and its attachments SEN01211-00 Removal and installation of operator's cab assembly ................................................................. 2 Removal and installation of operator's cab glass (Stuck glass)................................................... 4 Removal and installation of floor frame assembly....................................................................... 13 Electrical system SEN02708-00 Removal and installation of air conditioner unit assembly........................................................... 2 Removal and installation of engine controller assembly ............................................................. 4 Removal and installation of power train controller assembly ...................................................... 5 Removal and installation of work equipment controller assembly ............................................... 5 90 Diagrams and drawings Hydraulic diagrams and drawings SEN00616-02 Power train hydraulic circuit diagram .......................................................................................... 3 Hydraulic circuit diagram (1/2)..................................................................................................... 5 Hydraulic circuit diagram (2/2)..................................................................................................... 7 Electrical diagrams and drawings SEN00617-03 Electrical circuit diagram ............................................................................................................. 3 Electrical circuit diagram for inside cab ....................................................................................... 5 Connectors table and arrangement drawing ............................................................................... 7
14
D155AX-6
00 Index and foreword
D155AX-6
SEN00598-04
15
SEN00598-04
00 Index and foreword
D155AX-6 Bulldozer Form No. SEN00598-04
© 2007 KOMATSU All Rights Reserved Printed in Japan 04-07 (02)
16
D155AX-6
SEN00599-01
BULLDOZER 1SHOP MANUAL
D155AX-6
Machine model
Serial number
D155AX-6
80001 and up
00 Index and foreword
1
Foreword and general information Safety notice ................................................................................................................................................... 2 How to read the shop manual ......................................................................................................................... 7 Explanation of terms for maintenance standard ............................................................................................. 9 Handling electric equipment and hydraulic component .................................................................................11 How to read electric wire code...................................................................................................................... 23 Precautions when carrying out operation...................................................................................................... 26 Method of disassembling and connecting push-pull type coupler................................................................. 29 Standard tightening torque table ................................................................................................................... 32 Conversion table ........................................................................................................................................... 36
D155AX-6
1
SEN00599-01
Safety notice
00 Index and foreword
1
(Rev. 2007/02)
Important safety notice Proper service and repair are extremely important for safe machine operation. The service and repair techniques recommended by Komatsu and described in this manual are both effective and safe. Some of these techniques require the use of tools specially designed by Komatsu for the specific purpose. To prevent injury to workers, the symbol k is used to mark safety precautions in this manual. The cautions accompanying these symbols should always be followed carefully. If any dangerous situation arises or may possibly arise, first consider safety, and take the necessary actions to deal with the situation. 1.
2
General precautions k Mistakes in operation are extremely dangerous. Read the Operation and Maintenance Manual carefully before operating the machine. 1) Before carrying out any greasing or repairs, read all the safety plates stuck to the machine. For the locations of the safety plates and detailed explanation of precautions, see the Operation and Maintenance Manual. 2) Decide a place in the repair workshop to keep tools and removed parts. Always keep the tools and parts in their correct places. Always keep the work area clean and make sure that there is no dirt, water, or oil on the floor. Smoke only in the areas provided for smoking. Never smoke while working. 3) When carrying out any operation, always wear safety shoes and helmet. Do not wear loose work clothes, or clothes with buttons missing. q Always wear safety glasses when hitting parts with a hammer. q Always wear safety glasses when grinding parts with a grinder, etc. 4) When carrying out any operation with 2 or more workers, always agree on the operating procedure before starting. Always inform your fellow workers before starting any step of the operation. Before starting work, hang UNDER REPAIR warning signs in the operator's compartment. 5) Only qualified workers must carry out work and operation which require license or qualification. 6) Keep all tools in good condition, learn the correct way to use them, and use the proper ones of them. Before starting work, thoroughly check the tools, machine, forklift, service car, etc.
7)
8)
If welding repairs are needed, always have a trained and experienced welder carry out the work. When carrying out weld in g wo rk , al way s wear wel din g gloves, apron, shielding goggles, cap and other clothes suited for welding work. Before starting work, warm up your body thoroughly to start work under good condition.
Safety points 1 Good arrangement 2 Correct work clothes 3 Following work standard 4 Making and checking signs 5
Prohibition of operation and handling by unlicensed workers
6 Safety check before starting work 7
Wearing protective goggles (for cleaning or grinding work)
8
Wearing shielding goggles and protectors (for welding work)
9 Good physical condition and preparation 10
2.
Precautions against work which you are not used to or you are used to too much
Preparations for work 1) Before adding oil or making any repairs, park the machine on hard and level ground, and apply the parking brake and block the wheels or tracks to prevent the machine from moving. 2) Before starting work, lower the work equipment (blade, ripper, bucket, etc.) to the ground. If this is not possible, insert the lock pin or use blocks to prevent the work equipment from falling. In addition, be sure to lock all the control levers and hang warning signs on them.
D155AX-6
00 Index and foreword
3) 4)
3.
When disassembling or assembling, support the machine with blocks, jacks, or stands before starting work. Remove all mud and oil from the steps or other places used to get on and off the machine. Always use the handrails, ladders or steps when getting on or off the m a c h i n e . N e v e r j u m p o n o r o ff t h e machine. If it is impossible to use the handrails, ladders or steps, use a stand to provide safe footing.
Precautions during work 1) Before disconnecting or removing components of the oil, water, or air circuits, first release the pressure completely from the circuit. When removing the oil filler cap, a drain plug, or an oil pressure pickup plug, loosen it slowly to prevent the oil from spurting out. 2) The coolant and oil in the circuits are hot when the engine is stopped, so be careful not to get scalded. Wait for the oil and coolant to cool before carrying out any work on the oil or water circuits. 3) Before starting work, stop the engine. When working on or around a rotating part, in particular, stop the engine. When checking the machine without stopping the engine (measuring oil pressure, revolving speed, temperature, etc.), take extreme care not to get rolled or caught in rotating parts or moving parts. 4) Before starting work, remove the leads from the battery. Always remove the lead from the negative (–) terminal first. 5) When raising a heavy component (heavier than 25 kg), use a hoist or crane. Before starting work, check that the slings (wire ropes, chains, and hooks) are free from damage. Always use slings which have ample capacity and install them to proper places. Operate the hoist or crane slowly to prevent the component from hitting any other part. Do not work with any part still raised by the hoist or crane. 6) When removing a cover which is under internal pressure or under pressure from a spring, always leave 2 bolts in diagonal positions. Loosen those bolts gradually and alternately to release the pressure, and then remove the cover. 7) When removing components, be careful not to break or damage the electrical wiring. Damaged wiring may cause electrical fires.
D155AX-6
SEN00599-01
8)
9) 10)
11)
12)
13) 14) 15)
16)
When removing piping, stop the fuel or oil from spilling out. If any fuel or oil drips onto the floor, wipe it up immediately. Fuel or oil on the floor can cause you to slip and can even start fires. As a general rule, do not use gasoline to wash parts. Do not use it to clean electrical parts, in particular. Be sure to assemble all parts again in their original places. Replace any damaged parts and parts which must not be reused with new parts. When installing hoses and wires, be sure that they will not be damaged by contact with other parts when the machine is operated. When installing high pressure hoses, make sure that they are not twisted. Damaged tubes are dangerous, so be extremely careful when installing tubes for high pressure circuits. In addition, check t h a t c o n n e c t i n g pa r ts a r e c o r r e c t l y installed. When assembling or installing parts, always tighten them to the specified torques. When installing protective parts such as guards, or parts which vibrate violently or rotate at high speed, be particul a r ly c a r e fu l t o c he c k t h a t t h e y ar e installed correctly. When aligning 2 holes, never insert your fingers or hand. Be careful not to get your fingers caught in a hole. When measuring hydraulic pressure, check that the measuring tools are correctly assembled. Take care when removing or installing the tracks of track-type machines. When removing the track, the track separates suddenly, so never let anyone stand at either end of the track. If the engine is operated for a long time in a place which is not ventilated well, you may suffer from gas poisoning. Accordingly, open the windows and doors to ventilate well.
3
SEN00599-01
4.
4
Precautions for sling work and making signs 1) Only one appointed worker must make signs and co-workers must communicate with each other frequently. The appointed sign maker must make specified signs clearly at a place where he is seen well from the operator's seat and where he can see the working condition easily. The sign maker must always stand in front of the load and guide the operator safely. q Do not stand under the load. q Do not step on the load. 2) Check the slings before starting sling work. 3) Keep putting on gloves during sling work. (Put on leather gloves, if available.) 4) Measure the weight of the load by the eye and check its center of gravity. 5) Use proper sling according to the weight of the load and method of slinging. If too thick wire ropes are used to sling a light load, the load may slip and fall. 6) Do not sling a load with 1 wire rope alone. If it is slung so, it may rotate and may slip out of the rope. Install 2 or more wire ropes symmetrically. k Slinging with 1 rope may cause turning of the load during hoisting, untwisting of the rope, or slipping of the rope from its original winding position on the load, which can result in a dangerous accident. 7) Limit the hanging angle to 60°, as a rule. Do not sling a heavy load with ropes forming a wide hanging angle from the hook. When hoisting a load with 2 or more ropes, the force subjected to each rope will increase with the hanging angle. The table below shows the variation of allowable load in kN {kg} when hoisting is made with 2 ropes, each of which is allowed to sling up to 9.8 kN {1,000 kg} vertically, at various hanging angles. When the 2 ropes sling a load vertically, up to 19.6 kN {2,000 kg} of total weight can be suspended. This weight is reduced to 9.8 kN {1,000 kg} when the 2 ropes make a hanging angle of 120°. If the 2 ropes sling a 19.6 kN {2,000 kg} load at a lifting angle of 150°, each of them is subjected to a force as large as 39.2 kN {4,000 kg}.
00 Index and foreword
8)
When installing wire ropes to an angular load, apply pads to protect the wire ropes. If the load is slippery, apply proper material to prevent the wire rope from slipping. 9) Use the specified eyebolts and fix wire ropes, chains, etc. to them with shackles, etc. 10) Apply wire ropes to the middle portion of the hook. q Slinging near the tip of the hook may cause the rope to slip off the hook during hoisting. The hook has the maximum strength at the middle portion.
11) Do not use twisted or kinked wire ropes. 12) When lifting up a load, observe the following. q Wind in the crane slowly until wire ropes are stretched. When settling the wire ropes with the hand, do not grasp them but press them from above. If you grasp them, your fingers may be caught. q After the wire ropes are stretched, stop the crane and check the condition of the slung load, wire ropes, and pads.
D155AX-6
00 Index and foreword
If the load is unstable or the wire rope or chains are twisted, lower the load and lift it up again. q Do not lift up the load slantingly. 13) When lifting down a load, observe the following. q When lifting down a load, stop it temporarily at 30 cm above the floor, and then lower it slowly. q Check that the load is stable, and then remove the sling. q Remove kinks and dirt from the wire ropes and chains used for the sling work, and put them in the specified place.
SEN00599-01
13) If the hoist stops because of a power failure, turn the power switch OFF. When turning on a switch which was turned OFF by the electric shock prevention earth leakage breaker, check that the devices related to that switch are not in operation state. 14) If you find an obstacle around the hoist, stop the operation. 15) After finishing the work, stop the hoist at the specified position and raise the hook to at least 2 m above the floor. Do not leave the sling installed to the hook.
q
5.
6.
Precautions for using mobile crane a Read the Operation and Maintenance Manual of the crane carefully in advance and operate the crane safely. Precautions for using overhead hoist crane k When raising a heavy part (heavier than 25 kg), use a hoist, etc. In Disassembly and assembly, the weight of a part heavier than 25 kg is indicated after the mark of 4. 1) Before starting work, inspect the wire ropes, brake, clutch, controller, rails, over wind stop device, electric shock prevention earth leakage breaker, crane collision prevention device, and power application warning lamp, and check safety. 2) Observe the signs for sling work. 3) Operate the hoist at a safe place. 4) Check the direction indicator plates (east, west, south, and north) and the directions of the control buttons without fail. 5) Do not sling a load slantingly. Do not move the crane while the slung load is swinging. 6) Do not raise or lower a load while the crane is moving longitudinally or laterally. 7) Do not drag a sling. 8) When lifting up a load, stop it just after it leaves the ground and check safety, and then lift it up. 9) Consider the travel route in advance and lift up a load to a safe height. 10) Place the control switch on a position where it will not be an obstacle to work and passage. 11) After operating the hoist, do not swing the control switch. 12) Remember the position of the main switch so that you can turn off the power immediately in an emergency.
D155AX-6
7.
Selecting wire ropes 1) Select adequate ropes depending on the weight of parts to be hoisted, referring to the table below.
Wire ropes (Standard “Z” twist ropes without galvanizing) (JIS G3525, No. 6, Type 6X37-A) Nominal Allowable load diameter of rope mm kN ton 10 8.8 0.9 12 12.7 1.3 14 17.3 1.7 16 22.6 2.3 18 28.6 2.9 20 35.3 3.6 25 55.3 5.6 30 79.6 8.1 40 141.6 14.4 50 221.6 22.6 60 318.3 32.4
a
The allowable load is one-sixth of the breaking strength of the rope used (Safety coefficient: 6).
5
SEN00599-01
8.
Precautions for disconnecting and connecting hoses and tubes in air conditioner circuit 1) Disconnection k
k
2)
Collect the air conditioner refrigerant (R134a) from the air conditioner circuit in advance. a Ask professional traders for collecting and filling operation of refrigerant (R134a). a Never release the refrigerant (R134a) to the atmosphere. If the refrigerant gas (R134a) gets in your eyes, you may lose your sight. Accordingly, when collecting or filling it, you must be qualified for handling the refrigerant and put on protective goggles. Connection 1] When installing the air conditioner circuit hoses and tubes, take care that dirt, dust, water, etc. will not enter them. 2] When connecting the air conditioner hoses and tubes, check that O-rings (1) are fitted to their joints. 3] Check that each O-ring is not damaged or deteriorated. 4] When connecting the refrigerant piping, apply compressor oil for refrigerant (R134a) (DENSO: ND-OIL8, ZEXEL: ZXL100PG (equivalent to PAG46)) to its O-rings.
a
Example of O-ring (Fitted to every joint of hoses and tubes)
a
For tightening torque, see the precautions for installation in each section of "Disassembly and assembly".
6
00 Index and foreword
D155AX-6
00 Index and foreword
How to read the shop manual q q q
1.
SEN00599-01
1
Some attachments and optional parts in this shop manual may not be delivered to certain areas. If one of them is required, consult KOMATSU distributors. Materials and specifications are subject to change without notice. Shop manuals are divided into the “Chassis volume” and “Engine volume”. For the engine unit, see the engine volume of the engine model mounted on the machine. Composition of shop manual This shop manual contains the necessary technical information for services performed in a workshop. For ease of understanding, the manual is divided into the following sections. 00. Index and foreword This section explains the shop manuals list, table of contents, safety, and basic information. 01. Specification This section explains the specifications of the machine. 10. Structure, function and maintenance standard This section explains the structure, function, and maintenance standard values of each component. The structure and function sub-section explains the structure and function of each component. It serves not only to give an understanding of the structure, but also serves as reference material for troubleshooting. The maintenance standard sub-section explains the criteria and remedies for disassembly and service. 20. Standard value table This section explains the standard values for new machine and judgement criteria for testing, adjusting, and troubleshooting. This standard value table is used to check the standard values in testing and adjusting and to judge parts in troubleshooting. 30. Testing and adjusting This section explains measuring instruments and measuring methods for testing and adjusting, and method of adjusting each part. The standard values and judgement criteria for testing and adjusting are explained in Testing and adjusting. 40. Troubleshooting This section explains how to find out failed parts and how to repair them. The troubleshooting is divided by failure modes. The “S mode” of the troubleshooting related to the engine may be also explained in the Chassis volume and Engine volume. In this case, see the Chassis volume. 50. Disassembly and assembly This section explains the special tools and procedures for removing, installing, disassembling, and assembling each component, as well as precautions for them. In addition, tightening torque and quantity and weight of coating material, oil, grease, and coolant necessary for the work are also explained. 90. Diagrams and drawings (chassis volume)/Repair and replacement of parts (engine volume) q Chassis volume This section gives hydraulic circuit diagrams and electrical circuit diagrams. q Engine volume This section explains the method of reproducing, repairing, and replacing parts.
2.
Revision and distribution Any additions, revisions, or other change of notices will be sent to KOMATSU distributors. Get the most up-to-date information before you start any work.
D155AX-6
7
SEN00599-01
3.
4.
00 Index and foreword
Filing method File by the brochures in the correct order of the form number printed in the shop manual composition table. q
Revised edition mark When a manual is revised, the ones and tens digits of the form number of each brochure is increased by 1. (Example: 00, 01, 02 …)
q
Revisions Revised brochures are shown in the shop manual composition table.
Symbols Important safety and quality portions are marked with the following symbols so that the shop manual will be used practically. Symbol
Item
k
Safety
a
Caution
Special technical precautions or other precautions for preserving standards are necessary when performing work.
4
Weight
Weight of parts of component or parts. Caution necessary when selecting hoisting wire, or when working posture is important, etc.
3
Tightening torque
2
Coat
5
Oil, coolant
6
Drain
Remarks Special safety precautions are necessary when performing work.
Places that require special attention for tightening torque during assembly. Places to be coated with adhesives, etc. during assembly. Places where oil, etc. must be added, and capacity. Places where oil, etc. must be drained, and quantity to be drained.
5.
Units In this shop manual, the units are indicated with International System of units (SI). For reference, conventionally used Gravitational System of units is indicated in parentheses { }.
8
D155AX-6
00 Index and foreword
SEN00599-01
Explanation of terms for maintenance standard
1
The maintenance standard values necessary for judgment of products and parts are described by the following terms. 1.
Standard size and tolerance q To be accurate, the finishing size of parts is a little different from one to another. q To specify a finishing size of a part, a temporary standard size is set and an allowable difference from that size is indicated. q The above size set temporarily is called the “standard size” and the range of difference from the standard size is called the “tolerance”. q The tolerance with the symbols of + or – is indicated on the right side of the standard size. Example: Standard size 120
Tolerance –0.022 –0.126
a
The tolerance may be indicated in the text and a table as [standard size (upper limit of tolerance/lower limit of tolerance)]. Example) 120 (–0.022/–0.126)
q
Usually, the size of a hole and the size of the shaft to be fitted to that hole are indicated by the same standard size and different tolerances of the hole and shaft. The tightness of fit is decided by the tolerance. Indication of size of rotating shaft and hole and relationship drawing of them
q
Example: Standard size 60
D155AX-6
Tolerance Shaft Hole –0.030 +0.046 –0.076 +0
9
SEN00599-01
2.
Standard clearance and standard value q The clearance made when new parts are assembled is called the “standard clearance“, which is indicated by the range from the minimum clearance to the maximum clearance. q When some parts are repaired, the clearance is generally adjusted to the standard clearance. q A value of performance and function of new products or equivalent is called the “standard value“, which is indicated by a range or a target value. q When some parts are repaired, the value of performance/function is set to the standard value.
3.
Standard interference q When the diameter of a hole of a part shown in the given standard size and tolerance table is smaller than that of the mating shaft, the difference between those diameters is called the “interference”. q The range (A – B) from the difference (A) between the minimum size of the shaft and the maximum size of the hole to the difference (B) between the maximum size of the shaft and the minimum size of the hole is the “standard interference”. q After repairing or replacing some parts, measure the size of their hole and shaft and check that the interference is in the standard range.
4.
Repair limit and allowable value q The size of a part changes because of wear and deformation while it is used. The limit of changed size is called the “repair limit”. q If a part is worn to the repair limit must be replaced or repaired. q The performance and function of a product lowers while it is used. A value below which the product can be used without causing a problem is called the “allowable value”. q If a product is worn to the allowable value, it must be checked or repaired. Since the permissible value is estimated from various tests or experiences in most cases, however, it must be judged after considering the operating condition and customer's requirement.
10
00 Index and foreword
5.
Clearance limit Parts can be used until the clearance between them is increased to a certain limit. The limit at which those parts cannot be used is called the “clearance limit”. q If the clearance between the parts exceeds the clearance limit, they must be replaced or repaired. q
6.
Interference limit The allowable maximum interference between the hole of a part and the shaft of another part to be assembled is called the “interference limit”. q The interference limit shows the repair limit of the part of smaller tolerance. q If the interference between the parts exceeds the interference limit, they must be replaced or repaired. q
D155AX-6
00 Index and foreword
Handling electric equipment and hydraulic component
SEN00599-01
1
To maintain the performance of the machine over a long period, and to prevent failures or other troubles before they occur, correct “operation“, “maintenance and inspection“, “troubleshooting“, and “repairs” must be carried out. This section deals particularly with correct repair procedures for mechatronics and is aimed at improving the quality of repairs. For this purpose, it gives sections on “Handling electric equipment” and “Handling hydraulic equipment” (particularly gear oil and hydraulic oil). Points to remember when handling electric equipment 1. Handling wiring harnesses and connectors Wiring harnesses consist of wiring connecting one component to another component, connectors used for connecting and disconnecting one wire from another wire, and protectors or tubes used for protecting the wiring. Compared with other electrical components fitted in boxes or cases, wiring harnesses are more likely to be affected by the direct effects of rain, water, heat, or vibration. Furthermore, during inspection and repair operations, they are frequently removed and installed again, so they are likely to suffer deformation or damage. For this reason, it is necessary to be extremely careful when handling wiring harnesses. 2.
Main failures occurring in wiring harness 1) Defective contact of connectors (defective contact between male and female) Problems with defective contact are likely to occur because the male connector is not properly inserted into the female connector, or because one or both of the connectors is deformed or the position is not correctly aligned, or because there is corrosion or oxidization of the contact surfaces. The corroded or oxidized contact surfaces may become shiny again (and contact may become normal) by connecting and disconnecting the connector about 10 times. 2)
Defective crimping or soldering of connectors The pins of the male and female connectors are in contact at the crimped terminal or soldered portion, but if there is excessive force brought to bear on the wiring, the plating at the joint will peel and cause improper connection or breakage.
D155AX-6
11
SEN00599-01
12
3)
Disconnections in wiring If the wiring is held and the connectors are pulled apart, or components are lifted with a crane with the wiring still connected, or a heavy object hits the wiring, the crimping of the connector may separate, or the soldering may be damaged, or the wiring may be broken.
4)
High-pressure water entering connector The connector is designed to make it difficult for water to enter (drip-proof structure), but if high-pressure water is sprayed directly on the connector, water may enter the connector, depending on the direction of the water jet. Accordingly, take care not to splash water over the connector. The connector is designed to prevent water from entering, but at the same time, if water does enter, it is difficult for it to be drained. Therefore, if water should get into the connector, the pins will be short-circuited by the water, so if any water gets in, immediately dry the connector or take other appropriate action before passing electricity through it.
5)
Oil or dirt stuck to connector If oil or grease are stuck to the connector and an oil film is formed on the mating surface between the male and female pins, the oil will not let the electricity pass, so there will be defective contact. If there is oil or grease stuck to the connector, wipe it off with a dry cloth or blow it dry with compressed air and spray it with a contact restorer. a When wiping the mating portion of the connector, be careful not to use excessive force or deform the pins. a If there is oil or water in the compressed air, the contacts will become even dirtier, so remove the oil and water from the compressed air completely before cleaning with compressed air.
00 Index and foreword
D155AX-6
00 Index and foreword
3.
SEN00599-01
Removing, installing, and drying connectors and wiring harnesses 1) Disconnecting connectors 1] Hold the connectors when disconnecting. When disconnecting the connectors, hold the connectors. For connectors held by a screw, loosen the screw fully, then hold the male and female connectors in each hand and pull apart. For connectors which have a lock stopper, press down the stopper with your thumb and pull the connectors apart. a Never pull with one hand. 2] q
When removing from clips Both of the connector and clip have stoppers, which are engaged with each other when the connector is installed.
q
When removing a connector from a clip, pull the connector in a parallel direction to the clip for removing stoppers. a If the connector is twisted up and down or to the left or right, the housing may break.
3]
Action to take after removing connectors After removing any connector, cover it with a vinyl bag to prevent any dust, dirt, oil, or water from getting in the connector portion. a If the machine is left disassembled for a long time, it is particularly easy for improper contact to occur, so always cover the connector.
D155AX-6
13
SEN00599-01
2)
14
00 Index and foreword
Connecting connectors 1] Check the connector visually. Check that there is no oil, dirt, or water stuck to the connector pins (mating portion). Check that there is no deformation, defective contact, corrosion, or damage to the connector pins. Check that there is no damage or breakage to the outside of the connector. a If there is any oil, water, or dirt stuck to the connector, wipe it off with a dry cloth. If any water has got inside the connector, warm the inside of the wiring with a dryer, but be careful not to make it too hot as this will cause short circuits. a If there is any damage or breakage, replace the connector. 2] Fix the connector securely. Align the position of the connector correctly, and then insert it securely. For connectors with the lock stopper, push in the connector until the stopper clicks into position. 3] Correct any protrusion of the boot and any misalignment of the wiring harness. For connectors fitted with boots, correct any protrusion of the boot. In addition, if the wiring harness is misaligned, or the clamp is out of position, adjust it to its correct position. a If the connector cannot be corrected easily, remove the clamp and adjust the position. q If the connector clamp has been removed, be sure to return it to its original position. Check also that there are no loose clamps.
D155AX-6
00 Index and foreword
3)
Heavy duty wire connector (DT 8-pole, 12pole) Disconnection (Left of figure) While pressing both sides of locks (a) and (b), pull out female connector (2). Connection (Right of figure) 1] Push in female connector (2) horizontally until the lock clicks. Arrow: 1) 2] Since locks (a) and (b) may not be set completely, push in female connector (2) while moving it up and down until the locks are set normally. Arrow: 1), 2), 3) a Right of figure: Lock (a) is pulled down (not set completely) and lock (b) is set completely. (1): Male connector (2): Female connector (a), (b): Locks
D155AX-6
SEN00599-01
q
Disconnection
q
Connection (Example of incomplete setting of (a))
15
SEN00599-01
4)
16
00 Index and foreword
Drying wiring harness If there is any oil or dirt on the wiring harness, wipe it off with a dry cloth. Avoid washing it in water or using steam. If the connector must be washed in water, do not use high-pressure water or steam directly on the wiring harness. If water gets directly on the connector, do as follows. 1] Disconnect the connector and wipe off the water with a dry cloth. a If the connector is blown dry with compressed air, there is the risk that oil in the air may cause defective contact, so remove all oi l a nd wa ter fr om t he c om pressed air before blowing with air. 2] Dry the inside of the connector with a dryer. If water gets inside the connector, use a dryer to dry the connector. a Hot air from the dryer can be used, but regulate the time that the hot air is used in order not to make the connector or related parts too hot, as this will cause deformation or damage to the connector. 3] Carry out a continuity test on the connector. After drying, leave the wiring harness disconnected and carry out a continuity test to check for any short circuits between pins caused by water. a After completely drying the conn e c t o r, b l o w i t w i t h c o n ta c t restorer and reassemble.
D155AX-6
00 Index and foreword
4.
Handling controller 1) The controller contains a microcomputer and electronic control circuits. These control all of the electronic circuits on the machine, so be extremely careful when handling the controller. 2) Do not place objects on top of the controller. 3) Cover the control connectors with tape or a vinyl bag. Never touch the connector contacts with your hand. 4) During rainy weather, do not leave the controller in a place where it is exposed to rain. 5) Do not place the controller on oil, water, or soil, or in any hot place, even for a short time. (Place it on a suitable dry stand). 6) Precautions when carrying out arc welding When carrying out arc welding on the body, disconnect all wiring harness connectors connected to the controller. Fit an arc welding ground close to the welding point.
5.
Points to remember when troubleshooting electric circuits 1) Always turn the power OFF before disconnecting or connecting connectors. 2) Before carrying out troubleshooting, check that all the related connectors are properly inserted. a Disconnect and connect the related connectors several times to check. 3) Always connect any disconnected connectors before going on to the next step. a If the power is turned ON with the connectors still disconnected, unnecessary abnormality displays will be generated. 4) When carrying out troubleshooting of circuits (measuring the voltage, resistance, continuity, or current), move the related wiring and connectors several times and check that there is no change in the reading of the tester. a If there is any change, there is probably defective contact in that circuit.
D155AX-6
SEN00599-01
17
SEN00599-01
00 Index and foreword
Points to remember when handling hydraulic equipment With the increase in pressure and precision of hydraulic equipment, the most common cause of failure is dirt (foreign material) in the hydraulic circuit. When adding hydraulic oil, or when disassembling or assembling hydraulic equipment, it is necessary to be particularly careful. 1.
Be careful of the operating environment. Avoid adding hydraulic oil, replacing filters, or repairing the machine in rain or high winds, or places where there is a lot of dust.
2.
Disassembly and maintenance work in the field If disassembly or maintenance work is carried out on hydraulic equipment in the field, there is danger of dust entering the equipment. It is also difficult to check the performance after repairs, so it is desirable to use unit exchange. Disassembly and maintenance of hydraulic equipment should be carried out in a specially prepared dustproof workshop, and the performance should be checked with special test equipment.
3.
Sealing openings After any piping or equipment is removed, the openings should be sealed with caps, tapes, or vinyl bags to prevent any dirt or dust from entering. If the opening is left open or is blocked with a rag, there is danger of dirt entering or of the surrounding area being made dirty by leaking oil so never do this. Do not simply drain oil out onto the ground, but collect it and ask the customer to dispose of it, or take it back with you for disposal.
4.
Do not let any dirt or dust get in during refilling operations Be careful not to let any dirt or dust get in when refilling with hydraulic oil. Always keep the oil filler and the area around it clean, and also use clean pumps and oil containers. If an oil cleaning device is used, it is possible to filter out the dirt that has collected during storage, so this is an even more effective method.
18
D155AX-6
00 Index and foreword
5.
Change hydraulic oil when the temperature is high When hydraulic oil or other oil is warm, it flows easily. In addition, the sludge can also be drained out easily from the circuit together with the oil, so it is best to change the oil when it is still warm. When changing the oil, as much as possible of the old hydraulic oil must be drained out. (Drain the oil from the hydraulic tank; also drain the oil from the filter and from the drain plug in the circuit.) If any old oil is left, the contaminants and sludge in it will mix with the new oil and will shorten the life of the hydraulic oil.
6.
Flushing operations After disassembling and assembling the equipment, or changing the oil, use flushing oil to remove the contaminants, sludge, and old oil from the hydraulic circuit. Normally, flushing is carried out twice: primary flushing is carried out with flushing oil, and secondary flushing is carried out with the specified hydraulic oil.
7.
Cleaning operations After repairing the hydraulic equipment (pump, control valve, etc.) or when running the machine, carry out oil cleaning to remove the sludge or contaminants in the hydraulic oil circuit. The oil cleaning equipment is used to remove the ultra fine (about 3 m) particles that the filter built in the hydraulic equipment cannot remove, so it is an extremely effective device.
D155AX-6
SEN00599-01
19
SEN00599-01
00 Index and foreword
Connectors newly used for Tier 3 engines 1.
Slide lock type (FRAMATOME-3, FRAMATOME-2) q 107 – 170, 12V140 engines q Various pressure sensors and NE speed sensor Examples) Intake air pressure in intake manifold: PIM (125, 170, 12V140 engines) Oil pressure sensor: POIL (125, 170, 12V140 engines) Oil pressure switch (107, 114 engines) Ne speed sensor of flywheel housing: NE (107 – 170, 12V140 engines) Ambient pressure sensor: PAMB (125, 170, 12V140 engines)
2.
Pull lock type (PACKARD-2) 107 – 170, 12V140 engine q Various temperature sensors Example) Intake air temperature sensor in intake manifold: TIM Fuel temperature sensor: TFUEL Oil temperature sensor: TOIL Coolant temperature sensor: TWTR, etc. Disconnect the connector by pulling lock (B) (on the wiring harness side) of connector (2) outward.
q
Disconnect connector (1) according to the following procedure. 1) Slide lock (L1) to the right. 2) While pressing lock (L2), pull out connector (1) toward you. a Even if lock (L2) is pressed, connector (1) cannot be pulled out toward you, if part A does not float. In this case, float part A with a small screwdriver while press lock (L2), and then pull out connector (1) toward you.
20
D155AX-6
00 Index and foreword
3.
SEN00599-01
Push lock type q 107, 114 engines Example) Fuel pressure sensor in common rail (BOSCH-03) Disconnect connector (3) according to the following procedure. 1) While pressing lock (C), pull out connector (3) in the direction of the arrow. q
q
114 engine
q
107, 114 engine Example) Intake air pressure/temperature sensor in intake manifold (SUMITOMO-04)
3)
While pressing lock (D), pull out connector (4) in the direction of the arrow.
107 engine
a
2)
If the lock is on the underside, use flat-head screwdriver [1] since you cannot insert your fingers. While pressing up lock (C) of the connector with flat-head screwdriver [1], pull out connector (3) in the direction of the arrow.
D155AX-6
21
SEN00599-01
q
4)
125 – 170, 12V140 engine While pressing lock (E) of the connector, pullout connector (5) in the direction of the arrow. Example) Fuel pressure in common rail: PFUEL etc. (AMP-3)
00 Index and foreword
4.
Turn-housing type (Round green connector) 140 engine Example) Intake air pressure sensor in intake manifold (CANNON-04): PIM etc.
q
1)
Disconnect connector (6) according to the following procedure. 1] Turn housing (H1) in the direction of the arrow. a When connector is unlocked, housing (H1) becomes heavy to turn. 2] Pull out housing (H1) in the direction of the arrow. a Housing (H1) is left on the wiring harness side.
2)
Connect the connector according to the following procedure. 1] Insert the connector to the end, while setting its groove. 2] Turn housing (H1) in the direction of the arrow until it “clicks”.
Example) Injection pressure control valve of fuel supply pump: PCV (SUMITOMO-2)
Example) Speed sensor of fuel supply pump: G (SUMITOMO-3) a Pull the connector straight up.
22
D155AX-6
00 Index and foreword
SEN00599-01
How to read electric wire code a
1
The information about the wires unique to each machine model is described in Troubleshooting section, Relational information of troubleshooting.
In the electric circuit diagram, the material, thickness, and color of each electric wire are indicated by symbols. The electric wire code is helpful in understanding the electric circuit diagram. Example: AEX
0.85
L - - - Indicates blue, heat-resistant, low-voltage wire for automobile, having nominal No. of 0.85 Indicates color of wire by color code. Color codes are shown in Table 3. Indicates size of wire by nominal No. Size (Nominal No.) is shown in Table 2. Indicates type of wire by symbol. Type, symbol, and material of wire are shown in Table 1. (Since AV and AVS are classified by size (nominal No.), they are not indicated.)
1.
Type, symbol, and material AV and AVS are different in only thickness and outside diameter of the cover. AEX is similar to AV in thickness and outside diameter of AEX and different from AV and AVS in material of the cover.
(Table 1) Type Low-voltage wire for automobile Thin-cover low-voltage wire for automobile
Symbol AV
AVS
Heat-resistant low-voltAEX age wire for automobile
D155AX-6
Material Conductor Insulator Conductor
Annealed copper for electric appliance Soft polyvinyl chloride Annealed copper for electric appliance
Insulator
Soft polyvinyl chloride
Conductor
Annealed copper for electric appliance Heat-resistant crosslinked polyethylene
Insulator
Using temperature range (°C)
Example of use General wiring (Nominal No. 5 and above)
–30 to +60 General wiring (Nominal No. 3 and below) General wiring in extremely –50 to +110 cold district, wiring at high-temperature place
23
SEN00599-01
2.
00 Index and foreword
Dimensions
(Table 2) Nominal No. 0.5f (0.5) 0.75f (0.85) 1.25f (1.25) 2f 2 3f 3 5 Number of strands/Diam- 20/0.18 7/0.32 30/0.18 11/0.32 50/0.18 16/0.32 37/0.26 26/0.32 58/0.26 41/0.32 65/0.32 eter of strand Conductor Sectional 0.51 0.56 0.76 0.88 1.27 1.29 1.96 2.09 3.08 3.30 5.23 area (mm2) d (approx.) 1.0 1.2 1.5 1.9 1.9 2.3 2.4 3.0 AVS Standard 2.0 2.2 2.5 2.9 2.9 3.5 3.6 – CovAV Standard – – – – – – – 4.6 er D AEX Standard 2.0 2.2 2.7 3.0 3.1 – 3.8 4.6
Nominal No. Number of strands/Diameter of strand Conductor Sectional area (mm2) d (approx.) AVS Standard CovAV Standard er D AEX Standard
8
15
20
30
40
50
60
85
100
50/0.45
84/0.45
41/0.80
70/0.80
85/0.80
7.95
13.36
20.61
35.19
42.73
54.29
63.84
84.96
109.1
3.7 – 5.5 5.3
4.8 – 7.0 7.0
6.0 – 8.2 8.2
8.0 – 10.8 10.8
8.6 – 11.4 11.4
9.8 – 13.0 13.0
10.4 – 13.6 13.6
12.0 – 16.0 16.0
13.6 – 17.6 17.6
108/0.80 127/0.80 169/0.80 217/0.80
“f” of nominal No. denotes flexible”.
24
D155AX-6
00 Index and foreword
3.
SEN00599-01
Color codes table
(Table 3) Color Code B Br BrB BrR BrW BrY Ch Dg G GB GL Gr GR GW GY L LB Lg LgB LgR
Color of wire
Color Code LgW LgY LR LW LY O P R RB RG RL RW RY Sb Y YB YG YL YR YW
Black Brown Brown & Black Brown & Red Brown & White Brown & Yellow Charcoal Dark green Green Green & Black Green & Blue Gray Green & Red Green & White Green & Yellow Blue Blue & Black Light green Light green & Black Light green & Red
Color of wire Light green & White Light green & Yellow Blue & Red Blue & White Blue & Yellow Orange Pink Red Red & Black Red & Green Red & Blue Red & White Red & Yellow Sky Blue Yellow Yellow & Black Yellow &Green Yellow & Blue Yellow & Red Yellow & White
Remarks: In a color code consisting of 2 colors, the first color is the color of the background and the second color is the color of the marking. Example: “GW” means that the background is Green and marking is White. 4.
Types of circuits and color codes
(Table 4) Type of wire Charge Ground Start Light Instrument Signal Type of circuit Others
D155AX-6
AVS or AV R B R RW Y G L Br Lg O Gr P Sb Dg Ch
AEX
–
R B R D Y G L
–
–
WG
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
– –
–
–
–
–
–
RB YR GW LW BrW LgR
RY YB GR LR BrR LgY
RG YG GY LY BrY LgB
RL YL GB LB BrB LgW
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
YW GL
– –
Gr Br – –
25
SEN00599-01
00 Index and foreword
Precautions when carrying out operation
1
[When carrying out removal or installation (disassembly or assembly) of units, be sure to follow the general precautions given below when carrying out the operation.] 1. q q q q q q q q q q
a
Precautions when carrying out removal work If the coolant contains antifreeze, dispose of it correctly. After disconnecting hoses or tubes, cover them or fit plugs to prevent dirt or dust from entering. When draining oil, prepare a container of adequate size to catch the oil. Confirm the match marks showing the installation position, and make match marks in the necessary places before removal to prevent any mistake when assembling. To prevent any excessive force from being applied to the wiring, always hold the connectors when disconnecting the connectors. Do not pull the wires. Fit wires and hoses with tags to show their installation position to prevent any mistake when installing. Check the number and thickness of the shims, and keep in a safe place. When raising components, be sure to use lifting equipment of ample strength. When using forcing screws to remove any components, tighten the forcing screws uniformly in turn. Before removing any unit, clean the surrounding area and fit a cover to prevent any dust or dirt from entering after removal. Precautions when handling piping during disassembly Fit the following plugs into the piping after disconnecting it during disassembly operations. 1) Face seal type hoses and tubes Nominal number 02 03 04 05 06 10 12 2)
26
Sleeve nut (elbow end)
07376-70210 07376-70315 07376-70422 07376-70522 07376-70628 07376-71034 07376-71234
02789-20210 02789-20315 02789-20422 02789-20522 02789-20628 07221-21034 07221-21234
Split flange type hoses and tubes Nominal number 04 05
3)
Plug (nut end)
Flange (hose end)
Sleeve head (tube end)
Split flange
07379-00400 07379-00500
07378-10400 07378-10500
07371-30400 07371-30500
If the part is not under hydraulic pressure, the following corks can be used. Nominal number
Part Number
06 08 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24
07049-00608 07049-00811 07049-01012 07049-01215 07049-01418 07049-01620 07049-01822 07049-02025 07049-02228 07049-02430
Dimensions D d L 6 5 8 8 6.5 11 10 8.5 12 12 10 15 14 11.5 18 16 13.5 20 18 15 22 20 17 25 22 18.5 28 24 20 30
27
07049-02734
27
22.5
34
D155AX-6
00 Index and foreword
2. q q q q q q q q q q q q q
a
a 3.
SEN00599-01
Precautions when carrying out installation work Tighten all bolts and nuts (sleeve nuts) to the specified (KES) torque. Install the hoses without twisting or interference and fix them with intermediate clamps, if there are any. Replace all gaskets, O-rings, cotter pins, and lock plates with new parts. Bend the cotter pins and lock plates securely. When coating with adhesive, clean the part and remove all oil and grease, then coat the threaded portion with 2 – 3 drops of adhesive. When coating with gasket sealant, clean the surface and remove all oil and grease, check that there is no dirt or damage, then coat uniformly with gasket sealant. Clean all parts, and correct any damage, dents, burrs, or rust. Coat rotating parts and sliding parts with engine oil. When press fitting parts, coat the surface with anti-friction compound (LM-P). After fitting snap rings, check that the snap ring is fitted securely in the ring groove. When connecting wiring connectors, clean the connector to remove all oil, dirt, or water, then connect securely. When using eyebolts, check that there is no deformation or deterioration, screw them in fully, and align the direction of the hook. When tightening split flanges, tighten uniformly in turn to prevent excessive tightening on one side. When operating the hydraulic cylinders for the first time after reassembling cylinders, pumps and other hydraulic equipment removed for repair, always bleed the air as follows: 1) Start the engine and run at low idle. 2) Operate the work equipment control lever to operate the hydraulic cylinder 4 – 5 times, stopping the cylinder 100 mm from the end of its stroke. 3) Next, operate the hydraulic cylinder 3 – 4 times to the end of its stroke. 4) After doing this, run the engine at normal speed. When using the machine for the first time after repair or long storage, follow the same procedure. Precautions when completing the operation 1) Refilling with coolant, oil and grease q If the coolant has been drained, tighten the drain valve, and add coolant to the specified level. Run the engine to circulate the coolant through the system. Then check the coolant level again. q If the hydraulic equipment has been removed and installed again, add engine oil to the specified level. Run the engine to circulate the oil through the system. Then check the oil level again. q If the piping or hydraulic equipment have been removed, always bleed the air from the system after reassembling the parts. a For details, see Testing and adjusting, “Bleeding air”. q Add the specified amount of grease (molybdenum disulphide grease) to the work equipment parts. 2) Checking cylinder head and manifolds for looseness Check the cylinder head and intake and exhaust manifold for looseness. If any part is loosened, retighten it. q For the tightening torque, see “Disassembly and assembly”. 3) Checking engine piping for damage and looseness Intake and exhaust system Check the piping for damage, the mounting bolts and nuts for looseness, and the joints for air suction and exhaust gas leakage. If any part is loosened or damaged, retighten or repair it. Cooling system Check the piping for damage, the mounting bolts and nuts for looseness, and the joints for coolant leakage. If any part is loosened or damaged, retighten or repair it. Fuel system Check the piping for damage, the mounting bolts and nuts for looseness, and the joints for fuel leakage. If any part is loosened or damaged, retighten or repair it.
D155AX-6
27
SEN00599-01
4)
5)
28
00 Index and foreword
Checking muffler and exhaust pipe for damage and looseness 1] Visually check the muffler, exhaust pipe and their mounting parts for a crack and damage. If any part is damaged, replace it. 2] Check the mounting bolts and nuts of the muffler, exhaust pipe and their mounting parts for looseness. If any bolt or nut is loosened, retighten it. Checking muffler function Check the muffler for abnormal sound and sound different from that of a new muffler. If any abnormal sound is heard, repair the muffler, referring to “Troubleshooting” and “Disassembly and assembly”.
D155AX-6
00 Index and foreword
SEN00599-01
Method of disassembling and connecting push-pull type coupler k k
1
Before carrying out the following work, loosen the oil filler cap of the hydraulic tank gradually to release the residual pressure from the hydraulic tank. Even if the residual pressure is released from the hydraulic tank, some hydraulic oil flows out when the hose is disconnected. Accordingly, prepare an oil receiving container.
Type 1 1.
Disconnection 1) Hold adapter (1) and push hose joint (2) into mating adapter (3). (Fig. 1) a The adapter can be pushed in about 3.5 mm. a Do not hold rubber cap portion (4). 2) After hose joint (2) is pushed into adapter (3), press rubber cap portion (4) against adapter (3) until it clicks. (Fig. 2) 3) Hold hose adapter (1) or hose (5) and pull it out. (Fig. 3) a Since some hydraulic oil flows out, prepare an oil receiving container.
2.
Connection 1) Hold hose adapter (1) or hose (5) and insert it in mating adapter (3), aligning them with each other. (Fig. 4) a Do not hold rubber cap portion (4). 2) After inserting the hose in the mating adapter perfectly, pull it back to check its connecting condition. (Fig. 5) a When the hose is pulled back, the rubber cap portion moves toward the hose about 3.5 mm. This does not indicate abnormality, however.
D155AX-6
29
SEN00599-01
00 Index and foreword
Type 2 1.
Disconnection 1) Hold the tightening portion and push body (7) straight until sliding prevention ring (6) contacts contact surface (a) of the hexagonal portion at the male end. (Fig. 6) 2) While holding the condition of Step 1), turn lever (8) to the right (clockwise). (Fig. 7) 3) While holding the condition of Steps 1) and 2), pull out whole body (7) to disconnect it. (Fig. 8)
2.
Connection q Hold the tightening portion and push body (7) straight until sliding prevention ring (6) contacts contact surface (a) of the hexagonal portion at the male end. (Fig. 9)
30
D155AX-6
00 Index and foreword
SEN00599-01
Type 3 1.
Disconnection 1) Hold the tightening portion and push body (9) straight until sliding prevention ring (8) contacts contact surface (b) of the hexagonal portion at the male end. (Fig. 10) 2) While holding the condition of Step 1), push cover (10) straight until it contacts contact surface (b) of the hexagonal portion at the male end. (Fig. 11) 3) While holding the condition of Steps 1) and 2), pull out whole body (9) to disconnect it. (Fig. 12)
2.
Connection q Hold the tightening portion and push body (9) straight until the sliding prevention ring contacts contact surface (b) of the hexagonal portion at the male end. (Fig. 13)
D155AX-6
31
SEN00599-01
00 Index and foreword
Standard tightening torque table 1.
Table of tightening torques for bolts and nuts a Unless there are special instructions, tighten metric nuts and bolts to the torque below. (When using torque wrench) a
The following table corresponds to the bolts in Fig. A.
Thread diameter of bolt mm 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 27 30 33 36 39 a
a Fig. A
Width across flats mm 10 13 17 19 22 24 27 30 32 36 41 46 50 55 60
Tightening torque Nm kgm 11.8 – 14.7 1.2 – 1.5 27 – 34 2.8 – 3.5 59 – 74 6.0 – 7.5 98 – 123 10.0 – 12.5 153 – 190 15.5 – 19.5 235 – 285 23.5 – 29.5 320 – 400 33.0 – 41.0 455 – 565 46.5 – 58.0 610 – 765 62.5 – 78.0 785 – 980 80.0 – 100.0 1,150 – 1,440 118 – 147 1,520 – 1,910 155 – 195 1,960 – 2,450 200 – 250 2,450 – 3,040 250 – 310 2,890 – 3,630 295 – 370
The following table corresponds to the bolts in Fig. B.
Thread diameter of bolt mm 6 8 10 12
32
1
Width across flats mm 10 13 14 27
Tightening torque Nm 5.9 – 9.8 13.7 – 23.5 34.3 – 46.1 74.5 – 90.2
kgm 0.6 – 1.0 1.4 – 2.4 3.5 – 4.7 7.6 – 9.2
a Fig. B
D155AX-6
00 Index and foreword
2.
Table of tightening torques for split flange bolts a Unless there are special instructions, tighten split flange bolts to the torque below.
Thread diameter of bolt mm 10 12 16
3.
Width across flats mm 14 17 22
Tightening torque Nm kgm 59 – 74 6.0 – 7.5 98 – 123 10.0 – 12.5 235 – 285 23.5 – 29.5
Table of tightening torques for O-ring boss piping joints a Unless there are special instructions, tighten O-ring boss piping joints to the torque below.
Nominal No. 02 03,04 05,06 10,12 14
4.
SEN00599-01
Thread diameter mm 14 20 24 33 42
Width across flats mm
Tightening torque Nm {kgm} Range Target 35 – 63 { 3.5 – 6.5} 44 { 4.5} 84 – 132 { 8.5 – 13.5} 103 {10.5} Varies depending 157 {16.0} on type of connec- 128 – 186 {13.0 – 19.0} tor. 363 – 480 {37.0 – 49.0} 422 {43.0} 746 – 1,010 {76.0 – 103} 883 {90.0}
Table of tightening torques for O-ring boss plugs a Unless there are special instructions, tighten O-ring boss plugs to the torque below. Nominal No. 08 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 30 33 36 42 52
D155AX-6
Thread diameter mm 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 30 33 36 42 52
Width across flats mm 14 17 19 22 24 27 30 32 32 – 36 – –
Tightening torque Nm {kgm} Range Target 5.88 – 8.82 {0.6 – 0.9} 7.35 {0.75} 9.81 – 12.74 {1.0 – 1.3} 11.27 {1.15} 14.7 – 19.6 {1.5 – 2.0} 17.64 {1.8} 19.6 – 24.5 {2.0 – 2.5} 22.54 {2.3} 24.5 – 34.3 {2.5 – 3.5} 29.4 {3.0} 34.3 – 44.1 {3.5 – 4.5} 39.2 {4.0} 44.1 – 53.9 {4.5 – 5.5} 49.0 {5.0} 58.8 – 78.4 {6.0 – 8.0} 68.6 {7.0} 93.1 – 122.5 { 9.5 – 12.5} 107.8 {11.0} 107.8 – 147.0 {11.0 – 15.0} 127.4 {13.0} 127.4 – 176.4 {13.0 – 18.0} 151.9 {15.5} 181.3 – 240.1 {18.5 – 24.5} 210.7 {21.5} 274.4 – 367.5 {28.0 – 37.5} 323.4 {33.0}
33
SEN00599-01
5.
00 Index and foreword
Table of tightening torques for hoses (taper seal type and face seal type) a Unless there are special instructions, tighten the hoses (taper seal type and face seal type) to the torque below. a Apply the following torque when the threads are coated (wet) with engine oil. Tightening torque Nm {kgm}
Nominal No. of hose
Width across flats
02
19
03 04 05 06 (10) (12) (14)
6.
22 24 27 32 36 41 46 55
Range 34 – 54 { 3.5 – 5.5} 34 – 63 { 3.5 – 6.5} 54 – 93 { 5.5 – 9.5} 59 – 98 { 6.0 – 10.0} 84 – 132 { 8.5 – 13.5} 128 – 186 {13.0 – 19.0} 177 – 245 {18.0 – 25.0} 177 – 245 {18.0 – 25.0} 197 – 294 {20.0 – 30.0} 246 – 343 {25.0 – 35.0}
Target
44 { 4.5} 74 { 7.5} 78 { 8.0} 103 {10.5} 157 {16.0} 216 {22.0} 216 {22.0} 245 {25.0} 294 {30.0}
mm 6 8 10 12 14
– 14 – 18 22 24 30 33 36 42
Tightening torque Bolts and nuts Nm 10 ± 2 24 ± 4 43 ± 6 77 ± 12 —
kgm 1.02 ± 0.20 2.45 ± 0.41 4.38 ± 0.61 7.85 ± 1.22 —
Table of tightening torques for 102, 107 and 114 engine series (Eye joints) a Unless there are special instructions, tighten the metric eye joints of the 102, 107 and 114 engine series to the torque below. Thread size mm 6 8 10 12 14
34
Thread size (mm)
Face seal Nominal No. Thread diameNumber of ter (mm) (Refthreads, type of erence) thread 9/16-18UN 14.3 – – 11/16-16UN 17.5 – – 13/16-16UN 20.6 1-14UNS 25.4 1-3/16-12UN 30.2 – – – – – –
Table of tightening torques for 102, 107 and 114 engine series (Bolts and nuts) a Unless there are special instructions, tighten the metric bolts and nuts of the 102, 107 and 114 engine series to the torque below. Thread size
7.
Taper seal
Tightening torque Nm 8±2 10 ± 2 12 ± 2 24 ± 4 36 ± 5
kgm 0.81 ± 0.20 1.02 ± 0.20 1.22 ± 0.20 2.45 ± 0.41 3.67 ± 0.51
D155AX-6
00 Index and foreword
8.
SEN00599-01
Table of tightening torques for 102, 107 and 114 engine series (Taper screws) a Unless there are special instructions, tighten the taper screws (unit: inch) of the 102, 107 and 114 engine series to the torque below. Thread size inch 1/16 1/8 1/4 3/8 1/2 3/4 1
D155AX-6
Tightening torque Nm 3±1 8±2 12 ± 2 15 ± 2 24 ± 4 36 ± 5 60 ± 9
kgm 0.31 ± 0.10 0.81 ± 0.20 1.22 ± 0.20 1.53 ± 0.20 2.45 ± 0.41 3.67 ± 0.51 6.12 ± 0.92
35
SEN00599-01
00 Index and foreword
Conversion table
1
Method of using the conversion table The conversion table in this section is provided to enable simple conversion of figures. For details of the method of using the conversion table, see the example given below. Example: Method of using the conversion table to convert from millimeters to inches 1.
Convert 55 mm into inches. 1) Locate the number 50 in the vertical column at the left side, take this as (A), and then draw a horizontal line from (A). 2) Locate the number 5 in the row across the top, take this as (B), then draw a perpendicular line down from (B). 3) Take the point where the 2 lines cross as (C). This point (C) gives the value when converting from millimeters to inches. Therefore, 55 mm = 2.165 inches.
2.
Convert 550 mm into inches. 1) The number 550 does not appear in the table, so divide it by 10 (move the decimal point one place to the left) to convert it to 55 mm. 2) Carry out the same procedure as above to convert 55 mm to 2.165 inches. 3) The original value (550 mm) was divided by 10, so multiply 2.165 inches by 10 (move the decimal point one place to the right) to return to the original value. This gives 550 mm = 21.65 inches.
Millimeters to inches
(A)
36
(B)
0 10 20 30 40
0 0 0.394 0.787 1.181 1.575
1 0.039 0.433 0.827 1.220 1.614
2 0.079 0.472 0.866 1.260 1.654
3 0.118 0.512 0.906 1.299 1.693
4 0.157 0.551 0.945 1.339 1.732
50 60 70 80 90
1.969 2.362 2.756 3.150 3.543
2.008 2.402 2.795 3.189 3.583
2.047 2.441 2.835 3.228 3.622
2.087 2.480 2.874 3.268 3.661
2.126 2.520 2.913 3.307 3.701
5 0.197 0.591 0.984 1.378 1.772 (C) 2.165 2.559 2.953 3.346 3.740
6 0.236 0.630 1.024 1.417 1.811
7 0.276 0.669 1.063 1.457 1.850
2.205 2.598 2.992 3.386 3.780
2.244 2.638 3.032 3.425 3.819
1 mm = 0.03937 in 8 9 0.315 0.354 0.709 0.748 1.102 1.142 1.496 1.536 1.890 1.929 2.283 2.677 3.071 3.465 3.858
2.323 2.717 3.110 3.504 3.898
D155AX-6
00 Index and foreword
SEN00599-01
Millimeters to inches
0 10 20 30 40
0 0 0.394 0.787 1.181 1.575
1 0.039 0.433 0.827 1.220 1.614
2 0.079 0.472 0.866 1.260 1.654
3 0.118 0.512 0.906 1.299 1.693
4 0.157 0.551 0.945 1.339 1.732
5 0.197 0.591 0.984 1.378 1.772
6 0.236 0.630 1.024 1.417 1.811
1 mm = 0.03937 in 7 8 9 0.276 0.315 0.354 0.669 0.709 0.748 1.063 1.102 1.142 1.457 1.496 1.536 1.850 1.890 1.929
50 60 70 80 90
1.969 2.362 2.756 3.150 3.543
2.008 2.402 2.795 3.189 3.583
2.047 2.441 2.835 3.228 3.622
2.087 2.480 2.874 3.268 3.661
2.126 2.520 2.913 3.307 3.701
2.165 2.559 2.953 3.346 3.740
2.205 2.598 2.992 3.386 3.780
2.244 2.638 3.032 3.425 3.819
1 kg = 2.2046 lb 6 7 8 9 13.23 15.43 17.64 19.84 35.27 37.48 39.68 41.89 57.32 59.53 61.73 63.93 79.37 81.57 83.78 85.98 101.41 103.62 105.82 108.03
2.283 2.677 3.071 3.465 3.858
2.323 2.717 3.110 3.504 3.898
Kilogram to pound
0 10 20 30 40
0 0 22.05 44.09 66.14 88.18
1 2.20 24.25 46.30 68.34 90.39
2 4.41 26.46 48.50 70.55 92.59
3 6.61 28.66 50.71 72.75 94.80
4 8.82 30.86 51.91 74.96 97.00
5 11.02 33.07 55.12 77.16 99.21
50 60 70 80 90
110.23 132.28 154.32 176.37 198.42
112.44 134.48 156.53 178.57 200.62
114.64 136.69 158.73 180.78 202.83
116.85 138.89 160.94 182.98 205.03
119.05 141.10 163.14 185.19 207.24
121.25 143.30 165.35 187.39 209.44
123.46 145.51 167.55 189.60 211.64
125.66 147.71 169.76 191.80 213.85
127.87 149.91 171.96 194.01 216.05
130.07 152.12 174.17 196.21 218.26
Liters to U.S. Gallons
0 10 20 30 40
0 1 2 0 0.264 0.528 2.642 2.906 3.170 5.283 5.548 5.812 7.925 8.189 8.454 10.567 10.831 11.095
3 0.793 3.434 6.076 8.718 11.359
4 1.057 3.698 6.340 8.982 11.624
1 l = 0.2642 U.S.Gal 5 6 7 8 9 1.321 1.585 1.849 2.113 2.378 3.963 4.227 4.491 4.755 5.019 6.604 6.869 7.133 7.397 7.661 9.246 9.510 9.774 10.039 10.303 11.888 12.152 12.416 12.680 12.944
50 60 70 80 90
13.209 15.850 18.492 21.134 23.775
14.001 16.643 19.285 21.926 24.568
14.265 16.907 19.549 22.190 24.832
14.529 17.171 19.813 22.455 25.096
D155AX-6
13.473 16.115 18.756 21.398 24.040
13.737 16.379 19.020 21.662 24.304
14.795 17.435 20.077 22.719 25.361
15.058 17.700 20.341 22.983 25.625
15.322 17.964 20.605 23.247 25.889
15.586 18.228 20.870 23.511 26.153
37
SEN00599-01
00 Index and foreword
Liters to U.K. Gallons
0 10 20 30 40
0 0 2.200 4.399 6.599 8.799
1 0.220 2.420 4.619 6.819 9.019
2 0.440 2.640 4.839 7.039 9.239
3 0.660 2.860 5.059 7.259 9.459
4 0.880 3.080 5.279 7.479 9.679
5 1.100 3.300 5.499 7.699 9.899
50 60 70 80 90
10.998 13.198 15.398 17.598 19.797
11.281 13.418 15.618 17.818 20.017
11.438 13.638 15.838 18.037 20.237
11.658 13.858 16.058 18.257 20.457
11.878 14.078 16.278 18.477 20.677
12.098 14.298 16.498 18.697 20.897
1 l = 0.21997 U.K.Gal 6 7 8 9 1.320 1.540 1.760 1.980 3.520 3.740 3.950 4.179 5.719 5.939 6.159 6.379 7.919 8.139 8.359 8.579 10.119 10.339 10.559 10.778 12.318 14.518 16.718 18.917 21.117
12.528 14.738 16.938 19.137 21.337
12.758 14.958 17.158 19.357 21.557
12.978 15.178 17.378 19.577 21.777
kgm to ft.lb
0 10 20 30 40
0 0 72.3 144.7 217.0 289.3
1 7.2 79.6 151.9 224.2 296.6
2 14.5 86.8 159.1 231.5 303.8
3 21.7 94.0 166.4 238.7 311.0
4 28.9 101.3 173.6 245.9 318.3
5 36.2 108.5 180.8 253.2 325.5
6 43.4 115.7 188.1 260.4 332.7
1 kgm = 7.233 ft.lb 7 8 9 50.6 57.9 65.1 123.0 130.2 137.4 195.3 202.5 209.8 267.6 274.9 282.1 340.0 347.2 354.4
50 60 70 80 90
361.7 434.0 506.3 578.6 651.0
368.9 441.2 513.5 585.9 658.2
376.1 448.5 520.8 593.1 665.4
383.4 455.7 528.0 600.3 672.7
390.6 462.9 535.2 607.6 679.9
397.8 470.2 542.5 614.8 687.1
405.1 477.4 549.7 622.0 694.4
412.3 484.6 556.9 629.3 701.6
419.5 491.8 564.2 636.5 708.8
426.8 499.1 571.4 643.7 716.1
100 110 120 130 140
723.3 730.5 737.8 745.0 752.2 759.5 766.7 773.9 781.2 788.4 795.6 802.9 810.1 817.3 824.6 831.8 839.0 846.3 853.5 860.7 868.0 875.2 882.4 889.7 896.9 904.1 911.4 918.6 925.8 933.1 940.3 947.5 954.8 962.0 969.2 976.5 983.7 990.9 998.2 1005.4 1012.6 1019.9 1027.1 1034.3 1041.5 1048.8 1056.0 1063.2 1070.5 1077.7
150 160 170 180 190
1084.9 1157.3 1129.6 1301.9 1374.3
38
1092.2 1164.5 1236.8 1309.2 1381.5
1099.4 1171.7 1244.1 1316.4 1388.7
1106.6 1179.0 1251.3 1323.6 1396.0
1113.9 1186.2 1258.5 1330.9 1403.2
1121.1 1193.4 1265.8 1338.1 1410.4
1128.3 1200.7 1273.0 1345.3 1417.7
1135.6 1207.9 1280.1 1352.6 1424.9
1142.8 1215.1 1287.5 1359.8 1432.1
1150.0 1222.4 1294.7 1367.0 1439.4
D155AX-6
00 Index and foreword
SEN00599-01
kg/cm2 to lb/in2
0 10 20 30 40
0 0 142.2 284.5 426.7 568.9
1 14.2 156.5 298.7 440.9 583.2
2 28.4 170.7 312.9 455.1 597.4
3 42.7 184.9 327.1 469.4 611.6
4 56.9 199.1 341.4 483.6 625.8
5 71.1 213.4 355.6 497.8 640.1
6 85.3 227.6 369.8 512.0 654.3
1 kg/cm2 = 14.2233 lb/in2 7 8 9 99.6 113.8 128.0 241.8 256.0 270.2 384.0 398.3 412.5 526.3 540.5 554.7 668.5 682.7 696.9
50 60 70 80 90
711.2 853.4 995.6 1,138 1,280
725.4 867.6 1,010 1,152 1,294
739.6 881.8 1,024 1,166 1,309
753.8 896.1 1,038 1,181 1,323
768.1 910.3 1,053 1,195 1,337
782.3 924.5 1,067 1,209 1,351
796.5 938.7 1,081 1,223 1,365
810.7 953.0 1,095 1,237 1,380
825.0 967.2 1,109 1,252 1,394
839.2 981.4 1,124 1,266 1,408
100 110 120 130 140
1,422 1,565 1,707 1,849 1,991
1,437 1,579 1,721 1,863 2,005
1,451 1,593 1,735 1,877 2,020
1,465 1,607 1,749 1,892 2,034
1,479 1,621 1,764 1,906 2,048
1,493 1,636 1,778 1,920 2,062
1,508 1,650 1,792 1,934 2,077
1,522 1,664 1,806 1,949 2,091
1,536 1,678 1,821 1,963 2,105
1,550 1,693 1,835 1,977 2,119
150 160 170 180 190
2,134 2,276 2,418 2,560 2,702
2,148 2,290 2,432 2,574 2,717
2,162 2,304 2,446 2,589 2,731
2,176 2,318 2,460 2,603 2,745
2,190 2,333 2,475 2,617 2,759
2,205 2,347 2,489 2,631 2,773
2,219 2,361 2,503 2,646 2,788
2,233 2,375 2,518 2,660 2,802
2,247 2,389 2,532 2,674 2,816
2,262 2,404 2,546 2,688 2,830
200 210 220 230 240
2,845 2,987 3,129 3,271 3,414
2,859 3,001 3,143 3,286 3,428
2,873 3,015 3,158 3,300 3,442
2,887 3,030 3,172 3,314 3,456
2,901 3,044 3,186 3,328 3,470
2,916 3,058 3,200 3,343 3,485
2,930 3,072 3,214 3,357 3,499
2,944 3,086 3,229 3,371 3,513
2,958 3,101 3,243 3,385 3,527
2,973 3,115 3,257 3,399 3,542
D155AX-6
39
SEN00599-01
00 Index and foreword
Temperature Fahrenheit-Centigrade conversion: A simple way to convert a Fahrenheit temperature reading into a Centigrade temperature reading or vice versa is to enter the accompanying table in the center (boldface column) of figures. These figures refer to the temperature in either Fahrenheit or Centigrade degrees. When convert from Fahrenheit to Centigrade degrees, consider the center column to be a table of Fahrenheit temperatures and read the corresponding Centigrade temperature in the column at the left. When convert from Centigrade to Fahrenheit degrees, consider the center column to be a table of Centigrade values, and read the corresponding Fahrenheit temperature on the right.
°C
°F
°C
°F
°C
°F
°C
1°C = 33.8°F °F
–40.4 –37.2 –34.4 –31.7 –28.9
–40 –35 –30 –25 –20
–40.0 –31.0 –22.0 –13.0 –4.0
–11.7 –11.1 –10.6 –10.0 –9.4
11 12 13 14 15
51.8 53.6 55.4 57.2 59.0
7.8 8.3 8.9 9.4 10.0
46 47 48 49 50
114.8 116.6 118.4 120.2 122.0
27.2 27.8 28.3 28.9 29.4
81 82 83 84 85
177.8 179.6 181.4 183.2 185.0
–28.3 –27.8 –27.2 –26.7 –26.1
–19 –18 –17 –16 –15
–2.2 –0.4 1.4 3.2 5.0
–8.9 –8.3 –7.8 –7.2 –6.7
16 17 18 19 20
60.8 62.6 64.4 66.2 68.0
10.6 11.1 11.7 12.2 12.8
51 52 53 54 55
123.8 125.6 127.4 129.2 131.0
30.0 30.6 31.1 31.7 32.2
86 87 88 89 90
186.8 188.6 190.4 192.2 194.0
–25.6 –25.0 –24.4 –23.9 –23.3
–14 –13 –12 –11 –10
6.8 8.6 10.4 12.2 14.0
–6.1 –5.6 –5.0 –4.4 –3.9
21 22 23 24 25
69.8 71.6 73.4 75.2 77.0
13.3 13.9 14.4 15.0 15.6
56 57 58 59 60
132.8 134.6 136.4 138.2 140.0
32.8 33.3 33.9 34.4 35.0
91 92 93 94 95
195.8 197.6 199.4 201.2 203.0
–22.8 –22.2 –21.7 –21.1 –20.6
–9 –8 –7 –6 –5
15.8 17.6 19.4 21.2 23.0
–3.3 –2.8 –2.2 –1.7 –1.1
26 27 28 29 30
78.8 80.6 82.4 84.2 86.0
16.1 16.7 17.2 17.8 18.3
61 62 63 64 65
141.8 143.6 145.4 147.2 149.0
35.6 36.1 36.7 37.2 37.8
96 97 98 99 100
204.8 206.6 208.4 210.2 212.0
–20.0 –19.4 –18.9 –18.3 –17.8
–4 –3 –2 –1 0
24.8 26.6 28.4 30.2 32.0
–0.6 0 0.6 1.1 1.7
31 32 33 34 35
87.8 89.6 91.4 93.2 95.0
18.9 19.4 20.0 20.6 21.1
66 67 68 69 70
150.8 152.6 154.4 156.2 158.0
40.6 43.3 46.1 48.9 51.7
105 110 115 120 125
221.0 230.0 239.0 248.0 257.0
–17.2 –16.7 –16.1 –15.6 –15.0
1 2 3 4 5
33.8 35.6 37.4 39.2 41.0
2.2 2.8 3.3 3.9 4.4
36 37 38 39 40
96.8 98.6 100.4 102.2 104.0
21.7 22.2 22.8 23.3 23.9
71 72 73 74 75
159.8 161.6 163.4 165.2 167.0
54.4 57.2 60.0 62.7 65.6
130 135 140 145 150
266.0 275.0 284.0 293.0 302.0
–14.4 –13.9 –13.3 –12.8 –12.2
6 7 8 9 10
42.8 44.6 46.4 48.2 50.0
5.0 5.6 6.1 6.7 7.2
41 42 43 44 45
105.8 107.6 109.4 111.2 113.0
24.4 25.0 25.6 26.1 26.7
76 77 78 79 80
168.8 170.6 172.4 174.2 176.0
68.3 71.1 73.9 76.7 79.4
155 160 165 170 175
311.0 320.0 329.0 338.0 347.0
40
D155AX-6
00 Index and foreword
D155AX-6
SEN00599-01
41
SEN00599-01
00 Index and foreword
D155AX-6 Bulldozer Form No. SEN00599-01
© 2007 KOMATSU All Rights Reserved Printed in Japan 03-07 (02)
42
D155AX-6
SEN00601-01
BULLDOZER 1SHOP MANUAL
D155AX-6
Machine model
Serial number
D155AX-6
80001 and up
01 Specification
1
Specification and technical data Specification dimension drawings ................................................................................................................... 2 Specifications .................................................................................................................................................. 3 Weight table .................................................................................................................................................... 9 Table of fuel, coolant and lubricants.............................................................................................................. 12
D155AX-6
1
SEN00601-01
01 Specification
Specification dimension drawings
Item
2
Unit
Sigma-tilt dozer + Variable multiple shank ripper
Semi U-tilt dozer + Variable multiple shank ripper
A
Overall length
mm
8,285
8,336
B
Overall height (with ROPS)
mm
3,390
3,390
C
Overall width
mm
4,125
4,125
Item
Unit
Sigma-tilt dozer + Variable giant ripper
Semi U-tilt dozer + Variable giant ripper
A
Overall length
mm
8,285
8,336
B
Overall height (with ROPS)
mm
3,390
3,390
C
Overall width
mm
4,125
4,125
D155AX-6
01 Specification
SEN00601-01
Specifications Machine model
D155AX-6
Serial number
80001 and up
Weight
• Bare tractor • With Sigma-tilt dozer + variable multi-shank ripper + ROPS cab + air conditioner + 560mm HD shoe + side cover
29,800
kg
• With semi U-tilt dozer + variable multi-shank ripper + ROPS cab + air conditioner + 560mm HD shoe + side cover
39,650
Minimum turning radius (F1, center of machine)
mm
2.1
Gradeability
deg.
30
Stability (front, rear, left, right)
deg.
35
Forward Reverse
Transmission speed ranges Overall height Overall width Overall length
Ground pressure
Performance
1st
Dimensions
39,500
2nd 3rd (low speed)
3.8 km/h
5.6 7.5
3rd
11.6
1st
4.6
2nd 3rd (low speed)
km/h
6.8 9.2
3rd
14.0
Bare tractor
79.85 {0.81}
With Sigma-tilt dozer + variable multi-shank ripper + ROPS cab + air conditioner + side cover
kPa {kg/cm2}
With semi U-dozer + variable multi-shank ripper + ROPS + cab + air conditioner + 560mm HD shoe + side cover
105.84 {1.08}
Bare tractor With semi U-tilt dozer + tractor
105.84 {1.08}
4,860 mm
8,316
With Sigma-tilt dozer + variable multi-shank ripper
8,285
Bare tractor
2,765
With semi U-dozer + tractor
mm
4,125
With Sigma-tilt dozer + variable multi-shank ripper
4,125
To top of exhaust pipe
3,306
To top of cab (to top of control lever) With ROPS cab installed
D155AX-6
mm
2,210 3,390
3
SEN00601-01
01 Specification
Machine model
D155AX-6
Serial number
80001 and up
Dimensions
Track gauge
2,000
Length of track on ground Track shoe width (Standard)
3,050 mm
Minimum ground clearance (To bottom surface of undercover)
450
Name
SAA6D140E-5 4-cycle, water-cooled, in-line, vertical type, direct injection, with turbocharger, aftercooler and (EGR) cooler
Type of engine No. of cylinders - Bore x Stroke
mm
6 – 140 x 165
l {cc}
15.24 {15,240}
kW {HP}/rpm
239 {320}/1,900
Nm {kgm}/rpm
1,715 {175}/1,300
Max. speed at no load
rpm
2,050
Min. speed at no load
rpm
740
g/kWh {g/HPh}
212 {158}
Piston displacement Performance
Engine
Flywheel horsepower Max. torque
Min. fuel consumption ratio Starting motor
24V, 11kW
Alternator
24V, 75A
Battery
12V, 170Ah x 2
Radiator core type
Rectangle wave fin
Torque converter
3-element, 1-stage, 2-phase Planetary gear, multiple disc clutch, hydraulically actuated, (electrically type) force-feed lubrication gear pump, forward 3-speed, reverse 3-speed, electrically actuated type
Hydraulic, HSS pump
HSS motor Bevel gear shaft
HSS
Power train system
Transmission
MPa {kg/cm2} l/min MPa {kg/cm2}
Variable swash plate type (HPV190) Max. delivery pressure: 39.6 {404} Theoretical delivery: 427/2,249 Fixed swash plate type (KMF140) Max. pressure: 41.2 {420} Spiral bevel gear, force-feed lubrication gear pump
HSS steering system
Differential planetary gear, hydraulic motor drive, electric motorized, hydraulically actuated
Master brake
Wet type, multiple clutch disc, spring boosted, hydraulically actuated, pedal operated
Final drive
4
560
Spur gear 1-stage, planetary gear 1-stage, splash type lubrication
D155AX-6
Undercarriage
01 Specification
SEN00601-01
Machine model
D155AX-6
Serial number
80001 and up
Suspension
Rigid, balancing beam type
Carrier roller
2 each side
Track roller
7 each side Assembly type, single grouser, 42 each side, pitch: 228.6 mm
Track shoe (shoe width: 560 mm)
Lubrication pump + power train (tandem)
Gear type (SAR(3)100 + (3)40)
Scavenging pump (tandem)
Gear type (SAR(4) + 140) 1+3+3 tandem spool type, hydraulically assisted type, electrical control
Control valve
Variable multi-shark ripper type • For ripper tilt
+ Ripper tilt
• For ripper lift
+ Ripper lift
• For blade lift • For blade tilt
+ (Blade lift + blade tilt + steering)
• For steering
Dimensions of blade tilt Dimensions of blade tilt Dimensions of blade lift (For semi U-dozer) (For sigma-tilt dozer)
Hydraulic cylinder
Work equipment hydraulic system
Type
D155AX-6
Reciprocal, piston type
Cylinder bore
mm
110
Piston rod outer diameter
mm
75
Max. piston stroke
mm
1,404
Max. distance between pins
mm
2,093
Min. distance between pins
mm
687.5
Cylinder bore
mm
160
Piston rod outer diameter
mm
90
Max. piston stroke
mm
205
Max. distance between pins
mm
1,395
Min. distance between pins
mm
1,190
Cylinder bore
mm
160
Piston rod outer diameter
mm
90
Max. piston stroke
mm
210
Max. distance between pins
mm
1,475
Min. distance between pins
mm
1,265
5
Dimensions of blade Dimensions of ripper tilt Dimensions of ripper lift (For sigma-tilt dozer tilt and pitch)
Hydraulic cylinder
Work equipment hydraulic system
SEN00601-01
01 Specification
Machine model
D155AX-6
Serial number
80001 and up
Cylinder bore
mm
160
Piston rod outer diameter
mm
90
Max. piston stroke
mm
165
Max. distance between pins
mm
1,430
Min. distance between pins
mm
1,265
Cylinder bore
mm
180
Piston rod outer diameter
mm
100
Max. piston stroke
mm
565
Max. distance between pins
mm
1,730
Min. distance between pins
mm
1,165
Cylinder bore
mm
200
Piston rod outer diameter
mm
110
Max. piston stroke
mm
605
Max. distance between pins
mm
1,815
Min. distance between pins
mm
1,210
Fan drive system
Hydraulic tank
6
Box type (control valve externally installed)
Cooling fan pump
MPa {kg/cm2} l/min
Variable swash plate (LPV45) Max. delivery pressure: 31.9 {325} Theoretical delivery pressure: 103/2,296
Cooling fan motor
MPa {kg/cm2}
Fixed swash plate (LMF65) Max. delivery pressure: 31.9 {325}
D155AX-6
01 Specification
SEN00601-01
Machine model
D155AX-6
Serial number
80001 and up Hydraulic sigma-tilt dozer Hydraulic semi U-tilt dozer Hydraulic U-tilt dozer
Type
Performance Dimensions Performance Dimensions Performance Dimensions
Semi U-tilt dozer Full U-dozer
Work equipment
Sigma tilt dozer
Blade support method
D155AX-6
Brace type (right tilt cylinder)
Blade lifting height (from ground level)
mm
1,311
Blade lowering depth (from ground level)
mm
627
Max. blade tilt
mm
1,000
Blade cutting angle variation
deg.
±5
Blade capacity (SAE)
m3
9.4
Blade width
mm
4,130
Blade height
mm
1,790
Blade cutting angle
deg.
46
Blade lifting height (from ground level)
mm
1,250
Blade lowering depth (from ground level)
mm
590
Max. blade tilt
mm
1,000
Blade cutting angle variation
deg.
±6
Blade capacity (SAE)
m3
9.4
Blade width
mm
4,130
Blade height
mm
1,790
Blade cutting angle
deg.
52
Blade lifting height (from ground level)
mm
1,250
Blade lowering depth (from ground level)
mm
590
Max. blade tilt
mm
1,080
Blade cutting angle variation
deg.
±6
Blade capacity (SAE)
m3
11.9
Blade width
mm
4,225
Blade height
mm
1,790
Blade cutting angle
deg.
52
7
8
Performance Performance Performance Dimensions Performance Dimensions Performance
Variable multi-shank ripper Full U-dozer + pitch Semi U-tilt dozer + pitch Sigma-tiltd ozer + pitch Variable giant ripper
Work equipment
SEN00601-01
01 Specification
Machine model
D155AX-6
Serial number
80001 and up
Max. tilt
mm
1,000
Max. pitch angle
deg.
5
Max. pitch-back angle
deg.
5
Max. tilt
mm
1.000
Max. pitch angle
deg.
5
Max. pitch-back angle
deg.
5
Max. tilt
mm
1,080
Max. pitch angle
deg.
5
Max. pitch-back angle
deg.
5
Max. digging depth
mm
903
Max. lifting height
mm
950
Ripping angle of point Max. beam width
30 – 70 mm
Shank positions
2,320 2
Max. digging depth
mm
1,255
Max. lifting height
mm
950
Ripping angle of point
30 – 70
Max. beam width
mm
1,401
Shank positions
No. of holes
3
D155AX-6
01 Specification
SEN00601-01
Weight table
k This weight table is for reference in handling or transporting components. Machine model
D155AX-6
Serial number
80001 and up
Engine, damper assembly
1,900
• Engine assembly
1,759
• Damper assembly
120
• Universal joint
18
• Engine mount parts (wiring)
3
Radiator assembly (including built-in oil cooler hydraulic cooler and codenser)
333
Fuel tank assembly (when empty)
383
Fuel tank assembly (when full)
913
Power train unit assembly
2,351
• Torque converter, PTO assembly
500
• Transmission assembly
625
• HSS assembly
932
• Brake valve assembly (2-ECMV assembly, secondary brake valve) • Power train filter assembly
6 16.5
• Scavenging pump
20
• Power train, lubrication pump
28
• Hydraulic HSS pump
106
• HSS motor
67
• Coolong fan pump
25
• Coolong fan motor
25
Final drive assembly
1,395 x 2
Sprocket teeth
(12 x 9) x 2
Hull frame assembly
4,426
Track group assembly (each side)
3,822
• Track frame
1,340
• Idler assembly
326
• Recoil spring assembly
508
• Bogie, track roller assembly
525 x 3
• Track roller assembly (single flange x1) (double flange x1)
93 x 4 105 x 3
• Carrier roller assembly
D155AX-6
45 x 2
9
SEN00601-01
01 Specification
Machine model
D155AX-6
Serial number
80001 and up
Track shoe assembly (560 mm, wet type)
2,260 x 2
Pivot shaft assembly (Left) (When dual tilt spcification, Left and right)
119
Pivot shaft assembly (Right)
136
Equalizer bar
231
Hydraulic tank assembly (including hydraulic filter)
99
Control valve (Blade lift + blade tilt + ripper lift + ripper tilt + steering)
123
Engine underguard
220
Transmission underguard
280
Operatorís seat
55
Sigma U-tilt dozer assembly
5,364 (Standard 4,937)
• Blade
3,200 (Standard 2,929)
• Straight frame
1,687 (Standard 1,531)
• Tilt brace
97 x 1
• Center brace
250 x 1
• Tilt cylinder assembly
130
Sigma dual-tilt dozer assembly
5,400 (Standard 4,973)
• Blade
3,200 (Standard 2,929)
• Straight frame
1,690 (Standard 1,534)
• Center brace
250 x 1
• Pitch cylinder assembly
130 x 2
Semi U-tilt dozer assembly
5,623 (Standard 4,962)
• Blade
3,459 (Standard 2,954)
• Straight frame
1,687 (Standard 1,531)
• Tilt brace
97 x 1
• Center brace
250 x 1
• Tilt cylinder assembly
130
Blade lift cylinder assembly
165 x 2
Multi-shank ripper assembly
4,330
• Bracket, beam, arm
2,300
• Shank
266 x 3
• Lift cylinder assembly
184 x 1
• Tilt cylinder assembly
252 x 1
10
D155AX-6
01 Specification
SEN00601-01
Machine model
D155AX-6
Serial number
80001 and up
Giant ripper assembly
3,090
• Bracket, beam, arm
1,850
• Shank
333 x 1
• Lift cylinder assembly
184 x 1
• Tilt cylinder assembly
252 x 1
• Pin puller cylinder assembly
7
Cab assembly
410
Dashboard
54
Floor frame (including air conditioner unit)
611
Side cover
20
Air conditioner unit assembly
10
D155AX-6
11
SEN00601-01
01 Specification
Table of fuel, coolant and lubricants a
12
For details of the notes (Note 1, Note 2 - - -) in the table, see Operation and Maintenance Manual.
D155AX-6
01 Specification
SEN00601-01
Unit: l Refilling points
D155AX-6 Specified capacity
Refill capacity
Engine oil pan
45
37
Damper case
1.5
1.5
Power train case
130
90
Fainal drive case (each)
31
31
Hydraulic system (with blade, without ripper)
240
85
Cooling system (including reservoir tank)
82
—
Fuel tank
625
—
D155AX-6
13
SEN00601-01
01 Specification
D155AX-6 Bulldozer Form No. SEN00601-01
© 2007 KOMATSU All Rights Reserved Printed in Japan 03-07 (02)
14
D155AX-6
SEN00603-00
BULLDOZER 1SHOP MANUAL
D155AX-6
Machine model
Serial number
D155AX-6
80001 and up
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
1
Engine and cooling system Engine and cooling system ............................................................................................................................. 2 Radiator, oil cooler ............................................................................................................................... 2 Engine mount ....................................................................................................................................... 5 Cooling fan pump ................................................................................................................................. 6 Cooling fan motor............................................................................................................................... 14
D155AX-6
1
SEN00603-00
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Engine and cooling system Radiator, oil cooler
1
Radiator
2
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14.
Overflow hose Air bleed hose Inlet hose Coolant filler cap Radiator core assembly Reservoir tank Inlet hose (for circulating at low coolant temperature) Outlet hose Lower tank (power train oil cooler built-in) Fan Drain plug Cushion Breather cap Pressure valve
a: b: c:
Aftercooler Aftercooler outlet hose Aftercooler inlet hose
SEN00603-00
Outline q The reservoir tank is provided for radiator. q The power train oil cooler is built in the lower tank of the radiator. Radiator Rectangle wave fin
Core type Fin pitch
4.0
(m )
41.99 x 2
Relief pressure
(MPa {kg/cm2})
0.09 {0.9}
Vacuum pressure
(MPa {kg/cm2})
0.005 {0.05}
Heat dissipation area Pressure valve
(mm) 2
Specification Aftercooler: Rectangle wave fin 8.0/2P
D155AX-6
3
SEN00603-00
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Oil cooler
1. 2.
Hydraulic cooler Power train oil cooler
A: B:
Power train oil cooler outlet port Power train oil cooler inlet port
Outline q The power train oil cooler is built in the lower tank of the radiator.
Core type Inner fin type Cooling method Heat dissipation area (m2)
4
Power train oil cooler
Hydraulic cooler
PTO-OL
Rectangle wave (4.0P)
TF8-C
TF6-P
Built in lower tank
Air cooled
2.47
4.51
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
SEN00603-00
Engine mount
1
Unit: mm No.
1
Check item Clearance between bracket and cushion
Criteria Standard size 60
2
Free height of mount rubber
D155AX-6
Tolerance
Remedy
Shaft
Hole
Standard clearance
Clearance limit
–0.1 –0.3
+0.046 +0.046
0.1 – 0.346
—
Standard clearance
Clearance limit
86
84
Replace
5
SEN00603-00
Cooling fan pump
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
1
Type: LPV45
P1: Pump discharge port PAEPC: EPC output pressure pickup plug PEPC: EPC valve basic pressure input port PS: Pump suction port TO: Drain port 1. 2.
6
Servo valve Air bleeder
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
SEN00603-00
Shaft Oil seal Case Rocker cam Shoe Piston Cylinder block Valve plate Spring Servo piston
D155AX-6
7
SEN00603-00
Function q The pump converts the engine rotation transmitted to its shaft to oil pressure and delivers pressurized oil corresponding to the load. q It is possible to change the delivery by changing the swash plate angle.
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
q q q
Cylinder block (7) seals the pressurized oil to valve plate (8) and carries out relative rotation. This surface is designed so that the oil pressure balance is maintained at a suitable level. The oil inside each cylinder chamber of cylinder block (7) is suctioned and discharged through valve plate (8).
Structure Cylinder block (7) is supported to shaft by spline (11). q Shaft (1) is supported with front and rear bearings (12). q The end of piston (6) has a spherical hollow and is combined with shoe (5). q Piston (6) and shoe (5) form a spherical bearing. q Shoe (5) is kept pressed against plane (A) of rocker cam (4) and slid circularly. q Rocker cam (4) slides around ball (13). q Piston (6) carries out relative movement in the axial direction inside each cylinder chamber of cylinder block (7). q
8
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Operation of pump q Cylinder block (7) rotates together with shaft (1), and shoe (5) slides on flat surface (A). q At this time, rocker cam (4) slants around ball (13). As a result, angle (a) between center line (X) of rocker cam (4) and the axis of cylinder block (7) changes. q Angle (a) is called the swash plate angle.
SEN00603-00
q
q
q q
q
D155AX-6
With the condition of center line (X) of rocker cam (4) has swash plate angle (a) to axial direction of cylinder block (7), flat surface (A) functions as cam against shoe (5). In this way, piston (6) slides on the inside of cylinder block (7), so a difference between volumes (E) and (F) is created inside cylinder block (7). A single piston (6) sucks and discharges the oil by the amount (F) - (E). As cylinder block (7) rotates and the volume of chamber (E) becomes smaller, the pressurized oil is discharged. On the other hand, the volume of chamber (F) grows larger and, in this process, the oil is suctioned.
9
SEN00603-00
q
q
q
10
As center line (X) of rocker cam (4) matches the axial direction of cylinder block (7) (swash plate angle (a) = 0), the difference between volumes (E) and (F) inside cylinder block (7) becomes 0. Suction and discharge of pressurized oil is not carried out in this state. Namely pumping action is not performed. (Actually, however, the swash plate angle is not set to 0)
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Control of delivery q If the swash plate angle (a) becomes larger, the difference between volumes (E) and (F) be c o me s la r g er a nd pu m p d el i v er y ( Q ) increases. q Swash plate angle (a) is changed with servo piston (10). q Servo piston (10) reciprocates straight according to the signal pressure of the servo valve. q This straight motion is transmitted to rocker cam (4). q Rocker cam (4) supported with ball (13) slides around ball (13).
Swash plate angle (a) is in proportion to the pump delivery.
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
SEN00603-00
Servo valve
P: PE: PH: T:
EPC valve basic pressure Control piston pressure Pump discharge pressure Drain port
D155AX-6
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.
Plug Lever Retainer Seat Spool Piston Sleeve Spring
11
SEN00603-00
Function q The servo valve controls the current input to the EPC valve and the pump delivery (Q) so that they will be related as shown in the diagram.
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
q
q
q
q
q
q
q q
12
The output pressure of the EPC valve flows in the piston chamber to push piston (6). Piston (6) pushes spool (5) until it is balanced with the spring.
Then, the land of the servo piston pressure passage is connected to the pump discharge passage by the notch of spool (5) and the discharge pressure is led to the servo piston. When the rocker cam is pushed up by the servo piston, a position feedback is applied and lever (2) moves to compress spring (8). When spool (5) is pushed back, the pump discharge circuit and the servo piston circuit are cut off. Pressure in the servo piston chamber drops and the rocker cam returns in the direction of a maximum swash plate angle. These processes are repeated until the swash plate is fixed to a position where the EPC output pressure is balanced with spring (8) force. The greater the EPC output pressure, the smaller the swash plate angle. Conversely, the smaller the EPC output pressure, the greater the swash plate angle.
D155AX-6
SEN00603-00
Cooling fan motor
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
1
Type: LMF110(65)
P: From fan pump T: From cooler to tank TC: To tank
14
Specifications Type: LMF110(65) Capacity: 65.1 cc/rev Rated speed: 1,250 rpm Rated flow: 81.4 l/mm Check valve crack pressure: 78.5 kPa {0.8 kg/cm2}
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.
SEN00603-00
7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12.
Output shaft Case Thrust plate Piston assembly Cylinder block Valve plate
End cover Center spring Check valve Pilot valve Spool for reversible valve Safety valve Unit: mm
No.
Check item
Criteria
Remedy
Standard size 13 Spool return spring
14 Check valve spring
D155AX-6
Free length x Installation outer diameter length
Repair limit Installation load
Free length
62.66 x 19.8
53.5
146 N {14.9 kg}
—
16.4 x 8.9
11.5
13.7 N {1.4 kg}
—
Installation load Replace spring if damaged or 117 N {11.9 kg} deformed. 11.0 N {1.12 kg}
15
SEN00603-00
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
1. Hydraulic motor Function q This hydraulic motor is called a swash platetype axial piston motor. It converts the energy of the pressurized oil sent from the hydraulic pump into rotary motion. Principle of operation q The oil sent from the hydraulic pump flows through valve plate (7) into cylinder block (5). This oil can flow on only one side of the (Y-Y) line connecting the top dead center and bottom dead center of the stroke of piston (4). q The oil sent to one side of cylinder block (5) presses piston (4) [4 or 5 pieces], and generates force (F1)[F1 = P x xD2/4]. q This force is applied to thrust plate (2). Since thrust plate (2) is fixed to the angle of (a°) degrees to the output shaft(1), the force is divided into components (F2) and (F3). q The radial component (F3) generates torque [T = F3 x ri] against the (Y-Y) line connecting the top dead center and bottom dead center. q The result of this torque [T = (F3 x ri)] rotates cylinder block (5) through the piston. q Since this cylinder block (5) is splined to the output shaft, the output shaft revolves to transmit the torque.
16
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
SEN00603-00
2. Suction valve Function q If the fan pump stops, the pressurized oil does not flow into the motor. Since the motor continues revolution because of the force of inertia, however, the pressure on the outlet side of the motor rises. q When the oil stops flowing in from inlet port (P), suction valve (1) sucks in the oil on the outlet side and supplies it to port (MA) where there is not sufficient oil to prevent cavitation. Operation 1) q
2) q
q
When the pump is stopped If the engine is stopped and the input revolution of the fan pump lowers to 0 rpm, the pressurized oil from the pump is not supplied to port (P) any more. As the pressurized oil is not supplied to the (MA) side of the motor, the motor speed lowers gradually to stop. If the motor shaft is revolved by the force of inertia while the oil flow in the port (P) is reducing, the oil in port (T) on the outlet side is sent by the suction valve (1) to the (MA) side to prevent cavitation.
When pump is started If the pressurized oil from the pump is supplied to port (P) and the pressure on (MA) side rises and starting torque is generated in the motor, the motor starts revolution.The pressurized oil on the motor outlet (MB) side of the motor returns through port (T) to the tank.
D155AX-6
17
SEN00603-00
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
3. Operation of reversible valve 1) q
q q
18
When the ON-OFF solenoid is de-energized. If ON-OFF solenoid (1) is “de-energized“, the pressurized oil from the pump is blocked by ON-OFF selector valve (2), and port (C) opens for the tank circuit. Spool (3) is pushed to the right by spring (4). Motor port (MA) opens and pressurized oil flows in to revolve the motor in forward (clockwise).
2) q
q q
When the ON-OFF solenoid is energized. If ON-OFF solenoid (1) is “energized“, ONOFF selector valve (2) changes to let the pressurized oil from the pump flow through port (C) into spool chamber (D). The pressurized oil in chamber (D) pushes valve spool (3) to the left against spring (4). Motor port (MB) opens and pressurized oil flows in to revolve the motor in reverse (counterclockwise).
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
SEN00603-00
4. Safety valve
Function q When the engine is started, the pressure in port (P) of the fan motor is heightened in some cases. q Safety valve (1) is installed to protect the fan system circuit. Operation q If the pressure in port (P) rises above the cracking pressure of safety valve (1), valve (2) of safety valve (1) opens to release the pressurized oil into port (T). q By this operation, generation of abnormal pressure in port (P) is prevented.
D155AX-6
19
SEN00603-00
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
D155AX-6 Bulldozer Form No. SEN00603-00
© 2005 KOMATSU All Rights Reserved Printed in Japan 12-05 (02)
20
D155AX-6
SEN00604-01
BULLDOZER 1SHOP MANUAL
D155AX-6
Machine model
Serial number
D155AX-6
80001 and up
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
1
Power train, Part 1 Power train skeleton ....................................................................................................................................... 2 Overall drawing of power train unit ................................................................................................................. 4 Power train hydraulic piping drawing .............................................................................................................. 6 Damper, universal joint ................................................................................................................................... 8 Torque converter, PTO .................................................................................................................................. 10 Torque converter control valve...................................................................................................................... 19 Lockup clutch ECMV, stator clutch ECMV .................................................................................................... 20 Transmission control ..................................................................................................................................... 26 Transmission................................................................................................................................................. 28 Transmission ECMV ..................................................................................................................................... 44 Main relief valve and torque converter relief valve........................................................................................ 50 Lubrication relief valve .................................................................................................................................. 52 Scavenging pump ......................................................................................................................................... 53 Power train and steering lubrication pump.................................................................................................... 54
D155AX-6
1
SEN00604-01
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Power train skeleton
Outline q The power generated by engine (1) has its torsional vibration dampened by damper (2), and then passes through universal joint (3), and is transmitted to torque converter (8). q The power from the engine is transmitted through the oil by torque converter (8) to the transmission input shaft (turbine shaft) in accordance with the change in load. (with L/U) q Transmission (9) uses a combination of a planetary gear system and hydraulic clutches to reduce the speed and shift the gears (3 forward gears and 3 reverse gears). It connects 2 sets of clutches selected according to the change in load, and transmits the power to bevel gear (10) from the bevel pinion at the rear end of the transmission.
1
q
q
q
2
The power transmitted to the bevel gear shaft is transmitted to HSS (Hydrostatic Steering System) (11). Hydraulic, HSS pump (5) is driven by PTO (6), and output oil of the Hydraulic, HSS pump drives HSS motor (12). The rotation of the pair of the HSS gears on the right and left is controlled by HSS motor (12). The steering is carried out by generating a difference in speed on the right and left. It is also possible to use the HSS mechanism to rotate the right and left sides in opposite directions to carry out pivot turns. Brake (13) of the HSS is used for braking the machine. Brake (13) is a wet, multiple disc clutch, spring boosted type. The power sent from brake (13) is transmitted to final drive (14). Final drive (14) consists of a single-stage spur gear and a single-stage planetary gear system. It reduces the speed and rotates sprocket (15) to drive track shoe (16) and move the machine. It also rotates cooling fan motor (18) with the oil discharged from cooling fan pump (17) driven with PTO (6).
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.
Engine (SAA6D140E-5) Damper Universal joint Scavenging pump (SAR(4)140) Hydraulic, HSS pump (HPV190) PTO Power train lubricating pump (SAR(3)100+(3)40) Torque converter Transmission
D155AX-6
SEN00604-01
10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18.
Bevel gear HSS unit HSS motor (KMF140) Brake Final drive Sprocket Track shoe Cooling fan pump (LPV45) Cooling fan motor (LMF65)
3
SEN00604-01
Overall drawing of power train unit
4
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
1
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
1. 2. 3.
HSS unit Transmission Power train, lubricating pump (SAR(3)100+(3)40) 4. Power train oil strainer 5. HSS motor (KMF140) 6. Main relief, torque converter relief valve 7. Torque converter, PTO 8. Scavenging pump (SAR(4)140) 9. Cooling fan pump (LPV45) 10. Hydraulic, HSS pump (HPV190) 11. Brake control valve
D155AX-6
SEN00604-01
Outline The power train unit can be broadly divided into torque converter, PTO (7), transmission (2), and HSS unit (1). So, a fter the power train unit h as be en removed, it can be disassembled into the torque converter, PTO (7), transmission (2), and HSS unit (1). q HSS unit consists of the bevel pinion unit, bevel gear shaft, HSS motor, planetary gear and brake. q
5
SEN00604-01
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Power train hydraulic piping drawing
6
1
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.
SEN00604-01
Hydraulic, HSS pump (HPV190) Centralized pressure detection port Power train, lubrication pump (SAR(3)100+(3)40) Brake control valve HSS motor (KMF140) Main relief, torque converter relief valve Power train oil filter Scavenging pump (SAR(4)140) Power train oil cooler (built in radiator lower tank)
A: Left brake oil pressure pickup port (LB) AA: Right brake oil pressure pickup port (RB) B: 3rd transmission clutch oil pressure pickup port (3RD) C: 2nd transmission clutch oil pressure pickup port (2ND) D: 1st transmission clutch oil pressure pickup port (1ST) E: Reverse transmission clutch oil pressure pickup port (R) F: Forward transmission clutch oil pressure pickup port (F) G: Transmission main relief oil pressure pickup port (TM) H: Lockup clutch oil pressure pickup port (LC) J: Stator clutch oil pressure pickup port (SC)
D155AX-6
7
SEN00604-01
Damper, universal joint
8
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
1
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11.
SEN00604-01
Breather Dipstick Drain plug Output shaft Flywheel Outer body Coupling Universal joint Cover Rubber coupling Inner body Unit: mm
No.
12
Check item Clearance between flywheel housing and cover
13
Clearance between flywheel and damper
14
Outside diameter of coupling oil seal contact surface
Criteria Standard size
Tolerance
Remedy
Shaft
Hole
Standard clearance
Clearance limit
511.18
–0.022 –0.092
+0.070 +0.070
0.022 – 0.162
0.2
466.72
–0.020 –0.083
+0.063 +0.070
0.020 – 0.146
0.2
Standard size
Tolerance
Repair limit
90
–0.087 –0.087
89.8
Replace
Outline q The damper, dampens the torsional vibration caused by the change in engine torque and the impact torque generated when accelerating suddenly or when carrying out heavy-duty digging. In this way, it acts to protect the torque converter, transmission, and other parts of the power train. q The damper has few component parts: it uses a rubber coupling, so the vibration is absorbed by the damping effect of the rubber material. Operation q The motive force from the engine passes through flywheel (5) and is transmitted to outer body (6). The torsional vibration of the engine is absorbed by rubber coupling (10), and the power is transmitted to inner body (11). It passes through universal joint (8), and is then transmitted to the torque converter and transmission.
D155AX-6
9
SEN00604-01
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Torque converter, PTO a
PTO: Abbreviation for Power Take Off
A: B: C:
From power train pump To power train oil cooler From main relief valve
10
1
D: E: F:
From transmission case To transmission case From power train oil cooler
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
D155AX-6
SEN00604-01
11
SEN00604-01
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. 31. 32. 33. 34. 35.
12
Work equipment, HSS pump mounting port Cooling fan pump mounting port Scavenging pump mounting port Power train and steering lubrication pump Mounting port Torque converter case Coupling Input shaft (number of teeth: 58) PTO idler gear (number of teeth: 66) PTO idler gear shaft Lockup clutch housing Turbine Drive case Race Stator Pump Retainer Stator clutch front housing Pump shaft Stator clutch rear housing Stator shaft Stator clutch hub Stator clutch plate Stator clutch disc Stator clutch piston Transmission input shaft Lockup clutch plate Lockup clutch disc Lockup clutch piston Turbine boss PTO Gear A (number of teeth: 49) PTO Gear B (number of teeth: 48) Scavenging pump drive gear (number of teeth: 56) Torque converter control valve Power train oil strainer Sleeve
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Outline q The torque converter is a 3-element, 1-stage, and 2-phase type, which is integral with the transmission. q The torque converter is equipped with a wet double disc clutch type torque converter lockup device and a stator clutch in order to reduce fuel consumption, to increase the operability, and to reduce the horsepower consumption by the engine. q For higher efficiency of continuous light dozing and leveling operation, the torque converter is locked up and the engine power is transferred directly to the transmissions input shaft. q When the torque converter is locked up (the pump and turbine is integrated into 1 unit), the oil is still supplied to the torque converter. Accordingly, the oil flowing from the pump through the turbine to the stator is obstructed by the stator blades and cannot flow in any direction. As a result, this oil resists the rotation of the pump and turbine (it is agitated). q To reduce the rotating resistance of the pump and turbine, the stator clutch is disengaged simultaneously with lockup of the torque converter so that the stator can rotate freely. As the stator is dragged and turned by the pump and turbine, the oil returns from the turbine to the pump smoothly against less resistance.
SEN00604-01
Structure Pump (15) is integrated with coupling (6), input shaft (7), lockup clutch housing (10), and drive case (12), and rotated by the engine power. q Turbine (11) is integrated with turbine boss (29) and transmission input shaft (25), and rotated by the oil from pump (15). q Stator (14) is integrated with stator shaft (20) and stator clutch hub (21), and fixed to torque converter case (5) through the stator clutch unit. q The lockup clutch unit consists of clutch plate (26) meshed with drive case (12), clutch disc (27) meshed with turbine boss (29), and clutch piston (28) which slides inside clutch housing (10) integrated with drive case (12). q The stator clutch unit consists of clutch hub (21) attached to stator shaft (20) with spline, clutch disc (23) meshed with clutch hub (21), clutch plate (22) supported by the pins on clutch front housing (17) and clutch rear housing (19), and clutch piston (24) which slides inside clutch front housing (17). Clutch front housing (17) is fixed to sleeve (35) with torque converter case (5). q The PTO unit consists of input shaft (7), PTO idler gear (8), PTO gear A(30), PTO gear B(31) and scavenging pump drive gear (32). q
Conditions for lockup range and torque converter range Torque converter output shaft speed Lockup range
Torque converter range
Forward 1st
Min. 1,313 rpm
Max. 1,262 rpm
Forward 2nd
Min. 1,899 rpm
Max. 1,876 rpm
Forward 3rd
Min. 1,366 rpm
Max. 1,355rpm
Reverse 1st
Min. 1,244 rpm
Max. 1,216 rpm
Reverse 2nd
Min. 1,196 rpm
Max. 1,177 rpm
Reverse 3rd
Min. 1,622 rpm
Max. 1,613 rpm
D155AX-6
13
SEN00604-01
14
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
SEN00604-01
Unit: mm No.
Check item
Criteria
1
Outer diameter of oil seal contact surface of the coupling
Remedy
Standard size
Tolerance
Repair limit
100
-0.054 -0.054
99.8
35
+0.025 +0.025
35.1
Width
2.56
-0.01 -0.03
2.3
Thickness
1.7
±0.1
1.55
Inner diameter of the seal ring contact surface of the stator shaft
65
+0.030 +0.025
65.1
Width
3
-0.01 -0.03
2.7
Thickness
2.7
±0.1
2.55
Inner diameter of the seal ring contact surface of the sleeve
90
+0.035 +0.025
90.1
Width
3
-0.01 -0.03
2.7
Thickness
3.7
±0.12
3.55
5
Inner diameter of the seal ring contact surface of the retainer
150
+0.040 +0.025
150.5
6
Backlash between the input shaft and the PTO idler gear
0.198 – 0.484
7
Backlash between the PTO idler gear and PTO gear A
0.198 – 0.484
8
Backlash between the PTO idler gear and PTO gear B
0.198 – 0.484
9
Backlash between the input shaft and the scavenging pump drive gear
0.198 – 0.484
Inner diameter of the seal ring contact surface of the input shaft 2
3
Wear of the transmission input shaft seal ring
Wear of the transmission input shaft seal ring
4 Wear of the stator shaft seal ring
Thickness of the lockup clutch disc
Replace
Repair by hard chrome plating or replace Replace
±0.1
4.5
5.0
±0.1
4.5
Overall thickness of the lockup clutch assembly
15.0
±0.17
13.9
Thickness of the stator clutch disc
5.0
±0.1
4.5
11 Thickness of the stator clutch plate
5.0
±0.1
4.5
Overall thickness of the stator clutch assembly
15.0
±0.17
13.9
D155AX-6
Repair by hard chrome plating or replace Replace
5.0
10 Thickness of the lockup clutch plate
Repair by hard chrome plating or replace
Repair by hard chrome plating or replace
Replace
15
SEN00604-01
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Unit: mm No.
Check item
Fitting tolerance of the PTO idler 12 gear and bearing
Criteria Shaft
Hole
Standard clearance
Clearance limit
Outer diameter
140
-0.025 -0.018
-0.008 -0.033
-0.033 – 0.010
—
Inner diameter
80
0.025 -0.019
0 -0.015
-0.015 – 0.019
—
Outside diameter (cover side)
180
-0.025 -0.025
+0.026 -0.014
-0.014 – 0.051
—
120
-0.025 -0.015
+0.022 -0.013
-0.013 – 0.037
—
100
+0.035 +0.013
-0.025 -0.020
-0.055 – -0.013
—
65
+0.030 +0.011
-0.025 -0.015
-0.045 – -0.011
—
120
-0.025 -0.015
+0.022 -0.013
-0.013 – 0.037
—
120
-0.025 -0.015
+0.022 -0.013
-0.013 – 0.037
—
55
+0.030 +0.011
-0.025 -0.015
-0.045 – -0.011
—
Inner diameter (case side)
65
+0.030 +0.011
-0.025 -0.015
-0.045 – -0.011
—
Outer diameter
85
-0.025 -0.015
+0.010 -0.025
-0.025 – 0.025
—
Inner diameter
45
+0.018 +0.002
-0.025 -0.012
-0.030 – -0.002
—
Outside diameter (cover side) Outside Fitting tolerance of diameter (case side) fan pump drive gear Inner bearing diameter (cover side)
Fitting tolerance of the scavenging 15 pump drive gear bearing
Standard size 16 Stator clutch return spring
Replace
Repair limit
Installation Installation Installation Free length Free length length load load 35
16
Remedy
Standard size
Fitting tolerance of Outside HSS, work equipdiameter ment, (case side) power train, 13 steering Inner lubrication pump diameter drive gear (cover side) bearing Inner diameter (case side)
14
Tolerance
27
85.3 N {8.7 kg}
32.9
72.6 N {7.4 kg}
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
SEN00604-01
Power transmitting route When lockup clutch is“disengaged“and stator clutch is “engaged“
When lockup clutch is“engaged“and stator clutch is “disengaged“
Drive case (4) is disconnected from turbine boss (8) and turbine (7) and lockup torque converter works as an ordinary torque converter.
Drive case (4) is connected to boss (8) and turbine (7) and lockup torque converter is locked up.
The power from engine O Damper O Universal joint O Coupling (1) O Input shaft (2) O Clutch housing (3), drive case (4) and pump (5) rotate together O Oil is used as medium O Turbine (7) and turbine boss (8) O Transmission input shaft (9) q
If stator clutch (10) is "engaged" at this time, torque converter case (11) and stator shaft (12) are connected to each other to fix stator (13).
D155AX-6
The power from engine O Damper O Universal joint O Coupling (1) O Input shaft (2) O Clutch housing (3), drive case (4) and pump (5) rotate together O Lockup clutch (6) O Turbine boss (8) O Transmission input shaft (9) q
If stator clutch (10) is “disengaged” at this time, torque converter case (11) and stator shaft (12) are disconnected from each other, and stator (13) is dragged and turned by pump (5) and turbine (7).
17
SEN00604-01
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Oil flow
q
q
q
18
The oil flows through the main relief valve and its pressure is reduced to below the set pressure by the torque converter relief valve. It then flows in inlet port (A), goes through the oil passages of torque converter case (1), stator clutch front housing (2), pump shaft (3) and retainer (4), and flows into pump (5). The oil is given centrifugal force by pump (5) and flows in turbine (6) to transfer its energy to turbine (6). The oil from turbine (6) is sent to stator (7) and flows into pump (5) again.A part of the oil, however, is sent through outlet port (B) to the power train oil cooler.
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Torque converter control valve
A: B: C:
From power train pump Stator clutch oil pressure pickup port (SC) Lockup clutch oil pressure pickup port (LC)
1. 2. 3.
Torque converter oil filter Stator clutch ECMV Lockup clutch ECMV
D155AX-6
SEN00604-01
1
19
SEN00604-01
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Lockup clutch ECMV, stator clutch ECMV a a
ECMV: Abbreviation for Electronic Control Modulation Valve Don't try to disassemble it since adjustment for maintaining the performance will be needed.
A: To clutch P: From pump T: Drain DR: Drain P1: Clutch oil pressure pickup port P2: Pilot oil pressure pickup port 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.
20
1
*1: Operated clutches
Stamp of the nameplates
Lockup
E*******
Stator
A*******
Fill switch connector Proportional solenoid connector Pressure detection valve Fill switch Proportional solenoid Pressure control valve Nameplate (*1)
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
ECMV for lockup clutch Outline q This valve is used to switch the clutch in order to regulate the clutch oil pressure to the set pressure. Since the modulation waveform is used for the pressure application characteristics to the clutch, ECMV is capable of connecting the lockup clutch smoothly, thereby reducing shocks resulting from gear shift. Above also prevents generation of peak torque in the power train. These arrangements make the machine comfortable to operator and enhance durability of the power train.
SEN00604-01
Operation When traveling in torque converter range
When changing from torque converter travel to direct travel
At gear shift (in direct travel)
D155AX-6
q
When traveling in torque converter range, current is not supplied to proportional solenoid (1). Pressure control valve (3) drains the oil from clutch port (A) through drain port (T), and lockup clutch is “released“. Also at this time, fill switch (5) is turned “off“ because oil pressure is not applied to pressure detection valve (4).
21
SEN00604-01
When traveling in direct range (Torque converter travel o direct travel) During filling
q
22
When traveling in direct (lockup) range, current is supplied to proportional solenoid (1), the oil pressure force balanced with the solenoid force is applied to chamber (B) and pushes pressure control valve (3) to the left.As a result, pump port (P) and clutch port (A) are opened and oil starts filling the clutch. If the clutch is filled with oil, fill switch (5) is turned “on“.
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Pressure adjustment
q
q
If current flows in proportional solenoid (1), the solenoid generates thrust in proportion to the current. This thrust of the solenoid is balanced with the sum of the thrust generated by the oil pressure in clutch port and the tension of pressure control valve spring (2), and then the pressure is settled. While shifting gears, the lockup clutch oil pressure is reduced temporarily to reduce the shock when shifting gear. Oil pressure at this time is controlled so that the lockup piston pushing force balances with the inside pressure of torque converter.
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
ECMV for stator clutch Outline q This valve acts to set the lockup clutch oil pressure to the set pressure, and also to switch the lockup clutch.
SEN00604-01
Operation When traveling in direct range
It forms a modulation wave pattern, so the stator clutch is engaged smoothly to reduce the shock when shifting gear. In addition, it prevents generation of peak torque in the power train. As a result, it provides a comfortable ride for the operator and greatly increases the durability of the power train. Direct travel o torque converter travel
q
D155AX-6
When traveling in direct (lockup) range, current does not flow to proportional solenoid (1). Pressure control valve (3) drains the oil from clutch port (A) through drain port (T), and stator clutch is “released“. Also at this time, fill switch (5) is turned “off“ because oil pressure is not applied to pressure detection valve (4).
23
SEN00604-01
When traveling in torque converter range (Direct travel o torque converter travel) During filling
q
24
When traveling in torque converter range current is supplied to proportional solenoid (1), the oil pressure force balanced with the solenoid force is applied to chamber (B) and pushes pressure control valve (3) to the left.As a result, pump port (P) and clutch port (A) are opened and oil starts filling the clutch. If the clutch is filled with oil, fill switch (5) is turned “on“.
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Pressure adjustment
q
If current flows in proportional solenoid (1), the solenoid generates thrust in proportion to the current. This thrust of the solenoid is balanced with the sum of the thrust generated by the oil pressure in clutch port and the tension of pressure control valve spring (2), and then the pressure is settled.
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
D155AX-6
SEN00604-01
25
SEN00604-01
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Transmission control a a
1. 2. 3.
4. 5.
26
1
For steering operation of the Palm Command Steering Control lever (PCCS lever), see Steering, brake control. PCCS: Abbreviation for Palm Command Control System
Brake pedal Lock lever PCCS lever (Forward-Reverse, Gear shift) 3A. UP switch (Gear is shifted up each time this switch is pressed.) 3B. DOWN switch (Gear is shifted down each time this switch is pressed.) Transmission neutral lock Transmission control valve
Lever positions A: Neutral B: Forward C: Reverse D: OFF E: Shift UP F: Shift DOWN G: Free H: Lock
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
SEN00604-01
Outline q The transmission is controlled with PCCS lever (3). The PCCS lever is used to select the travel direction and shift the gear. q Since the safety mechanism is employed, transmission neutral safety switch (4) does not work and the engine does not start unless lock lever (2) is in the LOCK position.
D155AX-6
27
SEN00604-01
Transmission
28
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
1
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
A: B: C: D: E: F: G: H: J:
1st clutch pressure pickup port (1ST) 3rd clutch pressure pickup port (3RD) R clutch oil pressure pickup port (R) 2nd clutch pressure pickup port (2ND) F clutch oil pressure pickup port (F) From power train pump To brake control valve From steering case From power train oil cooler
D155AX-6
SEN00604-01
K: L: M: N: P: R: S: T: U:
To torque converter To scavenging pump To torque converter case From torque converter case To R clutch To 3rd clutch To 1st clutch To 2nd clutch To F clutch
29
SEN00604-01
30
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. 31. 32. 33. 34. 35. 36. 37. 38. 39. 40. 41. 42.
Transmission ECMV Main relief valve and torque converter relief valve Transmission case Sleeve Transmission input shaft Tie bolt R ring gear (hub) R planetary pinion (number of teeth: 26) R ring gear (number of internal teeth: 86) F planetary pinion (number of teeth: 24) F ring gear (number of internal teeth: 91) 3rd planetary pinion (number of teeth: 35) 3rd ring gear (number of internal teeth: 89) 2nd planetary pinion (number of teeth: 31) 2nd ring gear (number of internal teeth: 91) 1st ring gear (number of internal teeth: 91) 1st planetary pinion (number of teeth: 27) Transmission output shaft (3rd sun gear)(number of teeth: 19) 1st clutch housing 1st clutch piston 1st sun gear (number of teeth: 37) 1st carrier 2nd clutch housing 2nd clutch piston 2nd sun gear (number of teeth: 29) 2nd carrier 3rd clutch housing 3rd clutch piston 3rd carrier F clutch housing F clutch piston F carrier R clutch housing F sun gear (number of teeth: 44) R clutch piston Washer spring Clutch plate Clutch disc Piston return spring R carrier Front housing R sun gear (number of teeth: 34)
D155AX-6
SEN00604-01
Outline q The transmission adopted is a “forward 3-gear speed and reverse 3-gear speed“ transmission which consists of the planetary gear mechanisms and the disc clutches. q Out of the 5 sets of planetary gear mechanisms and disc clutches, 2 clutches are fixed hydraulically by the operation of ECMV to select 1 rotation direction and 1 gear speed. q The transmission transfers the power received by the transmission input shaft to the output shaft while changing the gear speed (forward 1st-3rd or reverse 1st-3rd) by any combination of the F, R clutches and 3 speed clutches. Number of plates and disk used Clutch No.
Number of plates
Number of discs
R clutch
6
6
F clutch
6
7
3rd clutch
3
4
2nd clutch
3
4
1st clutch
2
3
Combinations of clutches at respective gear speeds and reduction ratio Gear speed
Operated clutches
Reduction ratio
Forward 1st
F x 1st
1.705
Forward 2nd
F x 2nd
1.151
Forward 3rd
F x 3rd
0.540
Neutral
*
—
Reverse 1st
R x 1st
1.406
Reverse 2nd
R x 2nd
0.949
Reverse 3rd
R x 3rd
0.445
*: The 1st, 2nd, or 3rd clutch is filled with low-pressure oil.
31
SEN00604-01
32
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
SEN00604-01
Unit: mm No.
Check item
Criteria Standard size
1
Free length
R clutch spring (12 pcs.)
Remedy Repair limit
Installation Installation Installation Free length length load load
81.7
72.4
59.8 N {6.1 kg}
76.8
51.0 N {5.2 kg}
2
F clutch spring (12 pcs.)
81.7
76.4
34.3 N {3.5 kg}
76.8
29.4 N {3.0 kg}
3
3rd clutch spring (12 pcs.)
70.0
50.2
97.1 N {9.9 kg}
65.8
82.4 N {8.4 kg}
4
2nd clutch spring (12 pcs.)
70.0
51.6
90.2 N {9.2 kg}
65.8
76.5 N {7.8 kg}
5
1st clutch spring (12 pcs.)
66.0
51.8
66.7 N {6.8 kg}
62.0
56.9 N {5.8 kg}
6
Total thickness of R clutch assembly consisting of 6 discs and 6 plates
7
Standard size
Tolerance
Repair limit
51.6
±0.35
48.4
Total thickness of F clutch assembly consisting of 7 discs and 6 plates
57.0
±0.36
53.3
8
Total thickness of the 3rd clutch assembly consisting of 4 discs and 3 plates
31.2
±0.26
29.1
9
Total thickness of the 2nd clutch assembly consisting of 4 discs and 3 plates
31.2
±0.26
29.1
Total thickness of 1st clutch 10 assembly consisting of 3 discs and 2 plates
22.6
±0.22
21.0
11 Thickness of the clutch disc
5.4
±0.1
4.9
12 Thickness of the clutch plate
3.2
±0.1
2.9
Width
2.56
-0.01 -0.03
2.30
Thickness
1.7
±0.1
1.55
Width
3.0
-0.01 -0.03
2.70
Thickness
2.7
±0.1
2.55
Wear of front housWidth ing, F clutch housing, 15 and 3rd carrier Thickness seal ring
4.0
-0.01 -0.04
3.60
5.0
±0.15
4.85
Width
4.0
-0.01 -0.04
3.60
Thickness
4.0
±0.15
3.85
Width
4.0
-0.01 -0.04
3.60
Thickness
4.0
±0.15
3.85
Wear of the input 13 shaft seal ring (small)
Wear of the input 14 shaft seal ring (large)
Wear of the 2nd car16 rier seal ring (large)
Wear of the 2nd car17 rier seal ring (small)
D155AX-6
Replace
33
SEN00604-01
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Unit: mm No.
18
Check item
Wear of the 1st carrier seal ring (large)
Wear of the 1st car19 rier seal ring (small)
Backlash between 20 sun gear and planetary pinion
21
Backlash between planetary pinion and ring gear
Criteria
Remedy
Standard size
Tolerance
Repair limit
Width
4.0
-0.01 -0.04
3.60
Thickness
4.0
±0.15
3.85
Width
4.0
-0.01 -0.04
3.60
Thickness
5.0
±0.15
4.85
R, F, 3rd, 1st
0.14 - 0.35
2nd
0.13 - 0.32
R
0.15 - 0.39
F, 2nd, 1st
0.15 - 0.38
3rd
0.16 - 0.42
Replace
Disc clutch Structure
q
q q
34
The disc clutch consists of piston (2), plates (3), discs (4), pin (5), return spring (6) etc. to fix ring gear (1). Inside teeth of disc (4) are engaged with outside teeth of ring gear (1). Plate (3) is assembled to clutch housing (7) with pin (5).
Operation When clutch is “engaged“ (fixed)
q
q
q
The oil from ECMV is sent with pressure to the rear side of piston (2) through oil the passage of housing (7) and pushes piston (2) leftward. Piston (2) contacts plate (3) closely against disc (4) to stop rotation of disc (4) by use of the friction force generated between them. Since inside teeth of disc (4) are engaged with outside teeth of ring gear (1), move of ring gear (1) is stopped.
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
When clutch is “disengaged“ (released)
q q
As the oil from ECMV is stopped, piston (2) is pushed back rightward by return spring (6). The friction force between plates (3) and discs (4) is released and ring gear (1) is released.
SEN00604-01
Oil passage in speed clutch a The figure shows the case in which “1st“ gear speed is selected.
q
q
q
q
q
D155AX-6
When the steering/directional/gear shift lever is set in the “neutral“ position, the 1st, 2nd, or 3rd speed is selected. The piston chamber of the clutch corresponding to the selected gear speed is filled with oil by electronically controlling the hydraulic circuit of each clutch. When the steering/directional/gear shift lever is shifted from the “neutral“ position to the“forward“ or “reverse“ position, the pump is required to supply oil of quantity to fill the piston chamber of the F clutch or R clutch. When the gear speed is changed from “forward 1st“ to “forward 2nd“, the pump is required to supply oil of only quantity to fit the plate and disc of the 2nd clutch together since the F clutch has been filled with the oil. The time lag in the gear shifting operation is reduced by controlling the oil in the clutch circuit as explained above.
35
SEN00604-01
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Power transmitting route Forward 1st speed
36
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
SEN00604-01
F ring gear (4) of F clutch and 1st ring gear (19) of 1st clutch are fixed hydraulically. The power from torque converter O Input shaft (1) O F sun gear (2) O F planetary pinion (3) O F carrier (10) O 3rd carrier (11) O 3rd planetary pinion (12) O 3rd ring gear (13) O 2nd carrier (14) O 2nd planetary pinion (15) O 2nd ring gear (16) O 1st carrier (17) O 1st planetary pinion (18) O 1st sun gear (20) O Output shaft (22)
D155AX-6
2nd sun gear (21)
37
SEN00604-01
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Forward 2nd speed
38
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
SEN00604-01
F ring gear (4) of F clutch and 2nd ring gear (16) of 2nd clutch are fixed hydraulically. The power from torque converter O Input shaft (1) O F sun gear (2) O F planetary pinion (3) O F carrier (10) O 3rd carrier (11) O 3rd planetary pinion (12) O 3rd ring gear (13) O 2nd carrier (14) O 2nd planetary pinion (15) O 2nd sun gear (21) O Output shaft (22)
D155AX-6
39
SEN00604-01
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Forward 3rd speed
40
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
SEN00604-01
F ring gear (4) of F clutch and 3rd ring gear (13) of 3rd clutch are fixed hydraulically. The power from torque converter O Input shaft (1) O F sun gear (2) O F planetary pinion (3) O F carrier (10) O 3rd carrier (11) O 3rd planetary pinion (12) O Output shaft (22)
D155AX-6
41
SEN00604-01
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Reverse 1st speed
42
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
SEN00604-01
R ring gear (7) of R clutch and 1st ring gear (19) of 1st clutch are fixed hydraulically. The power from torque converter O Input shaft (1) O R sun gear (5) O R planetary pinion (6) O R ring gear (9) (R carrier (8) is fixed with R ring gear (7) = R ring gear (9) rotation direction is opposite to input shaft (1)) O F carrier (10) O 3rd carrier (11) O 3rd planetary pinion (12) O 3rd ring gear (13) O 2nd carrier (14) O 2nd planetary pinion (15) O 2nd ring gear (16) O 1st carrier (17) O 1st planetary pinion (18) O 1st sun gear (20) 2nd sun gear (21) O Output shaft (22)
D155AX-6
43
SEN00604-01
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Transmission ECMV a a
44
1
ECMV: Abbreviation for Electronic Control Modulation Valve Don't try to disassemble it since adjustment for maintaining the performance will be needed.
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
AF: AR: A1: A2: A3: P: T: Dr: PF: PR: P1: P2: P3:
To F clutch To R clutch To 1st clutch To 2nd clutch To 3rd clutch From power train pump Drain Drain F clutch oil pressure pickup port R clutch oil pressure pickup port 1st clutch oil pressure pickup port 2nd clutch oil pressure pickup port 3rd clutch oil pressure pickup port
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21.
3rd clutch proportional solenoid 1st clutch proportional solenoid R clutch proportional solenoid F clutch proportional solenoid 2nd clutch proportional solenoid 3rd clutch fill switch 2nd clutch fill switch 1st clutch fill switch R clutch fill switch F clutch fill switch Transmission oil filter Connector for 1st clutch proportional solenoid Connector for 3rd clutch fill switch Connector for 3rd clutch proportional solenoid Connector for R clutch proportional solenoid Connector for 2nd clutch fill switch Connector for 2nd clutch proportional solenoid Connector for F clutch proportional solenoid Connector for 1st clutch fill switch Connector for R clutch fill switch Connector for F clutch fill switch
D155AX-6
SEN00604-01
Operation table of ECMV sgear speed
ECMV
F
R
N
a
F1
Q
F2
Q
F3
Q
1st
2nd
3rd
Q
Q
Q
Q Q Q
R1
Q
R2
Q
R3
Q
Q Q Q
When the directional lever is in (neutral) position, the speed clutch of the speed selected by gear shift lever activates.
45
SEN00604-01
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.
46
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Fill switch Pressure control valve Body (upper) Body (lower) Proportional solenoid Filter Pressure detection valve Sleeve
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Outline of ECMV q The ECMV consists of 1 pressure control valve and 1 fill switch. q Pressure control valve A proportional solenoid in this valve receives a current sent from the controller and this valve converts it to an oil pressure. q Fill switch This switch detects that the clutch is filled with oil and has the following functions. 1. Outputs a signal (a fill signal) to the controller to notify that filling is completed when the clutch is filled with oil. 2. Keeps outputting signals (fill signals) to the controller to notify whether oil pressure is applied or not while oil pressure is applied to the clutch.
SEN00604-01
ECMV and proportional solenoid q For each ECMV, 1 proportional solenoid is installed. The proportional solenoid generates thrust shown below according to the command current from the controller. The thrust generated by the proportional solenoid is applied to the pressure control valve spool to generate oil pressure as shown in the figure below. Accordingly, the thrust is changed by controlling the command current to operate the pressure control valve to control the flow and pressure of the oil. Current - propulsion force characteristics of proportional solenoid
Propulsion force - Hydraulic pressure characteristics of proportional solenoid
Range A: Before shifting gear (When draining) Range B: During filling Range C: Pressure adjustment Range D: During filling (During triggering) Point E: Start of filling Point F: Finish of filling a The logic is so made that the controller will not recognize completion of filling even if the fill switch is turned “ON“ during triggering (Range D).
D155AX-6
ECMV and fill switch q For each ECMV, 1 fill switch is installed. If the clutch is filled with oil, the fill switch is turned “ON“ by the pressure of the clutch. The oil pressure is built up according to this signal.
47
SEN00604-01
Operation of ECMV q ECMV is controlled with the command current sent from the controller to the proportional solenoid and the fill switch output signal. The relationship between the proportional solenoid command current of ECMV, clutch input pressure, and fill switch output signal is shown below.
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Before shifting gear (when draining) (Range A in chart)
q
Range A: Before shifting gear (When draining) Range B: During filling Range C: Pressure adjustment Range D: During filling (During triggering) Point E: Start of filling Point F: Finish of filling a The logic is so made that the controller will not recognize completion of filling even if the fill switch is turned “ON“ during triggering (Range D). q When gear is shifted with gear shift switch, the clutch is compressed by piston. If high pressure is suddenly applied, the piston suddenly engages clutch, causing sudden start of machine and excessive shock. ECMV reduces a shock at the start of the machine by increasing the oil pressure applied to the piston gradually to set pressure, and puts clutch smoothly “engaged“. It aims to increase durability of power transmitting route and enhances an operator comfort.
48
Under the condition where any current is not sent to the proportional solenoid (1), pressure control valve (3) drains the oil from clutch port (A) through drain port (T). Also at this time, fill switch (5) is turned “off“ because oil pressure is not applied to pressure detection valve (4).
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
During filling (Range B in chart)
q
If current is supplied to proportional solenoid (1) with no oil in the clutch, the oil pressure force balanced with the solenoid force is applied to chamber (B) and pushes pressure control valve (3) to the right. As a result, pump port (P) and clutch port (A) are opened and oil starts filling the clutch. If the clutch is filled with oil, fill switch (5) is turned “on“.
D155AX-6
SEN00604-01
Pressure adjustment (Range C in chart)
q
If current flows in proportional solenoid (1), the solenoid generates thrust in proportion to the current. This thrust of the solenoid is balanced with the sum of the thrust generated by the oil pressure in clutch port and the tension of pressure control valve spring (2), and then the pressure is settled.
49
SEN00604-01
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Main relief valve and torque converter relief valve
1
Unit: mm No.
1
2
Check item Clearance between main relief valve and body Clearance between the torque converter relief valve and the body
Criteria Standard size
Tolerance Shaft
Hole
Standard clearance
Clearance limit
28
-0.035 -0.045
+0.013 +0.013
0.035 – 0.058
0.078
22
-0.035 -0.045
+0.013 +0.013
0.035 – 0.058
0.078
Standard size 3
Main relief valve spring (outside)
Remedy
Repair limit
Installation Installation Installation Free length Free length length load load 122
78.0
481 N {49 kg}
118.3
457 N {46.6 kg}
4
Main relief valve spring (inside)
108
78.0
368 N {37.5 kg}
104.8
349 N {35.6 kg}
5
Torque converter relief valve spring
50
40.5
182 N {18.6 kg}
48.5
174 N {17.7 kg}
6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
50
Body Piston Torque converter relief valve Piston Main relief valve
Replace
A: Drain (Torque converter relief) B: Drain C: From pump D: Drain E: To torque converter P1: Main relief oil pressure pickup port P8a: Torque converter relief oil pressure pickup port P8b: Torque converter inlet oil pressure pickup port
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Outline
SEN00604-01
Operation of main relief valve
Torque converter relief valve q The torque converter relief valve maintains the oil pressure in the torque converter inlet circuit always below the set pressure in order to protect the torque converter from abnormally high pressure. Set pressure: 1.06 ± 0.05 MPa {10.8 ± 0.5 kg/cm2} (Cracking pressure) Main relief valve q The main relief valve is keeping each hydraulic circuit of the transmission and the parking brake at set pressure. Set pressure: 3.18 ± 0.1 MPa {32.4 ± 1.0 kg/cm2} (Engine at rated speed)
q
The oil from the hydraulic pump flows to chamber (F) through the filter, port (C) of the relief valve and orifice (a) of main relief valve (1).
q
As the oil pressure in the circuit goes beyond the set pressure, the oil conducted to chamber (F) pushes piston (2) and the resulting reaction force pushes spool (1) leftward, opening ports (C) and (E). Above operation conducts the oil from port (E) to the torque converter.
Operation Operation of torque converter relief valve
q
q
The oil from the main relief valve is conducted to the torque converter through port (E) and, at the same time, also conducted to chamber (G) through orifice (b) of torque converter relief valve (3). As the oil pressure to the torque converter rises beyond the set pressure, the oil conducted to chamber (G) pushes piston (4) and the resulting reaction force pushes torque converter relief valve (3) rightward, opening ports (E) and (A). As the result, the oil in port (E) is drained through port (A).
D155AX-6
51
SEN00604-01
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Lubrication relief valve
1
Unit: mm No.
Check item
Criteria Standard size
1
Lubrication relief valve spring
Free length 26
2. 3. 4.
F clutch housing R clutch housing Piston
A: B: C:
From oil cooler Drain Drain
Remedy Repair limit
Installation Installation Installation Free length length load load Replace 12.5 N {1.27 kg}
23.6
25.2
11.9 N {1.21 kg}
Outline The oil leaving the torque converter passes through the power train oil cooler built in the radiator lower tank. It then goes through the lubrication relief valve and lubricates the transmission and PTO. q The lubrication relief valve is installed to the right side face of the F clutch housing. It keeps the lubricating oil pressure below the set pressure. q
Specified value
52
Normal pressure (MPa{kg/cm2})
0.14 ± 0.05 {1.4 ± 0.5}
Cracking pressure (MPa{kg/cm2})
0.30 ± 0.03 {3.0 ± 0.3}
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
SEN00604-01
Scavenging pump
1
Type: SAR(4)140
Unit: mm No.
Check item
1
Side clearance
2
Clearance between plain bearing inner diameter and gear shaft outer diameter
3
Pin driving depth
4
Spline shaft rotating torque
–
Delivery amount Oil: SAE10WCD Oil temperature: 45 – 55°C
Criteria
Remedy
Standard clearance
Clearance limit
0.11 – 0.16
0.19
0.06 – 0.14
0.20
Replace
Standard size
Tolerance
Repair limit
21
-0.5 -0.5
—
9.8 – 14.7 Nm {1.0 – 1.5 kgm} Rotation speed (rpm)
Delivery pressure MPa{kg/cm2}
Standard delivery (l/min)
Delivery limit (l/min)
2,200
2.94{30}
300
266
—
Outline q The scavenging pump is installed to the torque converter case and is driven with the power from the engine. It returns the oil collected in the bottom of the transmission case to the steering case.
D155AX-6
53
SEN00604-01
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Power train and steering lubrication pump
1
Type: SAR(3)100+(3)40
1. 2.
54
Power train pump Steering lubrication pump
Outline q The power train pump and the steering lubrication pump are installed to the torque converter case. They are driven by the power from the engine to supply the oil pressure to the torque converter, the transmission and the steering unit.
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
SEN00604-01
Unit: mm No.
Check item
Criteria Type
3
Side clearance
SAR(3)100 SAR(3)40
4
Clearance between plain bearing inner diameter and gear shaft outer diameter Pin driving depth
SAR(3)40 SAR(3)100 SAR(3)40
6
–
Rotating torque of spline shaft
Delivery amount Oil: SAE10WCD Oil temperature: 45 – 55°C
D155AX-6
Clearance limit
0.10 - 0.15
0.19
0.06 - 0.15
0.20
SAR(3)100
Type 5
Remedy
Standard clearance
Replace
Standard size
Tolerance
Repair limit
14
-0.5 -0.5
—
13.7 - 23.5 Nm {1.4 - 2.4 kgm} Type
Rotation speed (rpm)
Delivery pressure (MPa{kg/ cm2})
Standard delivery (l/min)
Delivery limit (l/min)
SAR(3)100
2,500
2.94{30}
241
96
SAR(3)40
2,500
2.94{30}
239
85
—
55
SEN00604-01
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
D155AX-6 Bulldozer Form No. SEN00604-01
© 2007 KOMATSU All Rights Reserved Printed in Japan 03-07 (02)
56
D155AX-6
SEN00605-01
BULLDOZER 1SHOP MANUAL
D155AX-6
Machine model
Serial number
D155AX-6
80001 and up
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
1
Power train, Part 2 HSS system .................................................................................................................................................... 2 HSS motor ...................................................................................................................................................... 4 Hydraulic, HSS pump.................................................................................................................................... 14 Hydraulic oil cooler bypass valve .................................................................................................................. 37 Steering, brake control .................................................................................................................................. 38 Steering unit .................................................................................................................................................. 40 Brake control valve ....................................................................................................................................... 62 Brake ECMV ................................................................................................................................................. 64 Parking brake solenoid valve ........................................................................................................................ 69 Sudden stop prevention valve....................................................................................................................... 71 Final drive ..................................................................................................................................................... 73 Sprocket ........................................................................................................................................................ 78
D155AX-6
1
SEN00605-01
HSS system
2
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
1
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13.
PCCS lever Power train controller Control valve Hydraulic, HSS pump Engine EPC valve Hydraulic tank Sprocket Final drive HSS motor HSS open circuit Servo valve Engine throttle controller
A: B: C: D: E:
FORWORD REVERSE signal STEERING signal Engine control information Work equipment pressure signal CAN communication network
D155AX-6
SEN00605-01
Outline q HSS system is an abbreviation for the Hydrostatic Steering System. q The HSS system consists of a set of control valve, hydraulic, HSS pump, and HSS motor as shown in the figure. It turns the machine continuously without lowering the travel speed by making a difference in speed between both tracks. q The power train controller controls the EPC valve of the control valve to control the revolving direction and revolving speed of the HSS motor according to the tilting direction and angle of the PCCS lever. The HSS motor acts on the planetary gear mechanism of the bevel gear shaft to make a difference in speed between both sprockets. As a result, the machine turns. q The power train controller senses the engine speed and oil pressure at each part and controls the hydraulic, HSS pump and control valve to drive the hydraulic, HSS pump so that the engine will not stall. q The engine speed signal and other engine control information items are sent and received through the CAN communication network which connects the engine throttle controller and power train controller.
3
SEN00605-01
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
HSS motor
1
Type: KMF140
PA: From control valve PB: From control valve T: To tank
1. 2. 3. 4.
Outline q This motor is composed of the fixed capacity bent axis type piston motor, the counterbalance valve, the check valve and relief valve.
Specifications Type: KMF140 Theoretical delivery: 141.1 cm3/rev Rated output pressure: 41.2 MPa {420 kg/cm2} Rated rpm: 2,205 rpm
4
HSS motor Check valve Counterbalance valve Relief valve
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
D155AX-6
SEN00605-01
5
SEN00605-01
6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11.
SEN00605-01
Drive shaft Motor case Piston Cylinder block Valve plate Housing Cover Counterbalance valve spool Check valve Spool Safety valve Unit: mm
No.
Check item
Criteria
Remedy
Standard size 12 Check valve spring
Free length x Installation outer diameter length
Repair limit Installation load
Free length
Installation load
62.5 x 20
39
3.04 N {0.31 kg}
—
1.96 N {0.25 kg}
13
Spool return spring (Large)
43.4 x 35
41
241 N {24.6 kg}
—
155 N {19.7 kg}
14
Spool return spring (Small)
40.44 x 21.9
38
96.1 N {9.8 kg}
—
76.9 N {7.84 kg}
D155AX-6
Replace spring if damaged or deformed.
7
SEN00605-01
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Operation of piston motor Principle q Supposed that the axis of the disc is supported and the disc can rotate freely.If force (F) is applied to the disc diagonally, force (F) is divided into vertical force to the disc (F1) and circumferential force (F2). (F1) pushes the disc to axis direction, and (F2) rotates the disc clockwise. q Instead, if force (F'), not force (F) is applied to the disc, the force is also divided into (F1') and (F2'), and the disc rotates counterclockwise by force (F2').
Operation The pressurized oil sent from the main piston pump enters from the piston motor inlet port, and the oil pressure is applied to the back of piston (3), and drive shaft (1) rotates by the inclination (Q) of piston (3) and cylinder block (4).
q
Structure q Seven pistons (3) are attached to the disc part of drive shaft (1) with a manner just like a spherical joint Pistons (3) forms an specific agle with drive shaft (1), and stored in cylinder block (4).
8
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
SEN00605-01
Brake valve q
q
1)
The brake valve consists of check valve (9), counterbalance valve (8), and safety valve (11). Functions and operations of respective components shall conform to the following. Counterbalance valve and check valve
Function When the steering is operated on a downhill slope, the gravity force tends to make the current driving speed faster than the speed by motor (engine) rotation. q If the steering is operated while the engine is running at low speed, the motor rotates under no load and runs away. This may cause an extremely dangerous condition. q These valves control the steering opration in accordance with the engine speed (pump delivery) in order to prevent such a dangerous condition. q
D155AX-6
Operation when pressurized oil is supplied If steering lever is operated, the pressurized oil from the control valve is supplied to port (PA). q It pushes open check valve (9A), and flows from motor inlet port (MA) to motor outlet port (MB). q The outlet port side of the motor is closed by check valve (9B) and spool (8), so the pressure at the side where the oil is being supplied rises. q
9
SEN00605-01
q
q
q
10
The pressurized oil at the side where the oil is being supplied flows from orifice (E1) of spool (8) into chamber (S1). When the pressure in chamber (S1) becomes higher than the spool switching pressure, spool (8) is pushed to the right. Port (MB) and port (PB) are connected, opening the motor outlet port side and starting the motor rotating.
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Brake operation when traveling downhill q When steering is operated on a downhill slopes, if the machine attempts to run away, the motor will rotate under no load, and the oil pressure at the inlet port of motor will drop. q Through orifice (E1), the pressure in chamber (S1) drops. q If the pressure in chamber (S1) drops below the spool switching pressure, spool (8) is pushed to the left by spring (13), (14), and outlet port (MB) is throttled. q The pressure at the outlet port side rises, generating rotation resistance on the motor to prevents the machine from running away. q Spool (8) moves to a position where it balances the pressure at outlet port (MB) with the force resulting from the weight of the machine and the pressure at the inlet port. q In this way, it throttles the outlet port circuit and possible to steer to a speed that matches the amount of oil discharged from the pump.
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
2)
SEN00605-01
Safety valve (Both operated safety valve.)
Function q When the operation of the steering is finished, counterbalance valve closes the circuit at the inlet and outlet ports of the motor. q Since the motor is rotated by inertial force, pressure in the motor outlet port side is abnormally increased, potentially resulting in damages on the motor and piping. q The safety valve releases this abnormal pressure to the inlet port side of the motor in order to prevent damages to the equipment.
q
q
As the pressure goes above the set pressure, [Difference in areas of circles (D1) and (D2) x Pressure] compresses spring (2). Poppet (1) is moved leftward and the pressurized oil flows into chamber (MA) of the opposite circuit.
Bidirectional action (1) When pressure in chamber (MB) has become high (when rotating clockwise) q When the operation of the steering is finished, the check valve of the counterbalance valve closes the circuit at outlet ports (MB). q The motor tries to continue rotation resorting to inertial force, thus pressure on the outlet port (MB) is increased.
D155AX-6
11
SEN00605-01
(2) When pressure in chamber (MA) has become high (when rotating counterclockwise) q When the operation of the steering is finished, the check valve of the counterbalance valve closes the circuit at outlet ports (MA) of the motor. q The motor tries to continue rotation resorting to inertial force, thus pressure on the outlet port (MA) is increased.
12
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
q
q
As the pressure goes above the set pressure, [Difference in areas of circles (D1) and (D3) x Pressure] compresses spring (2). Poppet (1) is moved leftward and the pressurized oil flows into chamber (MB) of the opposite circuit.
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
D155AX-6
SEN00605-01
13
SEN00605-01
Hydraulic, HSS pump
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
1
Type: HPV190
14
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
SEN00605-01
Outline q This pump consists of a variable displacement swash plate type piston pump, PC valve, and EPC valve. IM: PC mode selector current PA: Pump discharge port PB: Pump discharge pressure input port PD1: Case drain port PD2: Drain plug PEN: Control pressure pickup port PEPC: EPC basic pressure port PEPCC: EPC basic pressure pickup port PLS: Load pressure input port PLSC: Load pressure pickup port PM: PC mode selector pressure pickup port PS: Pump suction port 1. 2. 3. 4.
Front pump LS valve PC valve PC-EPC valve
D155AX-6
15
SEN00605-01
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7 8. 9. 10. 11.
16
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Shaft Cradle Case Rocker cam Shoe Piston Cylinder block Valve plate End cap Servo piston PC valve
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
SEN00605-01
Function q The pump converts the engine rotation transmitted to its shaft to oil pressure and delivers pressurized oil corresponding to the load. q It is possible to change the delivery by changing the swash plate angle.
q
Structure q Cylinder block (7) is supported to shaft (1) by spline (12). q Shaft (1) is supported by each bearing (13). q The end of piston (6) has a spherical hollow and is combined with shoe (5). q Piston (6) and shoe (5) form a spherical bearing. q Rocker cam (4) has flat surface (A), and shoe (5) is always pressed against this surface while sliding in a circular movement. q Rocker cam (4) conducts high pressure oil to cylinder surface (B) with cradle (2), which is secured to the case, and forms a static pressure bearing when it slides.
q
D155AX-6
q q
Piston (6) carries out relative movement in the axial direction inside each cylinder chamber of cylinder block (7). Cylinder block (7) seals the pressurized oil to valve plate (8) and carries out relative rotation. This surface is designed so that the oil pressure balance is maintained at a suitable level. The oil inside each cylinder chamber of cylinder block (7) is suctioned and discharged through valve plate (8).
17
SEN00605-01
Operation of pump q Cylinder block (7) rotates together with shaft (1), and shoe (5) slides on flat surface (A). q When this happens, rocker cam (4) moves along cylindrical surface (B), so angle (a) between center line (X) of rocker cam (4) and the ax ial di rec tio n of cy li nder b loc k (7) changes. q Angle (a) is called the swash plate angle.
q
q
q q
q
18
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
q
q
As center line (X) of rocker cam (4) matches the axial direction of cylinder block (7) (swash plate angle (a) = 0), the difference between volumes (E) and (F) inside cylinder block (7) becomes 0. Suction and discharge of pressurized oil is not carried out in this state. Namely pumping action is not performed. (Actually, however, the swash plate angle is not set to 0)
With center line (X) of rocker cam (4) at swash plate angle (a) in relation to the axial direction of cylinder block (7), flat surface (A) acts as a cam in relation to shoe (5). In this way, piston (6) slides on the inside of cylinder block (7), so a difference between volumes (E) and (F) is created inside cylinder block (7). A single piston (6) sucks and discharges the oil by the amount (F) – (E). As cylinder block (7) rotates and the volume of chamber (E) becomes smaller, the pressurized oil is discharged. On the other hand, the volume of chamber (F) grows larger and, in this process, the oil is suctioned.
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
SEN00605-01
Control of delivery q If the swash plate angle (a) becomes larger, the difference between volumes (E) and (F) b ec o me s l ar g er a nd pu m p d el i v e r y ( Q ) increases. q Swash plate angle (a) is changed with servo piston (10). q Servo piston (10) reciprocates straight according to the signal pressure of the PC and the LS valve. q This straight line movement is transmitted to rocker cam (4) through slider (14). q Being supported by cradle (2) on the cylindrical surface, rocker cam (4) slides on the surface while continuing revolving movement. q The area receiving the pressure is different at the left and right sides of servo piston (10), and the receiving pressure at the small diameter piston end is always connected with the main pump discharge pressure (self pressure) (PP). q Output pressure (PEN) of the LS valve is brought to the chamber receiving the pressure at the large diameter piston end. q The movement of servo piston (10) is controlled by the relationship of the size of the pressure (PP) at the small diameter piston end and the pressure (PEN) at the large diameter piston end , and the comparative size of the ratio of the area receiving the pressure at the small diameter piston end and large diameter piston end.
D155AX-6
19
SEN00605-01
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
1. LS valve
PA: Pump port PDP: Drain port PLP: LS control pressure output port PLS: LS pressure input port PP: Pump port PPL: Control pressure input port PSIG: Drain port
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.
Sleeve Piston Spool Spring Seat Sleeve Plug Locknut
Function q The LS (load sensing) valve detects the load and controls the delivery. q This valve controls pump delivery (Q) according to differential pressure ( PLS) [ = (PP – P L S ) ] ( c a l l e d L S d i ff e r e n ti a l p r e s s u r e ) between pump discharge pressure (PP) and control valve outlet port pressure (PLS). q Pump discharge pressure (PP), pressure (PLS) [called LS pressure] coming from the control valve output enter this valve. q The relationship between the differential pressure ( PLS) [ = (PP) – (PLS)], the difference between pump discharge pressure (PP) and LS pressure (PLS), and delivery (Q) is as shown in the diagram.
20
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
SEN00605-01
Operation 1)
When the control valve is situated at neutral
q
The LS valve is a three-way selector valve, with pressure (PLS) (LS pressure) from the inlet port of the control valve brought to spring chamber (B), and pump discharge pressure (PP) brought to port (H) of sleeve (8). Magnitude of the force resulting from this LS pressure (PLS), force of spring (4) and the pump delivery pressure (self pressure) (PP) determine the position of spool (6). Before the engine is started, servo piston (10) is pushed to the right.(See right drawing) If the control lever is at the neutral position when the engine is started, LS pressure (PLS) will be set to 0 MPa {0 kg/cm2}. (It is interconnected to the drain circuit through the control valve spool) Spool (6) is pushed to the right, and port (C) and port (D) will be connected. Pump discharge pressure (PP) enters the large diameter end of piston from port (K).
q
q q
q q
D155AX-6
q
q
The same pump discharge pressure (PP) enters the small diameter end of piston port (J). Because of the difference in area of servo piston (10), it moves in the direction to make the swash plate angle smaller.
21
SEN00605-01
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
2)
Action for the direction of maximizing the pump delivery
q
When the difference between pump discharge pressure (PP) and LS pressure (PLS), in other words, LS differ ential press ure ( P LS) becomes smaller [for example, when the area of opening of the control valve becomes larger and pump discharge pressure (PP) drops], spool (6) is pushed to the left by the combined force of LS pressure (PLS) and the force of spring (4). When spool (6) moves, port (D) and port (E) are interconnected and connected to the PC valve. The PC valve is connected to the drain port, so the pressure across circuits (D) and (K) becomes drain pressure (PT). (The operation of the PC valve is explained later.) The pressure at the large piston diameter end of servo piston (10) becomes drain pressure (PT), and pump discharge pressure (PP) always enters the small diameter end port (J), so servo piston (10) is pushed to the left, and moves the swash plate in the direction to make the delivery larger.
q
q
q
22
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
3)
Action for the direction of minimizing the pump delivery
q
When servo piston (10) moves to the right (in the direction of delivery smaller), LS differential pressure ( PLS) becomes larger [for example, when the area of opening of the control valve becomes smaller and pump discharge pressure (PP) rises], pump discharge pressure (PP) pushes spool (6) to the right. When spool (6) moves, pump discharge pressure (PP) flows from port (C) to port (D), and from port (K), it enters the large piston diameter end. Pump discharge pressure (PP) also enters the small piston diameter end, but because of the difference in area between the large and the small piston diameter ends of servo piston (10), servo piston (10) is pushed to the right.As a result, it moves in the direction to make the swash plate angle smaller.
q
q
D155AX-6
SEN00605-01
23
SEN00605-01
4)
When servo piston is balanced
q
Let us take the area receiving the pressure at the large diameter end of the piston as (A1), the area receiving the pressure at the small diameter end as (A0), and the pressure flowing into the large diameter end of the piston as (PEN). If pump discharge pressure (PP) of the LS valve and the combined force of spring (4) and LS pressure (PLS) are balanced, and the relationship becomes (A0) x (PP) = (A1) x (PEN), servo piston (10) stops at that position. And the swash plate of the pump will be held in an intermediate position. [Spool (6) will be stopped at a position where the distance of the opening from port (D) to port (E) and the distance from port (C) to port (D) is almost the same.] The relationship between the area receiving the pressure at both ends of servo piston (10) is (A0):(A1) = 3:5, so the pressure applied to both ends of the piston when it is balanced becomes (PP):(PEN) C 5 : 3.
q
q
q
24
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
q
The position where spool (6) is balanced and stopped is the standard center, and the force of spring (4) is adjusted so that it is determined when (PP) – (PLS) = 1.96 MPa {20kg/cm2}.
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
SEN00605-01
2. PC valve
PA: Pump port PA2: Pump pressure pilot port PDP: Drain port PM: Mode selector pressure pilot port PPL: Control pressure output port (to LS valve)
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.
Wiring Cover Seat Retainer Spool Pin Servo piston assembly Plug
Function q When the pump discharge pressure (PP) is high, the PC valve controls the pump so that no more oil than the constant flow (in accordance with the discharge pressure) flows even if the stroke of the control valve becomes larger. It carries out equal horsepower control so that the horsepower absorbed by the pump does not exceed the engine horsepower. q If the load during the operation becomes larger and the pump discharge pressure (PP) rises, it reduces the delivery from the pump. q If the pump discharge pressure drops, it increases the delivery from the pump. q In this case the relationship between pump discharge pressure (PP) and pump delivery (Q) with the electric current value (X) given to PCEPC valve solenoid as the parameter is shown in the diagram.
D155AX-6
25
SEN00605-01
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Operation 1)
When pump controller is normal
(1) When the load on the actuator is small and pump discharge pressure (PP) is low
Action of PC-EPC valve solenoid (1) q Command current (X) is being sent to PC-EPC valve solenoid (1) from the pump controller. q This command current (X) works on PC-EPC valve and output the signal pressure to changes the force of pushing piston (2). q Spool (3) stops at a position where the combined force pushing spool (3) by the spring set pressure of spring (4) and pump discharge pressure (PP) is balanced. q The pressure [port (C) pressure] output from PC valve is changed depending on the above position.
26
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
D155AX-6
SEN00605-01
27
SEN00605-01
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Action of spring q The load of spring (4) at the PC valve is determined by the position of the swash plate. q If servo piston (9) moves to the right, spring (4) is compressed. q Spring load changes as servo piston (9) makes spring (4) elongate or contract. q If the command current (X) to PC-EPC valve solenoid (1) changes, so does the force pushing piston (2). q The load of spring (4) also changes according to the PC-EPC valve solenoid command current (X).
28
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
q q
q q
q
q q q
q
q
SEN00605-01
Port (C) of the PC valve is connected to port (E) of the LS valve. Pump discharge pressure (PP) is applied to the small piston diameter end of servo piston (9), port (A) and port (B). When pump discharge pressure (PP) is small, spool (3) is on the left. Ports (C) and (D) are connected, and the pressure entering the LS valve becomes drain pressure (PT). If port (E) and port (G) of the LS valve are connected, the pressure entering the large diameter end of the piston from port (J) becomes drain pressure (PT), and servo piston (9) moves to the left side. The pump delivery will be set to the increasing trend. Spring (4) extends as servo piston (9) moves and weakens the spring force. As the spring force is weakened, spool (3) moves to the right, the connecting between port (C) and port (D) is shut off and the pump discharge pressure ports (B) and (C) are connected. The pressure on port (C) rises and the pressure on the large diameter end of the piston also rises. Thus, the leftward move of servo piston (9) is stopped. The stop position for servo piston (9) [ = pump delivery] is decided at the point where the force of spring (4) and the pushing force of PC-EPC valve by solenoid and the pushing force created by pressure (PP) acting on spool (3) are in balance.
D155AX-6
29
SEN00605-01
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
(2) When the load on the actuator is large and pump discharge pressure (PP) is high
Outline q When the load is large and pump discharge pressure (PP) is high, the force pushing spool (3) to the right becomes larger and spool (3) moves to the position shown in the diagram above. q As shown in the diagram above, part of the pressurized oil from port (B) flows out to port (D) from port (C) through the LS valve, and the pressure oil flowing from port (C) to the LS valve becomes approximately half of pump discharge pressure (PP).
30
Operation q When port (E) and port (G) of the LS valve are connected, this pressure from port (J) enters the large diameter end of servo piston (9), stopping servo piston (9). q If pump discharge pressure (PP) increases further and spool (3) moves further to the right, pump discharge pressure (PP) flows to port (C) and acts to make the delivery the minimum. q If servo piston (9) moves to the right, spring (4) is compressed and push back spool (3). q When spool (3) moves to the left, the openings of port (C) and port (D) become larger. q The pressure on port (C) (= J) is decreased and the rightward move of servo piston (9) is stopped. q The position in which servo piston (9) stops when this happens is further to the right than the position when pump discharge pressure (PP) is low.
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
q
The relationship between pump discharge pressure (PP) and pump delivery (Q) is shown in the diagram.
q
If command current (X) sent to PC-EPC valve solenoid (1) increases, the relationship between pump discharge pressure (PP) and pump delivery (Q) moves parallel in proportion to the pushing force of PC-EPC valve solenoid. Because the pushing force of PC-EPC valve solenoid (1) is added to the pushing force of spool (3) to the right by pump discharge pressure (PP), the relationship between pump discharge pressure (PP) and pump delivery (Q) moves from (A) to (B) in accordance with the increase of command current (X).
q
D155AX-6
SEN00605-01
31
SEN00605-01
2)
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
As the emergency pump drive switch is turned on due to failure on the pump controller
(1) When the main pump is under light load
q
q
q q
q
32
If there is a failure in the pump controller, the emergency pump drive switch is turned ON to hand the control to the resistor side. In this case, the power is directly supplied from the battery. The current, however, is too large as is, so the resistor is set in between to control the current flowing to PC-EPC valve solenoid (1). The current becomes constant, so the force pushing piston (2) is also constant. When pump discharge pressure (PP) is low, spool (3) is balanced at left position, since the combined force of PC-EPC valve solenoid (1) and pump discharge pressure (PP) is smaller than the spring set force. At this point, port (C) is connected to the drain pressure of port (D), and the large diameter end of the piston of servo piston (9) also becomes the drain pressure (PT) through the LS valve.
q
Since the pressure on the small diameter end of the piston large, servo piston (9) moves in the direction to make the delivery larger.
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
SEN00605-01
(2) When the main pump is under heavy load
q
q q
q
q
If the emergency pump drive switch is turned on In the same way as in above, the command current (X) sent to PC-EPC valve solenoid (1) becomes constant. For this reason, the force of piston (2) pushing spool (3) is constant. If pump discharge pressure (PP) increases, spool (3) moves to the right from the position where the load of the pump is smaller, and balanced at the above diagram position. In this case, the pressure from port (B) flows to port (C), so servo piston (9) moves to the right (smaller pump delivery) and stops at a position to the further to the right then when the load on the pump is light. The curb of pump discharge pressure (PP) and pump delivery (Q) is shown in the diagram. It is determined corresponding to the electric current value sent from the PC-EPC valve solenoid through the resistor even when the emergency pump driving switch turns ON.
D155AX-6
q
The curve resulting when the emergency pump drive switch is ON is situated further to the left (B) than when the pump controller is normal (A).
33
SEN00605-01
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
3. PC-EPC valve
C: P: T:
To PC valve From self pressure reducing valve To tank
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.
Connector Coil Body Spring Spool Rod Plunger
34
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Function q The EPC valve consists of the proportional solenoid portion and the hydraulic valve portion. q On receiving signal current (i) from the controller, the EPC valve generates EPC output pressure in proportion to the signal current and outputs it to the PC valve.
SEN00605-01
Operation 1) q
q q
q
D155AX-6
When signal current is 0 (Coil is de-energized) When there is no signal current flowing from the controller to coil (2), coil (2) is de-energized. Spool (5) is pushed to the left by spring (4). Since port (P) is closed, the pressurized oil from self pressure reducing valve does not flow to the PC valve. The oil from the PC valve is drained through ports (C) and (T) to the tank.
35
SEN00605-01
2) q
q q
q q q
q
36
When signal current is very small (coil is energized) When a very small signal current flows to coil (2), coil (2) is energized, and a propulsion force is generated on the right side of plunger (7). Rod (6) pushes spool (5) to the right, and pressurized oil flows from port (P) to port (C). Pressures on port (C) increases and the force to act on spool (5) surface and the spring load on spring (4) become larger than the propulsion force of plunger (7). Spool (5) is pushed to the left, and port (P) is shut off from port (C). Port (C) and port (T) are connected. Spool (5) moves up and down so that the propulsion force of plunger (7) may be in balance with pressure of port (C) + spring load of spring (4). Circuit pressure between the EPC valve and PC valve is controlled in proportion to the size of the signal current.
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
3) q q
q q
q
When signal current is maximum (coil is energized) As the signal current flows to coil (2), coil (2) is energized. When this happens, the signal current is at its maximum, so the propulsion force of plunger (7) is also at its maximum. Spool (5) is pushed toward the right side by rod (6). Hydraulic oil from port (P) flows to port (C) with maximum flow rate. As the result, the circuit pressure between the EPC and PC valves becomes maximum. Since port (T) is closed, pressurized oil does not flow to the tank.
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
SEN00605-01
Hydraulic oil cooler bypass valve
1. 2. 3.
Body Valve Spring
A: B:
Hydraulic oil cooler inlet To hydraulic tank
1
Outline This valve is installed in the oil cooler inlet circuit. If any abnormal pressure is generated in the oil flowing to the oil cooler, this valve acts to return the oil directly to the hydraulic tank.
q
Set pressure Cracking pressure ( MPa {kg/cm }) 2
D155AX-6
0.5 {5.1}
37
SEN00605-01
Steering, brake control a a
38
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
1
Regarding the transmission-related description of the operation of the PCCS lever, see Transmission control. PCCS: Palm Command Control System
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.
Potentiometer Lock lever PCCS lever (Steering) Limit switch Power train controller Rod (From brake pedal) Brake pedal
Positions of levers and pedals A: Neutral B: Forward straight C: Reverse straight D: Left turn E: Right turn F: Brake OFF G: Brake ON H: Free J: Lock
D155AX-6
SEN00605-01
Outline q PCCS lever (3) sends electric signals to power train controller (5). Upon receiving those signals, power train controller (5) sends signals to the EPC valve of the control valve to change the delivery of the pump and operate the steering motor. q Brake pedal (7) receives signals from potentiometer (1) through rod (6). Then, power train controller (5) sends signals to the brake valve to operate the brake. q Lock lever (2) is connected to limit switch (4) and used as the parking brake lever, too. When it is in lock position "J", power train controller (5) does not send turning signals to the EPC valve of the control valve.
39
SEN00605-01
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Steering unit
(Bevel gear shaft, HSS and brake) a
40
1
HSS: Abbreviation for Hydrostatic Steering System
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
A: B: C: D: E:
SEN00605-01
To transmission case From scavenging pump, steering lubrication pump R.H. brake oil pressure pickup port (RB) L.H. brake oil pressure pickup port (LB) From the pin puller solenoid valve (Drain)
D155AX-6
41
SEN00605-01
42
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
D155AX-6
SEN00605-01
43
SEN00605-01
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. 31. 32. 33. 34. 35. 36. 37. 38. 39. 40. 41. 42.
44
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Bevel gear speed sensor Drain plug Drain valve HSS motor mounting port Brake control valve Output shaft Case Cylinder Brake spring Brake piston Brake plate Brake disc Brake drum Brake hub Tube Bevel gear shaft Bevel gear (number of teeth: 32) Gear A (number of teeth: 45) Sun gear (number of teeth: 34) Pinion shaft Planetary pinion (number of teeth: 35) Ring gear (number of internal teeth: 104) Hub Carrier Bevel gear shaft bearing B Bevel gear shaft bearing A Shim A (for bevel gear adjustment) Retainer Shim B (for bevel gear adjustment) Nut (for bevel gear shaft) Spacer Nut (for bevel pinion) Cage Shim C (for bevel pinion adjustment) Bevel pinion bearing Bevel pinion (number of teeth: 17) Gear B (number of teeth: 16) Shaft HSS motor Drive gear (number of teeth: 19) Gear D (number of teeth: 28) Gear C (number of teeth: 16)
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
SEN00605-01
Outline Bevel gear shaft q The engine power is transmitted through the torque converter to the transmission. Then, the bevel gear shaft system engages bevel pinion (36) with bevel gear (17) to turn the engine power at a right angle into the lateral direction and reduce the rotation speed. q The bevel gear shaft system adopts the spiral bevel gear at bevel pinion (36) and bevel gear (17), and it adopts the splash lubrication with the oil from the steering lubrication pump and the scavenging pump for lubrication. q The bevel gear shaft system consists of bevel pinion (36), bearing (35) which supports bevel pinion, cage (33), bevel gear (17) which meshes with the bevel pinion, bevel gear shaft (16), bearing (25) and (26) which support bevel shaft gear, and retainer (28). HSS HSS is constructed from transfer area which transmits rotation of HSS motor (39) to gear A (18) by turning it in reverse direction, and the planet area which adjusts inputs from ring gear (22) and sun gear (19) and then outputs to carrier (24).It changes the turning of the machine by turning off the rotation of HSS motor (39), or by making it move in normal rotation or reverse rotation. q The transfer unit employs a spur gear speed reduction mechanism and is lubricated with oil splashed by the steering lubrication pump and scavenging pump. q Planet area adopts forced lubrication with oil from steering lubrication pump and scavenging pump for lubrication. q The transfer unit consists of drive gear (40) connected to the HSS motor (39) by spline, gear D (41) meshed with the drive gear, gear C (42) meshed with gear D, gear B (37) connected to shaft (38), gear A (18) supported by the bearing on the bevel gear shaft and the steering case to support these parts. q The planet area consists of sun gear (19), planetary pinion (21), pinion shaft (20), ring gear (22), hub (23) meshed with bevel gear shaft (16) and ring gear (22), and carrier (24) attached to brake hub (14). q
D155AX-6
Brake The brake is connected to the L.H. and R.H. HSS respectively. It controls the power transmitted from HSS to final drive to brake the machine. q Brake adopts wet multiple disc clutch type and spring-boosted type, and it is hydraulic actuated type which activates brake control valve (5) by the operation of brake pedal. q It adopts forced lubrication which sends oil from steering lubrication pump and scavenging pump to case (7) and brake drum (13) through passage inside steering case, and then to brake disc (12) and brake plate (11). q When the engine is stopped, back pressure of brake piston (10) descends even if the brake pedal is not depressed, which initiates the brake to “operate“. However, parking brake lever must be in “lock“ position, because the brake is “released“ as the oil pressure within the circuit rises when the engine is restarted. q The brake consists of brake hub (14) attached to carrier (24), brake disc (12) meshed with the brake hub, brake drum (13), brake plate (11) whose outside perimeter meshes with brake drum (13), brake piston (10) and brake spring (9) which bring brake disc and brake plate together, and cylinder (8) which supports all of them, case (7) and output shaft (6). Brake drum (13) and case (7) are fixed to the steering case. Also, output shaft (6) meshes to brake hub (14) by spline and is held by spacer (31) in the axial direction. q
45
SEN00605-01
46
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
SEN00605-01
Unit: mm No.
1
2
3
Check item
Tolerance
Repair limit
Thickness
4.5
±0.1
4.0
Strain
—
0.05
0.14
Repair or replace
Thickness
2.9
±0.1
2.6
Replace
Strain
—
0.05
0.15
Repair or replace
Total assembled thickness of 6 plates and 5 discs
41.5
±0.33
38.3
Inner diameter of the seal ring contact surface of the retainer
100
+0.035 +0.035
100.5
Width
3
–0.01 –0.03
2.7
Thickness
4
±0.12
3.85
280
+0.081 +0.081
280.1
220
+0.072 +0.081
220.1
Brake disc
Brake plate
Wear of the bevel gear shaft seal ring
Large Inner diameter of the diameter parts seal ring contact surface Small of the brake piston diameter parts
Standard size 6
7
Remedy
Standard size
4
5
Criteria
Brake spring (2 pieces for 1 set)
Clearance between bevel gear and reamer bolt
Free length
Repair limit
Installation Installation Installation Replace Free length length load load
33
19.6
Standard size
Shaft +0.019 +0.001
16
32.0
33.9 kN {3,460 kg}
Hole
Standard clearance
Clearance limit
+0.027 +0.027
-0.0190.026
0.026
35.7 kN {3,640 kg}
Tolerance
8
Backlash between the brake hub and the disc
0.23 – 0.42
9
Backlash between the brake drum and the plate
0.23 – 0.42
10
Backlash between sun gear and planetary pinion
0.17 – 0.52
11
Backlash between planetary pinion and ring gear
0.17 – 0.54
12
Standard shim thickness of the retainer
2.0
13
Standard shim thickness for plate
0.7
14
Preload of bevel gear shaft bearing A
Starting torque for no-loading: 2.94 Nm {0.3 kgm}
D155AX-6
Replace
Adjust the shim
Adjust
47
SEN00605-01
48
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
SEN00605-01
Unit: mm No.
Check item
Criteria
1
Backlash between bevel gear and bevel pinion
0.25 – 0.33
2
Backlash between drive gear and gear D
0.19 – 0.62
3
Backlash between gear D and gear C
0.18 – 0.58
4
Backlash between gear B and gear A
0.19 – 0.61
5
Backlash between gear D and gear A
0.20 – 0.67
6
Standard shim thickness for cage
D155AX-6
Remedy Adjust or replace
Replace
2.0
Adjust the shim
49
SEN00605-01
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Operation of steering unit When steering is at “Neutral“ (straight travel)
Rotation direction of HSS motor PCCS lever Neusteering operation tral
Left turn
Right turn
PCCS lever forFree, NeuNeuFor- Rev ward and reverse not For- Rev switching opera- speci- tral ward erse tral ward erse (*) (*) tion fied Rotation direction of HSS motor viewed from left side of machine
Stop
Left
Left Right Right Right Left
*: Counter-rotation
50
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
SEN00605-01
When steering operation of PCCS lever is at "neutral", HSS motor (7) is stopped. The power from transmission O Bevel pinion (1) O Bevel gear (2) O Bevel gear shaft (3) O Hub (4) O Ring gear (5) O Planetary pinion (6) O Carrier (15) O Brake hub (16) O Output shaft (17)
D155AX-6
51
SEN00605-01
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
When steering operation is at “Left“ turn (forward travel)
*A: Transmission output *B: HSS motor output *C: Combined output *1. *2. *3. *4.
52
Transmission output speed HSS motor output speed Left bevel gear shaft output speed (*1-*2) Right bevel gear shaft output speed (*1+*2)
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
SEN00605-01
If PCCS lever shifts the steering operation into "left turn" when traveling forward, HSS motor (7) rotates counterclockwise, viewing from the left side of the machine body. The power from transmission (Forward) Bevel pinion (1) O Bevel gear (2) O Bevel gear shaft (3) O Hub (4) O Ring gear (5)
The power from HSS motor (7) (Counterclockwise, viewing from the left side of the machine body.) O Drive gear (8) O Gear C (10) Gear D (9) O Shaft (11) O Gear B (12) O R.H. gear A (13) L.H. gear A (13) (Clockwise, viewing from the left (Counterclockwise, viewing from the left side of the machine body.) side of the machine body.) O O R.H. sun gear (14) L.H. sun gear (14)
Planetary pinion (6) O Carrier (15) O Brake hub (16) O Output shaft (17)
D155AX-6
53
SEN00605-01
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
When steering operation is at “Left“ turn (reverse travel)
*A: Transmission output *B: HSS motor output *C: Combined output *1. *2. *3. *4.
54
Transmission output speed HSS motor output speed Left bevel gear shaft output speed (*1-*2) Right bevel gear shaft output speed (*1+*2)
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
SEN00605-01
If PCCS lever shifts the steering operation into "left turn" when traveling reverse, HSS motor (7) rotates clockwise, viewing from the left side of the machine body. The power from transmission (Reverse) Bevel pinion (1) O Bevel gear (2) O Bevel gear shaft (3) O Hub (4) O Ring gear (5)
The power from HSS motor (7) (Clockwise, viewing from the left side of the machine body.) O Drive gear (8) O Gear D (9)
L.H. gear A (13) (Clockwise, viewing from the left side of the machine body.) O L.H. sun gear (14)
Gear C (10) O Shaft (11) O Gear B (12) O R.H. gear A (13) (Counteclockwise, viewing from the left side of the machine body.) O R.H. sun gear (14)
Planetary pinion (6) O Carrier (15) O Brake hub (16) O Output shaft (17)
D155AX-6
55
SEN00605-01
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
When steering operation is at “Right“ turn (forward travel)
*A: Transmission output *B: HSS motor output *C: Combined output *1. *2. *3. *4.
56
Transmission output speed HSS motor output speed Left bevel gear shaft output speed (*1+*2) Right bevel gear shaft output speed (*1-*2)
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
SEN00605-01
If PCCS lever shifts the steering operation into "right turn" when traveling forward, HSS motor (7) rotates clockwise, viewing from the left side of the machine body. The power from transmission (Forward) Bevel pinion (1) O Bevel gear (2) O Bevel gear shaft (3) O Hub (4) O Ring gear (5)
The power from HSS motor (7) (Clockwise, viewing from the left side of the machine body.) O Drive gear (8) O Gear D (9)
Gear C (10) O Shaft (11) O Gear B (12) O R.H. gear A (13) L.H. gear A (13) (Counterclockwise, viewing from (Counterclockwise, viewing from the left side of the machine body.) the left side of the machine body.) O O R.H. sun gear (14) L.H. sun gear (14)
Planetary pinion (6) O Carrier (15) O Brake hub (16) O Output shaft (17)
D155AX-6
57
SEN00605-01
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
When steering operation is at “Right“ turn (reverse travel)
*A: Transmission output *B: HSS motor output *C: Combined output *1. *2. *3. *4.
58
Transmission output speed HSS motor output speed Left bevel gear shaft output speed (*1+*2) Right bevel gear shaft output speed (*1-*2)
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
SEN00605-01
If PCCS lever shifts the steering operation into "right turn" when traveling reverse, HSS motor (7) rotates counterclockwise, viewing from the left side of the machine body. The power from transmission (Reverse) Bevel pinion (1) O Bevel gear (2) O Bevel gear shaft (3) O Hub (4) O Ring gear (5)
The power from HSS motor (7) (Counterclockwise, viewing from the left side of the machine body.) O Drive gear (8) O Gear C (10) Gear D (9) O Shaft (11) O Gear B (12) O R.H. gear A (13) L.H. gear A (13) (Clockwise, viewing from the left (Counterclockwise, viewing from the left side of the machine body.) side of the machine body.) O O R.H. sun gear (14) L.H. sun gear (14)
Planetary pinion (6) O Carrier (15) O Brake hub (16) O Output shaft (17)
D155AX-6
59
SEN00605-01
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Brake operation When the brake is “released“
q
q
q
When the PCCS lever is in the “neutral“ position and the brake pedal is released, the maximum brake pressure is applied to the back of brake piston (1) by the brake control valve. As the oil pressure rises, brake piston (1) compresses brake spring (2) and moves to the left to eliminate the pressing force between discs (3) and plates (4). The power transmitted from bevel gear shaft through HSS to brake hub (6) is transmitted to output shaft (7), then to the final drive.
When the brake is “applied“
q
q
q
q
60
If the brake pedal is depressed, the brake pressure applied to the back of brake piston (1) starts to lower by the brake control valve. At this time, brake piston (1) is pushed back to the right by the tension of the brake spring (2) to press discs (3) and plates (4) against brake drum (5).Brake drum (5) is fixed to the steering case. Power towards brake hub (6) or output shaft (7) is controlled by compressing disc (3) and plate (4). The brake force can be adjusted by controlling the oil pressure applied to the back side of brake piston (1) according to the stroke of the brake pedal.
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
D155AX-6
SEN00605-01
61
SEN00605-01
Brake control valve
62
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
1
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
P: L:
From power train pump From scavenging pump, steering lubrication pump PS: To the pin puller solenoid valve LB: To left brake LL: To left brake lubrication circuit RB: To right brake RL: To right brake lubrication circuit BSL: To bevel gear shaft and planet area bearing lubrication circuit BPL: To the bevel pinion bearing lubrication circuit TFL: To HSS transfer area lubrication circuit DLB: Drain (L.H. brake) DRB: Drain (R.H. brake) DB: Drain (Sudden stop prevention valve) DBP: Drain (Sudden stop prevention valve pilot) DPB: Drain (Parking brake) PLB: Left brake oil pressure pickup port PRB: Right brake oil pressure pickup port 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.
L.H. brake ECMV R.H. brake ECMV Steering oil filter Valve seat Parking brake solenoid valve Sudden stop prevention valve Check valve
D155AX-6
SEN00605-01
Outline q The brake control valve consists of 2 ECMVs, parking brake solenoid valve and the sudden stop prevention valve installed on the valve seat, to control the brake. q The brake control valve is located in the circuit between the power train pump and the brake piston, and consists of 2 sets of brake ECMV (L.H. and R.H.). q The brake control valve sends the oil from the power train pump to the brake to control leftand-right disc clutches. q The controller sends signals to each ECMV according to the right or left stroke of the PCCS lever and adjusts the gradual or sharp turns. q If the brake pedal is depressed, the controller sends commands to the brake ECMV according to the pedal stroke to apply the L.H. and R.H. brake, thus stopping the machine. q The controller, connected electrically to the PCCS lever and the brake pedal operates the brake by controlling each ECMV and solenoid valve. q The sudden stop prevention valve is installed to prevent the machine from stopping suddenly, when an abnormality takes place in the electric system. q When the parking brake lever is set in the “lock“ position, the controller sends signals to the parking brake solenoid valve to drain the oil between the L.H. and R.H. brake ECMV and the brake pistons to operate the brake. Also the parking brake solenoid valve is connected electrically to the brake pedal.
63
SEN00605-01
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Brake ECMV a a
ECMV: Abbreviation for Electronic Control Modulation Valve Don't try to disassemble it since adjustment for maintaining the performance will be needed.
A: To brake P: From pump S: To parking brake solenoid valve T: Drain DR: Drain P1: Brake oil pressure pickup port 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.
64
1
Fill switch connector Proportional solenoid connector Pressure detection valve Fill switch Proportional solenoid Pressure control valve Nameplate (*1)
*1: Operated clutches
Stamp of the nameplates
Brake
R*******
Outline q The brake ECMV keeps the brake oil pressure to the set pressure and furthermore changes the circuit to the piston chamber of brake.
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
SEN00605-01
Outline of ECMV q The ECMV consists of 1 pressure control valve and 1 fill switch. q Pressure control valve A proportional solenoid in this valve receives a current sent from the controller and this valve converts it to an oil pressure. q Fill switch This is a switch to detect that a clutch or brake is filled with oil and has the following functions. 1. At the moment when the clutch or brake is filled with oil, the fill switch outputs the signal (fill signal) to the controller to notify the finishing of filling. 2. While the oil pressure is applied to the clutch or brake, the fill switch outputs the signal (fill signal) to the controller to notify the presence of the oil pressure. ECMV and proportional solenoid q One proportional solenoid is mounted for each ECMV. The propulsion force is generated according to the command current from the controller. The propulsion force generated by the proportional solenoid is actuated on the spool of the pressure control valve and generates the oil pressure. Accordingly, by controlling the amount of the command current, the propulsion force changes and the pressure control valve is actuated, then the oil flow and oil pressure is controlled. ECMV and fill switch For each ECMV, 1 fill switch is installed. If the clutch is filled with oil, the fill switch is turned “ON“ by the pressure of the clutch. The oil pressure is built up according to this signal.
q
Operation of ECMV The ECMV is controlled by the command current from the controller to the proportional solenoid and the fill switch output signal.
q
D155AX-6
65
SEN00605-01
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
When the PCCS lever is in “neutral“ position, brake pedal is “released“, and parking brake lever is in “free“ position: Straight travel (L.H. and R.H. brake are“released“, parking brake is“released“)
q
q
q
66
When the PCCS lever is in “neutral“ position and the brake pedal is “released“, proportional solenoid (1) of the brake ECMV is energized and pushes ball (2) to the left and closes the sealing part. The oil in port (P) of the brake ECMV flows in chamber (B) and pushes valve (3) to the left to connect port (P) with port (A) and disconnect chamber (B) from port (DR).At this time, the oil flows in the back pressure port of the brake piston. As the oil pressure rises, the brake piston is pushed to the left to compress the brake spring, then the brake is “released“. When the parking brake lever is set in the “free“ position, the pilot pressure of brake ECMV port (S) remains, because the parking brake solenoid valve is de-energized.
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
SEN00605-01
When the PCCS lever is “operated to the left halfway“, brake pedal is “released“, and parking brake lever is in “free“ position: Gradual left turn (L.H. brake is “half released“, R.H. brake is “released“, parking brake is “released“)
q
q
q
When the PCCS lever is in “operated to the left halfway“ position and the brake pedal is “released“, proportional solenoid (1) of the brake ECMV is energized and pushes ball (2) to the left and closes the sealing part. The oil in port (P) of the brake ECMV flows in chamber (B) and pushes valve (3) to the left.As for the oil pressure after port (A), the controller outputs the command current to proportional solenoid (1) according to the stroke of the PCCS lever. Proportional solenoid (1) generates the propulsion force in proportion to the command current. This propulsion force is balanced with the sum of the propulsion force generated by the oil pressure in the back pressure port of the brake piston and the tension of spring (4), then the brake pressure is set up to adjust the brake force.
D155AX-6
q
q
Accordingly, if the stroke of the PCCS lever is short, the oil pressure after port (A) is set high and the brake is turned from “released“ to “half released“. If the stroke of the PCCS lever is long, the oil pressure after port (A) is set low and the brake is turned from “half released“ to “applied“. When the parking brake lever is set in the “free“ position, the pilot pressure of brake ECMV port (S) remains, because the parking brake solenoid valve is de-energized.
67
SEN00605-01
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
When the PCCS lever is in “neutral“, brake pedal is “depressed“, and parking brake lever is in “free“ position: Stop (L.H. and R.H. brake are “operated“, parking brake is “released“)
q
q
q
q
68
When the brake pedal is depressed, proportional solenoids (1) of L.H. and R.H. brake ECMV are de-energized to open the sealing part of ball (2). The controller outputs the command current to proportional solenoids (1) according to the brake pedal stroke. Proportional solenoid (1) generates the propulsion force in proportion to the command current. This propulsion force is balanced with the sum of the propulsion force generated by the oil pressure in the back pressure port of the brake piston and the tension of spring (4), then the brake pressure is set up to adjust the brake force. When the brake pedal is depressed fully, the brake pedal switch is turned “ON“, and the parking brake solenoid valve is energized to drain the pilot pressure of the brake ECMV port (S).This carries out the same function as when the parking brake lever is set at the “lock“ position. D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Parking brake solenoid valve
SEN00605-01
1
P: From brake ECMV T: Drain Dr: Drain 1. 2. 3. 4.
Parking brake lever solenoid valve Brake pedal solenoid valve Connector for parking brake lever solenoid valve Connector for brake pedal solenoid valve
Solenoid valve 5. Coil (ON-OFF type) 6. Push pin 7. Spring 8. Spool 9. Body
D155AX-6
69
SEN00605-01
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
When PCCS lever is in “neutral“ position, brake pedal is “released“, and parking brake lever is in“lock“ position : Parking (L.H. and R.H. brake are “operated“, parking brake is “operated“)
q
q
q
q
q
70
When the parking brake lever is in the “lock“ position, the parking brake lever switch is turned “ON“ and coil (1) of the parking brake solenoid valve is energized. Spool (3) is pushed to the right direction by push pin (2), then port (P) and (T) are opened to drain the pilot pressure of the L.H. and R.H. brake ECMV. The oil which had flown into the brake piston back pressure port is drained through the brake ECMV. The oil pressure in the back pressure port of the brake piston continues to decrease, then the brake is fully “applied“ and that situation is kept. When the engine is started again, as port (P) and (T) are still opened, the brake is continuously “applied“.
q
q
q
When the parking brake lever is in the “free“ position, the parking brake lever switch is “OFF“ and coil (1) of the parking brake solenoid valve is de-energized. Spool (3) is returned to the left, and close port (P) and (T) to remain the pilot pressure of the L.H. and R.H. brake ECMV. The oil pressure from the brake ECMV is applied to the back pressure port of the brake piston, and brake is “released“.
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Sudden stop prevention valve
SEN00605-01
1
A: From power train pump B: From brake ECMV dr1: Drain dr2: Drain 1.
Sudden stop prevention valve
EPC valve 2. Coil (proportional type) 3. Push pin 4. Valve 5. Ball 6. Spool 7. Body
D155AX-6
71
SEN00605-01
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Outline q The sudden stop prevention valve is installed to prevent the machine from stopping suddenly when an abnormality takes place in the electric system. q Sudden stop prevention valve (1) is installed in the drain circuit of the brake ECMV so that the sudden oil pressure drop of port (DR) and consequently the sudden brake can be avoided when coil (2) of brake ECMV is de-energized. q If an abnormality takes place in the electric system, also coil (3) of the sudden stop prevention valve (1) is de-energized. Then, the oil of port (DR) is drained through orifice (a) so that the brake is applied gradually.
72
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Final drive
SEN00605-01
1
Outline q The final drive is a single stage spur gear, single stage planetary gear reduction type. The lubrication is of splash type using the rotation of the gears. The final drive can be removed and installed as a single unit. q Floating seal (1) is installed to the rotating sliding portion of the sprocket to prevent the entry of dirt or sand and to prevent leakage of lubricating oil.
D155AX-6
73
SEN00605-01
74
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.
SEN00605-01
10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17.
Floating seal Sun gear Carrier Sprocket boss Sprocket teeth Cover Planetary gear Ring gear Cover
No.1 pinion Final drive case Bearing cage No.1 gear No.1 gear hub Shaft Wear guard Pivot shaft
Unit: mm No.
Check item
Criteria
Remedy
Standard clearance
Clearance limit
0.25 – 0.77
0.77
18
Backlash between No.1 pinion and No.1 gear
19
Backlash between sun gear and planetary gear
0.20 – 0.55
0.55
20
Backlash between planetary gear and ring gear
0.22 – 0.71
0.71
21
Outside diameter of No.1 pinion oil seal contact surface
22
Thickness of thrust collar of inner body roller bearing
23
Clearance between outer diameter of planet gear shaft and inner diameter of carrier hole. (Small diameter)
24
Clearance between outer diameter of planet gear shaft and inner diameter of carrier hole.(Large diameter)
25
Standard shim thickness for No.1 pinion bearing cage
26
Wear of wear guard
D155AX-6
Replace
Standard size
Tolerance
Repair limit
95
–0.087 –0.087
94.913
23 Standard size
Repair or replace
22.95 Tolerance
Shaft
Hole
Standard clearance
Clearance limit
68.262
–0.015 –0.034
–0.009 –0.039
- 0.024 – + 0.025
(Max. Replace clearance) + 0.025
90
–0.036 –0.058
–0.066 –0.101
- 0.065 – - 0.008
2
– 0.008
Adjust
Standard size
Repair limit
67
21
Repair or replace
75
SEN00605-01
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Path of power transmission
q
76
The power from the bevel gear shaft and steering clutch is transmitted to 1st pinion (10) to rotate 1st gear (13) meshed with the 1st pinion and sun gear (2) meshed with the 1st gear. The rotation of sun gear (2) is transmitted to planetary gear (7). Since ring gear (8) meshed with the planetary gear is fixed to cover (6), the planetary gear (7) rotates along the ring gear (8) and revolves around the sun gear (2).
Then, the rotating force of sun gear (2) forms the rotating force of carrier (3), which supports the planetary gear (7), via shaft (15), and is transmitted to sprocket boss (4). The rotating direction of carrier (3) is the same with sun gear (2). The rotational force transmitted to sprocket boss (4) is further transmitted to sprocket teeth (5).
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
D155AX-6
SEN00605-01
77
SEN00605-01
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Sprocket
1
Unit: mm No.
Check item
1
Wear of sprocket tooth tip
2
Wear of sprocket tooth root
3 4
78
Criteria Standard clearance
Remedy Repair limit
351
339
23.7
17.5
Wear of width of sprocket tooth tip
83
75
Wear of width of sprocket tooth root
103
95
Rebuid or replace
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
SEN00605-01
Sprocket tooth shape of full scale
D155AX-6
79
SEN00605-01
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
D155AX-6 Bulldozer Form No. SEN00605-01
© 2007 KOMATSU All Rights Reserved Printed in Japan 03-07 (02)
80
D155AX-6
SEN00606-01
BULLDOZER 1SHOP MANUAL
D155AX-6
Machine model
Serial number
D155AX-6
80001 and up
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
1
Undercarriage and frame Track frame ..................................................................................................................................................... 2 Recoil spring ................................................................................................................................................... 4 Idler ................................................................................................................................................................. 6 Track roller ...................................................................................................................................................... 8 Carrier roller .................................................................................................................................................. 10 Track shoe .................................................................................................................................................... 12 Main frame .................................................................................................................................................... 18 Suspension ................................................................................................................................................... 20
D155AX-6
1
SEN00606-01
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Track frame
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12.
Equalizer bar Pivot shaft Idler Track frame Carrier roller Sprocket Sprocket cover guard Track roller Track roller support guard Minor bogie Major bogie First bogie
1
Outline q The track rollers are mounted on an K-shaped bogie. This increases the actual ground contact area between the track shoes and the ground on rough surfaces, and helps increase the drawbar pull. q The K-shaped bogies are equipped with rubber pads to absorb the shock from the ground surface. Track roller, bogie Track roller flange type arrangement 1st
2nd
3rd
4th
5th
6th
7th
S
D
S
D
S
D
S
D: Double S: Single
2
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
SEN00606-01
Unit: mm No.
4
Check item
Deformation of track frame
D155AX-6
Criteria
Remedy
Item
Repair limit
Curvature
7 (over length of 3,000)
Twisting
3 (over length of 300)
Dents (pipe portion)
12
Correct or replace
3
SEN00606-01
Recoil spring
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11.
4
Yoke Dust seal Rod Recoil spring Wear ring Lubricator Nut Housing Cylinder Holder Bushing
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
1
Outline q Recoil spring (4) is used to adjust the track tension by pumping in or releasing grease from lubricator (6) to move rod (3) forward or backward. The recoil spring also acts to dampen any sudden shock brought to bear on the idler.
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
SEN00606-01
Unit: mm No. 1
11
Check item
Criteria
Press-fitting force for idler yoke Clearance between rod and bushing
392 kN {40 ton} Standard size 120
Tolerance
Recoil spring
D155AX-6
Adjust
Shaft
Hole
Standard clearance
Clearance limit
–0.036 –0.090
+0.277 +0.062
0.098 – 0.367
1.0
Standard size 4
Remedy
Repair limit
Free length
Installed length
Installed load
Free length
Installed load
859
656
314 kN {32,000 kg}
804
288 kN {29,400 kg}
Replace
5
SEN00606-01
Idler
6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
1
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
SEN00606-01
Unit: mm No.
Check item
Criteria Standard size
Remedy Repair limit
1
Outer diameter of protrusion
792
—
2
Outer diameter of tread
750
725
3
Depth of tread
21
33.5
4
Thickness of tread
24
11.5
5
Width of tread
58.5
—
6
Overall width
240
—
7
8
Clearance between shaft and bushing
Interference between shaft and ring
Standard size 140 Standard size 75
9
Play of shaft in axial direction
D155AX-6
Tolerance
Rebuild or replace
Shaft
Hole
Standard clearance
Clearance limit
–0.350 –0.413
+0.265 +0.003
0.353 – 0.678
—
Tolerance Shaft
Hole
+0.046 +0.046
+0.13 –0.18
Standard size
Standard Interference interference limit 0.130 – 0.226 Repair limit
0.4 – 0.9
Replace bushing
— Rebuild or replace
7
SEN00606-01
Track roller
8
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
1
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
SEN00606-01
Unit: mm No.
Check item
Criteria
Remedy
Standard size
Repair limit
285
—
275
—
1
Outer diameter of flange (outside flange)
2
Outer diameter of flange (inside flange)
3
Outer diameter of tread
250
210
4
Thickness of tread
57.5
37.5
5
Overall width
295
—
6
Width of tread (single flange)
61
—
7
Width of tread (double flange)
61
—
8
Flange width (outside of double flange)
25
—
9
Flange width (inside of double flange)
22
—
10
Shaft flange width
246
—
11
Clearance between shaft and bushing
12
13
Interference between shaft and ring
End play
D155AX-6
Standard size 125 Standard size 65
Tolerance Shaft
Hole
–0.350 –0.413
+0.260 +0.010
Standard clearance 0.360 – 0.673 Replace
Tolerance Shaft
Hole
+0.046 +0.000
–0.15 –0.20
Rebuild or replace
Standard interference 0.150 – 0.246
Standard size
Clearance limit
0.44 – 0.91
—
Adjust or replace
9
SEN00606-01
Carrier roller
10
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
1
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
SEN00606-01
Unit: mm No.
Check item
Criteria
Remedy
Standard size
Repair limit
1
Outer diameter of flange
220
—
2
Outer diameter of tread
190
167
3
Width of tread
63
—
4
Thickness of tread
37.5
26
5
Width of flange
6
7
Interference between shaft and ring
Clearance between shaft and support
21 Standard size 70 Standard size 68
8
Play of roller in axial direction
D155AX-6
Rebuild or replace
— Tolerance Shaft
Hole
+0.166 +0.120
+0.030 +0.030
Tolerance Shaft
Hole
–0.2 –0.2
+0.300 +0.030
Standard interference 0.090 – 0.166 Standard clearance
Replace
0 – 0.5
Standard clearance 0.010 – 0.230
11
SEN00606-01
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Track shoe
1
Dry type
a
12
P portion shows the link of bushing press fitting end. D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
SEN00606-01
Unit: mm No. 1
2
Check item
Bushing outside diameter Thickness of bushing metal
4
Link height
5
Thickness of link metal (bushing press-fitting portion)
6
Shoe bolt
Interference between bushing and link
Remedy
Standard size
Repair limit
228.85
231.85 (Heavy-duty areas) 233.85 (Standard areas)
Link pitch
3
7
Criteria
When turned
Standard size
Normal load
Impact load
81
75.0
77.0
15.8
9.8
11.8
Standard size
Repair limit
144
128
45.5
29.5
Tightening torque (Nm {kgm})
Additional tightening angle (deg.)
588.4 ± 58.8 {60 ± 6}
120 ± 10
Standard size
Tolerance
Reverse or replace
Repair or replace
Retighten
Standard interference
Shaft
Hole
77.0
+0.404 +0.304
+0.074 +0.074
0.230 – 0.404
8a
Interference between regular pin and link
48.5
+0.484 +0.334
–0.038 –0.100
0.372 – 0.584
8b
Interference between master pin and link
48.5
+0.230 +0.200
–0.038 –0.100
0.238 – 0.330
Adjust or replace
Standard clearance 9
Clearance between links
D155AX-6
One side
Both side
1.4
2.8
13
SEN00606-01
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Sealed and lubricated track
a
14
P portion shows the link of bushing press fitting end.
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
SEN00606-01
Unit: mm No. 1
2 3
Check item
Thickness of bushing metal Link height
5
Thickness of link metal (bushing press-fitting portion) a. Regular link b. Master link
7
8
Repair limit
228.85
Bushing outside diameter
Shoe bolt
Remedy
Standard size
Link pitch
4
6
Criteria
Interference between bushing and link Interference between regular pin and link
231.85 When turned
Standard size
Normal load
Impact load
81
72.5
75.0
15.8
7.3
9.8
Standard size
Repair limit
144
128
45.5
29.5
Tightening torque (Nm {kgm})
Additional tightening angle (deg.)
588.4 ± 58.8 {60 ± 6}
120 ± 10
588.4 ± 58.8 {60 ± 6}
180 ± 10 Tolerance
Standard size
Reverse or replace
Repair or replace
Retighten
Standard interference
Shaft
Hole
77.0
+0.404 +0.304
+0.074 +0.074
0.230 – 0.404
48.5
+0.484 +0.334
–0.038 –0.100
0.372 – 0.584
Adjust or replace
Standard clearance 9
Clearance between links
D155AX-6
One side
Both side
1.4
2.8
15
SEN00606-01
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Single shoe, heavy duty shoe
Unit: mm No. 1
2
16
Check item
Criteria
Remedy
Standard size
Repair limit
single
80
30
heavy duty
80
30
Overall height single of shoe heavy duty
97
47
99
49
Height of grouser
Repair or replace
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
D155AX-6
SEN00606-01
17
SEN00606-01
Main frame
18
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
1
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.
SEN00606-01
Main frame Cage Clamp Cover Seal Coupling Cap Plate Unit: mm
No.
9
10
Check item Clearance between equalizer bar shaft and bushing Press-fitting force for equalizer bar shaft mounting bushing
D155AX-6
Criteria Standard size 95
Tolerance
Remedy
Shaft
Hole
Standard clearance
Clearance limit
–0.036 –0.090
+0.213 +0.129
0.165 – 0.303
1.0
29.42 – 68.65 kN {3 – 7 ton}
Replace
Adjust
19
SEN00606-01
Suspension
20
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
1
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
SEN00606-01
6. 7. 8. 10. 11.
Equalizer bar Pivot shaft assembly Cover Thrust plate Thrust plate
Pivot shaft Seal cage Seal Side pin Center pin Unit: mm
No.
Check item
9
Press-fitting force for side pin bushing
12
Press-fitting force for center pin bushing
13
Clearance between center pin and bushing
14
Clearance between side pin and bushing
15
Interference between side pin boss and bushing
16
17
18
Interference between pivot shaft and seal stopper ring Clearance between pivot shaft and bushing (outer) Clearance between pivot shaft and bushing (inner)
Criteria
Remedy
27.46 – 64.7 kN {2.8 – 6.6 ton} — 47.07 – 131.41 kN {4.8 – 13.4 ton} Tolerance
Standard size
Shaft
Hole
Standard clearance
Clearance limit
95
–0.036 –0.090
+0.279 +0.213
0.249 – 0.369
1.0
70
–0.030 –0.060
+0.046 +0.046
0.030 – 0.106
1.0
Standard size
Tolerance
Standard Interference interference limit
Shaft
Hole
130
+0.033 +0.015
–0.028 –0.068
0.043 – 0.101
—
179
+0.083 +0.043
–0.053 –0.093
0.096 – 0.176
—
Standard size
Tolerance Shaft
Hole
Standard clearance
Clearance limit
148
–0.145 –0.208
+0.099 +0.035
0.180 – 0.307
1.0
175
–0.145 –0.208
+0.095 +0.025
0.170 – 0.303
1.0
Replace bushing
Outline q The front of the track frame rocks up and down using the rear pivot shafts (6) as a fulcrum. Equalizer bar (1) rocks using center pin (11) as a fulcrum. The left and right track frames are connected by side pin (10). D155AX-6
21
SEN00606-01
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
D155AX-6 Bulldozer Form No. SEN00606-01
© 2007 KOMATSU All Rights Reserved Printed in Japan 03-07 (02)
22
D155AX-6
SEN00607-01
BULLDOZER 1SHOP MANUAL
D155AX-6
Machine model
Serial number
D155AX-6
80001 and up
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
1
Hydraulic system Work equipment hydraulic piping diagram ...................................................................................................... 2 Work equipment control piping diagram ......................................................................................................... 5 Work equipment control .................................................................................................................................. 6 Hydraulic tank and filter .................................................................................................................................. 8 Accumulator .................................................................................................................................................. 10 PCCS lever ....................................................................................................................................................11 Work equipment lock valve ........................................................................................................................... 15 Control valve ................................................................................................................................................. 16 Work equipment cylinder .............................................................................................................................. 52 Piston valve................................................................................................................................................... 54 Quick drop valve ........................................................................................................................................... 56 Self pressure reducing valve......................................................................................................................... 61
D155AX-6
1
SEN00607-01
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Work equipment hydraulic piping diagram
1
Semi U-dozer
1. 2. 3. 4.
2
Blade tilt cylinder R.H. blade lift cylinder Accumulator Control valve
5. 6. 7. 8.
Hydraulic tank Hydraulic, HSS pump L.H. blade lift cylinder Oil cooler
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
SEN00607-01
Multi-shank ripper
1. 2. 3. 4.
Control valve Divider block Ripper lift cylinder Ripper tilt cylinder
D155AX-6
3
SEN00607-01
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Giant ripper
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.
4
Control valve Divider block Ripper lift cylinder Pin puller cylinder Ripper tilt cylinder Pin puller solenoid valve
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
SEN00607-01
Work equipment control piping diagram
1
Blade, ripper control
1. 2.
Accumulator Control valve
D155AX-6
3. 4.
Work equipment lock valve Self pressure reducing valve
5
SEN00607-01
Work equipment control
6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
1
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
1. 2. 3. 4.
SEN00607-01
Work equipment lock lever Blade control lever Ripper control lever Work equipment lock switch
Lever positions A : Blade HOLD B : Blade LOWER B + C :Blade FLOAT D : Blade RAISE E : Blade LEFT TILT F: Blade RIGHT TILT G : Ripper HOLD H : Ripper RAISE J : Ripper LOWER K : Ripper DECREASE TIP ANGLE L : Ripper INCREASE TIP ANGLE M : FREE N : LOCK Outline q The work equipment control employs a EPC method which uses a EPC valve to move each control valve spool. q Work equipment lock lever (1) is interconected with work equipment lock switch (4), and at the FREE position, the oil in the EPC circuit is opened.
D155AX-6
7
SEN00607-01
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Hydraulic tank and filter
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.
8
Pressure valve Drain valve Drain plug Cover Cover Hydraulic tank
1
7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12.
Strainer Suction valve Spring Hydraulic filter element Oil filler cap Sight gauge
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
SEN00607-01
Specified value Tank capacity Hydraulic tank
Breather cap
Level inside tank
(l)
125
Hi
(l)
95
Center
(l)
85
Low
(l)
75
16.7±6.9 Cracking pressure (kPa {kg/cm2}) {0.17±0.07} 0 – 0.49 Vacuum valve actuating pressure (kPa {kg/cm2}) {0 – 0.005} Cracking pressure (kPa {kg/cm2})
Hydraulic filter
Mesh size
(µ m)
20/10/3
Filtering area
(cm2)
13,600
Filtering oil flow Strainer
D155AX-6
147±29.4 {1.5±0.31}
(l/min)
550
Mesh size
(µ m)
105
Filtering area
(cm2)
1,850
9
SEN00607-01
Accumulator For EPC valve
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
1
Function q The accumulator is installed between the redusing valve and the EPC valve. Even if the engine is started with the work equipment still raised, the pressure of the nitrogen gas compressed inside the accumulator sends the pilot pressure to the control valve to actuate it and enable the work equipment to move down under its own weight. Operation After the engine is stopped, when the EPC valve is at neutral, chamber (A) inside the bladder is compressed by the oil pressure in chamber (B). q When the EPC valve is operated, the oil pressure in chamber (B) goes below 2.9 MPa {30 kg/cm2}, and the pressure of the nitrogen gas in chamber (A) expands the bladder, so the oil in chamber (B) acts as the pilot pressure and actuates the main control valve. q
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.
Gas plug Shell Poppet Holder Bladder Oil port
Specifications Type of gas: Nitrogen Gas volume: 500 cc Max. actuation pressure: 6.86 MPa {70 kg/cm2} Min. actuation pressure: 0.69 MPa {7 kg/cm2}
10
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
PCCS lever
(For blade, ripper)
SEN00607-01
1
a
Do not disassemble. Otherwise, adjustments will be required for the characteristics of voltage output and operating efforts.
1. 2. 3.
Boot Nut Connector
D155AX-6
11
SEN00607-01
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
(For steering) a
Do not disassemble. Otherwise, adjustments will be required for the characteristics of voltage output and operating efforts.
1. 2. 3. 4.
Boot Bracket Plate Bolt
12
5. 6. 7.
Screw Lever Connector
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
SEN00607-01
Function 1. Operating effort characteristics (For blade and ripper) q It has the following characteristic for both longitudinal and lateral operations. q Free return (operation effort characteristic diagram)
2) q
Operation for left and right steering Free return
(For steering) 1) Operation for forward and reverse travel q The control lever is held at 3 positions: “forward“, “neutral“ and “reverse“.
D155AX-6
13
SEN00607-01
2. q
q
q
14
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Output voltage characteristics The control unit is installed to the left control stand and the control lever is installed directly onto it. The operating angle (stroke) of the control levers sensed with potentiometers and signal voltages are output to the transmission, steering controller. A potentiometer is installed in each of longitudinal d ir ec t io n an d l at er al d i r ec t i on . E a c h potentiometer outputs 2 signal voltages which are opposite to each other as shown in the figure at right.
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Work equipment lock valve
1. 2. 3.
SEN00607-01
1
Solenoid Body Spool
Outline q The work equipment lock valve is installed between the basic pressure valve and control valve in the work equipment control circuit. If the work equipment lock lever is set in the FREE position, the work equipment lock switch operates and the work equipment lock valve opens the work equipment control circuit so that the operator can operate the work equipment. Operation q The solenoid is operated by the electric signal to move the spool. As a result, the circuit between port (A) connected to the basic pressure valve and port (B) connected to the control valve is opened.
D155AX-6
15
SEN00607-01
Control valve
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
1
Outline q This manual explains the 5-spool valve (single tilt specification) and 6-spool valve (dual tilt specification). A1: To HSS motor A2: To blade tilt cylinder head A3: To blade lift cylinder head A4: To ripper cylinder head A5: To ripper tilt cylinder bottom B1: To HSS motor B2: To blade tilt cylinder bottom B3: To blade lift cylinder bottom B4: To ripper lift cylinder bottom B5: To ripper tilt cylinder head IA1: Connector (from controller) IA2: Connector (from controller) IA3: Connector (from controller) IA4: Connector (from controller) IA5: Connector (from controller) IB1: Connector (from controller) IB2: Connector (from controller) IB3: Connector (from controller) IB4: Connector (from controller) IB5: Connector (from controller) LS: To pump LS valve P: Pump port PC: Pump pressure pickup port plug PEPC1: EPC valve basic pressure input port (from self pressure reducing valve) PEPC2: EPC valve basic pressure input port (from self pressure reducing valve) T: Drain port TS: To tank 1.
16
EPC valve
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
SEN00607-01
Outside view 5-spool valve (single tilt specification)
D155AX-6
17
SEN00607-01
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
A1: To HSS motor A2: To blade tilt cylinder head A3: To blade lift cylinder head A4: To blade tilt cylinder head A5: To ripper cylinder head A6: To ripper tilt cylinder bottom B1: To HSS motor B2: To blade tilt cylinder bottom B3: To blade lift cylinder bottom B4: To blade ripper cylinder bottom B5: To ripper lift cylinder bottom B6: To ripper tilt cylinder head IA1: Connector (from controller) IA2: Connector (from controller) IA3: Connector (from controller) IA4: Connector (from controller) IA5: Connector (from controller) IA6: Connector (from controller) IB1: Connector (from controller) IB2: Connector (from controller) IB3: Connector (from controller) IB4: Connector (from controller) IB5: Connector (from controller) IB6: Connector (from controller) LS: To pump LS valve P: Pump port PC: Pump pressure pickup port plug PEPC1: EPC valve basic pressure input port (from self pressure reducing valve) PEPC2: EPC valve basic pressure input port (from self pressure reducing valve) T: Drain port TS: To tank 1.
18
EPC valve
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
SEN00607-01
6-spool valve (dual tilt specification)
D155AX-6
19
SEN00607-01
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Sectional view (1/8) 5-spool valve
20
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
SEN00607-01
(2/8) 6-spool valve
D155AX-6
21
SEN00607-01
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14.
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Steering spool Blade tilt spool Blade lift spool Blade tilt (pitch) spool (only for 6-spool valve) Ripper lift spool Ripper tilt spool Valve block Valve block Valve block (only for 6-spool valve) Valve body Steering priority valve Load check valve Pressure compensation valve Filter Unit: mm
No.
Check item
Criteria
Remedy
Standard size
15 Spool return spring
Free length Installation x outer length diameter
Repair limit Installation load
Free length
Installation load
51.7 x 31.3
50
140 N {14.3 kg}
—
112 N {11.4 kg}
16 Spool return spring
76.3 x 30
68.5
224 N {22.8 kg}
—
179 N {18.2 kg}
17 Spool return spring
54.7 x 36.5
33.5
217 N {22.1 kg}
—
173 N {17.7 kg}
18
Load check valve spring
20.8 x 12.2
13.5
12.7 N {1.3 kg}
—
10.2 N {1.04 kg}
19
Pressure compensation valve spring
67.04 x 26.5
62.5
468 N {47.7 kg}
—
374 N {38.2 kg}
20
Pressure compensation valve spring
108.3 x 29.5
81
562 N {57.3 kg}
—
450 N {45.8 kg}
21
Pressure compensation valve spring
97.7 x 29.5
81
453 N {46.2 kg}
—
362 N {37 kg}
22
Pressure compensation valve spring
109.4 x 29.5
81
563 N {57.4 kg}
—
450 N {45.9 kg}
23
Unload valve spring
86.7 x 30
66
192 N {19.6 kg}
—
154 N {15.7 kg}
22
Replace spring if damaged or deformed.
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
SEN00607-01
(3/8) 5-spool valve
1. 2. 3. 4.
LS relief valve (for work equipment valve) LS check valve (for work equipment valve) LS check valve (for steering valve) Preset check valve
D155AX-6
23
SEN00607-01
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
(4/8) 6-spool valve
1. 2. 3. 4.
24
LS relief valve (for work equipment valve) LS check valve (for work equipment valve) LS check valve (for steering valve) Preset check valve
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
SEN00607-01
(5/8)
1. 2.
Main relief valve LS relief valve (for steering valve)
No.
3. 4.
Check item
Unload valve Suction valve Unit: mm Remedy
Criteria Standard size
5
Suction valve spring
Free length Installation x outer length diameter 64.9 x 12.5
D155AX-6
56
Repair limit Installation load
Free length
6.4 N {0.65 kg}
—
Installation Replace spring if load damaged or deformed. 5.1 N {0.52 kg}
25
SEN00607-01
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
(6/8)
a
Suction valve spring is the same as section E-E.
1. 2.
EPC valve Suction valve
26
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
SEN00607-01
(7/8)
a
Section H-H is only for 6-spool valve.
D155AX-6
27
SEN00607-01
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
1. EPC valve 2. Suction valve 3. LS bypass valve
Unit: mm No.
Check item
Criteria
Remedy
Standard size
4
Suction valve spring
Free length Installation x outer length diameter 46.8 x 7.5
28
40.6
Repair limit Installation load
Free length
5.49 N {0.56 kg}
—
Installation Replace spring if load damaged or deformed. 4.41 N {0.45 kg}
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
SEN00607-01
(8/8)
a
Suction valve spring is the same as section HH-HH.
1. 2.
EPC valve Suction valve
D155AX-6
29
SEN00607-01
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Operation of control valve At “hold“ (operation of unload valve)
Function q When the main spool (1) is at the “hold“ position, it drains the excess oil discharged by the pump, and prevents the pressure from being formed in the circuit from rising. Operation When the main spool (1) is at the “hold“ position, the pump discharge pressure passes from chamber A through throttle (4) to chamber (D).Chambers (C') and (C) are connected to the drain circuit.
q
q
q
30
q q
When the pressurized oil is supplied from the pump, the pressure in chamber (D) rises, and main spool (1) is pushed to the right by pressure which is determined by the cross-sectional area of piston (3) receiving the pressure. When the received pressure becomes larger than set load of spring (2), the main spool (1) moves to the right and connects the passage between chamber (A) and chamber (B), so the oil from the pump is drained. Main spool (1) is balanced at a position that matches the supply of oil from the pump. Actually, the amount of oil supplied from the pump is small, so the pressure in the circuit is almost the same as the set load of spring (2).
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
SEN00607-01
Control of oil flow 1. 1)
Steering valve At “hold“
Function q Use of the CLSS circuit (Closed Center Load Sensing System) makes it possible to control the oil flow by adjusting the area of opening of the spool driven by the EPC valve regardless of the load.
q q
q
Operation q When the steering spool (1) is at the “hold“ position, the pump discharge pressure is sent from chamber (A) through the notch in spool (3) of the steering priority valve, and passes through chamber (B) to chamber (C).
D155AX-6
Chamber (G) is drained through chamber (H) to chamber (F). Since the pump discharge pressure is acting on the left end of spool (3) of the steering priority valve, it compresses spring (4) and moves to the right to the maximum stroke position. In this condition, the area of the opening to steering spool (1) is at its minimum.
31
SEN00607-01
2)
When steering to the left
•
PLS = Differential pressure between ports (K) and (J) = 2.0 MPa {20 kg/cm2} PLS' = Differential pressure between ports I and D PLS' PLS C
• •
Operation q When the PCCS lever is operated to turn the machine to the ÒleftÒ, pilot pressure (PI) acts on the right end of steering spool (1) through the EPC valve. q When the pressure becomes greater than the set load of spring (2), the steering spool (1) moves to the left. It becomes balanced at a position that matches pilot pressure (PI).
32
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
q
q
q
Chamber (C) and chamber (D) are connected, and the oil from the pump flows through ports (A), (B), (C) and (D) to HSS motor (6). At the same time, the load pressure in chamber (D) passes through LS orifice (5) and chamber (H), and is sent to chamber (G). It is also sent from LS circuit (O) to pump LS valve. The condition of the pressure of pressure compensation valve spool (3) is chamber (B) pressure C chamber (C) pressure, and chamber (G) pressure C chamber (D) pressure, so pressure compensation spool (3) is controlled by the differential pressure of steering spool (1) (chamber (C) pressure - chamber (D) pressure), and balances with spring (4).
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
q
q
q
q
q
SEN00607-01
If the oil flow is too large, the differential pressure of steering spool (1) becomes larger, so pressure compensation valve spool (3) moves in the direction to throttle the oil flow. On the other hand, if the oil flow is too small, pressure compensation valve spool (3) moves in the direction to increase the oil flow. LS valve of the pump is controlled so that the differential pressure between pump discharged pressure (P) and LS pressure (LS) (LS differential pressure: PLS) remains constant, so a suitable amount of oil flows to ensure that the loss of pressure at the control valve ( PLS') is equal to PLS. The loss of pressure in the control valve is determined by the area of the opening of steering spool (1), so the oil flow matches the opening of steering spool (1). The return oil flow from HSS motor (6) passes through chamber (E) and chamber (F), and is drained.
D155AX-6
33
SEN00607-01
2. a
34
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Work equipment valve (Blade lift, blade tilt, ripper lift, ripper tilt) The diagram shows the blade lift valve and steering valve.
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
SEN00607-01
Operation q When blade lift spool (1) is at the “hold“ position, the pump discharge pressure (unload pressure) is sent to chambers (D) and (D'). q The pressure is not formed in chambers (H) and (H'), so pressure compensation valve spool (3) and steering priority valve spool (4) are pushed completely to the right. q The pump pressure passes through chambers (A) and (B) of steering priority valve spool (4), and is sent to chamber (C) of the blade lift valve. From here it goes through chamber (D) and chamber (E) to chamber (F). q In the same way as described in topic “(1) Steering valve“, the position of pressure compensation valve spool (3) is determined to match the opening of blade lift spool (1), and the oil flow is determined so that the pressure loss of the control valve becomes equal to the control differential pressure ( LS) of pump LS valve.
D155AX-6
35
SEN00607-01
3.
36
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Meter-out control when blade moves down under its own weight
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
SEN00607-01
Function q If the blade moves down under its own weight, the oil flow of return oil from blade lift cylinder is controlled by the area of the opening of blade lift spool (1). Operation When the port of blade lift spool (1) is opened by pilot pressure (PI), because of the weight of the blade, the oil from the cylinder head side passes through ports (A), (B), (C) and (D), and is drained to the tank. q The flow of return oil from the blade lift cylinder is throttled by the area of opening between ports (A) and (B), so the downward speed is controlled. q The pressurized oil flowing from the blade lift cylinder head end passes from the drain circuit through suction valve (2) and is supplied to the bottom end of the blade lift cylinder. q The oil discharged from the pump passes through ports (A'), (B'), (C'), (D') and (E'), and is supplied to the blade lift cylinder bottom. q
D155AX-6
37
SEN00607-01
4.
38
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Meter-out control when blade moves down under its own weight (work equipment lever at “float“)
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
SEN00607-01
Function q When the blade lift valve is at “float“, the cylinder port and drain port are connected to put the circuit in a no-load condition. q When the blade lift valve is in the “float“ condition, the pump passage and cylinder ports (A3) and (B3) are separated so that the other control valves can be operated. Operation When the work equipment control lever is at the “lower“ position and the “float“ button is pressed, output pressure (PA3) of the EPC valve becomes 3.4 MPa {35 kg/cm 2 or more and blade lift spool (1) is moved to the maximum stroke position. q Ports (A3) and (B3) and LS passage (O) are all connected to the drain circuit, so there is no load on the blade lift cylinder. q If the blade lift cylinder is driven by the weight of the blade, the oil entering from port (A3) flows to ports (A), (B), (B') and (A'), while the rest of the pressurized oil flows through ports (C) and (D), and is drained. q The oil flow is throttled by the area of opening between ports (A) and (B) of blade lift spool (1), and the cylinder speed is controlled. q The pump circuit chamber (E) and ports (A3) and (B3) are separated, and pump discharge pressure (P) is formed at chamber (E), so it is possible to carry out compound operations with other control valves. q
D155AX-6
39
SEN00607-01
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
At relief 1. Steering valve a The diagram shows the condition at relief for steering LS relief valve (5).
40
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
• • • • •
SEN00607-01
P1 = P3 + P4 = Differential pressure between ports (M) and (E) P2 = Differential pressure between ports (E) and (N) P3 = Differential pressure between ports (M) and (B) P4 = Differential pressure between ports (B) and (E) LS = P1 + P2 = Differential pressure between ports (M) and (N) = 2.0 MPa {20 kg/cm2}
Function q It sets the maximum pressure when HSS motor (7) is operated. Operation If steering spool (1) is moved and the pressure of HSS motor (7) becomes higher, the poppet of steering LS relief valve (5) will start to open and oil will be drained from LS circuit (O). (Ports (E), (F), (G), (J), (K) and (L)) q As a result, there will be a drop in pressure in LS passage (O) starting from LS sensing hole (F), and P2 will become larger. q For the same reason, if the pressure in chambers (H) and (I) drops, steering priority valve spool (2) will push against spring (3) and move to the right, and will make the opening between chambers (B) and (C) smaller, so the flow to chambers (B) and (C) will be throttled and P4 will become larger. q Because of the pump swash plate control, the system circuit is balanced at a circuit pressure which makes the pressure loss generated by the flow at steering LS relief valve (5), P1 + P2, equal to LS differential pressure ( LS). q When this happens, the pump LS valve detects the differential pressure generated by steering LS relief valve (5), and moves the pump swash plate from the maximum to the minimum position. The pump swash plate is balanced at a position where the LS differential pressure is 2.0 MPa {20 kg/cm2}. q When the pump is at the minimum swash plate angle (minimum oil flow), if the minimum oil flow is greater than the LS relief oil flow + leakage at any part, the pressure is confined in the pump circuit (between the pump and chambers (A) and (B)), so the LS differential pressure rises. q If this differential pressure goes above the set pressure for unload valve (4), the unload valve is actuated to relieve the excess oil flow and balance the circuit. q
D155AX-6
41
SEN00607-01
2. a
42
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Blade lift, blade tilt, ripper lift and ripper tilt The diagram shows the relief condition of work equipment LS relief valve (5) with the blade tilt at the end of its stroke.
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
• • • • •
SEN00607-01
P1 = P3 + P4 = Differential pressure between ports (M) and (P) P2 = Differential pressure between ports (P) and (N) P3 = Differential pressure between ports (M) and (B) P4 = Differential pressure between ports (B) and (P) LS = P1 + P2 = Differential pressure between ports (M) and (N) = 2.0 MPa {20 kg/cm2}
Operation q If blade tilt spool (1) is moved and the pressure of the blade tilt cylinder becomes higher, the poppet of work equipment LS relief valve (5) will start to open and oil will be drained from LS circuit (O). (Ports (E), (F), (G), (J), (K) and (L)) q As a result, there will be a drop in pressure in LS passage (O) starting from LS sensing hole (F), and P2 will become larger. q For the same reason, if the pressure in chambers (H) and (I) drops, pressure compensation valve spool (2) will push against spring (3) and move to the right, and will make the opening between chambers (B) and (C) smaller, so the flow to chambers (B) and (C) will be throttled and P4 will become larger. q Because of the pump swash plate control, the system circuit is balanced at a circuit pressure which makes the pressure loss generated by the flow at work equipment LS relief valve (5), P1 + P2, equal to LS differential pressure ( LS). q When this happens, the pump LS valve detects the differential pressure generated by work equipment LS relief valve (5), and moves the pump swash plate from the maximum to the minimum position. The pump swash plate is balanced at a position where the LS differential pressure is 2.0 MPa {20 kg/cm2}. q When the pump is at the minimum swash plate angle (minimum oil flow), if the minimum oil flow is greater than the LS relief oil flow + leakage at any part, the pressure is confined in the pump circuit (between the pump and chambers (A) and (B)), so the LS differential pressure rises. q If this differential pressure goes above the set pressure for unload valve (4), the unload valve is actuated to relieve the excess oil flow and balance the circuit.
D155AX-6
43
SEN00607-01
3. a
44
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Compound operation of steering and blade tilt The diagram shows the relief condition of LS relief valves (4) and (5) at steering stall with the blade tilt at the end of its stroke.
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
SEN00607-01
• = P - P2 • PO = Differential pressure between ports (H) and (K) • ressure P2 = LSO + PO Function q When steering spool (1) and blade tilt spool (2) are relieved at the same time, the pump pressure is separated by pressure compensation valve spool (3) in the blade tilt valve, and the port pressure is maintained at a constant value. Operation q If HSS motor (6) reaches the stall condition, the load pressure increases and LS relief valve (4) for the steering valve is actuated, so the system is cut off. q For details, see “1. Steering valve“. q When this happens, the pump discharge pressure (P) is maintained at 38.2 MPa {390 kg/ cm 2 } and this is sent to chamber (G) of the blade tilt valve. q When blade tilt spool (2) is operated and the load on the blade tilt valve is greater, blade tilt valve LS relief valve (5) is actuated, and drain oil flow (Q1) flows to LS circuit (O). q As a result, a differential pressure is generated on the left and right sides of pressure compensation valve spool (3) by LS throttle (M) of blade tilt spool (2), and it moves the full stroke to the right. q When this happens, the opening between chambers (D) and (E) is throttled to the minimum size (pump pressure separated). q Oil flow (Q1) is determined by pump discharge pressure (P) and the total pressure loss (P – LSO) of ports (C), (D), (E), (F), (G), (I), (J) and (K). q Furthermore, pressure (P2) (the pressure in chamber (H)) becomes the total (LSO + PO) of the circuit pressure loss of ports (H), (I), (J) and (K), and the set pressure of work equipment LS relief valve (5).
D155AX-6
45
SEN00607-01
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Compound operations 1. Steering and work equipment valve a The diagram shows the condition when the steering and blade lift valve are operated at the same time.
46
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Function q The steering valve is equipped with steering priority valve spool (3), so if the steering valve and the downstream work equipment valve are operated at the same time, priority is given to the flow of oil to the steering valve, and the rest of the oil discharged from the pump goes to the work equipment valve. Operation When steering spool (1) is operated by EPC valve output pressure (PI) and the oil flows, a differential pressure is created between chambers (C) and (D). q Steering priority valve spool (3) is controlled by this differential pressure, and at the same time, the pump swash plate angle is controlled at PLS = 2.0 MPa {20 kg/cm2}, and the flow of oil to the steering valve is fixed. q For details, see “1. Steering valve“ of “Control of oil flow.“ q In this condition, if downstream work equipment blade lift spool (2) is operated, the pump discharge pressure momentarily drops. q At this point, the differential pressure between chambers (C) and (D) becomes smaller, and steering priority valve spool (3) is moved to the left by the pressure in chamber (E) in the direction to throttle the opening to the work equipment valve. q At the same time, PLS becomes smaller, so the pump swash plate angle moves in the maximum direction to supply an oil flow to make up the amount that the pressures drops. q
D155AX-6
SEN00607-01
When pump swash plate does not reach maximum angle q When the maximum oil flow from the pump is greater than the sum of the flow demanded by the steering valve and work equipment valve, an amount of oil that matches the opening of steering spool (1) flows to the steering valve. q An amount of oil decided by the pump discharge pressure, the load pressure and the area of the spool opening, flows to the work equipment valve. When pump swash plate is at maximum angle q When the maximum flow of oil from the pump is smaller than the sum of the oil flow demanded by the steering valve and work equipment valve. 1) q
When steering valve load Z work equipment valve load. An amount of oil that matches the opening of steering spool (1) flows to the steering valve, and the remaining oil flows to work equipment valve.
2)
When steering valve load > work equipment valve load. q Pump discharge pressure (P) is determined by the steering valve load, but in this condition, if the downstream work equipment valve where the load is smaller is operated, the difference in pressure will cause the oil to try to flow to the work equipment valve, so the pump discharge pressure will drop. q Steering priority valve spool (3) increases the size of the opening to the steering system, while at the same time reducing the size of the opening to the work equipment in order to ensure the flow of oil to the steering system. q In this condition, the flow of oil is divided in proportion to the difference in pressure between differential pressure (P) – (P1) and differential pressure (P) – (P2). The bigger (P1) – (P2) is, the smaller the flow of oil to the steering system becomes.
47
SEN00607-01
2. a
48
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Compound operation of blade lift and blade tilt The diagram shows the condition when the blade lift and blade tilt are operated at the same time.
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
SEN00607-01
Function q It consists of a parallel circuit, so when compound operations are carried out, the oil flow is divided according to the size of each spool opening. Operation When blade tilt spool (1) and blade lift spool (2) are at the “hold“ position or are “operated“, steering priority valve (3) is pushed completely to the right, and the size of the opening to the downstream area is at its maximum. q Blade tilt spool (1) and blade lift spool (2) are actuated by PPC valve output pressure (PA2) and (PB3), and each is balanced at a position that matches its own EPC valve output pressure. q
When pressure (P2) Z (P3) q Blade lift valve load pressure (P3) is sent to the pump LS valve through LS passage (O). 1) q
2) q
q
a
When pump swash plate does not reach maximum angle When the maximum flow of oil from the pump i s g r e a te r th a n t h e t o ta l o f t h e o i l f l o w demanded by the blade tilt valve and blade lift valve, an oil flow that matches the opening of the spool flows to both the blade tilt valve and blade lift valve. When pump swash plate is at maximum angle When the maximum flow of oil from the pump i s s m a l l e r t ha n t h e t o ta l o f th e o i l fl o w demanded by the blade tilt valve and blade lift valve, the flow of oil to the blade tilt valve and blade lift valve is divided according to differential pressure (PO) – (P2) and differential pressure (PO) – (P3). In other words, more oil flows to (P2) where the load is small. In cases where the blade is raised above ground and the blade tilt valve and blade lift valve for “raise“ are operated at the same time, the blade tilt valve load pressure is smaller than the blade lift valve load pressure, so the flow of oil to the blade tilt valve is given priority. In addition, the oil flow demanded by the blade tilt valve is smaller, so the condition is just as if priority was given to the oil flow for the blade tilt valve.
When pressure (P2) = (P3) (P) – (P2) C (P) – (P3), so an oil flow proportional to the size of the spool opening is distributed to each spool.
D155AX-6
49
SEN00607-01
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Unload valve preset system a The diagram shows the condition with preset check valve (3) open immediately after blade lift valve is operated.
50
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
SEN00607-01
Function q This improves the response of the system including the pump swash plate and pressure compensation valve by sending the pilot pressure (basic pressure of EPC valve) to the LS circuit, and compensating the rise of the LS circuit pressure. Operation When blade lift valve spool (1) is at the “hold“ position, pilot pressure (P1) (basic pressure of EPC valve) is sent through preset check valve (3) to chamber (F) of the pressure compensation valve. This pressure is called preset pressure (P2). q Unload pressure (P) is being sent to chamber (B), but (P1) + (F0) > (P) (F0: load of spring (4)), so pressure compensation spool (2) moves to the left and the size of the opening between chambers (A) and (B) becomes the maximum. q When blade lift spool (1) is switched, unload pressure (P) flows immediately through chambers (A), (B), (C), (D) and (E) to the blade lift cylinder, so the pressure at the port starts to rise and the time lag becomes smaller. q At the same time, preset pressure (P2) is supplied to LS circuit (O), and the pressure in the LS circuit rises. q Unload valve (7) closes, and oil is sent further to the pump LS valve to improve the response of the pump swash plate angle. This makes it possible to reduce the response time for giving the necessary oil flow. q
D155AX-6
51
SEN00607-01
Work equipment cylinder
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
1
Blade lift cylinder
Blade tilt cylinder
Ripper cylinder
a
52
The piping of the lift cylinder and tilt cylinder of the variable multi-shank ripper is different from the above.
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
SEN00607-01
Unit: mm No.
Check item
Criteria Standard size
Tolerance
Remedy
Shaft
Hole
Standard clearance
Clearance limit
75
-0.030 -0.076
+0.279 +0.065
0.095 – 0.355
0.666
90
-0.036 -0.090
+0.270 +0.061
0.097 – 0.330
0.695
100
-0.036 -0.090
+0.257 +0.047
0.105 – 0.375
0.675
Ripper TILT
110
-0.036 -0.090
+0.261 +0.047
0.105 – 0.375
0.675
2
Clearance between piston rod support shaft and blade ball portion
Blade LIFT
85
—
+0.3 +0.3
—
1.0
3
Clearance between cylinder support shaft and bushing
Blade LIFT
85
-0.100 -0.174
—
0.100 – 0.228
0.5
4
Clearance between piston rod spherical surface and cap
Blade TILT
115
-0.200 -0.300
—
—
—
60
-0.030 -0.050
+0.174 +0.100
0.130 – 0.224
1.0
5
Blade TILT Clearance between cylinder bottom sup- Ripper port shaft and bush- LIFT ing Ripper TILT
90
-0.036 -0.090
+0.207 +0.120
0.156 – 0.297
1.0
100
-0.036 -0.090
+0.201 +0.119
0.156 – 0.291
1.0
Ripper LIFT
90
-0.036 -0.090
+0.207 +0.120
0.156 – 0.297
1.0
Ripper TILT
100
-0.036 -0.090
+0.201 +0.119
0.156 – 0.291
1.0
Blade LIFT
1
6
Clearance between piston rod and bush- Blade TILT ing Ripper LIFT
Clearance between cylinder rod support shaft and bushing
D155AX-6
Replace
53
SEN00607-01
Piston valve
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
1
For blade lift cylinder Outline q The piston valve is installed on the piston in the blade lift cylinder. When the piston reaches its stroke end, the valve releases the oil from the hydraulic pump to reduce the oil pressure being exerted on the piston. When the blade is tilted, the blade is subject to a tortional force owing to the uneven position of the pistons in the two cylinders; that is the piston on one side is still moving while the piston on the other side has reached its stroke end. The piston valves are installed to prevent the tortional force from occurring. When one of the pistons reaches its stroke end, its piston valve opens to relieve the oil pressure. In addition the piston valve relieves the shock which occurs when the piston comes into contact with the cylinder head or the bottom and serves to reduce the subsequent surge pressure in the cylinder by letting the oil escape from the cylinder before the piston reaches its stroke end.
2.
Piston valve OPEN Just before piston rod (1) reaches the end of its stroke, the tip of valve (6) contacts the cylinder bottom, so valve (6) and piston valve (3) stop at that position and do not move further. Only piston (2) moves further. When this happens, the oil at the cylinder head, which was sealed by piston valve (3), escapes from piston valve seats (4) and (5), and the pressure inside the cylinder stops rising.
Operation 1. Piston valve CLOSED Pressurized oil from the hydraulic pump acts on piston (2) and piston valve (3). The piston valve (3) is pushed in the direction of the arrow until piston valve seat (4) comes into snug contact with the tapered section, thereby, this causing the pressure in the cylinder to rise and moving piston (2) in the direction of the arrow.
54
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
D155AX-6
SEN00607-01
55
SEN00607-01
Quick drop valve (For blade lift cylinder)
56
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
1
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
SEN00607-01
IQDV: Electric current to switch QDV PB1: To left blade lift cylinder bottom PB2: To right blade lift cylinder bottom PH1: To left blade lift cylinder head PH2: To right blade lift cylinder head PP: EPC valve basic pressure port (from self pressure reducing valve) TS: Seal drain port VB: From control valve blade “raise“ VH: From control valve blade “lower“ 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.
Body Main spool Plate Body Selector valve spool EPC valve Unit: mm
No.
7
8
Check item Clearance between main spool and valve body Clearance between selector valve spool and valve body
Criteria Standard size
Tolerance
Remedy
Shaft
Hole
Standard clearance
Clearance limit
φ36
-0.002 -0.007
+0.010 +0.010
0.008 – 0.010
0.015
φ6
-0.010 -0.022
+0.018 +0.010
0.010 – 0.015
0.02
Replace
Unit: mm No.
Check item
Criteria Standard size
9
10
Main spool return spring Selector valve spool return spring
D155AX-6
Free length Installation x outer length diameter
Remedy Repair limit
Installation load
Free length
76.4 x 27
69.5
449 N {45.8 kg}
—
20.9 x 13.8
12.5
97 N {9.89 kg}
—
Installation load Replace spring if dam359 N aged or {36.6 kg} deformed. 77.6 N {7.91 kg}
57
SEN00607-01
1. q q
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
No circulating condition Fine control of lowering blade (Stroke of lever is less than 70%.) QDV mode: OFF
Outline QDV: Abbreviation of Quick Drop Valve q The quick drop valve is installed between the control valve and the blade lift cylinder. q When the blade control lever is set in “lower“ position, the quick drop valve prevents a vacuum on the cylinder bottom side and shortens time lag in starting digging. q The blade lowering speed is mostly decided by the pump delivery. However, it can be heightened by installing the quick drop valve.
q
q
58
Since the quick drop valve electronically controls the operation of the PCCS lever, the controller and EPC valve (QDV is built-in), it is possible to select ON-OFF.
Operation Because command current (X) from the controller to the EPC valve is 0A, main spool (2) is not switched. q The circuits between port (VH) and port (PH) / port (VB) and port (PB), are shut off. q The pressure oil of the lift cylinder head flows from port (VH) to tank (T) through the control valve. q
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
2. q q
SEN00607-01
Circulating condition Lowering blade (Stroke of lever is more than 70%.) QDV mode: ON
Operation q 1,000 mA of command current (X) flows from controller to EPC valve and the pilot pressure from the EPC valve is taken to chamber (a) at the main spool. q Main spool (1) moves to the right and the circuits between port (VH) and port (PH)/port (VB) and port (PB), get into circulating condition. q Most of the pressurized oil which has been flowing from port (PH) to port (VH), circulates and flows to port (PB).
D155AX-6
q
q
q
The pressurized oil which has been flowing to port (PB) merges with the pressure oil from port (VB) and flows into the lift cylinder bottom. The blade lowering speed is increased by the quantity of oil flowing into the lift cylinder bottom. Vacuum on the lift cylinder bottom is prevented.
59
SEN00607-01
3. q q
From the circulating condition of lowering blade to the blade tensed condition Lowering blade (Stroke of lever is more than 70%.) QDV mode: ON
Operation q Under the circulating condition of blade lowering, if the blade gets tensed, the lift cylinder bottom pressure rises. q If the lift cylinder bottom pressure becomes 3.43 MPa {35kg/cm2} or more, selector valve spool (2) moves to the left. q The pilot pressure from the EPC valve is blocked and pressure chamber (a) of main spool (1) is connected to drain circuit (TS). q Main spool (1) moves to the right by the force of spring (3).
60
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
q
The lift cylinder bottom is connected to the circuit between port (PB) and port (VB), this enables the blade to be tensed under no circulating condition.
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Self pressure reducing valve
T: P1: P2: PR:
SEN00607-01
1
To tank From pump To fan motor Supply to PPC valve and EPC valve
D155AX-6
61
SEN00607-01
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
62
Valve (sequence valve) Spring Screw Poppet Spring (pressure reducing valve pilot)
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
Spring (pressure reducing valve main) Valve (pressure reducing valve) Spring (safety valve) Ball Filter
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
SEN00607-01
Unit: mm No.
Check item
Criteria
Remedy
Standard size 11
Spring (pressure reducing valve main)
Free length Installation x outer length diameter
Repair limit Installation load
Free length
Installation load
19.2 x 7.20
16.1
19.6 N {2.0 kg}
—
17.7 N {1.80 kg}
Spring 12 (pressure reduction valve pilot)
17.8 x 7.20
12.7
28 N {2.90 kg}
—
25.6 N {2.60 kg}
13 Spring
71.0 x 18.0
59.0
200 N {20.4 kg}
—
186 N {19.0 kg}
14 Spring (safety valve)
16.1 x 7.80
13.4
61.7 N {6.30 kg}
—
58.8 N {6.0 kg}
Replace spring if damaged or deformed.
Function q The self pressure reducing valves reduce the discharge pressure of the fan pump and supplies it to the PPC valve, the EPC valve, etc. as the control pressure.
D155AX-6
63
SEN00607-01
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Operation At engine stop (total low pressure)
q
q
q
64
Spring (6) pushes the poppet (5) to the seat, and the circuit between ports (PR) and (T) is closed. Spring (7) pushes valve (8) to the left side, and the circuit between port (P1) and port (PR) is open. Spring (3) pushes the valve (2) to the upper side, and the circuit between ports (P1) and (P2) is closed.
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
SEN00607-01
When load pressure (P2) is lower than output pressure (PR) of the self pressure reducing valve.
q
q
q
The spring (3) and the pressure (PR) [0 MPa {0kg/cm2} at the time of engine stop] pushes valve (2) in the direction to close the circuit between ports (P1) and (P2). When the hydraulic oil enters (P1) port, the expression [pressure (P1) C Spring (3) force + (area d x (PR) pressure)] holds, and the self pressure reducing valve will adjust the openings of ports (P1) and (P2) so that pressure (P1) can be maintained higher than pressure (PR). When (PR) pressure rises above set pressure, poppet (5) opens and hydraulic oil flows through the route, from (PR) port, through hole (a) in spool (8), through poppet (5) opening to the tank port (T). Therefore, differential pressure occurs around hole (a) in spool (8) and spool (8) moves from port (P1) in the direction to close (PR) opening. Then (P1) pressure is reduced and adjusted to a certain pressure [set pressure] with the opening and is supplied as (PR) pressure.
D155AX-6
65
SEN00607-01
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
At raise of load pressure (P2)
q
q
q
66
When load pressure (P2) rises due to digging or other operations, pump delivery increases and (P1) pressure rises. Then the expression {(P1) pressure > Spring (3) force + [area d x (PR) pressure]} will hold, and valve (2) will move to the below side till the stroke end. As a result, the opening between ports (P1) and (P 2) inc reases and pass age resi stance becomes smaller, reducing engine horsepower loss. When (PR) pressure rises above set pressure, poppet (5) opens and hydraulic oil flows through the route, from (PR) port, through hole (a) in spool (8), through poppet (5) opening to the tank port (T). Therefore, differential pressure occurs around hole (a) in spool (8) and spool (8) moves from port (P1) in the direction to close (PR) opening. Then (P1) pressure is reduced and adjusted to a certain pressure [set pressure] with the opening and is supplied as (PR) pressure.
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
SEN00607-01
In the case of abnormal high pressure
q
When (PR) pressure of the self pressure reducing valve rises abnormally high, ball (10) will separate from the seat against spring (9) force to flow the hydraulic oil to output ports (PR) o (T) so as to reduce (PR) pressure. As a result, the equipment [PPC valve, EPC valve, etc.], to which the oil pressure is supplied, is protected from the abnormal high pressure.
D155AX-6
67
SEN00607-01
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
D155AX-6 Bulldozer Form No. SEN00607-01
© 2007 KOMATSU All Rights Reserved Printed in Japan 03-07 (02)
68
D155AX-6
SEN00608-01
BULLDOZER 1SHOP MANUAL
D155AX-6
Machine model
Serial number
D155AX-6
80001 and up
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
1
Work equipment Cylinder stay ................................................................................................................................................... 2 Blade............................................................................................................................................................... 4 Cutting edge, end bit....................................................................................................................................... 6 Ripper ............................................................................................................................................................. 8
D155AX-6
1
SEN00608-01
Cylinder stay
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
2
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
1
Yoke Dust seal Bushing Bushing Grease nipple
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
SEN00608-01
Unit: mm No.
6
Check item Clearance between cylinder yoke and bushing
Criteria Standard size
Tolerance
Remedy
Shaft
Hole
Standard clearance
Clearance limit
125
–0.172 –0.235
+0.063 +0.046
0.172 – 0.298
—
7
Clearance between cylinder yoke and bushing
100
–0.170 –0.224
+0.054 +0.046
0.170 – 0.278
—
8
Clearance between bushing of cylinder support shaft and yoke
110
–0.172 –0.035
+0.054 +0.046
0– 0.089
0.5
D155AX-6
Replace
3
SEN00608-01
Blade
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
1
Sigma-tilt dozer
4
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
SEN00608-01
Unit: mm No.
1
Check item Clearance between brace and pin
Criteria Standard size
Tolerance
Remedy
Shaft
Hole
Standard clearance
Clearance limit
60
–0.3 –0.5
+0.174 +0.100
0.4 – 0.674
2
2
Clearance between brace pin and bracket
60
–0.3 –0.5
+0.5 +0.2
0.5 – 1.0
2
3
Clearance between brace spherical surface and cap
115
–0.2 –0.3
+0.3 +0.6
0.2 – 0.6
1
4
Clearance between brace pin and bracket
90
–0.3 –0.5
+0.3 +0.1
0.4 – 0.8
2
5
Clearance between brace pin and brace
90
–0.3 –0.5
+0.5 +0.3
0.6 – 1.0
2
6
Clearance between joint and blade bracket
140
–0.2 –0.7
+0.5 +0.3
0.5 – 1.2
2
7
Clearance between frame pin and joint
70
–0.5 –0.6
+0.3 +0.6
0.5 – 0.9
3
8
Clearance between bracket pin and blade bracket
70
–0.5 –0.6
+0.3 +0.6
0.5 – 0.9
3
9
Clearance between blade bracket pin and joint
70
–0.5 –0.6
+0.3 +0.6
0.5 – 0.9
3
10
Clearance between center brace spherical surface and cap
165
–0.2 –0.3
+0.3 +0.6
0.2 – 0.6
1
11
Clearance between trunnion spherical surface and cap
160
–0.5 –1.0
+0.5 +0.0
0.5 – 1.5
8
12
Clearance between trunnion spherical surface and cap
195
–0.5 –1.0
+0.5 +0.0
0.5 – 1.5
8
D155AX-6
Replace
Adjust shims or replace
Replace
Adjust shims or replace
Replace
5
SEN00608-01
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Cutting edge, end bit
1
Unit: mm No.
Check item
Criteria
Remedy
Standard size
Repair limit
330
260 (215 to turning)
Height of outside of end bit
300
235
3
Height of inside of end bit
330
260
4
Width of end bit
640
500
1
Height of cutting edge
2
6
Turn or replace Replace
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
D155AX-6
SEN00608-01
7
SEN00608-01
Ripper
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
1
Variable multi-shank ripper
8
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
SEN00608-01
Unit: mm No.
Check item
Criteria
Remedy
Shaft
Hole
Standard clearance
Clearance limit
110
–0.036 –0.090
+0.207 +0.120
0.156 – 0.297
1.5
110
–0.036 –0.090
+0.459 +0.369
0.405 – 0.549
1.5
100
–0.036 –0.090
+0.207 +0.120
0.156 – 0.297
1.5
Clearance between tilt cylinder mounting pin and bushing
100
–0.036 –0.090
+0.457 +0.370
0.406 – 0.547
1.5
Clearance between lift cylinder 5,11 mounting pin and mounting bracket or beam bracket
90
–0.036 –0.090
+0.207 +0.120
0.156 – 0.297
1.5
Clearance between lift cylinder 6,12 mounting pin and shank bushing
90
–0.036 –0.090
+0.207 +0.120
0.156 – 0.297
1.5
Clearance between arm 1,7 mounting pin and mounting bracket or beam bracket 2,8
Clearance between arm mounting pin and bushing
Clearance between tilt cylin3,9 der mounting pin and mounting bracket or beam bracket 4,10
Standard size
Tolerance
13
Clearance between shank mounting pin and shank holder
Shaft 75 Hole 77
+0.300 –0.300
+0.300 –0.300
1.400 – 2.600
10.0
14
Clearance between shank mounting pin and shank hole
Shaft 75 Hole 80
+0.300 –0.300
+1.000 –1.000
3.700 – 6.300
15.0
15
Wear of point
16
Wear of protector
D155AX-6
Standard size
Repair limit
335
225
115
90
Replace
9
SEN00608-01
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Variable giant ripper
10
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
SEN00608-01
Unit: mm No.
Check item
Criteria
Remedy
Shaft
Hole
Standard clearance
Clearance limit
110
–0.036 –0.090
+0.207 +0.120
0.156 – 0.297
1.5
110
–0.036 –0.090
+0.459 +0.369
0.405 – 0.549
1.5
100
–0.036 –0.090
+0.207 +0.120
0.156 – 0.297
1.5
Clearance between tilt cylinder mounting pin and bushing
100
–0.036 –0.090
+0.457 +0.370
0.406 – 0.547
1.5
Clearance between lift cylinder 5,11 mounting pin and mounting bracket or beam bracket
90
–0.036 –0.090
+0.207 +0.120
0.156 – 0.297
1.5
Clearance between lift cylinder 6,12 mounting pin and shank bushing
90
–0.036 –0.090
+0.207 +0.120
0.156 – 0.297
1.5
Clearance between arm 1,7 mounting pin and mounting bracket or beam bracket 2,8
Clearance between arm mounting pin and bushing
Clearance between tilt cylin3,9 der mounting pin and mounting bracket or beam bracket 4,10
Standard size
Tolerance
13
Clearance between shank mounting pin and shank holder
Shaft 75 Hole 77
+0.300 –0.300
+0.300 –0.300
1.400 – 2.600
10.0
14
Clearance between shank mounting pin and shank hole
Shaft 75 Hole 80
+0.300 –0.300
+1.000 –1.000
3.700 – 6.300
15.0
15
Wear of point
16
Wear of protector
D155AX-6
Standard size
Repair limit
335
225
115
90
Replace
11
SEN00608-01
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
D155AX-6 Bulldozer Form No. SEN00608-01
© 2007 KOMATSU All Rights Reserved Printed in Japan 03-07 (02)
12
D155AX-6
SEN00609-01
BULLDOZER 1SHOP MANUAL
D155AX-6
Machine model
Serial number
D155AX-6
80001 and up
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
1
Cab and its attachments Cab mount + ROPS pin .................................................................................................................................. 2 ROPS cab ....................................................................................................................................................... 3 Air conditioner ................................................................................................................................................. 4
D155AX-6
1
SEN00609-01
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Cab mount + ROPS pin
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
2
Support Damper mount (front) Damper mount (rear) ROPS pin (front) ROPS pin (rear)
1
Outline Viscous mounts are installed at two places at the front and two places at the rear to secure the floor frame and cab. q An oil-filled damper mount is used to absorb the vibration. q The ROPS pins are installed to 2 places each at the front and rear sections to fix the ROPS (built in the cab) when the machine rolls over. q
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
ROPS cab
SEN00609-01
1
Cab assembly
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
Front wiper Front glass Rear wiper Door ROPS sub (built in CAB)
D155AX-6
3
SEN00609-01
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Air conditioner
1
Air conditioner piping
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.
4
Condenser Hot water return piping Hot water pick-up piping Front window defroster Side window defroster Air outlet for face Air outlet for center Air outlet for rear Air conditioner unit
10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15.
Air outlet for foot Receiver tank Refrigerant piping Valve (hot water outlet) Air conditioner compressor Valve (hot water inlet)
A: B:
Fresh air Recirculated air
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
D155AX-6
SEN00609-01
5
SEN00609-01
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
D155AX-6 Bulldozer Form No. SEN00609-01
© 2007 KOMATSU All Rights Reserved Printed in Japan 03-07 (02)
6
D155AX-6
SEN00610-01
BULLDOZER 1SHOP MANUAL
D155AX-6
Machine model
Serial number
D155AX-6
80001 and up
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
1
Electrical system Engine control ................................................................................................................................................. 2 Engine control system..................................................................................................................................... 3 Deceleration potentiometer............................................................................................................................. 4 Monitor system................................................................................................................................................ 6 Sensors......................................................................................................................................................... 25 Palm command control system..................................................................................................................... 28 KOMTRAX system........................................................................................................................................ 31
D155AX-6
1
SEN00610-01
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Engine control
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.
2
Decelerator pedal Decelerator potentiometer Starter switch Fuel control dial Battery relay Battery Power train controller Starter Fuel supply pump
1
Outline The throttle signals of the fuel control dial are sent to the power train controller and processed together with the 3rd throttle signal, and then sent as the throttle commands together with the throttle signals of the decelerator pedal to the engine throttle controller. The engine throttle controller controls the engine according to the commands.
q
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
SEN00610-01
Engine control system
Outline q The engine throttle controller receives the fuel control dial signal of the 1st throttle, decelerator pedal signal of the 2nd throttle, and 3rd throttle signal which is the control signal from the power train controller, and then controls the fuel supply pump according to the command signal having the lowest engine speed. The control signals of the 3rd throttle are as follows. (1) Auto deceleration (F3, R3, F2, R2) (2) Neutral deceleration q The power train controller calculates a proper engine speed from information items (1), (2), etc. and sends it as the 3rd throttle signal to the engine throttle controller.
D155AX-6
1
q
q
q
The information of the engine throttle controller is possessed jointly by the other controllers through the network and used for the optimum control of the engine and machine body. The auto deceleration is a function of setting the engine speed low temporarily when the travel direction is changed from F3, R3, F2, and R2 (to protect the transmission clutch). The neutral deceleration is a function of limiting the high idle speed when the transmission is set in neutral.
3
SEN00610-01
Deceleration potentiometer
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.
4
Connector Lever Body Potentiometer Cuppling Shaft Stopper
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
1
Outline q The deceleration potentiometer is installed to the inside of the dashboard and connected to the decelerator pedal by linkage. q If the decelerator pedal is pressed, it rotates the throttle potentiometer shaft through the linkage and the potentiometer resistance changes. Constant voltage is applied between pins (A) and (C) of the potentiometer and a voltage signal is sent through pin (B) to the engine controller according to the position of the decelerator pedal.
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
D155AX-6
SEN00610-01
5
SEN00610-01
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Monitor system
q
6
The monitor system monitors the machine condition with the sensors installed to various parts of the machine and processes and displays the obtained information on the panel quickly to notify the operator of the machine condition. The main display sections and functions of the panel are as follows. 1) Monitor unit which turns on the alarm when the machine has a trouble. 2) Gauge unit which constantly displays the machine condition (coolant temperature, torque converter oil temperature, fuel level, etc.) 3) Function of displaying error codes. 4) Function of monitoring the current and voltage of the sensors and solenoids,
1
q
The CPU (Central Processing Unit) in the monitor panel displays and outputs various information items processed by the power train controller. The display unit is LCD (Liquid Crystal Display)
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
SEN00610-01
Processing in machine monitor (Common to all specifications) Display of machine monitor Contents and conditions of processing 1. Display of travel direction and gear speed. • F1, R3, etc. are notified by CAN according to information of power train controller.
Method
Flow of signals
CAN
2. Display of gauges of fuel level, engine coolant temperature, etc. • Controller converts the sensor signals into gauge CAN numbers and sends them to the machine monitor by CAN. 3. Display of trouble • When the machine has a trouble, the corresponding failure code is notified to the machine monitor by CAN. • Which one should be turned on, the buzzer or the caution lamp, is notified, too. 1) In normal state User code, service code CAN 2) In trouble history display mode The service code (6-digit code) and the following items are displayed • Time after first occurrence • Time after latest occurrence • Number of past occurrences The machine monitor displays the code.
Each sensor/solenoid-controllermachine monitor
Display of monitoring condition Contents and conditions of processing
Method
1. The communication conditions of each sensor, each solenoid, and CAN are displayed. • The item Nos. and device conditions are notified to CAN the machine monitor by CAN. • The machine monitor displays the items and each value.
Flow of signals
Each sensor-controller-machine monitor
2. Each items is selected by using the cursor switches and CAN confirmation switch.
Other items 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 88 89
a
Contents and conditions of processing Monitoring Trouble history Maintenance history Maintenance mode change Telephone number set Default Adjustment PM clinic Reduced cylinders mode operation No injection cranking Fuel consumption display — Service message display Screen adjustment a —
Method
Flow of signals
–
–
See testing and adjusting, special functions of machine monitor.
D155AX-6
7
SEN00610-01
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Machine monitor
Outline q The machine monitor has the functions to display various items and the functions to select modes and electric parts. q The machine monitor has a CPU (Central Processing Unit) in it to process, display, and output the information. q The monitor display employs an LCD (Liquid Crystal Display). The switches are flat sheet switches.
8
Precautions on the machine monitor display q The liquid crystal display panel may have black spots (which do not light up) or bright spots (which stay on). Products having 10 or less black or bright spots conform the product specification; such the condition is quite normal. q Battery voltage may suddenly drop at enginestart due to ambient temperature or the condition of the battery. The machine monitor display may temporarily disappear if it happens; it is quite normal. q Continuous operation of the machine monitor may display blue bright spots on the screen having a black background; it is quite normal. The screen normally displayed on the monitor has a blue or white background. For this reason, blue spots will not cause any problem (since the liquid crystal lights up red, blue, and green spots when displaying white).
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Input and output signals
Input/ output 1 Battery power (+24V constantly) Input 2 Battery power (+24V constantly) Input 3 Battery power GND — 4 Battery power GND — Input/ 5 Wake-up Output 6 Relay output Output 7 Chassis signal GND — 8 Hydraulic oil pressure — 9 Fuel level Input 10 NC(*) — 11 Charge amount Input 12 Chassis analog signal GND — 13 Light switch Input 14 Key switch (ACC) Input 15 Key switch (C) Input 16 Preheating Input 17 NC(*) — 18 NC(*) — *: Never connect to NC or malfunctions or failures will occur. Signal name
CN-CM02 Input/ output 1 NC(*) — 2 NC(*) — 3 Coolant level sensor Input 4 NC(*) — 5 NC(*) — 6 NC(*) — 7 Chassis signal GND — 8 CAN terminating resistance — Input/ 9 CAN_H Output Input/ 10 CAN_L Output 11 NC(*) — 12 NC(*) — *: Never connect to NC or malfunctions or failures will occur. Pin No.
CN-CM03 Pin No.
CN-CM01 Pin No.
SEN00610-01
Signal name
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
Input/ output RS232C CD for communication terminal Input RS232C RXD for communication terminal Input RS232C SG for communication terminal — Signal name
Signal GND for communication terminal — control Communication terminal selection signal Input RS232C RTS for communication terminal Output RS232C TXD for communication terminal Output RS232C DTR for communication terminal Output RS232C DTR for communication terminal Input RS232C CTS for communication terminal RS232C RI for communication terminal Power GND for communication terminal Input CH1 for communication terminal status Output for communication terminal power control Output CH1 for communication terminal control Output CH2 for communication terminal control Input CH2 for communication terminal status Electric power supply for communication terminal
Input Input — Input Output Output Output Input Output
CN-CM04 Input/ output 1 NC(*) — 2 NC(*) — 3 NC(*) — 4 NC(*) — 5 NC(*) — 6 NC(*) — 7 NC(*) — 8 NC(*) — 9 NC(*) — 10 NC(*) — 11 NC(*) — 12 NC(*) — *: Never connect to NC or malfunctions or failures will occur. Pin No.
Signal name
CN-CM05 Pin No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
D155AX-6
Input/ output Electric power supply for camera Output Camera NTSC signal input 1 Input Camera NTSC signal input 2 Input Camera NTSC signal input 3 Input Electric power supply GND for camera — Camera signal GND1 — Camera signal GND2 — Camera signal GND3 — Signal name
9
SEN00610-01
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Monitor control, display portion
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.
10
Gear shift mode selector switch Buzzer cancel switch Working mode selector switch Engine coolant temperature Multi gauge Pilot display Service meter, clock Hydraulic mode display
9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16.
Fuel level Travel gear speed gear shift mode preset Guidance icon Function switch Custom switch Custom memory switch Float mode switch Air conditioner switch
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
D155AX-6
SEN00610-01
11
SEN00610-01
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Machine monitor display
Check
Display category
Symbol
Display item
Displays when engine is stopped and starting switch is ON Display when normal: OFF Display when abnormal: ON
Below low level
Engine oil pressure
When sensor is abnormal Display when normal: OFF or when wiring harness is Display when abnormal: ON disconnected
Battery charge
Displays when starting switch is ON and engine is running When charge is defective Display when normal: OFF Display when abnormal: ON CAUTION lamp flashes
Engine oil pressure
Below 49.0kPa {0.5kg/cm2}
Radiator coolant level
Below low level
Caution
Torque converter oil temperature
Pilot
Display method
Radiator coolant level
Engine coolant temperature
12
Display range
When at highest level on engine coolant temperature gauge Above 102°C: Symbol ON Above 105°C: Symbol ON + buzzer When at highest level on engine coolant temperature gauge Above 120°C: Symbol ON Above 130°C: Symbol ON + buzzer
Hydraulic oil temperature
Above 100°C: Symbol ON Above 110°C: Symbol ON + buzzer
Maintenance
When replacement time of filter or oil has been passed
Preheating
When preheating
Displays when starting switch is ON and engine is running Display when normal: OFF Display when abnormal: ON Alarm buzzer sounds
Lights according to required time determined by engine controller based. It also lights at the time of manual preheat by setting starting switch at preheat position (turning it counterclockwise).
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Display category
Symbol
Display item
SEN00610-01
Display range
Display method
Engine coolant temperature
Gauges
Torque converter oil temperature
Indicative applicable temperature
Hydraulic oil temperature
Fuel level
Service meter (Hours meter)
D155AX-6
Indicative applicable level
From 0 to 99999
Actuated when the engine is rotating
13
SEN00610-01
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Gauge
The gauge pointer disappears when information on coolant temperature or hydraulic oil temperature cannot be obtained due to disconnection of CAN. Gauge
Engine coolant temperature (°C)
Power train oil temperature (°C)
Hydraulic oil temperature (°C)
Fuel level (l)
14
Range A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6
Temperature or volume 105 102 100 85 60 30 130 120 118 90 50 0 110 100 98 70 20 0 565 425 310 220 150 75
Indicator
Buzzer sound
Red Red Off Off Off White Red Red Off Off Off White Red Red Off Off Off White Off Off Off Off Off Red
Q
Q
Q
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Battery voltage
Machine speed
1. 0 km/h 2. 5 km/h
SEN00610-01
3. 10 km/h 4. 15 km/h
1. 0 V 2. 17 V 3. 20 V
Hydraulic, HSS pump oil pressure
Engine speed
1. 0 MPa 2. 10 MPa 3. 20 MPa
1. 500 rpm 2. 1,000 rpm 3. 1,500 rpm
4. 30 MPa 5. 40 MPa 6. 50 MPa
D155AX-6
4. 2,000 rpm 5. 2,500 rpm 6. 3,000 rpm
Drawbar pull
Engine oil pressure
1. 0.0 MPa 2. 0.2 MPa 3. 0.3 MPa
4. 25 V 5. 30 V 6. 31 V
4. 0.4 MPa 5. 0.5 MPa 6. 0.7 MPa
1. 0 W 2. 0.2 W 3. 0.4 W
4. 0.6 W 5. 0.8 W 6. 1.0 W
15
SEN00610-01
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Guidance icon and function switch The function switches differ depending on the screen display. Each guidance icon shows the function of the switch below it. Switches with no guidance icon are disabled. The functions shown by the guidance icons are as shown in the table below. Symbol
16
Switch
Item
Function
F6
Enter
Enters selected/set item.
F5
Return
Returns to previous screen.
F4
Select service meter/clock
Selects service meter and clock alternately.
F5
Select maintenance screen
Selects maintenance screen.
F6
Select user mode screen
Selects user mode screen.
F3
Select item
Selects item on left side (Selects right end item after left end item).
F4
Select item
Selects item on right side (Selects left end item after right end item).
F3
Select item
Selects item on lower side (Selects top item after bottom item)/Resets holding of monitoring.
F4
Select item
Selects item on upper side (Selects bottom item after top item)/Holds monitoring.
F1
Select item
Selects page on lower side (Selects top page after bottom page).
F2
Select item
Selects page on upper side (Selects bottom page after top page).
F2
Return to default setting
Returns selected item to default setting. (Used for adjustment of screen.)
F1
Start
Starts operation. (Used to start measurement of split fuel consumption on fuel consumption display screen.)
F1
Stop
Stops operation. (Used to stop measurement of split fuel consumption on fuel consumption display screen.)
F1/F2
Clear
Clears selected/displayed item
F1
Set
Executes setting.
F1
Change tilt mode
Select of single and dual mode (Only dual-tilt dozzer specification)
F2
Change multi gauge
Change of multi gauge items
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
SEN00610-01
Air conditioner control switch To operate the air conditioner, use the air conditioner control switches.
Service meter/time selector function 9a : Specifies airflow 9b : Specifies temperature 9c : AUTO 9d : A/C 9e : Switches among air blowing modes 9f : Switches between inside air and outside air 9g : OFF 9a to 9c : Enables entered information simultaneously with switching to the air conditioner control screen below. 9d to 9f : Switches to the air conditioner control screen below. Another pressing switches among modes. 9g : Turns OFF the air conditioner function without switching to the air conditioner screen.
q
Pressing F4 on the normal screen when the service meter is displayed in the top center of the screen switches the display to the time, and doing so when the time is displayed switches the display to the service meter.
If you do no operation at least 5 sec. with the air conditioner control screen displayed, the window returns to the normal window. a When communication with the air conditioner is disconnected, or “spurting-out damper”, “A/M damper”, or “refrigerant” has a problem, the following screen appears.
D155AX-6
17
SEN00610-01
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Maintenance function q
Pressing F5 on the normal screen switches to the maintenance screen.
F5 : Cancels the reset to return to the maintenance table screen. F6 : Resets the remaining time to return to the normal screen. No operation at least 30 sec. : Returns to the normal screen. q
No.
F1 : Displays the next page. Displays the top page when the last page is displayed. F2 : Displays the previous page. Displays the last page when the top page is displayed. F3 : Selects (highlights) an item one down. F4 : Selects (highlights) an item one up. F5 : Returns to the normal screen. F6 : Switches to the maintenance time reset screen. No operation at least 30 sec. : Returns to the normal screen. q
q
18
If the remaining time on the maintenance table screen is less than 30 hours, the relevant items are highlighted in yellow, and if 0 hours, they are done in red. On the maintenance time reset screen, reset the remaining time for the selected item to return to the default.
The table below shows the maintenance items and replacement intervals. The time remaining to maintenance is reduced as the machine is operated. Item
01 Engine oil 02 Engine oil filter 03 Fuel main filter 41 Fuel pre filter 04 Hydraulic filter 06 Corrosion resistor 07 Damper case oil 08 Final drive case oil 10 Hydraulic oil 19 P/L oil 20 P/L oil filter *: If equipped (To be determined) P/L: Power train q
Replacement interval (Hours) 500 500 1000 500 2000 1000(*) 2000 1000 2000 1000 500
The content of the caution display differs according to the remaining time. The relationship is as shown in the table below. Display
Condition Remaining time for mainteNone nance for all items is more than 30 hours. There is one or more items Notice display (black symwith less than 30-hour bol displayed on yellow remaining time for maintebackground) nance. There is one or more items Warning display (white with less than 0-hour symbol displayed on red remaining time for maintebackground) nance.
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
q
To reset the maintenance time carelessly, it is locked by the password.
SEN00610-01
User mode q q
q q
a
1
Pressing F6 on the normal screen enters the user mode, switching to the user menu screen. In user mode, you can specify items relating to the machine monitor and machine shown below. Utility screen select Multi gauge select Screen adjustment Clock adjustment Language setting Message display Fan reverse mode
The default password is “000000”. Enabling the password lock on an attachmentequipped machine locks the attachment setting screen at the same time. For information on changing the maintenance password, see “Maintenance password change function” in the Testing and adjusting section.
F3 : F4 : F5 : F6 :
Selects (highlights) an item one down. Selects (highlights) an item one up. Returns to the normal screen. Switches to the setting screen for the selected item. No operation at least 30 sec. : Returns to the normal screen. (In user mode, no switch operation at least 30 sec. returns to the previous screen.)
Utility screen select q
q
D155AX-6
If utility screen select is selected with switch F6, (1) Standard Display, (2) Load Display, or (3) Body Pitch Display can be selected. Select an item with switch F3 or F4 and confirm that item with switch F6.
19
SEN00610-01
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Multi gauge select On this screen, the gauges displayed at the center can be selected. Select an item with switch F3 or F4 and confirm that item with switch F6.
q q
Standard display q The normal screen is selected. Load display q The horizontal axis indicates the time and the vertical axis indicates the traction force. The operation should be carried out in the green range. q The graph on the screen is updated and scrolled to the left at intervals of several seconds.
The following items can be selected.
q
No.
Selected item
Remarks
1
Power train oil Temperature
With caution
2
HYD oil temperature
With caution
3
Vehicle Speed
4
HYD Pressure
5
ENG Oil Pressure
6
Battery Voltage
—
7
Engine Speed
—
— — With caution
8
Traction Force
—
9
Clock
—
10 ENG coolant temperature For Utility Screen Select 11 Fuel
For Utility Screen Select
Body Pitch Display q The horizontal axis indicates the time and the vertical axis indicates the pitch angle of the body. q The graph on the screen is updated and scrolled to the left at intervals of several seconds.
20
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Screen adjustment q
q
q q
Selecting the Screen adjustment from the user menu and pressing F6 switches to the screen adjustment screen. From this menu, you can adjust the brightness, contrast, and luminance of the machine monitor screen. When the light switch is in Night mode ON, the night mode screen is adjustable. When the light switch is in Daytime mode ON or OFF, the daytime mode screen is adjustable.
F2 : Returns all adjusted values to the defaults. F3 : Decreases the value indicated by the indicator one graduation left. F4 : Increases the value indicated by the indicator one graduation right. F5 : Cancels changes you made before confirming them with F6 to return to the menu screen. F6 : Confirms the changes and moves to the next item. q
q
SEN00610-01
F6 : Moves to the setup items of the selected (highlighted) item. q q
The adjustment methods for the camera screen and normal screen are the same. The background when adjusting the camera screen is the No. 1 camera image.
F3 : Selects (highlights) an item one down. F4 : Selects (highlights) an item one up. F5 : Cancels changes you made before confirming them with F6 to return to the menu screen. F6 : Moves to the setup items of the selected (highlighted) item.
Clock adjustment q
q
Selecting the Clock adjustment from the user menu and pressing F6 switches to the clock adjustment screen. On this screen, you can change the setting of the time displayed on the normal screen.
For a camera-equipped machine, the brightness, contrast, and illuminance of the camera screen are also adjustable. For a camera-equipped machine, selecting Sc reen adjus tment fro m the us er menu switches to the screen for selecting a screen you want to adjust.
1)
F3 : Selects (highlights) an item one down. F4 : Selects (highlights) an item one up. F5 : Cancels changes you made before confirming them with F6 to return to the menu screen. D155AX-6
Time setting Set the clock time. If the time setting item is not highlighted, press F6 to highlight it. The time display part is highlighted. F3 : Advances the clock one hour. F4 : Sets the clock back one hour. F5 : Cancels changes you made before confirming them with F6 to return to the user menu. F6 : Confirms the changes and moves to minute setting.
21
SEN00610-01
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
The minute display part is highlighted. F3 : Advances the clock one min. F4 : Set the clock back one min. F5 : Cancels changes you made before confirming them with F6 to return to the use menu. F6 : Confirms the changes and moves to the 12/24 display mode. 2)
3)
12/24 display mode Specify time display to 12-hour display (AM/PM) or 24-hour display. If the item of 12/24 display mode is not highlighted, press F6 to highlight it. F3 : Moves to the item one right. F4 : Moves to the item one left. F5 : Cancels the changes to return to the user menu. F6 : Confirms the changes and moves to summer time. Summer time Selecting ON for this sets the time forward one hour. Setting OFF returns to the ordinary time. F3 : Moves to the item one right. F4 : Moves to the item one left. F5 : Cancels changes you made before confirming them with F6 to return to the user menu screen. F6 : Confirms the changes and moves to the time setting. a
F3 : F4 : F5 : F6 :
Selects (highlights) an item one down. Selects (highlights) an item one up. Cancels the changes to return to the user menu. Cancels the changes to return to the user menu.
Message display q
q q
For a KOMTRAX-equipped machine, you can view notification from the sales representative. When there is a message, the message monitor appears on the upper left of the normal screen. The lighting green monitor indicates that there are messages to be read. The lighting blue monitor appears when you have not sent replies yet after opening messages which accept replies.
Summer time (daylight saving time) is a system to lead a life according to the one-hour advanced time in order to make efficient use of daylight time.
Language setting q
q
22
Selecting the Language from the user menu screen and pressing F6 switches to the language setting screen. From this menu, you can change the language to be displayed on the monitor. Available languages are as follows. English, Japanese, Chinese, French, Spanish, Portuguese, Italian, German, Russian, and Turkish
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
q
Press F6 to enter user mode and select “Message display” and you can view (open) the messages.
SEN00610-01
Fan reverse mode q q
q q
In this mode, the fan is driven in reverse to clean the radiator core. While the starting switch is OFF, select an item with switch F3 or F4 and confirm that item with switch F6. While screen (A) is displayed, press switch F6, and the fan is ready to run in reverse. While screen (B) is displayed, start the engine.
F6 : Returns to the user mode screen. q
q
q q
q
Under messages that accept replies, “Value to be entered with 10-key: [ ]” appears.If it appears, enter the selected item number provided in the message using the switches of the machine monitor, and press F6. “Do you want to transmit the entered value?” appears under the message. Press F6 and the entered value will be sent.
Messages will be deleted when their validity expire or a new message is received. When no message has not been received, “No message” appears at the blue part of the top of the screen. Separately from the message display for users above, the service menu is provided with message display for service.
D155AX-6
Precautions for using fan reverse mode a q In this mode, the fan cannot be reversed while the engine is running. q When running the fan in reverse, set the travel lock in the LOCK position. q While the fan is running in reverse, the machine cannot travel. q When resetting the reverse running, turn the starting switch OFF to stop the engine. q When using this mode, warm up the engine sufficiently. If the engine is not warmed up, air may not be supplied sufficiently.
23
SEN00610-01
Service meter check function q
If you continuously pressing auto-deceleration switch (1) and buzzer cancel switch (2) at the same time when setting the starting switch to the OFF position, the service meter will appear on the screen in 3 to 5 sec.
q
When these switches are released, the LCD goes out. Continuous operation of the machine monitor may display blue bright spots on this screen; it is quite normal.
a
24
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Display LCD check function q
Continuously pressing the buzzer cancel switch (1) and F2 at the same time on the password input screen or normal screen causes the entire LCD to light in white. Release F2 and buzzer cancel switch in order. If any part of the display is black, the LCD is broken.
q
Pressing any function switch returns to the previous screen.
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
SEN00610-01
Sensors Type of sensor
1 Sensor method
When normal
When abnormal
Contact
OFF
ON
Resistance
—
—
Torque converter oil temperature
Resistance
—
—
Hydraulic oil temperature
Resistance
—
—
Contact
ON
OFF
Fuel level
Resistance
—
—
Engine speed sensor
Resistance
—
—
Bevel gear speed sensor
Resistance
—
—
Pitch angle sensor
Resistance
—
—
Engine oil pressure Engine coolant temperature
Coolant level
Engine oil pressure sensor
1. 2. 3.
Plug Contact ring Contact
4. 5. 6.
Diaphragm Spring Terminal
4. 5. 6.
Tube Wire Connector
Engine coolant temperature sensor Torque converter oil temperature sensor Hydraulic oil temperature sensor
1. 2. 3.
Thermistor Body Tube
D155AX-6
25
SEN00610-01
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Coolant level sensor
1. 2. 3.
Float Sensor Tube
4. 5.
Wire Connector
Fuel level sensor
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.
26
Connector Float Arm Body Spring Contact Spacer
Function The fuel sensor is installed to the side face of the fuel tank. The float moves up and down according go the fuel level. This movement of the float is transmitted by the arm and actuates a variable resistance. This sends a signal to the monitor panel to indicate the remaining fuel level.
q
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
SEN00610-01
Engine speed sensor Bevel gear speed sensor
1. 2. 3.
Magnet Terminal Case
4. 5.
Boots Connector
3. 4.
Wire Connector
Pitch angle sensor
1. 2.
Body Tube
D155AX-6
27
SEN00610-01
Palm command control system
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.
28
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
1
Machine monitor (Multi-information) Preset mode switch Engine throttle controller Power train controller Engine speed sensor Transmission control valve Steering control valve Transmission output shaft speed sensor
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
SEN00610-01
Gearshift mode function Outline There are the auto gearshift mode and manual gearshift mode in the gearshift mode. These modes are changed to each other each time gearshift mode switch (1) is pressed. 1. Auto gearshift mode (Dozing mode) q If a load is applied, the gear is shifted down automatically. When the load is removed, the gear is shifted up to the set maximum gear speed automatically. q The torque converter lockup operates according to loads and the maximum gear speed is selected automatically. In this mode, less fuel is consumed and more production is obtained. 2. Manual gearshift mode (Ripping mode) q If a load is applied, the gear is shifted down automatically. When the load is removed, however, the gear is not shifted up automatically.
Gear shift operation q Set a gear by pressing (a) or (b) of the steering/directional/gearshift lever. (a) Shift-up switch (b) Shift-down switch Display of screen The gearshift mode is displayed in the gearshift mode display section of the monitor panel as shown below. A: Auto gearshift mode 1. Gear speed used currently 2. Preset (gear speed at start) and maximum gear speed during travel 3. Mark of AUTO (which indicates auto gearshift mode) 4. Mark of Dozing (which indicates auto gearshift mode) B: Manual gearshift mode 5. Gear speed used currently 6. Preset (gear speed at start) 7. Mark of Ripping (which indicates manual gearshift mode)
D155AX-6
29
SEN00610-01
Setting preset with shift switches in neutral q Set the preset (gear speed at start) and the maximum gear speed during travel (for only the auto gearshift mode) with the gearshift switches in neutral. A: Auto gearshift mode 2. Setting preset (gear speed at start) and maximum gear speed during travel)
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Changing gear speed with gearshift switches during travel q The maximum gear speed during travel (in the auto gearshift mode) or the gear speed used during travel (in the manual gearshift mode) can be changed with the gearshift switches while the machine is traveling. A: Auto gearshift mode 2. Changing maximum speed during travel During forward travel: The maximum gear speed can be set to F1 – F3. During reverse travel: The maximum gear speed can be set to R1 – R3. Shift-up switch: Each time this switch is pressed, the maximum gear speed is heightened to the next range. Shift-down switch: Each time this switch is pressed, the maximum gear speed is lowered to the next range.
B: Manual gearshift mode 6. Setting preset (gear speed at start)
B: Manual gearshift mode 5. Changing maximum speed during travel During forward travel: The maximum gear speed can be set to F1 – F3. During reverse travel: The maximum gear speed can be set to R1 – R3. Shift-up switch: Each time this switch is pressed, the maximum gear speed is heightened to the next range. Shift-down switch: Each time this switch is pressed, the maximum gear speed is lowered to the next range.
a
30
When the starting switch is turned ON, the auto gearshift mode ([F1 – R1]) is set. When the gearshift mode is changed, [F1 – R1] is selected initially.
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
KOMTRAX system
q
q
q
a
SEN00610-01
1
The KOMTRAX system consists of a KOMTRAX terminal modem, communication antenna, machine monitor, and GPS antenna. This system transmits various kinds of machine information wirelessly. Persons to operate the KOMTRAX can refer to the information at office to provide various kinds of services for customers. Information transmittable from the KOMTRAX system includes the following. 1. Operation map 2. Service meter 3. Position information 4. Error history and others. To provide the services, you need to make an arrangement for starting the KOMTRAX service separately.
D155AX-6
31
SEN00610-01
KOMTRAX terminal modem
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
1
TH300
1. 2. 3.
Communication antenna connection Connector A (14 poles) Connector B (10 poles)
Outline q The KOMTRAX communication modem is a wireless communication device to transmit various kinds of machine information or GPS position information the monitor obtains from n e tw o r k s i g n al s o r i n p ut s i g n a l s i n t h e machine. The communication modem can transmit information via the communication antenna. q The modem is provided with a LED lamp as a display unit. The LED is used for maintenance.
Input and output signals Connector A Pin No. A-1 A-2 A-3 A-4 A-5 A-6 A-7 A-8 A-9 A-10 A-11 A-12 A-13 A-14
Signal name Power (12V) NC(*1) NC(*1) Electric power supply switching NC(*1) NC(*1) GND GND NC(*1) NC(*1) NC(*1) NC(*1) NC(*1) NC(*1)
Input/ output Input — — Output — — — — — — — — — —
Connector B Input/ output B-1 Serial signal DCD Output B-2 Serial signal RXD Output B-3 Serial signal TXD Input B-4 Serial signal DTR Input B-5 Serial signal SGND — B-6 Serial signal DSR Output B-7 NC(*1) — B-8 NC(*1) — B-9 NC(*1) — B-10 NC(*1) — *1: Never connect to NC or malfunctions or failures will occur. Pin No.
32
Signal name
D155AX-6
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
D155AX-6
SEN00610-01
33
SEN00610-01
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
D155AX-6 Bulldozer Form No. SEN00610-01
© 2007 KOMATSU All Rights Reserved Printed in Japan 03-07 (02)
34
D155AX-6
SEN00678-01
BULLDOZER 1SHOP MANUAL
D155AX-6
Machine model
Serial number
D155AX-6
80001 and up
20 Standard value table
1
Standard service value table Standard service value table ........................................................................................................................... 2 Standard value table for engine ........................................................................................................... 2 Standard value table for machine......................................................................................................... 3
D155AX-6
1
SEN00678-01
20 Standard value table
Standard service value table
1
Standard value table for engine
1
Category
Item
Speed
Machine model
D155AX-6
Engine
SAA6D140E-5 Unit
Standard value for new machine
Service limit value
High idle
rpm
2,100 (0/-50)
2,100 (0/-50)
Low idle
rpm
740 (+20/0)
740 (+20/0)
Rated speed
rpm
1,900
1,900
kPa {mmHg}
Min. 117 {Min. 880}
100 {750}
°C
660
700
At sharp acceleration
% (Bosch index)
Max. 25 (Max. 2.5)
35 {3.5}
High idle
(Bosch index)
Max. 1.0
2.0
Intake valve
mm
0.35
—
Exhaust valve
mm
0.57
—
Compression MPa pressure {kg/cm2}
Min. 4.1 {Min. 42}
2.8 {29}
Engine speed
rpm
200 – 250
200 – 250
kPa {mmH2O}
Max. 2.94 {Max. 300}
3.92 {400}
MPa {kg/cm2}
Min. 0.34 {Min. 3.5}
0.21 {2.1}
MPa {kg/cm2}
Min. 0.10 {Min. 1.0}
0.08 {0.8}
°C
90 – 110
120
mm
13 – 16
13 – 16
mm
Approx. 10
Approx. 10
Measurement condition
• Engine coolant temperature: Within operating range
• Engine coolant temperature: Within operating range Intake air pressure • Power train oil temperature: Within (Boost pressure) operating range • Torque converter: Stalled Exhaust temperature
• Whole speed range (Outside temperature: 20°C)
Exhaust gas color
• Engine coolant temperature: Within operating range
Engine
Valve clearance
• Normal temperature
Compression pressure
• Engine oil temperature: 40 – 60°C
Blow-by pressure
• Engine coolant temperature: Within operating range • Power train oil temperature: Within operating range • Torque converter: Stalled
• SAE0W30EOS, SAE5W40EOS, High idle SAE10W30DH, Engine oil pressure SAE15W40DH SAE30DH Oil • Engine oil temperature: Low idle Min. 80 °C Oil temperature
• Whole speed range (In oil pan)
• Between water pump pulley – alternator pulley • Deflection under finger pressure of 98 N {10 kg} • Between compressor pulley – fan Air compressor belt pulley tension • Deflection under finger pressure of 59 N {6 kg}
Alternator belt tension
2
D155AX-6
20 Standard value table
SEN00678-01
Standard value table for machine
1
Machine model
Cooling fan
Engine speed
Category
Item
D155AX-6 Unit
Standard value for new machine
Service limit value
rpm
875 ± 50
875 ± 50
rpm
1,875 ± 50
1,875 ± 50
rpm
1,610 ± 50
1,450
rpm
1,550 ± 50
1,395
rpm
—
—
rpm
1,250 ± 50
1,250 ± 50
30 ± 5
30 ± 5
30 ± 5
30 ± 5
40 ± 5
40 ± 5
40 ± 5
40 ± 5
mm
50 ± 10
50 ± 10
All stroke
mm
79 ± 10
79 ± 10
Stroke to 0 of oil pressure
mm
54 ± 4
54 ± 4
Measurement condition
• Engine coolant temperature: Within operating range Decelerator pedal • Power train oil temperature: Within speed operating range • Hydraulic oil temperature: Within operating range • Engine: High idle Auto deceleration • Decelerator pedal speed: Press pedal speed • Auto deceleration speed: Set all levers in neutral • Engine coolant temperature: Within operating range Torque converter • Power train oil temperature: Within stall speed operating range • Hydraulic oil temperature: Within operating range • Engine: High idle Torque converter • Select P mode stall speed + Work • Torque converter stall speed: F3 equipment relief • Torque converter stall speed + Work speed equipment relief speed: F3 + Ripper raise • Hydraulic oil temperature: Within operating range Min. speed • Fan: Set in 100% mode • Engine: Low idle Fan motor speed • Hydraulic oil temperature: Within operating range Max. speed • Fan: Set in 100% mode • Engine: High idle
• Hydraulic oil temperature: Within operating range MPa • Fan: Set in 100% mode {kg/cm2} • Engine: High idle No mm Forward Forward/ Reverse travel No mm Reverse • Stop engine • Center of lever grip N o Left mm Steering N o Right mm
PCCS lever
Stroke of control lever/pedal
Fan pump circuit pressure
Decelerator pedal
• Stop engine • Center of pedal
Brake pedal
• Engine: Low idle • Center of pedal
D155AX-6
3
SEN00678-01
20 Standard value table
Machine model Item
Blade control lever
Operating effort of control lever/pedal
Unit
Standard value for new machine
Service limit value
N o Raise
mm
72 ± 10
72 ± 10
N o Lower
mm
72 ± 10
72 ± 10
N o Left tilt
mm
53 ± 10
53 ± 10
mm
53 ± 10
53 ± 10
N o Raise
mm
75 ± 10
75 ± 10
N o Lower
mm
75 ± 10
75 ± 10
N o In
mm
80 ± 10
80 ± 10
N o Out
mm
80 ± 10
80 ± 10
No
Forward
N {kg}
56.9 ± 6.9 {5.8 ± 0.7}
56.9 ± 6.9 {5.8 ± 0.7}
Reverse
N {kg}
50.1 ± 6.9 {5.2 ± 0.7}
50.1 ± 6.9 {5.2 ± 0.7}
N o Left
N {kg}
24.5 ± 4.9 {2.5 ± 0.5}
24.5 ± 4.9 {2.5 ± 0.5}
N o Right
N {kg} N {kg} N {kg} N {kg}
27.5 ± 4.9 {2.8 ± 0.5} 49.0 ± 9.8 {5.0 ± 1.0} 411.6 ± 78.4 {42.0 ± 8.0} 39.2 ± 5.9 {4.0 ± 0.6}
27.5 ± 4.9 {2.8 ± 0.5} 49.0 ± 9.8 {5.0 ± 1.0} 411.6 ± 78.4 {42.0 ± 8.0} 39.2 ± 5.9 {4.0 ± 0.6}
N {kg}
39.2 ± 9.8 {4.0 ± 1.0}
39.2 ± 9.8 {4.0 ± 1.0}
N {kg}
9.8 ± 4.9 {1.0 ± 0.5}
9.8 ± 4.9 {1.0 ± 0.5}
N {kg} N {kg} N {kg} N {kg}
29.4 ± 5.9 {3.0 ± 0.6} 29.4 ± 5.9 {3.0 ± 0.6} 19.6 ± 4.9 {2.0 ± 0.5} 19.6 ± 4.9 {2.0 ± 0.5}
29.4 ± 5.9 {3.0 ± 0.6} 29.4 ± 5.9 {3.0 ± 0.6} 19.6 ± 4.9 {2.0 ± 0.5} 19.6 ± 4.9 {2.0 ± 0.5}
N o In
N {kg}
24.5 ± 4.9 {2.5 ± 0.5}
24.5 ± 4.9 {2.5 ± 0.5}
N o Out
N {kg}
24.5 ± 4.9 {2.5 ± 0.5}
24.5 ± 4.9 {2.5 ± 0.5}
Measurement condition
• Stop engine • Center of lever knob
No
Ripper control lever
PCCS lever
Stroke of control lever/pedal
Category
D155AX-6
• Stop engine • Center of lever knob
Forward/ Reverse travel
No • Stop engine • Center of lever grip
Right tilt
Steering
Decelerator pedal Brake pedal
• • • •
Stop engine Center of pedal Engine: Low idle Center of pedal N o Raise N o Lower
• Stop engine Blade control lever/ Lower o • Center of lever knob switch Float • Lower o Float: Switch N o Left tilt No
Right tilt
N o Raise
Ripper control lever
4
• Stop engine • Center of lever knob
N o Lower
D155AX-6
20 Standard value table
SEN00678-01
Machine model Category
Item Torque converter inlet pressure
Torque converter outlet pressure
Transmission main relief pressure
Torque converter lockup clutch
Power train oil pressure
Transmission 2nd clutch pressure
0.05 – 0.29 {0.5 – 3.0}
0.05 – 0.29 {0.5 – 3.0}
MPa {kg/cm2}
0.29 – 0.69 {3.0 – 7.0}
0.29 – 0.69 {3.0 – 7.0}
MPa {kg/cm2} MPa {kg/cm2} MPa {kg/cm2} MPa {kg/cm2} MPa {kg/cm2}
2.81 – 3.11 {28.7 – 31.7} 3.04 – 3.33 {31.0 – 34.0} 1.32 ± 0.20 {13.5 ± 2.0} 1.32 ± 0.20 {13.5 ± 2.0} 2.65 ± 0.20 {27.0 ± 2.0}
Min. 2.62 {Min. 26.7} Min. 2.84 {Min. 29.0} 1.32 ± 0.20 {13.5 ± 2.0} 1.32 ± 0.20 {13.5 ± 2.0} 2.65 ± 0.20 {27.0 ± 2.0}
High idle
MPa {kg/cm2}
2.65 ± 0.20 {27.0 ± 2.0}
2.65 ± 0.20 {27.0 ± 2.0}
Low idle
MPa {kg/cm2}
2.45 – 2.75 {25.0 – 28.0}
Min. 2.26 {Min. 23.0}
MPa {kg/cm2} MPa {kg/cm2} MPa {kg/cm2} MPa {kg/cm2}
2.60 – 2.89 {26.5 – 29.5} 2.65 – 2.94 {27.0 – 30.0} 2.79 – 3.09 {28.5 – 31.5} 2.81 – 3.11 {28.7 – 31.7}
Min. 2.40 {Min. 24.5} Min. 2.45 {Min. 25.0} Min. 2.60 {Min. 26.5} Min. 2.62 {Min. 26.7}
MPa {kg/cm2}
3.04 – 3.33 {31.0 – 34.0}
Min. 2.84 {Min. 29.0}
MPa {kg/cm2}
2.60 – 2.89 {26.5 – 29.5}
Min. 2.40 {Min. 24.5}
MPa {kg/cm2} MPa {kg/cm2} MPa {kg/cm2}
2.75 – 3.04 {28.0 – 31.0} 2.81 – 3.11 {28.7 – 31.7} 3.04 – 3.33 {31.0 – 34.0}
Min. 2.55 {Min. 26.0} Min. 2.62 {Min. 26.7} Min. 2.84 {Min. 29.0}
MPa {kg/cm2}
0.05 – 0.29 {0.5 – 3.0}
0.05 – 0.29 {0.5 – 3.0}
MPa {kg/cm2} MPa {kg/cm2}
2.75 ± 0.29 {28.0 ± 3.0} 2.75 ± 0.29 {28.0 ± 3.0}
2.16 {22.0} 2.16 {22.0}
Low idle
MPa {kg/cm2}
2.75 ± 0.29 {28.0 ± 3.0}
2.16 {22.0}
High idle
MPa {kg/cm2}
2.75 ± 0.29 {28.0 ± 3.0}
2.16 {22.0}
• Power train oil temperature: Within operating High idle range • PCCS lever: Neutral Low idle • Display by monitoring High idle • Power train oil temperature: Within operating range • PCCS lever: Neutral (Main relief pressure) (Stator clutch pressure) • Brake pedal: Press (Other than above)
Low idle High idle Low idle High idle Low idle
High idle Low idle • Power train oil temperature: Within operating High idle range Low idle • PCCS lever: Neutral (Main relief pressure) (Stator clutch pressure) High idle • Brake pedal: Press (Other than above) Low idle
Transmission 3rd clutch pressure Transmission lubricating oil pressure (Reference) Steering right brake • Power train oil pressure temperature: Within operating range • PCCS lever: Neutral Steering left brake • Brake pedal: Release pressure
D155AX-6
MPa {kg/cm2}
Low idle
Transmission F clutch pressure
Transmission 1st clutch pressure
MPa {kg/cm2} MPa {kg/cm2}
Standard value for new machine 0.05 – 0.49 {0.5 – 5.0} Max. 1.0 {Max. 10.0}
Measurement condition
Torque converter stator clutch pressure
Transmission R clutch pressure
D155AX-6
High idle Low idle High idle High idle Low idle High idle
Unit
Service limit value 0.05 – 0.49 {0.5 – 5.0} Max. 1.0 {Max. 10.0}
5
SEN00678-01
20 Standard value table
Machine model
Power train performance
Category
D155AX-6 Unit
Standard value for new machine
Service limit value
F1
km/h
3.8 ± 0.2
3.8 ± 0.2
F2
km/h
7.5 ± 0.4
7.5 ± 0.4
F3L
km/h
7.5 ± 0.4
7.5 ± 0.4
F3
km/h
11.6 ± 0.6
11.6 ± 0.6
R1
km/h
4.6 ± 0.2
4.6 ± 0.2
R2
km/h
6.8 ± 0.4
6.8 ± 0.4
R3L
km/h
9.2 ± 0.5
9.2 ± 0.5
R3
km/h
14.0 ± 0.7
14.0 ± 0.7
MPa {kg/cm2}
—
—
MPa {kg/cm2}
2.45 (+1.37/0)
2.45 (+1.37/0)
{25 (+14/0)}
{25 (+14/0)}
MPa {kg/cm2}
27.5 ± 1.5 {280 ± 15}
27.5 ± 1.5 {280 ± 15}
MPa • Hydraulic oil temperature: Within {kg/cm2} operating range Ripper lift relief MPa • Engine: High idle pressure {kg/cm2} • Cylinder of measured circuit: Ripper tilt relief MPa Stroke end pressure {kg/cm2} Work equipment LS MPa relief pressure {kg/cm2}
27.5 ± 1.5 {280 ± 15}
27.5 ± 1.5 {280 ± 15}
27.5 ± 1.5 {280 ± 15}
27.5 ± 1.5 {280 ± 15}
27.5 ± 1.5 {280 ± 15} 25.0 ± 0.98 {255 ± 10}
27.5 ± 1.5 {280 ± 15} 25.0 ± 0.98 {255 ± 10}
38.2 – 41.7 {390 – 425}
38.2 – 41.7 {390 – 425}
36.2 – 38.1 {369 – 389}
36.2 – 38.1 {369 – 389}
Item
Travel speed
Unload pressure
Measurement condition • Flat ground • Engine coolant temperature: Within operating range • Power train oil temperature: Within operating range • Select manual gearshift mode • Engine: High idle • Approach run: 10 – 30 m • Measuring distance: 20 m (Converted into km/h)
• Hydraulic oil temperaLow idle ture: Within operating range • All levers: High idle Set in neutral
6
Blade tilt relief pressure
HSS relief pressure HSS LS relief pressure
• Hydraulic oil temperature: Within MPa operating range {kg/cm2} • Engine: High idle MPa • Steering of measured circuit: Press brake pedal {kg/cm2}
• Control circuit basic pressure • •
Hydraulic oil temperature: Within operating range Engine: High idle All levers: Set in neutral
MPa {kg/cm2}
3.97 (+0.49/0)
3.78 – 4.46
{40.5 (+5/0)}
{38.5 – 45.5}
• Hydraulic oil temperature: Within Control valve EPC operating range valve output • Engine: High idle pressure • Lever of measured circuit: Stroke (Reference) end
MPa {kg/cm2}
3.82 – 4.12 {39 – 42}
3.53 {36}
sec
3.0 – 4.0
3.0 – 4.0
sec
1.0 – 1.7
1.0 – 1.7
Work equipment speed
Work equipment
Work equipment/HSS oil pressure
Blade lift relief pressure
Blade lift
• Hydraulic oil temperature: Within operating range Raise • Engine: High idle • Select P mode • Apply no load to blade. • Measure time required to move blade from ground level to raise Lower stroke end • For measuring posture, see Fig. 1
D155AX-6
20 Standard value table
SEN00678-01
Machine model Category
Item
Work equipment
Work equipment speed
Blade tilt
Ripper lift
Ripper tilt
Time lag
Blade
Ripper
D155AX-6
Measurement condition • Hydraulic oil temperature: Within Left tilt operating range • Engine: High idle • Select P mode • Apply no load to blade • Measure time required to move blade from left tilt end to right tilt end Right tilt • For measuring posture, see Fig. 2 • Hydraulic oil temperature: Within operating range Raise • Engine: High idle • Select P mode • Apply no load to ripper (Shank hole: Lowest) • Measure time required to move ripper from ground level to raise Lower end • For measuring posture, see Fig. 3 • Hydraulic oil temperature: Within operating range Tilt in • Engine: High idle • Select P mode • Apply no load to ripper • Measure time required to move ripper from tilt in end to tilt back end Tilt back • For measuring posture, see Fig. 4 • Hydraulic oil temperature: Within operating range • Engine: Low idle • Select P mode. • Blade control lever: Set to stroke end • Lower blade from max. rising position and measure time after blade comes in contact with ground until idler is lifted • Hydraulic oil temperature: Within operating range • Engine: Low idle • Select P mode • Ripper control lever: Set to stroke end • Lower ripper from max. rising position and measure time after ripper comes in contact with ground until sprocket is lifted
D155AX-6 Unit
Standard value for new machine
Service limit value
sec
1.8 – 2.8
3.1
sec
1.8 – 2.8
3.1
sec
2.0 – 3.0
4.0
sec
1.5 – 2.5
3.5
sec
4.5 – 5.5
6.2
sec
3.7 – 4.7
6.1
sec
Max. 1.7
2.5
sec
Max. 1.5
1.5
7
SEN00678-01
20 Standard value table
Machine model
8
Unit
Standard value for new machine
Service limit value
mm
Max. 50/15 minutes
200/15 minutes
mm
Max. 50/5 minutes
70/5 minutes
• Hydraulic oil temperature: Within operating range Hydraulic drift • Stop engine of machine • Measure reduction of idler center tilted by blade height h in 5 minutes • For measuring posture, see Fig. 7
mm
Max. 50/5 minutes
70/5 minutes
• Hydraulic oil temperature: Within operating range Hydraulic drift • Stop engine of machine • Measure reduction of sprocket center lifted by ripper height h in 5 minutes • For measuring posture, see Fig. 8
mm
Max. 50/5 minutes
70/5 minutes
cc/min
Max. 3.0
12
cc/min
Max. 2.7
11
cc/min
Max. 2.7
11
Hydraulic drift of work equipment
Item
Leakage from cylinder
Work equipment
Category
D155AX-6
Measurement condition
• Hydraulic oil temperature: Within operating range Hydraulic drift • Stop engine of lifted blade • Measure reduction of blade bottom height h in 15 minutes • For measuring posture, see Fig. 5 • Hydraulic oil temperature: Within operating range Hydraulic drift • Stop engine of machine • Measure reduction of idler center lifted by blade height h in 5 minutes • For measuring posture, see Fig. 6
Blade lift cylinder Ripper lift cylinder Ripper tilt cylinder
• Hydraulic oil temperature: Within operating range • Engine: High idle • Measure leakage from relieved cylinder in 1 minute
D155AX-6
20 Standard value table
SEN00678-01
Postures and procedures for measuring performance Fig. 1: Blade lift speed
Fig. 4: Ripper tilt speed
Fig. 2: Blade tilt speed
Fig. 5: Hydraulic drift of lifted blade
Fig. 3: Ripper lift speed
Fig. 6: Hydraulic drift of machine lifted by blade
D155AX-6
9
SEN00678-01
20 Standard value table
Fig. 7: Hydraulic drift of machine tilted by blade
Fig. 8: Hydraulic drift of machine lifted by ripper
10
D155AX-6
SEN00678-01
20 Standard value table
D155AX-6 Bulldozer Form No. SEN00678-01
© 2006 KOMATSU All Rights Reserved Printed in Japan 05-06 (02)
12
D155AX-6
SEN00679-01
BULLDOZER 1SHOP MANUAL
D155AX-6
Machine model
Serial number
D155AX-6
80001 and up
30 Testing and adjusting
1
Testing and adjusting, Part 1 Testing and adjusting, Part 1........................................................................................................................... 3 Tools for testing, adjusting, and troubleshooting .................................................................................. 3 Measuring engine speed...................................................................................................................... 5 Measuring intake air pressure (boost pressure)................................................................................... 7 Measuring exhaust temperature .......................................................................................................... 8 Measuring exhaust gas color ............................................................................................................. 10 Adjusting valve clearance ...................................................................................................................11 Measuring compression pressure ...................................................................................................... 12 Measuring blow-by pressure .............................................................................................................. 14 Measuring engine oil pressure ........................................................................................................... 15 Handling fuel system parts ................................................................................................................. 16 Releasing residual pressure from fuel system ................................................................................... 16 Measuring fuel pressure..................................................................................................................... 17 Measuring fuel return rate and fuel leakage....................................................................................... 18 Bleeding air from fuel circuit............................................................................................................... 22 Measuring fuel circuit for leakage ...................................................................................................... 24
D155AX-6
1
SEN00679-01
30 Testing and adjusting
Testing and adjusting alternator belt tension ...................................................................................... 25 Testing and adjusting air conditioner compressor belt tension........................................................... 26 Measuring fan speed.......................................................................................................................... 27 Measuring fan circuit oil pressure....................................................................................................... 28 Bleeding air from fan pump ................................................................................................................ 29 Adjusting fuel control dial and decelerator pedal................................................................................ 30
2
D155AX-6
30 Testing and adjusting
SEN00679-01
1
Tools for testing, adjusting, and troubleshooting
1
Testing and adjusting item
Symbol
Measuring intake air pressure (boost pressure)
A
Measuring exhaust temperature
B
Measuring exhaust gas color
799-401-2220 Hose 799-101-1502 Digital thermometer
1 – 99.9 – 1,299°C
1 795-502-1590 Compression gauge E
2 F
1
1 1 1
799-201-1504 Blow-by checker
1 0 – 5 kPa {0 – 500 mmH2O}
799-101-5002 Hydraulic tester
1
790-261-1204 Digital hydraulic tester
1
2 799-401-2320 Hydraulic tester
1
799-101-5002 Hydraulic tester
1
790-261-1204 Digital hydraulic tester
1
H
2 799-401-2320 Hydraulic tester 3
Air intake: 0.35 mm, Exhaust: 0.57 mm
6261-71-6150 Gasket
795-471-1330 Adapter
1 Measuring fuel pressure
Bosch index: 0 – 9
1 0 – 6.9 MPa {0 – 70 kg/cm2} 1 For 140E-5 engine 1
1 G
Remarks
– 101 – 200 kPa {– 760 – 1,500 mmHg} 1 Straight type quick coupler
799-201-2202 Boost gauge kit
1 799-201-9001 Handy smoke checker Commercially Smoke meter 2 available Commercially D Thickness gauge available
Measuring blow-by pressure
Measuring engine oil pressure
Part name
C
Adjusting valve clearance Measuring compression pressure
Part No.
Q'ty
Testing and adjusting, Part 1
795-471-1450 Adapter 07005-00812 Gasket
1 6151-51-8490 Spacer 2 6206-71-1770 Joint
1
Pressure gauge: 2.5, 5.9, 39.2, 58.8 MPa {25, 60, 400, 600 kg/cm2} Pressure gauge: 58.8 MPa {600 kg/cm2} Pressure gauge: 0.98 MPa {10 kg/cm2} Pressure gauge: 2.5, 5.9, 39.2, 58.8 MPa {25, 60, 400, 600 kg/cm2} Pressure gauge: 58.8 MPa {600 kg/cm2} Pressure gauge: 0.98 MPa {10 kg/cm2}
1 8 × 1.25 mm o R1/8 1 1 Inside diameter: 14 mm 1 Inside diameter of joint: 10 mm
3
Commercially Hose available
1 ø5 mm × 2 – 3 m
Measuring fuel return rate J 4 and fuel leakage
Commercially Hose available
1 ø15 mm × 2 – 3 m
Commercially Measuring cylinder available
1
5 6 Measuring fan speed
K
Commercially Stopwatch available 795-205-1100 Tachometer kit
1 6.0 – 99999.9 rpm
799-101-5002 Hydraulic tester
1
1 Measuring fan circuit pressure
L
790-261-1204 Digital hydraulic tester 2 799-401-3400 Adapter 799-101-5220 Nipple 3 07002-11023 O-ring
D155AX-6
1 Pressure gauge: 2.5, 5.9, 39.2, 58.8 MPa {25, 60, 400, 600 kg/cm2} Pressure gauge: 58.8 MPa 1 {600 kg/cm2}
1 Size: 05 1 Size: 10 × 1.25 mm
3
Testing and adjusting item
Measuring power train oil pressure
30 Testing and adjusting
Symbol
Part No.
Part name
799-101-5002 Hydraulic tester M 790-261-1204 Digital hydraulic tester
Adjusting brake pedal Emergency escape method when power train has trouble
N 1
P
79A-264-0091 Push-pull scale 19M-06-32820 Switch assembly
1
790-261-1204 Digital hydraulic tester 2 799-401-3200 Adapter
799-101-5002 Hydraulic tester Testing work equipment 1 lock solenoid valve output S pressure 790-261-1204 Digital hydraulic tester 2 799-401-3200 Adapter Emergency operation when work equipment has trouble
1 0 – 490 N {0 – 50 kg} 1
799-101-5002 Hydraulic tester
1
R
Pressure gauge: 2.5, 5.9, 39.2, 58.8 MPa {25, 60, 400, 600 kg/cm2} Pressure gauge: 58.8 MPa 1 {600 kg/cm2}
1 1
799-101-5002 Hydraulic tester
T
Measuring ripper pin puller 1 solenoid valve output U pressure 2
17A-06-41421 Wiring harness
799-101-5002 Hydraulic tester 790-261-1204 Digital hydraulic tester 799-401-3200 Adapter
Remarks
1
17A-06-41410 Wiring harness 2 790-190-1601 Pump assembly
1 Measuring and adjusting work equipment and HSS Q 790-261-1204 Digital hydraulic tester oil pressure 799-101-5220 Nipple 2 07002-11023 O-ring
Measuring control circuit basic pressure
Q'ty
SEN00679-01
Pressure gauge: 2.5, 5.9, 39.2, 58.8 MPa {25, 60, 400, 600 kg/cm2} Pressure gauge: 58.8 MPa 1 {600 kg/cm2}
2 Size: 10 × 1.25 mm 2 Pressure gauge: 2.5, 5.9, 39.2, 58.8 MPa {25, 60, 400, 600 kg/cm2} Pressure gauge: 58.8 MPa 1 {600 kg/cm2}
1
1 Size: 03 Pressure gauge: 2.5, 5.9, 39.2, 58.8 MPa 1 {25, 60, 400, 600 kg/cm2} Pressure gauge: 58.8 MPa {600 kg/cm2} 1 Size: 03 1
1 Pressure gauge: 2.5, 5.9, 39.2, 58.8 MPa {25, 60, 400, 600 kg/cm2} Pressure gauge: 58.8 MPa 1 {600 kg/cm2} 1 Size: 03 1
Measuring internal leakage of work equipment cylinder
V
Commercially Measuring cylinder available
1
Measuring coolant temperature and oil temperature
—
799-101-1502 Digital thermometer
1 – 99.9 – 1,299°C
Testing operating effort and pressing force
—
79A-264-0021 Push-pull scale
1 0 – 294 N {0 – 30 kg}
—
79A-264-0091 Push-pull scale Commercially Ruler available
1 0 – 490 N {0 – 50 kg}
Measuring stroke and hydraulic drift Measuring work equipment speed
—
Commercially Stopwatch available
1
Measuring voltage and resistance
—
Commercially Circuit tester available
1
1
a
For the model names and part Nos. of the T-boxes and T-adapters used for troubleshooting for the machine monitor, controllers, sensors, actuators, electrical equipment, and wiring harnesses, see Troubleshooting (Information related to troubleshooting), List of T-boxes and T-adapters.
4
D155AX-6
30 Testing and adjusting
Measuring engine speed k
a
1.
SEN00679-01
1
Stop the machine on level ground, lower the work equipment to the ground, stop the engine, and set the parking brake lever and work equipment lock lever in the lock position. Measure the engine speed under the following conditions. q Engine coolant temperature: Within operating range q Power train oil temperature: Within operating range q Hydraulic oil temperature: Within operating range q Working mode: P mode q Gearshift mode: Either Auto or Manual Preparation work Measure the engine speed with the Adjustment function in the service mode of the machine monitor. a For the operating method of the machine monitor, see Special functions of machine monitor (EMMS). 1) Measuring low idle speed, decelerator pedal speed, auto-deceleration speed, torque converter stall speed, and torque converter stall speed + work equipment relief speed (full stall speed): q Adjustment code: 0530 (Stall mode) a When stalling the torque converter for a purpose other than measuring the engine speed, be sure to use this adjustment code, too.
2)
Measuring high idle speed: q Adjustment code: 0007 (Reset engine deceleration) a Only when this code is selected, the engine can be operated and tested with the auto-decelerator reset.
D155AX-6
2.
Measuring low idle speed 1) Start the engine and set the fuel control dial in the low idle (MIN) position. 2) Set the PCCS lever, blade control lever, and ripper control lever in neutral and measure the engine speed. a The parking brake lever and work equipment lock lever may be kept in the LOCK position.
3.
Measuring high idle speed 1) Start the engine and set the fuel control dial in the high idle (MAX) position. 2) Set the PCCS lever, blade control lever, and ripper control lever in neutral and measure the engine speed. a The parking brake lever and work equipment lock lever may be kept in the LOCK position. a When measuring the high idle speed, be sure to select adjustment code [0007] (If adjustment code [0530] is selected, the auto-deceleration speed is measured).
4.
Measuring decelerator pedal speed 1) Start the engine and set the fuel control dial in the high idle (MAX) position. 2) Set the PCCS lever, blade control lever, and ripper control lever in neutral, press the decelerator pedal to the stroke end, and measure the engine speed. a The parking brake lever and work equipment lock lever may be kept in the LOCK position.
5.
Measuring auto-deceleration speed 1) Start the engine and set the fuel control dial in the high idle (MAX) position. 2) Set the PCCS lever, blade control lever, and ripper control lever in neutral and measure the engine speed.
5
SEN00679-01 a
6.
7.
6
30 Testing and adjusting a
The parking brake lever and work equipment lock lever may be kept in the LOCK position.
Measuring torque converter stall speed 1) Start the engine and set the fuel control dial in the low idle (MIN) position. 2) Operate the shiftup (UP) switch of the PCCS lever and set the preset mode display section to [F3-R3]. a The preset mode display section (at the right bottom of the screen) can be set to [F3-R3] only while the Adjustment function is selected. 3) While pressing the brake pedal securely, set the parking brake lever in the free position and set the direction of PCCS lever in the forward position. a Before going to the next step, check that [F3] is displayed in the gear speed display section (at the right bottom of the screen). a Keep the steering system in neutral. 4) Press the decelerator pedal and set the fuel control dial in the high idle (MAX) position. 5) Return the decelerator pedal slowly to stall the torque converter with the engine at high idle. k Keep pressing the brake pedal securely and keep your right foot on the decelerator pedal for safety until the work is finished. 6) Just after the power train oil temperature gauge (T/C TEMPERATURE) indicates 118 – 120 °C, return the direction of PCCS lever to neutral. a The top of the green range of the power train oil temperature gauge indicates about 118 – 120 °C. 7) Repeat above steps 3) – 6) 3 times. 8) Perform steps 3) – 5) again and measure the engine speed about 5 seconds after the power train oil temperature gauge (T/C TEMPERATURE) indicates 118 – 120 °C. a Immediately after finishing measurement, return the direction of PCCS lever to neutral and lower the power train oil temperature with the engine at high idle.
3)
4)
5) 6) k
7)
8) 9)
The preset mode display section (at the right bottom of the screen) can be set to [F3-R3] only while the Adjustment function is selected. Set the work equipment lock lever in the free position and operate the ripper control lever to set the ripper lift cylinder to the raise stroke end. While pressing the brake pedal securely, set the parking brake lever in the free position and set the direction of PCCS lever in the forward position. a Before going to the next step, check that [F3] is displayed in the gear speed display section (at the right bottom of the screen). a Keep the steering system in neutral. Press the decelerator pedal and set the fuel control dial in the high idle (MAX) position. Return the decelerator pedal slowly to stall the torque converter with the engine at high idle. Keep pressing the brake pedal securely and keep your right foot on the decelerator pedal for safety until the work is finished. Just after the power train oil temperature gauge (T/C TEMPERATURE) indicates 118 – 120 °C, return the direction of PCCS lever to neutral. a The top of the green range of the power train oil temperature gauge indicates about 118 – 120 °C. Repeat above steps 4) – 7) 3 times. Perform steps 4) – 6) again, operate the ripper control lever to relieve the ripper raise system, and measure the engine speed about 5 seconds after the power train oil temperature gauge (T/C TEMPERATURE) indicates 118 – 120 °C. a Immediately after finishing measurement, return the direction of PCCS lever to neutral and lower the power train oil temperature with the engine at high idle.
Measuring torque converter stall + work equipment relief speed (Full stall speed) 1) Start the engine and set the fuel control dial in the low idle (MIN) position. 2) Operate the shiftup (UP) switch of the PCCS lever and set the preset mode display section to [F3-R3]. D155AX-6
30 Testing and adjusting
Measuring intake air pressure (boost pressure) a
A k
k
Run the engine at a medium or higher speed and drain the oil from the test hose. a Insert the connecting parts of the gauge and hose about a half and open the selfseal on the hose side repeatedly, and the oil will be drained. a If Pm kit (A) is available, you may drain the oil by using the oil draining coupling (790-261-1130) in that kit. a If oil is left in the hose, the gauge does not work. Accordingly, be sure to drain the oil.
5.
Turn the starting switch ON and set the machine monitor to Adjustment function of the service mode. q Adjustment code: 0530 (Stall mode) a For the operating method, see Special functions of machine monitor (EMMS).
6.
While running the engine at high idle, stall the torque converter and measure the intake air pressure (boost pressure). a For the procedure for stalling the torque converter, see Measuring engine speed. a Normally, the intake air pressure (boost pressure) should be measured while the engine is operated at the rated output. In the field, however, an approximate value can be obtained by stalling the torque converter.
7.
After finishing measurement, remove the measuring instruments and return the removed parts.
1
Part No. 799-201-2202 799-401-2220
Part name Boost gauge kit Hose
Stop the machine on level ground, lower the work equipment to the ground, stop the engine, and set the parking brake lever and work equipment lock lever in the lock position. Be careful not to touch any hot part of the engine when removing or installing the measuring tools. Measure the intake air pressure (boost pressure) under the following conditions. q Engine coolant temperature: Within operating range q Power train oil temperature: Within operating range q Hydraulic oil temperature: Within operating range
1.
Open the engine left side cover.
2.
Remove intake air pressure pickup plug (1) from the rear of the air intake connector.
3.
4.
Measuring instruments for intake air pressure (boost pressure)
Symbol
a
SEN00679-01
Install nipple [1] of boost gauge kit A and connect gauge [2].
D155AX-6
7
SEN00679-01
30 Testing and adjusting
Measuring exhaust temperature 1 a
Measuring instruments for exhaust temperature
Symbol
Part No.
B
799-101-1502
k
k
a
Part name Digital thermometer
Stop the machine on level ground, lower the work equipment to the ground, stop the engine, and set the parking brake lever and work equipment lock lever in the lock position. Install and remove the measuring instruments after the exhaust manifold is cooled. Measure the exhaust temperature under the following conditions. q Engine coolant temperature: Within operating range q Power train oil temperature: Within operating range q Hydraulic oil temperature: Within operating range
1.
Open the engine right side cover and right mudguard.
2.
Remove 1 exhaust temperature pickup plug (1) from the exhaust manifold. a You may measure the exhaust temperature at either front or rear plug.
3.
8
Install sensor [1] of digital thermometer B and connect them to meter [2]. a Clamp the wiring harness of the digital thermometer so that it will not touch a hot part during measurement.
4.
When measuring maximum exhaust temperature for troubleshooting Operate the machine actually and measure the maximum exhaust temperature. a Use the PEAK mode of the thermometer. a The exhaust temperature largely depends on the outside air temperature (intake air temperature of the engine). Accordingly, if any abnormal value is obtained, correct it by the following calculation. q Corrected value [°C] = Measured value + 2 × (20 – Outside air temperature)
5.
Procedure for measuring exhaust temperature periodically for preventive maintenance (Pm clinic) a If the torque converter is stalled simply, the torque converter oil is overheated before the exhaust temperature is stabilized. Accordingly, measure according to the following procedure. 1) Turn the starting switch ON and set the machine monitor to Adjustment function of the service mode. q Adjustment code: 0530 (Stall mode) a For the operating method, see Special functions of machine monitor (EMMS). D155AX-6
30 Testing and adjusting
2) 3)
4)
5)
6) 7)
SEN00679-01
8)
Start the engine and set the fuel control dial in the low idle (MIN) position. Operate the shiftup (UP) switch of the PCCS lever and set the preset mode display section to [F3-R3]. a The preset mode display section (at the right bottom of the screen) can be set to [F3-R3] only while the Adjustment function is selected. Set the work equipment lock lever in the free position and operate the ripper control lever to set the ripper lift cylinder to the raise stroke end. While pressing the brake pedal securely, set the parking brake lever in the free position and set the direction of PCCS lever in the forward position. a Before going to the next step, check that [F3] is displayed in the gear speed display section (at the right bottom of the screen). a Keep the steering system in neutral. Press the decelerator pedal and set the fuel control dial in the high idle (MAX) position. Return the decelerator pedal slowly to stall the torque converter and relieve the ripper raise system to raise the exhaust temperature to about 650 °C (Condition (a) in the figure) with the engine at high idle. k
9)
k
a
Just after the power train oil temperature (T/C TEMPERAT URE) reaches about 120 °C, return the direction of PCCS lever to neutral and lower the power train oil temperature with the engine at high idle. The border between the green range and red range of the power train oil temperature gauge indicates about 120 °C.
Keep pressing the brake pedal securely and keep your right foot on the decelerator pedal for safety until the work is finished.
6.
D155AX-6
Under the condition of step 7), stop relieving the ripper raise system and lower the exhaust temperature by only stalling the torque converter (Condition (b) in the figure). a If the exhaust temperature does not lower but rises, set the temperature high in step 7). After the exhaust temperature is lowered and stabilized, measure the exhaust temperature (Condition (c) in the figure).
After finishing measurement, remove the measuring instruments and return the removed parts.
9
SEN00679-01
30 Testing and adjusting
Measuring exhaust gas color a
Measuring instruments for exhaust gas color
Symbol C k
k
a
a
1.
1
Part No.
Part name
1
799-201-9001
Handy smoke checker
2
Commercially available
Smoke meter
Stop the machine on level ground, lower the work equipment to the ground, stop the engine, and set the parking brake lever and work equipment lock lever in the lock position. Be careful not to touch any hot part of the engine when removing or installing the measuring tools. If an air source and an electric power source are not available in the field, use handy smoke checker C1. When recording official data, use smoke meter C2. Measure the exhaust gas color under the following condition. q Engine coolant temperature: Within operating range Measuring with handy smoke checker C1 1) Stick a sheet of filter paper to smoke checker C1. 2) Insert the exhaust gas intake pipe in exhaust pipe (1). 3) Start the engine. 4) Accelerate the engine suddenly or run it at high idle and operate the handle of smoke checker C1 so that the filter paper will absorb the exhaust gas.
2)
3)
4)
5)
6) 7)
5) 6)
2.
10
Remove the filter paper and compare it with the attached scale. After finishing measurement, remove the measuring instrument and return the removed parts.
Measuring with smoke meter C2 1) Insert probe [1] of smoke meter C2 in the outlet of exhaust pipe (1) and fix it to the exhaust pipe with a clip.
8)
9)
Connect the probe hose, receptacle of the accelerator switch, and air hose to smoke meter C2. a Limit the supplied air pressure to 1.5 MPa {15 kg/cm²}. Connect the power cable to a receptacle of AC 100 V. a Before connecting the cable, check that the power switch of the smoke meter is turned OFF. Loosen the cap nut of the suction pump and fit the filter paper. a Fit the filter paper securely so that the exhaust gas will not leak. Turn power switch of smoke meter C2 ON.
Start the engine. Accelerate the engine suddenly or run it at high idle and press the accelerator pedal of smoke meter C2 and collect the exhaust gas into the filter paper. Place the contaminated filter paper on the clean filter paper (at least 10 sheets) in the filter paper holder and read the indicated value. After finishing measurement, remove the measuring instrument and return the removed parts.
D155AX-6
30 Testing and adjusting
SEN00679-01
Adjusting valve clearance a
Measuring instruments for valve clearance
Symbol
Part No.
D
Commercially available
k
a
1.
Part name Thickness gauge
Stop the machine on level ground, lower the work equipment to the ground, stop the engine, and set the parking brake lever and work equipment lock lever in the lock position. Adjust the valve clearance under the following condition. q Engine coolant temperature: Normal temperature Remove the engine hood assembly and air cleaner together. 4
2.
1
5.
6.
Engine hood assembly: 170 kg
Remove all cylinder head covers (1).
7.
3.
Remove the inspection plate on the right of the radiator guard.
4.
Rotate the crankshaft forward to bring the stamped "1.6TOP" line (a) of the damper to pointer (2) and set the No. 1 cylinder to the compression top dead center. a Rotate the crankshaft with the hexagonal part at the end of the water pump drive shaft. a When the No. 1 cylinder is at the compression top dead center, the rocker arm of the No. 1 cylinder can be moved by the valve clearance with the hand. If the rocker arm cannot be moved, the No. 1 cylinder is not at the compression top dead center. In this case, rotate the crankshaft one more turn.
8.
9.
D155AX-6
While fixing adjustment screw (3), loosen locknut (4). a After setting the No. 1 cylinder to the compression top dead center, adjust the valve clearance of the No. 1 cylinder. Insert thickness gauge D in the clearance between rocker arm (5) and cross head (6) and adjust the valve clearance with adjustment screw (3). a With the clearance gauge inserted, turn the adjustment screw to a degree that you can move the thickness gauge lightly. a Valve clearance Intake valve : 0.35 mm Exhaust valve: 0.57 mm While fixing adjustment screw (3), tighten locknut (4). 3 Locknut: 45.1 – 51.0 Nm {4.6 – 5.2 kgm} a After tightening the locknut, check the valve clearance again.
After adjusting the No. 1 cylinder, rotate the crankshaft forward by 120 ° to set the stamped TOP line of each cylinder to pointer (2) according to the firing order and adjust the valve clearance. q Firing order: 1–5–3–6–2–4 After finishing adjustment, return the removed parts. 3 Cylinder head cover mounting bolt: 29.4 – 34.3 Nm {3.0 – 3.5 kgm}
11
SEN00679-01
30 Testing and adjusting a
Measuring compression pressure1 a
Measuring tools for compression pressure
Symbol 1 E k
a
a
1.
2
Part No. 795-502-1590
Compression gauge
795-471-1330
Adapter
6261-71-6150
Gasket
Remove the engine hood assembly and air cleaner together.
5.
Install adapter E2 to the mounting hole on the injector and connect compression gauge E1. a Be sure to fit the gasket to the injector end. a Fix the adapter with the injector holder. 3 Holder mounting bolt: 58.8 – 73.5 Nm {6.0 – 7.5 kgm} a Apply a little amount of engine oil to the connecting parts of the adapter and gauge so that air will not leak easily.
6.
Install rocker arm assembly (2) and adjust the valve clearance. 3 Rocker arm mounting bolt: 93 – 103 Nm {9.5 – 10.5 kgm} a See Adjusting valve clearance.
Engine hood assembly: 170 kg
Remove cylinder head cover (1) of the cylinder to measure the compression pressure.
3.
Bring the cylinder to be tested to the compression top dead center and remove rocker arm assembly (2). a For the procedure for bringing each cylinder to the compression top dead center, see Adjusting valve clearance.
4.
Disconnect fuel high-pressure tube (3) and injector wiring harness (4) and remove injector (5) and wiring harness.
12
a
Stop the machine on level ground, lower the work equipment to the ground, stop the engine, and set the parking brake lever and work equipment lock lever in the lock position. When measuring the compression pressure, take care not to burn yourself on the exhaust manifold, muffler, etc. or get caught in a rotating part. Measure the compression pressure under the following conditions. q Engine oil temperature: 40 – 60 °C
4
2.
Part name
Disconnect the terminal of the injector wiring harness on the injector side and the bracket on the rocker housing side and r em o v e th e i n j ec t o r wi r i ng h ar ne s s (Loosen the 2 terminal nuts alternately). Pass a wire under the fuel path projected sideways and pull up the injector (Do not pry the injector top up).
D155AX-6
30 Testing and adjusting
7.
Disconnect power supply connector EGC3 (6) of the engine controller. k
k
If this connector is not disconnected, the engine will start during measurement and will be dangerous. Accordi n g l y, b e s u r e t o d i s c o n n e c t t h i s connector. Cover the controller side and wiring harness side with vinyl sheets, etc. to prevent electric leakage and ground fault.
SEN00679-01 a a 1) 2)
3) 4) 5)
8.
Turn the starting switch ON and set the machine monitor to Monitoring function of the service mode. q Monitoring code: 01002 Engine Speed a For the operating method, see Special functions of machine monitor (EMMS).
a 1) 2) 3) 4)
a 9.
Rotate the engine with the starting motor and measure the compression pressure. a Read the pressure gauge pointer when it is stabilized. a When measuring the compression pressure, check that the engine speed is in the range of the measurement condition.
Install the injector and fuel high-pressure tube according to the following procedure. Before installing the injector, replace the copper gasket and O-ring with new ones. Push in injector (11) with the hand to assemble holder (12) temporarily. Tighten bolt (13) and washer (14) temporarily. 2 Spherical part of washer: Engine oil Tighten sleeve nut (15) of the fuel highpressure tube temporarily. Tighten bolt (13) permanently. 3 Bolt: 58.8 – 73.5 Nm {6 – 7.5 kgm} Tighten sleeve nut (15) permanently. 3 Sleeve nut: 39.2 – 49.0 Nm {4 – 5 kgm}
Install the injector wiring harness according to the following procedure. Install the injector wiring harness to the rocker arm housing and fix the connector side with the plate. Fix the intermediate clamp with the clip. Tighten the nut on the injector side. 3 Nut: 2 ± 0.2 Nm {0.2 ± 0.02 kgm} Secure the clamp and spacer with the bolt. 3 Rocker arm assembly mounting bolt: 93 – 103 Nm {9.5 – 10.5 kgm} Adjust the valve clearance. For details, see Adjusting valve clearance. 3 Cylinder head cover mounting bolt: 29.4 – 34.3 kgm {3.0 – 3.5 kgm}
10. After finishing measurement, remove the measuring instruments and return the removed parts.
D155AX-6
13
SEN00679-01
30 Testing and adjusting
Measuring blow-by pressure a
Part No.
F
799-201-1504
k
Part name Blow-by checker
Stop the machine on level ground, lower the work equipment to the ground, stop the engine, and set the parking brake lever and work equipment lock lever in the lock position. Measure the blow-by pressure under the following conditions. q Engine coolant temperature: Within operating range q Power train oil temperature: Within operating range q Hydraulic oil temperature: Within operating range
1.
Open the engine left side cover and left mudguard.
2.
Install nozzle [1] and hose [2] of blow-by checker F to the end of breather hose (1) and connect them to gauge [3].
3.
While running the engine at high idle, stall the torque converter and measure the blow-by pressure. a For the procedure for stalling the torque converter, see Measuring engine speed. a Normally, the blow-by pressure should be measured while the engine is operated at the rated output. In the field, however, an approximate value can be obtained by stalling the torque converter. a If it is impossible to run the engine at the rated output or stall the torque converter, measure while the engine is running at high idle. The value obtained in this case is about 80% of the blow-by pressure at the rated output. a The blow-by pressure may vary largely with the engine condition. If the measured
14
value is judged abnormal, check for increase of oil consumption, bad exhaust gas color, deterioration of oil, high deterioration speed of oil, etc. which are related to the abnormal blow-by pressure.
Measuring instrument for blow-by pressure
Symbol
a
1
4.
After finishing measurement, remove the measuring instruments and return the removed parts.
D155AX-6
30 Testing and adjusting
SEN00679-01
Measuring engine oil pressure a
1 2
k
a
4.
Run the engine at low idle and high idle and measure the engine oil pressure.
5.
After finishing measurement, remove the measuring instruments and return the removed parts.
Measuring instruments for engine oil pressure
Symbol G
1
Part No.
Part name
799-101-5002
Hydraulic tester
790-261-1204
Digital hydraulic tester
799-401-2320
Hydraulic tester
Stop the machine on level ground, lower the work equipment to the ground, stop the engine, and set the parking brake lever and work equipment lock lever in the lock position. Measure the engine oil pressure under the following condition. q Engine coolant temperature: Within operating range
1.
Open the engine left side cover and left mudguard.
2.
Remove engine oil pressure pickup plug (1) from the cylinder block.
3.
Install nipples [1] and [2] of hydraulic tester G1 and connect them to hydraulic tester G2. a Since the size of the plug hole is R1/4, quick nipples (799-101-5210) may be used instead of nipples [1] and [2].
D155AX-6
15
SEN00679-01
Handling fuel system parts a
a
16
30 Testing and adjusting
1
Precautions for testing and maintaining fuel system The common rail fuel injection system (CRI) consists of more precise parts than the conventional fuel injection pump and nozzle. If foreign matter enters this system, it can cause a trouble. When testing and maintaining the fuel system, take care more than the past. If dust, etc. sticks to any part, wash that part thoroughly with clean fuel. Precautions for replacing fuel filter cartridge Be sure to use the Komatsu genuine fuel filter cartridge. Since the common rail fuel injection system (CRI) consists of more precise parts than the conventional fuel injection pump and nozzle, it employs a high-efficiency special filter to prevent foreign matter from entering it. If a filter other than the genuine one is used, the fuel system may have a trouble. Accordingly, never use such a filter.
Releasing residual pressure from fuel system 1 a
a
a
k
Pressure is generated in the low-pressure circuit and high-pressure circuit of the fuel system while the engine is running. Low-pressure circuit: Feed pump – Fuel filter – Supply pump High-pressure circuit: Supply pump – Common rail – Injector The pressure in both low-pressure circuit and high-pressure circuit lowers to a safety level automatically 30 seconds after the engine is stopped. Before the fuel circuit is tested and its parts are removed, the residual pressure in the fuel circuit must be released completely. Accordingly, observe the following. Before testing the fuel system or removing its parts, wait at for least 30 seconds after stopping the engine until the residual pressure in the fuel circuit is released. (Do not start the work just after stopping the engine since there is residual pressure.)
D155AX-6
30 Testing and adjusting
SEN00679-01
Measuring fuel pressure a
1 2 3 k
a k
3.
Measuring instruments for fuel pressure
Symbol
H
1
Part No.
Part name
799-101-5002
Hydraulic tester
790-261-1204
Digital hydraulic tester
799-401-2320
Hydraulic tester
795-471-1450
Adapter
07005-00812
Gasket
Run the engine at high idle and measure the fuel pressure. a If the fuel pressure is in the following range, it is normal. Engine speed
Fuel pressure
High idle
0.15 – 0.3 MPa {1.5 – 3 kg/cm²}
Stop the machine on level ground, lower the work equipment to the ground, stop the engine, and set the parking brake lever and work equipment lock lever in the lock position. Test only the fuel pressure in the low-pressure circuit from the feed pump through the fuel filter to the supply pump. Since the pressure in the high-pressure circuit from the supply pump through the common rail to the injector is very high, it cannot be measured.
1.
Open the engine left side cover and remove fuel pressure pickup plug (1) from the top of the fuel filter.
2.
Install adapter H3 and elbow [1] and nipple [2] of hydraulic tester H1 and connect them to hydraulic tester H2.
D155AX-6
4.
After finishing measurement, remove the measuring instruments and return the removed parts. 3 Plug: 7.84 – 9.8 Nm {0.8 – 1.0 kgm}
17
SEN00679-01
30 Testing and adjusting
Measuring fuel return rate and fuel leakage
a
Measuring instruments for return rate and fuel leakage
Symbol
J
a k
18
1
Part No.
Part name
1
6151-51-8490
Spacer
2
6206-71-1770
Joint
3
Commercially available Hose
4
Commercially available Hose
5
Commercially available Measuring cylinder
6
Commercially available Stopwatch
Prepare an oil pan of about 20 l to receive the fuel flowing out during the test. Stop the machine on level ground, lower the work equipment to the ground, stop the engine, and set the parking brake lever and work equipment lock lever in the lock position.
D155AX-6
30 Testing and adjusting
1.
SEN00679-01
5)
Preparation work 1) Open the engine left side cover and left mudguard. 2) Remove tube (3) between supply pump (1) and common rail (2). a In the figure, 1 oil filter is removed temporarily from the common rail side. a Disconnect both ends of the tube, loosen the clamp, and move the tube to the opposite side of the cylinder block.
2.
3)
Insert spacer J1 on supply pump (1) side and tighten the removed joint bolt again. a Connect the return pipe to the fuel tank again, too. a Be sure to fit the gaskets to both ends of the spacer.
4)
Insert joint J2 on common rail (2) side and tighten the removed joint bolt again. a In the figure, 1 oil filter is removed temporarily from the common rail side. a Be sure to fit the gaskets to both ends of the joint.
D155AX-6
Connect test hose J3 to the end of joint J2. a Bind the connecting part of the test hose with a wire, etc. to prevent it from coming off. a The above is the preparation work for measuring the leakage from the pressure limiter.
Testing leakage from pressure limiter 1) Lay test hose J3 so that it will not slacken and put its end in the oil pan. 2) Turn the starting switch ON and set the machine monitor to Monitoring function of the service mode. q Monitoring code: 01002 Engine Speed a For the operating method, see "Special functions of machine monitor (EMMS)".
19
SEN00679-01
3)
4) 3.
20
30 Testing and adjusting
Run the engine at high idle and stall the torque converter. After the engine speed is stabilized, measure the leakage in 1 minute with measuring cylinder J5. a For the procedure for stalling the torque converter, see Measuring torque converter stall speed. a You may measure the leakage for 20 seconds and judge by multiplying the result by 3. a If the leakage from the pressure limiter is in the following range, it is normal. Engine speed
Leakage (cc/min)
Torque converter stall
Max. 10
2)
Lay test hose J4 so that it will not slacken and put its end in the oil pan.
3)
Turn the starting switch ON set the machine monitor to Adjusting function of the service mode. q Adjustment code: 0530 (Stall mode) a For the operating method, see "Special functions of machine monitor (EMMS)".
After finishing measurement, stop the engine.
Testing return rate from injector a Keep the hose on the pressure limiter side connected and keep its end in the oil pan while measuring the return rate from the injector. 1) Disconnect return hose (5) of return block (4) and connect test hose J4. a Stop the return hose with a plug, etc. and fix it to the fuel tank. Plug: 07376-70315 a Bind the connecting part of the test hose with a wire, etc. to prevent it from coming off.
D155AX-6
30 Testing and adjusting
4)
Run the engine at high idle and stall the torque converter. After the engine speed is stabilized, measure the return rate in 1 minute with measuring cylinder J5. a For the procedure for stalling the torque converter, see Measuring engine speed. a You may measure the return rate for 20 seconds and judge by multiplying the result by 3. a If the supply pump is not supplying fuel, the engine speed may not rise. In this case, record the engine speed, too, during the measurement. a If the return rate (spill) from the injector is in the following range, it is normal. Torque converter stall speed (rpm)
5) 4.
SEN00679-01
Limit of return rate (spill) (cc/min)
1,600
960
1,700
1,020
1,800
1,080
1,900
1,140
2,000
1.200
After finishing measurement, stop the engine.
Work after finishing measurement After finishing all measurement, remove the measuring instruments and return the removed parts.
D155AX-6
21
SEN00679-01
30 Testing and adjusting
Bleeding air from fuel circuit
a
If fuel is used up or if a fuel circuit part is removed and installed, bleed air from the fuel circuit according to the following procedure.
1.
Open the engine left side cover.
2.
Remove fuel prefilter (1) and fill it with fuel. a Fill the fuel prefilter with clean fuel and take care that dirt will not enter it. a Check that the cap is fitted to part (a) (central hole) of the fuel prefilter, and then add fuel through part (b) (holes around the central hole). a After filling the fuel prefilter with fuel, remove the cap from part (a). a If clean fuel is not available, do not remove the prefilter but fill it with the fuel by operating priming pump (4). a Do not add fuel to fuel main filter (2) from outside.
22
1
3.
Install fuel prefilter (1) to the filter head. a Apply engine oil thinly over the packing on the fuel prefilter side. a After the packing of the fuel prefilter touches the sealing face of the filter head, tighten the fuel prefilter 3/4 turns.
D155AX-6
30 Testing and adjusting
SEN00679-01
7.
4.
Remove air bleed plug (3) of fuel main filter (2) and operate priming pump (4). a Operate the priming pump until the fuel flows out of the plug hole and install the plug. 3 Air bleed plug: 7.8 – 9.8 Nm {0.8 – 1.0 kgm}
5.
Remove air bleed plug (5) of the fuel main filter and operate priming pump (4). a Operate the priming pump until the fuel flows out of the plug hole and install the plug. 3 Air bleed plug: 7.8 – 9.8 Nm {0.8 – 1.0 kgm}
6.
Loosen air bleeder (6) of the supply pump and operate priming pump (4) 90 – 100 times. a Operate the priming pump until the fuel flows out of the air bleeder and tighten the air bleeder. Then, operate the priming pump several times more until it becomes heavy. a Air bleeder: 4.9 – 6.9 kgm {0.5 – 0.7 kgm}
D155AX-6
Start the engine with the starting motor. a The air in the high-pressure circuit is bled automatically if the engine is cranked. a If the engine does not start, there may be still air in the low-pressure circuit. In this case, repeat the above procedure from step 4.
23
SEN00679-01
Measuring fuel circuit for leakage1 k
a a
Very high pressure is generated in the highpressure circuit of the fuel system. If fuel leaks while the engine is running, it is dangerous since it can catch fire. After testing the fuel system or removing and installing its parts, test it for fuel leakage according to the following procedure. Clean and degrease the engine and the parts around it in advance so that you can test it easily for fuel leakage.
1.
Spray color checker (developer) over the joints of the fuel supply pump, common rail, fuel injector, and high-pressure piping.
2.
Run the engine at speed below 1,000 rpm and stop it after its speed is stabilized.
3.
Check the fuel piping and devices for fuel leakage. a Check mainly around the high-pressure circuit parts coated with the color checker for fuel leakage. a If any fuel leakage is detected, repair it and inspect again from step 1.
4.
Run the engine at low idle.
5.
Check the fuel piping and devices for fuel leakage. a Check mainly around the high-pressure circuit parts coated with the color checker for fuel leakage. a If any fuel leakage is detected, repair it and inspect again from step 1.
6.
Run the engine at high idle.
7.
Check the fuel piping and devices for fuel leakage. a Check mainly around the high-pressure circuit parts coated with the color checker for fuel leakage. a If any fuel leakage is detected, repair it and inspect again from step 1.
8.
Run the engine at high idle and load it. a Relieve the ripper circuit by raising the ripper.
24
30 Testing and adjusting
9.
Check the fuel piping and devices for fuel leakage. a Check mainly around the high-pressure circuit parts coated with the color checker for fuel leakage. a If any fuel leakage is detected, repair it and inspect again from step 1. a If no fuel leakage is detected, inspection is completed.
D155AX-6
30 Testing and adjusting
Testing and adjusting alternator belt tension 1 k
SEN00679-01
6.
Install belt cover (1) with the 2 mounting bolts. a Check for breakage of the pulleys, wear of the V-grooves, contact of the belts and Vgrooves, and contact of the belt covers and rotating parts. a If the belt is lengthened to the adjustment limit, cut, or cracked, replace it with new one. a If the V-belt is replaced, adjust its tension again after 1 operating hour. a After tightening the bolts, check that the belt tension is normal according to the above procedure.
7.
After testing and adjusting, return the removed parts.
Stop the machine on level ground, lower the work equipment to the ground, stop the engine, and set the parking brake lever and work equipment lock lever in the lock position.
Testing 1. Open the engine right side cover and remove the inspection plate on the right of the radiator guard. 2.
Press the intermediate point of the belt between alternator pulley and water pump pulley with a finger and measure deflection (a) of the belt. a Pressing force: Approx. 98 N {Approx. 10 kg} a Deflection (a): 13 – 16 mm
Adjusting a If the deflection is out of the standard range, adjust it according to the following procedure. 1.
Remove the 2 mounting bolts and belt cover (1). a Remove the belt cover only when replacing the belt.
2.
Loosen 2 mounting bolts (3) of alternator (2), and then loosen lock bolt (4) of the adjustment rod.
3.
Loosen locknut (5) of the adjustment rod and move alternator (2) with adjustment nut (6) to adjust the tension of the belt.
4.
While fixing adjustment nut (6), tighten locknut (5).
5.
Tighten locknut (4) of the adjustment rod and 2 mounting bolts (3) of alternator (2).
D155AX-6
25
SEN00679-01
Testing and adjusting air conditioner compressor belt tension k
30 Testing and adjusting a
1
After tightening the bolts, check that the belt tension is normal according to the above procedure.
Stop the machine on level ground, lower the work equipment to the ground, stop the engine, and set the parking brake lever and work equipment lock lever in the lock position.
Testing 1. Open the engine left side cover and left mudguard. 2.
Press the intermediate point of the belt between the supply pump pulley and compressor pulley with a finger and measure deflection (a) of the belt. a Pressing force: Approx. 59 N {Approx. 6 kg} a Deflection (a): 10 mm
5.
After testing and adjusting, return the removed parts.
Adjusting a If the deflection is out of the standard range, adjust it according to the following procedure. 1.
Loosen 4 bracket mounting bolts (1).
2.
Loosen locknut (2) and move compressor (4) and bracket as a unit with adjustment bolt (3) to adjust the belt tension.
3.
While fixing adjustment nut (3), tighten locknut (2).
4.
Tighten 4 bracket mounting bolts (1). a Check for breakage of the pulleys, wear of the V-grooves, contact of the belts and Vgrooves, and contact of the belt covers and rotating parts. a If the belt is lengthened to the adjustment limit, cut, or cracked, replace it with new one. a If the V-belt is replaced, adjust its tension again after 1 operating hour.
26
D155AX-6
30 Testing and adjusting
SEN00679-01
Measuring fan speed a
Measuring instrument for fan speed
Symbol
Part No.
K
795-205-1100
k
a
1.
Part name
Stop the machine on level ground, lower the work equipment to the ground, stop the engine, and set the parking brake lever and work equipment lock lever in the lock position. Measure the fan motor speed under the following condition. q Hydraulic oil temperature: Within operating range Open the radiator mask and remove the fan net. Stick 1 reflection tape [1] of tachometer kit K to fan (1)
3.
Set probe [2] to the reflection tape with stand [3] and connect it to tachometer [4]. k
a
5.
If this adjustment code is displayed, the fan speed is kept at 100% speed in accordance with the engine speed, regardless of the state of the machine.
Tachometer kit
2.
4.
a
1
6.
While running the engine at low idle and high idle, measure the fan speed
7.
After finishing measurement, remove the measuring instruments and return the removed parts.
Take care that the probe will not interfere with the fan. Rotate the fan with the hand and check that the probe can sense the rotation of the reflection tape.
Close the radiator mask. k
Before starting the engine, be sure to close the radiator mask. Do not start the engine while the radiator mask is open.
Start the engine and set the machine monitor to Adjusting function of the service mode. a Adjustment code: 1005 (Fan 100% mode) a For the operating method, see "Special functions of machine monitor (EMMS)".
D155AX-6
27
SEN00679-01
30 Testing and adjusting
Measuring fan circuit oil pressure a
Measuring instruments for fan circuit oil pressure
Symbol 1 L
2 3
k
a
1
Part No.
Part name
799-101-5002
Hydraulic tester
790-261-1204
Digital hydraulic tester
799-401-3400
Adapter (05)
799-101-5220
Nipple (10 x 1.25 mm)
07002-11023
O-ring
Stop the machine on level ground, lower the work equipment to the ground, stop the engine, and set the parking brake lever and work equipment lock lever in the lock position. Measure the fan circuit oil pressure under the following condition. q Hydraulic oil temperature: Within operating range
1.
Open the radiator mask and remove the fan net.
2.
Disconnect supply hose (1) of the fan motor.
3.
Install adapter L2 and connect the disconnected hose again.
4.
Install nipple L3 and connect it to oil pressure gauge [2]. a When using an analog oil pressure gauge, use one of 39.2 MPa {400 kg/cm²}.
28
5.
6.
Close the radiator mask. k
Before starting the engine, be sure to close the radiator mask. Do not start the engine while the radiator mask is open.
Start the engine and set the machine monitor to Adjusting function of the service mode. a Adjustment code: 1005 (Fan 100% mode) a For the operating method, see "Special functions of machine monitor (EMMS)". a If this adjustment code is displayed, the fan speed is kept at 100% speed in accordance with the engine speed, regardless of the state of the machine.
D155AX-6
30 Testing and adjusting
7.
While running the engine at high idle, measure the fan circuit oil pressure.
SEN00679-01
Bleeding air from fan pump a
a
8.
1
If the fan pump is removed and installed or its piping is disconnected and connected, bleed air from the fan pump case according to the following procedure. Before starting the following work, check that the hydraulic oil level is normal.
1.
Remove the left step cover.
2.
Loosen air bleeder (1) and leave it for 15 minutes.
3.
After 15 minutes, start the engine and run it at low idle.
4.
After oil flows out of air bleeder (1), tighten air bleeder (1) and stop the engine. 3 Air bleeder: 7.8 – 9.8 Nm {0.8 – 1.0 kgm}
After finishing measurement, remove the measuring instruments and return the removed parts.
D155AX-6
29
SEN00679-01
30 Testing and adjusting
Adjusting fuel control dial and decelerator pedal
k
1.
1
Stop the machine on level ground, lower the work equipment to the ground, stop the engine, and set the parking brake lever and work equipment lock lever in the lock position. Outline of fuel control system The following signals are input as rotation command signals to the engine controller. 1) Fuel control dial potentiometer signal 2) Decelerator pedal potentiometer signal 3) 3rd throttle signal (Power train controller) q The engine controller controls the fuel control system of the engine (CRI system) according to the one of the above input signals which indicates the lowest engine speed. q Adjust the decelerator pedal speed and high idle speed with the decelerator pedal linkage. q
30
DIAL: Fuel control dial PEDAL: Decelerator pedal ROD: Decelerator pedal rod POTENTIO: Decelerator pedal potentiometer ENG-ECU: Engine controller P/T-ECU: Power train controller ENGINE: Engine unit (CRI devices) [KOMNET]: KOMNET communication circuit (3rd throttle signal)
D155AX-6
30 Testing and adjusting
2.
Preparation work 1) Remove the right cover of the dashboard and the right foot rest as a unit. 2) Start the engine and set the machine monitor to Adjusting function of the service mode. q Adjustment code: 0007 (Engine decelerator cut) a For the operating method, see "Special functions of machine monitor (EMMS)".
3.
Adjusting decelerator pedal speed With the fuel control dial in the high idle position (MAX), press decelerator pedal (1) to stopper bolt (2) and check that the decelerator pedal speed is normal. q Decelerator pedal speed: 875 ± 50 rpm a If the decelerator pedal speed is abnormal, adjust installed dimension (a) of stopper bolt (2). q Standard installed dimension a) of stopper bolt: 35.0 mm
4.
Adjusting high idle speed With the fuel control dial in the high idle position (MAX), release decelerator pedal (1) and check that the high idle speed is normal. q High idle speed: 2,050 ± 50 rpm a If the high idle speed is abnormal, adjust it according to the following procedure. q When the engine speed is above 1,950 rpm: Lower the engine speed below 1,900 rpm temporarily with stopper bolt (3) to eliminate the play of the decelerator pedal, and then adjust the engine speed to the high idle. q When the engine speed is below 1,950 rpm: Adjust the engine speed to the high idle speed with stopper bolt (3). q Standard installed dimension (b) of stopper bolt: 34.8 mm
D155AX-6
SEN00679-01
5.
Work after adjustment After finishing all adjustment, return the removed parts.
31
SEN00679-01
30 Testing and adjusting
D155AX-6 Bulldozer Form No. SEN00679-01
© 2006 KOMATSU All Rights Reserved Printed in Japan 05-06 (02)
32
D155AX-6
SEN00680-01
BULLDOZER 1SHOP MANUAL
D155AX-6
Machine model
Serial number
D155AX-6
80001 and up
30 Testing and adjusting
1
Testing and adjusting, Part 2 Testing and adjusting, Part 2........................................................................................................................... 3 Testing and adjusting, Part 2................................................................................................................ 3 Measuring power train oil pressure ...................................................................................................... 3 Adjusting transmission output shaft speed sensor ..............................................................................11 Simple test procedure for brake performance.................................................................................... 12 Adjusting brake pedal......................................................................................................................... 13 Adjusting parking brake lever ............................................................................................................. 15 Emergency escape method when power train has trouble ................................................................ 17 Adjusting idler clearance .................................................................................................................... 20 Testing and adjusting track shoe tension ........................................................................................... 21 Measuring and adjusting work equipment and HSS oil pressure....................................................... 22 Measuring control circuit basic pressure............................................................................................ 26 Measuring work equipment lock solenoid valve output pressure....................................................... 27 Emergency operation method when work equipment has trouble ..................................................... 28 Measuring ripper pin puller solenoid valve output pressure............................................................... 30 Testing parts which cause hydraulic drift of blade and ripper............................................................. 31
D155AX-6
1
SEN00680-01
30 Testing and adjusting
Measuring internal leakage of work equipment cylinder .................................................................... 32 Releasing residual pressure from work equipment cylinder............................................................... 33 Bleeding air from work equipment cylinder ........................................................................................ 33 Adjusting work equipment lock lever .................................................................................................. 34 Adjusting blade................................................................................................................................... 35 Adjusting operator's cab ..................................................................................................................... 37
2
D155AX-6
30 Testing and adjusting
SEN00680-01
Testing and adjusting, Part 21 Measuring power train oil pressure a
Measuring instruments for power train oil pressure
Symbol M k
a
a
a
Part No.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Part name
799-101-5002
Hydraulic tester
790-261-1204
Digital hydraulic tester
Stop the machine on level ground, lower the work equipment to the ground, stop the engine, and set the parking brake lever and work equipment lock lever in the LOCK position. Measure the power train oil pressure under the following condition. q Power train oil temperature: Within operating range Since the power trail oil pressure pickup plugs (centralized pressure pickup section) are installed inside the right step cover, remove that cover when measuring the power train oil pressure.
a
Since the inlet pressure and outlet pressure of the torque converter are measured with the Monitoring function of the service mode of the machine monitor, there are not oil pressure pickup plugs for them in the centralized pressure pickup section.
Pressure pickup plugs and gauges to be used
No. Stamp
11
1
Oil pressure to be measured
Transmission main relief pressure Torque converter lockup LU clutch pressure Torque converter stator SC clutch pressure Transmission forward F clutch pressure Transmission reverse R clutch pressure Transmission 1st clutch 1ST pressure Transmission 2nd clutch 2ND pressure Transmission 3rd clutch 3RD pressure Steering right brake RB pressure Steering left brake presLB sure Torque converter inlet – pressure Torque converter outlet – pressure TM
D155AX-6
Oil pressure gauge (MPa {kg/cm²}) 5.9 {60} 2.5 {25} 5.9 {60} 5.9 {60} 5.9 {60} 5.9 {60} 5.9 {60} 5.9 {60} 5.9 {60} 5.9 {60} Machine monitor Machine monitor
3
SEN00680-01
1.
Measuring transmission main relief pressure (TM) 1) Connect oil pressure gauge [1] of hydraulic tester M to oil pressure pickup plug (1). a When using an analog oil pressure gauge, use one of 5.9 MPa {60 kg/ cm²}.
2)
3)
Start the engine and set the PCCS lever in the fully neutral position. a The parking brake lever may be set in the LOCK position. While running the engine at low idle and high idle, measure the main relief pressure.
30 Testing and adjusting
2.
Measuring torque converter lockup clutch pressure (LU) 1) Connect oil pressure gauge [1] of hydraulic tester M to oil pressure pickup plug (2). a When using an analog oil pressure gauge, use one of 2.5 MPa {25 kg/ cm²}.
2)
k
3) 4)
After finishing measurement, remove the measuring instruments and return the removed parts. 4)
4
Start the engine and raise the machine with the blade and ripper to a height where you can run the track shoe idle. After raising the machine, set the work equipment lock lever in the LOCK position.
Set the gearshift mode and preset range as follows with the gearshift mode selector switch and shiftup or shiftdown switch. q Gearshift mode: Auto gearshift (Dozing) q Preset range: F1-R1 Set the machine monitor to Monitoring function of the service mode. q Monitoring code: 31520 T/M Fill Sw Input 2 a For the operating method, see Special functions of machine monitor (EMMS).
D155AX-6
30 Testing and adjusting
SEN00680-01
3.
5)
Measuring torque converter stator clutch pressure (SC) 1) Connect oil pressure gauge [1] of hydraulic tester M to oil pressure pickup plug (3). a When using an analog oil pressure gauge, use one of 5.9 MPa {60 kg/ cm²}.
Set the PCCS lever in the forward position to run the track shoe idle. k
6)
Take care not to get caught in a rotating part of the track shoe during measurement. a Keep the steering system in neutral. While running the engine at high idle, when L/U Fill Sw in the monitoring item is turned ON, measure the lockup clutch pressure.
2)
3)
7)
Start the engine and set the PCCS lever in the fully neutral position. a The parking brake lever may be set in the LOCK position. While running the engine at low idle and high idle, measure the stator clutch pressure.
After finishing measurement, remove the measuring instruments and return the removed parts. 4)
D155AX-6
After finishing measurement, remove the measuring instruments and return the removed parts.
5
SEN00680-01
4.
Measuring transmission forward clutch pressure (F) 1) Connect oil pressure gauge [1] of hydraulic tester M to oil pressure pickup plug (4). a When using an analog oil pressure gauge, use one of 5.9 MPa {60 kg/ cm²}.
2) 3)
4)
5)
Start the engine and set the parking brake lever in the FREE position. Set the gearshift mode and preset range as follows with the gearshift mode selector switch and shiftup or shiftdown switch. q Gearshift mode: Manual gearshift (Ripping) q Preset range: F2-R2 While pressing the brake pedal, set the direction of PCCS lever in the forward position and shift up the gear to the 3rd gear speed with the shiftup switch. a Keep the steering system in neutral. a Check that [F3] is displayed in the gear speed display section. While running the engine at high idle, measure the forward clutch pressure. k
6
Since the torque converter is stalled, keep pressing the brake pedal securely and keep your right foot on the decelerator pedal for safety until the work is finished.
30 Testing and adjusting
6)
5.
After finishing measurement, remove the measuring instruments and return the removed parts.
Measuring transmission reverse clutch pressure (R) 1) Connect oil pressure gauge [1] of hydraulic tester M to oil pressure pickup plug (5). a When using an analog oil pressure gauge, use one of 5.9 MPa {60 kg/ cm²}.
2) 3)
4)
5)
Start the engine and set the parking brake lever in the FREE position. Set the gearshift mode and preset range as follows with the gearshift mode selector switch and shiftup or shiftdown switch. q Gearshift mode: Manual gearshift (Ripping) q Preset range: F2-R2 While pressing the brake pedal, set the direction of PCCS lever in the reverse position and shift up the gear to the 3rd gear speed with the shiftup switch. q Keep the steering system in neutral. q Check that [R3] is displayed in the gear speed display section. While running the engine at high idle, measure the reverse clutch pressure. k
Since the torque converter is stalled, keep pressing the brake pedal securely and keep your right foot on the decelerator pedal for safety until the work is finished.
D155AX-6
30 Testing and adjusting
SEN00680-01 k
k
6)
6.
After finishing measurement, remove the measuring instruments and return the removed parts.
Measuring transmission 1st clutch pressure (1ST) 1) Connect oil pressure gauge [1] of hydraulic tester M to oil pressure pickup plug (6). a When using an analog oil pressure gauge, use one of 5.9 MPa {60 kg/ cm²}.
2) 3)
4)
5)
Since the torque converter is stalled, keep pressing the brake pedal securely and keep your right foot on the decelerator pedal for safety until the work is finished. Do not increase the engine speed to high idle during measurement.
Start the engine and set the parking brake lever in the FREE position. Set the gearshift mode and preset range as follows with the gearshift mode selector switch and shiftup or shiftdown switch. q Gearshift mode: Manual gearshift (Ripping) q Preset range: F1-R1 While pressing the brake pedal, set the direction of PCCS lever in the forward position. a Keep the steering system in neutral. a Check that [F1] is displayed in the gear speed display section. While running the engine at low idle, measure the 1st clutch pressure.
D155AX-6
6)
7.
After finishing measurement, remove the measuring instruments and return the removed parts.
Measuring transmission 2nd clutch pressure (2ND) 1) Connect oil pressure gauge [1] of hydraulic tester M to oil pressure pickup plug (7). a When using an analog oil pressure gauge, use one of 5.9 MPa {60 kg/ cm²}.
2) 3)
4)
Start the engine and set the parking brake lever in the FREE position. Set the gearshift mode and preset range as follows with the gearshift mode selector switch and shiftup or shiftdown switch. q Gearshift mode: Manual gearshift (Ripping) q Preset range: F2-R2 While pressing the brake pedal, set the direction of PCCS lever in the forward position.
7
SEN00680-01
30 Testing and adjusting
a a
5)
Keep the steering system in neutral. Check that [F2] is displayed in the gear speed display section. While running the engine at low idle, measure the 2nd clutch pressure. k
k
Since the torque converter is stalled, keep pressing the brake pedal securely and keep your right foot on the decelerator pedal for safety until the work is finished. Do not increase the engine speed to high idle during measurement. Manual gearshift (Ripping) Preset range: F2-R2 While pressing the brake pedal, set the direction of PCCS lever in the forward position and shift up the gear to the 3rd gear speed with the shiftup switch. a Keep the steering system in neutral. a Check that [F3] is displayed in the gear speed display section. While running the engine at low idle, measure the 3rd clutch pressure. q
4)
5)
k
6)
8.
Measuring transmission 3rd clutch pressure (3RD) 1) Connect oil pressure gauge [1] of hydraulic tester M to oil pressure pickup plug (8). a When using an analog oil pressure gauge, use one of 5.9 MPa {60 kg/ cm²}.
2) 3)
8
After finishing measurement, remove the measuring instruments and return the removed parts.
k
6)
Since the torque converter is stalled, keep pressing the brake pedal securely and keep your right foot on the decelerator pedal for safety until the work is finished. Do not increase the engine speed to high idle during measurement.
After finishing measurement, remove the measuring instruments and return the removed parts.
Start the engine and set the parking brake lever in the FREE position. Set the gearshift mode and preset range as follows with the gearshift mode selector switch and shiftup or shiftdown switch. q Gearshift mode: D155AX-6
30 Testing and adjusting
9.
Measuring steering right brake pressure (RB) 1) Connect oil pressure gauge [1] of hydraulic tester M to oil pressure pickup plug (9). a When using an analog oil pressure gauge, use one of 5.9 MPa {60 kg/ cm²}.
2) 3)
Start the engine and set the parking brake lever in the FREE position. While running the engine at low idle and high idle, measure the right brake pressure. a During measurement, check that the oil pressure lowers to 0 when the brake pedal is pressed or the parking brake lever is set in the LOCK position.
SEN00680-01
10. Measuring steering left brake pressure (LB) 1) Connect oil pressure gauge [1] of hydraulic tester M to oil pressure pickup plug (10). a When using an analog oil pressure gauge, use one of 5.9 MPa {60 kg/ cm²}.
2) 3)
4) 4)
After finishing measurement, remove the measuring instruments and return the removed parts.
D155AX-6
Start the engine and set the parking brake lever in the FREE position. While running the engine at low idle and high idle, measure the left brake pressure. a During measurement, check that the oil pressure lowers to 0 when the brake pedal is pressed or the parking brake lever is set in the LOCK position.
After finishing measurement, remove the measuring instruments and return the removed parts.
9
SEN00680-01
30 Testing and adjusting
11. Measuring torque converter inlet pressure and outlet pressure 1) Turn the starting switch ON and set the machine monitor to Monitoring function of the service mode. q Monitoring code: 32601 T/C In Pressure, 32603 T/C Out Pressure a For the operating method, see Special functions of machine monitor (EMMS).
2)
3)
10
Start the engine and set the PCCS lever in the fully neutral position. a The parking brake lever may be set in the LOCK position. While running the engine at low idle and high idle, measure the inlet pressure and outlet pressure of the torque converter.
D155AX-6
30 Testing and adjusting
Adjusting transmission output shaft speed sensor k
1.
SEN00680-01
Remove the fuel tank and transmission output shaft speed sensor (1). a
Fuel tank: 950 kg (when full)
Before adjusting the transmission output shaft speed sensor, remove it and check that its tip is free from steel chips and flaws, and then reinstall it.
2.
Screw in sensor (1) until its tip touches the tooth tip of bevel gear (2). 2 Threads: Gasket sealant (LG-5)
3.
Return sensor (1) by the specified angle. a Returning angle of sensor: 1/2 – 1 turn a Adjust clearance (a) between the sensor tip and gear tooth tip to 0.75 – 1.5 mm.
4.
While fixing sensor (1), tighten nut (3). 3 Nut: 49.0 – 68.6 Nm {5 – 7 kgm}
D155AX-6
After finishing adjustment, return the removed parts.
6.
Start the engine, set the machine monitor to Monitoring function of the service mode, and check that the transmission speed is indicated normally. a Monitoring code: 31400 T/M Out Speed a For the operating method, see Special functions of machine monitor (EMMS). a To rotate the transmission output shaft, drive the machine actually or run the track idle.
1
Stop the machine on level ground, lower the work equipment to the ground, stop the engine, and set the parking brake lever and work equipment lock lever in the LOCK position.
4
5.
11
SEN00680-01
Simple test procedure for brake performance 1 k
a
Stop the machine on level ground, lower the work equipment to the ground, stop the engine, and set the parking brake lever and work equipment lock lever in the LOCK position. Carry out the simple performance test of the brake under the following condition. q Power train oil temperature: Within operating range
1.
Set the blade and ripper in the travel position on a level place.
2.
Run the engine and set the parking brake lever in the FREE position.
3.
Set the gearshift mode and preset range as follows with the gearshift mode selector switch and shiftup or shiftdown switch. q Gearshift mode: Manual gearshift (Ripping) q Preset range: F2-R2
4.
While pressing the brake pedal, set the direction of PCCS lever in the forward position. k
a a 5.
12
30 Testing and adjusting
6.
Return the decelerator pedal slowly and check that the machine does not start when the engine speed reaches the high idle speed. k
Since the torque converter is stalled, keep pressing the brake pedal securely and keep your right foot on the decelerator pedal for safety until the work is finished.
If this test is carried out in the 1st gear position, the brake will be overloaded. Accordingly, be sure to carry out in the 2nd gear speed. Check that [F2] is displayed in the gear speed display section. Keep the steering system in neutral.
Press the decelerator pedal and set the fuel control dial in the high idle (MAX) position.
D155AX-6
30 Testing and adjusting
SEN00680-01
Adjusting brake pedal
a
Adjusting tool for brake pedal
Symbol N k
a a
1.
1
Part No.
Part name
79A-264-0091 Push-pull scale
Stop the machine on level ground, lower the work equipment to the ground, stop the engine, and set the parking brake lever and work equipment lock lever in the LOCK position. Tighten the locknut of the rod securely and bend the cotter pin securely. When adjusting the brake pedal, remove the left cover of the dashboard and left foot rest as a unit. Adjusting brake potentiometer 1) Turn the starting switch ON and set the machine monitor to Adjusting function of the service mode. a Adjustment code: 0005 (Brake pedal potentiometer initial correction) a For the operating method, see "Special functions of machine monitor (EMMS)".
D155AX-6
2)
3)
4)
Adjust installed dimension (b) of stopper (2) so that dimension (a) will be 80 mm. q Dimension (b) = 35.5 mm (Reference value) Adjust installed dimension (b) of stopper (2) so that the brake pedal potentiometer voltage will be the specified voltage when brake pedal (1) is released. q Brake pedal voltage: 2,500 ± 50 mV Referring to "Special functions of machine monitor (EMMS), Service mode 07, Adjustment (Adjustment ID: 0005)", perform initial correction of the brake pedal potentiometer.
13
SEN00680-01
2.
Adjusting brake pedal pressing effort a While brake pedal (1) is released, adjust installed dimension (d) of return spring (5). 1) Loosen nut (8). 2) Turn double nut (7) to adjust the brake pedal pressing effort. a Turn the 2 nuts together. Do not loosen them from each other. q Adjustment dimension (d) of rod (Installed dimension of return spring): 92 ± 0.5 mm q Assembly dimension (e) of rod: 127 mm
3.
Adjusting brake limit switch 1) Press brake pedal (1). When the brake pedal potentiometer voltage is in the following range, fix the brake pedal. q Brake pedal voltage: 3,940 – 4,150 mV 2) Adjust the installed position of brake limit switch (6) so that it will be turned ON at this position. q Backup brake active Sw ON 3) After adjusting, return the brake pedal slowly and check that brake limit switch (6) is turned OFF in the voltage range shown in 1). q Backup brake active Sw OFF
4.
Measuring brake pedal pressing force 1) Operate the brake pedal with the foot and check that it moves smoothly. 2) Using push-pull scale N, measure the pressing force to start operation of the brake. q Pressing force to start operation: 49 N {5 kg} 3) Using push-pull scale N, measure the pressing force at the stroke end of the brake pedal. q Pressing force at stroke end: 461 N {47 kg}
5.
Work after finishing adjustment After finishing adjustment, return the removed parts.
14
30 Testing and adjusting
D155AX-6
30 Testing and adjusting
SEN00680-01
Adjusting parking brake lever
k
a a
Stop the machine on level ground, lower the work equipment to the ground, stop the engine, and set the parking brake lever and work equipment lock lever in the LOCK position. Tighten the locknut of the rod securely and bend the cotter pin securely. When adjusting the parking brake lever, remove the battery cover. 4
q
Brake oil pressure (At high idle) Parking brake lever
Oil pressure
FREE position
2.75 ± 0.29 MPa {28.0 ± 3.0 kg/cm²}
LOCK position
0 MPa {0 kg/cm²}
Battery cover: 65 kg
1.
Assembly and installation of lever assembly 1) Assemble lever assembly (1) and adjust the operation of limit switch (2). q Lever raising position: OFF, lowering position: ON q Limit switch operation stroke: 2.8 mm 2) Install lever assembly (1).
2.
Checking brake oil pressure Run the engine and check that the brake oil pressure is as follows when parking brake lever (3) is set in the FREE position and LOCK position. a For the method of measuring the brake oil pressure, see Measuring power train oil pressure.
D155AX-6
1
15
SEN00680-01
3.
Checking limit switch 1) Turn the starting switch ON and set the machine monitor to Monitoring function of the service mode. a Monitoring code: 40905 T/M Sw Input 1 a For the operating method, see "Special functions of machine monitor (EMMS)".
2)
16
30 Testing and adjusting
Check that the limit switch signal is input normally when parking brake lever (3) is set in the FREE position and LOCK position. q FREE position: Travel lock NC OFF, Travel lock NO ON q LOCK position: Travel lock NC ON, Travel lock NO OFF
D155AX-6
30 Testing and adjusting
SEN00680-01
Emergency escape method when power train has trouble 1 a
Tools for emergency escape
Symbol P
1 2
1.
Part No.
Part name
19M-06-32820 Switch assembly 17A-06-41410 Wiring harness 790-190-1601
Pump assembly
Emergency escape method with switch box (Using P1) a If the machine cannot be moved because of a trouble in the electric system of the power train control unit (travel direction, gear speed, steering), escape according to the following procedure. a The engine must be startable for the following procedure. a If the engine cannot be started, see Emergency escape method with brake releasing device (Using P2). k Do not turn the starting switch ON or start the engine before preparing the switch assembly and wiring harness P1 completely. 1) Connect wiring harness [2] to switch assembly [1] of emergency escape device P1. k
2)
Set the all gear speed switches of switch assembly [1] in the OFF position and set the directional switch in the P position to prevent the machine from starting suddenly.
3)
Disconnect neutral safety relay NSF (2) and connect pins No. 3 and No. 5 of the connector on the wiring harness side. a Direct coupling circuit: NSF (female) No. 3 io No. 5 a If connector PL1 is disconnected, a model selection error is made and neutral safety relay NSF is not driven. The above operation is performed to prevent this. k If the engine is started by this method, the neutral safety function d o e s n o t w o r k . A c c o r d i n g l y, before starting the engine, set the parking brake lever in the LOCK position and set the PCCS lever in the fully neutral position. k Start the engine by this method only in an emergency. If the engine does not start in another case, be sure to carry out troubleshooting and repair the trouble.
Open the left fender inspection cover and connect wiring harness [2] to connector PL1 (1). a The male housing and female housing of connector PL1 are fixed with screws. a Connect the wiring harness to both male side and female side of connector PL1.
D155AX-6
17
SEN00680-01
4) 5)
6)
2.
18
Start the engine and set the parking brake lever in the FREE position. Operate switch assembly [1] and move the machine to a safe place. a The gear speed switch is so made that the switch on the lower gear speed will be operated first.
30 Testing and adjusting
2)
Install volume pump [3] of pump assembly P2 to the outside of the operator's cab.
3)
Remove the fuel tank undercover and disconnect supply hose (3) of the pin puller solenoid valve.
4)
Connect end hose [4] of pump assembly P2 to the hose side. a Since the hose on the machine side is face seal type, use a nipple of face seal type on the pump assembly P2 side. a Stop the solenoid valve side with a cap nut, etc. Cap nut: 02789-00315
5)
Turn the starting switch ON and set the parking brake lever in the FREE position.
After moving the machine, remove the instruments used and return the removed parts. a Check that the seal at the joint of connector PL1 is not projected or removed and then tighten the screws to the specified torque. 3 Screw of connector PL1: 2.83 ± 0.28 Nm {0.288 ± 0.028 kgm}
Escape method with brake releasing device (Using P2) a If the engine cannot be started and the parking brake cannot be released, escape according to the following procedure. 1) Assemble pump assembly P2.
D155AX-6
30 Testing and adjusting
6)
7)
SEN00680-01
Operate the volume pump to raise the brake releasing oil pressure to the initial pressure. q Initial pressure: Approx. 2.74 MPa {Approx. 28 kg/cm²} a Since the accumulator is installed in the circuit, the handle must be operated 30 – 50 times to raise the oil pressure. a If the oil pressure does not rise above a certain level, the relief valve may be set to low pressure. In this case, adjust the set pressure of the relief valve. Tow the machine to a safe place. a The brake releasing oil pressure lowers gradually because of internal leakage and the brake is applied again in about 1 minute. Accordingly, work quickly. a If the brake releasing pressure lowers to about 1.57 MPa {about 16 kg/cm²}, the brake is applied. In this case, operate the volume pump again to raise the brake releasing pressure to the initial pressure.
D155AX-6
19
SEN00680-01
30 Testing and adjusting
Adjusting idler clearance
a
k
1.
20
If the idler runs out or tilts because of wear of the right and left side guide plates or upper and lower guide plates, and guide plate, adjust according to the following procedure. Stop the machine on level ground, lower the work equipment to the ground, stop the engine, and set the parking brake lever and work equipment lock lever in the LOCK position. Adjusting in lateral direction 1) Drive the machine for 1 – 2 m on a level place, then remove 2 covers (1). 2) Measure clearance (a) between the track frame and right and left guide plates (2) at 2 places. 3) If clearance (a) is more than 4 mm, remove bolt (3) and reduce shims (4). q Standard clearance (a) on each side: 0.5 – 1.0 mm a Do not loosen the bolt more than 3 turns. a This part can be adjusted to 6 mm on each side. 4) After finishing measurement, return the removed parts.
1
2.
Adjusting in vertical direction 1) Measure clearance (b) between guide plates (5) and (6) at 2 places. 2) The idler cannot be adjusted vertically. If clearance (b) is more than 8 mm, replace the upper and lower guide plates (5), (6), (7) and (8) with new ones. a Guide plates (5), (7) and (8) are welded. 3) After finishing measurement, return the removed parts.
D155AX-6
30 Testing and adjusting
SEN00680-01
Testing and adjusting track shoe tension 1 k
Stop the machine on level ground, lower the work equipment to the ground, stop the engine, and set the parking brake lever and work equipment lock lever in the LOCK position.
Testing 1. Drive the machine slowly on a level place, then stop it. a Do not apply the brake when stopping. 2.
Place straight steel bar (1) between the idler and front carrier roller and measure maximum clearance (a) between the bottom of the steel bar and shoe grouser. a For the above measurement, use an Lshaped steel which will be deflected less. q Standard max. clearance (a): 20 – 30 mm
4.
After finishing adjustment, return the removed parts.
Adjusting a If the track shoe tension is abnormal, adjust it according to the following procedure. 1.
Remove cover (2).
2.
When the tension is too high Loosen plug (3) to discharge the grease. k
3.
Since the high-pressure grease may spout out, do not loosen the plug more than 1 turn. 3 Plug: 59 – 88 Nm {6 – 9 kgm}
When tension is low Add grease through grease fitting (4). a If the track shoe is not tensed well, drive the machine forward and in reverse slowly.
D155AX-6
21
SEN00680-01
30 Testing and adjusting
Measuring and adjusting work equipment and HSS oil pressure 1 a
Measuring and adjusting instruments for work equipment and HSS oil pressure
Symbol 1 Q 2 k
a
Part No.
Part name
799-101-5002
Hydraulic tester
790-261-1204
Digital hydraulic tester
799-101-5220
Nipple (10 x 1.25 mm)
07002-11023
O-ring
Stop the machine on level ground, lower the work equipment to the ground, stop the engine, and set the parking brake lever and work equipment lock lever in the LOCK position. When measuring and adjusting the work equipment and HSS oil pressure, remove the control valve cover. 4
3)
Run the engine at high idle and set the blade control lever and ripper control lever in neutral and measure the unload pressure. a The work equipment lock lever may be set in the LOCK position. k Do not operate the work equipment or steer the machine with the oil pressure gauge of 5.9 MPa {60 kg/ cm²} installed. If you do so, the oil pressure gauge will be broken.
4)
After finishing measurement, remove the measuring instrument and return the removed parts.
Control valve cover: 25 kg
Measuring a Measure the work equipment and HSS oil pressure under the following condition. q Hydraulic oil temperature: Within operating range a The unload pressure, work equipment oil pressure, and HSS oil pressure can be checked with the monitoring function of the service mode of the machine monitor (See 4). 1.
Measuring unload pressure 1) Remove P oil pressure pickup plug (1) from the control valve.
2.
2)
22
Measuring work equipment oil pressure 1) Remove P oil pressure pickup plug (1) and LS oil pressure pickup plug (2) from the control valve.
Install nipple Q2 and connect it to oil pressure gauge [1] of hydraulic tester Q1. a When using an analog oil pressure gauge, use one of 5.9 MPa {60 kg/ cm²}.
D155AX-6
30 Testing and adjusting
2)
Install nipples Q2 and connect them to oil pressure gauges [1] of hydraulic tester Q1. a When using analog oil pressure gauges, use ones of 39.2 MPa {400 kg/cm²}.
3)
Start the engine and set the work equipment lock lever in the FREE position. Run the engine at high idle, operate the blade control lever and ripper control lever to relieve each cylinder at a stroke end, and measure the work equipment relief pressure and work equipment LS relief pressure. a The work equipment relief pressure is measured on the P-stamp side and the work equipment LS relief pressure is measured on the LS-stamp side. k Do not steer the machine with the oil pressure gauge of 39.2 MPa {400 kg/cm²} installed. If you do so, the oil pressure gauge will be broken.
4)
5)
After finishing measurement, remove the measuring instrument and return the removed parts.
D155AX-6
SEN00680-01
3.
Measuring HSS oil pressure 1) Install the measuring instruments to the control valve. a Measuring points of the HSS oil pressure are the same as those of the work equipment oil pressure. a When using analog oil pressure gauges, use ones of 58.8 MPa {600 kg/cm²}.
2) 3)
Start the engine, set the parking brake lever in the FREE position, and keep pressing the brake pedal. Run the engine at high idle, set the PCCS lever in the right or left steering position to relief the steering circuit, and measure the HSS relief pressure and HSS LS relief pressure. k
a
4)
Since the steering circuit is relieved, keep pressing the brake pedal securely and keep your right foot on the decelerator pedal for safety until the work is finished. The HSS relief pressure is measured on the P-stamp side and the HSS LS relief pressure is measured on the LS-stamp side.
After finishing measurement, remove the measuring instruments and return the removed parts.
23
SEN00680-01
4.
Measuring with machine monitor 1) Turn the starting switch ON and set the machine monitor to Monitoring function of the service mode. q Monitoring code: 70700 Hydraulic Pump Pressure 1 a For the operating method, see Special functions of machine monitor (EMMS).
2)
Start the engine and measure each oil pressure. a The measuring condition of each oil pressure is the same with 1 – 3 above. a Only the oil pressures on the P-stamp side (unload pressure, work equipment relief pressure, and HSS relief pressure) can be measured with the monitoring function. The oil pressures on the LS-stamp side (work equipment LS relief pressure and HSS LS relief pressure) cannot be measured.
30 Testing and adjusting
Adjusting 1. Adjusting unload pressure a The unload pressure cannot be adjusted. 2.
Adjusting work equipment oil pressure a If the work equipment oil pressure is abnormal, adjust it with work equipment LS relief valve (3) according to the following procedure. a The 5-spool valve of the single tilt specification is shown in the figure (The dual tilt machine has the 6-spool valve).
1) 2)
3)
4)
24
While fixing adjustment nut (4), loosen locknut (5). Adjust the pressure by rotating adjustment nut (4). a If the adjustment nut is q rotated to the right, the pressure is heightened. q rotated to the left, the pressure is lowered. a Quantity of adjustment per turn of adjustment nut: Approx. 19.6 MPa {Approx. 200 kg/cm²} While fixing adjustment nut (4), tighten locknut (5). 3 Locknut: 39 – 49 Nm {4 – 5 kgm}
After finishing measurement, check the work equipment oil pressure according to the above measuring method.
D155AX-6
30 Testing and adjusting
3.
SEN00680-01
Adjusting HSS oil pressure a If the HSS oil pressure is abnormal, adjust it with HSS LS relief valve (6) according to the following procedure. a The 5-spool valve of the single tilt specification is shown in the figure (The dual tilt machine has the 6-spool valve).
1) 2)
3)
4)
While fixing adjustment screw (7), loosen locknut (8). Adjust the pressure by rotating adjustment screw (7). a If the adjustment screw is q rotated to the right, the pressure is heightened. q rotated to the left, the pressure is lowered. a Quantity of adjustment per turn of adjustment screw: Approx. 15.1 MPa {Approx. 154 kg/cm²} While fixing adjustment screw (7), tighten locknut (8). 3 Locknut: 68.6 – 78.5 Nm {7 – 8 kgm}
After finishing measurement, check the HSS oil pressure according to the above measuring method.
D155AX-6
25
SEN00680-01
30 Testing and adjusting
Measuring control circuit basic pressure 1 a
Measuring instruments for control circuit basic pressure
Symbol R
1 2
a
k
a
1.
Part No.
Part name
799-101-5002
Hydraulic tester
709-261-1204
Digital hydraulic tester
799-401-3200
Adapter (03)
The control circuit basic pressure is the pressure lowered by the self-pressure reducing valve of the fan circuit. It is used commonly for the EPC valves of the control valve (steering, blade, and ripper), HSS circuit charge, fan pump control, and blade lift cylinder quick drop EPC valve. Stop the machine on level ground, lower the work equipment to the ground, stop the engine, and set the parking brake lever and work equipment lock lever in the LOCK position. Measure the control circuit basic pressure under the following condition. q Hydraulic oil temperature: Within operating range
Run the engine at high idle, set the blade control lever and ripper control lever in neutral, and measure the control circuit basic pressure. a The work equipment lock lever may be set in the LOCK position.
5.
After finishing measurement, remove the measuring instrument and return the removed parts.
a
The control circuit basic pressure cannot be adjusted.
Remove the control valve cover and disconnect accumulator inlet hose (1). 4
Control valve cover: 25 kg
2.
Install adapter R2 and connect the disconnected hose again.
3.
Install nipple [1] of hydraulic tester R1 and connect it to oil pressure gauge [2]. a When using an analog oil pressure gauge, use one of 5.9 MPa {60 kg/cm²}.
26
4.
D155AX-6
30 Testing and adjusting
SEN00680-01
Measuring work equipment lock solenoid valve output pressure 1 a
Measuring instruments for work equipment lock solenoid valve output pressure
Symbol S
1 2
k
a
1.
Part No.
Part name
799-101-5002
Hydraulic tester
790-261-1204
Digital hydraulic tester
799-401-3200
Adapter (03)
Stop the machine on level ground, lower the work equipment to the ground, stop the engine, and set the parking brake lever and work equipment lock lever in the LOCK position. Measure the work equipment lock solenoid valve output pressure under the following condition. q Hydraulic oil temperature: Within operating range
4.
Remove the control valve cover and disconnect control valve inlet hose (1). 4
Control valve cover: 25 kg
2.
Install adapter S2 and connect the disconnected hose again.
3.
Install nipple [1] of hydraulic tester S1 and connect it oil pressure gauge [2]. a When using an analog oil pressure gauge, use one of 5.9 MPa {60 kg/cm²}.
D155AX-6
5.
Run the engine at high idle, set the work equipment lock lever in the LOCK position and FREE position, and measure the solenoid valve output. a If the output pressure is as follows, the operation of the work equipment lock solenoid valve is normal. Work equipment lock lever
Output pressure
LOCK position
0 MPa {0 kg/cm²}
FREE position
Same as control circuit basic pressure (See standard value table)
After finishing measurement, remove the measuring instrument and return the removed parts.
27
SEN00680-01
30 Testing and adjusting
Emergency operation method when work equipment has trouble1 a
Tools for emergency operation
Symbol T
a
a k
1.
2.
Part No.
Disconnect connector WLK of the work equipment lock solenoid valve and connect it to the male side of wiring harness T.
Part name
17A-06-41421 Wiring harness
If the blade or ripper cannot be moved because of a trouble in the work equipment control s ystem, oper ate it ac cording to the following procedure. The engine must be startable for the following procedure. Do not turn the starting switch ON or start the engine before preparing wiring harness T completely. Install wiring harness T in the operator's cab and check where to connect each connector. q WLK: To work equipment lock solenoid under floor q WEPW: To power supply connector above control valve q WEPX: To EPC solenoid above control valve q WEPY: To EPC solenoid above control valve
a
4.
Connector on machine side to be connected Connector on machine side
Connector on wiring harness T side
WLK (male)
WLK
Remove the control valve cover. 4
5.
Control valve cover: 25 kg
Remove the plug of power supply connector WEPW above the control valve and connect connector WEPW of wiring harness T to the female side.
Remove the floor cover from the front of the operator's seat. 4
28
3.
Floor cover: 20 kg
a
Connector to be connected
Connector on machine side
Connector on wiring harness T side
WEPW (female)
WEPW
D155AX-6
30 Testing and adjusting
6.
SEN00680-01
Disconnect EPC solenoid connectors EWP1 – WEPA above the control valve and connect connectors WEPX and WEPY of wiring harness T to the male side. a Disconnect only the pair (2 pieces) of the connector of the control valve spool (cylinder) to be moved and connect the connectors on the wiring harness T side to them respectively. a When connecting the connectors, check the operating direction of the switch and the connector numbers again. k Do not connect wiring harness T to the HSS connectors (HSL and HSR).
7.
k k
8.
a
Start the engine and operate switch [1] of wiring harness T to move the work equipment. Before starting the engine, check that the switch is in neutral. Since the work equipment cannot be controlled finely with the switch, keep the engine speed as low as possible.
After finishing operation of the work equipment, remove the tools used and return the removed parts.
Connectors to be connected (The following table is for the dual tilt specification. WEP5 and WEP6 are not connected to the single tilt specification.) Connectors on machine side
Device/Operating direction Raise
Blade lift Blade tilt left Blade tilt right Ripper lift Ripper tilt
No.
Band color
WEP1
Green
Lower
WEP2
Green/Black
Retract
WEP3
Brown
Extend
WEP4
Brown/Black
Retract
WEP5
Blue
Extend
WEP6
Blue/Black
Raise
WEP7
Yellow
Lower
WEP8
Yellow/Black
In
WEP9
Red
Back
WEPA
Red/Black
Connectors on wiring harness T side Device/Operating direction LIFT
D155AX-6
No.
Band color
UP
WEPX
—
DOWN
WEPY
—
29
SEN00680-01
30 Testing and adjusting
Measuring ripper pin puller solenoid valve output pressure 1 a
Measuring instruments for ripper pin puller solenoid valve output pressure
Symbol U
1 2
k
a
1.
Part No.
Part name
799-101-5002
Hydraulic tester
790-261-1204
Digital hydraulic tester
799-401-3200
Adapter (03)
Stop the machine on level ground, lower the work equipment to the ground, stop the engine, and set the parking brake lever and work equipment lock lever in the LOCK position. Measure the ripper pin puller solenoid valve output pressure under the following condition. q Power train oil temperature: Within operating range
4.
Remove the undercover of the fuel tank and disconnect ripper pin puller solenoid valve hose (1) or (2). q Hose (1): Pin puller cylinder head side q Hose (2): Pin puller cylinder bottom side
Run the engine at high idle, set the pin puller switch in the pull-out position and push-in position, and measure the solenoid valve output pressure at each position. a If the output pressure is as follows, the operation of the ripper pin puller solenoid valve is normal. Tested Pin puller hose switch
(1)
(2)
2.
Install adapter U2 and connect the disconnected hose again.
3.
Install nipple [1] of hydraulic tester U1 and connect oil pressure gauge [2]. a When using an analog oil pressure gauge, use one of 5.9 MPa {60 kg/cm²}.
30
5.
Output pressure
Pull-out
Same as transmission main relief pressure (See standard value table)
Push-in
0 MPa {0 kg/cm²}
Pull-out
0 MPa {0 kg/cm²}
Push-in
Same as transmission main relief pressure (See standard value table)
After finishing measurement, remove the measuring instrument and return the removed parts.
D155AX-6
30 Testing and adjusting
SEN00680-01
Testing parts which cause hydraulic drift of blade and ripper1 a
If the blade or ripper drifts hydraulically, check to see if the cause is on the cylinder packing side or control valve side according to the following procedure.
1.
Set the cylinders to be tested in the following positions and stop the engine. 1) Blade lift cylinder Brace the blade to raise the front side of the machine body. a Since the blade lift cylinder is equipped with a piston valve, do not extend it to the stroke end.
2)
Blade tilt cylinder Extract the tilt cylinder to the stroke end and brace the blade to push up the left side of the machine body.
3)
Ripper lift cylinder Brace the ripper to push up the rear side of the machine body.
D155AX-6
2.
Turn the starting switch ON and set the work equipment lock lever in the FREE position.
3.
Extend the cylinder to be tested with the corresponding lever and check its movement. q If the lowering speed is increased, the cylinder packing is defective. q If the lowering speed does not change, the control valve is defective. a If the pressure in the accumulator is lost, run the engine for about 10 seconds to heighten the pressure in the accumulator.
[Reference] Reason why the lowering speed is increased when the cylinder packing is the cause of the hydraulic drift: 1. If the machine is set in the above position (where the holding pressure is applied to the bottom side), the oil leaks from the bottom side to the head side. Since the volume on the head side is less than that on the bottom side by the volume of the rod, the pressure in the head side is increased by the oil flowing in from the bottom side. 2. As the pressure in the head side is increased, it is balanced at a certain level (which depends on the leakage), then the lowering speed is lowered. 3. If the circuit on the head side is opened to the drain circuit by the above operation of the lever (the bottom side is closed by the check valve at this time), the oil on the head side flows in the drain circuit. As a result, the pressure is unbalanced and the lowering speed is increased.
31
SEN00680-01
30 Testing and adjusting
Measuring internal leakage of work equipment cylinder a
q
1
q
Measuring instruments for internal leakage of work equipment cylinder
Symbol
Part No.
V
Commercially available
k
a a
1.
2.
32
Hose (2): Ripper lift cylinder Hose (3): Ripper tilt cylinder Head: 07378-11000 (Size #10) O-ring: 07000-13032 (Size #10)
Part name Measuring cylinder
Stop the machine on level ground, lower the work equipment to the ground, stop the engine, and set the parking brake lever and work equipment lock lever in the LOCK position. Since the blade lift cylinder is equipped with a piston valve, its internal leakage cannot be measured. Measure the internal leakage of work equipment cylinder under the following condition. q Hydraulic oil temperature: Within operating range Extend the cylinder to be measured to the stroke end and set the machine in the measuring position. 1) Blade tilt cylinder Tilt the blade to the left end. 2) Ripper lift cylinder Pull out the shank pin and lower the ripper to the end. 3) Ripper tilt cylinder Tilt the ripper forward (in) to the end. k Release the residual pressure from the cylinder circuit. For details, see Releasing residual pressure from work equipment cylinder. Disconnect hoses (1), (2), and (3) on the head side of the tested cylinder and stop the hose side with a plug or a flange. a When working on the blade tilt cylinder hoses, remove the hose cover of the frame. k Take care not to disconnect the hoses on the bottom side. q Hose (1): Blade tilt cylinder Plug: 07376-70422 (Size #04) O-ring: 02896-11012 (Size #04)
3.
Run the engine at high idle and apply the relief pressure to the cylinder bottom side. q Blade tilt cylinder: Operate to tilt blade to left. q Ripper lift cylinder: Operate to lower ripper. q Ripper Tilt cylinder: Operate to tilt ripper forward (in).
4.
After 30 second, measure leakage in 1 minute with measuring cylinder V.
5.
After finishing measurement, return the removed parts. a Bleed air from the cylinder circuit. For details, see Bleeding air from work equipment cylinder.
D155AX-6
30 Testing and adjusting
SEN00680-01
Releasing residual pressure from work equipment cylinder 1
Bleeding air from work equipment cylinder 1
a
a
k
1.
When disconnecting the piping between the control valve and work equipment cylinder, release the residual pressure from the circuit according to the following procedure. Stop the machine on level ground, lower the work equipment to the ground, stop the engine, and set the parking brake lever and work equipment lock lever in the LOCK position.
a 1.
Run the engine at low idle for about 5 minutes.
2.
While running the engine at low idle, extend and retract the cylinder to be bled 4 – 5 times. a Move the piston rod to about 100 mm before the stroke end and never relieve the oil.
3.
While running the engine at high idle, carry out the operation in step 2.
4.
While running the engine at low idle, move the cylinder to the stroke end to relieve the oil.
Loosen oil filler cap (1) of the hydraulic tank gradually to release the residual pressure from the tank.
2.
Turn the starting switch ON and set the work equipment lock lever in the FREE position.
3.
Operate the blade control lever and ripper control lever to each direction. a If the control lever is operated 2 – 3 times, the residual pressure in the accumulator is released.
4.
Run the engine at low idle for about 10 seconds to increase the pressure in the accumulator, then stop it.
5.
Repeat steps 2 – 4 above 2 – 3 times.
D155AX-6
If the work equipment cylinder is removed and installed or its piping is disconnected and connected, bleed air from its circuit according to the following procedure. Before performing the following operation, check that the hydraulic oil level is normal.
33
SEN00680-01
30 Testing and adjusting
Adjusting work equipment lock lever
k
a a
a a
Stop the machine on level ground, lower the work equipment to the ground, stop the engine, and set the parking brake lever and work equipment lock lever in the LOCK position. Tighten the locknut of the rod securely and bend the cotter pin securely. When adjusting the work equipment lock lever, remove the control valve cover. 4
Monitoring code: 70300 Blade Sw Input For the operating method, see Special functions of machine monitor (EMMS).
Control valve cover: 25 kg
1.
Set work equipment lock lever (1) in the LOCK position.
2.
Set and install limit switch (2) to sliding surface (a) of lever (3). a Just set the roller of the limit switch to the sliding surface. Do not move it.
3.
Set work equipment lock lever (1) in the FREE position and check that limit switch (2) operates normally. q Stroke of limit switch: 2.5 – 3 mm
4.
Turn the starting switch ON and set the machine monitor to Monitoring function of the service mode.
34
1
5.
Check that the limit switch signal is input normally when work equipment lock lever (1) is set in the FREE position and LOCK position. q FREE position: Work equipment lock NC OFF, Work equipment lock NO ON q LOCK position: Work equipment lock NC ON, Work equipment lock NO OFF
D155AX-6
30 Testing and adjusting
SEN00680-01
Adjusting blade
a a 1.
1
If the blade is removed and installed or disassembled and reassemble, adjust it according to the following procedure. The above figure shows the blade of the dual tilt specification. Adjusting shims for assembly 1) Adjust the shim of tilting section (1) (1 place). a After reassembling the tilting section, supply grease to it. 2 Tilting section: Grease (G2-LI)
Adjusted point
Adjusted clearance
Standard clearance
Standard shim thickness
1
a
See note.
4 mm
a
D155AX-6
Adjust the shim so that the play of the ball in the axial direction will be less than 1 mm and the ball can rotate smoothly.
35
SEN00680-01
2)
30 Testing and adjusting
Adjust the shim of center section (2) (2 places). a After reassembling the center section, supply grease to it. 2 Center section: Grease (G2-LI)
Adjusted point
Adjusted clearance
Standard clearance
Standard shim thickness
2
b
See note.
4 mm
a
3)
Adjusting blade tilt distance (Single tilt specification) 1) Adjust installed dimension (d) of brace (4) with the handle.
Dimension d
2) Adjust the shim so that the play of the ball in the axial direction will be less than 1 mm and the ball can rotate smoothly.
Dimension
blade 1,292 mm
Semi-U blade
Full-U blade
1,372 mm
1,372 mm
Measure right and left tilt distances (e1) and (e2). blade
Semi-U blade
Full-U blade
e1
565 mm
570 mm
583 mm
e2
565 mm
570 mm
583 mm
Adjust the shim of lifting section (3) (2 places).
Adjusted point
Adjusted clearance
Standard clearance
Standard shim thickness
3
c
Max. 1 mm
4 mm
36
2.
3)
If both tilt distances are not the same, adjust installed dimension (d) of brace (4) according to the following procedure. q e1 > e2: Increase installed dimension (d) slightly. q e1 < e2: Decrease installed dimension (d) slightly.
D155AX-6
30 Testing and adjusting
Adjusting operator's cab
SEN00680-01
1
a
If the operator's cab is removed and installed or disassembled and transported and assembled in the field, test and adjust it according to the following procedure.
1.
Measuring internal pressure of cab a Criterion Criterion: Measured value X 88.2 Pa {9 mmH2O} a Measurement condition q Engine speed: High idle q Fan speed: Fan 100% mode q EXTERNAL/INTERNAL air changeover switch: EXTERNAL position q Air conditioner fan switch: High (FULL) 1) Prepare a transparent vinyl hose. q Outside diameter: 6 mm, Length: 3,000 mm 2) Secure the inside end of the hose to the top of the seatback with a tape. 3) Remove 1 bolt (1) under the left console box. Pass the other end of the hose through the bolt hole and take it out of the top of battery cover (2) on the left side of the cab.
4) 5) 6)
Seal the clearance between the hole of bolt (1) and hose [1] with tape (3). Pour water in the hose up to about half and bend the hose in a U-shape. Secure hose [1] to the outside of the cab and set the water level in the vinyl hose out of the cab to that in the cab.
D155AX-6
2.
7)
Start the engine and set the machine monitor to Adjusting function of the service mode. a Adjustment code: 1005 (Fan 100% mode) a For the operating method, see Special functions of machine monitor (EMMS).
8)
Run the engine at high idle and measure water level difference (c) in hose [1]. q (a): Inside of cab (Pressurized) q (b): Out of cab (Ambient pressure) q (c): Measured value (Internal pressure of cab) a If the measured value (internal pressure of the cab) is lower than the standard value, check the seals of the h o l e s fo r w i r i n g h a r n e s s e s a n d optional parts in the cab.
Checking searing performance 1) Close all the openings (doors and windows) of the cab. 2) Splash water around the hatched part of the cab at the rate of about 19 l/min for 10 minutes. a At this time, it is not necessary to splash pressurized water. 3) Splash water horizontally from a hose over the contact portions of seal (4) between the cab and floor frame.
37
SEN00680-01
4)
30 Testing and adjusting
4)
Check around the dashboard carefully for water leakage. a If water leaks, caulk the leaking part and check again.
5)
3.
Testing and adjusting door lock (damper rubber) a Close the door and check the relationship between the operator's cab and door (damper rubber portions). If there is any abnormality, adjust it. 1) Stick adhesive tape [2] to the contact face of damper rubber (6) of door (5). a Check both sides, 2 places on each side. 2) Open and close door (5) 2 – 3 times. 3) Check the contact portions of adhesive tape [2] and operator's cab. q Normal: When the door is closed, the damper rubber comes in contact lightly (No adjustment is required). q Abnormal: When the door is closed, the damper rubber does not come in contact or comes in contact so strongly that the adhesive tape is removed (Adjustment is required).
4.
Testing and adjusting door lock (latch and striker) a Close the door and check the relationship between the operator's cab and door (latch and striker). If there is any abnormality, adjust it. 1) Move door (5) in the closing direction and check the engaging condition of latch (8) and striker (9). a Check quantity of misalignment (f) between center of latch (d) and center of striker (e) from the direction of A. q Normal: Quantity of misalignment (f) is 0.5 mm or less.
2)
3) 4)
38
Loosen the mounting bolts of damper rubber (6). a You can remove and install the shims without removing the mounting bolts. Increase or decrease shims (7) under damper rubber (6) to adjust the height of damper rubber (6) properly.
Tighten the mounting bolts of striker (9) temporarily. Then, open and close door (5) 2 – 3 times to align latch (8) with striker (9). Check the engagement of latch (8) and striker (9). Tighten the mounting bolts of striker (9) securely.
D155AX-6
30 Testing and adjusting
5)
6)
Open and close door (5) and check that it is locked and unlocked smoothly. a If the door is not locked or unlocked smoothly (the operating effort of the knob is large), repeat adjustment from the first. a Operating effort of door knob: 49 ± 19.6 N {5 ± 2 kg} Apply grease to latch (8). a If the latch dries up, the operating e ff o r t o f t h e k n ob i s i n c r ea s e d . Accordingly, apply sufficient grease to the latch. 2 Latch: Grease (G2-LI)
SEN00680-01
2) 3)
4) 5)
5.
Check that striker (10) is not leaning against or from center (g) of latch (11). Check that striker (10) is aligned with center (h) of latch (11). q Normal: Quantity of misalignment is 0.5 mm or less.
Loosen the mounting bolts of striker (10). While setting striker (10) upright, tighten the mounting bolts.
Testing and adjusting open lock (latch and striker) a Check the relationship between the operator's cab and door (latch and striker) while the door is locked open. If there is any fault, adjust the open lock. 1) Check the relationship between the open lock latch and striker from the direction of B. a Move the door in the opening direction and check the engagement of the latch and striker.
D155AX-6
39
SEN00680-01
6.
Testing and adjusting open lock (stopper rubber) a Check the relationship between the operator's cab and door (stopper rubber) while the door is locked open. If there is any fault, adjust the open lock. 1) Lock the door open and move it in the forward and reverse directions to check that it does not have play. a Check both sides, 2 places on each side. 2) Check that the operating effort of the unlock lever is not large. 3) Loosen the locknut of stopper rubber (12) (upper one).
4)
Loosen the locknut of stopper rubber (13) (lower one).
5)
Adjust the height of stopper rubbers (12) and (13) according to the trouble. a If there is play, project (heighten) the stopper rubber until the play is eliminated. a If the door is not locked easily or the unlock lever is heavy, return (lower) the stopper rubber in the range that the door does not have play. While fixing stopper rubbers (12) and (13), tighten the locknuts.
6)
40
30 Testing and adjusting
D155AX-6
SEN00680-01
30 Testing and adjusting
D155AX-6 Bulldozer Form No. SEN00680-01
© 2006 KOMATSU All Rights Reserved Printed in Japan 05-06 (02)
42
D155AX-6
SEN00681-01
BULLDOZER 1SHOP MANUAL
D155AX-6
Machine model
Serial number
D155AX-6
80001 and up
30 Testing and adjusting
1
Testing and adjusting, Part 3 Testing and adjusting, Part 3........................................................................................................................... 2 Special functions of machine monitor (EMMS) .................................................................................... 2
D155AX-6
1
SEN00681-01
30 Testing and adjusting
Testing and adjusting, Part 3
1
Special functions of machine monitor (EMMS)
1
Air conditioner specification
2
D155AX-6
30 Testing and adjusting
Heater specification
SEN00681-01
Upper section of machine monitor (Display section) (a): Multi-display a The figure shows an example of display of symbols and gauges in the ordinary display mode (The contents of display depend on the condition of the machine and operating method). a When the engine is started, the battery voltage may lower suddenly, depending on the ambient temperature and the condition of the battery. In this case, the machine monitor goes off for a moment. This phenomenon is not a failure, however. Upper section of machine monitor (Switch section) [F1]: F1 function switch [F2]: F2 function switch [F3]: F3 function switch [F4]: F4 function switch [F5]: F5 function switch [F6]: F6 function switch a The function of each function switch is indicated by graphic mark in the multi-display (a) above that function switch. a If the graphic mark of a function switch is not displayed, that function switch is not working. Lower section of machine monitor (Switch section) [1]: Numeral 1 input switch/Operation mode selector switch [2]: Numeral 2 input switch/Gearshift mode selector switch [3]: Numeral 3 input switch/Customize switch [4]: Numeral 4 input switch/Buzzer cancel switch [5]: Numeral 5 input switch/Float mode switch [6]: Numeral 6 input switch/Customize memory switch [7]: Numeral 7 input switch/Air conditioner or heater switch [8]: Numeral 8 input switch/Air conditioner or heater switch [9]: Numeral 9 input switch/Air conditioner or heater switch [0]: Numeral 0 input switch/Air conditioner or heater switch Switch having no numerals: Air conditioner or heater switch a Each switch has the function indicated by graphic mark and the function of inputting a numeral. a The machine monitor automatically judges which function of each switch is currently effective, according to the display condition of multidisplay (a). a The difference between the air conditioner specification and heater specification is only the functions of the switches in this section.
D155AX-6
3
SEN00681-01
30 Testing and adjusting
t Ordinary functions and special functions of machine monitor The machine monitor has the ordinary functions and special functions and displays information of various types on the multi-display. Some items are displayed automatically according to the internal setting of the machine monitor and the others are displayed according to the operation of the switches. 1. Ordinary functions: Operator mode The items in this mode are displayed ordinarily. The operator can display and set them by operating the switches (Display and setting of some items need special operations of the switches). 2. Special functions: Service mode The items in this mode are not displayed ordinarily. Each serviceman can display them by operating the switches specially. This mode is used for special setting, testing, adjusting, or troubleshooting. Operator mode (Outline)
Page
Service mode
5p 5p
16 p
01 Monitoring
17 p Mechanical system "Abnormality Record"
A Display of screen to input password
6p
A Display of check before starting
6p
A Display of warning after check before starting
6p
A Display of ending of maintenance interval
6p
03 Maintenance Record
36 p
A Display of check of preset
7p
04 Maintenance Mode Change
37 p
A Display of ordinary screen
7p
05 Phone Number Entry
39 p
A Display of end screen
7p
B Selection of operation mode
7p
B Selection of gearshift mode
8p
o 06 Default
B Customizing operation
8p
B Operation of customize memory
8p
Special operations
A Display of KOMATSU logo
Page
B Selection of float mode
8p
B Operation to cancel alarm buzzer
8p
B Operation of air conditioner/heater
9p
B Selection of dual tilt (Dual tilt specification)
9p
B
Operation to display camera mode (if camera is installed)
10 p
02 Abnormal- Electrical system "Abnormality ity Record Record"
24 p 25 p
Air conditioner "Abnormality Record"/ 35 p Heater "Abnormality Record"
Key-on Mode
40 p
Setting of unit
41 p
Setting of maintenance password
42 p
Setting of camera
43 p
Setting of ECO display
44 p
07 Adjustment
45 p
08 PM CLINIC
71 p
09 Cylinder Cut-Out
72 p
10 No Injection
73 p
11 Fuel Consumption
74 p
B Operation to display clock and service meter
10 p
Terminal Status
75 p
B Check of maintenance information
11 p 11 p
12 KOMTRAX GPS & Communication Status Settings Modem S/N
76 p
Setting and display of user mode B (including KOMTRAX messages for user) C Display of caution monitor
12 p
13 Service Message
78 p
C Display of action code and failure code
12 p
77 p
O (Special operations) D
Function of checking display of LCD (Liquid Crystal Display)
14 p
D Function of checking service meter
14 p
D Function of changing maintenance password
15 p
a
Classification of operator mode A: Display/Function from time when starting switch is turned ON to time when screen changes to ordinary screen and display after starting switch is turned OFF B: Display/Function when switch of machine monitor is operated C: Display/Function when certain condition is satisfied D: Display/Function which needs special operation of switch
4
D155AX-6
30 Testing and adjusting t a
a
SEN00681-01
Operator mode (Outline) Only outline of the operator mode is described in this section. For details of contents/operation of each function/display, see "the Structure, function and maintenance standard, or Operation and Maintenance Manual". The following are the displays or functions of the operator mode explained in this section (including some items which need special operations). Display pattern a
b
c
d
Display of KOMATSU logo
1
1
1
1
Display of screen to input password
2
–
–
–
Display of check before starting
3
2
2
2
Display of warning after check before starting
–
–
3
–
Display of ending of maintenance inter– val
–
–
3
Display of check of preset
4
4
4
4
Display of ordinary screen
5
4
5
5
a
Display pattern of operator mode The contents of display from the time when starting switch is turned ON to the time when screen changes to ordinary screen depends on the setting and condition of the machine. a: When engine start lock is set effective b: When engine start lock is set ineffective c: When there is abnormal item in checkbefore-starting items d: When there is maintenance item which is not maintained after specified interval
Display of KOMATSU logo When the s tarting switch is turned ON, the KOMATSU logo is displayed for 2 seconds. After the KOMATSU logo is displayed for 2 seconds, the screen changes to "Display of screen to input password" or "Display of check before starting".
Display of end screen Selection of operation mode Selection of gearshift mode Customizing operation Operation of customize memory Selection of float mode Operation to cancel alarm buzzer Operation of air conditioner/heater
a
Selection of dual tilt (Dual tilt specification) Operation to display camera mode (if camera is installed) Operation to display clock and service meter
a
The following screen may be displayed instead of the above "Display of screen to input password screen". If this screen is displayed, call the person responsible to operation of KOMTRAX in your Komatsu distributor and ask for remedy.
Check of maintenance information Setting and display of user mode (including KOMTRAX messages for user) Display of caution monitor Display of action code and failure code O (Special operations) Function of checking display of LCD (Liquid Crystal Display) Function of checking service meter Function of changing maintenance password
D155AX-6
5
SEN00681-01
Display of screen to input password After the KOMATSU logo is displayed, the screen to input the engine start lock password is displayed. a This screen is displayed only when the engine start lock function is set effective. a If the password is input normally, the screen changes to "Display of check before starting". a The machine monitor has some password functions other than the engine start lock. Those functions are independent from one another.
Display of check before starting When the screen changes to the check-beforestarting screen, the check before starting is carried out for 2 seconds. a If any abnormality is detected by the check before starting, the screen changes to "Display of warning after check before starting" or "Display of ending of maintenance interval". a If no abnormality is detected by the check before starting, the screen changes to "Display of check of preset". a The monitors (3 pieces) displayed on the screen are the items under the check before starting.
6
30 Testing and adjusting
Display of warning after check before starting If any abnormality is detected by the check before starting, the warning monitor is displayed on the screen. a The following figure shows that the radiator coolant level monitor (a) is warning of low radiator coolant level.
Display of ending of maintenance interval When the check before starting is carried out, if a maintenance item is near or after the end of the set interval, the maintenance monitor is displayed for 30 seconds to urge the operator to maintenance. a This screen is displayed only when the maintenance function is effective. The color of the maintenance monitor (yellow or red) indicates the length of the time after the maintenance interval. a Set or change the maintenance function in the service mode.
D155AX-6
30 Testing and adjusting
Display of check of preset If the check before starting is finished normally, the screen to check the preset (gear speed at start) is displayed for 2 seconds. a After display of check of preset is finished, the sc re en ch anges to "Di spl ay of ordi nary screen".
Display of ordinary screen If the machine monitor starts normally, the ordinary screen is displayed. a Service meter (a) or a clock is displayed at the center upper section of the screen (The service meter or clock is selected with [F4]). a Power train oil temperature gauge (b) is displayed on the multi-gauge section (It is turned ON and OFF with the user mode function or [F2]). a ECO gauge (c) is displayed at the right end of the screen (It is turned ON and OFF in the service mode).
D155AX-6
SEN00681-01
Display of end screen When the starting switch is turned OFF, the end screen is displayed for 5 seconds. a Another message may be displayed on the end screen, depending on the message display function of KOMTRAX.
Selection of operation mode While the ordinary screen is displayed, press the operation mode selector switch, and the operation mode monitor (a) changes. a Each time the switch is pressed, the operation mode changes between [P (Power)] and [E (Economy)].
7
SEN00681-01
Selection of gearshift mode While the ordinary screen is displayed, press the gearshift mode selector switch, and the gearshift mode monitor (a) in the gear speed display section changes. a Each time the switch is pressed, the gearshift mode changes between [Dozing (Automatic gearshift)] and [Ripping (Manual gearshift)]. a If dozing (automatic gearshift) is selected, AUTO symbol (b) is displayed in the gear speed display section.
Customizing operation While the ordinary screen is displayed, press the customize switch, and you can change the setting of the machine. a If the customize memory switch is operated while the above screen is displayed, up to 5 settings can be saved.
30 Testing and adjusting
Operation of customize memory While the ordinary screen is displayed, press the customize memory switch, and you can select the recorded setting of customization.
Selection of float mode While the ordinary screen is displayed, press the float mode switch, and the float mode monitor (a) changes. a Each time the switch is pressed, the float mode changes between [ON (Float is effective)] and [OFF (Float is ineffective)]. a If the float mode is turned ON, float mode monitor (a) is displayed. If the former is turned OFF, the latter is put out. a The float mode switch sets the float button of the blade control lever effective or ineffective. It does not float the blade.
Operation to cancel alarm buzzer While the alarm buzzer is sounding, if the buzzer cancel switch is pressed, the alarm buzzer stops. a Even if the buzzer cancel switch is pressed, the screen does not change.
8
D155AX-6
30 Testing and adjusting
Operation of air conditioner/heater While the ordinary screen is displayed, press the air conditioner switch or heater switch, and the Airconditioner Adjustment screen or Heater Adjustment screen is displayed. a While the Air-conditioner Adjustment screen or Heater Adjustment screen is displayed, if you do not touch any switch for 5 seconds, the screen changes to the ordinary screen. a Air conditioner specification
a
SEN00681-01
Selection of dual tilt (Dual tilt specification) While the ordinary screen is displayed, press [F1], and the dual tilt monitor (a) changes. a Each time [F1] is pressed, the dual tilt mode changes between [ON (Dual)] and [OFF (Single)]. a If the dual tilt mode is turned ON, dual tilt mode monitor (a) is displayed. If the former is turned OFF, the latter is put out. a [F1] sets the single tilt or dual tilt mode of the blade of dual tilt specification. It does not fix the tilt or pitch function of the blade control lever.
Heater specification
D155AX-6
9
SEN00681-01
Operation to display camera mode (if camera is installed) When a camera is installed, if [F3] is pressed, the multi-display changes to the camera image. a Set the connection of the camera in the service mode.
a
a a
a a
a
10
Up to 3 cameras can be connected. If the camera mode is selected, however, only the image of camera 1 is always displayed.
30 Testing and adjusting
Operation to display clock and service meter While the ordinary screen is displayed, press [F4], and section (a) changes to the service meter and clock alternately. a When the clock is selected, adjust the time, set 12-hour or 24-hour display, and set the summer time with the user mode function. a Display of service meter
a
Display of clock
If a caution is generated in the camera mode, the caution monitor is displayed at the left upper of the screen. When an error that there is a user code occurs in the camera mode, if the machine stops for 10 seconds, the screen changes to the ordinary screen and displays the error information. When 2 or more cameras are connected, the image of one of them or the images of 2 of them can be displayed. If 2-camera image display [F4] is selected, the image of camera 1 is displayed on the left side of the screen and the image of camera 2 is displayed on the right side. The image of camera 3 is displayed only singly. If the images of 2 cameras are displayed simultaneously, images are displayed at intervals of 1 second on the right and left screen.
D155AX-6
30 Testing and adjusting
SEN00681-01
Check of maintenance information While the maintenance monitor or ordinary screen is displayed, press [F5], and the maintenance table screen is displayed.
Setting and display of user mode (including KOMTRAX messages for user) While the ordinary screen is displayed, press [F6], and the user menu screen is displayed.
a
a
To reset the time left after finishing maintenance, more operations are necessary.
There are following items in the user menu. Utility Screen Select Multi Gage Select Screen Adjustment Clock Adjustment Language Message display Hydraulic fan reversing
[KOMTRAX message] q There are 2 types of KOMTRAX message; one is for the user and the other is for the service. q For user: A message transmitted from the KOMTRAX base station for the user. If it is received, the message monitor is displayed on the ordinary screen. To see the contents of the message, operate "Message display" in the above user menu.
D155AX-6
11
SEN00681-01
q
For service: A message transmitted from the KOMTRAX base station for the service. Even if it is received, nothing is displayed on the ordinary screen. To see the contents of the message, operate "KOMTRAX message display" in the service menu.
Display of caution monitor If an abnormality which displays a caution monitor occurs on the ordinary screen or camera mode screen, the caution monitor is displayed large for a moment and then displayed at (a) in the screen. a On the camera mode screen, the caution monitor blinks at the left upper of the screen when the caution is generated.
12
30 Testing and adjusting
Display of action code and failure code If an abnormality which displays an action code and a failure code occurs on the ordinary screen or camera mode screen, all the information of the abnormality is displayed. (a) : Action code (3 digits) (b) : Failure code (5 or 6 digits) (c) : Telephone mark (d) : Telephone No. a This screen is displayed only when an abnormality (failure code) for which an action code is set occurs. a The telephone mark and telephone No. are displayed only when the telephone No. is registered in the service mode. a If multiple abnormalities occur simultaneously, all the codes are displayed repeatedly in order. a Since the information of the displayed failure code is recorded in the fault history in the service mode, check the details in the service mode.
D155AX-6
30 Testing and adjusting a
SEN00681-01
Remedies given by displayed action codes to operator to take (The following table is an excerpt from the Operation and Maintenance Manual)
Action code
Method of indicating trouble
Examples of trouble
Remedy given to operator to take
E01
• Action code and failure code are • Backup alarm does not sound. displayed. • Fan speed is kept at maximum.
• Although all or a part of automatic function stops, machine can be operated. • Ask your Komatsu distributor for repair.
E02
• Gear is not shifted up or down. • Action code and failure code are • Engine boost pressure is abnordisplayed. mal. • Alarm buzzer sounds. • Exhaust gas color is bad when temperature is low.
• If operator stops and restarts engine, machine can be operated without limiting any function. Operator must take care, however. • Ask your Komatsu distributor for repair.
E03
• Engine coolant temperature sensor is abnormal. • Action code and failure code are • Usable gear speeds are limited. displayed. • Move machine to safe place. • Engine speed does not rise to • Telephone No. is displayed (if • Ask your Komatsu distributor for maximum. set). repair. • Gearshift shock is increased. • Alarm buzzer sounds. • Steering performance lowers. • Braking shock is increased.
E04
• Action code and failure code are displayed. • Engine cannot be controlled. • Telephone No. is displayed (if • Machine cannot travel. set). • Machine stops. • Alarm buzzer sounds.
D155AX-6
• Stop machine immediately. • Ask your Komatsu distributor for repair.
13
SEN00681-01
Function of checking display of LCD (Liquid Crystal Display) While the ordinary screen is displayed, if the following numeral input switch and function switch are operated as follows, all the LCD (Liquid Crystal Display) lights up in white. q Operation of switches (simultaneous): [4] + [F2] a When finishing the operation of the switches, release [F2] first. a If there is a display error in the LCD, only that part is indicated in black. a The LCD panel sometimes has black points (points which are not lighted) and bright points (points which do not go off) for the reason of its characteristics. If the number of the bright points and black points does not exceed 10, those points are not a failure or a defect. a To return to the former screen, press the function switch.
14
30 Testing and adjusting
Function of checking service meter To check the service meter while the starting switch is turned OFF, operate the numeral input switches as follows. At this time, only the service meter section displays. q Operation of switches (simultaneous): [4] + [1] a Since there is some time lag in start of the LCD, hold down the switches until the LCD displays normally. a After the machine monitor is used continuously, blue points (points which do not go off) may be seen on this screen. This phenomenon does not indicate a failure or a defect.
D155AX-6
30 Testing and adjusting
SEN00681-01 a
Function of changing maintenance password When changing the maintenance password used for the maintenance setting function, follow these procedures. 1.
2.
3.
q
While the ordinary screen is displayed, perform the following operation with the numeral input switches. q Operation of switches (While pressing [4], perform the operation in order): [4] + [5] o [5] o [5] a This operation of the switches is not accepted until 10 minutes pass after the starting switch is turned on.
q
Set a new password of 4 – 6 digits (If it has only 3 or less digits or has 7 or more digits, it is not accepted). [F5]: Delete input numeral/Return to ordinary screen [F6]: Confirm input numeral
4.
After the "New Password" screen is displayed again, input a new password again with the numeral input switches and confirm it with the function switch. q [F5]: Delete input numeral/Return to ordinary screen q [F6]: Confirm input numeral a If a password different from the password input before is input, the message to input again is displayed.
5.
If the screen to notify completion of setting is displayed and then the ordinary screen is displayed, the password is changed successfully.
After the "Password" screen is displayed, input the current password with the numeral input switches and confirm it with the function switch. q [F5]: Delete input numeral/Return to ordinary screen q [F6]: Confirm input numeral a Default password: [000000] a If the input password is correct, the screen changes to the next screen. a If the input password is incorrect, the message to input the password again is displayed.
After the "New Password" screen is displayed, input a new password with the numeral input switches and confirm it with the function switch.
D155AX-6
15
SEN00681-01 t Service mode To change the operator mode to the service mode, perform the following operation. This operation is always required when you use the service mode. 1.
Check of display of screen and operation of switches While the ordinary screen is displayed, perform the following operation with the numeral input switches. q Operation of switches (While pressing [4], perform the operation in order): [4] + [1] o [2] o [3] a This operation of the switches is accepted only while the ordinary screen is displayed.
30 Testing and adjusting a
The items which can be selected in the service menu are as follows.
01 Monitoring Mechanical system "Abnormality Record" 02 Abnormality Record
Electrical system "Abnormality Record" Air conditioner "Abnormality Record"/ Heater "Abnormality Record"
03 Maintenance Record 04 Maintenance Mode Change 05 Phone Number Entry Key-on Mode Setting of unit 06 Default
Setting of maintenance password Setting of camera Setting of ECO display
07 Adjustment 08 PM CLINIC 09 Cylinder Cut-Out 10 No Injection 11 Fuel Consumption 12 KOMTRAX Settings
2.
16
Selection of service menu When the "Service Menu" screen is displayed, the service mode is selected. Select a service menu you use with the function switches or numeral input switches. q [F3]: Move to lower menu q [F4]: Move to upper menu q [F5]: Return to ordinary screen (operator mode) q [F6]: Confirm selection a You may enter a 2-digit code with the numeral input switches to select the menu of that code and confirm it with [F6].
Terminal Status GPS & Communication Status Modem S/N
13 Service Message
a
Items with 2-digit codes are the menus displayed on the Service menu screen. The items on their right are the menus on the next hierarchy.
D155AX-6
30 Testing and adjusting
SEN00681-01
Monitoring The machine monitor can monitor the condition of the machine in real time by receiving signals from various switches, sensors, and actuators installed to many parts of the machine and the information from the controllers which are controlling switches, etc. 1.
Selecting menu Select "01 Monitoring" on the "Service Menu" screen.
3.
2.
Selecting monitoring items After the "Monitoring" screen is displayed, select items to be monitored with the function switches or numeral input switches. q [F1]: Move to next page (screen) q [F2]: Move to previous page (screen) q [F3]: Move to lower item q [F4]: Move to upper item q [F5]: Delete input numeral/Return to service menu screen q [F6]: Confirm selection a Selection with function switches: Select an item with [F3] or [F4] and confirm it with [F6]. a Selection with numeral input switches: Enter a 5-digit code, and the item of that code is selected directly. Confirm that item with [F6]. a If the color of the selected box changes from yellow to red, selection of the item of that box is confirmed. a Up to 6 monitoring items can be selected at a time. You may not able to set up to 6 items, however, depending on the display form of those items.
D155AX-6
Deciding monitoring items After selecting monitoring items, execute monitoring with the function switch or numeral input switch. a Execution with function switch: Doubleclick or hold down [F6] (about 2 seconds). a Execution with numeral input switch: Input [99999] and press [F6]. a When monitoring only 2 items, for example, select them and confirm with [F6]. If [F6] is pressed once more at this time, monitoring is executed. a If monitoring items are selected up to the limit number, monitoring is executed automatically.
17
SEN00681-01
4.
Executing monitoring After the "Monitoring" screen is displayed, perform the necessary operation of the machine and check the monitoring information. a Monitoring information is indicated by value, ON/OFF, or special display. a The unit of display can be set to SI unit, metric unit, or inch unit with the Default function in the service mode.
5.
Holding monitoring information The monitoring information can be held and holding is reset with the function switches. q [F3]: Reset holding q [F4]: Hold information (displayed data) q [F5]: Return to monitoring selection menu screen
18
30 Testing and adjusting
6.
Changing machine setting mode To change the setting of the "P/E Mode", "Fan Rev." mode, or "Working" mode during monitoring, operate the corresponding switch under the current condition, and the mode setting screen is displayed. While this screen is displayed, if the corresponding switch is operated further, the corresponding mode is changed. a After finishing changing the setting, press [F6] to return to the monitoring information screen. a If the setting is changed during monitoring, the new setting is held even after the screen returns to the ordinary screen after monitoring is finished.
D155AX-6
30 Testing and adjusting
SEN00681-01
Monitoring items list Code No.
Monitoring item (Display on screen)
Unit (Initial setting: ISO) ISO
meter
inch
Component in charge
50300 S/T Lever 1 Potentio
mV
mV
mV
P/T
50301 S/T Lever 2 Potentio
mV
mV
mV
P/T
50400 Brake Pedal Potentio
mV
mV
mV
P/T
31619 Brake LH ECMV(F/B)
mA
mA
mA
P/T
31618 Brake RH ECMV(F/B)
mA
mA
mA
P/T
50600 HSS Solenoid LH(F/B)
mA
mA
mA
P/T
50601 HSS Solenoid RH(F/B)
mA
mA
mA
P/T
90600 S/T Clutch LH ECMV(F/B)
mA
mA
mA
P/T
90601 S/T Clutch RH ECMV(F/B)
mA
mA
mA
P/T
31628 S.S.P Solenoid
mA
mA
mA
P/T
°
°
°
P/T
60100 Pitch Angle Sensor
mV
mV
mV
P/T
60500 ENG Hold Relay
mV
mV
mV
P/T
60600 BR Hold Relay
mV
mV
mV
P/T
50000 Fuel Dial Throttle
%
%
%
P/T
03000 Fuel Dial Sensor
mV
mV
mV
P/T
32900 Pitch Angle
31521 S/T Fill Sw Input
BL (Left brake fill sw)
ON • OFF
P/T
CL (Left clutch fill sw)
ON • OFF
P/T
CR (Right clutch fill sw)
ON • OFF
P/T
BR (Right brake fill sw)
ON • OFF
P/T
50200 T/M Lever 1 Potentio
mV
mV
mV
P/T
50201 T/M Lever 2 Potentio
mV
mV
mV
P/T
31622 T/M Clutch F ECMV(F/B)
mA
mA
mA
P/T
31616 T/M Clutch R ECMV(F/B)
mA
mA
mA
P/T
31602 T/M Clutch 1st ECMV(F/B)
mA
mA
mA
P/T
31603 T/M Clutch 2nd ECMV(F/B)
mA
mA
mA
P/T
31604 T/M Clutch 3rd ECMV(F/B)
mA
mA
mA
P/T
C
C
F
P/T
31400 T/M Out Speed
r/min
rpm
rpm
P/T
32601 T/C In Pressure
MPa
kg/cm²
psi
P/T
32602 T/C In Pressure Sensor
mV
mV
mV
P/T
32603 T/C Out Pressure
MPa
kg/cm²
psi
P/T
32604 T/C Out Pressure Sensor
mV
mV
mV
P/T
31642 L/U ECMV(F/B)
mA
mA
mA
P/T
90700 S/C ECMV(F/B)
mA
mA
mA
P/T
50900 T/M Lock Relay
mV
mV
mV
P/T
40001 Vehicle Speed
km/h
km/h
MP/h
P/T
W
W
W
P/T
30100 T/C Oil Temperature
60000 Traction
D155AX-6
Remarks
19
SEN00681-01
30 Testing and adjusting
Unit (Initial setting: ISO) ISO
meter
inch
Component in charge
70200 T/M Out Speed Sensor
mV
mV
mV
P/T
70400 Back Alarm Relay
mV
mV
mV
P/T
31624 Fan Pump Solenoid(F/B)
mA
mA
mA
P/T
r/min
rpm
rpm
P/T
Code No.
Monitoring item (Display on screen)
10000 Fan Speed
40905 T/M Sw Input 1
T/M Fill Sw 40906 Input 1
31520
T/M Fill Sw Input 2
40909 T/M Output 1
SUNC (Gear shift up sw)
ON • OFF
P/T
SUNO (Gear shift up sw)
ON • OFF
P/T
SDNC (Gear shift down sw)
ON • OFF
P/T
SDNO (Gear shift down sw)
ON • OFF
P/T
PNC (Parking brake lever sw)
ON • OFF
P/T
PNO (Parking brake lever sw)
ON • OFF
P/T
F (F clutch fill sw)
ON • OFF
P/T
R (R clutch fill sw)
ON • OFF
P/T
1st (1st clutch fill sw)
ON • OFF
P/T
2nd (2nd clutch fill sw)
ON • OFF
P/T
3rd (3rd clutch fill sw)
ON • OFF
P/T
L/U( Lock-up clutch fill sw)
ON • OFF
P/T
S/C (Stator clutch fill sw)
ON • OFF
P/T
Brly (Back Alarm relay)
ON • OFF
P/T
Prly (Parking lock relay)
ON • OFF
P/T
Fres (Fan reverse solenoid)
ON • OFF
P/T
70700 Hydraulic Pump Pressure 1
MPa
kg/cm²
psi
W/E
70701 Hydraulic Pressure Sensor 1
mV
mV
mV
W/E
71001 Blade Raise EPC(F/B)
mA
mA
mA
W/E
71003 Blade Down EPC(F/B)
mA
mA
mA
W/E
71005 Blade Tilt LH-H EPC(F/B)
mA
mA
mA
W/E
71007 Blade Tilt LH-B EPC(F/B)
mA
mA
mA
W/E
90800 Blade Tilt RH-H EPC(F/B)
mA
mA
mA
W/E
90801 Blade Tilt RH-B EPC(F/B)
mA
mA
mA
W/E
71101 Ripper Raise EPC(F/B)
mA
mA
mA
W/E
71103 Ripper Down EPC(F/B)
mA
mA
mA
W/E
71105 Ripper Tilt In EPC(F/B)
mA
mA
mA
W/E
71107 Ripper Tilt Back EPC(F/B)
mA
mA
mA
W/E
73400 Blade Lift Lever A Potentio
mV
mV
mV
W/E
73401 Blade Lift Lever B Potentio
mV
mV
mV
W/E
73500 Blade Tilt Lever A Potentio
mV
mV
mV
W/E
20
Remarks
D155AX-6
30 Testing and adjusting
SEN00681-01
Unit (Initial setting: ISO) ISO
meter
inch
Component in charge
73501 Blade Tilt Lever B Potentio
mV
mV
mV
W/E
73600 Ripper Tilt Lever A Potentio
mV
mV
mV
W/E
73601 Ripper Tilt Lever B Potentio
mV
mV
mV
W/E
73700 Ripper Lift Lever A Potentio
mV
mV
mV
W/E
73701 Ripper Lift Lever B Potentio
mV
mV
mV
W/E
01300 TVC Solenoid(F/B)
mA
mA
mA
W/E
90900 Quick Drop Solenoid(F/B)
mA
mA
mA
W/E
Code No.
Monitoring item (Display on screen)
FLNC (Blade float sw)
ON • OFF
W/E
FLNO (Blade float sw)
ON • OFF
W/E
BPNC (Blade pitch sw)
ON • OFF
W/E
BPNO (Blade pitch sw)
ON • OFF
W/E
WLNC (Work equipment lock sw)
ON • OFF
W/E
WLNO (Work equipment lock sw)
ON • OFF
W/E
20227 Monitor Ass’y P/N
—
MON
20402 Monitor Serial No
—
MON
20228 Monitor Prog P/N
—
MON
20242 P/T Con Ass’y P/N
—
P/T
20404 P/T Con Serial No
—
P/T
20243 P/T Con Prog P/N
—
P/T
20244 W/E Con Ass'y P/N
—
W/E
20405 W/E Con Serial No
—
W/E
20245 W/E Con Prog P/N
—
W/E
70300 Blade Sw Input
04200 Fuel Level Sensor Volt
V
V
V
MON
04300 Battery Charge Volt
V
V
V
MON
04401 Hyd Oil Temperature
C
C
F
MON
04002 Hyd Temp Sens Volt
V
V
V
MON
18900 ECM Internal Temp
C
C
F
ENG
37200 Engine Oil Pressure
kPa
kg/cm²
psi
ENG
00201 Machine ID
—
ENG
20216 ECM Build Version
—
ENG
20217 ECM Calibration Data Ver
—
ENG
20400 ECM Serial No
—
ENG
01002 Engine Speed
r/min
rpm
rpm
ENG
36700 Engine Torque Ratio
%
%
%
ENG
31701 Throttle Position
%
%
%
ENG
03001 Throttle Pos Sens Volt
mV
mV
mV
ENG
17500 Engine Power Mode
D155AX-6
—
Remarks
ENG
21
SEN00681-01
30 Testing and adjusting
Unit (Initial setting: ISO) ISO
meter
inch
Component in charge
MPa
kg/cm²
psi
ENG
V
V
V
ENG
MPa
kg/cm²
psi
ENG
CA
CA
CA
ENG
04107 Coolant Temperature
C
C
F
ENG
01405 Coolant Temp Sens Volt
V
V
V
ENG
kPa
kg/cm²
psi
ENG
V
V
V
ENG
kPa
kg/cm²
psi
ENG
36501 Charge Press Sens Volt
V
V
V
ENG
03203 Battery Power Supply
V
V
V
ENG
37300 Fuel Rate
l/h
l/h
gal/h
ENG
31706 Final Throttle Position
%
%
%
ENG
18500 Charge Temperature
C
C
F
ENG
18501 Charge Temp Sens Volt
V
V
V
ENG
18600 Inject Fueling Command
mg/st
mg/st
mg/st
ENG
17201 PCV Close Timing
CA
CA
CA
ENG
18700 Engine Output Torque
Nm
kgm
lhft
ENG
37201 Eng Oil Press Sens Volt
V
V
V
ENG
14200 Fuel Temperature
C
C
F
ENG
14201 Fuel Temp Sens Volt
V
V
V
ENG
17903 EGR Inlet Pressure-A
kPa
kg/cm²
psi
ENG
18001 EGR In Press Sens Volt
mV
mV
mV
ENG
18100 EGR Valve Position
mm
mm
inch
ENG
18101 EGR Valve Pos Sens Volt
mV
mV
mV
ENG
18200 BPS Valve Position
mm
mm
inch
ENG
18201 BPS Valve Pos Sens Volt
mV
mV
mV
ENG
Code No.
Monitoring item (Display on screen)
36400 Rail Pressure 36401 Rail Pressure Sens Volt 36200 Rail Press Command 36300 Injection Timing Command
37400 Ambient Pressure 37401 Ambient Press Sens Volt 36500 Charge Pressure-Abs
40912 P/T Sw Input
a a
a
22
R-sig
ON • OFF
P/T
Acc
ON • OFF
P/T
Eng S
ON • OFF
P/T
Eng L
ON • OFF
P/T
Eng Sd
ON • OFF
P/T
Remarks
Indication by absolute value (including ambient pressure)
Entry order of items in table The items are entered in the order of display on the monitoring selection menu screen. Unit The display unit can be set to ISO, meter, or inch freely (Set it with Unit in "Default" of the service menu). "CA" in the display unit is an abbreviation for crankshaft angle. "mg/st" in the display unit is an abbreviation for milligram/stroke. Components in charge D155AX-6
30 Testing and adjusting
MON ENG P/T W/E
D155AX-6
SEN00681-01
: The machine monitor is in charge of detection of monitoring information. : The engine controller is in charge of detection of monitoring information. : The power train controller is in charge of detection of monitoring information. : The work equipment controller is in charge of detection of monitoring information.
23
SEN00681-01
"Abnormality Record" (Mechanical system "Abnormality Record") The machine monitor classifies and records the abnormality which occurred in the past or which are occurring at present into the mechanical system abnormality, electrical system abnormality, and air conditioner abnormality or heater abnormality. To check the mechanical system "Abnormality Record", perform the following procedures. 1.
Selecting menu Select "02 Abnormality Record" on the "Service Menu" screen.
2.
Selecting sub menu After the "Abnormality Record" screen is displayed, select "01 Mechanical Systems" with t he f u nc t i o n s wi t c h e s or nu m e r a l i np u t switches. q [F3]: Move to lower record q [F4]: Move to upper record q [F5]: Return to service menu screen q [F6]: Confirm selection a You may enter a 2-digit code with the numeral input switches to select the record of that code and confirm it with [F6]. a The following figure shows the display of the air conditioner specification. If the heater specification is selected, "03 Heater Abnormality Record" is displayed.
24
30 Testing and adjusting
3.
Information displayed on "Abnormality Record" screen On the "Mechanical Systems" screen, the following information is displayed. (a): Occurrence order of abnormality from latest one/Total number of records (b): Failure code (c): Contents of trouble (d): Number of occurrence time (e): Service meter reading at first occurrence (f): Service meter reach at last occurrence q [F1]: Move to next page (screen) (if displayed) q [F2]: Move to previous page (screen) (if displayed) q [F5]: Return to "Abnormality Record" screen a If no "Abnormality Record" is recorded, "No Abnormality Record" is displayed. a If the number of occurrence time is 1 (first occurrence), the service meter reading at the first occurrence and that at the last occurrence are the same. a If [E] is displayed on the left of a failure code, the abnormality is still occurring or resetting of it has not been confirmed. a For all the failure codes that the machine monitor can record, see the failure codes table in "Abnormality Record (Electrical system Abnormality Record)".
4.
Deleting "Abnormality Record" The contents of the mechanical system "Abnormality Record" cannot be deleted.
D155AX-6
30 Testing and adjusting
"Abnormality Record" (Electrical system "Abnormality Record") The machine monitor classifies and records the abnormality which occurred in the past or which are occurring at present into the mechanical system abnormality, electrical system abnormality, and air conditioner abnormality or heater abnormality. To check the electrical system "Abnormality Record", perform the following procedures. 1.
Selecting menu Select "02 Abnormality Record" on the "Service Menu" screen.
2.
Selecting sub menu After the "Abnormality Record" screen is displayed, select "02 Electrical Systems" with the function switches or numeral input switches. q [F3]: Move to lower record q [F4]: Move to upper record q [F5]: Return to service menu screen q [F6]: Confirm selection a You may enter a 2-digit code with the numeral input switches to select the record of that code and confirm it with [F6]. a The following figure shows the display of the air conditioner specification. If the heater specification is selected, "03 Heater Abnormality Record" is displayed.
D155AX-6
SEN00681-01
3.
Information displayed on "Abnormality Record" screen On the "Electrical Systems" screen, the following information is displayed. (a):Occurrence order of abnormality from latest one/Total number of records (b):Failure code (c): Contents of trouble (d):Number of occurrence time (e):Service meter reading at first occurrence (f): Service meter reach at last occurrence q [F1]: Move to next page (screen) (if displayed) q [F2]: Move to previous page (screen) (if displayed) q [F3]: Move to lower record q [F4]: Move to upper record q [F5]: Return to "Abnormality Record" screen a If no "Abnormality Record" is recorded, "No Abnormality Record" is displayed. a If the number of occurrence time is 1 (first occurrence), the service meter reading at the first occurrence and that at the last occurrence are the same. a If [E] is displayed on the left of a failure code, the abnormality is still occurring or resetting of it has not been confirmed. a For all the failure codes that the machine monitor can record, see the failure codes table.
4.
Deleting "Abnormality Record" 1) While the "Electrical Systems" screen is displayed, perform the following operation with the numeral input switches. q Operation of switches (While pressing [4], perform the operation in order): [4] + [1] o [2] o [3] a Operate the switches similarly to the procedure for changing the ordinary display to the service mode.
25
SEN00681-01
30 Testing and adjusting a
2)
3)
26
Check that the screen is set in the delete mode, and then delete the items one by one or together with the function switches. a If the screen is set in the delete mode, [CLEAR] graphic mark is indicated at [F2]. q [F2]: Delete all items q [F3]: Move to lower item q [F4]: Move to upper item q [F5]: Return to "Abnormality Record" screen q [F6]: Delete selected item a To delete items one by one: Select the item to be deleted with [F3] or [F4] and press [F6]. a To delete all items together: Press [F2], and all the items are deleted, regardless of selection of the items. a If [E] is displayed on the left of a failure code, the deleting operation is accepted but the information is not deleted.
4)
The following figure shows the screen displayed when the items are deleted one by one (which is a little different from the screen displayed when all the items are deleted together).
If the screen to notify completion of deletion is displayed and then the "Electrical Sys. Error Reset" (delete mode) screen is displayed, the deletion of the "Abnormality Record" is completed. a After a while, the screen returns to the "Electrical Sys. Error Reset" screen.
After the "Electrical Sys. Error Reset" screen is displayed, operate the function switches. q [F5]: Return to "Electrical Sys. Error Reset" screen (Delete mode) q [F6]: Execute deletion
D155AX-6
30 Testing and adjusting
SEN00681-01
Failure codes table Action code
Failure code
E03
1500L0
E03
Alarm buzzer
Component in charge
Category of history
Transmission clutch: Abnormal
q
P/T
Electrical system
15SAL1
Forward clutch: Fill high
q
P/T
Electrical system
E03
15SALH
Forward clutch: Fill Low
q
P/T
Electrical system
E03
15SBL1
Reverse clutch: Fill high
q
P/T
Electrical system
E03
15SBLH
Reverse clutch: Fill Low
q
P/T
Electrical system
E03
15SEL1
Speed 1st clutch: Fill high
q
P/T
Electrical system
E03
15SELH
Speed 1st clutch: Fill Low
q
P/T
Electrical system
E03
15SFL1
Speed 2nd clutch: Fill high
q
P/T
Electrical system
E03
15SFLH
Speed 2nd clutch: Fill Low
q
P/T
Electrical system
E03
15SGL1
Speed 3rd clutch: Fill high
q
P/T
Electrical system
E03
15SGLH
Speed 3rd clutch: Fill Low
q
P/T
Electrical system
E02
15SJL1
L/U : Fill high
q
P/T
Electrical system
E02
15SJLH
L/U : Fill low
q
P/T
Electrical system
E04
2301L1
Right brake: Fill high
q
P/T
Electrical system
E04
2301LH
Right brake: Fill low
q
P/T
Electrical system
E04
2302L1
Left brake: Fill high
q
P/T
Electrical system
E04
2302LH
Left brake: Fill low
q
P/T
Electrical system
7RFAKA
ECM HOLD RELAY: Disconnection
P/T
Electrical system
AA10NX
Air Cleaner Clogging
MON
Mechanical system
AB00MA
Battery Charge Abnormal
MON
Mechanical system
B@BAZG
Eng Oil Press Low
e
ENG
Mechanical system
B@BCNS
Eng Water Overheat
e
ENG
Mechanical system
B@BCZK
Eng Water Level Low
MON
Mechanical system
B@CENS
T/C Oil Overheat
e
P/T
Mechanical system
B@HANS
Hyd Oil Overheat
e
MON
Mechanical system
Trouble (Displayed on screen)
E04
CA111
EMC Critical Internal Failure
q
ENG
Electrical system
E04
CA115
Eng Ne and Bkup Speed Sens Error
q
ENG
Electrical system
E03
CA122
Chg Air Press Sensor High Error
q
ENG
Electrical system
E03
CA123
Chg Air Press Sensor Low Error
q
ENG
Electrical system
E03
CA131
Throttle Sensor High Error
q
ENG
Electrical system
E03
CA132
Throttle Sensor Low Error
q
ENG
Electrical system
E02
CA135
Eng Oil Press Sensor High Error
q
ENG
Electrical system
E02
CA141
Eng Oil Press Sensor Low Error
q
ENG
Electrical system
E02
CA144
Coolant Temp Sens High Error
q
ENG
Electrical system
E02
CA145
Coolant Temp Sens Low Error
q
ENG
Electrical system
E01
CA153
Chg Air Temp Sensor High Error
ENG
Electrical system
D155AX-6
27
SEN00681-01
30 Testing and adjusting
Action code
Failure code
Component in charge
Category of history
E01
CA154
Chg Air Temp Sensor Low Error
ENG
Electrical system
E03
CA187
Sens Supply 2 Volt Low Error
q
ENG
Electrical system
E03
CA221
Ambient Press Sens High Error
q
ENG
Electrical system
E03
CA222
Ambient Press Sens Low Error
q
ENG
Electrical system
E03
CA227
Sens Supply 2 Volt High Error
q
ENG
Electrical system
E03
CA234
Eng Overspeed
ENG
Electrical system
E03
CA238
Ne Speed Sens Supply Volt Error
ENG
Electrical system
E01
CA263
Fuel Temp Sensor High Error
ENG
Electrical system
E01
CA265
Fuel Temp Sensor Low Error
ENG
Electrical system
E03
CA271
PCV1 Short Error
q
ENG
Electrical system
E03
CA272
PCV1 Open Error
q
ENG
Electrical system
E03
CA273
PCV2 Short Error
q
ENG
Electrical system
E03
CA274
PCV2 Open Error
q
ENG
Electrical system
E03
CA322
Inj #1 (L#1) Open/Short Error
q
ENG
Electrical system
E03
CA323
Inj #5 (L#5) Open/Short Error
q
ENG
Electrical system
E03
CA324
Inj #3 (L#3) Open/Short Error
q
ENG
Electrical system
E03
CA325
Inj #6 (L#6) Open/Short Error
q
ENG
Electrical system
E03
CA331
Inj #2 (L#2) Open/Short Error
q
ENG
Electrical system
E03
CA332
Inj #4 (L#4) Open/Short Error
q
ENG
Electrical system
E04
CA342
Calibration Code Incompatibility
q
ENG
Electrical system
E03
CA351
Injectors Drive Circuit Error
q
ENG
Electrical system
E03
CA352
Sens Supply 1 Volt Low Error
q
ENG
Electrical system
E03
CA386
Sens Supply 1 Volt High Error
q
ENG
Electrical system
E04
CA441
Battery Voltage Low Error
q
ENG
Electrical system
E04
CA442
Battery Voltage High Error
q
ENG
Electrical system
E03
CA449
Rail Press Very High Error
q
ENG
Electrical system
E03
CA451
Rail Press Sensor High Error
q
ENG
Electrical system
E03
CA452
Rail Press Sensor Low Error
q
ENG
Electrical system
E02
CA553
Rail Press High Error
q
ENG
Electrical system
E03
CA554
Rail Press Sensor In Range Error
q
ENG
Electrical system
E02
CA559
Rail Press Low Error
q
ENG
Electrical system
E03
CA689
Eng Ne Speed Sensor Error
q
ENG
Electrical system
E03
CA731
Eng Bkup Speed Sens Phase Error
q
ENG
Electrical system
E04
CA757
All Continuous Data Lost Error
q
ENG
Electrical system
E03
CA778
Eng Bkup Speed Sensor Error
q
ENG
Electrical system
E02
CA1228
EGR Valve Servo Error 1
q
ENG
Electrical system
E03
CA1625
EGR Valve Servo Error 2
q
ENG
Electrical system
28
Trouble (Displayed on screen)
Alarm buzzer
q
D155AX-6
30 Testing and adjusting
Action code
Failure code
E03
CA1626
E03
SEN00681-01
Alarm buzzer
Component in charge
Category of history
BP Valve Sol Current High Error
q
ENG
Electrical system
CA1627
BP Valve Sol Current Low Error
q
ENG
Electrical system
E02
CA1628
Bypass Valve Servo Error 1
q
ENG
Electrical system
E03
CA1629
Bypass Valve Servo Error 2
q
ENG
Electrical system
E03
CA1631
BP Valve Pos Sens High Error
q
ENG
Electrical system
E03
CA1632
BP Valve Pos Sens Low Error
q
ENG
Electrical system
E03
CA1633
KOMNET Datalink Timeout Error
q
ENG
Electrical system
E01
CA1642
EGR Inlet Press Sens Low Error
ENG
Electrical system
E01
CA1653
EGR Inlet Press Sens High Error
ENG
Electrical system
E03
CA2185
Throt Sens Sup Volt High Error
q
ENG
Electrical system
E03
CA2186
Throt Sens Sup Volt Low Error
q
ENG
Electrical system
E03
CA2249
Rail Press Very Low Error
q
ENG
Electrical system
E03
CA2271
EGR Valve Pos Sens High Error
q
ENG
Electrical system
E03
C2272
EGR Valve Pos Sens Low Error
q
ENG
Electrical system
E03
CA2351
EGR Valve Sol Current High Error
q
ENG
Electrical system
E03
CA2352
EGR Valve Sol Current Low Error
q
ENG
Electrical system
E01
CA2555
Grid Htr Relay Volt Low Error
ENG
Electrical system
E01
CA2256
Grid Htr Relay Volt High Error
ENG
Electrical system
D110KA
Battery relay: Disconnection
P/T
Electrical system
D110KB
Battery Relay: Drive Short Circuit
P/T
Electrical system
E02
D130KA
Neutral relay: Disconnection
q
P/T
Electrical system
E02
D130KB
Neutral relay: Short circuit
q
P/T
Electrical system
E01
D161KA
Back-up alarm relay: Disconnection
P/T
Electrical system
E01
D161KB
Back-up alarm relay: Short circuit
P/T
Electrical system
D190KA
ACC signal relay: Disconnection
P/T
Electrical system
D190KB
ACC signal relay: Short circuit
P/T
Electrical system
E03
D5ZKKX
Throttle Dial: Out of normal range
q
P/T
Electrical system
E03
DAFRKR
CAN Disconnection
q
MON
Electrical system
E03
DB2RKR
CAN Disconnection
q
ENG
Electrical system
E04
DB90KK
WE controller: Source voltage reduction
q
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DB90KR
PT controller: Can communication lost
q
P/T
Electrical system
E01
DB90KT
WE controller: Abnormality in controller
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DB95KK
WE controller: Source voltage reduction
q
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DB97KK
WE controller: Source voltage reduction
q
W/E
Electrical system
E04
DB99KQ
WE controller: Type select signal
q
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DB9RKR
WE controller: Can communication lost
q
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DBE0KK
PT controller: Source voltage reduction
q
P/T
Electrical system
D155AX-6
Trouble (Displayed on screen)
29
SEN00681-01
30 Testing and adjusting
Action code
Failure code
Component in charge
Category of history
E01
DBE0KT
PT controller: Abnormality in controller
P/T
Electrical system
E02
DBE6KK
PT controller: Source voltage reduction
q
P/T
Electrical system
E02
DBE7KK
PT controller: Source voltage reduction
q
P/T
Electrical system
E04
DBE9KQ
PT controller: Type select signal
q
P/T
Electrical system
E02
DD12KA
Shift up Sw: Disconnection
q
P/T
Electrical system
E02
D12KB
Shift up Sw: Short circuit
q
P/T
Electrical system
E02
D13KA
Shift down Sw: Disconnection
q
P/T
Electrical system
E02
DD13KB
Shift down Sw: Short circuit
q
P/T
Electrical system
E03
DD14KA
Parking lever Sw: Disconnection
q
P/T
Electrical system
E03
DD14KB
Parking lever Sw: Short circuit
q
P/T
Electrical system
E02
DDDDKA
Back up brake Sw: Disconnection
q
P/T
Electrical system
E02
DDDDKB
Back up brake Sw: Short circuit
q
P/T
Electrical system
E02
DDDDKX
Back up brake Sw: Signal mismatch
q
P/T
Electrical system
E02
DDN7KA
WEQ Knob Sw(down): Disconnection
q
W/E
Electrical system
E02
DDN7KB
WEQ Knob Sw(down): Short circuit
q
W/E
Electrical system
E01
DDN9KA
WEQ Knob Sw(up): Disconnection
W/E
Electrical system
E01
DDN9KB
WEQ Knob Sw(up): Short circuit
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DDNLKA
Weq lock Sw: Disconnection
q
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DDNLKB
Weq lock Sw: Short circuit
q
W/E
Electrical system
E02
DDTSL1
S/C: Fill high
q
P/T
Electrical system
E02
DDTSLH
S/C: Fill low
q
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DFA4KX
BL lever 1: Out of normal range
q
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DFA4KZ
BL lever: Disconnection or short circuit
q
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DFA4L8
BL lever: Signal mismatch
q
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DFA5KA
BL lever 1: Disconnection
q
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DFA5KB
BL lever 1: Short circuit
q
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DFA6KA
BL lever 2: Disconnection
q
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DFA6KB
BL lever 2: Short circuit
q
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DFA7KX
BT lever 1: Out of normal range
q
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DFA7KZ
BT lever: Disconnection or short circuit
q
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DFA7L8
BT lever: Signal mismatch
q
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DFA8KA
BT lever 1: Disconnection
q
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DFA8KB
BT lever 1: Short circuit
q
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DFA9KA
BT lever 2: Disconnection
q
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DFA9KB
BT lever 2: Short circuit
q
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DFAAKX
RL lever 1: Out of normal range
q
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DFAAKZ
RL lever: Disconnection or short circuit
q
W/E
Electrical system
30
Trouble (Displayed on screen)
Alarm buzzer
D155AX-6
30 Testing and adjusting
Action code
Failure code
E03
DFAAL8
E03
SEN00681-01
Alarm buzzer
Component in charge
Category of history
RL lever: Signal mismatch
q
W/E
Electrical system
DFABKA
RL lever 1: Disconnection
q
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DFABKB
RL lever 1: Short circuit
q
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DFACKA
RL lever 2: Disconnection
q
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DFACKB
RL lever 2: Short circuit
q
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DFADKX
RT lever 1: Out of normal range
q
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DFADKZ
RT lever: Disconnection or short circuit
q
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DFADL8
RT lever: Signal mismatch
q
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DFAEKA
RT lever 1: Disconnection
q
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DFAEKB
RT lever 1: Short circuit
q
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DFAFKA
RT lever 2: Disconnection
q
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DFAFKB
RT lever 2: Short circuit
q
W/E
Electrical system
E01
DGT1KA
T/C oil temp sensor: Abnormal
P/T
Electrical system
E01
DGT1KX
T/C oil temp sensor abnormal
P/T
Electrical system
DH21KA
WEQ pressure sensor: Disconnection
W/E
Electrical system
DH21KB
WEQ pressure sensor: Short circuit
W/E
Electrical system
E02
DHT5KA
T/C in-pressure sensor: Disconnection
q
P/T
Electrical system
E02
DHT5KB
T/C in-pressure sensor: Short circuit
q
P/T
Electrical system
E02
DHT7KA
T/C out-pressure sensor: Disconnection
q
P/T
Electrical system
E02
DHT7KB
T/C out-pressure sensor: Short circuit
q
P/T
Electrical system
E03
DK10KX
Fuel control Dial: Out of normal range
q
P/T
Electrical system
E03
DK30KA
ST lever 1: Disconnection
q
P/T
Electrical system
E03
DK30KB
ST lever 1: Short circuit
q
P/T
Electrical system
E04
DK30KX
ST lever 1: Out of normal range
q
P/T
Electrical system
E04
DK30KZ
ST lever: Disconnection or short circuit
q
P/T
Electrical system
E03
DK30L8
ST lever: Signal mismatch
q
P/T
Electrical system
E03
DK31KA
ST lever 2: Disconnection
q
P/T
Electrical system
E03
DK31KB
ST lever 2: Short circuit
q
P/T
Electrical system
E03
DK40KA
Brake potentiometer: Disconnection
q
P/T
Electrical system
E03
DK40KB
Brake potentiometer: Short circuit
q
P/T
Electrical system
E04
DK55KX
FR lever: Out of normal range
q
P/T
Electrical system
E04
DK55KZ
FR lever: Disconnection or short circuit
q
P/T
Electrical system
E03
DK55L8
FR lever: Signal mismatch
q
P/T
Electrical system
E03
DK56KA
FR lever 1: Disconnection
q
P/T
Electrical system
E03
DK56KB
FR lever 1: Short circuit
q
P/T
Electrical system
E03
DK57KA
FR lever 2: Disconnection
q
P/T
Electrical system
E03
DK57KB
FR lever 2: Short circuit
q
P/T
Electrical system
D155AX-6
Trouble (Displayed on screen)
31
SEN00681-01
Action code
Failure code
E03
DKH1KA
E03
30 Testing and adjusting
Alarm buzzer
Component in charge
Category of history
Pitch angle sensor: Disconnection
q
P/T
Electrical system
DKH1KB
Pitch angle sensor: Short circuit
q
P/T
Electrical system
E01
DLT3KA
T/M out-speed sensor: Disconnection
q
P/T
Electrical system
E01
DLT3KB
T/M out-speed sensor: Abnormal
q
P/T
Electrical system
E01
DW7BKA
Fan rev EPC: Disconnection
q
P/T
Electrical system
E01
DW7BKB
Fan rev EPC: Short circuit
P/T
Electrical system
E03
DWN1KA
Hss EPC1: Disconnection
q
P/T
Electrical system
E03
DWN1KB
Hss EPC1: Short circuit
q
P/T
Electrical system
E03
DWN1KY
Hss EPC1: Short circuit
q
P/T
Electrical system
E03
DWN2KA
Hss EPC2: Disconnection
q
P/T
Electrical system
E03
DWN2KB
Hss EPC2: Short circuit
q
P/T
Electrical system
E03
DWN2KY
Hss EPC2: Short circuit
q
P/T
Electrical system
E04
DWN3KA
Ssp solenoid: Disconnection
q
P/T
Electrical system
E04
DWN3KB
Ssp solenoid: Short circuit
q
P/T
Electrical system
E04
DWN3KY
SSP solenoid: Short circuit
q
P/T
Electrical system
E01
DWN5KA
Fan pump solenoid: Disconnection
P/T
Electrical system
E01
DWN5KB
Fan pump solenoid: Short circuit
W/E
Electrical system
E01
DXA0KA
TVC Sol.: Disconnection
W/E
Electrical system
E01
DXA0KB
TVC Sol.: Short circuit
W/E
Electrical system
E01
DXA0KY
TVC Sol.: Short circuit
P/T
Electrical system
E02
DXH1KA
Lock-up ECMV: Disconnection
q
P/T
Electrical system
E02
DXH1KB
Lock-up ECMV: Short circuit
q
P/T
Electrical system
E03
DXH1KY
Lock-up ECMV: Short circuit
q
P/T
Electrical system
E03
DXH4KA
1st clutch ECMV: Disconnection
q
P/T
Electrical system
E03
DXH4KB
1st clutch ECMV: Short circuit
q
P/T
Electrical system
E03
DXH4KY
1st clutch ECMV: Short circuit
q
P/T
Electrical system
E03
DXH5KA
2nd clutch ECMV: Disconnection
q
P/T
Electrical system
E03
DXH5KB
2nd clutch ECMV: Short circuit
q
P/T
Electrical system
E03
DXH5KY
2nd clutch ECMV: Short circuit
q
P/T
Electrical system
E03
DXH6KA
3rd clutch ECMV: Disconnection
q
P/T
Electrical system
E03
DXH6KB
3rd clutch ECMV: Short circuit
q
P/T
Electrical system
E03
DXH6KY
3rd clutch ECMV: Short circuit
q
P/T
Electrical system
E03
DXH7KA
R clutch ECMV: Disconnection
q
P/T
Electrical system
E03
DXH7KB
R clutch ECMV: Short circuit
q
P/T
Electrical system
E04
DXH7KY
R clutch ECMV: Short circuit
q
P/T
Electrical system
E03
DXH8KA
F clutch ECMV: Disconnection
q
P/T
Electrical system
E03
DXH8KB
F clutch ECMV: Short circuit
q
P/T
Electrical system
32
Trouble (Displayed on screen)
D155AX-6
30 Testing and adjusting
Action code
Failure code
E04
DXH8KY
E04
SEN00681-01
Alarm buzzer
Component in charge
Category of history
F clutch ECMV: Short circuit
q
P/T
Electrical system
DXHBKA
Right brake ECMV: Disconnection
q
P/T
Electrical system
E04
DXHBKB
Right brake ECMV: Short circuit
q
P/T
Electrical system
E04
DXHBKY
Right brake ECMV: Short circuit
q
P/T
Electrical system
E04
DXHCKA
Left brake ECMV: Disconnection
q
P/T
Electrical system
E04
DXHCKB
Left brake ECMV: Short circuit
q
P/T
Electrical system
E04
DXHCKY
Left brake ECMV: Short circuit
q
P/T
Electrical system
E03
DXHRKA
Blade up EPC: Disconnection
q
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DXHRKB
Blade up EPC: Short circuit
q
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DXHRKY
Blade up EPC: Short circuit
q
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DXHSKA
Blade down EPC: Disconnection
q
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DXHSKB
Blade down EPC: Short circuit
q
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DXHSKY
Blade down EPC: Short circuit
q
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DXHTKA
Blade left 1 EPC: Disconnection
q
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DXHTKB
Blade left 1 EPC: Short circuit
q
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DXHTKY
Blade left 1 EPC: Short circuit
q
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DXHUKA
Blade right 1 EPC: Disconnection
q
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DXHUKB
Blade right 1 EPC: Short circuit
q
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DXHUKY
Blade right 1 EPC: Short circuit
q
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DXHWKA
Ripper up EPC: Disconnection
q
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DXHWKB
Ripper up EPC: Short circuit
q
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DXHWKY
Ripper up EPC: Short circuit
q
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DXHXKA
Ripper down EPC: Disconnection
q
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DXHXKB
Ripper down EPC: Short circuit
q
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DXHXKY
Ripper down EPC: Short circuit
q
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DXHYKA
Ripper Tilt In EPC: Disconnection
q
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DXHYKB
Ripper Tilt In EPC: Short circuit
q
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DXHYKY
Ripper Tilt In EPC: Short circuit
q
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DXHZKA
Ripper Tilt Back EPC: Disconnection
q
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DXHZKB
Ripper Tilt Back EPC: Short circuit
q
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DXHZKY
Ripper Tilt Back EPC: Short circuit
q
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DXJ4KA
WEQ lock Sol.: Disconnection
q
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DXJ4KB
WEQ lock Sol.: Short circuit
q
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DXJ8KA
Blade left 2 EPC: Disconnection
q
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DXJ8KB
Blade left 2 EPC: Short circuit
q
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DXJ8KY
Blade left 2 EPC: Short circuit
q
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DXJ9KA
Blade right 2 EPC: Disconnection
q
W/E
Electrical system
D155AX-6
Trouble (Displayed on screen)
33
SEN00681-01
Action code
Failure code
E03
DXJ9KB
E03
30 Testing and adjusting
Alarm buzzer
Component in charge
Category of history
Blade right 2 EPC: Short circuit
q
W/E
Electrical system
DXJ9KY
Blade right 2 EPC: Short circuit
q
W/E
Electrical system
E01
DXJAKA
Q-drop EPC: Disconnection
W/E
Electrical system
E01
DXJAKB
Q-drop EPC: Short circuit
W/E
Electrical system
E01
DXJAKY
Q-drop EPC: Short circuit
W/E
Electrical system
E02
DXJBKA
S/C ECMV: Disconnection
q
P/T
Electrical system
E02
DXJBKB
S/C ECMV: Short circuit
q
P/T
Electrical system
E02
DXJBKY
S/C ECMV: Short circuit
q
P/T
Electrical system
a a
a
a
a
34
Trouble (Displayed on screen)
Entry order of items in table The items are entered in the order of their failure codes (incremental order). Action code Attached: If the failure code is detected, the action code, failure code, and telephone No. (if registered) are displayed on the ordinary screen to notify the operator of the fault. Not attached: Even if the failure code is detected, the machine monitor does not notify the operator of the fault. Alarm buzzer q: When occurrence of an error is notified to the operator, the buzzer sounds (The operator can stop the buzzer with the alarm buzzer cancel switch). e: Since the caution monitor is also turned ON, its function sounds the buzzer. Component in charge MON: The machine monitor is in charge of detection of fault. ENG: The engine controller is in charge of detection of fault. P/T: The power train controller is in charge of detection of fault. W/E: Work equipment controller is in charge of detection of fault. Category of record Mechanical equipment system: Fault information is recorded in the "Mechanical Systems". Electrical equipment system: Fault information is recorded in the "Electrical Systems" .
D155AX-6
30 Testing and adjusting
"Abnormality Record" (Air conditioner "Abnormality Record"/Heater "Abnormality Record") The machine monitor classifies and records the abnormality which occurred in the past or which are occurring at present into the mechanical system abnormality, electrical system abnormality, and air conditioner abnormality or heater abnormality. To check the air conditioner "Abnormality Record" or heater "Abnormality Record", perform the following procedures. a All the following figures show the air conditioner specification. 1.
Selecting menu Select "02 Abnormality Record" on the Service menu screen.
2.
Selecting sub menu After the "Abnormality Record" screen is displayed, select "03 Air-conditioning System" or "03 Heater Abnormality Record" with the function switches or numeral input switches. q [F3]: Move to lower record q [F4]: Move to upper record q [F5]: Return to service menu screen q [F6]: Confirm selection a You may enter a 2-digit code with the numeral input switches to select the record of that code and confirm it with [F6].
D155AX-6
SEN00681-01
3.
Information displayed on "Abnormality Record" screen On the air conditioner "Abnormality Record" or heater "Abnormality Record" screen, the following information is displayed. (a): System/Component name (b): Number of occurrence time (c): Condition (Normal or abnormal) q [F2]: Delete "Abnormality Record" q [F5]: Return to "Abnormality Record" screen a If [E] is displayed on the left of a condition, the abnormality is still occurring or resetting of it has not been confirmed. a If "CAN Status" is displayed in Communication condition, communication cannot be carried out normally. Accordingly, the conditions of other items are turned OFF.
4.
Deleting "Abnormality Record" While the "Abnormality Record" screen is displayed, press [F2], and the number of occurrence time of fault is deleted. If it is confirmed at this time that the abnormality has been reset, the display changes to Normal.
a
Heater specification In the heater specification, the display of "Air conditioner" is replaced with "Heater" and the items which are not related to the heater are not displayed.
35
SEN00681-01
30 Testing and adjusting
Maintenance Record The machine monitor records the maintenance information of the filters, oils, etc., which the operator can display and check by the following operations. When maintenance is carried out, if the data are reset in the operator mode, the number of the times of maintenance is recorded in this section.
01 Engine Oil Change
1.
07 Check and addition of damper case oil
02 Eng Oil Filter Change 03 Fuel Main Filter Change 41 Fuel Pre Filter Change 04 Hyd Oil Filter Change 06 Corrosion Resistor Change
Selecting menu Select "03 Maintenance Record" on the "Service Menu" screen.
08 Replacement interval of final drive case oil 10 Replacement of hydraulic oil 19 Replacement of power train oil 20 Replacement of power train oil filter
3.
2.
Selecting maintenance record item After the "Maintenance Record" screen is displayed, select an item to be checked with the function switches or numeral input switches. q [F1]: Move to next page (screen) q [F2]: Move to previous page (screen) q [F3]: Move to lower item q [F4]: Move to upper item q [F5]: Return to service menu screen a You may enter a 2-digit code with the numeral input switches to select the item of that code.
a
36
Items displayed on Maintenance Record screen The following items are displayed. (a): Maintenance items (b): Number of times of change up to now (c): Service meter reading (SMR) at previous change
The following items can be selected in the maintenance record.
D155AX-6
30 Testing and adjusting
SEN00681-01
Maintenance Mode Change The operating condition for maintenance function in the operation mode can be set and changed with this menu. q Set function effective or ineffective q Change set change interval (by items) q Initialize all set change intervals
00 Maintenance Mode On/Off
1.
06 Replacement interval of corrosion resistor
Selecting menu Select "04 Maintenance Mode Change" on the Service menu screen.
01 Engine Oil Change Int 02 Eng Oil Filter Change Int 03 Fuel Main Filter Change Int 41 Fuel Pre Filter Change Int 04 Hyd Oil Filter Change Int 07 Check and replacement interval of damper case oil 08 Replacement interval of final drive case oil 10 Replacement interval of hydraulic oil 19 Replacement interval of power train oil 20 Replacement interval of power train oil filter 99 Initialize all items
2.
3.
Contents of setting of ON/OFF of maintenance mode After selecting "00 Maintenance Mode On/Off", if the screen is displayed, set ON or OFF with the function switches. q ON: Functions of all maintenance items are set effective in operator mode q OFF: Functions of all maintenance items are set ineffective in operator mode q [F3]: Move to lower item q [F4]: Move to upper item q [F5]: Cancel selection and return to Maintenance mode screen q [F6]: Confirm selection and return to Maintenance mode screen a Even if ON/OFF of each item has been set, if the above setting is changed, it is applied.
4.
Contents of setting of each maintenance item After selecting each maintenance item, if the screen is displayed, set the item with the function switches. q Default: Maintenance interval set in machine monitor (Recommended by manufacturer and not changeable).
Selecting sub menu After the "Maintenance Mode On/Off" screen is displayed, select an item to be monitored with t he f u nc t i o n s wi t c h e s or nu m e r a l i np u t switches. q [F1]: Move to next page (screen) q [F2]: Move to previous page (screen) q [F3]: Move to lower item q [F4]: Move to upper item q [F5]: Return to service menu screen q [F6]: Confirm selection a You may enter a 2-digit code with the numeral input switches to select the item of that code and confirm it with [F6].
a
The following items can be selected on the "Maintenance Mode On/Off" screen.
D155AX-6
37
SEN00681-01
q
q q q q q
q
a
5.
38
30 Testing and adjusting
Set: Maintenance interval which can be set freely. Maintenance functions in operator mode operate on basis of this set time (which is increased or decreased by 50 hours). ON: Maintenance function of this item is set effective in operator mode. OFF: Maintenance function of this item is set ineffective in operator mode. [F3]: Select Reduce set value (Upper) or OFF (Lower). [F4]: Select Increase set value (Upper) or ON (Lower). [F5]: Cancel setting before confirmation and return to Maintenance Mode Change screen. [F6]: Confirm setting of upper or lower line. After the setting of the upper and lower lines is confirmed with [F6] and the screen changes to the Maintenance Mode Change screen with [F5], the setting is effective.
Function of All Default Value After selecting "99 All Default Value", if the screen is displayed, set with the function switches. a If this operation is executed, the set values of all the maintenance items are set to default values. q [F5]: Return to Maintenance Mode Change screen q [F6]: Execute default setting a A while after [F6] is pressed, the default setting completion screen is displayed. Then, if the "Maintenance Mode Change" screen is displayed, default setting is completed. a The default setting of the corrosion resistor is "OFF".
D155AX-6
30 Testing and adjusting
Phone Number Entry The phone No. displayed when the action code/failure code is displayed in the operator mode can be input and changed according to the following procedure. If a phone No. is not input with this function, no phone No. is displayed in the operator mode. 1.
Selecting menu Select "05 Phone Number Entry" on the "Service Menu" screen.
2.
Registering and changing telephone No. After the "Phone Number Entry" screen is displayed, register or change the phone No. q [F2]: Delete all input No. q [F3]: Move to left position (if not blank) q [F4]: Move to right position (if not blank) q [F5]: Delete input digit/Return to service menu q [F6]: Confirm input
a a
SEN00681-01 a
If [F6] is pressed without inputting a digit, there is not information of phone No. Accordingly, no phone No. is displayed in the operator mode.
Up to 14 digits can be input from the left. Input nothing in the surplus positions. If one of the input digits is wrong, move to that digit (and its background changes to orange) and overwrite it with the correct digit.
D155AX-6
39
SEN00681-01
Default setting (Key-on Mode) Check or change various settings related to the machine monitor and machine by default setting. The function of Key-on Mode is used to set the initial mode displayed on the machine monitor when the starting switch is turned ON. 1.
Selecting menu Select "06 Default" on the "Service Menu" screen.
2.
Selecting sub menu After the "Default" screen is displayed, select "01 Key-on Mode" with the function switches or numeral input switches. a Select this item similarly to an item on the "Service Menu" screen. a This function sets the following 4 mode items (which are the items set with the customize switch in the operator mode). q Power: P/E q Reverse slow mode: ON/OFF q Work equipment fine control: ON/OFF q Blade slow down: ON/OFF
40
30 Testing and adjusting
3.
Selecting mode After the "Key-on Mode" screen is displayed, select the mode to be set with the function switches. q Mode at previous key-OFF: Final mode in previous operation is displayed when starting switch is turned ON q Default Value (ALL OFF): Default setting of all mode items (Power: E, other 3 items: OFF) is displayed when starting switch is turned ON q [F3]: Move to lower item q [F4]: Move to upper item q [F5]: Cancel selection and return to default screen q [F6]: Confirm selection and return to default screen a When the machine is delivered, Default Value (All OFF).
D155AX-6
30 Testing and adjusting
SEN00681-01
Default setting (Setting of unit) Check or change various settings related to the machine monitor and machine by default setting. The unit selecting function is used to select the unit of the data displayed for monitoring, etc. 1.
Selecting menu Select "06 Default" on the "Service Menu" screen.
2.
Selecting sub menu After the "Default" screen is displayed, select "02 Unit" with the function switches or numeral input switches. a Select this item similarly to an item on the "Service Menu" screen.
3.
Selecting unit After the "Unit" screen is displayed, select the unit to be set with the function switches. q [F3]: Move to lower unit q [F4]: Move to upper unit q [F5]: Cancel selection and return to default screen q [F6]: Confirm selection and return to default screen a When the machine is delivered, the SI unit system is set.
D155AX-6
41
SEN00681-01
30 Testing and adjusting
Default setting (Setting of maintenance password) Check or change various settings related to the machine monitor and machine by default setting. The function of setting maintenance password is used to set the display of the password screen when the functions related to the maintenance are used in the operator mode. 1.
[F6]: Confirm selection and return to default screen
Selecting menu Select "06 Default" on the "Service Menu" screen.
2.
Selecting sub menu After the "Default" screen is displayed, select "03 Maintenance Password" with the function switches or numeral input switches. a Select this item similarly to an item on the Service menu screen.
3.
Selecting Enable/Disable After the "Maintenance Password" screen is displayed, select the setting with the function switches. q Disable: Password screen is not displayed q Enable: Password screen is displayed q [F3]: Move to lower item q [F4]: Move to upper item q [F5]: Cancel selection and return to Initialization screen
42
q
4.
Displaying maintenance password screen When the following operation is performed, the password screen is displayed in the operator mode. q The ordinary screen is changed to the maintenance mode (with [F5]) and then the "Maintenance table" screen is changed to the "Maintenance interval reset" screen.
5.
Changing maintenance password The password can be changed by operating the switches specially in the operator mode. a See "Function of changing maintenance password" in the operator mode. a Default password: [000000] a If the password setting is changed from "Enable" to "Disable", the password is reset to the default. a When "Enable" is set again, be sure to set a new password. a The maintenance password is different from the engine start lock password.
D155AX-6
30 Testing and adjusting
Default setting (Setting of camera) Check or change various settings related to the machine monitor and machine by default setting. The camera setting function is used to set default setting and removal of a camera. 1.
SEN00681-01
q q q q
a
Selecting menu Select "06 Default" on the "Service Menu" screen. a a
a a 2.
Selecting sub menu After the "Default" screen is displayed, select "04 Camera" with the function switches or numeral input switches. a Select this item similarly to an item on the "Service Menu" screen.
3.
Selecting camera setting After the "Camera" screen is displayed, select the setting with the function switches. q OFF: Camera is not connected q Original image: Image of connected camera is displayed in original position (as in mirror, used as back monitor) q Reverse image: Image of connected camera is displayed in reverse position (as seen directly, used as front or side monitor)
D155AX-6
a
[F3]: Move to left item [F4]: Move to right item [F5]: Cancel setting before confirmation and return to Default screen [F6]: Confirm selection in each line After "Camera" screen is displayed, camera 1 can be always set. When 2 or more cameras are connected, if camera 1 is set, the screen changes to setting of camera 2 automatically. After confirming the setting of each line with [F6], return to the Default screen with [F5], and the setting is effective. If a camera is connected but not set normally with this function, the graphic mark of camera is not displayed at [F3] in the operator mode. Accordingly, the image of the camera cannot be used. If 2 or more cameras are connected, be sure to set the use of them from camera 1 in order. The function of displaying 2 images simultaneously is effective when use of camera 1 and camera 2 is set. When a camera is installed, check that the displayed image is not inverted horizontally in the operator mode.
43
SEN00681-01
Default setting (Setting of ECO display) Check or change various settings related to the machine monitor and machine by initialization. The ECO display setting function is used to set the display of the ECO gauge. 1.
a
If ECO display is turned ON, ECO is displayed when the screen changes to the ordinary screen.
a
Display of ECO gauge (a)
Selecting menu Select "06 Default" on the "Service Menu" screen.
2.
Selecting sub menu After the "Default" screen is displayed, select "05 ECO Display" with the function switches or numeral input switches. a Select this item similarly to an item on the "Service Menu" screen.
3.
Selecting display setting After the "ECO Display" screen is displayed, select the setting with the function switches. q ON: Display ECO q OFF: Do not display ECO q [F3]: Move to left item q [F4]: Move to right item q [F5]: Cancel selection and return to default screen q [F6]: Confirm selection and return to default screen
44
30 Testing and adjusting
D155AX-6
30 Testing and adjusting
SEN00681-01
Adjustment The operator can adjust various items related to the machine with the machine monitor. When using an adjustment item, select it according to the following procedure. 1.
Selecting menu Select "07 Adjustment" on the "Service Menu" screen.
3.
2.
Selecting adjustment item After the "Adjustment" screen is displayed, input the 4-digit adjustment ID of the adjustment item to be used with the numeral input switches. q [F5]: Cancel adjustment and return to Service menu screen q [F6]: Confirm input adjustment ID and go to Adjustment screen a For the adjustment ID's and their adjustment items, see the adjustment items table.
a
Displaying adjustment screen After the "Adjustment" screen for the adjustment ID is displayed, you can start adjustment. a In the figure, adjustment ID [0002] is selected and displayed as an example. a "000", "00", and "0" on the left of the adjustment ID must be filled but they are not displayed on the adjustment screen. a The functions given to function switches [F3] – [F6] depend on the adjustment item. a For the method of operating each adjustment item, see the explanation of its adjustment ID.
If the input adjustment ID is incorrect, the message of "No ready Adjustment" is displayed and the ID input screen does not change (Another ID can be input again with the numeral input switches while this screen is displayed).
D155AX-6
45
SEN00681-01
30 Testing and adjusting
Adjustment items table Adjustment ID
46
Adjustment item
Remarks
0002
Power train controller initialization
0004
Work equipment specification setting
0005
Brake pedal potentiometer initial correction
0007
Engine decelerator cutting
0009
Pitch angle sensor initial correction
0010
Fan 70% mode
0031
Work equipment controller initialization
0530
Stall mode
0910
Load record check mode
1005
Fan 100% mode
1012
Steering lever neutral position adjustment
1013
Steering lever leftmost position adjustment
1014
Steering lever rightmost position adjustment
1015
Right brake oil pressure offset
1016
Left brake oil pressure offset
2021
Power train controller voltage check mode
2022
Work equipment controller voltage check mode
2222
HSS min. current setting mode
6001
R1 reverse slow set speed
Fine adjustment of reverse slow mode
6002
R2 reverse slow set speed
Fine adjustment of reverse slow mode
6003
R3 reverse slow set speed
Fine adjustment of reverse slow mode
7842
Transmission clutch IP automatic initial correction
7843
Transmission clutch IP manual initial correction
7845
Transmission clutch IP learning display
8000
Blade lift lever neutral position adjustment
8001
Blade lift lever max. raising position adjustment
8002
Blade lift lever max. lowering position adjustment
8003
Blade tilt lever neutral position adjustment
8004
Blade tilt lever rightmost position adjustment
8005
Blade tilt lever leftmost position adjustment
8006
Ripper lift lever neutral position adjustment
8007
Ripper lift lever max. raising position adjustment
8008
Ripper lift lever max. lowering position adjustment
8009
Ripper tilt lever neutral position adjustment
8010
Ripper tilt lever max. IN position adjustment
Resetting auto-decelerating function
Recommended mode of torque converter stall
8011
Ripper tilt lever max. BACK position adjustment
8020
Blade raising current correction
8021
Blade lowering current correction
Fine adjustment with blade fine control mode OFF
8022
Blade raising current correction (Fine control mode)
Fine adjustment with blade fine control mode ON
8023
Blade lowering current correction (Fine control mode) Fine adjustment with blade fine control mode ON
8024
Blade tilting left current correction
8025
Blade tilting right current correction
9995
Control brake release mode
9996
Sudden stop prevent valve operation mode
9997
High idle cut mode
9998
Max. gear speed setting mode
Fine adjustment with blade fine control mode OFF
Control brake: Brake ECMV (Right and left)
D155AX-6
30 Testing and adjusting
Adjustment ID: 0002 (Power train controller initialization)
SEN00681-01
Adjustment ID: 0004 (Work equipment specification setting)
This adjustment code is used to initialize the specification code recognized by the power train controller and the set values of the memory in the controller. After the power train controller is replaced, be sure to carry out this adjustment once.
q
q
Functions of function switches [F3]: Unused [F4]: Unused [F5]: Return to adjustment item selecting screen (ID inputting screen) [F6]: Save setting
q
Functions of function switches [F3]: Increase specification value [CODE] [F4]: Decrease specification value [CODE] [F5]: Return to adjustment item selecting screen (ID inputting screen) [F6]: Save setting
q
Operating method: 1) Press [F6] and check that the alarm buzzer sounds. 2) Check that the displayed specification code [CODE] has changed from [5x5] to [555]. a If specification code [555] is not displayed, the controller wiring harness or the controller unit may be defective. a Even if this adjustment code is turned off, the setting is effective.
q
Operating method: 1) Press [F3] or [F4] to select the specification value [CODE] of the work equipment concerned.
q
a
a
This adjustment code is used to make the work equipment controller recognize the type of the work equipment. After the work equipment controller is replaced, be sure to carry out this adjustment once.
CODE
2) k
a
D155AX-6
Type of work equipment
0
Dual tiltdozer
1
Single tiltdozer
2
Mechanical dozer
Press [F6] and check that the alarm buzzer sounds. If the specification of the work equipment is different from the setting in the controller, the work equipment may move unexpectedly or an error may be made. Accordingly, be sure to match the controller to the work equipment. Even if this adjustment code is turned off, the setting is effective.
47
SEN00681-01
Adjustment ID: 0005 (Brake pedal potentiometer initial correction)
q
a
q
q
48
This adjustment code is used to make the power train controller recognize the zero point of the brake pedal potentiometer. After the power train controller or brake pedal potentiometer is replaced or the brake pedal linkage is disconnected and connected, be sure to carry out this adjustment once. Functions of function switches [F3]: Unused [F4]: Unused [F5]: Return to adjustment item selecting screen (ID inputting screen) [F6]: Save corrected value Operating method: 1) Check that the brake pedal is in the neutral position (it is not pressed at all) and keep it in that position. 2) Press [F6] and check that the alarm buzzer sounds. a Even if the adjustment is carried out, the displayed value does not change. a Even if this adjustment code is turned off, the correction is effective. a This adjustment code is used to make the controller recognize the zero point of the potentiometer. It is not used to adjust the braking force.
30 Testing and adjusting
Adjustment ID: 0007 (Engine decelerator cutting)
q
a a
This adjustment code is used to stop the autodeceleration function of the engine and check the high idle speed of the engine unit. The engine can be driven and tested with the auto-deceleration reset only while this adjustment code is selected. Use this adjustment code for testing, adjusting, or troubleshooting when necessary.
q
Functions of function switches [F3]: Unused [F4]: Unused [F5]: Return to adjustment item selecting screen (ID inputting screen) [F6]: Unused
q
Operating method: When this adjustment code is displayed, its function is effective and the auto-deceleration function is stopped. a After this adjustment code is turned OFF, its function is ineffective.
D155AX-6
30 Testing and adjusting
Adjustment ID: 0009 (Pitch angle sensor initial correction)
q
a
q
q
This adjustment code is used to make the power train controller recognize the zero point of the pitch angle sensor and to correct the installation error. After the power train controller is replaced or the pitch angle sensor is removed and installed or replaced, be sure to carry out this adjustment once. Functions of function switches [F3]: Unused [F4]: Unused [F5]: Return to adjustment item selecting screen (ID inputting screen) [F6]: Save corrected value Operating method: 1) Check that the machine is level. 2) Press [F6] and check that the alarm buzzer sounds. a If adjustment is carried out, displayed item [BODY PITCH ANGLE] changes to [0.0 °] (The other displayed items do not change). a Even if this adjustment code is turned off, the correction is effective.
D155AX-6
SEN00681-01
Adjustment ID: 0010 (Fan 70% mode)
q
a
This adjustment code is used to set the cooling fan speed to about 70% forcibly. Use this adjustment code for testing, adjusting, or troubleshooting when necessary.
q
Functions of function switches [F3]: Increase adjustment value [FAN 70% SPEED MODE] [F4]: Decrease adjustment value [FAN 70% SPEED MODE] [F5]: Return to adjustment item selecting screen (ID inputting screen) [F6]: Unused
q
Operating method: When this adjustment code is displayed, its function is effective and the cooling fan speed is controlled to about 70% of the maximum speed. a After this adjustment code is turned OFF, its function is ineffective.
49
SEN00681-01
Adjustment ID: 0031 (Work equipment controller initialization)
q
a
q
q
This adjustment code is used to initialize the specification code recognized by the work equipment controller and the set values of the memory in the controller. After the work equipment controller is replaced, be sure to carry out this adjustment once. Functions of function switches [F3]: Unused [F4]: Unused [F5]: Return to adjustment item selecting screen (ID inputting screen) [F6]: Save setting Operating method: 1) Press [F6] and check that the alarm buzzer sounds. 2) Check that the displayed specification code [CODE] has changed from [6x6] to [666]. a If specification code [666] is not displayed, the controller wiring harness or the controller unit may be defective. a Even if this adjustment code is turned off, the setting is effective.
30 Testing and adjusting
Adjustment ID: 0530 (Stall mode)
q
This adjustment code is used to set the fan speed in the 100% mode automatically and make it possible to set the preset (gear speed at start) to [F3-R3] to stall the torque converter. a The preset (gear speed at start) can be set to [F3-R3] only while this adjustment code is selected. a Use this adjustment code for testing, adjusting, or troubleshooting when necessary.
q
Functions of function switches [F3]: Unused [F4]: Unused [F5]: Return to adjustment item selecting screen (ID inputting screen) [F6]: Unused
q
Mode setting information within screen [P-AUTO SFT MODE]: Automatic gearshift in P mode [E-AUTO SFT MODE]: Automatic gearshift in E mode [P-MANUAL SFT MODE]: Manual gearshift in P mode [E-MANUAL SFT MODE]: Manual gearshift in E mode
q
Operating method: When this adjustment code is displayed, its function is effective and the preset (gear speed at start) is set to [F3-R3]. k
a
50
This adjustment code does not stall the t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r a u t o m a t i c a l l y. Accordingly, operate the levers and pedals securely when stalling the torque converter (For the procedure for stalling the torque converter, see Measuring engine speed). After this adjustment code is turned OFF, its function is ineffective.
D155AX-6
30 Testing and adjusting
Adjustment ID: 0910 (Load record check mode)
q
a
q
q
q
This adjustment code is used to check the load on the machine, odometer, and reverse odometer. Use this adjustment code for testing, adjusting, or troubleshooting when necessary. Functions of function switches [F3]: Unused [F4]: Unused [F5]: Return to adjustment item selecting screen (ID inputting screen) [F6]: Unused Mode setting information within screen [1000 rpm SMR]: Time displayed by service meter in which engine speed was above 1,000 rpm [ODO METER FORWARD]: Total forward travel distance [ODO METER REVERSE]: Total reverse travel distance Operating method: When this adjustment code is displayed, its function is effective and the load on the machine, odometer, and reverse odometer are displayed simultaneously. a The data cannot be reset. a After this adjustment code is turned OFF, its function is ineffective.
D155AX-6
SEN00681-01
Adjustment ID: 1005 (Fan 100% mode)
q
a
This adjustment code is used to set the cooling fan speed to about 100% forcibly. It is also used to set the adjustment value of the maximum speed. Use this adjustment code for testing, adjusting, or troubleshooting when necessary.
q
Functions of function switches [F3]: Increase adjustment value [FAN 100% SPEED MODE] [F4]: Decrease adjustment value [FAN 100% SPEED MODE] [F5]: Return to adjustment item selecting screen (ID inputting screen) [F6]: Save adjustment value
q
Operating method: a When this adjustment code is displayed, its function is effective and the cooling fan speed is controlled to about 100% of the maximum speed. 1) Increase or decrease the adjustment value by pressing [F3] or [F4]. 2) When confirming the adjustment value, press [F6] and check that the alarm buzzer sounds. a After this adjustment code is turned OFF, its function is ineffective but the set adjustment value is effective.
51
SEN00681-01
Adjustment ID: 1012 (Steering lever neutral position adjustment)
30 Testing and adjusting
Adjustment ID: 1013 (Steering lever leftmost position adjustment)
This adjustment code is used to make the power train controller recognize the neutral position of the steering potentiometer of the PCCS lever. After the power train controller or PCCS lever is replaced, be sure to carry out this adjustment once.
q
q
Functions of function switches [F3]: Unused [F4]: Unused [F5]: Return to adjustment item selecting screen (ID inputting screen) [F6]: Save adjustment value
q
Functions of function switches [F3]: Unused [F4]: Unused [F5]: Return to adjustment item selecting screen (ID inputting screen) [F6]: Save adjustment value
q
Operating method: 1) Check that the PCCS lever is in the neutral position of the steering direction and keep it in that position. 2) Press [F6] and check that the alarm buzzer sounds. a Even if the adjustment is carried out, the displayed value does not change. a Even if this adjustment code is turned off, the adjustment is effective. a This adjustment code is used to make the controller recognize the neutral position of the potentiometer. It is not used to adjust the steering force.
q
Operating method: 1) Operate the PCCS lever to the left stroke end of the steering direction and keep it in that position. 2) Press [F6] and check that the alarm buzzer sounds. a Even if the adjustment is carried out, the displayed value does not change. a Even if this adjustment code is turned off, the adjustment is effective. a This adjustment code is used to make the controller recognize the leftmost position of the potentiometer. It is not used to adjust the steering force.
q
a
52
a
This adjustment code is used to make the power train controller recognize the leftmost position of the steering potentiometer of the PCCS lever. After the power train controller or PCCS lever is replaced, be sure to carry out this adjustment once.
D155AX-6
30 Testing and adjusting
Adjustment ID: 1014 (Steering lever rightmost position adjustment)
q
a
q
q
This adjustment code is used to make the power train controller recognize the rightmost position of the steering potentiometer of the PCCS lever. After the power train controller or PCCS lever is replaced, be sure to carry out this adjustment once. Functions of function switches [F3]: Unused [F4]: Unused [F5]: Return to adjustment item selecting screen (ID inputting screen) [F6]: Save adjustment value Operating method: 1) Operate the PCCS lever to the right stroke end of the steering direction and keep it in that position. 2) Press [F6] and check that the alarm buzzer sounds. a Even if the adjustment is carried out, the displayed value does not change. a Even if this adjustment code is turned off, the adjustment is effective. a This adjustment code is used to make the controller recognize the rightmost position of the potentiometer. It is not used to adjust the steering force.
D155AX-6
SEN00681-01
Adjustment ID: 1015 (Right brake oil pressure offset)
q
a
This adjustment code is used to adjust the right brake oil pressure manually. Use this adjustment code for work when necessary.
q
Functions of function switches [F3]: Increase adjustment value [F4]: Decrease adjustment value [F5]: Return to adjustment item selecting screen (ID inputting screen) [F6]: Save adjustment value
q
Information displayed on screen The offset oil pressure is displayed and the adjustment value is increased or decreased by 0.1 kg/cm² (The value displayed on the screen is multiplied by 100). a The default adjustment value is 0 kg/cm². a The adjustment range is -3 – 3 kg/cm².
q
Operating method: 1) Increase or decrease the adjustment value by pressing [F3] or [F4]. 2) Press [F6] and check that the alarm buzzer sounds. a If the oil pressure has been adjusted, it is displayed. It can be adjusted again within the adjustment range, however. a It is not necessary to operate the brake during adjustment. After finishing adjustment, however, operate the brake and check that there is not a problem in the actual brake performance. a Even if this adjustment code is turned off, the adjustment is effective.
53
SEN00681-01
Adjustment ID: 1016 (Left brake oil pressure offset)
q
a
q
q
q
54
This adjustment code is used to adjust the left brake oil pressure manually. Use this adjustment code for work when necessary. Functions of function switches [F3]: Increase adjustment value [F4]: Decrease adjustment value [F5]: Return to adjustment item selecting screen (ID inputting screen) [F6]: Save adjustment value Information displayed on screen The offset oil pressure is displayed and the adjustment value is increased or decreased by 0.1 kg/cm² (The value displayed on the screen is multiplied by 100). a The default adjustment value is 0 kg/cm². a The adjustment range is -3 – 3 kg/cm². Operating method 1) Increase or decrease the adjustment value by pressing [F3] or [F4]. 2) Press [F6] and check that the alarm buzzer sounds. a It is not necessary to operate the brake during adjustment. After finishing adjustment, however, operate the brake and check that there is not a problem in the actual brake performance. a If the oil pressure has been adjusted, it is displayed. It can be adjusted again within the adjustment range, however. a Even if this adjustment code is turned off, the adjustment is effective.
30 Testing and adjusting
Adjustment ID: 2021 (Power train controller voltage check mode)
q
a
This adjustment code is used to check the constant power supply voltage and switch power supply voltage applied to the power train controller. Use this adjustment code for testing, adjusting, or troubleshooting when necessary.
q
Functions of function switches [F3]: Unused [F4]: Unused [F5]: Return to adjustment item selecting screen (ID inputting screen) [F6]: Unused
q
Information displayed on screen [PT CONTROLLER UNSWITCH POWER]: Constant power supply voltage [PT CONTROLLER ACC POWER]: Switch power supply voltage
q
Operating method: When this adjustment code is displayed, its function is effective and the constant power supply voltage and switch power supply voltage are displayed simultaneously. a After this adjustment code is turned OFF, its function is ineffective.
D155AX-6
30 Testing and adjusting
Adjustment ID: 2022 (Work equipment controller voltage check mode)
SEN00681-01
Adjustment ID: 2222 (HSS min. current setting mode)
This adjustment code is used to check the constant power supply voltage and switch power supply voltage applied to the work equipment controller. Use this adjustment code for testing, adjusting, or troubleshooting when necessary.
q
q
Functions of function switches [F3]: Unused [F4]: Unused [F5]: Return to adjustment item selecting screen (ID inputting screen) [F6]: Unused
q
Functions of function switches [F3]: Unused [F4]: Unused [F5]: Return to adjustment item selecting screen (ID inputting screen) [F6]: Save adjustment value
q
Information displayed on screen [WE CONTROLLER UNSWITCH POWER]: Constant power supply voltage [WE CONTROLLER ACC POWER]: Switch power supply voltage
q
q
Operating method: When this adjustment code is displayed, its function is effective and the constant power supply voltage and switch power supply voltage are displayed simultaneously. a After this adjustment code is turned OFF, its function is ineffective.
Operating method 1) Set the parking brake lever in the free position. 2) Tilt the PCCS lever to a right or left position at which the current to be set is indicated and hold it at that position. q If the lever is tilted to the left, the current becomes negative. q If the lever is tilted to the right, the current becomes positive. 3) Press [F6] and check that the alarm buzzer sounds. a The current (mA) varies in the range from -350 (left end) to 350 (right end). a As the set current is increased in the positive or negative direction, the turning radius to start steering is reduced more (the machine is steered more quickly). a It is not necessary to steer the machine during adjustment. After finishing adjustment, however, steer the machine and check that there is not a problem in the actual steering feel. a The following figure shows an example of reducing the set current for the left steering to increase the turning radius.
q
a
D155AX-6
a
This adjustment code is used to adjust the turning radius to start steering the machine when the steering feel is different by the steering direction. Use this adjustment code for work when necessary.
55
SEN00681-01
30 Testing and adjusting
Adjustment ID: 6001 (R1 reverse slow set speed)
a
Even if this adjustment code is turned off, the adjustment is effective.
q
a
56
This adjustment code is used to adjust the engine speed applied to travel at gear speed R1 with the reverse slow mode ON. Use this adjustment code for work when necessary.
q
Functions of function switches [F3]: Increase adjustment value [F4]: Decrease adjustment value [F5]: Return to adjustment item selecting screen (ID inputting screen) [F6]: Save adjustment value
q
Information displayed on screen The speed reduced from the high idle speed (2,050 rpm) is displayed and the adjustment value is increased or decreased by 50 rpm (The value displayed on the screen is multiplied by 1/10). a The default adjustment value is 300 rpm (Displayed value: 30). (Default setting: 2,050 – 300 = 1,850 rpm)
q
Operating method 1) Increase or decrease the adjustment value by pressing [F3] or [F4]. 2) Press [F6] and check that the alarm buzzer sounds. a If the engine speed has been adjusted, it is displayed. It can be adjusted again within the adjustment range, however. a It is not necessary to drive the machine during adjustment. After finishing adjustment, however, drive the machine at R1 with the reverse slow mode ON and check that there is not a problem in the actual travel speed. a Even if this adjustment code is turned off, the adjustment is effective.
D155AX-6
30 Testing and adjusting
Adjustment ID: 6002 (R2 reverse slow set speed)
SEN00681-01
Adjustment ID: 6003 (R3 reverse slow set speed)
This adjustment code is used to adjust the engine speed applied to travel at gear speed R2 with the reverse slow mode ON. Use this adjustment code for work when necessary.
q
q
Functions of function switches [F3]: Increase adjustment value [F4]: Decrease adjustment value [F5]: Return to adjustment item selecting screen (ID inputting screen) [F6]: Save adjustment value
q
Functions of function switches [F3]: Increase adjustment value [F4]: Decrease adjustment value [F5]: Return to adjustment item selecting screen (ID inputting screen) [F6]: Save adjustment value
q
Information displayed on screen The speed reduced from the high idle speed (2,050 rpm) is displayed and the adjustment value is increased or decreased by 50 rpm (The value displayed on the screen is multiplied by 1/10). a The default adjustment value is 300 rpm (Displayed value: 30). (Default setting: 2,050 – 300 = 1,850 rpm)
q
Information displayed on screen The speed reduced from the high idle speed (2,050 rpm) is displayed and the adjustment value is increased or decreased by 50 rpm (The value displayed on the screen is multiplied by 1/10). a The default adjustment value is 300 rpm (Displayed value: 30). (Default setting: 2,050 – 300 = 1,850 rpm)
q
Operating method 1) Increase or decrease the adjustment value by pressing [F3] or [F4]. 2) Press [F6] and check that the alarm buzzer sounds. a If the engine speed has been adjusted, it is displayed. It can be adjusted again within the adjustment range, however. a It is not necessary to drive the machine during adjustment. After finishing adjustment, however, drive the machine at R2 with the reverse slow mode ON and check that there is not a problem in the actual travel speed. a Even if this adjustment code is turned off, the adjustment is effective.
q
Operating method 1) Increase or decrease the adjustment value by pressing [F3] or [F4]. 2) Press [F6] and check that the alarm buzzer sounds. a If the engine speed has been adjusted, it is displayed. It can be adjusted again within the adjustment range, however. a It is not necessary to drive the machine during adjustment. After finishing adjustment, however, drive the machine at R3 with the reverse slow mode ON and check that there is not a problem in the actual travel speed. a Even if this adjustment code is turned off, the adjustment is effective.
q
a
D155AX-6
a
This adjustment code is used to adjust the engine speed applied to travel at gear speed R3 with the reverse slow mode ON. Use this adjustment code for work when necessary.
57
SEN00681-01
Adjustment ID: 7842 (Transmission clutch IP automatic initial correction)
q
a
This adjustment code is used to make the power train controller recognize the mechanical condition of the transmission. After the power train controller or transmission is replaced, be sure to carry out this adjustment once.
q
Functions of function switches [F3]: Unused [F4]: Unused [F5]: Return to adjustment item selecting screen (ID inputting screen) [F6]: Save adjustment value
q
Conditions for correction work 1) [ENGINE SPEED]: 1,700 – 1,950 rpm 2) [T/C TEMPERATURE]: 65 – 85 °C 3) Parking brake lever: LOCK position a When using this adjustment code, keep the ab ove c ond iti on s (I n pa rt ic ul ar, increase the power train oil temperature sufficiently before starting adjustment).
q
58
Operating method: 1) Start the engine and keep its speed in the specified range of condition with the fuel control dial. 2) Press [F6] and start the correction work and check that [1ST CLUTCH] is displayed newly on the screen. 3) If [END OF TEACHING] is displayed on the screen, press [F6]. If the alarm buzzer sounds at this time, correction work is completed. a The machine does not move during the correction work. a Even if this adjustment code is turned off, the correction is effective.
30 Testing and adjusting
Adjustment ID: 7843 (Transmission clutch IP manual initial correction)
q
a
This adjustment code is used to carry out correction manually when the correction is not carried out normally by the operation of IP automatic correction (Adjustment ID: 7842). Use this adjustment code after the IP correction work, if necessary.
q
Functions of function switches [F3]: Increase adjustment value [F4]: Decrease adjustment value [F5]: Return to adjustment item selecting screen (ID inputting screen) [F6]: Save adjustment value a If [F2] is pressed while [F1] is pressed, all the correction values are set to 0.
q
Functions of shift-up and shift-down switches You can select a clutch to be corrected manually with the shift-up and shift-down switches.
q
Conditions for correction work Same as the conditions for IP automatic correction (Adjustment ID: 7842).
q
Operating method: 1) Start the engine and keep its speed in the specified range of condition with the fuel control dial. 2) Select a clutch to be corrected manually with the shift-up or shift-down switches. 3) Increase or decrease the adjustment value by pressing [F3] or [F4]. 4) Press [F6] and check that the alarm buzzer sounds. a The machine does not move during the correction work. a Even if this adjustment code is turned off, the correction is effective.
D155AX-6
30 Testing and adjusting
Adjustment ID: 7845 (Transmission clutch IP learning display)
SEN00681-01
Adjustment ID: 8000 (Blade lift lever neutral position adjustment)
This adjustment code is used to check the information of correction made by the operation of IP automatic correction (Adjustment ID: 7842) or IP manual correction (Adjustment ID: 7843). Use this adjustment code for testing, adjusting, or troubleshooting when necessary.
q
q
Functions of function switches [F3]: Change display [F4]: Change display [F5]: Return to adjustment item selecting screen (ID inputting screen) [F6]: Unused
q
Functions of function switches [F3]: Unused [F4]: Unused [F5]: Return to adjustment item selecting screen (ID inputting screen) [F6]: Save adjustment value
q
Operating method When this adjustment code is displayed, its function is effective and the correction information is displayed. a After this adjustment code is turned OFF, its function is ineffective.
q
Operating method 1) Check that the blade control lever is in the neutral position of the lifting direction and keep it in that position. 2) Press [F6] and check that the alarm buzzer sounds. a Even if the adjustment is carried out, the displayed value does not change. a Even if this adjustment code is turned off, the adjustment is effective. a This adjustment code is used to make the controller recognize the neutral position of the potentiometer. It is not used to adjust the sensitivity of the blade control lever (For adjustment of the sensitivity of the blade control lever in the lifting direction, carry out adjustment codes 8020 – 8023).
q
a
D155AX-6
a
This adjustment code is used to make the work equipment controller recognize the neutral position of the lift potentiometer of the blade control lever. After the work equipment controller or blade control lever is replaced, be sure to carry out this adjustment once.
59
SEN00681-01
Adjustment ID: 8001 (Blade lift lever max. raising position adjustment)
30 Testing and adjusting
Adjustment ID: 8002 (Blade lift lever max. lowering position adjustment)
This adjustment code is used to make the work equipment controller recognize the maximum raising position of the lift potentiometer of the blade control lever. After the work equipment controller or blade control lever is replaced, be sure to carry out this adjustment once.
q
q
Functions of function switches [F3]: Unused [F4]: Unused [F5]: Return to adjustment item selecting screen (ID inputting screen) [F6]: Save adjustment value
q
Functions of function switches [F3]: Unused [F4]: Unused [F5]: Return to adjustment item selecting screen (ID inputting screen) [F6]: Save adjustment value
q
Operating method 1) Operate the blade control lever to the raising stroke end of the lifting direction and keep it in that position. 2) Press [F6] and check that the alarm buzzer sounds. a Even if the adjustment is carried out, the displayed value does not change. a Even if this adjustment code is turned off, the adjustment is effective. a This adjustment code is used to make the controller recognize the maximum raising position of the potentiometer. It is not used to adjust the sensitivity of the blade control lever (For adjustment of the sensitivity of the blade control lever in the lifting direction, carry out adjustment codes 8020 – 8023).
q
Operating method 1) Operate the blade control lever to the lowering stroke end of the lifting direction and keep it in that position. 2) Press [F6] and check that the alarm buzzer sounds. a Even if the adjustment is carried out, the displayed value does not change. a Even if this adjustment code is turned off, the adjustment is effective. a This adjustment code is used to make the controller recognize the maximum lowering position of the potentiometer. It is not used to adjust the sensitivity of the blade control lever (For adjustment of the sensitivity of the blade control lever in the lifting direction, carry out adjustment codes 8020 – 8023).
q
a
60
a
This adjustment code is used to make the work equipment controller recognize the maximum lowering position of the lift potentiometer of the blade control lever. After the work equipment controller or blade control lever is replaced, be sure to carry out this adjustment once.
D155AX-6
30 Testing and adjusting
Adjustment ID: 8003 (Blade tilt lever neutral position adjustment)
SEN00681-01
Adjustment ID: 8004 (Blade tilt lever rightmost position adjustment)
This adjustment code is used to make the work equipment controller recognize the neutral position of the tilt potentiometer of the blade control lever. After the work equipment controller or blade control lever is replaced, be sure to carry out this adjustment once.
q
q
Functions of function switches [F3]: Unused [F4]: Unused [F5]: Return to adjustment item selecting screen (ID inputting screen) [F6]: Save adjustment value
q
Functions of function switches [F3]: Unused [F4]: Unused [F5]: Return to adjustment item selecting screen (ID inputting screen) [F6]: Save adjustment value
q
Operating method 1) Check that the blade control lever is in the neutral position of the tilting direction and keep it in that position. 2) Press [F6] and check that the alarm buzzer sounds. a Even if the adjustment is carried out, the displayed value does not change. a Even if this adjustment code is turned off, the adjustment is effective. a This adjustment code is used to make the controller recognize the neutral position of the potentiometer. It is not used to adjust the sensitivity of the blade control lever (For adjustment of the sensitivity of the blade control lever in the tilting direction, carry out adjustment codes 8024 and 8025).
q
Operating method 1) Operate the blade control lever to the right stroke end of the tilting direction and keep it in that position. 2) Press [F6] and check that the alarm buzzer sounds. a Even if the adjustment is carried out, the displayed value does not change. a Even if this adjustment code is turned off, the adjustment is effective. a This adjustment code is used to make the controller recognize the rightmost position of the potentiometer. It is not used to adjust the sensitivity of the blade control lever (For adjustment of the sensitivity of the blade control lever in the tilting direction, carry out adjustment codes 8024 and 8025).
q
a
D155AX-6
a
This adjustment code is used to make the work equipment controller recognize the rightmost position of the tilt potentiometer of the blade control lever. After the work equipment controller or blade control lever is replaced, be sure to carry out this adjustment once.
61
SEN00681-01
Adjustment ID: 8005 (Blade tilt lever leftmost position adjustment)
30 Testing and adjusting
Adjustment ID: 8006 (Ripper lift lever neutral position adjustment)
This adjustment code is used to make the work equipment controller recognize the leftmost position of the tilt potentiometer of the blade control lever. After the work equipment controller or blade control lever is replaced, be sure to carry out this adjustment once.
q
q
Functions of function switches [F3]: Unused [F4]: Unused [F5]: Return to adjustment item selecting screen (ID inputting screen) [F6]: Save adjustment value
q
Functions of function switches [F3]: Unused [F4]: Unused [F5]: Return to adjustment item selecting screen (ID inputting screen) [F6]: Save adjustment value
q
Operating method 1) Operate the blade control lever to the left stroke end of the tilting direction and keep it in that position. 2) Press [F6] and check that the alarm buzzer sounds. a Even if the adjustment is carried out, the displayed value does not change. a Even if this adjustment code is turned off, the adjustment is effective. a This adjustment code is used to make the controller recognize the leftmost position of the potentiometer. It is not used to adjust the sensitivity of the blade control lever (For adjustment of the sensitivity of the blade control lever in the tilting direction, carry out adjustment codes 8024 and 8025).
q
Operating method 1) Check that the ripper control lever is in the neutral position of the lifting direction and keep it in that position. 2) Press [F6] and check that the alarm buzzer sounds. a Even if the adjustment is carried out, the displayed value does not change. a Even if this adjustment code is turned off, the adjustment is effective. a This adjustment code is used to make the controller recognize the neutral position of the potentiometer. It is not used to adjust the sensitivity of the ripper control lever.
q
a
62
a
This adjustment code is used to make the work equipment controller recognize the neutral position of the lift potentiometer of the ripper control lever. After the work equipment controller or ripper control lever is replaced, be sure to carry out this adjustment once.
D155AX-6
30 Testing and adjusting
Adjustment ID: 8007 (Ripper lift lever max. raising position adjustment)
SEN00681-01
Adjustment ID: 8008 (Ripper lift lever max. lowering position adjustment)
This adjustment code is used to make the work equipment controller recognize the maximum raising position of the lift potentiometer of the ripper control lever. After the work equipment controller or ripper control lever is replaced, be sure to carry out this adjustment once.
q
q
Functions of function switches [F3]: Unused [F4]: Unused [F5]: Return to adjustment item selecting screen (ID inputting screen) [F6]: Save adjustment value
q
Functions of function switches [F3]: Unused [F4]: Unused [F5]: Return to adjustment item selecting screen (ID inputting screen) [F6]: Save adjustment value
q
Operating method 1) Operate the ripper control lever to the raising stroke end of the lifting direction and keep it in that position. 2) Press [F6] and check that the alarm buzzer sounds. a Even if the adjustment is carried out, the displayed value does not change. a Even if this adjustment code is turned off, the adjustment is effective. a This adjustment code is used to make the controller recognize the maximum raising position of the potentiometer. It is not used to adjust the sensitivity of the ripper control lever.
q
Operating method 1) Operate the ripper control lever to the lowering stroke end of the lifting direction and keep it in that position. 2) Press [F6] and check that the alarm buzzer sounds. a Even if the adjustment is carried out, the displayed value does not change. a Even if this adjustment code is turned off, the adjustment is effective. a This adjustment code is used to make the controller recognize the maximum lowering position of the potentiometer. It is not used to adjust the sensitivity of the ripper control lever.
q
a
D155AX-6
a
This adjustment code is used to make the work equipment controller recognize the maximum lowering position of the lift potentiometer of the ripper control lever. After the work equipment controller or ripper control lever is replaced, be sure to carry out this adjustment once.
63
SEN00681-01
Adjustment ID: 8009 (Ripper tilt lever neutral position adjustment)
30 Testing and adjusting
Adjustment ID: 8010 (Ripper tilt lever max. IN position adjustment)
This adjustment code is used to make the work equipment controller recognize the neutral position of the tilt potentiometer of the ripper control lever. After the work equipment controller or ripper control lever is replaced, be sure to carry out this adjustment once.
q
q
Functions of function switches [F3]: Unused [F4]: Unused [F5]: Return to adjustment item selecting screen (ID inputting screen) [F6]: Save adjustment value
q
Functions of function switches [F3]: Unused [F4]: Unused [F5]: Return to adjustment item selecting screen (ID inputting screen) [F6]: Save adjustment value
q
Operating method 1) Check that the ripper control lever is in the neutral position of the tilting direction and keep it in that position. 2) Press [F6] and check that the alarm buzzer sounds. a Even if the adjustment is carried out, the displayed value does not change. a Even if this adjustment code is turned off, the adjustment is effective. a This adjustment code is used to make the controller recognize the neutral position of the potentiometer. It is not used to adjust the sensitivity of the ripper control lever.
q
Operating method 1) Operate the ripper control lever to the IN stroke end of the tilting direction and keep it in that position. 2) Press [F6] and check that the alarm buzzer sounds. a Even if the adjustment is carried out, the displayed value does not change. a Even if this adjustment code is turned off, the adjustment is effective. a This adjustment code is used to make the controller recognize the maximum IN position of the potentiometer. It is not used to adjust the sensitivity of the ripper control lever.
q
a
64
a
This adjustment code is used to make the work equipment controller recognize the maximum IN position of the tilt potentiometer of the ripper control lever. After the work equipment controller or ripper control lever is replaced, be sure to carry out this adjustment once.
D155AX-6
30 Testing and adjusting
Adjustment ID: 8011 (Ripper tilt lever max. BACK position adjustment)
q
a
This adjustment code is used to make the work equipment controller recognize the maximum BACK position of the tilt potentiometer of the ripper control lever. After the work equipment controller or ripper control lever is replaced, be sure to carry out this adjustment once.
q
Functions of function switches [F3]: Unused [F4]: Unused [F5]: Return to adjustment item selecting screen (ID inputting screen) [F6]: Save adjustment value
q
Operating method 1) Operate the ripper control lever to the BACK stroke end of the tilting direction and keep it in that position. 2) Press [F6] and check that the alarm buzzer sounds. a Even if the adjustment is carried out, the displayed value does not change. a Even if this adjustment code is turned off, the adjustment is effective. a This adjustment code is used to make the controller recognize the maximum BACK position of the potentiometer. It is not used to adjust the sensitivity of the ripper control lever.
D155AX-6
SEN00681-01
Adjustment ID: 8020 (Blade raising current correction)
q
a
This adjustment code is used to adjust the sensitivity of start of blade when the blade control lever is moved in the raising position with the blade fine mode OFF. Use this adjustment code for work when necessary.
q
Functions of function switches [F3]: Increase adjustment value [Current offset] [F4]: Decrease adjustment value [Current offset] [F5]: Return to adjustment item selecting screen (ID inputting screen) [F6]: Save adjustment value
q
Operating method 1) Increase or decrease the adjustment value by pressing [F3] or [F4]. 2) Press [F6] and check that the alarm buzzer sounds. a If the engine speed has been adjusted, it is displayed. It can be adjusted repeatedly, however. a It is not necessary to move the blade during adjustment. After finishing adjustment, however, raise the blade and check that there is not a problem in the actual operation feel (Check with the blade fine control mode OFF). a Even if this adjustment code is turned off, the adjustment is effective.
65
SEN00681-01
Adjustment ID: 8021 (Blade lowering current correction)
30 Testing and adjusting
Adjustment ID: 8022 (Blade raising current correction (Fine control mode))
This adjustment code is used to adjust the sensitivity of start of blade when the blade control lever is moved in the lowering position with the blade fine mode OFF. Use this adjustment code for work when necessary.
q
q
Functions of function switches [F3]: Increase adjustment value [Current offset] [F4]: Decrease adjustment value [Current offset] [F5]: Return to adjustment item selecting screen (ID inputting screen) [F6]: Save adjustment value
q
Functions of function switches [F3]: Increase adjustment value [Current offset] [F4]: Decrease adjustment value [Current offset] [F5]: Return to adjustment item selecting screen (ID inputting screen) [F6]: Save adjustment value
q
Operating method 1) Increase or decrease the adjustment value by pressing [F3] or [F4]. 2) Press [F6] and check that the alarm buzzer sounds. a If the engine speed has been adjusted, it is displayed. It can be adjusted repeatedly, however. a It is not necessary to move the blade during adjustment. After finishing adjustment, however, lower the blade and check that there is not a problem in the actual operation feel (Check with the blade fine control mode OFF). a Even if this adjustment code is turned off, the adjustment is effective.
q
Operating method 1) Increase or decrease the adjustment value by pressing [F3] or [F4]. 2) Press [F6] and check that the alarm buzzer sounds. a If the engine speed has been adjusted, it is displayed. It can be adjusted repeatedly, however. a It is not necessary to move the blade during adjustment. After finishing adjustment, however, raise the blade and check that there is not a problem in the actual operation feel (Check with the blade fine control mode ON). a Even if this adjustment code is turned off, the adjustment is effective.
q
a
66
a
This adjustment code is used to adjust the sensitivity of start of blade when the blade control lever is moved in the raising position with the blade fine mode ON. Use this adjustment code for work when necessary.
D155AX-6
30 Testing and adjusting
Adjustment ID: 8023 (Blade lowering current correction (Fine control mode))
q
a
This adjustment code is used to adjust the sensitivity of start of blade when the blade control lever is moved in the lowering position with the blade fine mode ON. Use this adjustment code for work when necessary.
q
Functions of function switches [F3]: Increase adjustment value [Current offset] [F4]: Decrease adjustment value [Current offset] [F5]: Return to adjustment item selecting screen (ID inputting screen) [F6]: Save adjustment value
q
Operating method 1) Increase or decrease the adjustment value by pressing [F3] or [F4]. 2) Press [F6] and check that the alarm buzzer sounds. a If the engine speed has been adjusted, it is displayed. It can be adjusted repeatedly, however. a It is not necessary to move the blade during adjustment. After finishing adjustment, however, lower the blade and check that there is not a problem in the actual operation feel (Check with the blade fine control mode ON). a Even if this adjustment code is turned off, the adjustment is effective.
D155AX-6
SEN00681-01
Adjustment ID: 8024 (Blade tilting left current correction)
q
a
This adjustment code is used to adjust the sensitivity of start of blade when the blade control lever is moved in the tilting left position. Use this adjustment code for work when necessary.
q
Functions of function switches [F3]: Increase adjustment value [Current offset] [F4]: Decrease adjustment value [Current offset] [F5]: Return to adjustment item selecting screen (ID inputting screen) [F6]: Save adjustment value
q
Operating method 1) Increase or decrease the adjustment value by pressing [F3] or [F4]. 2) Press [F6] and check that the alarm buzzer sounds. a If the engine speed has been adjusted, it is displayed. It can be adjusted repeatedly, however. a It is not necessary to move the blade during adjustment. After finishing adjustment, however, tilt the blade to the left and check that there is not a problem in the actual operation feel. a Even if this adjustment code is turned off, the adjustment is effective.
67
SEN00681-01
Adjustment ID: 8025 (Blade tilting right current correction)
q
a
q
q
68
This adjustment code is used to adjust the sensitivity of start of blade when the blade control lever is moved in the tilting right position. Use this adjustment code for work when necessary. Functions of function switches [F3]: Increase adjustment value [Current offset] [F4]: Decrease adjustment value [Current offset] [F5]: Return to adjustment item selecting screen (ID inputting screen) [F6]: Save adjustment value Operating method 1) Increase or decrease the adjustment value by pressing [F3] or [F4]. 2) Press [F6] and check that the alarm buzzer sounds. a If the engine speed has been adjusted, it is displayed. It can be adjusted repeatedly, however. a It is not necessary to move the blade during adjustment. After finishing adjustment, however, tilt the blade to the right and check that there is not a problem in the actual operation feel. a Even if this adjustment code is turned off, the adjustment is effective.
30 Testing and adjusting
Adjustment ID: 9995 (Control brake release mode)
q
a
This adjustment code is used to release the control brake (right and left brake ECMV) to check the operation of the backup brake (brake pedal solenoid valve). Use this adjustment code for testing, adjusting, or troubleshooting when necessary.
q
Functions of function switches [F3]: Unused [F4]: Unused [F5]: Return to adjustment item selecting screen (ID inputting screen) [F6]: Unused
q
Operating method When this adjustment code is displayed, its function is effective and the control brake (right and left brake ECMV) is kept released. a After this adjustment code is turned OFF, its function is ineffective.
D155AX-6
30 Testing and adjusting
Adjustment ID: 9996 (Sudden stop prevent valve operation mode)
q
a
This adjustment code is used to stop the sudden stop prevent solenoid valve and right and left brake ECMV to check the operation of the sudden stop prevent valve. Use this adjustment code for testing, adjusting, or troubleshooting when necessary.
q
Functions of function switches [F3]: Unused [F4]: Unused [F5]: Return to adjustment item selecting screen (ID inputting screen) [F6]: Unused
q
Operating method When this adjustment code is displayed, its function is effective and the sudden stop prevent solenoid valve and right and left brake ECMV are kept stopped. a After this adjustment code is turned OFF, its function is ineffective.
D155AX-6
SEN00681-01
Adjustment ID: 9997 (High idle cut mode)
q
a
This adjustment code is used to limit the high idle speed. Use this adjustment code for work when necessary.
q
Functions of function switches [F3]: Increase adjustment value [HIGH IDLE RPM SET MODE] [F4]: Decrease adjustment value [HIGH IDLE RPM SET MODE] [F5]: Return to adjustment item selecting screen (ID inputting screen) [F6]: Save adjustment value
q
Operating method 1) Increase or decrease the adjustment value by pressing [F3] or [F4]. 2) Press [F6] and check that the alarm buzzer sounds. a When resetting the limitation of the high idle speed, set the adjustment value to the original high idle speed (2,050 rpm). a Even if this adjustment code is turned off, the adjustment is effective.
69
SEN00681-01
30 Testing and adjusting
Adjustment ID: 9998 (Max. gear speed setting mode)
q q
a
This adjustment code is used to limit the maximum transmission gear speed. The limited gear speed is applied in both automatic gearshift mode and manual gearshift mode. Use this adjustment code for work when necessary.
q
Functions of function switches [F3]: Increase adjustment value [MAX SHIFT] [F4]: Decrease adjustment value [MAX SHIFT] [F5]: Return to adjustment item selecting screen (ID inputting screen) [F6]: Save adjustment value
q
Operating method 1) Increase or decrease the adjustment value by pressing [F3] or [F4]. 2) Press [F6] and check that the alarm buzzer sounds. a When resetting the limitation of the maximum gear speed, set the adjustment value to the maximum gear speed (3RD). a Even if this adjustment code is turned off, the adjustment is effective.
70
D155AX-6
30 Testing and adjusting
SEN00681-01
Pm Clinic The machine monitor can check the condition of the machine without connecting testing tools to assist the Pm Clinic and other periodic inspections. 1.
q
2nd screen
q
[F1]: Change screen [F2]: Change screen [F3]: Reset holding [F4]: Hold (displayed data) [F5]: Return to service menu screen
Selecting menu Select "08 PM CLINIC" on the Service menu screen.
q q q q
3. 2.
Information displayed on Pm Clinic screen The Pm Clinic function displays the following information on 2 pages. q 1st screen
D155AX-6
Holding displayed information The displayed information can be held and released with [F3] and [F4].
71
SEN00681-01
Cylinder Cut-Out operation The operator can perform Cylinder Cut-Out operation with the machine monitor. Reduced cylinder mode operation means to run the engine with 1 or more fuel injectors disabled electrically to reduce the number of effective cylinders. This operation is used to find out a cylinder which does not output power normally (combustion in it is abnormal). 1.
2.
30 Testing and adjusting
3.
Resetting disabled cylinder When changing a cylinder to be disabled or when reduced cylinder mode operation is finished, select a disabled cylinder to be reset with the function switches. a This operation may be performed while the engine is running. a When [F6] is pressed, if background (a) of the selected cylinder No. becomes light blue, the cylinder is reset. a If the machine monitor rests a disabled cylinder but the engine controller cannot reset that disabled cylinder, the background of the cylinder No. becomes red. a The reduced cylinder mode operation is not automatically reset after the screen returns to the operator mode. Accordingly, be sure to perform the resetting operation after the reduced cylinder mode operation is finished.
4.
Function of holding displayed information If [F4] is pressed during the reduced cylinder mode operation, the displayed information is newly held (c) (The real-time information is kept displayed on the left side). a While the information is held, if [F3] is pressed, the holding function is reset. a The holding function is effective, regardless of setting of the reduced cylinder mode operation.
Selecting menu Select "09 Cylinder Cut-Out" on the "Service Menu" screen.
Selecting cylinder to be disabled After the "Cylinder Cut-Out" screen is displayed, select a cylinder to be disabled with the function switches. q [F1]: Move selection mark (R) to left q [F2]: Move selection mark (R) to right q [F3]: Reset holding q [F4]: Hold q [F5]: Return to service menu screen q [F6]: Confirm selection a This operation may be performed while the engine is running. a When [F6] is pressed, if background (a) of the selected cylinder No. becomes white, the cylinder is disabled. a If the machine monitor disables a cylinder but the engine controller cannot disable that cylinder, the background of the cylinder No. becomes yellow. a One or more cylinders can be disabled.
[Reference] If a normally operating cylinder is disabled, the following phenomena occur. 1) Lowering of engine speed 2) Increase of final injection rate command (quantity) q If the engine is running near the high idle, however, the engine speed may not lower for the reason of engine control. q In this case, lower the engine speed with the fuel control dial and judge by increase of the injection rate command. q
72
D155AX-6
30 Testing and adjusting
SEN00681-01 a
Display of No Injection If the engine is operated after long storage of the machine, it may be worn or damaged because of insufficient lubrication with oil. To prevent this, the function to lubricate the engine before starting it by cranking it without injecting fuel is installed. Set the No Injection while the engine is stopped. 1.
2.
3.
Limit the cranking time to 20 seconds to protect the starting motor.
Selecting menu Select "10 No Injection" on the "Service Menu" screen.
Displaying check screen If the "No Injection" screen is displayed, the machine monitor asks the operator if no-injection cranking should be performed. Answer with the function switch. q [F5]: Do not perform (Return to Service menu screen) q [F6]: Perform a While the screen is changing to the following screen, the screen of "Communication between controllers is being checked" is displayed.
4.
Finishing no-injection cranking After completing the no-injection cranking operation, press [F6], and finish of no-injection cranking is displayed and the screen returns to the "Service Menu" screen automatically.
5.
Prohibiting no-injection cranking If the operator tries to perform the no-injection cranking while the engine is running, the message that the engine is running is displayed and the no-injection cranking is not set effective. a This function can be selected even while the engine is running. If the no-injection cranking is performed, however, the message of "Engine is running" is displayed on the screen.
Starting no-injection cranking If no-injection cranking (Fuel injection in no cylinders) becomes effective, that is displayed on the screen. Under this condition, crank the engine with the starting motor. a While the screen is changing to the following screen, the screen of "Setting is being prepared" is displayed.
D155AX-6
73
SEN00681-01
Display of Fuel Consumption This function calculates the hourly fuel consumption from the actual fuel consumption in a measuring period and indicates it. 1.
Selecting menu Select "11 Fuel Consumption" on the "Service Menu" screen.
2.
Starting measurement After the screen of "Fuel Consumption" is displayed, start measurement with the function switches. q [F1]: Start q [F2]: Clear q [F5]: Return to Service menu screen a When the screen of "Fuel Consumption" is displayed, if a data is indicated, it is the data of the previous measurement. This data is not an obstacle to new measurement and can be deleted by pressing [F2]. a If [F1] is pressed, the data is displayed on the starting date and time side and measurement starts. a The display unit of the fuel changes according to the unit set with the initialization (unit setting) function. SI and meter: l/h, inch: gal/h
74
30 Testing and adjusting
3.
Display and function during measurement Clock mark (a) flashes during measurement. a While the fuel consumption is being measured, the operator can work with the operator mode and other functions. Measurement is not finished until this screen is displayed again and [F1] is pressed (Even if the starting switch is turned OFF, this function is kept effective, although fuel consumption is measured only while the engine is running).
4.
Finishing measurement Press [F1], and measurement is finished and the data are displayed on the finishing date and time side.
5.
Displaying fuel consumption If the measurement is finished, the hourly fuel consumption calculated from the fuel consumption calculated by the engine controller and the elapsed time are displayed.
D155AX-6
30 Testing and adjusting
Display of KOMTRAX Settings (Terminal Status) The setting condition and operating condition of KOMTRAX can be checked with "KOMTRAX Settings". Terminal Status is used to check the setting condition of the KOMTRAX terminal. 1.
Selecting menu Select "12 KOMTRAX Settings" on the "Service Menu" screen.
2.
Selecting sub menu After the "KOMTRAX Settings" screen is displayed, select "01 Terminal Status" with the function switches or numeral input switches. a Select this item similarly to an item on the "Service Menu" screen.
3.
Contents of Terminal Status On the "Terminal Status" screen, the following items are displayed. q Terminal Type: Model name of KOMTRAX communication MODEM q KOMTRAX communication: Executing condition of KOMTRAX communication q GMT time: Greenwich Meant Time (+ 9 hours in Japan)
D155AX-6
SEN00681-01
q
[F5]: Return to KOMTRAX Settings screen
75
SEN00681-01
Display of KOMTRAX Settings (GPS & Communication Status) The setting condition and operating condition of KOMTRAX can be checked with KOMTRAX Settings. Condition of positioning and communication is used to check the condition of positioning and communication of the KOMTRAX terminal. 1.
Selecting menu Select "12 KOMTRAX Settings" on the "Service Menu" screen.
2.
Selecting sub menu After the Display of "KOMTRAX Settings" screen is displayed, select "02 GPS & Communication Status" with the function switches or numeral input switches. a Select this item similarly to an item on the "Service Menu" screen.
76
30 Testing and adjusting
3.
Contents of display of condition of positioning and communication On the screen of "GPS & Communication Status", the following items are displayed. q Positioning: Positioning condition of GPS q Communication: Communication environment of communication MODEM and connecting condi tion of c ommunication MODEM q Number of message not yet sent: Number of mails in machine monitor not yet sent q [F5]: Return to KOMTRAX Settings screen
D155AX-6
30 Testing and adjusting
SEN00681-01
Display of KOMTRAX Settings The setting condition and operating condition of KOMTRAX can be checked with KOMTRAX Settings. MODEM S/N is used to check the serial No. of the KOMTRAX communication MODEM. 1.
Selecting menu Select "12 KOMTRAX Settings" on the "Service Menu" screen.
2.
Selecting sub menu After the Display of "KOMTRAX Settings" screen is displayed, select "03 Modem S/N" with the function switches or numeral input switches. a Select this item similarly to an item on the "Service Menu" screen.
3.
Contents of display of MODEM S/N The serial No. of KOMTRAX communication MODEM is displayed. q [F5]: Return to KOMTRAX Settings screen
D155AX-6
77
SEN00681-01
Display of Service Message Special messages for the serviceman sent from the KOMTRAX base station (a distributor, etc.) can be checked with this function. If there is setting in a message, a return mail can be sent by using numeral input switches. 1.
Operation to display menu Select "13 Service Message" on the "Service Menu" screen.
2.
Display of message (Read-only) If there is a message, its contents are displayed. If there is not a message, "No message" is displayed. q [F5]: Return to service menu screen a This message is different from a message transmitted to the operator in the operator mode. a Since this message is special for the serviceman, the message monitor is not displayed when it is received as in the operator mode.
3.
Display of message (with return mail function) If a box to enter a value with the numeral keys is displayed under the message, enter a proper number with the numeral input switches and function switches and confirm it, and the information is returned to the KOMTRAX base station. q [F5]: Return to service menu screen
78
30 Testing and adjusting
q
a a
[F6]: Confirm and return input value This message is different from a message transmitted to the operator in the operator mode. Since this message is special for the serviceman, the message monitor is not displayed when it is received as in the operator mode.
D155AX-6
SEN00681-01
30 Testing and adjusting
D155AX-6 Bulldozer Form No. SEN00681-01
© 2006 KOMATSU All Rights Reserved Printed in Japan 05-06 (02)
80
D155AX-6
SEN00682-01
BULLDOZER 1SHOP MANUAL
D155AX-6
Machine model
Serial number
D155AX-6
80001 and up
30 Testing and adjusting
1
Testing and adjusting, Part 4 Testing and adjusting, Part 4........................................................................................................................... 2 Handling of power supply circuit of engine controller........................................................................... 2 Preparation work for troubleshooting of electrical system.................................................................... 3 Pm Clinic .............................................................................................................................................. 5
D155AX-6
1
SEN00682-01
30 Testing and adjusting
Testing and adjusting, Part 41 Handling of power supply circuit of engine controller 1 1.
Before disconnecting or connecting a connector between the engine controller and engine, be sure to turn the starting switch OFF.
2.
If a T-adapter is inserted in or connected to a connector between the engine controller and engine for troubleshooting, do not start the engine. a You may turn the starting switch to the OFF or ON position but must not turn it to the START position.
2
D155AX-6
30 Testing and adjusting
Preparation work for troubleshooting of electrical system
SEN00682-01
2.
1
a
When carrying out troubleshooting of an electric circuit related to the machine monitor, engine controller, power train controller, or work equipment controller, expose the related connectors according to the following procedure.
1.
Machine monitor 1) Remove the 4 mounting bolts each from covers (1) and (2) and remove those covers. 2) Remove the 4 mounting bolts each from covers (3) and (4) and remove those covers together with the foot rest. a The 2 bolts on the front window side of the foot rest are used as the cover mounting bolts, too. 3) Remove the 4 mounting bolts of machine monitor (5) and pull out machine monitor (5) and switch cover together toward the operator's seat.
4)
Engine controller 1) Open the left engine side cover and left mudguard. 2) Remove the mounting bolts and cover (6).
3)
Insert or connect troubleshooting T-adapters in or to connectors EGC1, EGC2, and EGC3 of engine controller (7). a Since connectors EGC1 and EGC2 are fixed with screws, loosen those screws before disconnecting. a When returning connectors EGC1 and EGC2, tighten the screws to the specified torque. 3 Screw: 3 ± 1 Nm {0.3 ± 0.1 kgm}
Insert or connect troubleshooting T-adapters in or to connectors CM01, CM02, and CM03 of machine monitor (5). a AT11 is for the GPS antenna. a If a camera is installed, CM05 is also wired.
D155AX-6
3
SEN00682-01
3.
Power train controller 1) Remove the inside lower cover of the left console. a This cover is installed on the opposite side of the work equipment controller. 2) Insert or connect troubleshooting T-adapters in or to connectors STC1, STC2, and STC3 of power train controller (8). a Since the connectors are fixed with screws, loosen those screws before disconnecting. a When returning the connectors, tighten the screws to the specified torque. 3 Screw: 2.83 ± 0.28 Nm {0.288 ± 0.028 kgm}
4.
Work equipment controller 1) Remove the inside lower cover (9) of the left console. a This cover is installed on the opposite side of the work equipment controller.
4
30 Testing and adjusting
2)
Insert or connect troubleshooting T-adapters in or to connectors WEC1, WEC2, and WEC3 of work equipment controller (10). a Since the connectors are fixed with screws, loosen those screws before disconnecting. a When returning the connectors, tighten the screws to the specified torque. 3 Screw: 2.83 ± 0.28 Nm {0.288 ± 0.028 kgm}
D155AX-6
30 Testing and adjusting
SEN00682-01
Pm Clinic
1
Machine model
Serial No.
Service meter
D155AX-6
h
User's name
Date of execution /
Inspector
/
Specifications Blade
Rear attachment
T blade T Semi-U blade T Full-U blade T
T Multi-shank ripper T Variable giant ripper T Counterweight ( T
Shoe width
T 560 mm T 610 mm T 660 mm T 710 mm
kg)
T
Working condition Construction
Quarry/Mining T Coal T Gold T Limestone
T Construction/Civil engineering T Road T Tunnel T
T
) Contents of work T Dozing T Side cutting T Ripping T Travel
Type of soil (Specific gravity: T Rock T Gravel T Sand T Clay
% % % %
Check of oil and coolant levels
T Engine coolant level T Engine oil level T Hydraulic oil level
When necessary
T Damper case oil level T Power train oil level
Engine coolant temperature
Power train oil temperature
Max. range: Max. range: Following figure (Left) Following figure (Right) Operator's opinion
T Final drive oil level T
Ambient temperature Max.
°C/Min.
Altitude
°C
m
Result of visual inspection
Fault history of mechanical system
Fault history of electrical system
AA10NX
times/1st time
h/last
h
times/1st time
h/last
h
AB00MA
times/1st time
h/last
h
times/1st time
h/last
h
B@BAZG
times/1st time
h/last
h
times/1st time
h/last
h
B@BCNS
times/1st time
h/last
h
times/1st time
h/last
h
B@BCZK
times/1st time
h/last
h
times/1st time
h/last
h
B@CENS
times/1st time
h/last
h
times/1st time
h/last
h
B@HANS
times/1st time
h/last
h
times/1st time
h/last
h
CA234
times/1st time
h/last
h
times/1st time
h/last
h
D155AX-6
5
SEN00682-01
30 Testing and adjusting
Check positions/Method 1
6
D155AX-6
30 Testing and adjusting
SEN00682-01
Check positions/Method 2
D155AX-6
7
SEN00682-01
30 Testing and adjusting
Check positions/Method 3
8
D155AX-6
30 Testing and adjusting
SEN00682-01
Pm Clinic check sheet Machine model
Serial No.
Service meter
User's name
Date of execution
Inspector
D155AX-6
Unit
Low idling
Engine
Without deceleration High (Adjustment: 0007) Engine speed idle Normal (Deceleration) Decelerator pedal
Boost pressure Exhaust temperature
2.
Service limit value
715 – 765
715 – 765
rpm
F3 stall
1,560 – 1,660
1,450
F3 stall + Ripper raise relieve
1,500 – 1,600
1,395
Min. 117 {Min. 880}
100 {750}
—
—
660
700
Max. 2.94 {Max. 300}
3.92 {400}
Min. 034 {Min. 3.5}
0.21 {2.1}
Min. 010 {Min. 1.0}
0.08 {0.8}
Standard value for new machine
Service limit value
—
—
kPa {mmHg}
Ambient temperature F3 stall
°C kPa {mmH2O}
High idle Low idle
—
—
—
—
1,825 – 1,925 1,825 – 1,925 825 – 925
F3 stall
Measurement result
2,000 – 2,100 2,000 – 2,100
825 – 925
Blow-by presF3 stall sure Engine oil pressure
Standard value for new machine
Rejected
Measurement condition
Rejected
Item
Accepted
Engine
Accepted
1.
MPa {kg/cm²}
Cooling fan Item
Measurement condition
Unit
Low idle Fan
Speed
Circuit pressure
D155AX-6
Adjustment: High idle 1005 High idle
Measurement result
rpm 1,200 – 1,300 1,200 – 1,300 MPa {kg/cm²}
9
SEN00682-01
Transmission
Item
High idle
Max. 1.0 {Max. 10.0}
Max. 1.0 {Max. 10.0}
Low idle
0.05 – 0.29 {0.5 – 3.0}
0.05 – 0.29 {0.5 – 3.0}
0.29 – 0.69 {3.0 – 7.0}
0.29 – 0.69 {3.0 – 7.0}
1.12 – 1.52 {11.5 – 15.5}
1.12 – 1.52 {11.5 – 15.5}
1.12 – 1.52 {11.5 – 15.5}
1.12 – 1.52 {11.5 – 15.5}
Low idle
2.45 – 2.85 {25.0 – 29.0}
2.45 – 2.85 {25.0 – 29.0}
High idle
2.45 – 2.85 {25.0 – 29.0}
2.45 – 2.85 {25.0 – 29.0}
Standard value for new machine
Service limit value
Low idle
2.81 – 3.11 {28.7 – 31.7}
Min. 2.62 {Min. 26.7}
High idle
3.04 – 3.33 {31.0 – 34.0}
Min. 2.84 {Min. 29.0}
2.45 – 2.75 {25.0 – 28.0}
Min. 2.26 {Min. 23.0}
2.65 – 2.94 {27.0 – 30.0}
Min. 2.45 {Min. 25.0}
Monitoring: 32601
Monitoring: 32603 High idle
MPa {kg/cm²}
Gear speed: P/N
Measurement condition
Unit
Gear speed: P/N
F clutch pressure
Gear speed: F3 Brake: Applied
Low idle
R clutch pressure
Gear speed: R3 Brake: Applied
Low idle
1st clutch pressure
Gear speed: F1 Brake: Applied
Low idle
2.81 – 3.11 {28.7 – 31.7}
Min. 2.62 {Min. 26.7}
2nd clutch pressure
Gear speed: F2 Brake: Applied
Low idle
2.60 – 2.89 {26.5 – 29.5}
Min. 2.40 {Min. 24.5}
3rd clutch pressure
Gear speed: F3 Brake: Applied
Low idle
2.81 – 3.11 {28.7 – 31.7}
Min. 2.62 {Min. 26.7}
Standard value for new machine
Service limit value
Low idle
2.46 – 3.04 {25.0 – 31.0}
2.16 {22.0}
High idle
2.46 – 3.04 {25.0 – 31.0}
2.16 {22.0}
2.46 – 3.04 {25.0 – 31.0}
2.16 {22.0}
2.46 – 3.04 {25.0 – 31.0}
2.16 {22.0}
Measurement condition
Right brake pressure
Gear speed: N Brake: Released
Left brake pressure
Gear speed: N Brake: Released
Brake F2 stall, high idle performance
Low idle High idle
MPa {kg/cm²}
Unit
MPa {kg/cm²}
Measurement result
Measurement result
Rejected
0.05 – 0.49 {0.5 – 5.0}
Main relief pressure
Item
Brake
0.05 – 0.49 {0.5 – 5.0}
Automatic gearLow idle Lockup clutch shift mode pressure Gear speed: F1 Travel with no load High idle Stator clutch pressure
10
Low idle
Measurement result
Rejected
Outlet pressure
Service limit value
Unit
Rejected
Torque converter
Inlet pressure
Standard value for new machine
Measurement condition
Accepted
Item
Accepted
Power train oil pressure k Measure each transmission clutch pressure only while the engine is running at low speed for safety.
Accepted
3.
30 Testing and adjusting
Machine must not move.
D155AX-6
30 Testing and adjusting
Item
Work equipment/HSS oil pressure
Unload pressure
Work equipment control lever: All levers in neutral
Work equipment relief pressure
Cylinder stroke Work equip- end relief ment LS relief pressure
2.45 – 3.82 {25 – 39}
2.45 – 3.82 {25 – 39}
High idle
26.0 – 29.0 {265 – 295}
26.0 – 29.0 {265 – 295}
24.0 – 26.0 {245 – 265}
24.0 – 26.0 {245 – 265}
38.2 – 41.5 {390 – 425}
38.2 – 41.5 {390 – 425}
36.2 – 38.1 {369 – 389}
36.2 – 38.1 {369 – 389}
3.97 – 4.46 {40.5 – 45.5}
3.97 – 4.46 {40.5 – 45.5}
Standard value for new machine
Service limit value
3.0 – 4.0
3.0 – 4.0
1.8 – 2.8
3.1
1.5 – 2.5
3.5
4.5 – 5.5
6.2
Unit
Standard value for new machine
Service limit value
°C
—
—
mm
Max. 50
200
mm
Max. 50
70
Unit
Standard value for new machine
Service limit value
High idle
MPa {kg/cm²}
High idle Brake: Applied HSS LS relief Steering: Relieved High idle pressure Control circuit basic pressure
Work equipment control lever: All levers in neutral
High idle
Measurement result
Blade left tilt
High idle
Ripper lower
High idle
Ripper tilt in
High idle
sec
Rejected
High idle
Measurement result
Measurement result
Rejected
Blade raise
Unit
Accepted
Work equipment speed
Measurement condition
Accepted
Work equipment speed
—
—
Hydraulic drift of work equipment
Hydraulic drift
Item
Measurement condition
Hydraulic oil temperature Hydraulic drift of blade lift
Engine: Stopped Blade lift: 15 minutes Ripper lift: 5 minutes
Hydraulic drift of ripper lift
Final drive Item
FD
Final drive
D155AX-6
Measurement condition
Engine: Stopped
—
Measurement result
Rejected
7.
High idle
HSS relief pressure
Item
6.
Service limit value
Unit
Accepted
5.
Standard value for new machine
Measurement condition
Rejected
Work equipment/HSS oil pressure Accepted
4.
SEN00682-01
There must not abnormally much metal dust.
11
SEN00682-01
8.
Repair record (Must be filled in) Date
12
30 Testing and adjusting
Service meter
Repair record
Date
Service meter
/
/
h
/
/
h
/
/
h
/
/
h
/
/
h
/
/
h
/
/
h
/
/
h
/
/
h
/
/
h
Repair record
D155AX-6
30 Testing and adjusting
SEN00682-01
Pm Clinic undercarriage check sheet Machine model
Serial No.
Service meter
User's name
Date of execution
Inspector
D155AX-6
1.
Bushing temperature Item
Measurement condition
Measurement result
Accepted Rejected
Under- Bushing Measure just Left side of machine carriage temperature after work. Right side of machine
Left side of machine
a
Symbols to be entered in check drawing H : Hot (You cannot keep touching, Very hot, Min. 50 °C) W : Warm (Lukewarm, warmer than link, Approx. 35 °C) C : Normal temperature: Same as link temperature
Right side of machine
a
Symbols to be entered in check drawing H : Hot (You cannot keep touching, Very hot, Min. 50 °C) W : Warm (Lukewarm, warmer than link, Approx. 35 °C) C : Normal temperature: Same as link temperature
D155AX-6
13
Item
Measurement condition
Unit
Undercarriage
Left side of machine
Opening of track link
Measure dimension (a).
Clearance limit
Pin No.
Measurement result
Rejected
30 Testing and adjusting
Accepted
SEN00682-01
1.4 (Each side)
mm
Right side of machine
1.4 (Each side)
Opening of track link (a)
14
D155AX-6
SEN00682-01
30 Testing and adjusting
D155AX-6 Bulldozer Form No. SEN00682-01
© 2006 KOMATSU All Rights Reserved Printed in Japan 05-06 (02)
16
D155AX-6
SEN00851-00
BULLDOZER 1SHOP MANUAL
D155AX-6
Machine model
Serial number
D155AX-6
80001 and up
40 Troubleshooting
1
General information on troubleshooting General information on troubleshooting.......................................................................................................... 2 Points to remember when troubleshooting........................................................................................... 2 Sequence of events in troubleshooting ................................................................................................ 3 Check before troubleshooting .............................................................................................................. 4 Classification and procedures for troubleshooting ............................................................................... 5 Connector pin Nos. and connection table ............................................................................................ 8 T-boxes and T-adapters table ............................................................................................................ 31
D155AX-6
1
SEN00851-00
40 Troubleshooting
General information on troubleshooting
1
Points to remember when troubleshooting
1
k k k k k k
Stop the machine in a level ground, and check that the lock pin, blocks, and parking brake are securely fitted. When carrying out the operation with two or more workers, keep strictly to the agreed signals, and do not allow any unauthorized person to come near. If the radiator cap is removed when the engine is hot, hot coolant may spurt out and cause burns, so wait for the engine to cool down before starting troubleshooting. Be extremely careful not to touch any hot parts or to get caught in any rotating parts. When disconnecting wiring, always disconnect the negative (–) terminal of the battery first. When removing the plug or cap from a location which is under pressure from oil, water, or air, always release the internal pressure first. When installing measuring equipment, be sure to connect it properly.
The aim of troubleshooting is to pinpoint the basic cause of the failure, to carry out repairs swiftly, and to prevent reoccurrence of the failure. When carrying out troubleshooting, and important point is of course to understand the structure and function. However, a short cut to effective troubleshooting is to ask the operator various questions to form some idea of possible causes of the failure that would produce the reported symptoms. 1.
2.
3.
2
When carrying out troubleshooting, do not hurry to disassemble the components. If components are disassembled immediately any failure occurs: q Parts that have no connection with the failure or other unnecessary parts will be disassembled. q It will become impossible to find the cause of the failure. It will also cause a waste of manhours, parts, or oil or grease, and at the same time, will also lose the confidence of the user or operator. For this reason, when carrying out troubleshooting, it is necessary to carry out thorough prior investigation and to carry out troubleshooting in accordance with the fixed procedure. Points to ask user or operator 1) Have any other problems occurred apart from the problem that has been reported? 2) Was there anything strange about the machine before the failure occurred? 3) Did the failure occur suddenly, or were there problems with the machine condition before this? 4) Under what conditions did the failure occur? 5) Had any repairs been carried out before the failure? When were these repairs carried out? 6) Has the same kind of failure occurred before? Check before troubleshooting 1) Check the oil level 2) Check for any external leakage of oil from the piping or hydraulic equipment.
3) 4) 5)
Check the travel of the control levers. Check the stroke of the control valve spool. Other maintenance items can be checked externally, so check any item that is considered to be necessary.
4.
Confirming failure q Confirm the extent of the failure yourself, and judge whether to handle it as a real failure or as a problem with the method of operation, etc. a When operating the machine to reenact the troubleshooting symptoms, do not carry out any investigation or measurement that may make the problem worse.
5.
Troubleshooting q Use the results of the investigation and inspection in Items 2 – 4 to narrow down the causes of failure, then use the troubleshooting flowchart to locate the position of the failure exactly. a The basic procedure for troubleshooting is as follows. 1) Start from the simple points. 2) Start from the most likely points. 3) Investigate other related parts or information.
6.
Measures to remove root cause of failure q Even if the failure is repaired, if the root cause of the failure is not repaired, the same failure will occur again. To prevent this, always investigate why the problem occurred. Then, remove the root cause.
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00851-00
Sequence of events in troubleshooting
1
D155AX-6
3
SEN00851-00
40 Troubleshooting
Check before troubleshooting Item 1. Check of level and type of fuel 2. Check of fuel for foreign matter
Lubricating oil/Coolant
Hydraulic/ Mechanical equipment
4
Criterion
Remedy
—
Add fuel
—
Clean and drain
3. Check of hydraulic oil level
Between H – L
Add oil
4. Check of damper case oil level
Between H – L
Add oil
5. Check of power train oil level
Between H – L
Add oil
6. Check of level and type of engine oil (in oil pan)
Between H – L
Add oil
7. Check of coolant level (in sub tank)
Between FULL - LOW
Add coolant
8. Check of dust indicator for clogging
Out of red range
Clean or replace
9. Check of brake pedal stroke
—
Adjust
1. Check for abnormal noise/smell
—
Repair
2. Check for oil leakage
—
Repair
3. Bleeding air
—
Bleed air
1. Check of battery terminals and wiring for looseness and corrosion
—
Retighten or replace
2. Check of alternator terminals and wiring for looseness and corrosion
—
Retighten or replace
3. Check of starting motor terminals and wiring for looseness and corrosion
—
Retighten or replace
4. Check of battery voltage (with engine stopped)
20 – 30 V
Charge or replace
Between H – L
Add or replace
6. Check of wires for discoloration, burn, and removal of cover
—
Repair or replace
7. Check for released wire clamp and drooping wire
—
Repair
8. Check of wires for wetness (Check connectors and terminals for wetness, in particular)
—
Dry
9. Check circuit breaker for turning OFF and fuse for disconnection and corrosion
—
Replace
10. Check of alternator voltage (while engine speed is at middle or higher)
After operating for several minutes: 27.5 – 29.5 V
Replace
11. Check of battery relay for operating sound (when starting switch is turned ON or OFF)
—
Replace
5. Check of electrolyte level Electrical equipment
1
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00851-00
Classification and procedures for troubleshooting
1
Classification for troubleshooting Type Display of code
Contents Troubleshooting by failure code
E mode
Troubleshooting for electrical system
H mode
Troubleshooting for hydraulic and mechanical system
S mode
Troubleshooting for engine
Procedure for troubleshooting If a phenomenon looking like a trouble occurs in the machine, select a proper troubleshooting No. according to the following procedure, and then go to the corresponding troubleshooting section. 1.
Procedure for troubleshooting to be taken when action code and failure code are displayed on machine monitor: If a action code and a failure code are displayed on the machine monitor, carry out the troubleshooting for the corresponding "Display of code" according to the displayed failure code.
2.
When electrical system failure code or mechanical system failure code is recorded in fault history: If a action code and a failure code are not displayed on the machine monitor, check for a mechanical system failure code and an electrical system failure code with the fault history function of the machine monitor. If a failure code is recorded, carry out troubleshooting for the corresponding "Display of code" according to that code. a If an electrical system failure code is recorded, delete all the codes and reproduce them, and then see if the trouble is still detected. a A failure code of the mechanical system cannot be deleted. a If a trouble is displayed in the air conditioner fault history or heater fault history by the fault history function, carry out the corresponding troubleshooting in "E mode".
3.
When action code or failure code is not displayed and no failure code is recorded in fault history: If a action code or a failure code is not displayed on the machine monitor and no failure code is recorded in the fault history, a trouble that the machine cannot find out by itself may have occurred in the electrical system or hydraulic and mechanical system. In this case, check the phenomenon looking like a trouble again and select the same phenomenon from the table of "Phenomena looking like troubles and troubleshooting Nos.", and then carry out troubleshooting corresponding to that phenomenon in the "E mode", "H mode", or "S mode".
D155AX-6
5
SEN00851-00
40 Troubleshooting
Phenomena looking like troubles and troubleshooting Nos. Troubleshooting No.
Phenomena looking like troubles
Display of code
E mode
H mode
S mode
Phenomena related to action code/failure code 1 Action code and failure code are displayed on machine monitor 2
When fault history is checked, failure code is displayed in mechanical system fault history
3
When fault history is checked, failure code is displayed in electrical system fault history
4
When fault history is checked, failure code is displayed in air conditioner or heater fault history
According to displayed code E-20
Phenomena related to engine 5 Starting performance is poor
S-1
6 Engine does not start
E-3
S-2
7 Engine does not pick up smoothly
S-3
8 Engine stops during operation
S-4
9 Engine does not rotate smoothly
S-5
10 Engine lacks output (or lacks power)
S-6
11 Exhaust smoke is black (incomplete combustion)
S-7
12 Oil consumption is excessive (or exhaust smoke is blue)
S-8
13 Oil is contaminated badly
S-9
14 Fuel consumption is excessive
S-10
15 Oil is in coolant (or coolant spurts back or coolant level goes down)
S-11
16 Oil pressure drops
S-12
17 Oil level rises (Entry of coolant/fuel)
S-13
18 Coolant temperature becomes too high (overheating)
S-14
19 Abnormal noise is made
S-15
20 Vibration is excessive
S-16
21 Preheater does not operate
E-4 Phenomena related to power train
22 Power is low (Drawbar pull is low)
H-1
23 Machine does not travel (at 2nd or 3rd gear speed)
H-2
24 Machine does not start at any gear speed
H-3
25 Machine can travel only forward or in reverse
H-4
26 When gear speed or travel direction is changed, time lag is large
H-5
27 Machine cannot be steered (Machine does not turn right or left)
H-6
28 Steering speed or steering force is low
H-7
29 Brake does not work
H-8
30 Power train oil is overheated
H-9
31 Abnormal sound comes out from around HSS pump or HSS motor
H-10
Phenomena related to work equipment 32 Speed of all work equipment is low
H-11
33 No work equipment moves
H-12
34 Blade lift speed or power is low
H-13
35 Blade tilt speed or power is low
H-14
6
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00851-00
Troubleshooting No.
Phenomena looking like troubles
Display of code
E mode
H mode
36 Ripper lift speed or power is low
H-15
37 Ripper tilt speed or power is low
H-16
38 Hydraulic drift of blade lift is large
H-17
39 Hydraulic drift of blade tilt is large
H-18
40 Hydraulic drift of ripper lift is large
H-19
41 Ripper pin puller cylinder does not operate
H-20
42 Blade does not pitch
H-21
43 Abnormal sound comes out from around work equipment pump
H-22
S mode
Phenomena related to machine monitor 44 When starting switch turned ON, machine monitor displays nothing 45
When starting switch turned ON (before starting engine), basic check item (radiator coolant level) lights up
E-1 E-2
46 Precaution item lights up while engine is running
E-5
47 Emergency stop item lights up while engine is running
E-6
48 Engine coolant temperature gauge does not indicate normally
E-7
49 Fuel level gauge does not indicate normally
E-8
Power train oil temperature gauge (multi-gauge) does not indicate normally
E-9
51 Hydraulic temperature gauge (multi-gauge) does not indicate normally
E-10
Contents of display by machine monitor are different from applicable 52 machine
E-11
53 Machine monitor does not display some items
E-12
50
54 Function switch does not work
E-13
55 Operation mode does not change
E-14
56 Gearshift mode does not change
E-15
57 Customize function does not operate normally
E-16
58 Customize memory function does not normally
E-17
59 Float mode does not change
E-18
60 Alarm buzzer cannot be stopped
E-19
61 Air conditioner does not operate normally
E-20
62 When starting switch is turned OFF, service meter is not displayed
E-21
63 Machine monitor cannot be set in service mode
E-22
64 Ripper pin puller cylinder does not operate
E-23
65 Backup alarm does not sound or does not stop
E-24
66 Headlamp, rear lamp, and ripper point lamp do not light up
E-25
67 Windshield wiper and window washer do not operate
E-26
Other phenomena 68 KOMTRAX system does not operate normally
D155AX-6
E-27
7
SEN00851-00
40 Troubleshooting
Connector pin Nos. and connection table a
The male and female mean the pin and jack respectively. The plug and receptacle mean the shapes of the housing.
Total number of pins 1
X type connector Male (Housing: Receptacle)
Female (Housing: Plug)
Part No. of T-adapter
Part No.: 08055-00181
Part No.: 08055-00191
799-601-7010
2
799-601-7020
Part No.: 08055-00282
Part No.: 08055-00292
3
799-601-7030
Part No.: 08055-00381
Part No.: 08055-00391
4
799-601-7040
Part No.: 08055-00481
8
1
Part No.: 08055-00491
—
Part No. of terminal: 79A-222-3370 • Wire size: 0.85 • Grommet: Black • Quantity: 20 pieces
Part No. of terminal: 79A-222-3390 • Wire size: 0.85 • Grommet: Black • Quantity: 20 pieces
—
—
Part No. of terminal: 79A-222-3380 • Wire size: 2.0 • Grommet: Red • Quantity: 20 pieces
Part No. of terminal: 79A-222-3410 • Wire size: 2.0 • Grommet: Red • Quantity: 20 pieces
—
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
Total number of pins
SEN00851-00
SWP type connector Male (Housing: Receptacle)
Female (Housing: Plug)
6
799-601-7050
Part No.: 08055-10681
Part No.: 08055-10691
8
799-601-7060
Part No.: 08055-10881
Part No.: 08055-10891
12
799-601-7310
Part No.: 08055-11281
Part No.: 08055-11291
14
799-601-7070
Part No.: 08055-11481
D155AX-6
Part No. of T-adapter
Part No.: 08055-11491
9
SEN00851-00
Total number of pins
40 Troubleshooting
SWP type connector Male (Housing: Receptacle)
Female (Housing: Plug)
16
Part No. of T-adapter
799-601-7320
Part No.: 08055-11681
Part No.: 08055-11691
—
Part No. of terminal: • Wire size: 0.85 • Grommet: Black • Quantity: 20 pieces
Part No. of terminal: • Wire size: 0.85 • Grommet: Black • Quantity: 20 pieces
—
—
Part No. of terminal: • Wire size: 1.25 • Grommet: Red • Quantity: 20 pieces
Part No. of terminal: • Wire size: 1.25 • Grommet: Red • Quantity: 20 pieces
—
10
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
Total number of pins 1
SEN00851-00
M type connector Male (Housing: Receptacle)
Female (Housing: Plug)
Part No. of T-adapter
Part No.: 08056-00171
Part No.: 08056-00181
799-601-7080
2
799-601-7090
Part No.: 08056-00271
Part No.: 08056-00281
3
799-601-7110
Part No.: 08056-00371
Part No.: 08056-00381
4
799-601-7120
Part No.: 08056-00471
Part No.: 08056-00481
6
799-601-7130
Part No.: 08056-00671
Part No.: 08056-00681
8
799-601-7340
Part No.: 08056-00871
D155AX-6
Part No.: 08056-00881
11
SEN00851-00
Total number of pins
40 Troubleshooting
S type connector Male (Housing: Receptacle)
Female (Housing: Plug)
8
799-601-7140
Part No.: 08056-10871
Part No.: 08056-10881
10 (White)
799-601-7150
Part No.: 08056-11071
Part No.: 08056-11081
12 (White)
799-601-7350
Part No.: 08056-11271
Part No.: 08056-11281
16 (White)
799-601-7330
Part No.: 08056-11671
12
Part No. of T-adapter
Part No.: 08056-11681
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
Total number of pins
SEN00851-00
S type connector Male (Housing: Receptacle)
Female (Housing: Plug)
10 (Blue)
—
—
—
12 (Blue)
799-601-7160
Part No.: 08056-11272
Part No.: 08056-11282
16 (Blue)
799-601-7170
Part No.: 08056-11672
D155AX-6
Part No. of T-adapter
Part No.: 08056-11682
13
SEN00851-00
Total number of pins
40 Troubleshooting
MIC type connector Male (Housing: Receptacle)
Female (Housing: Plug)
Part No. of T-adapter
7
Part No. of body: 79A-222-2640 (Quantity: 5 pieces)
Part No. of body: 79A-222-2630 (Quantity: 5 pieces)
—
11
Part No. of body: 79A-222-2680 (Quantity: 5 pieces)
Part No. of body: 79A-222-2670 (Quantity: 5 pieces)
—
5
799-601-2710
Part No. of body: 79A-222-2620 (Quantity: 5 pieces)
Part No. of body: 79A-222-2610 (Quantity: 5 pieces)
9
799-601-2950
Part No. of body:79A-222-2660 (Quantity: 5 pieces)
Part No. of body:79A-222-2650 (Quantity: 5 pieces)
13
799-601-2720
Part No. of body: 79A-222-2710 (Quantity: 2 pieces)
14
Part No. of body: 79A-222-2690 (Quantity: 2 pieces)
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
Total number of pins
SEN00851-00
MIC type connector Male (Housing: Receptacle)
Female (Housing: Plug)
17
799-601-2730
Part No. of body: 79A-222-2730 (Quantity: 2 pieces)
Part No. of body: 79A-222-2720 (Quantity: 2 pieces)
21
D155AX-6
Part No. of T-adapter
799-601-2740
Part No. of body: 79A-222-2750 (Quantity: 2 pieces)
Part No. of body: 79A-222-2740 (Quantity: 2 pieces)
Part No. of body: 79A-222-2770 (Quantity: 50 pieces)
Part No. of body: 79A-222-2760 (Quantity: 50 pieces)
—
15
SEN00851-00
Total number of pins
40 Troubleshooting
AMP040 type connector Male (Housing: Receptacle)
Female (Housing: Plug)
8
799-601-7180
—
Part No. of housing: 79A-222-3430 (Quantity: 5 pieces)
12
799-601-7190
—
Part No. of housing: 79A-222-3440 (Quantity: 5 pieces)
16
799-601-7210
—
Part No. of housing: 79A-222-3450 (Quantity: 5 pieces)
20
799-601-7220
—
a
16
Part No. of T-adapter
Part No. of housing: 79A-222-3460 (Quantity: 5 pieces)
Part No. of terminal: 79A-222-3470 (Not related to number of poles)
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
Total number of pins
SEN00851-00
AMP070 type connector Male (Housing: Receptacle)
Female (Housing: Plug)
10
799-601-7510
—
Part No.: 7821-92-7330
12
799-601-7520
—
Part No.: 7821-92-7340
14
799-601-7530
—
Part No.: 7821-92-7350
18
799-601-7540
—
Part No.: 7821-92-7360
20
799-601-7550
—
D155AX-6
Part No. of T-adapter
Part No.: 7821-92-7370
17
SEN00851-00
Total number of pins
40 Troubleshooting
L type connector Male (Housing: Receptacle)
Female (Housing: Plug)
2
—
—
Total number of pins
—
PA type connector Male (Housing: Receptacle)
Female (Housing: Plug)
9
—
BENDIX (MS) type connector Male (Housing: Receptacle)
Female (Housing: Plug)
10
Part No. of T-adapter
799-601-3460
—
18
Part No. of T-adapter
—
—
Total number of pins
Part No. of T-adapter
—
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
Total number of pins
SEN00851-00
KES 1 (For automobile) type connector Male (Housing: Receptacle)
Female (Housing: Plug)
2
Part No. of T-adapter.
—
Part No.: 08027-10210 (Natural color) 08027-10220 (Black)
Part No.: 08027-10260 (Natural color) 08027-10270 (Black)
3
—
Part No.:08027-10310
Part No.:08027-10360
4
—
Part No.: 08027-10410 (Natural color) 08027-10420 (Black)
Part No.: 08027-10460 (Natural color) 08027-10470 (Black)
6
—
Part No.: 08027-10610 (Natural color) 08027-10620 (Black)
D155AX-6
Part No.: 08027-10660 (Natural color) 08027-10670 (Black)
19
SEN00851-00
Total number of pins
40 Troubleshooting
KES 1 (For automobile) type connector Male (Housing: Receptacle)
Female (Housing: Plug)
8
—
Part No.: 08027-10810 (Natural color) 08027-10820 (Black)
Total number of pins
Part No.: 08027-10860 (Natural color) 08027-10870 (Black)
Connector for relay (Receptacle) Male (Housing: Receptacle)
Female (Housing: Plug)
5
Part No. of T-adapter
799-601-7360
—
—
6
799-601-7370
—
20
Part No. of T-adapter
—
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
Total number of pins
SEN00851-00
F type connector Male (Housing: Receptacle)
Female (Housing: Plug)
4
—
—
D155AX-6
Part No. of T-adapter
—
21
SEN00851-00
40 Troubleshooting
[Pin No. is printed on connector (wire insertion side), too.] Type (shell size code)
HD30 Series connector Body (Plug)
Body (Receptacle)
Pin (Male terminal)
Pin (Female termial)
Part No. of T-adapter
799-601-9210
18-8 (1)
Part No.: 08191-11201, 08191-11202, 08191-11205, 08191-11206 Pin (Female termial)
Part No.: 08191-14101, 08191-14102, 08191-14105, 08191-14106 Pin (Male terminal)
799-601-9210
Part No.: 08191-12201, 08191-12202, 08191-12205, 08191-12206 Pin (Male terminal)
Part No.: 08191-13101, 08191-13102, 08191-13105, 08191-13106 Pin (Female termial)
799-601-9220
18-14 (2)
Part No.: 08191-21201, 08191-12202, 08191-21205, 08191-12206 Pin (Female termial)
Part No.: 08191-24101, 08191-24102, 08191-24105, 08191-24106 Pin (Male terminal)
799-601-9220
Part No.: 08191-22201, 08191-22202, 08191-22205, 08191-22206
22
Part No.: 08191-23101, 08191-23102, 08191-23105, 08191-23106
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00851-00
[Pin No. is printed on connector (wire insertion side), too.] Type (shell size code)
HD30 Series connector Body (Plug)
Body (Receptacle)
Pin (Male terminal)
Pin (Female terminal)
Part No. of T-adapter
799-601-9230
18-20 (3)
Part No.:08191-31201, 08191-31202
Part No.:08191-34101, 08191-34102
Pin (Female terminal)
Pin (Male terminal)
799-601-9230
Part No.:08191-32201, 08191-32202
Part No.:08191-33101, 08191-33102
Pin (Male terminal)
Pin (Female terminal)
799-601-9240
18-21 (4)
Part No.:08191-41201, 08191-42202
Part No.:08191-44101, 08191-44102
Pin (Female terminal)
Pin (Male terminal)
799-601-9240
Part No.:08191-42201, 08191-42202
D155AX-6
Part No.:08191-43101, 08191-43102
23
SEN00851-00
40 Troubleshooting
[Pin No. is printed on connector (wire insertion side), too.] Type (shell size code)
HD30 Series connector Body (Plug)
Body (Receptacle)
Pin (male terminal)
Pin (Female terminal)
Part No. of T-adapter
799-601-9250
24-9 (5)
Part No.:08191-51201, 08191-51202
Part No.:08191-54101, 08191-54102
Pin (Female terminal)
Pin (Male terminal)
799-601-9250
Part No.:08191-52201, 08191-52202
Part No.:08191-53101, 08191-53102
Pin (Male terminal)
Pin (Female terminal)
799-601-9260
Part No.: 08191-61201, 08191-62202, 08191-61205, 08191-62206 24-16 (6) Pin (Female terminal)
Part No.: 08191-64101, 08191-64102, 08191-64105, 08191-64106 Pin (Male terminal)
799-601-9260
Part No.: 08191-62201, 08191-62202, 08191-62205, 08191-62206
24
Part No.: 08191-63101, 08191-63102, 08191-63105, 08191-63106
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00851-00
[Pin No. is printed on connector (wire insertion side), too.] Type (shell size code)
HD30 Series connector Body (Plug)
Body (Receptacle)
Pin (Male terminal)
Pin (Female terminal)
Part No. of T-adapter
799-601-9270
24-21 (7)
Part No.: 08191-71201, 08191-71202, 08191-71205, 08191-71206 Pin (Female terminal)
Part No.: 08191-74101, 08191-74102, 08191-74105, 08191-74106 Pin (Male terminal)
799-601-9270
Part No.: 08191-72201, 08191-72202, 08191-72205, 08191-72206 Pin (Male terminal)
Part No.: 08191-73101, 08191-73102, 08191-73105, 08191-73106 Pin (Female terminal)
799-601-9280
Part No.: 08191-81201, 08191-81202 08191-81203, 08191-81204 08191-81205, 08191-80206 24-23 (8) Pin (Female terminal)
Part No.: 08191-84101, 08191-84102 08191-84103, 08191-84104 08191-84105, 08191-84106 Pin (Male terminal)
799-601-9280
Part No.: 08191-82201, 08191-82202 08191-82203, 08191-82204 08191-82205, 08191-82206
D155AX-6
Part No.: 08191-83101, 08191-83102 08191-83103, 08191-83104 08191-83105, 08191-83106
25
SEN00851-00
40 Troubleshooting
[Pin No. is printed on connector (wire insertion side), too.] Type (shell size code)
HD30 Series connector Body (Plug)
Body (Receptacle)
Pin (Male terminal)
Pin (Female terminal)
Part No. of T-adapter.
799-601-9290
24-31 (9)
Part No.: 08191-91203, 08191-91204, 08191-91205, 08191-91206 Pin (Female terminal)
Part No.: 08191-94103, 08191-94104, 08191-94105, 08191-94106 Pin (Male terminal)
799-601-9290
Part No.: 08191-92203, 08191-92204, 08191-92205, 08191-92206
26
Part No.: 08191-93103, 08191-93104, 08191-93105, 08191-93106
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00851-00
[Pin No. is printed on connector (wire insertion side), too.] Total number of pins
DT Series connector Body (Plug)
Body (Receptacle)
2
Part No. of T-adapter
799-601-9020
Part No.: 08192-12200 (Normal type) 08192-22200 (Fine wire type)
Part No.: 08192-12100 (Normal type) 08192-22100 (Fine wire type)
3
799-601-9030
Part No.: 08192-13200 (Normal type) 08192-23200 (Fine wire type)
Part No.: 08192-13100 (Normal type) 08192-23100 (Fine wire type)
4
799-601-9040
Part No.: 08192-14200 (Normal type) 08192-24200 (Fine wire type)
Part No.: 08192-14100 (Normal type) 08192-24100 (Fine wire type)
6
799-601-9050
Part No.: 08192-16200 (Normal type) 08192-26200 (Fine wire type)
D155AX-6
Part No.: 08192-16100 (Normal type) 08192-26100 (Fine wire type)
27
SEN00851-00
40 Troubleshooting
[Pin No. is printed on connector (wire insertion side), too.] Total number of pins
DT Series connector Body (Plug)
Body (Receptacle)
Body color (Gray): 799-601-9060 Body color (Black): 799-601-9070 Body color (Green): 799-601-9080 Body color (Brown): 799-601-9090
8
Part No.: 08192-1820! (Normal type) 08192-2820! (Fine wire type)
Part No.: 08192-1810! (Normal type) 08192-2810! (FIne wire type)
Body color (Gray): 799-601-9110 Body color (Black): 799-601-9120 Body color (Green): 799-601-9130 Body color (Brown): 799-601-9140
12
Part No.: 08192-1920! (Normal type) 08192-2920! (Fine wire type)
28
Part No. of T-adapter
Part No.: 08192-1910! (Normal type) 08192-2910! (Fine wire type)
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00851-00
[Pin No. is printed on connector (wire insertion side), too.] Total number of pins
DTM Series connector Body (Plug)
Body (Receptacle)
Part No. of T-adapter
799-601-9010
2
Part No.: 08192-02200
Part No.: 08192-02100
[Pin No. is printed on connector (wire insertion side), too.] Total number of pins
DTHD Series connector Body (Plug)
Body (Receptacle)
1
Part No. of T-adapter
—
Part No.: 08192-31200 (Contact size#12) 08192-41200 (Contact size #8) 08192-51200 (Contact size #4)
D155AX-6
Part No.: 08192-31100 (Contact size#12) 08192-41100 (Contact size #8) 08192-51100 (Contact size #4)
29
SEN00851-00
40 Troubleshooting
[Pin No. is printed on connector (wire insertion side), too.] Total number of pins
DRC26 Series connector Male (Housing: Receptacle)
Female (Housing: Plug)
24
799-601-9360
—
Part No.:7821-93-3110
40 (A)
799-601-9350
—
Part No.:7821-93-3120
40 (B)
799-601-9350
—
30
Part No. of T-adapter
Part No.:7821-93-3130
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00851-00
T-boxes and T-adapters table
The part Nos. of the T-boxes, T-adapters, and other parts are shown on the leftmost column and the part Nos. of the T-adapter kits are shown on the top line.
q
q q
q q
799-601-2600 T-box (for ECONO)
21
799-601-3100 T-box (for MS)
37
q
799-601-3200 T-box (for MS)
37
q
799-601-3300 T-box (for ECONO)
24
q
799-601-3370 • Plate for MS (17-pin)
q
Out of kit
799-601-9300
799-601-9200
q
799-601-3380 • Plate for MS (14-pin) 799-601-3410 Adapter for BENDIX (MS)
24
MS-24P
q q
799-601-3420 Adapter for BENDIX (MS)
24
MS-24P
q q
799-601-3430 Adapter for BENDIX (MS)
17
MS-17P
q q
799-601-3440 Adapter for BENDIX (MS)
17
MS-17P
799-601-3450 Adapter for BENDIX (MS)
5
MS-5P
799-601-3460 Adapter for BENDIX (MS)
10
MS-10P
799-601-3510 Adapter for BENDIX (MS)
5
MS-5S
q q
799-601-3520 Adapter for BENDIX (MS)
17
MS-17P
q q
799-601-3530 Adapter for BENDIX (MS)
19
MS-19P
799-601-2910 Adapter for BENDIX (MS)
14
MS-14P
q q q q q q
q q q q q
799-601-3470 Case 799-601-2710 Adapter for MIC
5
MIC-5P
q q
q
q
799-601-2720 Adapter for MIC
13
MIC-13P
q q
q
q
799-601-2730 Adapter for MIC
17
MIC-17P
q q q q
q q
q
799-601-2740 Adapter for MIC
21
MIC-21P
q q q q
q q
q
799-601-2950 Adapter for MIC
9
MIC-9P
q q q
q
799-601-2750 Adapter for ECONO
2
ECONO2P
q q
799-601-2760 Adapter for ECONO
3
ECONO3P
q q
799-601-2770 Adapter for ECONO
4
ECONO4P
q q
799-601-2780 Adapter for ECONO
8
ECONO8P
q q
799-601-2790 Adapter for ECONO
12 ECONO12P q q
799-601-2810 Adapter for DLI
8
DLI-8P
q q
799-601-2820 Adapter for DLI
12
DLI-12P
q q
799-601-2830 Adapter for DLI
16
DLI-16P
q q
799-601-2840 Extension cable (ECONO type) 12 ECONO12P q q
q
q
799-601-2850 Case 50
q
DRC50
799-601-7010 Adapter for X (T-branch)
1
q
q
799-601-7020 Adapter for X
2
X2P
q q q
q
799-601-7030 Adapter for X
3
X3P
q q q
q
799-601-7040 Adapter for X
4
X4P
q q q
q
799-601-7050 Adapter for SWP
6
SW6P
q q q
799-601-7060 Adapter for SWP
8
SW8P
q q q
799-601-7310 Adapter for SWP
12
SW12P
D155AX-6
799-601-9100
q
q
799-601-3360 • Plate for MS (24-pin)
799-601-4210 Adapter for DRC
799-601-9000
799-601-8000
799-601-7500
799-601-7400
799-601-7100
799-601-7000
799-601-6500
799-601-6000
799-601-5500
799-601-3000
799-601-2900
799-601-2800
Distinction symbol
799-601-2700
Part name
T-adapter kit 799-601-2500
Part No.
Number of pins
a
1
q
31
SEN00851-00
40 Troubleshooting
q
Out of kit
799-601-9300
799-601-9200
799-601-9100
799-601-9000
799-601-8000
799-601-7500
q
799-601-7400
q q q
799-601-7100
q
M2P
799-601-7000
q
2
799-601-6500
1
799-601-7090 Adapter for M
799-601-6000
799-601-7080 Adapter for M (T-branch)
799-601-5500
SW16P
799-601-3000
SW14P
16
799-601-2900
14
799-601-7320 Adapter for SWP
799-601-2800
799-601-7070 Adapter for SWP
Part name
799-601-2700
Distinction symbol
Part No.
799-601-2500
Number of pins
T-adapter kit
q q
799-601-7110 Adapter for M
3
M3P
q q q
q
799-601-7120 Adapter for M
4
M4P
q q q
q
799-601-7130 Adapter for M
6
M6P
q q q
q
799-601-7340 Adapter for M
8
M8P
q
799-601-7140 Adapter for S
8
S8P
q q q
q
799-601-7150 Adapter for S (White)
10
S10P
q q q
q
799-601-7160 Adapter for S (Blue)
12
S12P
q q q
799-601-7170 Adapter for S (Blue)
16
S16P
q q q
799-601-7330 Adapter for S (White)
16
S16PW
799-601-7350 Adapter for S (White)
12
S12PW
q q q
799-601-7180 Adapter for AMP040
8
A8P
q
799-601-7190 Adapter for AMP040
12
A12P
q
q
799-601-7210 Adapter for AMP040
16
A16P
q q q
q
799-601-7220 Adapter for AMP040
20
A20P
q q q
q
799-601-7230 Short connector for X
2
q q q
q
q q
799-601-7240 Case
q
799-601-7270 Case 799-601-7510 Adapter for 070
10
07-10
q
799-601-7520 Adapter for 070
12
07-12
q
799-601-7530 Adapter for 070
14
07-14
q
799-601-7540 Adapter for 070
18
07-18
q
799-601-7550 Adapter for 070
20
07-20
q
799-601-7360 Adapter for relay
5
REL-5P
q
799-601-7370 Adapter for relay
6
REL-6P
q
799-601-7380 Adapter for JFC
2
799-601-9010 Adapter for DTM
2
DTM2
q
q
799-601-9020 Adapter for DT
2
DT2
q
q
799-601-9030 Adapter for DT
3
DT3
q
q
799-601-9040 Adapter for DT
4
DT4
q
q
799-601-9050 Adapter for DT
6
DT6
q
q
799-601-9060 Adapter for DT (Gray)
8
DT8GR
q
q
799-601-9070 Adapter for DT (Black)
8
DT8B
q
q
799-601-9080 Adapter for DT (Green)
8
DT8G
q
q
799-601-9090 Adapter for DT (Brown)
8
DT8BR
q
q
799-601-9110 Adapter for DT (Gray)
12
DT12GR
q
q
799-601-9120 Adapter for DT (Black)
12
DT12B
q
q
q
799-601-9130 Adapter for DT (Green)
12
DT12G
q
q
799-601-9140 Adapter for DT
12
DT12BR
q
q
799-601-9210 Adapter for HD30-18
8
D18-8
q q
799-601-9220 Adapter for HD30-18
14
D18-14
q q
799-601-9230 Adapter for HD30-18
20
D18-20
q q
32
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00851-00
799-601-9310 Plate for HD30 (24-pin) 799-601-9320 T-box (for DT and HD)
12
q q
q
q q
q
Out of kit
799-601-9300
q q
799-601-9200
q q
D24-31
799-601-9100
D24-23
31
799-601-9000
23
799-601-9290 Adapter for HD30-24
799-601-8000
799-601-9280 Adapter for HD30-24
799-601-7500
q q
799-601-7400
q q
D24-21
799-601-7100
D24-16
21
799-601-7000
16
799-601-9270 Adapter for HD30-24
799-601-6500
799-601-9260 Adapter for HD30-24
799-601-6000
q q
799-601-5500
q q
D24-9
799-601-3000
D18-21
9
799-601-2900
21
799-601-9250 Adapter for HD30-24
799-601-2800
799-601-9240 Adapter for HD30-18
799-601-2700
Distinction symbol
Part No.
799-601-2500
Part name
Number of pins
T-adapter kit
q
799-601-9330 Case
q
799-601-9340 Case 799-601-9350 Adapter for DRC
40
DRC-40
q
799-601-9360 Adapter for DRC
24
DRC-24
q
799-601-9410 Adapter for engine (CRI-T2)
2
G
q
Adapter for engine (CRI-T2) 799-601-9420 Adapter for engine (CRI-T3)
3
A3
q
Adapter for engine (CRI-T2) Adapter for engine (CRI-T3)
2
P
q
799-601-9440 Adapter for engine (CRI-T2)
3
1,2,3
q
795-799-5520 Adapter for engine (HPI-T2)
2
S
q
Adapter for engine (HPI-T2) 795-799-5530 Adapter for engine (CRI-T3)
2
C
q
Adapter for engine (HPI-T2) Adapter for engine (CRI-T3)
2
A
q
795-799-5460 Adapter for engine (HPI-T2)
3
q
795-799-5470 Adapter for engine (HPI-T2)
3
q
795-799-5480 Adapter for engine (HPI-T2)
3
q
799-601-4160 Adapter for engine (CRI-T3)
2
OIL
q
799-601-4340 Adapter for engine (CRI-T3)
2
1,2,3
q
799-601-4130 Adapter for engine (CRI-T3)
3
FCIN
q
799-601-4140 Adapter for engine (CRI-T3)
3
FCIG
q
799-601-9430
795-799-5540
799-601-4150 Adapter for engine (CRI-T3)
3
FCIB
q
799-601-4180 Adapter for engine (CRI-T3)
3
FCIP3
q
799-601-4190 Adapter for engine (CRI-T3)
3
1,2,3
q
799-601-4240 Adapter for engine (CRI-T3)
3
1,2,3
q
799-601-4250 Adapter for engine (CRI-T3)
3
1,2,3
q
799-601-4330 Adapter for engine (CRI-T3)
3
1,2,3
q
799-601-4230 Adapter for engine (CRI-T3)
4
1,2,3,4
q
799-601-4260 Adapter for controller (ENG)
4
DTP4
q
799-601-4210 Adapter for controller (ENG)
50
DRC50
q
799-601-4220 Adapter for controller (ENG)
60
DRC60
q
799-601-4280 Box for controller (PUMP)
121
799-601-9720 Adapter for controller (HST)
16
HST16A
q
799-601-9710 Adapter for controller (HST)
16
HST16B
q
799-601-9370 Adapter for controller (HST)
26
HST26A
q
D155AX-6
q
33
SEN00851-00
40 Troubleshooting
D155AX-6 Bulldozer Form No. SEN00851-00
© 2006 KOMATSU All Rights Reserved Printed in Japan 02-06 (02)
34
D155AX-6
SEN00716-01
BULLDOZER 1SHOP MANUAL
D155AX-6
Machine model
Serial number
D155AX-6
80001 and up
40 Troubleshooting
1
Troubleshooting by failure and error codes, Part 1 Troubleshooting by failure and error codes, Part 1 ......................................................................................... 3 Failure codes table.............................................................................................................................. 3 Before carrying out troubleshooting when failure code is displayed ................................................. 10 Information in troubleshooting table .................................................................................................. 14 Failure code [1500L0] Transmission clutch: Abnormal ..................................................................... 16 Failure code [15SAL1] Forward clutch: Fill high ................................................................................ 17 Failure code [15SALH] Forward clutch: Fill low ................................................................................ 18 Failure code [15SBL1] Reverse clutch: Fill high ............................................................................... 19 Failure code [15SBLH] Reverse clutch: Fill low ................................................................................ 20 Failure code [15SEL1] Speed 1st clutch: Fill high............................................................................. 21 Failure code [15SELH] Speed 1st clutch: Fill low .............................................................................. 22 Failure code [15SFL1] Speed 2nd clutch: Fill high ............................................................................ 23 Failure code [15SFLH] Speed 2nd clutch: Fill low ............................................................................. 24 Failure code [15SGL1] Speed 3rd clutch: Fill high ............................................................................ 25
D155AX-6
1
SEN00716-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [15SGLH] Speed 3rd clutch: Fill low ............................................................................. 26 Failure code [15SJL1] L/U: Fill high .................................................................................................. 28 Failure code [15SJLH] L/U: Fill low ................................................................................................... 30 Failure code [2301L1] Right brake: Fill high ...................................................................................... 32 Failure code [2301LH] Right brake: Fill low ....................................................................................... 33 Failure code [2302L1] Left brake: Fill high ........................................................................................ 34 Failure code [2302LH] Left brake: Fill low ......................................................................................... 35 Failure code [7RFAKA] ECM HOLD RELAY: Disconnection ............................................................. 36 Failure code [AA10NX] Air Cleaner Clogging .................................................................................... 38 Failure code [AB00MA] Battery Charge Abnormal ............................................................................ 40 Failure code [B@BAZG] Eng Oil Press Low ..................................................................................... 42 Failure code [B@BCNS] Eng Water Overheat .................................................................................. 42 Failure code [B@BCZK] Eng Water Level Low ................................................................................. 43 Failure code [B@CENS] T/C Oil Overheat ........................................................................................ 43 Failure code [B@HANS] Hyd Oil Overheat ....................................................................................... 44
2
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00716-01
Troubleshooting by failure and error codes, Part 1 Failure codes table Action code
Failure code
E03
1500L0
E03
1
1 Alarm buzzer
Component in charge
Category of history
Transmission clutch: Abnormal
q
P/T
Electrical system
15SAL1
Forward clutch: Fill high
q
P/T
Electrical system
E03
15SALH
Forward clutch: Fill low
q
P/T
Electrical system
E03
15SBL1
Reverse clutch: Fill high
q
P/T
Electrical system
E03
15SBLH
Reverse clutch: Fill low
q
P/T
Electrical system
E03
15SEL1
Speed 1st clutch: Fill high
q
P/T
Electrical system
E03
15SELH
Speed 1st clutch: Fill low
q
P/T
Electrical system
E03
15SFL1
Speed 2nd clutch: Fill high
q
P/T
Electrical system
E03
15SFLH
Speed 2nd clutch: Fill low
q
P/T
Electrical system
E03
15SGL1
Speed 3rd clutch: Fill high
q
P/T
Electrical system
E03
15SGLH
Speed 3rd clutch: Fill low
q
P/T
Electrical system
E02
15SJL1
L/U: Fill high
q
P/T
Electrical system
E02
15SJLH
L/U: Fill low
q
P/T
Electrical system
E04
2301L1
Right brake: Fill high
q
P/T
Electrical system
E04
2301LH
Right brake: Fill low
q
P/T
Electrical system
E04
2302L1
Left brake: Fill high
q
P/T
Electrical system
E04
2302LH
Left brake: Fill low
q
P/T
Electrical system
7RFAKA
ECM HOLD RELAY: Disconnection
P/T
Electrical system
AA10NX
Air Cleaner Clogging
MON
Mechanical system
AB00MA
Battery Charge Abnormal
MON
Mechanical system
B@BAZG
Eng Oil Press Low
e
ENG
Mechanical system
B@BCNS
Eng Water Overheat
e
ENG
Mechanical system
B@BCZK
Eng Water Level Low
MON
Mechanical system
B@CENS
T/C Oil Overheat
e
P/T
Mechanical system
B@HANS
Hyd Oil Overheat
e
MON
Mechanical system
Trouble (Displayed on screen)
E04
CA111
EMC Critical Internal Failure
q
ENG
Electrical system
E04
CA115
Eng Ne and Bkup Speed Sens Error
q
ENG
Electrical system
E03
CA122
Chg Air Press Sensor High Error
q
ENG
Electrical system
E03
CA123
Chg Air Press Sensor Low Error
q
ENG
Electrical system
E03
CA131
Throttle Sensor High Error
q
ENG
Electrical system
E03
CA132
Throttle Sensor Low Error
q
ENG
Electrical system
E02
CA135
Eng Oil Press Sensor High Error
q
ENG
Electrical system
E02
CA141
Eng Oil Press Sensor Low Error
q
ENG
Electrical system
E02
CA144
Coolant Temp Sens High Error
q
ENG
Electrical system
E02
CA145
Coolant Temp Sens Low Error
q
ENG
Electrical system
E01
CA153
Chg Air Temp Sensor High Error
ENG
Electrical system
E01
CA154
Chg Air Temp Sensor Low Error
ENG
Electrical system
E03
CA187
Sens Supply 2 Volt Low Error
ENG
Electrical system
D155AX-6
q
3
SEN00716-01
Action code
Failure code
E03
CA221
E03
4
40 Troubleshooting
Alarm buzzer
Component in charge
Category of history
Ambient Press Sens High Error
q
ENG
Electrical system
CA222
Ambient Press Sens Low Error
q
ENG
Electrical system
E03
CA227
Sens Supply 2 Volt High Error
q
ENG
Electrical system
E00
CA234
Eng Overspeed
ENG
Mechanical system
E03
CA238
Ne Speed Sens Supply Volt Error
ENG
Electrical system
E01
CA263
Fuel Temp Sensor High Error
ENG
Electrical system
E01
CA265
Fuel Temp Sensor Low Error
ENG
Electrical system
E03
CA271
PCV1 Short Error
q
ENG
Electrical system
E03
CA272
PCV1 Open Error
q
ENG
Electrical system
E03
CA273
PCV2 Short Error
q
ENG
Electrical system
E03
CA274
PCV2 Open Error
q
ENG
Electrical system
E03
CA322
Inj #1 (L#1) Open/Short Error
q
ENG
Electrical system
E03
CA323
Inj #5 (L#5) Open/Short Error
q
ENG
Electrical system
E03
CA324
Inj #3 (L#3) Open/Short Error
q
ENG
Electrical system
E03
CA325
Inj #6 (L#6) Open/Short Error
q
ENG
Electrical system
E03
CA331
Inj #2 (L#2) Open/Short Error
q
ENG
Electrical system
E03
CA332
Inj #4 (L#4) Open/Short Error
q
ENG
Electrical system
E04
CA342
Calibration Code Incompatibility
q
ENG
Electrical system
E03
CA351
Injectors Drive Circuit Error
q
ENG
Electrical system
E03
CA352
Sens Supply 1 Volt Low Error
q
ENG
Electrical system
E03
CA386
Sens Supply 1 Volt High Error
q
ENG
Electrical system
E04
CA441
Battery Voltage Low Error
q
ENG
Electrical system
E04
CA442
Battery Voltage High Error
q
ENG
Electrical system
E03
CA449
Rail Press Very High Error
q
ENG
Electrical system
E03
CA451
Rail Press Sensor High Error
q
ENG
Electrical system
E03
CA452
Rail Press Sensor Low Error
q
ENG
Electrical system
E02
CA553
Rail Press High Error
q
ENG
Electrical system
E03
CA554
Rail Press Sensor In Range Error
q
ENG
Electrical system
E02
CA559
Rail Press Low Error
q
ENG
Electrical system
E03
CA689
Eng Ne Speed Sensor Error
q
ENG
Electrical system
E03
CA731
Eng Bkup Speed Sens Phase Error
q
ENG
Electrical system
E04
CA757
All Continuous Data Lost Error
q
ENG
Electrical system
E03
CA778
Eng Bkup Speed Sensor Error
q
ENG
Electrical system
E02
CA1228
EGR Valve Servo Error 1
q
ENG
Electrical system
E03
CA1625
EGR Valve Servo Error 2
q
ENG
Electrical system
E03
CA1626
BP Valve Sol Current High Error
q
ENG
Electrical system
E03
CA1627
BP Valve Sol Current Low Error
q
ENG
Electrical system
E02
CA1628
Bypass Valve Servo Error 1
q
ENG
Electrical system
E03
CA1629
Bypass Valve Servo Error 2
q
ENG
Electrical system
E03
CA1631
BP Valve Pos Sens High Error
q
ENG
Electrical system
E03
CA1632
BP Valve Pos Sens Low Error
q
ENG
Electrical system
Trouble (Displayed on screen)
q
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00716-01
Action code
Failure code
Alarm buzzer
Component in charge
Category of history
E03
CA1633
KOMNET Datalink Timeout Error
q
ENG
Electrical system
E01
CA1642
EGR Inlet Press Sens Low Error
ENG
Electrical system
E01
CA1653
EGR Inlet Press Sens High Error
ENG
Electrical system
E03
CA2185
Throt Sens Sup Volt High Error
q
ENG
Electrical system
E03
CA2186
Throt Sens Sup Volt Low Error
q
ENG
Electrical system
E03
CA2249
Rail Press Very Low Error
q
ENG
Electrical system
E03
CA2271
EGR Valve Pos Sens High Error
q
ENG
Electrical system
E03
CA2272
EGR Valve Pos Sens Low Error
q
ENG
Electrical system
E03
CA2351
EGR Valve Sol Current High Error
q
ENG
Electrical system
E03
CA2352
EGR Valve Sol Current Low Error
q
ENG
Electrical system
E01
CA2555
Grid Htr Relay Volt Low Error
ENG
Electrical system
E01
CA2556
Grid Htr Relay Volt High Error
ENG
Electrical system
D110KA
Battery relay: Disconnection
P/T
Electrical system
D110KB
Battery Relay: Drive Short Circuit
P/T
Electrical system
E02
D130KA
Neutral relay: Disconnection
q
P/T
Electrical system
E02
D130KB
Neutral relay: Short circuit
q
P/T
Electrical system
E01
D161KA
Back-up alarm relay: Disconnection
P/T
Electrical system
E01
D161KB
Back-up alarm relay: Short circuit
P/T
Electrical system
D190KA
ACC signal relay: Disconnection
P/T
Electrical system
D190KB
ACC signal relay: Short circuit
P/T
Electrical system
E03
D5ZKKX
Throttle Dial: Out of normal range
q
P/T
Electrical system
E03
DAFRKR
CAN Disconnection
q
MON
Electrical system
E03
DB2RKR
CAN Disconnection
q
ENG
Electrical system
E04
DB90KK
WE controller: Source voltage reduction
q
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DB90KR
PT controller: Can communication lost
q
P/T
Electrical system
E01
DB90KT
WE controller: Abnormality in controller
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DB95KK
WE controller: Source voltage reduction
q
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DB97KK
WE controller: Source voltage reduction
q
W/E
Electrical system
E04
DB99KQ
WE controller: Type select signal
q
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DB9RKR
WE controller: Can communication lost
q
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DBE0KK
PT controller: Source voltage reduction
q
P/T
Electrical system
E01
DBE0KT
PT controller: Abnormality in controller
P/T
Electrical system
E02
DBE6KK
PT controller: Source voltage reduction
q
P/T
Electrical system
E02
DBE7KK
PT controller: Source voltage reduction
q
P/T
Electrical system
E04
DBE9KQ
PT controller: Type select signal
q
P/T
Electrical system
E02
DD12KA
Shift up Sw: Disconnection
q
P/T
Electrical system
E02
DD12KB
Shift up Sw: Short circuit
q
P/T
Electrical system
E02
DD13KA
Shift down Sw: Disconnection
q
P/T
Electrical system
E02
DD13KB
Shift down Sw: Short circuit
q
P/T
Electrical system
E03
DD14KA
Parking lever Sw: Disconnection
q
P/T
Electrical system
E03
DD14KB
Parking lever Sw: Short circuit
q
P/T
Electrical system
D155AX-6
Trouble (Displayed on screen)
5
SEN00716-01
Action code
Failure code
E02
DDDDKA
E02
6
40 Troubleshooting
Alarm buzzer
Component in charge
Category of history
Back up brake Sw: Disconnection
q
P/T
Electrical system
DDDDKB
Back up brake Sw: Short circuit
q
P/T
Electrical system
E02
DDDDKX
Back up brake Sw: Signal mismatch
q
P/T
Electrical system
E02
DDN7KA
WEQ Knob Sw (down): Disconnection
q
W/E
Electrical system
E02
DDN7KB
WEQ Knob Sw (down): Short circuit
q
W/E
Electrical system
E01
DDN9KA
WEQ Knob Sw (up): Disconnection
W/E
Electrical system
E01
DDN9KB
WEQ Knob Sw (up): Short circuit
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DDNLKA
Weq lock Sw: Disconnection
q
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DDNLKB
Weq lock Sw: Short circuit
q
W/E
Electrical system
E02
DDTSL1
S/C: Fill high
q
P/T
Electrical system
E02
DDTSLH
S/C: Fill low
q
P/T
Electrical system
E03
DFA4KX
BL lever 1: Out of normal range
q
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DFA4KZ
BL lever: Disconnection or short circuit
q
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DFA4L8
BL lever: Signal mismatch
q
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DFA5KA
BL lever 1: Disconnection
q
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DFA5KB
BL lever 1: Short circuit
q
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DFA6KA
BL lever 2: Disconnection
q
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DFA6KB
BL lever 2: Short circuit
q
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DFA7KX
BT lever 1: Out of normal range
q
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DFA7KZ
BT lever: Disconnection or short circuit
q
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DFA7L8
BT lever: Signal mismatch
q
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DFA8KA
BT lever 1: Disconnection
q
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DFA8KB
BT lever 1: Short circuit
q
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DFA9KA
BT lever 2: Disconnection
q
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DFA9KB
BT lever 2: Short circuit
q
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DFAAKX
RL lever 1: Out of normal range
q
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DFAAKZ
RL lever: Disconnection or short circuit
q
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DFAAL8
RL lever: Signal mismatch
q
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DFABKA
RL lever 1: Disconnection
q
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DFABKB
RL lever 1: Short circuit
q
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DFACKA
RL lever 2: Disconnection
q
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DFACKB
RL lever 2: Short circuit
q
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DFADKX
RT lever 1: Out of normal range
q
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DFADKZ
RT lever: Disconnection or short circuit
q
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DFADL8
RT lever: Signal mismatch
q
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DFAEKA
RT lever 1: Disconnection
q
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DFAEKB
RT lever 1: Short circuit
q
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DFAFKA
RT lever 2: Disconnection
q
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DFAFKB
RT lever 2: Short circuit
q
W/E
Electrical system
E01
DGT1KA
T/C oil temp sensor: Abnormal
P/T
Electrical system
E01
DGT1KX
T/C oil temp sensor abnormal
P/T
Electrical system
Trouble (Displayed on screen)
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
Action code
Failure code
SEN00716-01
Trouble (Displayed on screen)
Alarm buzzer
Component in charge
Category of history
DH21KA
WEQ pressure sensor: Disconnection
W/E
Electrical system
DH21KB
WEQ pressure sensor: Short circuit
W/E
Electrical system
E02
DHT5KA
T/C in-pressure sensor: Disconnection
q
P/T
Electrical system
E02
DHT5KB
T/C in-pressure sensor: Short circuit
q
P/T
Electrical system
E02
DHT7KA
T/C out-pressure sensor: Disconnection
q
P/T
Electrical system
E02
DHT7KB
T/C out-pressure sensor: Short circuit
q
P/T
Electrical system
E03
DK10KX
Fuel control Dial: Out of normal range
q
ENG
Electrical system
E03
DK30KA
ST lever 1: Disconnection
q
P/T
Electrical system
E03
DK30KB
ST lever 1: Short circuit
q
P/T
Electrical system
E04
DK30KX
ST lever 1: Out of normal range
q
P/T
Electrical system
E04
DK30KZ
ST lever: Disconnection or short circuit
q
P/T
Electrical system
E03
DK30L8
ST lever: Signal mismatch
q
P/T
Electrical system
E03
DK31KA
ST lever 2: Disconnection
q
P/T
Electrical system
E03
DK31KB
ST lever 2: Short circuit
q
P/T
Electrical system
E03
DK40KA
Brake potentiometer: Disconnection
q
P/T
Electrical system
E03
DK40KB
Brake potentiometer: Short circuit
q
P/T
Electrical system
E04
DK55KX
FR lever: Out of normal range
q
P/T
Electrical system
E04
DK55KZ
FR lever: Disconnection or short circuit
q
P/T
Electrical system
E03
DK55L8
FR lever: Signal mismatch
q
P/T
Electrical system
E03
DK56KA
FR lever 1: Disconnection
q
P/T
Electrical system
E03
DK56KB
FR lever 1: Short circuit
q
P/T
Electrical system
E03
DK57KA
FR lever 2: Disconnection
q
P/T
Electrical system
E03
DK57KB
FR lever 2: Short circuit
q
P/T
Electrical system
E03
DKH1KA
Pitch angle sensor: Disconnection
q
P/T
Electrical system
E03
DKH1KB
Pitch angle sensor: Short circuit
q
P/T
Electrical system
E01
DLT3KA
T/M out-speed sensor: Disconnection
P/T
Electrical system
E01
DLT3KB
T/M out-speed sensor: Abnormal
P/T
Electrical system
E01
DW7BKA
Fan rev EPC: Disconnection
P/T
Electrical system
E01
DW7BKB
Fan rev EPC: Short circuit
P/T
Electrical system
E03
DWN1KA
Hss EPC1: Disconnection
q
P/T
Electrical system
E03
DWN1KB
Hss EPC1: Short circuit
q
P/T
Electrical system
E03
DWN1KY
Hss EPC1: Short circuit
q
P/T
Electrical system
E03
DWN2KA
Hss EPC2: Disconnection
q
P/T
Electrical system
E03
DWN2KB
Hss EPC2: Short circuit
q
P/T
Electrical system
E03
DWN2KY
Hss EPC2: Short circuit
q
P/T
Electrical system
E04
DWN3KA
Ssp solenoid: Disconnection
q
P/T
Electrical system
E04
DWN3KB
Ssp solenoid: Short circuit
q
P/T
Electrical system
E04
DWN3KY
Ssp solenoid: Short circuit
q
P/T
Electrical system
E01
DWN5KA
Fan pump solenoid: Disconnection
P/T
Electrical system
E01
DWN5KB
Fan pump solenoid: Short circuit
P/T
Electrical system
E01
DXA0KA
TVC Sol.: Disconnection
W/E
Electrical system
D155AX-6
7
SEN00716-01
Action code
Failure code
E01
DXA0KB
E01
8
40 Troubleshooting
Component in charge
Category of history
TVC Sol.: Short circuit
W/E
Electrical system
DXA0KY
TVC Sol.: Short circuit
W/E
Electrical system
E02
DXH1KA
Lock-up ECMV: Disconnection
q
P/T
Electrical system
E02
DXH1KB
Lock-up ECMV: Short circuit
q
P/T
Electrical system
E03
DXH1KY
Lock-up ECMV: Short circuit
q
P/T
Electrical system
E03
DXH4KA
1st clutch ECMV: Disconnection
q
P/T
Electrical system
E03
DXH4KB
1st clutch ECMV: Short circuit
q
P/T
Electrical system
E03
DXH4KY
1st clutch ECMV: Short circuit
q
P/T
Electrical system
E03
DXH5KA
2nd clutch ECMV: Disconnection
q
P/T
Electrical system
E03
DXH5KB
2nd clutch ECMV: Short circuit
q
P/T
Electrical system
E03
DXH5KY
2nd clutch ECMV: Short circuit
q
P/T
Electrical system
E03
DXH6KA
3rd clutch ECMV: Disconnection
q
P/T
Electrical system
E03
DXH6KB
3rd clutch ECMV: Short circuit
q
P/T
Electrical system
E03
DXH6KY
3rd clutch ECMV: Short circuit
q
P/T
Electrical system
E03
DXH7KA
R clutch ECMV: Disconnection
q
P/T
Electrical system
E03
DXH7KB
R clutch ECMV: Short circuit
q
P/T
Electrical system
E04
DXH7KY
R clutch ECMV: Short circuit
q
P/T
Electrical system
E03
DXH8KA
F clutch ECMV: Disconnection
q
P/T
Electrical system
E03
DXH8KB
F clutch ECMV: Short circuit
q
P/T
Electrical system
E04
DXH8KY
F clutch ECMV: Short circuit
q
P/T
Electrical system
E04
DXHBKA
Right brake ECMV: Disconnection
q
P/T
Electrical system
E04
DXHBKB
Right brake ECMV: Short circuit
q
P/T
Electrical system
E04
DXHBKY
Right brake ECMV: Short circuit
q
P/T
Electrical system
E04
DXHCKA
Left brake ECMV: Disconnection
q
P/T
Electrical system
E04
DXHCKB
Left brake ECMV: Short circuit
q
P/T
Electrical system
E04
DXHCKY
Left brake ECMV: Short circuit
q
P/T
Electrical system
E03
DXHRKA
Blade up EPC: Disconnection
q
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DXHRKB
Blade up EPC: Short circuit
q
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DXHRKY
Blade up EPC: Short circuit
q
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DXHSKA
Blade down EPC: Disconnection
q
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DXHSKB
Blade down EPC: Short circuit
q
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DXHSKY
Blade down EPC: Short circuit
q
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DXHTKA
Blade left 1 EPC: Disconnection
q
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DXHTKB
Blade left 1 EPC: Short circuit
q
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DXHTKY
Blade left 1 EPC: Short circuit
q
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DXHUKA
Blade right 1 EPC: Disconnection
q
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DXHUKB
Blade right 1 EPC: Short circuit
q
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DXHUKY
Blade right 1 EPC: Short circuit
q
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DXHWKA
Ripper up EPC: Disconnection
q
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DXHWKB
Ripper up EPC: Short circuit
q
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DXHWKY
Ripper up EPC: Short circuit
q
W/E
Electrical system
Trouble (Displayed on screen)
Alarm buzzer
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
Action code
Failure code
E03
DXHXKA
E03
SEN00716-01
Alarm buzzer
Component in charge
Category of history
Ripper down EPC: Disconnection
q
W/E
Electrical system
DXHXKB
Ripper down EPC: Short circuit
q
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DXHXKY
Ripper down EPC: Short circuit
q
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DXHYKA
Ripper Tilt In EPC: Disconnection
q
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DXHYKB
Ripper Tilt In EPC: Short circuit
q
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DXHYKY
Ripper Tilt In EPC: Short circuit
q
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DXHZKA
Ripper Tilt Back EPC: Disconnection
q
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DXHZKB
Ripper Tilt Back EPC: Short circuit
q
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DXHZKY
Ripper Tilt Back EPC: Short circuit
q
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DXJ4KA
WEQ lock Sol.: Disconnection
q
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DXJ4KB
WEQ lock Sol.: Short circuit
q
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DXJ8KA
Blade left 2 EPC: Disconnection
q
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DXJ8KB
Blade left 2 EPC: Short circuit
q
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DXJ8KY
Blade left 2 EPC: Short circuit
q
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DXJ9KA
Blade right 2 EPC: Disconnection
q
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DXJ9KB
Blade right 2 EPC: Short circuit
q
W/E
Electrical system
E03
DXJ9KY
Blade right 2 EPC: Short circuit
q
W/E
Electrical system
E01
DXJAKA
Q-drop EPC: Disconnection
W/E
Electrical system
E01
DXJAKB
Q-drop EPC: Short circuit
W/E
Electrical system
E01
DXJAKY
Q-drop EPC: Short circuit
W/E
Electrical system
E02
DXJBKA
S/C ECMV: Disconnection
q
P/T
Electrical system
E02
DXJBKB
S/C ECMV: Short circuit
q
P/T
Electrical system
E02
DXJBKY
S/C ECMV: Short circuit
q
P/T
Electrical system
Trouble (Displayed on screen)
a Entry order of items in table The items are entered in the order of their failure codes (incremental order). a Action code Attached: If a failure code is detected, the action code, failure code, and telephone No. (if registered) are displayed on the ordinary screen to notify the operator of the fault. Not attached: Even if a failure code is detected, the machine monitor does not notify the operator of the fault. a Alarm buzzer q: When occurrence of an error is notified to the operator, the buzzer sounds (The operator can stop the buzzer with the alarm buzzer cancel switch). e: Since the caution monitor is also turned ON, its function sounds the buzzer. a Component in charge MON:The machine monitor is in charge of detection of fault. ENG: The engine controller is in charge of detection of fault. P/T: The power train controller is in charge of detection of fault. W/E: The work equipment controller is in charge of detection of fault. a Category of history Mechanical system: Fault information is recorded in the mechanical system fault history. Electrical system: Fault information is recorded in the electrical system fault history.
D155AX-6
9
SEN00716-01
40 Troubleshooting
Before carrying out troubleshooting when failure code is displayed
1
Connection table of circuit breakers and fuse boxes a This connection table shows the devices to which each power supply of the fuse box supplies power (An accessory power supply is a device which supplies power while the starting switch is in the ON position and an unswitched power supply is a device which supplies power while the starting switch is in the OFF and ON positions). a When carrying out troubleshooting related to the electrical system, you should check the circuit breakers and fuses to see if the power is supplied normally. Circuit breakers CB1 – CB9 Power circuit breaker Circuit (Type of power supply) breaker No.
CB105 (Accessory power supply)
CB30 (Unswitched power supply)
Circuit breaker capacity
CB9
20A
CB1
20A
CB2
20A
CB3
20A
Destination of power Optional power supply Power train controller Emergency power supply (For power train switch box) Work equipment controller Emergency power supply (For work equipment switch box) Air conditioner unit, blower motor, and compressor electromagnetic clutch
CB4
20A
Headlamp, additional headlamp
CB5
20A
Rear lamp, additional rear lamp, ripper point lamp
CB6
20A
CB7
20A
Starting switch Engine hold relay Machine monitor Power train controller Work equipment controller
CB8
30A
—
—
Power circuit breaker (Type of power supply)
Fuse No.
Fuel capacity
CB30 (Unswitched power supply)
1
20A
Operator's cab power supply (To connection table of fuse box
2
5A
Backup alarm, backup alarm relay
3
20A
Operator's cab power supply (To connection table of fuse box
)
4
20A
Operator's cab power supply (To connection table of fuse box
)
5
5A
Engine controller (Signal ACC)
CB105H (Unswitched power supply)
Engine controller Engine electrical intake air heater
Fuse box FS1
CB105 (Accessory power supply) Starting switch (ACC)
10
Destination of power
)
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00716-01
Fuse box FS2 Power circuit breaker (Type of power supply)
Fuse No.
Fuel capacity
CB30 (Unswitched power supply)
1
5A
Pedal brake solenoid valve
2
5A
Parking brake solenoid valve
CB105 (Accessory power supply)
Starting switch (ACC)
D155AX-6
Destination of power
Engine electrical intake air heater 3
20A
Ripper pin puller solenoid valve
4
5A
Horn
5
20A
Optional power supply
Pneumatic suspension seat
11
SEN00716-01
40 Troubleshooting
Locations of circuit breakers CB30, CB105, and CB105H (In battery room)
Locations of circuit breakers CB1 – CB9 and fuse boxes FS1 and FS2 (In battery room)
12
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00716-01
Fuse box Power circuit fuse (Type of power supply) FS1-1 (Unswitched power supply) FS1-3 (Accessory power supply)
Fuse No.
Fuel capacity
Destination of power Radio
1
10A
12V accessory connector (Via DC converter) 12V accessory socket (Via DC converter)
2
20A
3
20A
Additional light relay, additional light Rotary lamp 12V accessory connector (Via DC converter) 12V accessory socket (Via DC converter) Radio
FS1-4 (Accessory power supply)
Location of fuse box
D155AX-6
Room lamp
4
20A
5
10A
Front wiper, rear wiper
6
10A
Left wiper, right wiper
Cigarette lighter Windshield wiper (Via intermittent relay)
(In operator's cab)
13
SEN00716-01
40 Troubleshooting
Information in troubleshooting table
1
a The following information is summarized in the troubleshooting table and the related electrical circuit diagram. Before carrying out troubleshooting, understand that information fully. Action code
Failure code
Display on Display on machine machine monimonitor tor Contents of trouble
Trouble
Trouble name displayed in fault history of machine monitor
Contents of trouble detected by machine monitor or controller
Action of Action taken by machine monitor or controller to protect system or devices when they detect machine monitrouble tor or controller Problem that appears on machine
Problem that appears on machine as result of action taken by machine monitor or controller (shown above)
Related information
Information related to detected trouble or troubleshooting
Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting • Standard value in normal state to judge possible causes • Remarks on judgment
1
2 Possible causes and standard value in normal state
14
• Disconnection Connector is connected defectively or wiring harness is broken. • Ground fault Wiring harness which is not connected to chassis ground circuit is in contact with chassis ground circuit. • Hot short Wiring harness which is not connected to power source (24 V) circuit is in contact with power source (24 V) circuit. • Short circuit Independent wiring harnesses are in contact with each other abnormally.
Possible causes of trouble (Given numbers are refer ence numbers, which do not (1) Method of indicating connector No. and handling of Tindicate priority) adapter Insert or connect T-adapter as explained below for troubleshooting, unless otherwise specified. • If connector No. has no marks of "male" and "female", 3 disconnect connector and insert T-adapters in both male side and female side. • If connector No. has marks of "male" and "female", disconnect connector and connect T-adapter to only male side or female side. (2) Entry order of pin Nos. and handling of tester leads Connect positive (+) lead and negative (–) lead of tester as explained below for troubleshooting, unless otherwise specified. 4 • Connect positive (+) lead to pin No. or wiring harness entered on front side. • Connect negative (–) lead to pin No. or harness entered on rear side.
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00716-01
Related circuit diagram
This drawing is a part of the electric circuit diagram related to troubleshooting. • Connector No.: Indicates (Model – Number of pins) and (Color). • "Connector No. and pin No." from each branching/merging point: Shows the ends of branch or source of merging within the parts of the same wiring harness. • Arrow (i o): Roughly shows the location on the machine.
D155AX-6
15
SEN00716-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [1500L0] Transmission clutch: Abnormal Action code E03
Contents of trouble
Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Failure code 1500L0
Trouble
1
Transmission clutch: Abnormal (Power train controller system)
• Among failure codes related to transmission clutch, 2 or more of following failure codes occurred similarly. 1) Either [DXH4KA] or [DXH4KB] 2) Either [DXH5KA] or [DXH5KB] 3) Either [DXH6KA] or [DXH6KB] • Among failure codes related to transmission clutch, following combinations of failure codes occurred similarly. 1) [15SAL1] and [15SBL1] 2) [15SALH] and [15SBLH] 3) 2 or all of [15SEL1], [15SFL1], and [15SGL1] 4) 2 or all of [15SELH], [15SFLH], and [15SGLH] • Limits operation of engine and transmission. • Auto-shift-down function does not operate. • Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to specific gear speed. • Method of reproducing failure code: Start engine + Travel.
Cause Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting Possible causes and standard If other failure codes are displayed, carry out troubleshooting for them. value in normal [15SAL1], [15SALH], [15SBL1], [15SBLH], [15SEL1], [15SELH], [15SFL1], [15SFLH], state [15SGL1], [15SGLH], [DXH4KA], [DXH4KB], [DXH5KA], [DXH5KB], [DXH6KA], [DXH6KB]
16
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00716-01
Failure code [15SAL1] Forward clutch: Fill high Action code
Failure code
E03 Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
15SAL1
Trouble
1
Forward clutch: Fill high (Power train controller system)
• When output to transmission F clutch ECMV solenoid circuit is turned OFF, fill switch signal is turned ON. • Sets transmission in neutral when operator sets it in reverse position (Prevention of double engagement). • Limits operation of engine and transmission. • Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to F1. • State of F clutch ECMV fill switch signal can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 40906 T/M Fill Sw Input 1) • Method of reproducing failure code: Start engine + Set transmission in neutral. Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then start engine and carry out troubleshooting.
1
Defective F clutch ECMV fill switch (Internal short circuit)
FFT (male) Between (1) – chassis ground
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Ground fault in wiring har2 ness (Contact with GND circuit)
PCCS lever (Travel gear speed)
Resistance
N
Min. 1 Mz
F1, F2, F3
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Wiring harness between STC2 (female) (35) – FFT (female) (1) and chassis ground
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then start engine and carry out troubleshooting. 3
Defective power train controller
STC2 Between (35) – chassis ground
4 Defective hydraulic system
PCCS lever (Travel gear speed)
Voltage
N
5 – 11 V
F1, F2, F3
Max. 1 V
If causes 1 – 3 are not detected in electrical system, hydraulic system may be defective. Carry out related troubleshooting (H mode).
Circuit diagram related to transmission F clutch ECMV
D155AX-6
17
SEN00716-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [15SALH] Forward clutch: Fill low Action code
Failure code
E03
15SALH
Trouble
1
Forward clutch: Fill low (Power train controller system)
Contents of trouble
• When output to transmission F clutch ECMV solenoid circuit is turned ON, fill switch signal is turned OFF.
Action of controller
• Sets transmission in neutral when operator sets it in forward position (Prevention of double engagement). • Limits operation of engine and transmission.
Problem that appears on machine Related information
• Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to R1. • State of F clutch ECMV fill switch signal can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 40906 T/M Fill Sw Input 1) • Method of reproducing failure code: Start engine + Set transmission in forward position. Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then start engine and carry out troubleshooting.
Defective F clutch ECMV fill 1 switch (Internal disconnection)
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
FFT (male) Between (1) – chassis ground
PCCS lever (Travel gear speed)
Resistance
N
Min. 1 Mz
F1, F2, F3
Max. 1 z
Disconnection in wiring har- a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. ness (Disconnection in wiring 2 or defective contact in con- Wiring harness between STC2 (female) (35) ResisMax. 1 z nector) – FFT (female) (1) tance a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then start engine and carry out troubleshooting. 3
Defective power train controller
STC2 Between (35) – chassis ground
4 Defective hydraulic system
PCCS lever (Travel gear speed)
Voltage
N
5 – 11 V
F1, F2, F3
Max. 1 V
If causes 1 – 3 are not detected in electrical system, hydraulic system may be defective. Carry out related troubleshooting (H mode).
Circuit diagram related to transmission F clutch ECMV
18
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00716-01
Failure code [15SBL1] Reverse clutch: Fill high Action code
Failure code
E03 Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
15SBL1
Trouble
1
Reverse clutch: Fill high (Power train controller system)
• When output to transmission R clutch ECMV solenoid circuit is turned OFF, fill switch signal is turned ON. • Sets transmission in neutral when operator sets it in forward position (Prevention of double engagement). • Limits operation of engine and transmission. • Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to R1. • State of R clutch ECMV fill switch signal can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 40906 T/M Fill Sw Input 1) • Method of reproducing failure code: Start engine + Set transmission in neutral. Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then start engine and carry out troubleshooting.
1
Defective R clutch ECMV fill switch (Internal short circuit)
FRT (male) Between (1) – chassis ground
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
PCCS lever (Travel gear speed)
Resistance
N
Min. 1 Mz
R1, R2, R3
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshootGround fault in wiring haring without turning starting switch ON. 2 ness (Contact with GND cirWiring harness between STC2 (female) (25) Resiscuit) Min. 1 Mz – FRT (female) (1) and chassis ground tance a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then start engine and carry out troubleshooting. 3
Defective power train controller
STC2 Between (25) – chassis ground
4 Defective hydraulic system
PCCS lever (Travel gear speed)
Voltage
N
5 – 11 V
R1, R2, R3
Max. 1 V
If causes 1 – 3 are not detected in electrical system, hydraulic system may be defective. Carry out related troubleshooting (H mode).
Circuit diagram related to transmission R clutch ECMV
D155AX-6
19
SEN00716-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [15SBLH] Reverse clutch: Fill low Action code
Failure code
E03
15SBLH
Trouble
1
Reverse clutch: Fill low (Power train controller system)
Contents of trouble
• When output to transmission R clutch ECMV solenoid circuit is turned ON, fill switch signal is turned OFF.
Action of controller
• Sets transmission in neutral when operator sets it in reverse position (Prevention of double engagement). • Limits operation of engine and transmission.
Problem that appears on machine Related information
• Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to F1. • State of R clutch ECMV fill switch signal can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 40906 T/M Fill Sw Input 1) • Method of reproducing failure code: Start engine + Set transmission in reverse position. Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then start engine and carry out troubleshooting.
Defective R clutch ECMV fill 1 switch (Internal disconnection)
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
FRT (male) Between (1) – chassis ground
PCCS lever (Travel gear speed)
Resistance
N
Min. 1 Mz
R1, R2, R3
Max. 1 z
Disconnection in wiring har- a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. ness (Disconnection in wiring 2 or defective contact in con- Wiring harness between STC2 (female) (25) ResisMax. 1 z nector) – FRT (female) (1) tance a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then start engine and carry out troubleshooting. 3
Defective power train controller
STC2 Between (25) – chassis ground
4 Defective hydraulic system
PCCS lever (Travel gear speed)
Voltage
N
5 – 11 V
R1, R2, R3
Max. 1 V
If causes 1 – 3 are not detected in electrical system, hydraulic system may be defective. Carry out related troubleshooting (H mode).
Circuit diagram related to transmission R clutch ECMV
20
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00716-01
Failure code [15SEL1] Speed 1st clutch: Fill high Action code
Failure code
E03 Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
15SEL1
Trouble
1
Speed 1st clutch: Fill high (Power train controller system)
• When output to transmission 1st clutch ECMV solenoid circuit is turned OFF, fill switch signal is turned ON. • Limits operation of engine and transmission. • Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to F1 and R1. • State of 1st clutch ECMV fill switch signal can be checked with monitoring function. • (Code: 40906 T/M Fill Sw Input 1) • Method of reproducing failure code: Start engine + Set transmission in neutral. Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then start engine, select manual gearshift mode, and carry out troubleshooting.
Defective 1st clutch ECMV 1 fill switch (Internal short circuit)
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
F1T (male) Between (1) – chassis ground
PCCS lever (Travel gear speed)
Resistance
Other than F1, N, or R1
Min. 1 Mz
F1, R1
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshootGround fault in wiring haring without turning starting switch ON. 2 ness (Contact with GND cirWiring harness between STC3 (female) (19) Resiscuit) Min. 1 Mz – F1T (female) (1) and chassis ground tance a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then start engine, select manual gearshift mode, and carry out troubleshooting. 3
Defective power train controller
STC3 Between (19) – chassis ground
4 Defective hydraulic system
PCCS lever (Travel gear speed)
Voltage
Other than F1, N, or R1
5 – 11 V
F1, R1
Max. 1 V
If causes 1 – 3 are not detected in electrical system, hydraulic system may be defective. Carry out related troubleshooting (H mode).
Circuit diagram related to transmission 1st clutch ECMV
D155AX-6
21
SEN00716-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [15SELH] Speed 1st clutch: Fill low Action code
Failure code
E03 Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
15SELH
Trouble
1
Speed 1st clutch: Fill low (Power train controller system)
• When output to transmission 1st clutch ECMV solenoid circuit is turned ON, fill switch signal is turned OFF. • Limits operation of engine and transmission. • Auto-shift-down function does not operate. • Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to F2 and R2. • State of 1st clutch ECMV fill switch signal can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 40906 T/M Fill Sw Input 1) • Method of reproducing failure code: Start engine + Set transmission in F1 or R1 position (in manual gearshift mode). Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then start engine, select manual gearshift mode, and carry out troubleshooting.
Defective 1st clutch ECMV 1 fill switch (Internal disconnection)
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
F1T (male) Between (1) – chassis ground
PCCS lever (Travel gear speed)
Resistance
Other than F1, N, or R1
Min. 1 Mz
F1, R1
Max. 1 z
Disconnection in wiring har- a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. ness (Disconnection in wiring 2 or defective contact in con- Wiring harness between STC3 (female) (19) ResisMax. 1 z nector) – F1T (female) (1) tance a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then start engine, select manual gearshift mode, and carry out troubleshooting. 3
Defective power train controller
STC3 Between (19) – chassis ground
4 Defective hydraulic system
PCCS lever (Travel gear speed)
Voltage
Other than F1, N, or R1
5 – 11 V
F1, R1
Max. 1 V
If causes 1 – 3 are not detected in electrical system, hydraulic system may be defective. Carry out related troubleshooting (H mode).
Circuit diagram related to transmission 1st clutch ECMV
22
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00716-01
Failure code [15SFL1] Speed 2nd clutch: Fill high Action code
Failure code
E03 Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
15SFL1
Trouble
1
Speed 2nd clutch: Fill high (Power train controller system)
• When output to transmission 2nd clutch ECMV solenoid circuit is turned OFF, fill switch signal is turned ON. • Limits operation of engine and transmission. • Auto-shift-down function does not operate. • Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to F2 and R2. • State of 2nd clutch ECMV fill switch signal can be checked with monitoring function. • (Code: 40906 T/M Fill Sw Input 1) • Method of reproducing failure code: Start engine + Set transmission in neutral. Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then start engine, select manual gearshift mode, and carry out troubleshooting.
Defective 2nd clutch ECMV 1 fill switch (Internal short circuit)
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
F2T (male) Between (1) – chassis ground
PCCS lever (Travel gear speed)
Resistance
Other than F2, N, or R2
Min. 1 Mz
F2, R2
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshootGround fault in wiring haring without turning starting switch ON. 2 ness (Contact with GND cirWiring harness between STC3 (female) (29) Resiscuit) Min. 1 Mz – F2T (female) (1) and chassis ground tance a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then start engine, select manual gearshift mode, and carry out troubleshooting. 3
Defective power train controller
STC3 Between (29) – chassis ground
4 Defective hydraulic system
PCCS lever (Travel gear speed)
Voltage
Other than F2, N, or R2
5 – 11 V
F2, R2
Max. 1 V
If causes 1 – 3 are not detected in electrical system, hydraulic system may be defective. Carry out related troubleshooting (H mode).
Circuit diagram related to transmission 2nd clutch ECMV
D155AX-6
23
SEN00716-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [15SFLH] Speed 2nd clutch: Fill low Action code
Failure code
E03 Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
15SFLH
Trouble
1
Speed 2nd clutch: Fill low (Power train controller system)
• When output to transmission 2nd clutch ECMV solenoid circuit is turned ON, fill switch signal is turned OFF. • Limits operation of engine and transmission. • Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to F1 and R1. • State of 2nd clutch ECMV fill switch signal can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 40906 T/M Fill Sw Input 1) • Method of reproducing failure code: Start engine + Set transmission in F2 or R2 position (in manual gearshift mode). Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then start engine, select manual gearshift mode, and carry out troubleshooting.
Defective 2nd clutch ECMV 1 fill switch (Internal disconnection)
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
F2T (male) Between (1) – chassis ground
PCCS lever (Travel gear speed)
Resistance
Other than F2, N, or R2
Min. 1 Mz
F2, R2
Max. 1 z
Disconnection in wiring har- a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. ness (Disconnection in wiring 2 or defective contact in con- Wiring harness between STC3 (female) (29) ResisMax. 1 z nector) – F2T (female) (1) tance a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then start engine, select manual gearshift mode, and carry out troubleshooting. 3
Defective power train controller
STC3 Between (29) – chassis ground
4 Defective hydraulic system
PCCS lever (Travel gear speed)
Voltage
Other than F2, N, or R2
5 – 11 V
F2, R2
Max. 1 V
If causes 1 – 3 are not detected in electrical system, hydraulic system may be defective. Carry out related troubleshooting (H mode).
Circuit diagram related to transmission 2nd clutch ECMV
24
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00716-01
Failure code [15SGL1] Speed 3rd clutch: Fill high Action code
Failure code
E03 Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
15SGL1
Trouble
1
Speed 3rd clutch: Fill high (Power train controller system)
• When output to transmission 3rd clutch ECMV solenoid circuit is turned OFF, fill switch signal is turned ON. • Limits operation of engine and transmission. • Auto-shift-down function does not operate. • Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to F3 and R3. • State of 3rd clutch ECMV fill switch signal can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 40906 T/M Fill Sw Input 1) • Method of reproducing failure code: Start engine + Set transmission in neutral. Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then start engine, select manual gearshift mode, and carry out troubleshooting.
Defective 3rd clutch ECMV 1 fill switch (Internal short circuit)
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
F3T (male) Between (1) – chassis ground
PCCS lever (Travel gear speed)
Resistance
Other than F3, N, or R3
Min. 1 Mz
F3, R3
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshootGround fault in wiring haring without turning starting switch ON. 2 ness (Contact with GND cirWiring harness between STC3 (female) (39) Resiscuit) Min. 1 Mz – F3T (female) (1) and chassis ground tance a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then start engine, select manual gearshift mode, and carry out troubleshooting. 3
Defective power train controller
STC3 Between (39) – chassis ground
4 Defective hydraulic system
PCCS lever (Travel gear speed)
Voltage
Other than F3, N, or R3
5 – 11 V
F3, R3
Max. 1 V
If causes 1 – 3 are not detected in electrical system, hydraulic system may be defective. Carry out related troubleshooting (H mode).
Circuit diagram related to transmission 3rd clutch ECMV
D155AX-6
25
SEN00716-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [15SGLH] Speed 3rd clutch: Fill low Action code
Failure code
E03 Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
15SGLH
Trouble
1
Speed 3rd clutch: Fill low (Power train controller system)
• When output to transmission 3rd clutch ECMV solenoid circuit is turned ON, fill switch signal is turned OFF. • Limits operation of engine and transmission. • Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to F1 and R1. • State of 3rd clutch ECMV fill switch signal can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 40906 T/M Fill Sw Input 1) • Method of reproducing failure code: Start engine + Set transmission in F3 or R3 position (in manual gearshift mode). Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then start engine, select manual gearshift mode, and carry out troubleshooting.
Defective 3rd clutch ECMV 1 fill switch (Internal disconnection)
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
F3T (male) Between (1) – chassis ground
PCCS lever (Travel gear speed)
Resistance
Other than F3, N, or R3
Min. 1 Mz
F3, R3
Max. 1 z
Disconnection in wiring har- a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. ness (Disconnection in wiring 2 or defective contact in con- Wiring harness between STC3 (female) (39) ResisMax. 1 z nector) – F3T (female) (1) tance a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then start engine, select manual gearshift mode, and carry out troubleshooting. 3
Defective power train controller
STC3 Between (39) – chassis ground
4 Defective hydraulic system
PCCS lever (Travel gear speed)
Voltage
Other than F3, N, or R3
5 – 11 V
F3, R3
Max. 1 V
If causes 1 - 3 are not detected in electrical system, hydraulic system may be defective. Carry out related troubleshooting (H mode).
Circuit diagram related to transmission 3rd clutch ECMV
26
D155AX-6
SEN00716-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [15SJL1] L/U: Fill high Action code
Failure code
E02 Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
15SJL1
Trouble
1
L/U: Fill high (Power train controller system)
• When output to torque converter lockup clutch ECMV solenoid circuit is turned OFF, fill switch signal is turned ON. • None in particular. • Engine may stall during travel. • State of lockup clutch ECMV fill switch signal can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 31520 T/M Fill Sw Input 2) • Method of reproducing failure code: Start engine + Set transmission in forward position (in automatic gearshift mode). Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then start engine, select automatic gearshift mode, and carry out troubleshooting.
Defective lockup clutch 1 ECMV fill switch (Internal short circuit)
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
FLUC (male) Between (1) – chassis ground
PCCS lever (Travel gear speed)
Resistance
N
Min. 1 Mz
Locked up at F1, F2, or F3
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshootGround fault in wiring haring without turning starting switch ON. 2 ness (Contact with GND cirWiring harness between STC2 (female) (36) Resiscuit) Min. 1 Mz – FLUC (female) (1) and chassis ground tance a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then start engine, select automatic gearshift mode, and carry out troubleshooting. 3
Defective power train controller
4 Defective hydraulic system
28
STC2
PCCS lever (Travel gear speed)
N Between (36) – chasLocked up at F1, F2, sis ground or F3
Voltage 5 – 11 V Max. 1 V
If causes 1 – 3 are not detected in electrical system, hydraulic system may be defective. Carry out related troubleshooting (H mode).
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00716-01
Circuit diagram related to torque converter lockup clutch ECMV
D155AX-6
29
SEN00716-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [15SJLH] L/U: Fill low Action code
Failure code
E02 Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
15SJLH
Trouble
1
L/U: Fill low (Power train controller system)
• When output to torque converter lockup clutch ECMV solenoid circuit is turned ON, fill switch signal is turned OFF. • None in particular. • Engine may stall during travel. • State of lockup clutch ECMV fill switch signal can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 31520 T/M Fill Sw Input 2) • Method of reproducing failure code: Start engine + Set transmission in forward position (in automatic gearshift mode). Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then start engine, select automatic gearshift mode, and carry out troubleshooting.
Defective lockup clutch 1 ECMV fill switch (Internal disconnection)
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
FLUC (male) Between (1) – chassis ground
PCCS lever (Travel gear speed)
Resistance
N
Min. 1 Mz
Locked up at F1, F2, or F3
Max. 1 z
Disconnection in wiring har- a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. ness (Disconnection in wiring 2 or defective contact in con- Wiring harness between STC2 (female) (36) ResisMax. 1 z nector) – FLUC (female) (1) tance a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then start engine, select automatic gearshift mode, and carry out troubleshooting. 3
Defective power train controller
4 Defective hydraulic system
30
STC2
PCCS lever (Travel gear speed)
N Between (36) – chasLocked up at F1, F2, sis ground or F3
Voltage 5 – 11 V Max. 1 V
If causes 1 – 3 are not detected in electrical system, hydraulic system may be defective. Carry out related troubleshooting (H mode).
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00716-01
Circuit diagram related to torque converter lockup clutch ECMV
D155AX-6
31
SEN00716-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [2301L1] Right brake: Fill high Action code
Failure code
E04 Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
2301L1
Trouble
Right brake: Fill high (Power train controller system)
• When output to steering case right brake ECMV solenoid circuit is turned OFF, fill switch signal is turned ON. • Limits operation of engine, transmission, and brake. • Applies brake lightly during travel. • Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, machine cannot travel at all. • State of right brake ECMV fill switch signal can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 31521 S/T Fill Sw Input) • Method of reproducing failure code: Start engine + Operate parking brake lever (Free) + Operate brake pedal (Press). Cause Defective right brake ECMV 1 fill switch (Internal short circuit)
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
1
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then start engine, set parking brake lever in Free position, and carry out troubleshooting. FBRR (male)
Brake pedal
Resistance
Between (1) – chassis ground
Released
Max. 1 z
Pressed
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshootGround fault in wiring haring without turning starting switch ON. 2 ness (Contact with GND cirWiring harness between STC2 (female) (38) Resiscuit) Min. 1 Mz – FBRR (female) (1) and chassis ground tance a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then start engine, set parking brake lever in Free position, and carry out troubleshooting. 3
Defective power train controller
4 Defective hydraulic system
STC2
Brake pedal
Voltage
Between (38) – chassis ground
Released
Max. 1 V
Pressed
5 – 11V
If causes 1 – 3 are not detected in electrical system, hydraulic system may be defective. Carry out related troubleshooting (H mode).
Circuit diagram related to steering case right brake ECMV
32
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00716-01
Failure code [2301LH] Right brake: Fill low Action code
Failure code
E04 Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
2301LH
Trouble
Right brake: Fill low (Power train controller system)
• When output to steering case right brake ECMV solenoid circuit is turned ON, fill switch signal is turned OFF. • Limits operation of engine, transmission, and brake. • Applies brake lightly during travel. • Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, machine cannot travel at all. • State of right brake ECMV fill switch signal can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 31521 S/T Fill Sw Input) • Method of reproducing failure code: Start engine + Operate parking brake lever (Free) + Operate brake pedal (Press). Cause Defective right brake ECMV 1 fill switch (Internal short circuit)
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
1
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then start engine, set parking brake lever in Free position, and carry out troubleshooting. FBRR (male)
Brake pedal
Resistance
Between (1) – chassis ground
Released
Max. 1 z
Pressed
Min. 1 Mz
Disconnection in wiring har- a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. ness (Disconnection in wiring 2 or defective contact in con- Wiring harness between STC2 (female) (38) ResisMax. 1 z nector) – FBRR (female) (1) tance a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then start engine, set parking brake lever in Free position, and carry out troubleshooting. 3
Defective power train controller
4 Defective hydraulic system
STC2
Brake pedal
Voltage
Between (38) – chassis ground
Released
Max. 1 V
Pressed
5 – 11 V
If causes 1 – 3 are not detected in electrical system, hydraulic system may be defective. Carry out related troubleshooting (H mode).
Circuit diagram related to steering case right brake ECMV
D155AX-6
33
SEN00716-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [2302L1] Left brake: Fill high Action code
Failure code
E04 Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
2302L1
Trouble
1
Left brake: Fill high (Power train controller system)
• When output to steering case left brake ECMV solenoid circuit is turned OFF, fill switch signal is turned ON. • Limits operation of engine, transmission, and brake. • Applies brake lightly during travel. • Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, machine cannot travel at all. • State of left brake ECMV fill switch signal can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 31521 S/T Fill Sw Input) • Method of reproducing failure code: Start engine + Operate parking brake lever (Free) + Operate brake pedal (Press). Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then start engine, set parking brake lever in Free position, and carry out troubleshooting.
1
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Defective left brake ECMV fill switch (Internal short circuit)
FBRL (male)
Brake pedal
Resistance
Between (1) – chassis ground
Released
Max. 1 z
Pressed
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshootGround fault in wiring haring without turning starting switch ON. 2 ness (Contact with GND cirWiring harness between STC2 (female) (2) Resiscuit) Min. 1 Mz – FBRL (female) (1) and chassis ground tance a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then start engine, set parking brake lever in Free position, and carry out troubleshooting. 3
Defective power train controller
4 Defective hydraulic system
STC2
Brake pedal
Voltage
Between (2) – chassis ground
Released
Max. 1 V
Pressed
5 – 11 V
If causes 1 – 3 are not detected in electrical system, hydraulic system may be defective. Carry out related troubleshooting (H mode).
Circuit diagram related to steering case left brake ECMV
34
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00716-01
Failure code [2302LH] Left brake: Fill low Action code
Failure code
E04 Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
2302LH
Trouble
1
Left brake: Fill low (Power train controller system)
• When output to steering case left brake ECMV solenoid circuit is turned ON, fill switch signal is turned OFF. • Limits operation of engine, transmission, and brake. • Applies brake lightly during travel. • Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, machine cannot travel at all. • State of left brake ECMV fill switch signal can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 31521 S/T Fill Sw Input) • Method of reproducing failure code: Start engine + Operate parking brake lever (Free) + Operate brake pedal (Press). Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then start engine, set parking brake lever in Free position, and carry out troubleshooting.
1
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Defective left brake ECMV fill switch (Internal short circuit)
FBRL (male)
Brake pedal
Resistance
Between (1) – chassis ground
Released
Max. 1 z
Pressed
Min. 1 Mz
Disconnection in wiring har- a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. ness (Disconnection in wiring 2 or defective contact in con- Wiring harness between STC2 (female) (2) ResisMax. 1 z nector) – FBRL (female) (1) tance a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then start engine, set parking brake lever in Free position, and carry out troubleshooting. 3
Defective power train controller
4 Defective hydraulic system
STC2
Brake pedal
Voltage
Between (2) – chassis ground
Released
Max. 1 V
Pressed
5 – 11 V
If causes 1 – 3 are not detected in electrical system, hydraulic system may be defective. Carry out related troubleshooting (H mode).
Circuit diagram related to steering case left brake ECMV
D155AX-6
35
SEN00716-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [7RFAKA] ECM HOLD RELAY: Disconnection Action code
Failure code
—
7RFAKA
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
1
ECM HOLD RELAY: Disconnection (Power train controller system)
• When ground circuit of engine cut relay circuit is disconnected to turn output ON, no current flows. • None in particular. • When engine cut mechanism is installed, engine cannot be cut (stopped). • State of engine cut relay circuit signal can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 40912 P/T Sw Input) • Method of reproducing failure code: Start engine. • This failure code detects abnormality on primary side (coil side) of engine cut relay but does not detect abnormality on secondary side (contact side). Cause
1
Defective engine cut relay (Internal disconnection)
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. ACT (male)
Resistance
Between (1) – (2)
200 – 400 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring Wiring harness between STC2 (female) (19) 2 or defective contact in con- – ACT (female) (2) nector) Wiring harness between ACT (female) (1) – terminal 270.
Max. 1 z
Resistance
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Short circuit in wiring harWiring harness between STC2 (female) (19) 3 ness (Contact with GND cir- – ACT (female) (2) and chassis ground cuit) Wiring harness between ACT (female) (1), (3) – terminal 270, circuit branch end and chassis ground. Defective power train con4 troller
36
Resistance
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. STC2
Voltage
Between (19) – chassis ground
20 – 30 V
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00716-01
Circuit diagram related to engine cut relay
D155AX-6
37
SEN00716-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [AA10NX] Air Cleaner Clogging Action code
Failure code
— Contents of trouble
AA10NX
Trouble
1
Air Cleaner Clogging (Machine monitor system)
• While engine was running, air cleaner clogging switch signal circuit detected clogging of air cleaner (opening of sensor contact).
Action of • None in particular. machine monitor Problem that appears on machine Related information
• If machine is used as it is, engine may be damaged. • Method of reproducing failure code: Start engine.
Cause 1
Clogged air cleaner (When system is normal)
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Air cleaner may be clogged. Check and clean or replace it. a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then start engine and carry out troubleshooting.
Defective air cleaner clog2 ging switch (Internal disconnection)
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
AF1 (male)
Between (1) – (2)
Air cleaner
Resistance
Normal (Intake air resistance: *1)
Max. 1 z
Clogged (Intake air resistance: *2)
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring Wiring harness between CM02 (female) (4) 3 or defective contact in con- – AF1 (female) (1) nector) Wiring harness between CM01 (female) (7), CM02 (female) (7) – AF1 (female) (2)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Resistance
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then start engine and carry out troubleshooting. Defective power train con4 troller
CM02
Between (4) – (7)
Air cleaner
Voltage
Normal (Intake air resistance: *1)
Max. 1 V
Clogged (Intake air resistance: *2)
20 – 30 V
*1: Max. -3,430 Pa {-350 mmH2O} *2: -7,470 ± 490Pa {-762 ± 50 mmH2O}
38
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00716-01
Circuit diagram related to air cleaner clogging switch
D155AX-6
39
SEN00716-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [AB00MA] Battery Charge Abnormal Action code
Failure code
—
AB00MA
Contents of trouble
Trouble
1
Battery Charge Abnormal (Machine monitor system)
• While engine was running, alternator signal circuit detected that battery charge voltage was low.
Action of • Displays charge level monitor red on machine monitor. machine monitor Problem that appears on machine Related information
• If machine is used as it is, battery may not be charged. • Battery voltage can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 03203 Battery Power Supply) • Method of reproducing failure code: Start engine. Cause
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
1
2
40
Defective charge by alternator (When system is normal)
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then start engine and carry out troubleshooting. CM01
Engine
Voltage
Between (11) – chassis ground
Above medium speed
27.5 – 29.5 V
If cause 1 is not detected, charge level monitor system may be Defective charge level monidefective. Carry out "E-5 Caution item lights up while engine is tor system running" in E mode.
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00716-01
Circuit diagram related to preheating/starting/charging of engine
D155AX-6
41
SEN00716-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [B@BAZG] Eng Oil Press Low Action code
Failure code
— Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
B@BAZG
Trouble
Eng Oil Press Low (Engine controller system)
• While engine was running, engine oil pressure sensor signal circuit detected that engine oil pressure was abnormally low. • Displays engine oil pressure monitor red on machine monitor. • If machine is used as it is, engine may be seized. • Engine oil pressure sensor signal is input to engine controller and then transmitted to machine monitor through communication system. • Engine oil pressure can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 37200 Engine Oil Pressure) • Method of reproducing failure code: Start engine. Cause
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
1
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting
1
Low engine oil pressure (When system is normal)
2
If cause 1 is not detected, engine oil pressure sensor may be Defective engine oil pressure defective. Carry out troubleshooting for failure codes [CA135] and sensor system [CA141].
Check engine oil pressure. If it is low, remove cause.
Failure code [B@BCNS] Eng Water Overheat Action code
Failure code
—
B@BCNS
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
42
Eng Water Overheat (Engine controller system)
• While engine was running, engine coolant temperature sensor signal circuit detected that engine coolant was overheated. • Displays engine coolant temperature monitor red on machine monitor. • If machine is used as it is, engine may be seized. • Engine coolant temperature sensor signal is input to engine controller and then transmitted to machine monitor through communication system. • Engine coolant temperature can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 04107 Coolant Temperature) • Method of reproducing failure code: Start engine. Cause
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
1
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting
1
Overheated engine coolant (When system is normal)
Check engine coolant for overheating. If it is overheated, remove cause.
2
Defective engine coolant temperature sensor system
If cause 1 is not detected, engine coolant temperature sensor may be defective. Carry out troubleshooting for failure codes [CA144] and [CA145].
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00716-01
Failure code [B@BCZK] Eng Water Level Low Action code
Failure code
— Contents of trouble
B@BCZK
Trouble
1
Eng Water Level Low (Machine controller system)
• While starting switch was ON (and engine was stopped) or engine was running, radiator coolant level switch signal circuit detected that radiator coolant level was low (sensor contact was open).
Action of • Displays radiator coolant level monitor red on machine monitor. machine monitor Problem that appears on machine Related information
• If machine is used as it is, engine may be overheated. • Method of reproducing failure code: Start engine.
Cause Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting
1
Low coolant level (When system is normal)
Check radiator sub tank for lowering of coolant level. If coolant level is low, add coolant.
2
Defective radiator coolant level monitor system
If cause 1 is not detected, radiator coolant level monitor may be defective. Carry out "E-2 Caution item lights up while starting switch is ON (and engine is stopped)" in E mode.
Failure code [B@CENS] T/C Oil Overheat Action code
Failure code
—
B@CENS
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
D155AX-6
T/C Oil Overheat (Power train controller system)
• While engine was running, torque converter oil temperature sensor signal circuit detected that power train oil was overheated. • Displays torque converter oil temperature monitor red on machine monitor. • If machine is used as it is, power train components may be damaged. • Torque converter oil temperature sensor signal is input to power train controller and then transmitted to machine monitor through communication system. • Power train oil temperature can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 30100 T/C Oil Temperature) • Method of reproducing failure code: Start engine. Cause
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
1
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting
Overheated power train oil 1 (When system is normal)
Check power train oil for overheating. If it is overheated, remove cause.
Defective torque converter 2 oil temperature sensor system
If cause 1 is not detected, torque converter oil temperature sensor system may be defective. Carry out troubleshooting for failure code [DGT1KA] or [DGT1KX].
43
SEN00716-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [B@HANS] Hyd Oil Overheat Action code — Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Failure code B@HANS
Trouble
44
Hyd Oil Overheat (Machine monitor system)
• While engine was running, hydraulic oil temperature sensor signal circuit detected that hydraulic oil was overheated. • Displays hydraulic oil temperature monitor red on machine monitor. • If machine is used as it is, work equipment and HSS circuit components may be damaged. • Hydraulic oil temperature can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 04401 Hyd Oil Temperature) • Method of reproducing failure code: Start engine. Cause
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
1
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting
Overheated hydraulic oil 1 (When system is normal)
Check hydraulic oil for overheating. If it is overheated, remove cause.
Defective hydraulic oil tem2 perature gauge system
If cause 1 is not detected, hydraulic oil temperature gauge system may be defective. Carry out troubleshooting for "E-10 Hydraulic oil temperature gauge (Multi-gauge) does not indicated normally" in E mode.
D155AX-6
SEN00716-01
40 Troubleshooting
D155AX-6 Bulldozer Form No. SEN00716-01
© 2006 KOMATSU All Rights Reserved Printed in Japan 05-06 (02)
46
D155AX-6
SEN00717-01
BULLDOZER 1SHOP MANUAL
D155AX-6
Machine model
Serial number
D155AX-6
80001 and up
40 Troubleshooting
1
Troubleshooting by failure and error codes, Part 2 Troubleshooting by failure and error codes, Part 2 ......................................................................................... 4 Failure code [CA111] EMC Critical Internal Failure .............................................................................. 4 Failure code [CA115] Eng Ne and Bkup Speed Sens Error ................................................................. 6 Failure code [CA122] Chg Air Press Sensor High Error ...................................................................... 8 Failure code [CA123] Chg Air Press Sensor Low Error ..................................................................... 10 Failure code [CA131] Throttle Sensor High Error .............................................................................. 12 Failure code [CA132] Throttle Sensor Low Error ............................................................................... 14 Failure code [CA135] Eng Oil Press Sensor High Error..................................................................... 16 Failure code [CA141] Eng Oil Press Sensor Low Error ..................................................................... 18 Failure code [CA144] Coolant Temp Sens High Error........................................................................ 20 Failure code [CA145] Coolant Temp Sens Low Error ........................................................................ 22 Failure code [CA153] Chg Air Temp Sensor High Error ..................................................................... 24 Failure code [CA154] Chg Air Temp Sensor Low Error...................................................................... 26 Failure code [CA187] Sens Supply 2 Volt Low Error.......................................................................... 26
D155AX-6
1
SEN00717-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [CA221] Ambient Press Sens High Error....................................................................... 28 Failure code [CA222] Ambient Press Sens Low Error ....................................................................... 30 Failure code [CA227] Sens Supply 2 Volt High Error ......................................................................... 32 Failure code [CA234] Eng Overspeed................................................................................................ 34 Failure code [CA238] Ne Speed Sens Supply Volt Error.................................................................... 36 Failure code [CA263] Fuel Temp Sensor High Error .......................................................................... 38 Failure code [CA265] Fuel Temp Sensor Low Error........................................................................... 39 Failure code [CA271] PCV1 Short Error............................................................................................. 40 Failure code [CA272] PCV1 Open Error ............................................................................................ 41 Failure code [CA273] PCV2 Short Error............................................................................................. 42 Failure code [CA274] PCV2 Open Error ............................................................................................ 43 Failure code [CA322] Inj #1 (L#1) Open/Short Error .......................................................................... 44 Failure code [CA323] Inj #5 (L#5) Open/Short Error .......................................................................... 45 Failure code [CA324] Inj #3 (L#3) Open/Short Error .......................................................................... 46 Failure code [CA325] Inj #6 (L#6) Open/Short Error .......................................................................... 47 Failure code [CA331] Inj #2 (L#2) Open/Short Error .......................................................................... 48 Failure code [CA332] Inj #4 (L#4) Open/Short Error .......................................................................... 49 Failure code [CA342] Calibration Code Incompatibility ...................................................................... 50 Failure code [CA351] Injectors Drive Circuit Error ............................................................................. 52 Failure code [CA352] Sens Supply 1 Volt Low Error.......................................................................... 54 Failure code [CA386] Sens Supply 1 Volt High Error ......................................................................... 56 Failure code [CA441] Battery Voltage Low Error................................................................................ 58 Failure code [CA442] Battery Voltage High Error ............................................................................... 58 Failure code [CA449] Rail Press Very High Error............................................................................... 59 Failure code [CA451] Rail Press Sensor High Error .......................................................................... 60 Failure code [CA452] Rail Press Sensor Low Error ........................................................................... 62 Failure code [CA553] Rail Press High Error....................................................................................... 62 Failure code [CA554] Rail Press Sensor In Range Error ................................................................... 63 Failure code [CA559] Rail Press Low Error........................................................................................ 64 Failure code [CA689] Eng Ne Speed Sensor Error ........................................................................... 68
2
D155AX-6
SEN00717-01
40 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting by failure and error codes, Part 2
1
Failure code [CA111] EMC Critical Internal Failure
1
Action code
Failure code
E04
CA111
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
EMC Critical Internal Failure (Engine controller system)
• Trouble occurred in engine controller. • None in particular. • Engine runs normally but may stop during operation or may not be able to start. • Source voltage of engine controller can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 03203 Battery Power Supply) Cause 1
Defective circuit breaker (CB30 or CB8)
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting If circuit breaker is turned OFF, circuit probably has ground fault. (See cause 3.) a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring 2 or defective contact in connector)
Wiring harness between EGC3 (female) (3), (4) – CB8 (2)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between CB8 (1) – CB30 (B30S)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between CB30 (B30L) – terminal BRB
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between EGC3 (female) (1), (2) – chassis ground (GND20)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Wiring harness between EGC3 (female) (3), (4) – CB8 (2) and chassis ground Wiring harness between CB8 (1) – CB30 Ground fault in wiring har(B30S), circuit branch end and chassis 3 ness (Contact with GND cirground cuit) Wiring harness between CB30 (B30L) – terminal BRB and chassis ground Wiring harness between EGC3 (female) (1), (2) – chassis ground (GND20) and chassis ground
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. 4 Defective engine controller
4
EGC3
Starting switch
Voltage
Between (3), (4) – (1), (2)
ON
20 – 30 V
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00717-01
Circuit diagram related to engine controller power supply
D155AX-6
5
SEN00717-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [CA115] Eng Ne and Bkup Speed Sens Error Action code
Failure code
E04
CA115
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine
Trouble
1
Eng Ne and Bkup Speed Sens Error (Engine controller system)
• Trouble occurred in Ne speed sensor circuit and Bkup speed sensor circuit simultaneously. • None in particular. • Engine cannot be started (if engine has been stopped). • Engine stops (if engine has been running).
Related information Cause
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
1
Defective Ne speed sensor system
Ne speed sensor system may be defective. Carry out troubleshooting for code [CA689].
2
Defective Bkup speed sensor system
Bkup speed sensor system may be defective. Carry out troubleshooting for code [CA778].
3
Defective mount of Ne speed Check mount of Ne speed sensor directly for defect (defective sensor installation of sensor, internal trouble of flywheel, etc.)
4
Defective mount of Bkup speed sensor
5
Defective connection (Wrong Check Ne speed sensor and Bkup speed sensor directly for defecconnection) of sensor tive connection (wrong connection).
6 Defective engine controller
6
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting
Check mount of Bkup speed sensor directly for defect (defective installation of sensor, internal trouble of supply pump, etc.)
If causes 1 – 5 are not detected, engine controller may be defective. (Since trouble is in system, troubleshooting cannot be carried out.)
D155AX-6
SEN00717-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [CA122] Chg Air Press Sensor High Error Action code
Failure code
E03
CA122
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
1
Chg Air Press Sensor High Error (Engine controller system)
• Signal voltage in charge pressure sensor circuit is abnormally high. • Fixes charge pressure (400 kPa {4.08 kg/cm2}) and continues operation. • Acceleration performance of engine lowers or black smoke is produced more during acceleration. • State of charge pressure sensor can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 36500 Charge Pressure-Abs) Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting
Defective sensor power sup- If code [CA187] or [CA227] is indicated, carry out troubleshooting 1 ply system for it first. a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON or start engine and carry out troubleshooting. 2
Defective charge pressure sensor (Internal trouble)
PIM Between (1) – (2)
Voltage Power supply
4.75 – 5.25 V
Pressure sensor voltage is measured with wiring harness connected. Accordingly, if voltage is abnormal, check wiring harness and controller, too, for another cause of trouble, and then judge. a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring 3 or defective contact in connector)
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) (37) – PIM (female) (1)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) (47) – PIM (female) (2)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) (44) – PIM (female) (3)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) Ground fault in wiring har(37) – PIM (female) (1) and chassis ground 4 ness (Contact with GND cirWiring harness between EGC1 (female) cuit) (47) – PIM (female) (2) and chassis ground
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) (44) – PIM (female) (3) and chassis ground
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Short circuit in wiring har5 ness (with another wiring harness)
Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) (37) – PIM (female) (1) and between EGC1 (female) (47) – PIM (female) (2)
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) (37) – PIM (female) (1) and between EGC1 (female) (44) – PIM (female) (3)
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Chassis ground between EGC1 (female) (47) – PIM (female) (2) and between EGC1 (female) (44) – PIM (female) (3)
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON or start engine and carry out troubleshooting. 6 Defective engine controller
EGC1 Between (37) – (47)
8
Voltage Power supply
4.75 – 5.25 V
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00717-01
Circuit diagram related to charge pressure sensor
D155AX-6
9
SEN00717-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [CA123] Chg Air Press Sensor Low Error Action code
Failure code
E03
CA123
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information Possible causes and standard value in normal state
10
Trouble
1
Chg Air Press Sensor Low Error (Engine controller system)
• Signal voltage in charge pressure sensor circuit is abnormally low. • Fixes charge pressure (400 kPa {4.08 kg/cm2}) and continues • operation. • Acceleration performance of engine lowers or black smoke is produced more during acceleration. • State of charge pressure sensor can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 36500 Charge Pressure-Abs) Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting Carry out troubleshooting for failure code [CA122].
D155AX-6
SEN00717-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [CA131] Throttle Sensor High Error Action code
Failure code
E03
CA131
Contents of trouble Action of controller
Trouble
1
Throttle Sensor High Error (Engine controller system)
• Signal voltage in decelerator pedal potentiometer circuit is abnormally high. • Sets throttle position with fuel control dial signal and continues operation.
Problem that appears on machine Related information
• State of decelerator pedal optimum operation range signal can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 03001 Throttle Pos Sens Volt) Cause 1
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting
Defective sensor power sup- If code [CA2185] or [CA2186] is indicated, carry out troubleshootply system ing for it first. a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
2
Defective fuel control dial (Internal trouble)
DCL (male)
Resistance
Between (B) – (C)
1.5 – 2.5 kz
Between (A) – (B)
0 – 3 kz
Between (A) – (C)
0 – 3 kz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring 3 or defective contact in connector)
Wiring harness between EGC2 (female) (9) – DCL (female) (A)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between EGC2 (female) (22) – DCL (female) (B)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between EGC2 (female) (23) – DCL (female) (C)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Wiring harness between EGC2 (female) (9) Ground fault in wiring har– DCL (female) (A) and chassis ground 4 ness (Contact with GND cirWiring harness between EGC2 (female) cuit) (22) – DCL (female) (B) and chassis ground
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Wiring harness between EGC2 (female) (23) – DCL (female) (C) and chassis ground
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. 5 Defective engine controller
12
EGC2
Voltage
Between (22) – (23)
Power supply
4.75 – 5.25 V
Between (9) – (23)
Signal
0.5 – 4.5 V
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00717-01
Circuit diagram related to decelerator pedal potentiometer
D155AX-6
13
SEN00717-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [CA132] Throttle Sensor Low Error Action code
Failure code
E03
CA132
Trouble
1
Throttle Sensor Low Error (Engine controller system)
Contents of trouble
• Signal voltage in decelerator pedal potentiometer circuit is abnormally low.
Action of controller
• Sets throttle position with fuel control dial signal and continues operation.
Problem that appears on machine Related information Possible causes and standard value in normal state
14
• State of decelerator pedal optimum operation range signal can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 03001 Throttle Pos Sens Volt) Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting Carry out troubleshooting for failure code [CA131].
D155AX-6
SEN00717-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [CA135] Eng Oil Press Sensor High Error Action code
Failure code
E02
CA135
Contents of trouble Action of controller
Trouble
1
Eng Oil Press Sensor High Error (Engine controller system)
• Signal voltage in engine oil pressure sensor circuit is abnormally high. • Sets engine oil pressure to default value (250 kPa {2.55 kg/cm2}) and continues operation.
Problem that appears on machine Related information
• State of engine oil pressure sensor can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 37201 Eng Oil Press Sens Volt) Cause 1
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting
Defective sensor power sup- If code [CA187] or [CA227] is indicated, carry out troubleshooting ply system for it first. a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON or start engine and carry out troubleshooting.
2
Defective engine oil pressure sensor (Internal trouble)
POIL Between (1) – (2)
Voltage Power supply
4.75 –5.25 V
Sensor voltage is measured with wiring harness connected. Accordingly, if voltage is abnormal, check wiring harness and controller, too, for another cause of trouble, and then judge. a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring 3 or defective contact in connector)
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) (37) – POIL (female) (1)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) (47) – POIL (female) (2)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) (13) – POIL (female) (3)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) Ground fault in wiring har(37) – POIL (female) (1) and chassis ground 4 ness (Contact with GND cirWiring harness between EGC1 (female) cuit) (47) – POIL (female) (2) and chassis ground
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) (13) – POIL (female) (3) and chassis ground
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Short circuit in wiring har5 ness (with another wiring harness)
6 Defective engine controller
Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) (37) – POIL (female) (1) and between EGC1 (female) (47) – POIL (female) (2)
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) (37) – POIL (female) (1) and between EGC1 (female) (13) – POIL (female) (3)
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) (47) – POIL (female) (2) and between EGC1 (female) (13) – POIL (female) (3)
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON or start engine and carry out troubleshooting. EGC1 Between (37) – (47)
16
Voltage Power supply
4.75 – 5.25 V
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00717-01
Circuit diagram related to engine oil pressure sensor
D155AX-6
17
SEN00717-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [CA141] Eng Oil Press Sensor Low Error Action code
Failure code
E02
CA141
Contents of trouble Action of controller
Trouble
1
Eng Oil Press Sensor Low Error (Engine controller system)
• Signal voltage in engine oil pressure sensor circuit is abnormally low. • Sets engine oil pressure to default value (250 kPa {2.55 kg/cm2}) and continues operation.
Problem that appears on machine Related information Possible causes and standard value in normal state
18
• State of engine oil pressure sensor can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 37201 Eng Oil Press Sens Volt) Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting Carry out troubleshooting for failure code [CA135].
D155AX-6
SEN00717-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [CA144] Coolant Temp Sens High Error Action code
Failure code
E02
CA144
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
• Fixes engine coolant temperature (90°C) and continues operation. • Startability of engine lowers at low temperature. • State of engine coolant temperature sensor can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 04105 Coolant Temp Sens Volt)
Defective engine coolant 1 temperature sensor (Internal trouble)
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. TWTR (male)
Coolant temperature
Resistance
Between (A) – (B)
10 – 100°C
0.6 – 20 kz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) Resis2 Max. 1 z or defective contact in con- (15) – TWTR (female) (A) tance nector) Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) ResisMax. 1 z (38) – TWTR (female) (B) tance a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Ground fault in wiring har3 ness (Contact with GND cir- Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) Resiscuit) Min. 1 Mz (15) – TWTR (female) (A) and chassis tance ground
4 Defective engine controller
20
Coolant Temp Sens High Error (Engine controller system)
• Signal voltage in engine coolant temperature sensor circuit is abnormally high.
Cause
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
1
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. EGC1 (female)
Coolant temperature
Resistance
Between (15) – (38)
10 – 100°C
0.6 – 20 kz
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00717-01
Circuit diagram related to engine coolant temperature sensor
D155AX-6
21
SEN00717-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [CA145] Coolant Temp Sens Low Error Action code
Failure code
E02
CA145
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information Possible causes and standard value in normal state
22
Trouble
1
Coolant Temp Sens Low Error (Engine controller system)
• Signal voltage in engine coolant temperature sensor circuit is abnormally low. • Fixes engine coolant temperature (90°C) and continues operation. • Startability of engine lowers at low temperature. • State of engine coolant temperature sensor can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 04105 Coolant Temp Sens Volt) Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting Carry out troubleshooting for failure code [CA144].
D155AX-6
SEN00717-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [CA153] Chg Air Temp Sensor High Error Action code
Failure code
E01
CA153
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
1
Chg Air Temp Sensor High Error (Engine controller system)
• Signal voltage in charge temperature sensor circuit is abnormally high. • Fixes charge temperature (intake air temperature) (70°C) and continues operation. • Startability of engine lowers at low temperature. • State of charge temperature sensor signal can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 18501 Charge Temp Sens Volt) Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
1
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Defective charge temperature sensor (Internal trouble)
TIM (male)
Intake air temperature
Resistance
Between (A) – (B)
10 – 100°C
0.5 – 20 kz
Between (A) – chassis ground
All range
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) 2 or defective contact in con- (23) – TIM (female) (A) nector) Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) (47) – TIM (female) (B)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Resistance
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshootGround fault in wiring haring without turning starting switch ON. 3 ness (Contact with GND cirWiring harness between EGC1 (female) Resiscuit) Min. 1 Mz (23) – TIM (female) (A) and chassis ground tance a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. 4 Defective engine controller
24
EGC1 (female)
Intake air temperature
Resistance
Between (23) – (47)
10 – 100°C
0.5 – 20 kz
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00717-01
Circuit diagram related to charge temperature sensor
D155AX-6
25
SEN00717-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [CA154] Chg Air Temp Sensor Low Error Action code
Failure code
E01
CA154
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
1
Chg Air Temp Sensor Low Error (Engine controller system)
• Signal voltage in charge temperature sensor circuit is abnormally low. • Fixes charge temperature (intake air temperature) (70°C) and continues operation. • Startability of engine lowers at low temperature. • State of charge temperature sensor signal can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 18501 Charge Temp Sens Volt)
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting Carry out troubleshooting for failure code [CA153].
Failure code [CA187] Sens Supply 2 Volt Low Error Action code
Failure code
E03
CA187
Contents of trouble
Action of controller
Problem that appears on machine
Trouble
1
Sens Supply 2 Volt Low Error (Engine controller system)
• Signal voltage in sensor power supply 2 (5 V) circuit is abnormally low. • • • • • • •
Operates Bkup speed sensor with signals of Ne speed sensor. Sets oil pressure sensor to default value (250 kPa {2.55 kg/cm2}) and continues operation. Sets ambient pressure sensor to default value (52.44 kPa {0.53 kg/cm2}) and continues operation. Fixes charge pressure sensor value (400 kPa {4.08 kg/cm2}) and continues operation. Sets EGR inlet pressure sensor to default value (102 kPa {1.05 kg/cm2}) and continues operation. Limits output of EGR valve lift sensor and closes EGR valve and bypass valve. Limits output of bypass valve lift sensor and closes EGR valve and bypass valve.
• Engine output drops.
Related information Possible causes and standard value in normal state
26
Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting Carry out troubleshooting for failure code [CA227].
D155AX-6
SEN00717-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [CA221] Ambient Press Sens High Error Action code
Failure code
E03
CA221
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
1
Ambient Press Sens High Error (Engine controller system)
• Signal voltage in ambient pressure sensor circuit is abnormally high. • Sets ambient pressure to default value (52.44 kPa {0.53 kg/cm2}) and continues operation. • Engine output drops. • State of ambient pressure sensor signal can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 37401 Ambient Press Sens Volt) Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting
Defective sensor power sup- If code [CA187] or [CA227] is indicated, carry out troubleshooting 1 ply system for it first. a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. PAMB 2
Defective ambient pressure sensor (Internal trouble)
Voltage
Between (1) – (2)
Power supply
Between (3) – (2)
Signal
4.75 – 5.25 V
Sensor voltage is measured with wiring harness connected. Accordingly, if voltage is abnormal, check wiring harness and controller, too, for another cause of trouble, and then judge. a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring 3 or defective contact in connector)
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) (37) – PAMB (female) (1)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) (38) – PAMB (female) (2)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) (3) – PAMB (female) (3)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) (37) Ground fault in wiring har– PAMB (female) (1) and chassis ground 4 ness (Contact with GND cirWiring harness between EGC1 (female) (38) cuit) – PAMB (female) (2) and chassis ground
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) (3) – PAMB (female) (3) and chassis ground
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Short circuit in wiring har5 ness (with another wiring harness)
Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) (37) – PAMB (female) (1) and between EGC1 (female) (38) - PAMB (female) (2)
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) (37) – PAMB (female) (1) and between EGC1 (female) (3) – PAMB (female) (3)
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) (38) – PAMB (female) (2) and between EGC1 (female) (3) – PAMB (female) (3)
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
a repare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON or start engine and carry out troubleshooting. 6 Defective engine controller
EGC1
Voltage
Between (33) – (38)
4.75 – 5.25 V
Between (3) – (38)
28
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00717-01
Circuit diagram related to ambient pressure sensor
D155AX-6
29
SEN00717-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [CA222] Ambient Press Sens Low Error Action code
Failure code
E03
CA222
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information Possible causes and standard value in normal state
30
Trouble
1
Ambient Press Sens Low Error (Engine controller system)
• Signal voltage in ambient pressure sensor circuit is abnormally low. • Sets ambient pressure to default value (52.44 kPa {0.53 kg/cm2}) and continues operation. • Engine output drops. • State of ambient pressure sensor signal can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 37401 Ambient Press Sens Volt) Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting Carry out troubleshooting for failure code [CA221].
D155AX-6
SEN00717-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [CA227] Sens Supply 2 Volt High Error Action code
Failure code
E03
CA227
Contents of trouble
Action of controller
Problem that appears on machine
Trouble
1
Sens Supply 2 Volt High Error (Engine controller system)
• Signal voltage in sensor power supply 2 (5 V) circuit is abnormally high. • • • • • • •
Operates Bkup speed sensor with signals of Ne speed sensor. Sets oil pressure sensor to default value (250 kPa [2.55 kg/cm2}) and continues operation. Sets ambient pressure to default value (52.44 kPa {0.53 kg/cm2}) and continues operation. Fixes charge pressure sensor value (400 kPa [4.08 kg/cm2}) and continues operation. Sets EGR inlet pressure sensor to default value (102 kPa {1.05 kg/cm2}) and continues operation. Limits output of EGR valve lift sensor and closes EGR valve and bypass valve. Limits output of bypass valve lift sensor and closes EGR valve and bypass valve.
• Engine output drops.
Related information Cause 1 Defective related system
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting If another failure code is indicated, carry out troubleshooting for it. a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting.
Defective sensor (Internal 2 trouble)
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Disconnect devices at right in order. If "E" of failure code disappears when a device is disconnected, that device has trouble in it.
Bkup speed sensor
G connector
Oil pressure sensor
POIL connector
Ambient pressure sensor
PAMB connector
Charge pressure sensor
PIM connector
EGR inlet pressure sensor
PEVA connector
EGR valve lift sensor
SEGR connector
Bypass valve lift sensor
SBP connector
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) Resis3 Max. 1 z or defective contact in con- (37) – each sensor (female) tance nector) Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) ResisMax. 1 z (47) – each sensor (female) tance a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) Ground fault in wiring har(37) – each sensor (female) and chassis 4 ness (Contact with GND cirground cuit) Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) (47) – each sensor (female) and chassis ground Short circuit in wiring har5 ness (with another wiring harness)
6 Defective engine controller
32
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) (37) – each sensor (female) and between EGC1 (female) (47) – each sensor (female)
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. EGC1
Voltage
Between (37) – (47)
4.75 – 5.25 V
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00717-01
Circuit diagram related to engine controller sensor power supply 2 (5 V)
D155AX-6
33
SEN00717-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [CA234] Eng Overspeed Action code
Failure code
—
CA234
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
34
Eng Overspeed (Engine controller system)
• Engine speed is above operating range. • Limits fuel injection rate until engine speed lowers to operating range. • Engine speed fluctuates. • Engine speed can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 01002 Engine Speed) Cause
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
1
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting
1 Defective related system
If another failure code is indicated, carry out troubleshooting for it.
2 Improper way of use
Way of use of machine may be improper. Teach proper way of use to operator.
3 Defective engine controller
If causes 1 – 2 are not detected, engine controller may be defective. (Since trouble is in system, troubleshooting cannot be carried out.)
D155AX-6
SEN00717-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [CA238] Ne Speed Sens Supply Volt Error Action code
Failure code
E03
CA238
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine
Trouble
1
Ne Speed Sens Supply Volt Error (Engine controller system)
• Trouble occurred in Ne speed sensor power supply (5 V) circuit. • Controls Ne speed sensor with signals of Bkup speed sensor. • Running engine stops (when Bkup speed sensor is also abnormal). • Stopped engine cannot be started (when Bkup speed sensor is also abnormal).
Related information Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting.
1
Defective Ne speed sensor (Internal trouble)
Disconnect devices at right in order. If "E" of failure code disappears when a device is disconnected, that device has trouble in it.
Engine Ne speed sensor
NE connector
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) 2 or defective contact in con- (16) – NE (female) (1) nector) Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) (48) – NE (female) (2)
Max. 1 z
Resistance
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Ground fault in wiring harWiring harness between EGC1 (female) 3 ness (Contact with GND cir(16) – NE (female) (1) and chassis ground cuit) Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) (48) – NE (female) (2) and chassis ground Short circuit in wiring har4 ness (with another wiring harness)
5 Defective engine controller
36
Resistance
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) (16) – NE (female) (1) and between EGC1 (female) (48) – NE (female) (2)
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. EGC1
Voltage
Between (16) – (48)
4.75 – 5.25 V
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00717-01
Circuit diagram related to engine NE speed sensor
D155AX-6
37
SEN00717-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [CA263] Fuel Temp Sensor High Error Action code
Failure code
E01
CA263
Contents of trouble Action of controller
Trouble
1
Fuel Temp Sensor High Error (Engine controller system)
• Signal voltage in fuel temperature sensor circuit is abnormally high. • Fixes fuel temperature (90 °C) and continues operation.
Problem that appears on machine Related information
• State of fuel temperature sensor signal can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 14201 Fuel Temp Sens Volt) Cause Defective fuel temperature 1 sensor (Internal trouble)
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. TFUEL (male)
Fuel temperature
Resistance
Between (A) – (B)
10 – 100°C
0.6 – 20 kz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) Resis2 Max. 1 z or defective contact in con- (30) – TFUEL (female) (A) tance nector) Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) ResisMax. 1 z (47) – TFUEL (female) (B) tance a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshootGround fault in wiring haring without turning starting switch ON. 3 ness (Contact with GND cirWiring harness between EGC1 (female) (30) Resiscuit) Min. 1 Mz – TFUEL (female) (A) and chassis ground tance
4 Defective engine controller
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. EGC1 (female)
Fuel temperature
Resistance
Between (30) – (47)
10 – 100°C
0.6 – 20 kz
Circuit diagram related to fuel temperature sensor
38
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00717-01
Failure code [CA265] Fuel Temp Sensor Low Error Action code
Failure code
E01
CA265
Contents of trouble Action of controller
Trouble
1
Fuel Temp Sensor Low Error (Engine controller system)
• Signal voltage in fuel temperature sensor circuit is abnormally low. • Fixes fuel temperature (90°C) and continues operation.
Problem that appears on machine Related information Possible causes and standard value in normal state
D155AX-6
Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting Carry out troubleshooting for failure code [CA263].
39
SEN00717-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [CA271] PCV1 Short Error Action code
Failure code
E03
CA271
Contents of trouble Action of controller
Trouble
1
PCV1 Short Error (Engine controller system)
• There is short circuit in PCV1 circuit of supply pump. • None in particular.
Problem that appears on machine Related information Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
1
Defective supply pump PCV1 (Internal short circuit)
PCV1 (male)
Resistance
Between (1) – (2)
2.3 – 5.3 z
Between (1), (2) – chassis ground
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Ground fault in wiring harWiring harness between EGC1 (female) (4) 2 ness (Contact with GND cir– PCV1 (female) (1) and chassis ground cuit) Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) (5) – PCV1 (female) (2) and chassis ground
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. 3
Hot short (Short circuit with Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) (4) 24V circuit) in wiring harness – PCV1 (female) (1) and chassis ground
Voltage
Max. 1 V
Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) (5) – PCV1 (female) (2) and chassis ground
Voltage
Max. 1 V
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. 4 Defective engine controller
EGC1 (female)
Resistance
Between (4) – (5)
2.3 – 5.3 z
Between (4), (5) – chassis ground
Min. 1 Mz
Circuit diagram related to supply pump PCV1
40
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00717-01
Failure code [CA272] PCV1 Open Error Action code
Failure code
E03
CA272
Contents of trouble Action of controller
Trouble
1
PCV1 Open Error (Engine controller system)
• There is disconnection in PCV1 circuit of supply pump. • None in particular.
Problem that appears on machine Related information Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Defective supply pump 1 PCV1 (Internal disconnection)
PCV1 (male)
Resistance
Between (1) – (2)
2.3 – 5.3 z
Between (1), (2) – chassis ground
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) (4) 2 or defective contact in con- – PCV1 (female) (1) nector) Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) (5) – PCV1 (female) (2)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Resistance
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Ground fault in wiring harWiring harness between EGC1 (female) (4) 3 ness (Contact with GND cir– PCV1 (female) (1) and chassis ground cuit) Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) (5) – PCV1 (female) (2) and chassis ground
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. 4 Defective engine controller
EGC1 (female)
Resistance
Between (4) – (5)
2.3 – 5.3 z
Between (4), (5) – chassis ground
Min. 1 Mz
Circuit diagram related to supply pump PCV1
D155AX-6
41
SEN00717-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [CA273] PCV2 Short Error Action code
Failure code
E03
CA273
Contents of trouble Action of controller
Trouble
1
PCV2 Short Error (Engine controller system)
• There is short circuit in PCV2 circuit of supply pump. • None in particular.
Problem that appears on machine Related information Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
1
Defective supply pump PCV2 (Internal short circuit)
PCV2 (male)
Resistance
Between (1) – (2)
2.3 – 5.3 z
Between (1), (2) – chassis ground
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Ground fault in wiring harWiring harness between EGC1 (female) (9) 2 ness (Contact with GND cir– PCV2 (female) (1) and chassis ground cuit) Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) (10) – PCV2 (female) (2) and chassis ground
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. 3
Hot short (Short circuit with Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) (9) 24V circuit) in wiring harness – PCV2 (female) (1) and chassis ground
Voltage
Max. 1 V
Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) (10) – PCV2 (female) (2) and chassis ground
Voltage
Max. 1 V
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. 4 Defective engine controller
EGC1 (female)
Resistance
Between (9) – (10)
2.3 – 5.3 z
Between (9), (10) – chassis ground
Min. 1 Mz
Circuit diagram related to supply pump PCV2
42
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00717-01
Failure code [CA274] PCV2 Open Error Action code
Failure code
E03
CA274
Contents of trouble Action of controller
Trouble
1
PCV2 Open Error (Engine controller system)
• There is disconnection in PCV2 circuit of supply pump. • None in particular.
Problem that appears on machine Related information Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Defective supply pump 1 PCV2 (Internal disconnection)
PCV2 (male)
Resistance
Between (1) – (2)
2.3 – 5.3 z
Between (1), (2) – chassis ground
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) (9) 2 or defective contact in con- – PCV2 (female) (1) nector) Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) (10) – PCV2 (female) (2)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Resistance
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Ground fault in wiring harWiring harness between EGC1 (female) (9) 3 ness (Contact with GND cir– PCV2 (female) (1) and chassis ground cuit) Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) (10) – PCV2 (female) (2) and chassis ground
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. 4 Defective engine controller
EGC1 (female)
Resistance
Between (9) – (10)
2.3 – 5.3 z
Between (9), (10) – chassis ground
Min. 1 Mz
Circuit diagram related to supply pump PCV2
D155AX-6
43
SEN00717-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [CA322] Inj #1 (L#1) Open/Short Error Action code
Failure code
E03
CA322
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine
Trouble
1
Inj #1 (L#1) Open/Short Error (Engine controller system)
• There is disconnection or short circuit in injector #1 circuit. • None in particular. • Output drops. • Rotation is unstable.
Related information Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
1
Defective injector #1 (Internal trouble)
CN1 (male)
Resistance
Between (1) – (2)
0.4 – 1.1 z
Between (1), (2) – chassis ground
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) 2 or defective contact in con- (45) – CN1 (female) (1) nector) Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) (53) – CN1 (female) (2)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Resistance
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Ground fault in wiring harWiring harness between EGC1 (female) 3 ness (Contact with GND cir(45) – CN1 (female) (1) and chassis ground cuit) Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) (53) – CN1 (female) (2) and chassis ground
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. 4 Defective engine controller
EGC1 (female)
Resistance
Between (45) – (53)
0.4 – 1.1 z
Between (45), (53) – chassis ground
Min. 1 Mz
Circuit diagram related to injector #1
44
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00717-01
Failure code [CA323] Inj #5 (L#5) Open/Short Error Action code
Failure code
E03
CA323
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine
Trouble
1
Inj #5 (L#5) Open/Short Error (Engine controller system)
• There is disconnection or short circuit in injector #5 circuit. • None in particular. • Output drops. • Rotation is unstable.
Related information Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
1
Defective injector #5 (Internal trouble)
CN5 (male)
Resistance
Between (1) – (2)
0.4 – 1.1 z
Between (1), (2) – chassis ground
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) 2 or defective contact in con- (46) – CN5 (female) (1) nector) Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) (60) – CN5 (female) (2)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Resistance
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Ground fault in wiring harWiring harness between EGC1 (female) 3 ness (Contact with GND cir(46) – CN5 (female) (1) and chassis ground cuit) Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) (60) – CN5 (female) (2) and chassis ground
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. 4 Defective engine controller
EGC1 (female)
Resistance
Between (46) – (60)
0.4 – 1.1 z
Between (46), (60) – chassis ground
Min. 1 Mz
Circuit diagram related to injector #5
D155AX-6
45
SEN00717-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [CA324] Inj #3 (L#3) Open/Short Error Action code
Failure code
E03
CA324
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine
Trouble
1
Inj #3 (L#3) Open/Short Error (Engine controller system)
• There is disconnection or short circuit in injector #3 circuit. • None in particular. • Output drops. • Rotation is unstable.
Related information Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
1
Defective injector #3 (Internal trouble)
CN3 (male)
Resistance
Between (1) – (2)
0.4 – 1.1 z
Between (1), (2) – chassis ground
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) 2 or defective contact in con- (55) – CN3 (female) (1) nector) Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) (52) – CN3 (female) (2)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Resistance
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Ground fault in wiring harWiring harness between EGC1 (female) 3 ness (Contact with GND cir(55) – CN3 (female) (1) and chassis ground cuit) Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) (52) – CN3 (female) (2) and chassis ground
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. 4 Defective engine controller
EGC1 (female)
Resistance
Between (55) – (52)
0.4 – 1.1 z
Between (55), (52) – chassis ground
Min. 1 Mz
Circuit diagram related to injector #3
46
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00717-01
Failure code [CA325] Inj #6 (L#6) Open/Short Error Action code
Failure code
E03
CA325
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine
Trouble
1
Inj #6 (L#6) Open/Short Error (Engine controller system)
• There is disconnection or short circuit in injector #6 circuit. • None in particular. • Output drops. • Rotation is unstable.
Related information Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
1
Defective injector #6 (Internal trouble)
CN6 (male)
Resistance
Between (1) – (2)
0.4 – 1.1 z
Between (1), (2) – chassis ground
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) 2 or defective contact in con- (57) – CN6 (female) (1) nector) Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) (59) – CN6 (female) (2)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Resistance
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Ground fault in wiring harWiring harness between EGC1 (female) 3 ness (Contact with GND cir(57) – CN6 (female) (1) and chassis ground cuit) Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) (59) – CN6 (female) (2) and chassis ground
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. 4 Defective engine controller
EGC1 (female)
Resistance
Between (57) – (59)
0.4 – 1.1 z
Between (57), (59) – chassis ground
Min. 1 Mz
Circuit diagram related to injector #6
D155AX-6
47
SEN00717-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [CA331] Inj #2 (L#2) Open/Short Error Action code
Failure code
E03
CA331
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine
Trouble
1
Inj #2 (L#2) Open/Short Error (Engine controller system)
• There is disconnection or short circuit in injector #2 circuit. • None in particular. • Output drops. • Rotation is unstable.
Related information Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
1
Defective injector #2 (Internal trouble)
CN2 (male)
Resistance
Between (1) – (2)
0.4 – 1.1 z
Between (1), (2) – chassis ground
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) 2 or defective contact in con- (54) – CN2 (female) (1) nector) Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) (51) – CN2 (female) (2)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Resistance
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Ground fault in wiring harWiring harness between EGC1 (female) 3 ness (Contact with GND cir(54) – CN2 (female) (1) and chassis ground cuit) Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) (51) – CN2 (female) (2) and chassis ground
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. 4 Defective engine controller
EGC1 (female)
Resistance
Between (54) – (51)
0.4 – 1.1 z
Between (54), (51) – chassis ground
Min. 1 Mz
Circuit diagram related to injector #2
48
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00717-01
Failure code [CA332] Inj #4 (L#4) Open/Short Error Action code
Failure code
E03
CA332
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine
Trouble
1
Inj #4 (L#4) Open/Short Error (Engine controller system)
• There is disconnection or short circuit in injector #4 circuit. • None in particular. • Output drops. • Rotation is unstable.
Related information Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
1
Defective injector #4 (Internal trouble)
CN4 (male)
Resistance
Between (1) – (2)
0.4 – 1.1 z
Between (1), (2) – chassis ground
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) 2 or defective contact in con- (56) – CN4 (female) (1) nector) Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) (58) – CN4 (female) (2)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Resistance
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Ground fault in wiring harWiring harness between EGC1 (female) 3 ness (Contact with GND cir(56) – CN4 (female) (1) and chassis ground cuit) Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) (58) – CN4 (female) (2) and chassis ground
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. 4 Defective engine controller
EGC1 (female)
Resistance
Between (56) – (58)
0.4 – 1.1 z
Between (56), (58) – chassis ground
Min. 1 Mz
Circuit diagram related to injector #4
D155AX-6
49
SEN00717-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [CA342] Calibration Code Incompatibility Action code
Failure code
E04
CA342
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine
Trouble
1
Calibration Code Incompatibility (Engine controller system)
• Incompatibility occurred in engine controller data. • None in particular. • Engine continues operation normally, but it may stop during operation or may not be able to start.
Related information Possible causes and standard value in normal state
50
Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting Carry out troubleshooting for failure code [CA111].
D155AX-6
SEN00717-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [CA351] Injectors Drive Circuit Error Action code
Failure code
E03
CA351
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
1
Injectors Drive Circuit Error (Engine controller system)
• Trouble occurred in injector drive circuit. • Limits engine output and continues operation (Limits common rail pressure). • Engine output drops. • Source voltage of engine controller can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 03203 Battery Power Supply) Cause 1 Defective related system 2
Defective circuit breaker (CB30 or CB8)
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting If another failure code (failure code of trouble in injector system) is indicated, carry out troubleshooting for it. If circuit breaker is turned OFF, circuit probably has ground fault (See cause 4). a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Wiring harness between EGC3 (female) (3), (4) – CB8 (2)
Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring Wiring harness between CB8 (1) – CB30 3 or defective contact in con- (B30S) nector) Wiring harness between CB30 (B30L) – terminal BRB Wiring harness between EGC3 (female) (1), (2) – chassis ground (GND20)
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Max. 1 z
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Resistance
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Wiring harness between EGC3 (female) (3), (4) – CB8 (2) and chassis ground Wiring harness between CB8 (1) – CB30 Ground fault in wiring har(B30S) or circuit branch end and chassis 4 ness (Contact with GND cirground cuit) Wiring harness between CB30 (B30L) – terminal BRB and chassis ground Wiring harness between EGC3 (female) (1), (2) – chassis ground (GND20) and chassis ground
5 Defective engine controller
52
Resistance
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. EGC3
Voltage
Between (3), (4) – (1), (2)
20 – 30 V
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00717-01
Circuit diagram related to engine controller power supply
D155AX-6
53
SEN00717-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [CA352] Sens Supply 1 Volt Low Error Action code
Failure code
E03
CA352
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine
Trouble
1
Sens Supply 1 Volt Low Error (Engine controller system)
• Signal voltage in sensor power supply 1 (5 V) circuit of engine controller is abnormally low. • Limits common rail pressure sensor output and continues operation (Limits common rail pressure). • Engine output drops.
Related information Possible causes and standard value in normal state
54
Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting Carry out troubleshooting for failure code [CA386].
D155AX-6
SEN00717-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [CA386] Sens Supply 1 Volt High Error Action code
Failure code
E03
CA386
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine
Trouble
1
Sens Supply 1 Volt High Error (Engine controller system)
• Signal voltage in sensor power supply (5 V) circuit is abnormally high. • Limits common rail pressure sensor output and continues operation (Limits common rail pressure). • Engine output drops.
Related information Cause 1 Defective related system
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting If another failure code is indicated, carry out troubleshooting for it. a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting.
Defective sensor (Internal 2 trouble)
Disconnect devices at right in order. If "E" of failure code disappears when a device is disconnected, that device has trouble in it.
Common rail pressure sensor
PFUEL connector
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) 3 or defective contact in con- (33) – PFUEL (female) (1) nector) Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) (47) – PFUEL (female) (3)
Max. 1 z
Resistance
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) Ground fault in wiring har(33) – PFUEL (female) (1) and chassis 4 ness (Contact with GND cirground cuit) Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) (47) – PFUEL (female) (3) and chassis ground Short circuit in wiring har5 ness (with another wiring harness)
6 Defective engine controller
56
Resistance
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) (33) – PFUEL (female) (1) and between EGC1 (female) (47) – PFUEL (female) (3)
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. EGC1
Voltage
Between (33) – (47)
4.75 – 5.25 z
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00717-01
Circuit diagram related to engine controller sensor power supply 1 (5 V)
D155AX-6
57
SEN00717-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [CA441] Battery Voltage Low Error Action code
Failure code
E04
CA441
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Trouble
1
Battery Voltage Low Error (Engine controller system)
• Power supply circuit voltage of engine controller is abnormally low. • None in particular. • Engine continues operation normally, but it may stop during operation or may not be able to start. • Source voltage of engine controller can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 03203 Battery Power Supply) Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting Carry out troubleshooting for failure code [CA111].
Failure code [CA442] Battery Voltage High Error Action code
Failure code
E04
CA442
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information Possible causes and standard value in normal state
58
Trouble
1
Battery Voltage High Error (Engine controller system)
• Power supply circuit voltage of engine controller is abnormally low. • None in particular. • Engine continues operation normally, but it may stop during operation or may not be able to start. • Source voltage of engine controller can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 03203 Battery Power Supply) Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting Carry out troubleshooting for failure code [CA111].
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00717-01
Failure code [CA449] Rail Press Very High Error Action code
Failure code
E03
CA449
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information Possible causes and standard value in normal state
D155AX-6
Trouble
1
Rail Press Very High Error (Engine controller system)
• Common rail pressure sensor circuit detected abnormally high pressure (level 2). • Limits engine output and continues operation (Limits common rail pressure). • Engine output drops. • Common rail pressure can be checked with monitoring function. • (Code: 36400 Rail Pressure) Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting Carry out troubleshooting for failure code [CA553].
59
SEN00717-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [CA451] Rail Press Sensor High Error Action code
Failure code
E03
CA451
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
1
Rail Press Sensor High Error (Engine controller system)
• Signal voltage in common rail pressure sensor circuit is abnormally high. • Limits engine output and continues operation (Limits common rail pressure). • Engine output drops. • State of common rail pressure sensor signal can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 36401 Rail Pressure Sens Volt) Cause 1
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting
Defective sensor power sup- If code [CA352] or [CA386] is indicated, carry out troubleshooting ply system for it first. a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON or start engine and carry out troubleshooting. PFUEL
Defective common rail pres2 sure sensor (Internal trouble)
Voltage
Between (1) – (3)
Power supply
4.75 – 5.25 V
Between (2) – (3)
Signal
0.26 – 4.6 V
Sensor voltage is measured with wiring harness connected. Accordingly, if voltage is abnormal, check wiring harness and controller, too, for another cause of trouble, and then judge. a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring 3 or defective contact in connector) Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) (33) – PFUEL (female) (1)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) (25) – PFUEL (female) (2)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) (47) – PFUEL (female) (3)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) (33) Ground fault in wiring har– PFUEL (female) (1) and chassis ground 4 ness (Contact with GND cirWiring harness between EGC1 (female) (25) cuit) – PFUEL (female) (2) and chassis ground
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) (47) – PFUEL (female) (3) and chassis ground
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Short circuit in wiring har5 ness (with another wiring harness)
60
Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) (33) – PFUEL (female) (1) and between EGC1 (female) (25) – PFUEL (female) (2)
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) (33) – PFUEL (female) (1) and between EGC1 (female) (47) – PFUEL (female) (3)
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) (25) – PFUEL (female) (2) and between EGC1 (female) (47) – PFUEL (female) (3)
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00717-01
Cause Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON or start engine and carry out troubleshooting.
6 Defective engine controller
EGC1
Voltage
Between (33) – (47)
4.75 – 5.25 V
Between (25) – (47)
0.26 – 4.6 V
Circuit diagram related to common rail pressure sensor
D155AX-6
61
SEN00717-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [CA452] Rail Press Sensor Low Error Action code
Failure code
E03
CA452
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
1
Rail Press Sensor Low Error (Engine controller system)
• Signal voltage in common rail pressure sensor circuit is abnormally low. • Limits engine output and continues operation (Limits common rail pressure). • Engine output drops. • State of common rail pressure sensor signal can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 36401 Rail Pressure Sens Volt)
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting Carry out troubleshooting for failure code [CA451].
Failure code [CA553] Rail Press High Error Action code
Failure code
E02
CA553
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
62
Rail Press High Error (Engine controller system)
• Common rail pressure sensor circuit detected abnormally high pressure (level 1). • None in particular. • Engine output drops. • Common rail pressure can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 36400 Rail Pressure) Cause
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
1
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting
1 Defective related system
If another failure code is indicated, carry out troubleshooting for it.
2 Use of improper fuel
Check fuel used directly (for high viscosity).
3
Defective electrical system of Common rail pressure sensor may have electric trouble. Carry out common rail pressure sensor troubleshooting for failure code [CA451].
Defective mechanical system 4 of common rail pressure sen- Check mechanical system of common rail pressure sensor directly. sor 5 Defective overflow valve
Check overflow valve directly for broken spring, worn seat, and stuck ball.
6 Clogging of overflow piping
Check overflow piping directly for clogging.
7 Defective pressure limiter
Check pressure limiter directly for mechanical defect.
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00717-01
Failure code [CA554] Rail Press Sensor In Range Error Action code
Failure code
E03
CA554
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information Possible causes and standard value in normal state
D155AX-6
Trouble
1
Rail Press Sensor In Range Error (Engine controller system)
• In-range error occurred in common rail pressure sensor circuit. • Limits engine output and continues operation (Limits common rail pressure). • Engine output drops. • State of common rail pressure sensor signal can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 36401 Rail Pressure Sens Volt) Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting Carry out troubleshooting for Failure code [CA451].
63
SEN00717-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [CA559] Rail Press Low Error Action code
Failure code
E02
CA559
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
Rail Press Low Error (Engine controller system)
• Supply pump does not feed fuel (level 1). • Limits common rail pressure. • Engine output drops. • Common rail pressure can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 36400 Rail Pressure) Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting
1 Defective related system
If another failure code is indicated, carry out troubleshooting for it.
2 Use of improper fuel
Check fuel used directly for improper quality.
3
Defective low-pressure circuit device
4 Clogging of filter/strainer
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
1
a For contents of troubleshooting, see Note 1. For check of pressure in fuel low-pressure circuit, see Testing and adjusting, Testing fuel pressure. Pressure in fuel low-pressure circuit (high idle)
Min. 0.15 MPa {Min. 1.5 kg/cm2}
a For contents of troubleshooting, see Note 2.
5
Defective electrical system of Supply pump PCV may have electric trouble. Carry out troublesupply pump PCV shooting for following codes; [CA271], [CA272], [CA273], [CA274].
6
Defective common rail pres- Common rail pressure sensor may be defective. Check wiring harsure sensor ness for damage. a For testing of leakage from pressure limiter, see Testing and adjusting, Measuring fuel return rate and fuel leakage.
7 Defective pressure limiter
Leakage from pressure limiter (Operation equivalent to rated operation (under stall load))
Max. 10 cc/min
a For measuring of return (spill) limit from injector, see Testing and adjusting, Measuring fuel return rate and fuel leakage.
8 Defective injector
9 Defective supply pump
Speed in rated operation (stall load)
Return (Spill) limit from injector
1,600 rpm
960 cc/min
1,700 rpm
1,020 cc/min
1,800 rpm
1,080 cc/min
1,900 rpm
1,140 cc/min
2,000 rpm
1,200 cc/min
If causes 1 – 8 are not detected, supply pump may be defective.
Carry out the above troubleshooting and take a record of the contents of the attached "Check sheet for rail pressure low error".
64
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00717-01
Note 1: Check the low-pressure circuit parts for the following items. 1) Fuel level 2) Clogging of fuel tank breather 3) Sticking and wear of feed pump and clogging of filter 4) Leakage through and clogging of low-pressure fuel piping 5) Defective operation of bypass valve and installation of wrong part (See Fig. 1) 6) Clogging of fuel filter 7) Fuel in oil pan (Fuel leakage inside head cover) Fig. 1: Locations of overflow valve (1), bypass valve (2), and fuel inlet joint (3) Overflow valve (1): Spring is seen through both holes. Bypass valve (2): Spring is seen through hole on nut side. Fuel inlet joint (3): Gauze filter is seen through both holes.
Note 2: Check, clean, and replace the filters and strainers according to the following procedure. 1) Gauze filter: Disassemble and check. If clogged, clean. 2) Upstream strainer of gauze filter: If the gauze filter is clogged, clean the upstream filter, too. 3) Fuel filter: If the trouble is not solved by performing 1) and 2) above, replace the fuel filter.
D155AX-6
65
SEN00717-01
40 Troubleshooting
Check sheet for rail pressure low error Model Machine serial No.
Work No.
SAA6D140E-5
Service meter
#
Date of check
Engine Engine serial No.
D155AX-6
#
/
/ h
Worker's name
A. Visual check
Good NG
1 Fuel leakage to outside 2 Clogging of fuel tank breather
B. Check with machine monitor (02 Fault history, 01 monitoring, and 09 reduced cylinder mode operation) Good NG 3 Check of failure code
/
/
/
/
Check of monitoring information Code
Displayed item
Checking condition
ISO unit
Standard value (Reference value)
r/min
715 – 765
Low idle 01002 Engine speed
31706
4
Final accelerator position
Final fuel injection 18600 rate command (by weight)
Measured value
Good NG
High idle
r/min
1,825 – 1,925
Torque converter stall
r/min
1,560 – 1,660
Low idle
%
0
High idle
%
100
mg/st
—
—
—
Torque converter stall
36200
Final common rail Torque converter stall pressure command
MPa
—
—
—
36400
Common rail pressure
MPa
—
—
—
CA
—
—
—
Final injection tim36300 ing command
Torque converter stall Low idle High idle
CA
—
—
—
Torque converter stall
CA
—
—
—
Torque converter stall
kPa
—
—
—
°C
—
—
—
°C
—
—
—
ISO unit
Standard value (Reference value)
No. 1 cylinder
r/min
—
—
—
No. 2 cylinder Reduce No. 3 cylinder each cylinder No. 4 cylinder No. 5 cylinder
r/min
—
—
—
r/min
—
—
—
r/min
—
—
—
r/min
—
—
—
No. 6 cylinder
r/min
—
—
—
36500 Boost pressure 04107
Engine coolant temLow idle perature
14200 Fuel temperature
Low idle
Check of reduced cylinder mode operation (Engine speed) Setting
5
66
Reduced cylinder
Checking condition
Measured value
Good NG
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
C. Check of fuel circuit pressure 6
Fuel low-pressure circuit pressure
SEN00717-01
Checking condition High idle
Unit
Standard value (Reference value)
MPa {kg/cm2}
Min. 0.15 {Min. 1.5}
Measured value
D. Check of strainers and filters
Good NG
Good NG
7 Visual check of strainers 8 Visual check of gauze filter 9 Visual check of fuel filter 10 Visual check of bypass valve
E. Check of leakage and return rate 11
Leakage through pressure limiter
12 Return rate from injector
D155AX-6
Unit
Standard value (Reference value)
Torque converter stal
cc/min
Max. 10
Torque converter stall 1,600 rpm
cc/min
960
Torque converter stall 1,700 rpm
cc/min
1,020
Torque converter stall 1,800 rpm
cc/min
1,080
Torque converter stall 1,900 rpm
cc/min
1,140
Torque converter stall 2,000 rpm
cc/min
1,200
Checking condition
Measured value
Good NG
Speed: Leakage
67
SEN00717-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [CA689] Eng Ne Speed Sensor Error Action code
Failure code
E03
CA689
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine
Trouble
1
Eng Ne Speed Sensor Error (Engine controller system)
• Trouble occurred in engine Ne speed sensor circuit. • Operates with signals of Bkup speed sensor. • Running engine stops (when Bkup speed sensor is also abnormal). • Stopped engine cannot be started (when Bkup speed sensor is also abnormal).
Related information Cause 1
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting
Defective sensor power supIf code [CA238] is indicated, carry out troubleshooting for it first. ply system a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring 2 or defective contact in connector)
Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) (16) – NE (female) (1)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) (48) – NE (female) (2)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) (27) – NE (female) (3)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) Ground fault in wiring har(16) – NE (female) (1) and chassis ground 3 ness (Contact with GND cirWiring harness between EGC1 (female) cuit) (48) – NE (female) (2) and chassis ground
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) (27) – NE (female) (3) and chassis ground
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Short circuit in wiring har4 ness (with another wiring harness)
Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) (16) – NE (female) (1) and between EGC1 (female) (48) – NE (female) (2)
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) (16) – NE (female) (1) and between EGC1 (female) (48) – NE (female) (3)
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Chassis ground between EGC1 (female) (48) – NE (female) (2) and between EGC1 (female) (27) – NE (female) (3)
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Defective mount of sensor or Check Ne speed sensor directly for defective mount (defective 5 defective rotation sensing clearance) or check rotation sensing part (flywheel) directly for part defect. Defective engine Ne speed sensor
If causes 1 – 5 are not detected, engine Ne speed sensor may be defective. (Since trouble is in system, troubleshooting cannot be carried out.)
7 Defective engine controller
If causes 1 – 5 are not detected, engine controller may be defective. (Since trouble is in system, troubleshooting cannot be carried out.)
6
68
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00717-01
Circuit diagram related to engine Ne speed sensor
D155AX-6
69
SEN00717-01
40 Troubleshooting
D155AX-6 Bulldozer Form No. SEN00717-01
© 2006 KOMATSU All Rights Reserved Printed in Japan 05-06 (02)
70
D155AX-6
SEN00718-01
BULLDOZER 1SHOP MANUAL
D155AX-6
Machine model
Serial number
D155AX-6
80001 and up
40 Troubleshooting
1
Troubleshooting by failure and error codes, Part 3 Troubleshooting by failure and error codes, Part 3 ......................................................................................... 3 Failure code [CA731] Eng Bkup Speed Sens Phase Error .................................................................. 3 Failure code [CA757] All Continuous Data Lost Error .......................................................................... 3 Failure code [CA778] Eng Bkup Speed Sensor Error .......................................................................... 4 Failure code [CA1228] EGR Valve Servo Error 1 ................................................................................ 6 Failure code [CA1625] EGR Valve Servo Error 2 ................................................................................ 7 Failure code [CA1626] BP Valve Sol Current High Error ..................................................................... 8 Failure code [CA1627] BP Valve Sol Current Low Error .................................................................... 10 Failure code [CA1628] Bypass Valve Servo Error 1............................................................................11 Failure code [CA1619] Bypass Valve Servo Error 2........................................................................... 12 Failure code [CA1631] BP Valve Pos Sens High Error ...................................................................... 14 Failure code [CA1632] BP Valve Pos Sens Low Error ....................................................................... 16 Failure code [CA1633] KOMNET Datalink Timeout Error .................................................................. 18 Failure code [CA1642] EGR Inlet Press Sens Low Error................................................................... 20
D155AX-6
1
SEN00718-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [CA1653] EGR Inlet Press Sens High Error .................................................................. 22 Failure code [CA2185] Throt Sens Sup Volt High Error ..................................................................... 24 Failure code [CA2186] Throt Sens Sup Volt Low Error ...................................................................... 26 Failure code [CA2249] Rail Press Very Low Error ............................................................................. 26 Failure code [CA2271] EGR Valve Pos Sens High Error ................................................................... 28 Failure code [CA2272] EGR Valve Pos Sens Low Error .................................................................... 30 Failure code [CA2351] EGR Valve Sol Current High Error ................................................................ 32 Failure code [CA2352] EGR Valve Sol Current Low Error ................................................................. 34 Failure code [CA2555] Grid Htr Relay Volt Low Error ........................................................................ 35 Failure code [CA2556] Grid Htr Relay Volt High Error ....................................................................... 36 Failure code [D110KA] Battery relay: Disconnection.......................................................................... 38 Failure code [D110KB] Battery Relay: Drive Short Circuit.................................................................. 40 Failure code [D130KA] Neutral relay: Disconnection ......................................................................... 42 Failure code [D130KB] Neutral relay: Short circuit............................................................................. 44 Failure code [D161KA] Back-up alarm relay: Disconnection.............................................................. 46 Failure code [D161KB] Back-up alarm relay: Short circuit ................................................................. 48 Failure code [D190KA] ACC signal relay: Disconnection................................................................... 50 Failure code [D190KB] ACC signal relay: Short circuit ...................................................................... 52 Failure code [D5ZKKX] Throttle Dial: Out of normal range ................................................................ 54 Failure code [DAFRKR] CAN Disconnection (Monitor) ...................................................................... 56 Failure code [DB2RKR] CAN Disconnection (Engine controller) ....................................................... 58 Failure code [DB90KK] WE controller: Source voltage reduction ...................................................... 60 Failure code [DB90KR] PT controller: Can communication lost......................................................... 62
2
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00718-01
Troubleshooting by failure and error codes, Part 3
1
Failure code [CA731] Eng Bkup Speed Sens Phase Error
1
Action code
Failure code
E03
CA731
Trouble
Eng Bkup Speed Sens Phase Error (Engine controller system)
Contents of trouble
• Engine Bkup sensor circuit detected phase error.
Action of controller
• Controls with signals of engine Ne speed sensor.
Problem that appears on machine
• Running engine stops (when Ne speed sensor is also abnormal). • Stopped engine cannot be started (when Ne speed sensor is also abnormal).
Related information
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting
1
Defective engine Ne speed sensor system
Engine Ne speed sensor may be defective. Carry out troubleshooting for failure code [CA689].
2
Defective engine Bkup speed sensor system
Engine Bkup speed sensor may be defective. Carry out troubleshooting for failure code [CA778].
Failure code [CA757] All Continuous Data Lost Error Action code
Failure code
E04
CA757
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine
Trouble
1
All Continuous Data Lost Error (Engine controller system)
• All data in engine controller are lost. • None in particular. • Engine continues operation normally, but it may stop during operation or may not be able to start.
Related information Possible causes and standard value in normal state
D155AX-6
Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting Carry out troubleshooting for failure code [CA111].
3
SEN00718-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [CA778] Eng Bkup Speed Sensor Error Action code
Failure code
E03
CA778
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine
Trouble
1
Eng Bkup Speed Sensor Error (Engine controller system)
• Trouble occurred in engine Bkup speed sensor circuit. • Operates with signals of Ne speed sensor. • Running engine stops (when Ne speed sensor is also abnormal). • Stopped engine cannot be started (when Ne speed sensor is also abnormal).
Related information Cause 1
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting
Defective sensor power sup- If code [CA187] or [CA227] is indicated, carry out troubleshooting ply system for it first. a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring 2 or defective contact in connector)
Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) (37) – G (female) (1)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) (47) – G (female) (2)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) (26) – G (female) (3)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) Ground fault in wiring har(37) – G (female) (1) and chassis ground 3 ness (Contact with GND cirWiring harness between EGC1 (female) cuit) (47) – G (female) (2) and chassis ground
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) (26) – G (female) (3) and chassis ground
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Short circuit in wiring har4 ness (with another wiring harness)
Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) (37) – G (female) (1) and between EGC1 (female) (47) – G (female) (2)
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) (37) – G (female) (1) and between EGC1 (female) (26) – G (female) (3)
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Chassis ground between EGC1 (female) (47) – G (female) (2) and between EGC1 (female) (29) – G (female) (3)
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Defective mount of sensor or Check Bkup speed sensor directly for defective mount (defective 5 defective rotation sensing clearance) or check rotation sensing part (in supply pump) directly part for defect. 6
Defective engine Bkup speed sensor
7 Defective engine controller
4
If causes 1 – 5 are not detected, engine Bkup speed sensor may be defective. (Since trouble is in system, troubleshooting cannot be carried out.) If causes 1 – 5 are not detected, engine controller may be defective. (Since trouble is in system, troubleshooting cannot be carried out.)
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00718-01
Circuit diagram related to engine Bkup speed sensor
D155AX-6
5
SEN00718-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [CA1228] EGR Valve Servo Error 1 Action code
Failure code
E02
CA1228
Contents of trouble Action of controller
Trouble
1
EGR Valve Servo Error 1 (Engine controller system)
• Trouble (level 1) occurred in EGR valve servo. • Performs open control.
Problem that appears on machine Related information
• Operating condition of EGR valve can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 18100 EGR Valve Position) Cause 1 Defective related system
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting If another failure code is indicated, carry out troubleshooting for it. a For check of engine oil pressure, see Testing and adjusting, Measuring engine oil pressure.
Defective engine oil pressure 2 system (main circuit) Possible causes and standard value in normal state
6
Engine
Engine oil pressure
Low idle
0.08 MPa {0.8 kg/cm2 }
High idle
0.21 MPa {2.1 kg/cm2 }
If engine oil pressure is abnormal, carry out troubleshooting for "S12 Oil pressure lowers" in S mode. 3
Defective oil pump for EGR valve
Check oil pump and relief valve for EGR valve circuit directly.
4
Defective oil feed piping for EGR valve
Check oil feed piping for EGR valve circuit directly.
5
Defective oil return piping for Check oil return piping for EGR valve circuit directly. EGR valve
6 Defective EGR valve
Check mechanical section of EGR valve directly.
7 Defective engine controller
If causes 1 – 6 are not detected, engine controller may be defective. (Since trouble is in system, troubleshooting cannot be carried out.)
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00718-01
Failure code [CA1625] EGR Valve Servo Error 2 Action code
Failure code
E03
CA1625
Trouble
EGR Valve Servo Error 2 (Engine controller system)
Contents of trouble
• Trouble (level 2) occurred in EGR valve servo.
Action of controller
• Limits engine output and continues operation. • Closes EGR valve and bypass valve.
Problem that appears on machine Related information Possible causes and standard value in normal state
D155AX-6
1
• Engine output drops. • Operating condition of EGR valve can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 18100 EGR Valve Position) Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting Carry out troubleshooting for failure code [CA1228].
7
SEN00718-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [CA1626] BP Valve Sol Current High Error Action code
Failure code
E03
CA1626
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine
Trouble
1
BP Valve Sol Current High Error (Engine controller system)
• There is short circuit in drive circuit of bypass valve solenoid. • Limits engine output and continues operation. • Closes EGR valve and bypass valve. • Engine output drops.
Related information Cause Defective bypass valve sole1 noid (Internal trouble)
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. BP (male)
Resistance
Between (1) – (2)
10 – 21 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) Resis2 Max. 1 z or defective contact in con- (31) – BP (female) (1) tance nector) Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) ResisMax. 1 z (11) – BP (female) (2) tance Possible causes and standard value in normal state
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Ground fault in wiring harWiring harness between EGC1 (female) 3 ness (Contact with GND cir(31) – BP (female) (1) and chassis ground cuit) Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) (11) – BP (female) (2) and chassis ground
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. 4
Hot short (Short circuit with Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) 24V circuit) in wiring harness (31) - BP (female) (1) and chassis ground
Voltage
Max. 1 V
Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) (11) – BP (female) (2) and chassis ground
Voltage
Max. 1 V
5 Defective engine controller
8
Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. EGC1 (female)
Resistance
Between (31) – (11)
10 – 21 z
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00718-01
Circuit diagram related to bypass valve solenoid & lift sensor
D155AX-6
9
SEN00718-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [CA1627] BP Valve Sol Current Low Error Action code
Failure code
E03
CA1627
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine
Trouble
1
BP Valve Sol Current Low Error (Engine controller system)
• There is disconnection in drive circuit of bypass valve solenoid. • Limits engine output and continues operation. • Closes EGR valve and bypass valve. • Engine output drops.
Related information Possible causes and standard value in normal state
10
Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting Carry out troubleshooting for failure code [CA1626].
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00718-01
Failure code [CA1628] Bypass Valve Servo Error 1 Action code
Failure code
E02
CA1628
Contents of trouble Action of controller
Trouble
1
Bypass Valve Servo Error 1 (Engine controller system)
• Trouble (level 1) occurred in bypass valve servo. • Performs open control.
Problem that appears on machine Related information
• Operating condition of bypass valve can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 18200 BPS Valve Position) Cause 1 Defective related system
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting If another failure code is indicated, carry out troubleshooting for it. a For check of engine oil pressure, see Testing and adjusting, Measuring engine oil pressure.
Defective engine oil pressure 2 system (main circuit) Possible causes and standard value in normal state
D155AX-6
Engine
Engine oil pressure
Low idle
0.08 MPa {0.8 kg/cm2 }
High idle
0.21 MPa {2.1 kg/cm2 }
If engine oil pressure is abnormal, carry out troubleshooting for "S– 12 Oil pressure lowers" in S mode. 3
Defective oil pump for bypass valve
Check oil pump and relief valve for bypass valve circuit directly.
4
Defective oil feed piping for bypass valve
Check oil feed piping for bypass valve circuit directly.
5
Defective oil return piping for Check oil return piping for bypass valve circuit directly. bypass valve
6 Defective bypass valve
Check mechanical section of bypass valve directly.
7 Defective engine controller
If causes 1 – 6 are not detected, engine controller may be defective. (Since trouble is in system, troubleshooting cannot be carried out.)
11
SEN00718-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [CA1619] Bypass Valve Servo Error 2 Action code
Failure code
E03
CA1619
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information Possible causes and standard value in normal state
12
Trouble
1
Bypass Valve Servo Error 2 (Engine controller system)
• Trouble (level 2) occurred in bypass valve servo. • Limits engine output and continues operation. • Closes EGR valve and bypass valve. • Engine output drops. • Operating condition of bypass valve can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 18200 BPS Valve Position) Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting Carry out troubleshooting for failure code [CA1628].
D155AX-6
SEN00718-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [CA1631] BP Valve Pos Sens High Error Action code
Failure code
E03
CA1631
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
1
BP Valve Pos Sens High Error (Engine controller system)
• Signal voltage in bypass valve lift sensor circuit is abnormally high. • Limits engine output and continues operation. • Closes EGR valve and bypass valve. • Engine output drops. • State of bypass valve lift sensor signal can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 18201 BPS Valve Pos Sens Volt) Cause 1
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting
Defective sensor power sup- If code [CA187] or [CA227] is indicated, carry out troubleshooting ply system for it first. a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON or start engine and carry out troubleshooting.
2
Defective bypass valve lift sensor (Internal trouble)
SBP Between (1) – (2)
Voltage Power supply
4.75 – 5.25 V
Sensor voltage is measured with wiring harness connected. Accordingly, if voltage is abnormal, check wiring harness and controller, too, for another cause of trouble, and then judge. a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring 3 or defective contact in connector) Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) (37) – SBP (female) (1)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) (38) – SBP (female) (2)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) (29) – SBP (female) (3), (4)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) (37) – SBP (female) (1) and chassis ground Ground fault in wiring har4 ness (Contact with GND cir- Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) cuit) (38) – SBP (female) (2) and chassis ground Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) (29) – SBP (female) (3), (4) and chassis ground
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Short circuit in wiring har5 ness (with another wiring harness)
14
Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) (37) – SBP (female) (1) and between EGC1 (female) (38) – SBP (female) (2)
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) (37) – SBP (female) (1) and between EGC1 (female) (29) – SBP (female) (3), (4)
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) (38) – SBP (female) (2) and between EGC1 (female) (29) – SBP (female) (3), (4)
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00718-01
Cause Possible causes and standard value in normal state
6 Defective engine controller
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON or start engine and carry out troubleshooting. EGC1
Voltage
Between (37) – (38)
4.75 – 5.25 V
Circuit diagram related to bypass valve solenoid & lift sensor
D155AX-6
15
SEN00718-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [CA1632] BP Valve Pos Sens Low Error Action code
Failure code
E03
CA1632
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information Possible causes and standard value in normal state
16
Trouble
1
BP Valve Pos Sens Low Error (Engine controller system)
• Signal voltage in bypass valve lift sensor circuit is abnormally low. • Limits engine output and continues operation. • Closes EGR valve and bypass valve. • Engine output drops. • State of bypass valve lift sensor signal can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 18201 BPS Valve Pos Sens Volt) Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting Carry out troubleshooting for failure code [CA1631].
D155AX-6
SEN00718-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [CA1633] KOMNET Datalink Timeout Error Action code E03 Contents of trouble Action of controller
Failure code CA1633
Trouble
1
KOMNET Datalink Timeout Error (Engine controller system)
• Trouble occurred in KOMNET (CAN) communication circuit between engine controller and machine monitor, power train controller, and work equipment controller. • Operates in default mode or maintains condition when abnormality occurs.
Problem that appears on machine Related information Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring 1 or defective contact in connector)
Wiring harness between CM02 (female) (8), (9) – EGC2 (female) (46), STC2 (female) (32) or WEC2 (female) (32)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between CM02 (female) (10) – EGC2 (female) (47), STC2 (female) (22) or WEC2 (female) (22)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Wiring harness between CM02 (female) (8), (9) – EGC2 (female) (46), STC2 (female) (32), WEC2 (female) (32), ACCN (female) Ground fault in wiring har(17), SRV (male) (3) or CA1 (female) (A) 2 ness (Contact with GND cirand chassis ground cuit) Wiring harness between CM02 (female) (10) – EGC2 (female) (47), STC2 (female) (22), WEC2 (female) (22), ACCN (female) (18), SRV (male) (10) or CA1 (female) (B) and chassis ground
Min. 1 Mz
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. Wiring harness between CM02 (female) (8), (9) – EGC2 (female) (46), STC2 (female) (32), WEC2 (female) (32), ACCN (female) Hot short (Contact with GND (17), SRV (male) (3) or CA1 (female) (A) 3 circuit) in wiring harness and chassis ground Wiring harness between CM02 (female) (10) – EGC2 (female) (47), STC2 (female) (22), WEC2 (female) (22), ACCN (female) (18), SRV (male) (10) or CA1 (female) (B) and chassis ground Defective CAN terminal 4 resistance (Internal disconnection or short circuit)
5 Defective engine controller
18
Resistance
Voltage
Max. 1 V
Voltage
Max. 1 V
Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. CA1 (male)
Resistance
Between (A) – (B)
Approx. 120 z
If causes 1 – 4 are not detected, engine controller may be defective. (Since trouble is in system, troubleshooting cannot be carried out.)
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00718-01
Circuit diagram related to CAN communication
D155AX-6
19
SEN00718-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [CA1642] EGR Inlet Press Sens Low Error Action code
Failure code
E01
CA1642
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information Possible causes and standard value in normal state
20
Trouble
1
EGR Inlet Press Sens Low Error (Engine controller system)
• Signal voltage in EGR inlet pressure sensor circuit is abnormally low. • Sets EGR inlet pressure to default value (102 kPa {1.04 kg/cm2}) and continues operation. • Limits engine output and continues operation. • Engine output drops. • State of EGR valve inlet pressure sensor signal can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 18001 EGR In Press Sens Volt) Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting Carry out troubleshooting for failure code [CA1653].
D155AX-6
SEN00718-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [CA1653] EGR Inlet Press Sens High Error Action code
Failure code
E01
CA1653
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
1
EGR Inlet Press Sens High Error (Engine controller system)
• Signal voltage in EGR inlet pressure sensor circuit is abnormally high. • Sets EGR inlet pressure to default value (102 kPa {1.04 kg/cm2}) and continues operation. • Limits engine output and continues operation. • Engine output drops. • State of EGR valve inlet pressure sensor signal can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 18001 EGR In Press Sens Volt) Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting
Defective sensor power sup- If code [CA187] or [CA227] is indicated, carry out troubleshooting 1 ply system for it first. a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON or start engine and carry out troubleshooting. 2
Defective EGR inlet pressure sensor (Internal trouble)
PEVA Between (1) – (2)
Voltage Power supply
4.75 – 5.25 V
Sensor voltage is measured with wiring harness connected. Accordingly, if voltage is abnormal, check wiring harness and controller, too, for another cause of trouble, and then judge. a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring 3 or defective contact in connector)
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) (37) – PEVA (female) (1)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) (47) – PEVA (female) (2)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) (20) – PEVA (female) (3)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) (37) Ground fault in wiring har– PEVA (female) (1) and chassis ground 4 ness (Contact with GND cirWiring harness between EGC1 (female) (47) cuit) – PEVA (female) (2) and chassis ground
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) (20) – PEVA (female) (3) and chassis ground
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Short circuit in wiring har5 ness (with another wiring harness)
Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) (37) – PEVA (female) (1) and between EGC1 (female) (47) – PEVA (female) (2)
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) (37) – PEVA (female) (1) and between EGC1 (female) (20) – PEVA (female) (3)
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) (47) – PEVA (female) (2) and between EGC1 (female) (20) – PEVA (female) (3)
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON or start engine and carry out troubleshooting. 6 Defective engine controller
22
EGC1
Voltage
Between (37) – (47)
4.75 – 5.25 V
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00718-01
Circuit diagram related to EGR inlet pressure sensor
D155AX-6
23
SEN00718-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [CA2185] Throt Sens Sup Volt High Error Action code
Failure code
E03
CA2185
Contents of trouble Action of controller
Trouble
1
Throt Sens Sup Volt High Error (Engine controller system)
• Signal voltage in throttle sensor power supply (5 V) circuit is abnormally high. • Sets throttle position with signal of fuel control dial and continues operation.
Problem that appears on machine Related information Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting.
1
Defective fuel control dial (Internal trouble)
Disconnect devices at right in order. If "E" of failure code disappears when a device is disconnected, that device has trouble in it.
Decelerator pedal potentiometer
DCL connector
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring Wiring harness between EGC2 (female) 2 or defective contact in con- (22) – DCL (female) (B) nector) Wiring harness between EGC2 (female) (23) – DCL (female) (C)
Max. 1 z
Resistance
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Ground fault in wiring harWiring harness between EGC2 (female) 3 ness (Contact with GND cir(22) – DCL (female) (B) and chassis ground cuit) Wiring harness between EGC2 (female) (23) – DCL (female) (C) and chassis ground Short circuit in wiring har4 ness (with another wiring harness)
5 Defective engine controller
24
Resistance
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Wiring harness between EGC2 (female) (22) – DCL (female) (B) and between EGC2 (female) (23) – DCL (female) (C)
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. EGC2
Voltage
Between (22) – (23)
4.75 – 5.25 V
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00718-01
Circuit diagram related to throttle sensor power supply of engine controller
D155AX-6
25
SEN00718-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [CA2186] Throt Sens Sup Volt Low Error Action code
Failure code
E03
CA2186
Contents of trouble Action of controller
Trouble
1
Throt Sens Sup Volt Low Error (Engine controller system)
• Signal voltage in throttle sensor power supply (5 V) circuit of engine controller is abnormally low. • Sets throttle position with signal of fuel control dial and continues operation.
Problem that appears on machine Related information Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting Carry out troubleshooting for failure code [CA2185].
Failure code [CA2249] Rail Press Very Low Error Action code
Failure code
E03
CA2249
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine
Trouble
1
Rail Press Very Low Error (Engine controller system)
• Very low pressure error (level 2) occurred in supply pump. • Limits common rail pressure. • Engine output drops.
Related information Possible causes and standard value in normal state
26
Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting Carry out troubleshooting for failure code [CA559].
D155AX-6
SEN00718-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [CA2271] EGR Valve Pos Sens High Error Action code
Failure code
E03
CA2271
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
1
EGR Valve Pos Sens High Error (Engine controller system)
• Signal voltage in EGR valve lift sensor circuit is abnormally high. • Limits engine output and continues operation. • Closes EGR valve and bypass valve. • Engine output drops. • State of EGR valve lift sensor signal can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 18101 EGR Valve Pos Sens Volt) Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting
Defective sensor power sup- If code [CA187] or [CA227] is indicated, carry out troubleshooting 1 ply for it first. a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON or start engine and carry out troubleshooting. 2
Defective EGR valve lift sensor (Internal trouble)
SEGR Between (1) – (2)
Voltage Power supply
4.75 – 5.25 V
Sensor voltage is measured with wiring harness connected. Accordingly, if voltage is abnormal, check wiring harness and controller, too, for another cause of trouble, and then judge. a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring 3 or defective contact in connector)
Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) (37) – SEGR (female) (1)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) (47) – SEGR (female) (2)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) (19) – SEGR (female) (3), (4)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) (37) – SEGR (female) (1) and chassis ground
Ground fault in wiring har4 ness (Contact with GND cir- Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) cuit) (47) – SEGR (female) (2) and chassis ground Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) (19) – SEGR (female) (3), (4) and chassis ground
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Short circuit in wiring har5 ness (with another wiring harness)
28
Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) (37) – SEGR (female) (1) and between EGC1 (female) (47) – SEGR (female) (2)
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) (37) – SEGR (female) (1) and between EGC1 (female) (19) – SEGR (female) (3), (4)
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) (47) – SEGR (female) (2) and between EGC1 (female) (19) – SEGR (female) (3), (4)
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00718-01
Cause Possible causes and standard value in normal state
6 Defective engine controller
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON or start engine and carry out troubleshooting. EGC1
Voltage
Between (37) – (47)
4.75 – 5.25 V
Circuit diagram related to EGR valve solenoid & lift sensor
D155AX-6
29
SEN00718-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [CA2272] EGR Valve Pos Sens Low Error Action code
Failure code
E03
CA2272
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information Possible causes and standard value in normal state
30
Trouble
1
EGR Valve Pos Sens Low Error (Engine controller system)
• Signal voltage in EGR valve lift sensor circuit is abnormally low. • Limits engine output and continues operation. • Closes EGR valve and bypass valve. • Engine output drops. • State of EGR valve lift sensor signal can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 18101 EGR Valve Pos Sens Volt) Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting Carry out troubleshooting for failure code [CA2271].
D155AX-6
SEN00718-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [CA2351] EGR Valve Sol Current High Error Action code
Failure code
E03
CA2351
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine
Trouble
1
EGR Valve Sol Current High Error (Engine controller system)
• There is short circuit in EGR valve solenoid drive circuit. • Limits engine output and continues operation. • Closes EGR valve and bypass valve. • Engine output drops.
Related information Cause Defective EGR valve sole1 noid (Internal trouble)
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. EGR (male)
Resistance
Between (1) – (2)
10 – 21 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) Resis2 Max. 1 z or defective contact in con- (22) – EGR (female) (1) tance nector) Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) ResisMax. 1 z (11) – EGR (female) (2) tance a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) Ground fault in wiring har(22) – EGR (female) (1) and chassis 3 ness (Contact with GND cirground cuit) Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) (11) – EGR (female) (2) and chassis ground
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) Hot short (Short circuit with (22) – EGR (female) (1) and chassis 4 24V circuit) in wiring harness ground
Voltage
Max. 1 V
Wiring harness between EGC1 (female) (11) – EGR (female) (2) and chassis ground
Voltage
Max. 1 V
5 Defective engine controller
32
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. EGC1 (female)
Resistance
Between (22) – (11)
10 – 21 z
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00718-01
Circuit diagram related to EGR valve solenoid & lift sensor
D155AX-6
33
SEN00718-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [CA2352] EGR Valve Sol Current Low Error Action code
Failure code
E03
CA2352
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine
Trouble
1
EGR Valve Sol Current Low Error (Engine controller system)
• There is disconnection in EGR valve solenoid drive circuit. • Limits engine output and continues operation. • Closes EGR valve and bypass valve. • Engine output drops.
Related information Possible causes and standard value in normal state
34
Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting Carry out troubleshooting failure code [CA2351].
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00718-01
Failure code [CA2555] Grid Htr Relay Volt Low Error Action code
Failure code
E01
CA2555
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information Possible causes and standard value in normal state
D155AX-6
Trouble
1
Grid Htr Relay Volt Low Error (Engine controller system)
• There is disconnection in intake air heater relay circuit. • None in particular. • Engine does not start easily at low temperature. • Engine coolant temperature can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 04107 Coolant Temperature) Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting Carry out troubleshooting failure code [CA2556].
35
SEN00718-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [CA2556] Grid Htr Relay Volt High Error Action code
Failure code
E01
CA2556
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
1
Grid Htr Relay Volt High Error (Engine controller system)
• There is short circuit in intake air heater relay. • None in particular. • Engine does not start easily at low temperature. • Engine controller has automatic preheating function, which is turned ON when engine coolant temperature is below -5 °C (for up to 30 seconds). • Engine coolant temperature can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 04107 Coolant Temperature) Cause
1
Defective intake air heater relay (Internal trouble)
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. PHR (male)
Resistance
Between (1) – (2)
200 – 400 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring Wiring harness between EGC2 (female) 2 or defective contact in con- (40) – PHR (female) (1) nector) Wiring harness between PHR (female) (2) – chassis ground (GND03)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Resistance
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshootGround fault in wiring haring without turning starting switch ON. 3 ness (Contact with GND cirWiring harness between EGC2 (female) Resiscuit) Min. 1 Mz (40) – PHR (female) (1) and chassis ground tance a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. 4 Defective engine controller
36
EGC2
Coolant temperature
Voltage
Between (40) – chassis ground
-5 °C or higher
Max. 1 V
Below -5 °C
20 – 30 V
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00718-01
Circuit diagram related to preheating/starting/charging of engine
D155AX-6
37
SEN00718-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [D110KA] Battery relay: Disconnection Action code
Failure code
–
D110KA
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
1
Battery relay: Disconnection (Power train controller system)
• Turns signal to battery relay holding circuit, no current flows. • Turns signal to battery relay holding circuit OFF. • Problem may occur in writing data into ROM (non-volatile memory) of each controller. • tate of battery relay holding circuit signal can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 60600 BR Hold Relay) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON o OFF. Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Defective battery relay (Inter1 nal disconnection) Battery relay Continuity Between terminals SW – BRE
There is continuity
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring Wiring harness between STC3 (female) (4) 2 or defective contact in con- – terminal SW nector) Wiring harness between terminal BRE and chassis ground
Max. 1 z
Resistance
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting.
3
4
38
Resistance
Hot short (Short circuit with 24V circuit) in wiring harness Wiring harness between STC3 (female) (4) – terminal SW, terminal 260, terminal AL/R or circuit branch end and chassis ground
Defective power train controller
Voltage
Max. 1 V
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. STC3
Starting switch
Voltage
Between (4) – chassis ground
OFF
Max. 1 V
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00718-01
Circuit diagram related to driving of battery relay
D155AX-6
39
SEN00718-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [D110KB] Battery Relay: Drive Short Circuit Action code
Failure code
–
D110KB
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
1
Battery Relay: Drive Short Circuit (Power train controller system)
• When signal was output to battery relay circuit, abnormal current flowed. • Turns signal to battery relay holding circuit OFF. • Problem may occur in writing data into ROM (non-volatile memory) of each controller. • State of battery relay holding circuit signal can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 60600 BR Hold Relay) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON o OFF. Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
1
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Battery relay
Continuity/Resistance
Between terminals SW – BRE
There is continuity
Between terminal SW – chassis ground
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Ground fault in wiring har2 ness (Contact with GND cir- Wiring harness between STC3 (female) (4) Resiscuit) Min. 1 Mz – terminal SW, terminal 260 or RSD tance (female) (1) and chassis ground
3
40
Defective battery relay (Internal short circuit)
Defective power train controller
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. STC3
Starting switch
Voltage
Between (4) – chassis ground
ON
20 – 30 V
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00718-01
Circuit diagram related to driving of battery relay
D155AX-6
41
SEN00718-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [D130KA] Neutral relay: Disconnection Action code
Failure code
E02
D130KA
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
Neutral relay: Disconnection (Power train controller system)
• When ground circuit of neutral safety relay circuit is disconnected, no current flows. • Turns output of neutral safety relay circuit OFF. • Engine cannot be started. • State of neutral safety relay circuit signal can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 59099 T/M Lock Relay) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Operate parking brake lever (Free). • This failure code detects abnormality on primary side (coil side) of neutral safety relay but does not detect abnormality on secondary side (contact side). Cause 1 Defective fuse (FS2-5) Defective neutral safety relay 2 (Internal disconnection)
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
1
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting If fuse is broken, circuit probably has ground fault (See cause 4). a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. NSF (male)
Resistance
Between (1) – (2)
300 – 600 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring Wiring harness between STC2 (female) (8) Resis3 Max. 1 z or defective contact in con- – NSF (female) (2) tance nector) Wiring harness between NSF (female) (1) – ResisMax. 1 z FS21 (5) tance a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Ground fault in wiring harWiring harness between STC2 (female) (8) 4 ness (Contact with GND cir- – NSF (female) (2) and chassis ground cuit) Wiring harness between NSF (female) (1) – FS21 (5) or circuit branch end and chassis ground
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. 5
42
Defective power train controller
STC2
Parking brake lever
Voltage
Between (8) – chassis ground
Lock
Max. 1 V
Free
20 – 30 V
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00718-01
Circuit diagram related to neutral safety relay
D155AX-6
43
SEN00718-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [D130KB] Neutral relay: Short circuit Action code
Failure code
E02
D130KB
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
1
Neutral relay: Short circuit (Power train controller system)
• When ground circuit of neutral safety relay was disconnected, abnormal current flowed. • Turns output of neutral safety relay circuit OFF. • Engine cannot be started. • State of neutral safety relay circuit signal can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 59099 T/M Lock Relay) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Operate parking brake lever (Free). • This failure code detects abnormality on primary side (coil side) of neutral safety relay but does not detect abnormality on secondary side (contact side). Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Defective neutral safety relay 1 (Internal short circuit) NSF (male) Resistance 300 – 600 z
Between (1) – (2) Possible causes and standard value in normal state
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. Hot short (Short circuit with 2 24V circuit) in wiring harness Wiring harness between STC2 (female) (8) Voltage Max. 1 V – NSF (female) (2) and chassis ground a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. 3
44
Defective power train controller
STC2
Parking brake lever
Voltage
Between (8) – chassis ground
Lock
Max. 1 V
Free
20 – 30 V
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00718-01
Circuit diagram related to neutral safety relay
D155AX-6
45
SEN00718-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [D161KA] Back-up alarm relay: Disconnection Action code
Failure code
E01
D161KA
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
Back-up alarm relay: Disconnection (Power train controller system)
• When ground circuit of back-up alarm relay circuit is disconnected, no current flows. • Turns output of back-up alarm relay circuit OFF. • Back-up alarm does not sound • State of back-up alarm relay circuit signal can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 70400 Back Alarm Relay) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Operate PCCS lever (R: Reverse). • This failure code detects abnormality on primary side (coil side) of back-up alarm relay but does not detect abnormality on secondary side (contact side). Cause 1 Defective fuse (FS1-2) Defective back-up alarm 2 relay (Internal disconnection)
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
1
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting If fuse is broken, circuit probably has ground fault (See cause 4). a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. BKA (male)
Resistance
Between (1) – (2)
300 – 600 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring Wiring harness between STC2 (female) (18) Resis3 Max. 1 z or defective contact in con- – BKA (female) (2) tance nector) Wiring harness between BKA (female) (1) – ResisMax. 1 z FS12 (2) tance a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Ground fault in wiring harWiring harness between STC2 (female) (18) 4 ness (Contact with GND cir- – BKA (female) (2) or circuit branch end and cuit) chassis ground Wiring harness between BKA (female) (1), (3) – FS12 (2) and chassis ground
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. 5
Defective power train controller
STC2 Between (18) – chassis ground
46
PCCS lever (Directional)
Voltage
N
20 – 30 V
R (Reverse)
Max. 1 V
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00718-01
Circuit diagram related to back-up alarm relay
D155AX-6
47
SEN00718-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [D161KB] Back-up alarm relay: Short circuit Action code
Failure code
E01
D161KB
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
Back-up alarm relay: Short circuit (Power train controller system)
• When ground circuit of back-up alarm relay was disconnected, abnormal current flowed. • Turns output of back-up alarm relay circuit OFF. • Back-up alarm does not sound. • State of back-up alarm relay circuit signal can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 70400 Back Alarm Relay) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Operate PCCS lever (R: Reverse) • This failure code detects abnormality on primary side (coil side) of back-up alarm relay but does not detect abnormality on secondary side (contact side). Cause
1
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
1
Defective back-up alarm relay (Internal short circuit)
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. BKA (male)
Resistance
Between (1) – (2)
300 – 600 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting.
2
Hot short (Short circuit with 24V circuit) in wiring harness Wiring harness between STC2 (female) (18) – BKA (female) (2) or circuit branch end and chassis ground
Voltage
Max. 1 V
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. 3
Defective power train controller
STC2 Between (18) – chassis ground
48
PCCS lever (Directional)
Voltage
N
20 – 30 V
R (Reverse)
Max. 1 V
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00718-01
Circuit diagram related to back-up alarm relay
D155AX-6
49
SEN00718-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [D190KA] ACC signal relay: Disconnection Action code
Failure code
–
D190KA
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
1
ACC signal relay: Disconnection (Power train controller system)
• When ground circuit of ACC signal drive relay circuit is disconnected, no current flows. • Turns signal to ACC signal drive relay circuit OFF. • Turbo-timer function does not operate (if turbo-timer is installed). • Machine is not affected particularly (if turbo-timer is not installed). • State of ACC signal drive relay circuit signal can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 60500 ENG Hold Relay) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON o OFF (if turbo-timer is installed). • This failure code detects abnormality on primary side (coil side) of ACC signal drive relay but does not detect abnormality on secondary side (contact side). Cause
1
Defective ACC signal drive relay (Internal disconnection)
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. EHL (male)
Resistance
Between (1) – (2)
200 – 400 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring Wiring harness between STC2 (female) (9) 2 or defective contact in con- – EHL (female) (2) nector) Wiring harness between EHL (female) (1) – branch point (J)
3
4
50
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Resistance
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting.
Hot short (Short circuit with 24V circuit) in wiring harness Wiring harness between STC2 (female) (9) – EHL (female) (2) and chassis ground Defective power train controller
Voltage
Max. 1 V
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. STC2 (female)
Resistance
Between (9) – chassis ground
200 – 400 z
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00718-01
Circuit diagram related to ACC signal drive relay
D155AX-6
51
SEN00718-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [D190KB] ACC signal relay: Short circuit Action code
Failure code
–
D190KB
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
• Turns output of ACC signal drive relay circuit OFF. • Turbo-timer function does not operate (if turbo-timer is installed). • Machine is not affected particularly (if turbo-timer is not installed). • State of ACC signal drive relay circuit signal can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 60500 ENG Hold Relay) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON o OFF (if turbo-timer is installed). • This failure code detects abnormality on primary side (coil side) of ACC signal drive relay but does not detect abnormality on secondary side (contact side).
1
Defective ACC signal drive relay (Short circuit)
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. EHL (male)
Resistance
Between (1) – (2)
200 – 400 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshootGround fault in wiring haring without turning starting switch ON. 2 ness (Contact with GND cirWiring harness between STC2 (female) (9) Resiscuit) 1 Mz – EHL (female) (2) and chassis ground tance
3
52
ACC signal relay: Short circuit (Power train controller system)
• When ground circuit of ACC signal drive relay was disconnected, abnormal current flowed.
Cause
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
1
Defective power train controller
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. STC2 (female)
Resistance
Between (9) – chassis ground
200 – 400 z
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00718-01
Circuit diagram related to ACC signal drive relay
D155AX-6
53
SEN00718-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [D5ZKKX] Throttle Dial: Out of normal range Action code
Failure code
E03
D5ZKKX
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
1
Throttle Dial: Out of normal range (Power train controller system)
• Signal voltage of fuel control dial is below 0.30 V or above 4.55 V. • Continues control with decelerator pedal potentiometer signal. • Limits operation of engine and transmission. • Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to F1 and R1. • State of fuel control dial can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 03000 Fuel Dial Sensor) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON. Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting
Defective sensor 5V power 1 supply system
If failure code [DBE7KK] is also displayed, carry out troubleshooting for it first. a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Defective fuel control dial 2 (Internal disconnection or short circuit)
DIAL (male)
Resistance
Between (1) – (3)
4.0 – 6.0 kz
Between (1) – (2)
0.25 – 7.0 kz
Between (2) – (3)
0.25 – 7.0 kz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring Wiring harness between STC1 (female) (22) 3 or defective contact in con- – DIAL (female) (1) nector) Wiring harness between STC1 (female) (1) –DIAL (female) (2)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Resistance
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshootGround fault in wiring haring without turning starting switch ON. 4 ness (Contact with GND cirWiring harness between STC1 (female) (1) Resiscuit) Min. 1 Mz – DIAL (female) (2) and chassis ground tance a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. Hot short (Contact with GND 5 circuit) in wiring harness Wiring harness between STC1 (female) (1) Voltage Max. 1 V – DIAL (female) (2) and chassis ground
6
54
Defective power train controller
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. STC1
Voltage
Between (1) – (21)
0.30 – 4.33 V
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00718-01
Circuit diagram related to fuel control dial
D155AX-6
55
SEN00718-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DAFRKR] CAN Disconnection (Monitor) Action code E03 Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Failure code DAFRKR
Trouble
1
CAN Disconnection (Monitor) (Machine monitor system)
• Machine monitor cannot recognize engine controller, power train controller, or work equipment controller in CAN communication circuit. • Limits operation of engine and transmission. • System may not operate normally. • Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to F1 and R1. • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON.
Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring 1 or defective contact in connector)
Wiring harness between CM02 (female) (8), (9) – EGC2 (female) (46), STC2 (female) (32) or WEC2 (female) (32)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between CM02 (female) (10) – EGC2 (female) (47), STC2 (female) (22) or WEC2 (female) (22)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Wiring harness between CM02 (female) (8), (9) – EGC2 (female) (46), STC2 (female) (32), WEC2 (female) (32), ACCN (female) Ground fault in wiring har(17), SRV (male) (3) or CA1 (female) (A) 2 ness (Contact with GND cirand chassis ground cuit) Wiring harness between CM02 (female) (10) – EGC2 (female) (47), STC2 (female) (22), WEC2 (female) (22), ACCN (female) (18), SRV (male) (10) or CA1 (female) (B) and chassis ground
Min. 1 Mz
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. Wiring harness between CM02 (female) (8), (9) – EGC2 (female) (46), STC2 (female) (32), WEC2 (female) (32), ACCN (female) Hot short (Short circuit with (17), SRV (male) (3) or CA1 (female) (A) 3 24V circuit) in wiring harness and chassis ground
Voltage
Max. 1 V
Wiring harness between CM02 (female) (10) – EGC2 (female) (47), STC2 (female) (22), WEC2 (female) (22), ACCN (female) (18), SRV (male) (10) or CA1 (female) (B) and chassis ground
Voltage
Max. 1 V
Defective CAN terminal 4 resistance (Internal disconnection or short circuit)
Defective machine monitor 5 or controller
56
Resistance
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. CA1 (male)
Resistance
Between (A) – (B)
Approx. 120 z
If causes 1 – 4 are not detected, machine monitor, engine controller, power train controller or work equipment controller may be defective. (Since trouble is in system, troubleshooting cannot be carried out.)
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00718-01
Circuit diagram related to CAN communication
D155AX-6
57
SEN00718-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DB2RKR] CAN Disconnection (Engine controller) Action code
Failure code
E03
DB2RKR
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
1
CAN Disconnection (Engine controller) (Power train controller system)
• Power train controller cannot recognize engine controller in CAN communication circuit. • Limits operation of engine and transmission. • System may not operate normally. • Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to F1 and R1. • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON.
Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring 1 or defective contact in connector)
Wiring harness between CM02 (female) (8), (9) – EGC2 (female) (46), STC2 (female) (32) or WEC2 (female) (32)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between CM02 (female) (10) – EGC2 (female) (47), STC2 (female) (22) or WEC2 (female) (22)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Wiring harness between CM02 (female) (8), (9) – EGC2 (female) (46), STC2 (female) (32), WEC2 (female) (32), ACCN (female) Ground fault in wiring har(17), SRV (male) (3) or CA1 (female) (A) 2 ness (Contact with GND cirand chassis ground cuit) Wiring harness between CM02 (female) (10) – EGC2 (female) (47), STC2 (female) (22), WEC2 (female) (22), ACCN (female) (18), SRV (male) (10) or CA1 (female) (B) and chassis ground
Min. 1 Mz
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. Wiring harness between CM02 (female) (8), (9) – EGC2 (female) (46), STC2 (female) (32), WEC2 (female) (32), ACCN (female) Hot short (Contact with GND (17), SRV (male) (3) or CA1 (female) (A) 3 circuit) in wiring harness and chassis ground Wiring harness between CM02 (female) (10) – EGC2 (female) (47), STC2 (female) (22), WEC2 (female) (22), ACCN (female) (18), SRV (male) (10) or CA1 (female) (B) and chassis ground Defective CAN terminal 4 resistance (Internal disconnection or short circuit)
5
58
Resistance
Defective engine controller or power train controller
Voltage
Max. 1 V
Voltage
Max. 1 V
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. CA1 (male)
Resistance
Between (A) – (B)
Approx. 120 z
If causes 1 – 4 are not detected, engine controller or power train controller may be defective. (Since trouble is in system, troubleshooting cannot be carried out.)
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00718-01
Circuit diagram related to CAN communication
D155AX-6
59
SEN00718-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DB90KK] WE controller: Source voltage reduction Action code
Failure code
E04
DB90KK
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
1
WE controller: Source voltage reduction (Work equipment controller system)
• Source voltage of work equipment controller is below 17 V. • Limits operation of engine and transmission. • • • •
Machine monitor may not display normally. Relays and solenoids may not be driven and system may not operate normally. Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). Once machine is stopped, it cannot travel at all.
• Source voltage of work equipment controller can be checked with adjusting function. (Code: 2022) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON. Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting
Defective circuit breaker If circuit breaker is turned OFF, circuit probably has ground fault 1 (CB2, CB7, CB30 or CB105) (See cause 3). a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Wiring harness between WEC3 (female) (1), (11) – CB7 (2)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between CB7 (1) – CB30 (B30S)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between CB105 (B105L) – terminal BRC
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between WEC3 (female) (21), (31), (32), (33) – chassis ground (GND11)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between CB30 (B30L) – terDisconnection in wiring har- minal BRB ness (Disconnection in wiring 2 or defective contact in con- Wiring harness between WEC3 (female) (2), (12), (22) – CB2 (2) nector) Wiring harness between CB2 (1) – CB105 (B105S)
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Wiring harness between WEC3 (female) (1), (11) – CB7 (2) or circuit branch end and chassis ground
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Wiring harness between CB7 (1) – CB30 (B30S) or circuit branch end and chassis ground
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Wiring harness between CB2 (1) – CB105 (B105S) or circuit branch end and chassis ground
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Wiring harness between CB105 (B105L) – terminal BRC and chassis ground
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Ground fault in wiring harWiring harness between CB30 (B30L) – ter3 ness (Contact with GND cirminal BRB and chassis ground cuit) Wiring harness between WEC3 (female) (2), (12), (22) – CB2 (2) or WEPW (female) (A) and chassis ground
60
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00718-01
Cause
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Defective work equipment 4 controller
WEC3
Starting switch
Voltage
Between (1), (11) – (21), (31), (32), (33)
OFF
20 – 30 V
Between (2), (12), (22) – (21), (31), (32), (33)
ON
20 – 30 V
Circuit diagram related to work equipment controller power supply
D155AX-6
61
SEN00718-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DB90KR] PT controller: Can communication lost Action code E03 Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Failure code DB90KR
Trouble
1
PT controller: Can communication lost (Power train controller system)
• Power train controller cannot recognize machine monitor, engine controller or work equipment controller in CAN communication circuit. • Limits operation of engine and transmission. • System may not operate normally. • Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to F1 and R1. • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON.
Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring 1 or defective contact in connector)
Wiring harness between CM02 (female) (8), (9) – EGC2 (female) (46), STC2 (female) (32) or WEC2 (female) (32)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between CM02 (female) (10) – EGC2 (female) (47), STC2 (female) (22) or WEC2 (female) (22)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Wiring harness between CM02 (female) (8), (9) – EGC2 (female) (46), STC2 (female) (32), WEC2 (female) (32), ACCN (female) Ground fault in wiring har(17), SRV (male) (3) or CA1 (female) (A) 2 ness (Contact with GND cirand chassis ground cuit) Wiring harness between CM02 (female) (10) – EGC2 (female) (47), STC2 (female) (22), WEC2 (female) (22), ACCN (female) (18), SRV (male) (10) or CA1 (female) (B) and chassis ground
Min. 1 Mz
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. Wiring harness between CM02 (female) (8), (9) – EGC2 (female) (46), STC2 (female) (32), WEC2 (female) (32), ACCN (female) Hot short (Contact with GND (17), SRV (male) (3) or CA1 (female) (A) 3 circuit) in wiring harness and chassis ground Wiring harness between CM02 (female) (10) – EGC2 (female) (47), STC2 (female) (22), WEC2 (female) (22), ACCN (female) (18), SRV (male) (10) or CA1 (female) (B) and chassis ground Defective CAN terminal 4 resistance (Internal disconnection or short circuit)
Defective machine monitor 5 or controller
62
Resistance
Voltage
Max. 1 V
Voltage
Max. 1 V
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. CA1 (male)
Resistance
Between (A) – (B)
Approx. 120 z
If causes 1 – 4 are not detected, machine monitor, engine controller, power train controller or work equipment controller may be defective. (Since trouble is in system, troubleshooting cannot be carried out.)
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00718-01
Circuit diagram related to CAN communication
D155AX-6
63
SEN00718-01
40 Troubleshooting
D155AX-6 Bulldozer Form No. SEN00718-01
© 2006 KOMATSU All Rights Reserved Printed in Japan 05-06 (02)
64
D155AX-6
SEN00719-01
BULLDOZER 1SHOP MANUAL
D155AX-6
Machine model
Serial number
D155AX-6
80001 and up
40 Troubleshooting
1
Troubleshooting by failure and error codes, Part 4 Troubleshooting by failure and error codes, Part 4 ......................................................................................... 3 Failure code [DB90KT] WE controller: Abnormality in controller.......................................................... 3 Failure code [DB95KK] WE controller: Source voltage reduction ........................................................ 4 Failure code [DB97KK] WE controller: Source voltage reduction ........................................................ 6 Failure code [DB99KQ] WE controller: Type select signal ................................................................... 8 Failure code [DB9RKR] WE controller: Can communication lost....................................................... 10 Failure code [DBE0KK] PT controller: Source voltage reduction ....................................................... 12 Failure code [DBE0KT] PT controller: Abnormality in controller......................................................... 14 Failure code [DBE6KK] PT controller: Source voltage reduction ....................................................... 16 Failure code [DBE7KK] PT controller: Source voltage reduction ....................................................... 18 Failure code [DBE9KQ] PT controller: Type select signal .................................................................. 20 Failure code [DD12KA] Shift up Sw: Disconnection........................................................................... 22 Failure code [DD12KB] Shift up Sw: Short circuit .............................................................................. 24 Failure code [DD13KA] Shift down Sw: Disconnection ...................................................................... 26
D155AX-6
1
SEN00719-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DD13KB] Shift down Sw: Short circuit.......................................................................... 28 Failure code [DD14KA] Parking lever Sw: Disconnection .................................................................. 30 Failure code [DD14KB] Parking lever Sw: Short circuit...................................................................... 32 Failure code [DDDDKA] Back up brake Sw: Disconnection............................................................... 34 Failure code [DDDDKB] Back up brake Sw: Short circuit .................................................................. 36 Failure code [DDDDKX] Back up brake Sw: Signal mismatch ........................................................... 38 Failure code [DDN7KA] WEQ Knob Sw (down): Disconnection ........................................................ 40 Failure code [DDN7KB] WEQ Knob Sw (down): Short circuit ............................................................ 42 Failure code [DDN9KA] WEQ Knob Sw (up): Disconnection ............................................................. 44 Failure code [DDN9KB] WEQ Knob Sw (up): Short circuit................................................................. 46 Failure code [DDNLKA] Weq lock Sw: Disconnection........................................................................ 48 Failure code [DDNLKB] Weq lock Sw: Short circuit ........................................................................... 50 Failure code [DDTSL1] S/C: Fill high ................................................................................................. 52 Failure code [DDTSLH] S/C: Fill low .................................................................................................. 54
2
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00719-01
Troubleshooting by failure and error codes, Part 4
1
Failure code [DB90KT] WE controller: Abnormality in controller
1
Action code
Failure code
E01
DB90KT
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
• Information in ROM (non-volatile memory) of work equipment controller is abnormal. • Sets internal adjustment values to default values. • Operating feel of work equipment may become bad. • Adjusting function of machine monitor may not operate normally. • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON.
Cause Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting
Turn Adjustment function in service mode ON and perform operation of reproducing trouble. If "E" of failure code disappears at this Defective adjustment of work time, system is normal. 1 equipment controller • Adjustment code: 0031 (Initialization of work equipment controller) 2
D155AX-6
WE controller: Abnormality in controller (Work equipment controller system)
Defective work equipment controller
Troubleshooting cannot be carried out since defect is in work equipment controller. (If there is not any visible trouble in machine, controller may be used as it is.)
3
SEN00719-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DB95KK] WE controller: Source voltage reduction Action code
Failure code
E03
DB95KK
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
1
WE controller: Source voltage reduction (Work equipment controller system)
• Voltage of 5V power supply circuit for work equipment controller sensors is below 4.5 V or above 5.5 V. • Abnormal current flowed in 5V power supply circuit for work equipment controller sensors. • Turns output of 5V power supply circuit OFF, if abnormal current flows. • Limits operation of engine and transmission. • System may not operate normally. • Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to F1 and R1. • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON.
Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting.
Defective work equipment 1 pump oil pressure sensor (Internal trouble)
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Ground fault in wiring har2 ness (Contact with GND circuit)
Disconnect devices at right in order. If "E" of failure code disappears when a device is disconnected, that device has trouble in it.
Work equipment pump oil pressure sensor
Connector HHP
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Wiring harness between WEC3 (female) (34) – HHP (female) (B) and chassis ground
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. Hot short (Short circuit with 3 24V circuit) in wiring harness Wiring harness between WEC3 (female) Voltage Max. 1 V (34) – HHP (female) (B) and chassis ground
4
4
Defective work equipment controller
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. WEC1, WEC3
Voltage
Between WEC3 (34) – WEC1 (21)
4.5 – 5.5 V
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00719-01
Circuit diagram related to work equipment controller 5V sensor power supply
D155AX-6
5
SEN00719-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DB97KK] WE controller: Source voltage reduction Action code
Failure code
E03
DB97KK
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
1
WE controller: Source voltage reduction (Work equipment controller system)
• Voltage of 5V power supply circuit for work equipment controller sensors is below 4.5 V or above 5.5 V. • Abnormal current flowed in 5V power supply circuit for work equipment controller sensors. • Turns output of 5V power supply circuit OFF, if abnormal current flows. • Limits operation of engine and transmission. • System may not operate normally. • Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to F1 and R1. • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON.
Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting.
Disconnect devices Defective blade control lever at right in order.If "E" Blade control lever 1 or ripper control lever (Inter- of failure code disapnal trouble) pears when a device is disconnected, that Ripper control device has trouble in lever it.
Connector WLV1
Connector WLV2
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Wiring harness between WEC1 (female) Ground fault in wiring har(22) – WLV1 (female) (4), (8) and chassis 2 ness (Contact with GND cirground [Blade control lever system] cuit) Wiring harness between WEC1 (female) (22) – WLV2 (female) (4), (8) and chassis ground [Ripper control lever system]
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. Wiring harness between WEC1 (female) Hot short (Short circuit with (22) – WLV1 (female) (4), (8) and chassis 3 24V circuit) in wiring harness ground [Blade control lever system]
Voltage
Max. 1 V
Wiring harness between WEC1 (female) (22) – WLV2 (female) (4), (8) and chassis ground [Ripper control lever system]
Voltage
Max. 1 V
4
6
Defective work equipment controller
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. WEC1
Voltage
Between WEC1(22) – (21)
4.5 – 5.5 V
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00719-01
Circuit diagram related to work equipment controller 5V sensor power supply
D155AX-6
7
SEN00719-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DB99KQ] WE controller: Type select signal Action code
Failure code
E04
DB99KQ
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
1
WE controller: Type select signal (Work equipment controller system)
• Specification setting in work equipment controller does not match to specification setting signal (Work equipment controller cannot be recognized). • Turns all outputs of work equipment controller OFF. • Limits operation of engine and transmission. • Machine does not move at all. • Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, it cannot travel at all. • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON.
Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting
Turn Adjustment function in service mode ON and perform operation of reproducing trouble. If "E" of failure code disapDefective adjustment of work pears at this time, system is normal. 1 equipment controller • Adjustment code: 0031 (Initialization of work equipment controller) Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Disconnection in wiring har- a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. ness (Disconnection in wiring 2 or defective contact in con- Wiring harness between WEC3 (female) ResisMax. 1 z nector) (30) – chassis ground (GND11) tance
3
Defective work equipment controller
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. WEC3
Voltage
Wiring harness between (30) – chassis ground
Max. 1 V
Circuit diagram related to work equipment controller type select power supply
8
D155AX-6
SEN00719-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DB9RKR] WE controller: Can communication lost Action code
Failure code
E03
DB9RKR
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
1
WE controller: Can communication lost (Work equipment controller system)
• Work equipment controller cannot recognize machine monitor, engine controller or power train controller in CAN communication circuit. • Limits operation of engine and transmission. • System may not operate normally. • Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to F1 and R1. • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON.
Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring 1 or defective contact in connector)
Wiring harness between CM02 (female) (8), (9) – EGC2 (female) (46), STC2 (female) (32) or WEC2 (female) (32)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between CM02 (female) (10) – EGC2 (female) (47), STC2 (female) (22) or WEC2 (female) (22)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Wiring harness between CM02 (female) (8), (9) – EGC2 (female) (46), STC2 (female) (32), WEC2 (female) (32), ACCN (female) Ground fault in wiring har(17), SRV(male) (3) or CA1 (female) (A) and 2 ness (Contact with GND circhassis ground cuit) Wiring harness between CM02 (female) (10) – EGC2 (female) (47), STC2 (female) (22), WEC2 (female) (22), ACCN (female) (18), SRV (male) (10) or CA1 (female) (B) and chassis ground
Min. 1 Mz
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. Wiring harness between CM02 (female) (8), (9) – EGC2 (female) (46), STC2 (female) (32), WEC2 (female) (32), ACCN (female) Hot short (Contact with GND (17), SRV (male) (3) or CA1 (female) (A) 3 circuit) in wiring harness and chassis ground Wiring harness between CM02 (female) (10) – EGC2 (female) (47), STC2 (female) (22), WEC2 (female) (22), ACCN (female) (18), SRV (male) (10) or CA1 (female) (B) and chassis ground Defective CAN terminal 4 resistance (Internal disconnection or short circuit)
Defective machine monitor 5 or controller
10
Resistance
Voltage
Max. 1 V
Voltage
Max. 1 V
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. CA1 (male)
Resistance
Between (A) – (B)
Approx. 120 z
If causes 1 – 4 are not detected, machine monitor, engine controller, power train controller or work equipment controller may be defective. (Since trouble is in system, troubleshooting cannot be carried out.)
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00719-01
Circuit diagram related to CAN communication
D155AX-6
11
SEN00719-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DBE0KK] PT controller: Source voltage reduction Action code
Failure code
E03
DBE0KK
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
1
PT controller: Source voltage reduction (Power train controller system)
• Source voltage of work equipment controller is below 17 V. • Limits operation of engine and transmission. • • • •
Machine monitor may not display normally. Relays and solenoids may not be driven and system may not operate normally. Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). Once machine is stopped, it cannot travel at all.
• Source voltage of power train controller can be checked with adjusting function. (Code: 2121) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON. Cause 1
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting
Defective circuit breaker If circuit breaker is turned OFF, circuit probably has ground fault (CB1, CB7, CB30 or CB105) (See cause 3). a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Wiring harness between STC3 (female) (1), (11) – CB7 (2)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between CB7 (1) – CB30 (B30S)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between CB105 (B105L) – terminal BRC
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between STC3 (female) (21), (31), (32), (33) – chassis ground (GND11)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between CB30 (B30L) – terDisconnection in wiring har- minal BRB ness (Disconnection in wiring 2 or defective contact in con- Wiring harness between STC3 (female) (2), (12), (22) – CB1 (2) nector) Wiring harness between CB1 (1) – CB105 (B105S)
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Wiring harness between STC3 (female) (1), (11) – CB7 (2) or circuit branch end and chassis ground
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Wiring harness between CB7 (1) – CB30 (B30S) or circuit branch end and chassis ground
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Wiring harness between CB1 (1) – CB105 (B105S) or circuit branch end and chassis ground
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Wiring harness between CB105 (B105L) – terminal BRC and chassis ground
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Ground fault in wiring harWiring harness between CB30 (B30L) – ter3 ness (Contact with GND cirminal BRB and chassis ground cuit) Wiring harness between STC3 (female) (2), (12), (22) – CB1 (2) or PL1 (female) (68) and chassis ground
12
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00719-01
Cause
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting.
Defective power train con4 troller
STC3
Starting switch
Voltage
Between (1), (11) – (21), (31), (32), (33)
OFF
20 – 30 V
Between (2), (12), (22) – (21), (31), (32), (33)
ON
20 – 30 V
Circuit diagram related to power train controller power supply
D155AX-6
13
SEN00719-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DBE0KT] PT controller: Abnormality in controller Action code
Failure code
E01
DBE0KT
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
• Sets internal adjustment values to default values. • Shifting feel of transmission may become bad. • Adjusting function may not operate normally. • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON.
Defective adjustment of 1 power train controller
2
14
PT controller: Abnormality in controller (Power train controller system)
• Information in ROM (non-volatile memory) of power train controller is abnormal.
Cause Possible causes and standard value in normal state
1
Defective power train controller
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting Turn Adjustment function in service mode ON and perform operation of reproducing trouble. If "E" of failure code disappears at this time, system is normal. • Adjustment code: 0002 (Initialization of power train controller) Troubleshooting cannot be carried out since defect is in power train controller. (If there is not any visible trouble in machine, controller may be used as it is.)
D155AX-6
SEN00719-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DBE6KK] PT controller: Source voltage reduction Action code
Failure code
E02
DBE6KK
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
1
PT controller: Source voltage reduction (Power train controller system)
• Voltage of 24V power supply circuit for power train controller sensors is below 17 V or above 30 V. • Abnormal current flowed in 24V power supply circuit for power train controller sensors. • Turns output of 24V power supply circuit OFF, if abnormal current flows. • Limits operation of engine and transmission. • System may not operate normally. • Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to F1 and R1. • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON.
Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Disconnect devices Defective pitch angle sensor at right in order. If 1 or torque converter pressure "E" of failure code sensor (Internal trouble) disappears when a device is disconnected, that device has trouble in it. Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Pitch angle sensor
Connector PT1
Torque converter inlet pressure sensor
Connector TIP
Torque converter outlet pressure sensor
Connector TOP
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Wiring harness between STC1 (female) (16) – PT1 (female) (C) [Pitch angle sensor system]
Ground fault in wiring har2 ness (Contact with GND cir- Wiring harness between STC1 (female) (16) cuit) – PIT (female) (B) [Torque converter inlet pressure sensor system] Wiring harness between STC1 (female) (16) – TOP (female) (B) [Torque converter outlet pressure sensor system] Defective power train con3 troller
16
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. STC1
Voltage
Between (16) – (21)
20 – 30 V
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00719-01
Circuit diagram related to power train controller 24V sensor power supply
D155AX-6
17
SEN00719-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DBE7KK] PT controller: Source voltage reduction Action code
Failure code
E02
DBE7KK
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
1
PT controller: Source voltage reduction (Power train controller system)
• Voltage of 5V power supply circuit for power train controller sensors is below 4.5 V or above 5.5 V. • Abnormal current flowed in 5V power supply circuit for power train controller sensors. • Turns output of 5V power supply circuit OFF, if abnormal current flows. • Limits operation of engine and transmission. • System may not operate normally. • Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to F1 and R1. • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON.
Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Disconnect devices Defective brake pedal poten- at right in order. If 1 tiometer, fuel control dial or "E" of failure code PCCS lever (Internal trouble) disappears when a device is disconnected, that device has trouble in it.
Brake pedal potentiometer
Connector BRK
Fuel control dial
Connector DIAL
PCCS lever
Connector TLV1
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Wiring harness between STC1 (female) (22) – BRK (female) (C) and chassis ground [Brake pedal potentiometer system]
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Ground fault in wiring har2 ness (Contact with GND cir- Wiring harness between STC1 (female) (22) cuit) – DIAL (female) (1) and chassis ground [Fuel control dial system] Wiring harness between STC1 (female) (22) – TLV1 (female) (4), (5) and chassis ground [PCCS lever system]
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. Wiring harness between STC1 (female) (22) – BRK (female) (C) and chassis ground [Brake pedal potentiometer system]
3
4
18
Voltage
Max. 1 V
Hot short (Short circuit with 24V circuit) in wiring harness Wiring harness between STC1 (female) (22) – DIAL (female) (1) and chassis ground [Fuel control dial system]
Voltage
Max. 1 V
Wiring harness between STC1 (female) (22) – TLV1 (female) (4), (5) and chassis ground [PCCS lever system]
Voltage
Max. 1 V
Defective power train controller
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. STC1
Voltage
Between (22) – (21)
4.5 – 5.5 V
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00719-01
Circuit diagram related to power train controller 5V sensor power supply
D155AX-6
19
SEN00719-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DBE9KQ] PT controller: Type select signal Action code
Failure code
E04
DBE9KQ
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
PT controller: Type select signal (Power train controller system)
• Specification setting in power train controller does not match to specification setting signal (Power train controller cannot be recognized). • Turns all outputs of power train controller OFF. • Limits operation of engine and transmission. • Machine does not move at all. • Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, it cannot travel at all. • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON.
1
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Trouble
1
Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting
Defective adjustment of power train controller
Turn Adjustment function in service mode ON and perform operation of reproducing trouble. If "E" of failure code disappears at this time, system is normal. • Adjustment code: 0002 (Initialization of power train controller)
Disconnection in wiring har- a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. ness (Disconnection in wiring 2 or defective contact in con- Wiring harness between STC3 (female) (30) ResisMax. 1 z nector) – chassis ground (GND11) tance
3
Defective power train controller
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. STC3
Voltage
Wiring harness between (30) – chassis ground
Max. 1 V
Circuit diagram related to work equipment controller type select power supply
20
D155AX-6
SEN00719-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DD12KA] Shift up Sw: Disconnection Action code
Failure code
E02
DD12KA
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
1
Shift up Sw: Disconnection (Power train controller system)
• Signals of 2 systems of shift-up switch circuit are turned OFF (opened) simultaneously. • Recognizes that shift-up switch is not pressed. • Transmission gear cannot be shifted up. • Auto shift-down function does not operate. • "NO" signal of 2 systems of switch is for sensing operation and "NC" signal is for detecting error. • State of shift-up switch signal can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 40905 T/M Sw Input 1) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Operate shift-up switch. Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
1
Defective shift-up switch (Internal disconnection)
SFTU (male)
Shift-up switch OFF (Released)
ON (Pressed)
Resistance between (3) – (2)
Max. 1 z
Min. 1 Mz
Resistance between (1) – (2)
Min. 1 Mz
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring 2 or defective contact in connector)
Wiring harness between STC3 (female) (9) – SFTU (female) (1)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between STC1 (female) (4) – SFTU (female) (2)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between STC1 (female) (12) – SFTU (female) (3)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. 3
Hot short (Short circuit with Wiring harness between STC3 (female) (9) 24V circuit) in wiring harness – SFTU (female) (1) and chassis ground
Voltage
Max. 1 V
Wiring harness between STC1 (female) (12) – SFTU (female) (3) and chassis ground
Voltage
Max. 1 V
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. STC1 ,STC3 4
22
Defective power train controller
Shift-up switch OFF (Released)
ON (Pressed)
Voltage between STC1 (12) – STC1 (4)
Max. 1 V
5 – 11 V
Voltage between STC3 (9) – STC1 (4)
5 – 11 V
Max. 1 V
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00719-01
Circuit diagram related to shift-up switch & shift-down switch
D155AX-6
23
SEN00719-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DD12KB] Shift up Sw: Short circuit Action code
Failure code
E02
DD12KB
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
1
Shift up Sw: Short circuit (Power train controller system)
• Signals of 2 systems of shift-up switch circuit are turned ON (closed) simultaneously. • Recognizes that shift-up switch is not pressed. • Transmission gear cannot be shifted up. • Auto shift-down function does not operate. • "NO" signal of 2 systems of switch is for sensing operation and "NC" signal is for detecting error. • State of shift-up switch signal can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 40905 T/M Sw Input 1) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Operate shift-up switch. Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
1
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Defective shift-up switch (Internal short circuit)
SFTU (male)
Shift-up switch OFF (Released)
ON (Pressed)
Resistance between (3) – (2)
Max. 1 z
Min. 1 Mz
Resistance between (1) – (2)
Min. 1 Mz
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Ground fault in wiring harWiring harness between STC3 (female) (9) 2 ness (Contact with GND cir– SFTU (female) (1) and chassis ground cuit) Wiring harness between STC1 (female) (12) – SFTU (female) (3) and chassis ground
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting.
3
24
Defective power train controller
STC1 ,STC3
Shift-up switch OFF (Released)
ON (Pressed)
Voltage between STC1 (12) – STC1 (4)
Max. 1 V
5 – 11 V
Voltage between STC3 (9) – STC1 (4)
5 – 11 V
Max. 1 V
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00719-01
Circuit diagram related to shift-up switch & shift-down switch
D155AX-6
25
SEN00719-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DD13KA] Shift down Sw: Disconnection Action code
Failure code
E02
DD13KA
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
1
Shift down Sw: Disconnection (Power train controller system)
• Signals of 2 systems of shift-down switch circuit are turned OFF (opened) simultaneously. • Recognizes that shift-down switch is not pressed. • Transmission gear cannot be shifted down. • Auto shift-down function does not operate. • "NO" signal of 2 systems of switch is for sensing operation and "NC" signal is for detecting error. • State of shift-down switch signal can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 40905 T/M Sw Input 1) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Operate shift-down switch. Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
1
Defective shift-down switch (Internal disconnection)
SFTD (female)
Shift-down switch OFF (Released)
ON (Pressed)
Resistance between (3) – (2)
Max. 1 z
Min. 1 Mz
Resistance between (1) – (2)
Min. 1 Mz
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring 2 or defective contact in connector)
Wiring harness between STC1 (female) (18) – SFTD (female) (1)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between STC1 (female) (4) – SFTD (female) (2)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between STC1 (female) (24) – SFTD (female) (3)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. 3
Hot short (Short circuit with Wiring harness between STC1 (female) (18) 24V circuit) in wiring harness – SFTD (female) (1) and chassis ground
Voltage
Max. 1 V
Wiring harness between STC1 (female) (24) – SFTD (female) (3) and chassis ground
Voltage
Max. 1 V
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting.
4
26
Defective power train controller
STC1
Shift-down switch OFF (Released)
ON (Pressed)
Voltage between (24) –- (4)
Max. 1 V
5 – 11 V
Voltage between (18) – (4)
5 – 11 V
Max. 1 V
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00719-01
Circuit diagram related to shift-up switch & shift-down switch
D155AX-6
27
SEN00719-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DD13KB] Shift down Sw: Short circuit Action code
Failure code
E02
DD13KB
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
1
Shift down Sw: Short circuit (Power train controller system)
• Signals of 2 systems of shift-down switch circuit are turned ON (closed) simultaneously. • Recognizes that shift-down switch is not pressed. • Transmission gear cannot be shifted down. • Auto shift-down function does not operate. • "NO" signal of 2 systems of switch is for sensing operation and "NC" signal is for detecting error. • State of shift-down switch signal can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 40905 T/M Sw Input 1) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Operate shift-down switch. Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
1
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Defective shift-down switch (Internal disconnection)
SFTD (female)
Shift-down switch OFF (Released)
ON (Pressed)
Resistance between (3) – (2)
Max. 1 z
Min. 1 Mz
Resistance between (1) – (2)
Min. 1 Mz
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Ground fault in wiring harWiring harness between STC1 (female) (18) 2 ness (Contact with GND cir– SFTD (female) (1) and chassis ground cuit) Wiring harness between STC1 (female) (24) – SFTD (female) (3) and chassis ground
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting.
3
28
Defective power train controller
STC1
Shift-down switch OFF (Released)
ON (Pressed)
Voltage between (24) – (4)
Max. 1 V
5 – 11 V
Voltage between (18) – (4)
5 – 11 V
Max. 1 V
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00719-01
Circuit diagram related to shift-up switch & shift-down switch
D155AX-6
29
SEN00719-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DD14KA] Parking lever Sw: Disconnection Action code
Failure code
E03
DD14KA
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
1
Parking lever Sw: Disconnection (Power train controller system)
• Signals of 2 systems of parking brake lever switch circuit are turned OFF (opened) simultaneously. • Recognizes that parking brake lever is in FREE position. • Limits operation of engine and transmission. • Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to F1 and R1. • "NO" signal of 2 systems of switch is for sensing operation and "NC" signal is for detecting error. • State of parking brake lever switch signal can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 40905 T/M Sw Input 1) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Operate parking brake lever. Cause 1 Defective fuse (FS2-5)
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting If fuse is broken, circuit probably has ground fault (See cause 4). a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
PKSW (male) Defective parking brake lever 2 switch (Internal disconnecResistance between tion) (A) – (B) Resistance between (A) – (C)
Parking brake lever FREE position
LOCK position
Max. 1 z
Min. 1 Mz
Min. 1 Mz
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring 3 or defective contact in connector)
Wiring harness between FS22 (2) – PKSW (female) (A)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between STC1 (female) (23) – PKSW (female) (B)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between STC1 (female) (17) – PKSW (female) (C)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Wiring harness between FS22 (2) – PKSW (female) (A) and chassis ground Ground fault in wiring har4 ness (Contact with GND cir- Wiring harness between STC1 (female) (23) cuit) – PKSW (female) (B) and chassis ground Wiring harness between STC1 (female) (17) – PKSW (female) (C), PKS (female) (1) or PKD (female) (1) and chassis ground
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. Defective power train con5 troller
30
STC1
Parking brake lever FREE position
LOCK position
Voltage between (23) – chassis ground
20 – 30 V
Max. 1 V
Voltage between (17) – chassis ground
Max. 1 V
20 – 30 V
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00719-01
Circuit diagram related to parking brake lever switch and solenoid valve
D155AX-6
31
SEN00719-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DD14KB] Parking lever Sw: Short circuit Action code
Failure code
E03
DD14KB
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
1
Parking lever Sw: Short circuit (Power train controller system)
• Signals of 2 systems of parking brake lever switch circuit are turned ON (closed) simultaneously. • Recognizes that parking brake lever is in FREE position. • Limits operation of engine and transmission. • Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to F1 and R1. • "NO" signal of 2 systems of switch is for sensing operation and "NC" signal is for detecting error. • State of parking brake lever switch signal can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 40905 T/M Sw Input 1) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Operate parking brake lever. Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. PKSW (male)
1
Defective parking brake lever switch (Internal short circuit) Resistance between (A) – (B) Resistance between (A) – (C)
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Parking brake lever FREE position
LOCK position
Max. 1 z
Min. 1 Mz
Min. 1 Mz
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. 2
Wiring harness between STC1 (female) (23) Hot short (Short circuit with – PKSW (female) (B) and chassis ground 24V circuit) in wiring harness Wiring harness between STC1 (female) (17) – PKSW (female) (C), PKS (female) (1) or PKD (female) (1) and chassis ground
Voltage
Max. 1 V
Voltage
Max. 1 V
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting.
3
32
Defective power train controller
STC1
Parking brake lever FREE position
LOCK position
Voltage between (23) – chassis ground
20 – 30 V
Max. 1 V
Voltage between (17) – chassis ground
Max. 1 V
20 – 30 V
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00719-01
Circuit diagram related to parking brake lever switch and solenoid valve
D155AX-6
33
SEN00719-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DDDDKA] Back up brake Sw: Disconnection Action code
Failure code
E02
DDDDKA
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
1
Back up brake Sw: Disconnection (Power train controller system)
• Signals of 2 systems of brake pedal switch circuit are turned OFF (opened) simultaneously. • Recognizes that brake pedal is not pressed. • Limits operation of engine and transmission. • Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to F1 and R1. • "NO" signal of 2 systems of switch is for sensing operation and "NC" signal is for detecting error. • State of brake pedal switch signal can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 40905 T/M Sw Input1) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Operate brake pedal. Cause 1 Defective fuse (FS2-1)
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting If fuse is broken, circuit probably has ground fault (See cause 4). a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. BKSW (male)
2
Defective brake pedal switch (Internal disconnection) Resistance between (A) – (B) Resistance between (A) – (C)
Brake pedal Released
Pressed
Max. 1 z
Min. 1 Mz
Min. 1 Mz
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring 3 or defective contact in connector)
Wiring harness between FS22 (1) – BKSW (female) (A)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between STC1 (female) (11) – BKSW (female) (B)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between STC1 (female) (5) – BKSW (female) (C)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Wiring harness between FS22 (1) – BKSW (female) (A) and chassis ground Ground fault in wiring har4 ness (Contact with GND cir- Wiring harness between STC1 (female) (11) cuit) – BKSW (female) (B) and chassis ground Wiring harness between STC1 (female) (5) – BKSW (female) (C), PBS (female) (1) or PBD (female) (1) and chassis ground
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. Defective power train con5 troller
34
STC1
Brake pedal Released
Pressed
Voltage between (11) – chassis ground
20 – 30 V
Max. 1 V
Voltage between (5) – chassis ground
Max. 1 V
20 – 30 V
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00719-01
Circuit diagram related to brake pedal switch and solenoid valve
D155AX-6
35
SEN00719-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DDDDKB] Back up brake Sw: Short circuit Action code
Failure code
E02
DDDDKB
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
1
Back up brake Sw: Short circuit (Power train controller system)
• Signals of 2 systems of brake pedal switch circuit are turned ON (closed) simultaneously. • Recognizes that brake pedal is not pressed. • Limits operation of engine and transmission. • Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to F1 and R1. • "NO" signal of 2 systems of switch is for sensing operation and "NC" signal is for detecting error. • State of brake pedal switch signal can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 40905 T/M Sw Input 1) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Operate brake pedal. Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. BKSW (male)
1
Defective brake pedal switch (Internal disconnection) Resistance between (A) – (B) Resistance between (A) – (C)
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Brake pedal Released
Pressed
Max. 1 z
Min. 1 Mz
Min. 1 Mz
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. 2
Wiring harness between STC1 (female) (11) Hot short (Short circuit with – BKSW (female) (B) and chassis ground 24V circuit) in wiring harness Wiring harness between STC1 (female) (5) – BKSW (female) (C), PBS (female) (1), or PBD (female) (1) and chassis ground
Voltage
Max. 1 V
Voltage
Max. 1 V
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting.
3
36
Defective power train controller
STC1
Brake pedal Released
Pressed
Voltage between (11) – chassis ground
20 – 30 V
Max. 1 V
Voltage between (5) – chassis ground
Max. 1 V
20 – 30 V
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00719-01
Circuit diagram related to brake pedal switch and solenoid valve
D155AX-6
37
SEN00719-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DDDDKX] Back up brake Sw: Signal mismatch Action code
Failure code
E02
DDDDKX
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
• None in particular. • Backup brake may not operate. • State of brake pedal potentiometer signal can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 50400 Brake Pedal Potentio) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Operate brake pedal.
1
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting
Defective brake pedal switch If failure code [DDDDKA] or [DDDDKB] is also displayed, carry out system troubleshooting for it first.
Adjust brake pedal and perform operation of reproducing trouble. 2 Defective brake pedal switch If "E" of failure code disappears at this time, system is normal. • Testing and adjusting item: Adjusting brake pedal 3
38
Back up brake Sw: Signal mismatch (Power train controller system)
• Brake pedal potentiometer signal does not match to brake pedal switch signal.
Cause
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
1
Defective power train controller
If causes 1 – 2 are not detected, power train controller may be defective. (Since trouble is in system, troubleshooting cannot be carried out.)
D155AX-6
SEN00719-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DDN7KA] WEQ Knob Sw (down): Disconnection Action code
Failure code
E02
DDN7KA
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
1
WEQ Knob Sw (down): Disconnection (Work equipment controller system)
• Signals of 2 systems of blade pitch switch circuit are turned OFF (opened) simultaneously. • Recognizes that blade pitch switch is not pressed. • Blade pitch function does not operate. • "NO" signal of 2 systems of switch is for sensing operation and "NC" signal is for detecting error. • State of blade pitch switch signal can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 70300 Blade Sw Input) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Operate blade pitch switch. Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
1
Defective blade pitch switch (Internal disconnection)
BNSL (female)
Blade pitch switch OFF (Released)
ON (Pressed)
Resistance between (3) – (2)
Max. 1 z
Min. 1 Mz
Resistance between (1) – (2)
Min. 1 Mz
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring 2 or defective contact in connector)
Wiring harness between WEC2 (female) (16) – BNSL (female) (1)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between WEC1 (female) (4) – BNSL (female) (2)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between WEC2 (female) (6) – BNSL (female) (3)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. 3
Wiring harness between WEC2 (female) Hot short (Short circuit with (16) – BNSL (female) (1) and chassis 24V circuit) in wiring harness ground Wiring harness between WEC2 (female) (6) – BNSL (female) (3) and chassis ground
Voltage
Max. 1 V
Voltage
Max. 1 V
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. WEC1, WEC2 4
40
Defective work equipment controller
Blade pitch switch OFF (Released)
ON (Pressed)
Voltage between WEC2 (6) – WEC1 (4)
Max. 1 V
5 – 11 V
Voltage between WEC2 (16) – WEC1 (4)
5 – 11 V
Max. 1 V
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00719-01
Circuit diagram related to blade float switch and blade pitch switch
D155AX-6
41
SEN00719-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DDN7KB] WEQ Knob Sw (down): Short circuit Action code
Failure code
E02
DDN7KB
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
1
WEQ Knob Sw (down): Short circuit (Work equipment controller system)
• Signals of 2 systems of blade pitch switch circuit are turned ON (closed) simultaneously. • Recognizes that blade pitch switch is not pressed. • Blade pitch function does not operate. • "NO" signal of 2 systems of switch is for sensing operation and "NC" signal is for detecting error. • State of blade pitch switch signal can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 70300 Blade Sw Input) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Operate blade pitch switch. Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
1
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Defective blade pitch switch (Internal short circuit)
BNSL (female)
Blade pitch switch OFF (Released)
ON (Pressed)
Resistance between (3) – (2)
Max. 1 z
Min. 1 Mz
Resistance between (1) – (2)
Min. 1 Mz
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Ground fault in wiring harWiring harness between WEC2 (female) 2 ness (Contact with GND cir- (16) – BNSL (female) (1) and chassis cuit) ground Wiring harness between WEC2 (female) (6) – BNSL (female) (3) and chassis ground
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. WEC1, WEC2 3
42
Defective work equipment controller
Blade pitch switch OFF (Released)
ON (Pressed)
Voltage between WEC2 (6) – WEC1 (4)
Max. 1 V
5 – 11 V
Voltage between WEC2 (16) – WEC1 (4)
5 – 11 V
Max. 1 V
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00719-01
Circuit diagram related to blade float switch and blade pitch switch
D155AX-6
43
SEN00719-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DDN9KA] WEQ Knob Sw (up): Disconnection Action code
Failure code
E01
DDN9KA
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
1
WEQ Knob Sw (up): Disconnection (Work equipment controller system)
• Signals of 2 systems of blade float switch circuit are turned OFF (opened) simultaneously. • Recognizes that blade float switch is not pressed. • Blade float function does not operate. • "NO" signal of 2 systems of switch is for sensing operation and "NC" signal is for detecting error. • State of blade float switch signal can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 70300 Blade Sw Input) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Operate blade float switch. Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
1
Defective blade float switch (Internal disconnection)
BNSU (male)
Blade float switch OFF (Released)
ON (Pressed)
Resistance between (3) – (2)
Max. 1 z
Min. 1 Mz
Resistance between (1) – (2)
Min. 1 Mz
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring 2 or defective contact in connector) Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Wiring harness between WEC2 (female) (36) – BNSU (female) (1)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between WEC1 (female) (4) – BNSU (female) (2)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between WEC2 (female) (26) – BNSU (female) (3)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. Wiring harness between WEC2 (female) Hot short (Short circuit with (36) – BNSU (female) (1) and chassis 3 24V circuit) in wiring harness ground
Voltage
Max. 1 V
Wiring harness between WEC2 (female) (26) – BNSU (female) (3) and chassis ground
Voltage
Max. 1 V
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. WEC1, WEC2 Defective work equipment 4 controller
44
Blade float switch OFF (Released)
ON (Pressed)
Voltage between WEC2 (26) – WEC1 (4)
Max. 1 V
5 – 11 V
Voltage between WEC2 (36) – WEC1 (4)
5 – 11 V
Max. 1 V
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00719-01
Circuit diagram related to blade float switch and blade pitch switch
D155AX-6
45
SEN00719-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DDN9KB] WEQ Knob Sw (up): Short circuit Action code
Failure code
E01
DDN9KB
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
1
WEQ Knob Sw (up): Short circuit (Work equipment controller system)
• Signals of 2 systems of blade float switch circuit are turned ON (closed) simultaneously. • Recognizes that blade float switch is not pressed. • Blade float function does not operate. • "NO" signal of 2 systems of switch is for sensing operation and "NC" signal is for detecting error. • State of blade float switch signal can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 70300 Blade Sw Input) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Operate blade float switch. Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
1
Defective blade float switch (Internal short circuit)
BNSU (male)
Blade float switch OFF (Released)
ON (Pressed)
Resistance between (3) – (2)
Max. 1 z
Min. 1 Mz
Resistance between (1) – (2)
Min. 1 Mz
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Wiring harness between WEC2 (female) Ground fault in wiring har(36) – BNSU (female) (1) and chassis 2 ness (Contact with GND cirground cuit) Wiring harness between WEC2 (female) (26) – BNSU (female) (3) and chassis ground
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. WEC1, WEC2 Defective work equipment 3 controller
46
Blade float switch OFF (Released)
ON (Pressed)
Voltage between WEC2 (26) – WEC1 (4)
Max. 1 V
5 – 11 V
Voltage between WEC2 (36) – WEC1 (4)
5 – 11 V
Max. 1 V
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00719-01
Circuit diagram related to blade float switch and blade pitch switch
D155AX-6
47
SEN00719-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DDNLKA] Weq lock Sw: Disconnection Action code
Failure code
E03
DDNLKA
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
1
Weq lock Sw: Disconnection (Work equipment controller system)
• Signals of 2 systems of work equipment lock lever switch circuit are turned OFF (opened) simultaneously. • Recognizes that work equipment lock lever is in FREE position. • Limits operation of engine and transmission. • Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to F1 and R1. • "NO" signal of 2 systems of switch is for sensing operation and "NC" signal is for detecting error. • State of blade float switch signal can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 70300 Blade Sw Input) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Operate work equipment lock lever. Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Defective work equipment 1 lock lever switch (Internal disconnection)
WELK (male)
Work equipment lock lever FREE position
LOCK position
Resistance between (B) – (A)
Max. 1 z
Min. 1 Mz
Resistance between (C) – (A)
Min. 1 Mz
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring 2 or defective contact in connector) Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Wiring harness between WEC1 (female) (10) – WELK (female) (A)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between WEC2 (female) (5) – WELK (female) (B)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between WEC2 (female) (15) – WELK (female) (C)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. 3
Wiring harness between WEC2 (female) (5) Hot short (Short circuit with – WELK (female) (B) and chassis ground 24V circuit) in wiring harness Wiring harness between WEC2 (female) (15) – WELK (female) (C) and chassis ground
Voltage
Max. 1 V
Voltage
Max. 1 V
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. WEC1, WEC2 Defective work equipment 4 controller
48
Work equipment lock lever FREE position
LOCK position
Voltage between WEC2 (5) – WEC1 (10)
Max. 1 V
5 – 11 V
Voltage between WEC2 (15) – WEC1 (10)
5 – 11 V
Max. 1 V
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00719-01
Circuit diagram related to work equipment lock lever switch
D155AX-6
49
SEN00719-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DDNLKB] Weq lock Sw: Short circuit Action code
Failure code
E03
DDNLKB
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
1
Weq lock Sw: Short circuit (Work equipment controller system)
• Signals of 2 systems of work equipment lock lever switch circuit are turned ON (closed) simultaneously. • Recognizes that work equipment lock lever is in FREE position. • Limits operation of engine and transmission. • Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to F1 and R1. • "NO" signal of 2 systems of switch is for sensing operation and "NC" signal is for detecting error. • State of blade float switch signal can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 70300 Blade Sw Input) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Operate work equipment lock lever. Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Defective work equipment 1 lock lever switch (Internal short circuit)
WELK (male)
Work equipment lock lever FREE position
LOCK position
Resistance between (B) – (A)
Max. 1 z
Min. 1 Mz
Resistance between (C) – (A)
Min. 1 Mz
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Ground fault in wiring harWiring harness between WEC2 (female) (5) 2 ness (Contact with GND cir- – WELK (female) (B) and chassis ground cuit) Wiring harness between WEC2 (female) (15) – WELK (female) (C) and chassis ground
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. WEC1, WEC2 Defective work equipment 3 controller
50
Work equipment lock lever FREE position
LOCK position
Voltage between WEC2 (5) – WEC1 (10)
Max. 1 V
5 – 11 V
Voltage between WEC2 (15) – WEC1 (10)
5 – 11 V
Max. 1 V
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00719-01
Circuit diagram related to work equipment lock lever switch
D155AX-6
51
SEN00719-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DDTSL1] S/C: Fill high Action code
Failure code
E02
DDTSL1
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
1
S/C: Fill high (Power train controller system)
• When signal is not output to solenoid circuit of torque converter stator clutch ECMV, fill switch signal is turned ON. • None in particular. • Travel torque may not be obtained sufficiently. • State of fill switch signal of stator clutch ECMV can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 31520 T/M Fill Sw Input 2) • Method of reproducing failure code: Start engine + Set travel lever in N (Neutral). Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then start engine, select automatic gearshift mode, and carry out troubleshooting.
Defective fill switch of stator 1 clutch ECMV (Internal short circuit)
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
FSTC (male)
PCCS lever (Travel gear speed)
N Between (1) – chasLocked up at F1, F2, sis ground or F3
Resistance Max. 1 z Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshootGround fault in wiring haring without turning starting switch ON. 2 ness (Contact with GND cirWiring harness between STC2 (female) (26) Resiscuit) Min. 1 Mz – FSTC (female) (1) and chassis ground tance a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then start engine, select automatic gearshift mode, and carry out troubleshooting. 3
Defective power train controller
4 Defective hydraulic system
52
STC2
PCCS lever (Travel gear speed)
N Between (26) – chasLocked up at F1, F2, sis ground or F3
Voltage Max. 1 V 5 – 11 V
If causes 1 – 3 are not detected in electrical system, hydraulic system may be defective. Carry out related troubleshooting (H mode).
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00719-01
Circuit diagram related to torque converter stator clutch ECMV
D155AX-6
53
SEN00719-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DDTSLH] S/C: Fill low Action code
Failure code
E02
DDTSLH
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
1
S/C: Fill low (Power train controller system)
• When signal is output to solenoid circuit of torque converter stator clutch ECMV, fill switch signal is turned OFF. • None in particular. • Travel torque may not be obtained sufficiently. • State of fill switch signal of stator clutch ECMV can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 31520 T/M Fill Sw Input 2) • Method of reproducing failure code: Start engine + Set travel lever in F (Forward) (Automatic gearshift mode). Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then start engine, select automatic gearshift mode, and carry out troubleshooting.
Defective fill switch of stator 1 clutch ECMV (Internal disconnection)
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
FSTC (male)
PCCS lever (Travel gear speed)
N Between (1) – chasLocked up at F1, F2, sis ground or F3
Resistance Max. 1 z Min. 1 Mz
Disconnection in wiring har- a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. ness (Disconnection in wiring 2 or defective contact in con- Wiring harness between STC2 (female) (26) ResisMax. 1 z nector) – FSTC (female) (1) tance a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then start engine, select automatic gearshift mode, and carry out troubleshooting. 3
Defective power train controller
4 Defective hydraulic system
54
STC2
PCCS lever (Travel gear speed)
N Between (26) – chasLocked up at F1, F2, sis ground or F3
Voltage Max. 1 V 5 – 11 V
If causes 1 – 3 are not detected in electrical system, hydraulic system may be defective. Carry out related troubleshooting (H mode).
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00719-01
Circuit diagram related to torque converter stator clutch ECMV
D155AX-6
55
SEN00719-01
40 Troubleshooting
D155AX-6 Bulldozer Form No. SEN00719-01
© 2006 KOMATSU All Rights Reserved Printed in Japan 05-06 (02)
56
D155AX-6
SEN00720-01
BULLDOZER 1SHOP MANUAL
D155AX-6
Machine model
Serial number
D155AX-6 upAction code
80001 and
40 Troubleshooting
1
Troubleshooting by failure and error codes, Part 5 Troubleshooting by failure and error codes, Part 5 ......................................................................................... 3 Failure code [DFA4KX] BL lever 1: Out of normal range ..................................................................... 3 Failure code [DFA4KZ] BL lever: Disconnection or short circuit .......................................................... 3 Failure code [DFA4L8] BL lever: Signal mismatch............................................................................... 4 Failure code [DFA5KA] BL lever 1: Disconnection............................................................................... 6 Failure code [DFA5KB] BL lever 1: Short circuit .................................................................................. 8 Failure code [DFA6KA] BL lever 2: Disconnection............................................................................. 10 Failure code [DFA6KB] BL lever 2: Short circuit ................................................................................ 12 Failure code [DFA7KX] BT lever 1: Out of normal range ................................................................... 14 Failure code [DFA7KZ] BT lever: Disconnection or short circuit ........................................................ 14 Failure code [DFA7L8] BT lever: Signal mismatch............................................................................. 15 Failure code [DFA8KA] BT lever 1: Disconnection............................................................................. 16 Failure code [DFA8KB] BT lever 1: Short circuit ................................................................................ 18 Failure code [DFA9KA] BT lever 2: Disconnection............................................................................. 20
D155AX-6
1
SEN00720-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DFA9KB] BT lever 2: Short circuit ................................................................................ 22 Failure code [DFAAKX] RL lever 1: Out of normal range ................................................................... 24 Failure code [DFAAKZ] RL lever: Disconnection or short circuit ........................................................ 24 Failure code [DFAAL8] RL lever: Signal mismatch ............................................................................ 25 Failure code [DFABKA] RL lever 1: Disconnection ............................................................................ 26 Failure code [DFABKB] RL lever 1: Short circuit ................................................................................ 28 Failure code [DFACKA] RL lever 2: Disconnection ............................................................................ 30 Failure code [DFACKB] RL lever 2: Short circuit................................................................................ 32 Failure code [DFADKX] RL lever 1: Out of normal range................................................................... 34 Failure code [DFADKZ] RL lever: Disconnection or short circuit........................................................ 34 Failure code [DFADL8] RL lever: Signal mismatch ............................................................................ 35 Failure code [DFAEKA] RL lever 1: Disconnection ............................................................................ 36 Failure code [DFAEKB] RL lever 1: Short circuit ................................................................................ 38 Failure code [DFAFKA] RL lever 2: Disconnection............................................................................. 40 Failure code [DFAFKB] RL lever 2: Short circuit ................................................................................ 42 Failure code [DGT1KA] T/C oil temp sensor: Abnormal..................................................................... 44 Failure code [DGT1KX] T/C oil temp sensor: Abnormal..................................................................... 46 Failure code [DH21KA] Weq pressure sensor: Disconnection ........................................................... 48 Failure code [DH21KB] Weq pressure sensor: Short circuit .............................................................. 50 Failure code [DHT5KA] T/C in-pressure sensor: Disconnection ........................................................ 52 Failure code [DHT5KB] T/C in-pressure sensor: Short circuit............................................................ 54 Failure code [DHT7KA] T/C out-pressure sensor: Disconnection ...................................................... 56 Failure code [DHT7KB] T/C out-pressure sensor: Short circuit.......................................................... 58 Failure code [DK10KX] Fuel control Dial: Out of normal range.......................................................... 60
2
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00720-01
Troubleshooting by failure and error codes, Part 5
1
Failure code [DFA4KX] BL lever 1: Out of normal range
1
Action code E03 Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Failure code DFA4KX
Trouble
BL lever 1: Out of normal range (Work equipment controller system)
• In blade control lever lift potentiometer 1 and 2 systems, either of failure codes [DFA5KA] and [DFA5KB] and either of failure codes [DFA6KA] and [DFA6KB] occurred simultaneously. • Limits operation of engine and transmission. • Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to F1 and R1. • State of blade control lever lift potentiometer signal can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 73400 Blade Lift Lever A Potentio) (Code: 73401 Blade Lift Lever B Potentio) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Operate blade control lever (in lifting direction). Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting
Carry out troubleshooting for failure codes [DFA5KA], [DFA5KB], [DFA6KA], and [DFA6KB].
Failure code [DFA4KZ] BL lever: Disconnection or short circuit Action code
Failure code
E03
DFA4KZ
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
D155AX-6
Trouble
1
BL lever: Disconnection or short circuit (Work equipment controller system)
• In blade control lever lift potentiometer 1 and 2 systems, when starting switch is turned ON, only either side is abnormal and then either of failure codes [DFA5KA] and [DFA5KB] and either of failure codes [DFA6KA] and [DFA6KB] occurred simultaneously. • Limits operation of engine and transmission. • Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to F1 and R1. • State of blade control lever lift potentiometer signal can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 73400 Blade Lift Lever A Potentio) (Code: 73401 Blade Lift Lever B Potentio) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Operate blade control lever (in lifting direction). Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting
Carry out troubleshooting for failure codes [DFA5KA], [DFA5KB], [DFA6KA], and [DFA6KB].
3
SEN00720-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DFA4L8] BL lever: Signal mismatch Action code E03
DFA4L8
Trouble
BL lever: Signal mismatch (Work equipment controller system)
Contents of trouble
• In blade control lever lift potentiometer 1 and 2 systems, total of both signal voltages is below 4.41 V or above 5.59 V.
Action of controller
• Continues control with signal of normal one of blade control lever lift potentiometer 1 and 2 systems. • Limits operation of engine and transmission.
Problem that appears on machine Related information
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
4
Failure code
1
• Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to F1 and R1. • State of blade control lever lift potentiometer signal can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 73400 Blade Lift Lever A Potentio) (Code: 73401 Blade Lift Lever B Potentio) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Operate blade control lever (in lifting direction). Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting
Carry out troubleshooting for failure codes [DFA5KA], [DFA5KB], [DFA6KA], and [DFA6KB].
D155AX-6
SEN00720-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DFA5KA] BL lever 1: Disconnection Action code
Failure code
E03
DFA5KA
Trouble
1
BL lever 1: Disconnection (Work equipment controller system)
Contents of trouble
• Signal voltage of blade control lever lift potentiometer 1 system is below 0.5 V.
Action of controller
• Continues control with signal of blade control lever lift potentiometer 2 system. • Limits operation of engine and transmission.
Problem that appears on machine Related information
• Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to F1 and R1. • State of blade control lever lift potentiometer 1 signal can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 73400 Blade Lift Lever A Potentio) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Operate blade control lever (in lifting direction). Cause 1
Defective sensor 5V power supply system
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting If failure code [DB97KK] is also displayed, carry out troubleshooting for it first. a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Defective blade control lever 2 lift potentiometer 1 (Internal disconnection)
WLV1 (male)
Blade control lever
Between (4) – (1) Between (4) – (3)
3.2 kz ± 20 % Neutral
Between (3) – (1) Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Resistance 1.6 kz ± 20 % 1.6 kz ± 20 %
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring Wiring harness between WEC1 (female) 3 or defective contact in con- (22) – WLV1 (female) (4) nector) Wiring harness between WEC1 (female) (2) – WLV1 (female) (3)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Resistance
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshootGround fault in wiring haring without turning starting switch ON. 4 ness (Contact with GND cirWiring harness between WEC1 (female) (2) Resiscuit) Min. 1 Mz – WLV1 (female) (3) and chassis ground tance Defective work equipment 5 controller
6
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. WEC1
Voltage
Between (2) – (21)
0.5 – 4.5 V
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00720-01
Circuit diagram related to blade control lever potentiometer
D155AX-6
7
SEN00720-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DFA5KB] BL lever 1: Short circuit Action code
Failure code
E03
DFA5KB
Trouble
1
BL lever 1: Short circuit (Work equipment controller system)
Contents of trouble
• Signal voltage of blade control lever lift potentiometer 1 system is above 4.5 V.
Action of controller
• Continues control with signal of blade control lever lift potentiometer 2 system. • Limits operation of engine and transmission.
Problem that appears on machine Related information
• Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to F1 and R1. • State of blade control lever lift potentiometer 1 signal can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 73400 Blade Lift Lever A Potentio) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Operate blade control lever (in lifting direction). Cause 1
Defective sensor 5V power supply system
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting If failure code [DB97KK] is also displayed, carry out troubleshooting for it first. a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Defective blade control lever 2 lift potentiometer 1 (Internal short circuit)
Blade control lever
Between (4) – (1) Between (4) – (3) Between (3) – (1)
Resistance 3.2 kz ± 20 %
Neutral
1.6 kz ± 20 % 1.6 kz ± 20 %
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. Hot short (Short circuit with 3 24V circuit) in wiring harness Wiring harness between WEC1 (female) (2) Voltage Max. 1 V – WLV1 (female) (3) and chassis ground
4
8
WLV1 (male)
Defective work equipment controller
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. WEC1
Voltage
Between (2) – (21)
0.5 – 4.5 V
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00720-01
Circuit diagram related to blade control lever potentiometer
D155AX-6
9
SEN00720-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DFA6KA] BL lever 2: Disconnection Action code
Failure code
E03
DFA6KA
Trouble
1
BL lever 2: Disconnection (Work equipment controller system)
Contents of trouble
• Signal voltage of blade control lever lift potentiometer 2 system is below 0.5 V.
Action of controller
• Continues control with signal of blade control lever lift potentiometer 1 system. • Limits operation of engine and transmission.
Problem that appears on machine Related information
• Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to F1 and R1. • State of blade control lever lift potentiometer 2 signal can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 73401 Blade Lift Lever B Potentio) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Operate blade control lever (in lifting direction). Cause 1
Defective sensor 5V power supply system
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting If failure code [DB97KK] is also displayed, carry out troubleshooting for it first. a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Defective blade control lever 2 lift potentiometer 2 (Internal disconnection)
WLV1 (male)
Blade control lever
Between (4) – (1) Between (4) – (2)
3.2 kz ± 20 % Neutral
Between (2) – (1) Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Resistance 1.6 kz ± 20 % 1.6 kz ± 20 %
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring Wiring harness between WEC1 (female) 3 or defective contact in con- (22) – WLV1 (female) (4) nector) Wiring harness between WEC1 (female) (19) – WLV1 (female) (2)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Resistance
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Ground fault in wiring har4 ness (Contact with GND cir- Wiring harness between WEC1 (female) Resiscuit) Min. 1 Mz (19) – WLV1 (female) (2) and chassis tance ground
5
10
Defective work equipment controller
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. WEC1
Voltage
Between (19) – (21)
0.5 – 4.5 V
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00720-01
Circuit diagram related to blade control lever potentiometer
D155AX-6
11
SEN00720-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DFA6KB] BL lever 2: Short circuit Action code
Failure code
E03
DFA6KB
Trouble
1
BL lever 2: Short circuit (Work equipment controller system)
Contents of trouble
• Signal voltage of blade control lever lift potentiometer 2 system is above 4.5 V.
Action of controller
• Continues control with signal of blade control lever lift potentiometer 1 system. • Limits operation of engine and transmission.
Problem that appears on machine Related information
• Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to F1 and R1. • State of blade control lever lift potentiometer 2 signal can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 73401 Blade Lift Lever B Potentio) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Operate blade control lever (in lifting direction). Cause 1
Defective sensor 5V power supply system
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting If failure code [DB97KK] is also displayed, carry out troubleshooting for it first. a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Defective blade control lever 2 lift potentiometer 2 (Internal short circuit) Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Blade control lever
Between (4) – (1) Between (4) – (2)
Resistance 3.2 kz ± 20 %
Neutral
Between (2) – (1)
1.6 kz ± 20 % 1.6 kz ± 20 %
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting.
3
4
12
WLV1 (male)
Hot short (Short circuit with 24V circuit) in wiring harness Wiring harness between WEC1 (female) (19) – WLV1 (female) (2) and chassis ground Defective work equipment controller
Voltage
Max. 1 V
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. WEC1
Voltage
Between (19) – (21)
0.5 – 4.5 V
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00720-01
Circuit diagram related to blade control lever potentiometer
D155AX-6
13
SEN00720-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DFA7KX] BT lever 1: Out of normal range Action code E03 Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Failure code DFA7KX
Trouble
1
BT lever 1: Out of normal range (Work equipment controller system)
• In blade control lever tilt potentiometer 1 and 2 systems, either of failure codes [DFA8KA] and [DFA8KB] and either of failure codes [DFA9KA] and [DFA9KB] occurred simultaneously. • Limits operation of engine and transmission. • Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to F1 and R1. • State of blade control lever tilt potentiometer signal can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 73500 Blade Tilt Lever A Potentio) (Code: 73501 Blade Tilt Lever B Potentio) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Operate blade control lever (in tilting direction). Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting
Carry out troubleshooting for failure codes [DFA8KA], [DFA8KB], [DFA9KA], and [DFA9KB].
Failure code [DFA7KZ] BT lever: Disconnection or short circuit Action code
Failure code
E03
DFA7KZ
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
14
Trouble
1
BT lever: Disconnection or short circuit (Work equipment controller system)
• In blade control lever tilt potentiometer 1 and 2 systems, when starting switch is turned ON, only either side is abnormal and then either of failure codes [DFA8KA] and [DFA8KB] and either of failure codes [DFA9KA] and [DFA9KB] occurred simultaneously. • Limits operation of engine and transmission. • Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to F1 and R1. • State of blade control lever tilt potentiometer signal can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 73500 Blade Tilt Lever A Potentio) (Code: 73501 Blade Tilt Lever B Potentio) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Operate blade control lever (in tilting direction). Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting
Carry out troubleshooting for failure codes [DFA8KA], [DFA8KB], [DFA9KA], and [DFA9KB].
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00720-01
Failure code [DFA7L8] BT lever: Signal mismatch Action code E03
Failure code DFA7L8
Trouble
1
BT lever: Signal mismatch (Work equipment controller system)
Contents of trouble
• In blade control lever tilt potentiometer 1 and 2 systems, total of both signal voltages is below 4.41 V or above 5.59 V.
Action of controller
• Continues control with signal of normal one of blade control lever tilt potentiometer 1 and 2 systems. • Limits operation of engine and transmission.
Problem that appears on machine Related information
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
D155AX-6
• Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to F1 and R1. • State of blade control lever tilt potentiometer signal can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 73500 Blade Tilt Lever A Potentio) (Code: 73501 Blade Tilt Lever B Potentio) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Operate blade control lever (in tilting direction). Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting
Carry out troubleshooting for failure codes [DFA8KA], [DFA8KB], [DFA9KA], and [DFA9KB].
15
SEN00720-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DFA8KA] BT lever 1: Disconnection Action code
Failure code
E03
DFA8KA
Trouble
1
BT lever 1: Disconnection (Work equipment controller system)
Contents of trouble
• Signal voltage of blade control lever tilt potentiometer 1 system is below 0.5 V.
Action of controller
• Continues control with signal of blade control lever tilt potentiometer 2 system. • Limits operation of engine and transmission
Problem that appears on machine Related information
• Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to F1 and R1. • State of blade control lever tilt potentiometer 1 signal can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 73500 Blade Tilt Lever A Potentio) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Operate blade control lever (in tilting direction). Cause 1
Defective sensor 5V power supply system
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting If failure code [DB97KK] is also displayed, carry out troubleshooting for it first. a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Defective blade control lever 2 tilt potentiometer 1 (Internal disconnection)
WLV1 (male)
Blade control lever
Between (8) – (5) Between (8) – (7)
3.2 kz ± 20 % Neutral
Between (7) – (5) Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Resistance 1.6 kz ± 20 % 1.6 kz ± 20 %
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring Wiring harness between WEC1 (female) 3 or defective contact in con- (22) – WLV1 (female) (8) nector) Wiring harness between WEC1 (female) (13) – WLV1 (female) (7)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Resistance
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Ground fault in wiring har4 ness (Contact with GND cir- Wiring harness between WEC1 (female) Resiscuit) Min. 1 Mz (13) – WLV1 (female) (7) and chassis tance ground
5
16
Defective work equipment controller
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. WEC1
Voltage
Between (13) – (21)
0.5 – 4.5 V
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00720-01
Circuit diagram related to blade control lever potentiometer
D155AX-6
17
SEN00720-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DFA8KB] BT lever 1: Short circuit Action code
Failure code
E03
DFA8KB
Trouble
1
BT lever 1: Short circuit (Work equipment controller system)
Contents of trouble
• Signal voltage of blade control lever tilt potentiometer 1 system is above 4.5 V.
Action of controller
• Continues control with signal of blade control lever tilt potentiometer 2 system. • Limits operation of engine and transmission.
Problem that appears on machine Related information
• Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to F1 and R1. • State of blade control lever tilt potentiometer 1 signal can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 73500 Blade Tilt Lever A Potentio) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Operate blade control lever (in tilting direction). Cause 1
Defective sensor 5V power supply system
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting If failure code [DB97KK] is also displayed, carry out troubleshooting for it first. a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Defective blade control lever 2 tilt potentiometer 1 (Internal short circuit) Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Blade control lever
Between (8) – (5) Between (8) – (7)
Resistance 3.2 kz ± 20 %
Neutral
Between (7) – (5)
1.6 kz ± 20 % 1.6 kz ± 20 %
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting.
3
4
18
WLV1 (male)
Hot short (Short circuit with 24V circuit) in wiring harness Wiring harness between WEC1 (female) (13) – WLV1 (female) (7) and chassis ground Defective work equipment controller
Voltage
Max. 1 V
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. WEC1
Voltage
Between (13) – (21)
0.5 – 4.5 V
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00720-01
Circuit diagram related to blade control lever potentiometer
D155AX-6
19
SEN00720-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DFA9KA] BT lever 2: Disconnection Action code
Failure code
E03
DFA9KA
Trouble
1
BT lever 2: Disconnection (Work equipment controller system)
Contents of trouble
• Signal voltage of blade control lever tilt potentiometer 2 system is below 0.5 V.
Action of controller
• Continues control with signal of blade control lever tilt potentiometer 1 system. • Limits operation of engine and transmission.
Problem that appears on machine Related information
• Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to F1 and R1. • State of blade control lever tilt potentiometer 2 signal can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 73501 Blade Tilt Lever B Potentio) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Operate blade control lever (in tilting direction). Cause 1
Defective sensor 5V power supply system
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting If failure code [DB97KK] is also displayed, carry out troubleshooting for it first. a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Defective blade control lever 2 tilt potentiometer 2 (Internal disconnection)
WLV1 (male)
Blade control lever
Between (8) – (5) Between (8) – (6)
3.2 kz ± 20 % Neutral
Between (6) – (5) Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Resistance 1.6 kz ± 20 % 1.6 kz ± 20 %
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring Wiring harness between WEC1 (female) 3 or defective contact in con- (22) – WLV1 (female) (8) nector) Wiring harness between WEC1 (female) (7) – WLV1 (female) (6)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Resistance
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshootGround fault in wiring haring without turning starting switch ON. 4 ness (Contact with GND cirWiring harness between WEC1 (female) (7) Resiscuit) Min. 1 Mz – WLV1 (female) (6) and chassis ground tance Defective work equipment 5 controller
20
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. WEC1
Voltage
Between (7) – (21)
0.5 – 4.5 V
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00720-01
Circuit diagram related to blade control lever potentiometer
D155AX-6
21
SEN00720-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DFA9KB] BT lever 2: Short circuit Action code
Failure code
E03
DFA9KB
Trouble
1
BT lever 2: Short circuit (Work equipment controller system)
Contents of trouble
• Signal voltage of blade control lever tilt potentiometer 2 system is above 4.5 V.
Action of controller
• Continues control with signal of blade control lever tilt potentiometer 1 system. • Limits operation of engine and transmission.
Problem that appears on machine Related information
• Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to F1 and R1. • State of blade control lever tilt potentiometer 2 signal can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 73501 Blade Tilt Lever B Potentio) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Operate blade control lever (in tilting direction). Cause 1
Defective sensor 5V power supply system
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting If failure code [DB97KK] is also displayed, carry out troubleshooting for it first. a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Defective blade control lever 2 tilt potentiometer 2 (Internal short circuit)
Blade control lever
Between (8) – (5) Between (8) – (6) Between (6) – (5)
Resistance 3.2 kz ± 20 %
Neutral
1.6 kz ± 20 % 1.6 kz ± 20 %
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. Hot short (Short circuit with 3 24V circuit) in wiring harness Wiring harness between WEC1 (female) (7) Voltage Max. 1 V – WLV1 (female) (6) and chassis ground
4
22
WLV1 (male)
Defective work equipment controller
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. WEC1
Voltage
Between (7) – (21)
0.5 – 4.5 V
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00720-01
Circuit diagram related to blade control lever potentiometer
D155AX-6
23
SEN00720-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DFAAKX] RL lever 1: Out of normal range Action code E03 Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Failure code DFAAKX
Trouble
1
RL lever 1: Out of normal range (Work equipment controller system)
• In ripper control lever lift potentiometer 1 and 2 systems, either of failure codes [DFABKA] and [DFABKB] and either of failure codes [DFACKA] and [DFACKB] occurred simultaneously. • Limits operation of engine and transmission. • Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to F1 and R1. • State of ripper control lever lift potentiometer signal can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 73700 Ripper Lift Lever A Potentio) (Code: 73701 Ripper Lift Lever B Potentio) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Operate ripper control lever (in lifting direction). Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting
Carry out troubleshooting for failure codes [DFABKA], [DFABKB], [DFACKA], and [DFACKB].
Failure code [DFAAKZ] RL lever: Disconnection or short circuit Action code
Failure code
E03
DFAAKZ
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
24
Trouble
1
RL lever: Disconnection or short circuit (Work equipment controller system)
• In ripper control lever lift potentiometer 1 and 2 systems, when starting switch is turned ON, only either side is abnormal and then either of failure codes [DFABKA] and [DFABKB] and either of failure codes [DFACKA] and [DFACKB] occurred simultaneously. • Limits operation of engine and transmission. • Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to F1 and R1. • State of ripper control lever lift potentiometer signal can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 73700 Ripper Lift Lever A Potentio) (Code: 73701 Ripper Lift Lever B Potentio) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Operate ripper control lever (in lifting direction). Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting
Carry out troubleshooting for failure codes [DFABKA], [DFABKB], [DFACKA], and [DFACKB].
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00720-01
Failure code [DFAAL8] RL lever: Signal mismatch Action code E03 Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
D155AX-6
Failure code DFAAL8
Trouble
1
RL lever: Signal mismatch (Work equipment controller system)
• In ripper control lever lift potentiometer 1 and 2 systems, total of both signal voltages is below 4.41 V or above 5.59 V. • Continues control with signal of normal one of ripper control lever lift potentiometer 1 and 2 systems. • Limits operation of engine and transmission. • Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to F1 and R1. • State of ripper control lever lift potentiometer signal can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 73700 Ripper Lift Lever A Potentio) (Code: 73701 Ripper Lift Lever B Potentio) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Operate ripper control lever (in lifting direction). Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting
Carry out troubleshooting for failure codes [DFABKA], [DFABKB], [DFACKA], and [DFACKB].
25
SEN00720-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DFABKA] RL lever 1: Disconnection Action code
Failure code
E03
DFABKA
Trouble
1
RL lever 1: Disconnection (Work equipment controller system)
Contents of trouble
• Signal voltage of ripper control lever lift potentiometer 1 system is below 0.5 V.
Action of controller
• Continues control with signal of ripper control lever lift potentiometer 2 system. • Limits operation of engine and transmission.
Problem that appears on machine Related information
• Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to F1 and R1. • State of ripper control lever lift potentiometer 1 signal can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 73700 Ripper Lift Lever A Potentio) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Operate ripper control lever (in lifting direction). Cause 1
Defective sensor 5V power supply system
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting If failure code [DB97KK] is also displayed, carry out troubleshooting for it first. a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Defective ripper control lever 2 lift potentiometer 1 (Internal disconnection)
WLV2 (male)
Ripper control lever
Between (8) – (5) Between (8) – (7)
3.2 kz ± 20 % Neutral
Between (7) – (5) Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Resistance 1.6 kz ± 20 % 1.6 kz ± 20 %
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring Wiring harness between WEC1 (female) 3 or defective contact in con- (22) – WLV2 (female) (8) nector) Wiring harness between WEC1 (female) (14) – WLV2 (female) (7)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Resistance
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Ground fault in wiring har4 ness (Contact with GND cir- Wiring harness between WEC1 (female) Resiscuit) Min. 1 Mz (14) – WLV2 (female) (7) and chassis tance ground
5
26
Defective work equipment controller
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. WEC1
Voltage
Between (14) – (21)
0.5 – 4.5 V
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00720-01
Circuit diagram related to ripper control lever potentiometer
D155AX-6
27
SEN00720-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DFABKB] RL lever 1: Short circuit Action code
Failure code
E03
DFABKB
Trouble
1
RL lever 1: Short circuit (Work equipment controller system)
Contents of trouble
• Signal voltage of ripper control lever lift potentiometer 1 system is above 4.5 V.
Action of controller
• Continues control with signal of ripper control lever lift potentiometer 2 system. • Limits operation of engine and transmission.
Problem that appears on machine Related information
• Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to F1 and R1. • State of ripper control lever lift potentiometer 1 signal can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 73700 Ripper Lift Lever A Potentio) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Operate ripper control lever (in lifting direction). Cause 1
Defective sensor 5V power supply system
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting If failure code [DB97KK] is also displayed, carry out troubleshooting for it first. a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Defective ripper control lever 2 lift potentiometer 1 (Internal short circuit) Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Ripper control lever
Between (8) – (5) Between (8) – (7)
Resistance 3.2 kz ± 20 %
Neutral
Between (7) – (5)
1.6 kz ± 20 % 1.6 kz ± 20 %
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
3
4
28
WLV2 (male)
Hot short (Short circuit with 24V circuit) in wiring harness Wiring harness between WEC1 (female) (14) – WLV2 (female) (7) and chassis ground Defective work equipment controller
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. WEC1
Voltage
Between (14) – (21)
0.5 – 4.5 V
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00720-01
Circuit diagram related to ripper control lever potentiometer
D155AX-6
29
SEN00720-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DFACKA] RL lever 2: Disconnection Action code
Failure code
E03
DFACKA
Trouble
1
RL lever 2: Disconnection (Work equipment controller system)
Contents of trouble
• Signal voltage of ripper control lever lift potentiometer 2 system is below 0.5 V.
Action of controller
• Continues control with signal of ripper control lever lift potentiometer 1 system. • Limits operation of engine and transmission.
Problem that appears on machine Related information
• Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to F1 and R1. • State of ripper control lever lift potentiometer 2 signal can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 73701 Ripper Lift Lever B Potentio) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Operate ripper control lever (in lifting direction). Cause 1
Defective sensor 5V power supply system
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting If failure code [DB97KK] is also displayed, carry out troubleshooting for it first. a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Defective ripper control lever 2 lift potentiometer 2 (Internal disconnection)
WLV2 (male)
Ripper control lever
Between (8) – (5) Between (8) – (6)
3.2 kz ± 20 % Neutral
Between (6) – (5) Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Resistance 1.6 kz ± 20 % 1.6 kz ± 20 %
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring Wiring harness between WEC1 (female) 3 or defective contact in con- (22) – WLV2 (female) (8) nector) Wiring harness between WEC1 (female) (8) – WLV2 (female) (6)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Resistance
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshootGround fault in wiring haring without turning starting switch ON. 4 ness (Contact with GND cirWiring harness between WEC1 (female) (8) Resiscuit) Min. 1 Mz – WLV2 (female) (6) and chassis ground tance Defective work equipment 5 controller
30
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. WEC1
Voltage
Between (8) – (21)
0.5 – 4.5 V
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00720-01
Circuit diagram related to ripper control lever potentiometer
D155AX-6
31
SEN00720-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DFACKB] RL lever 2: Short circuit Action code
Failure code
E03
DFACKB
Trouble
1
RL lever 2: Short circuit (Work equipment controller system)
Contents of trouble
• Signal voltage of ripper control lever lift potentiometer 2 system is above 4.5 V.
Action of controller
• Continues control with signal of ripper control lever lift potentiometer 1 system. • Limits operation of engine and transmission.
Problem that appears on machine Related information
• Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to F1 and R1. • tate of ripper control lever lift potentiometer 2 signal can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 73701 Ripper Lift Lever B Potentio) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Operate ripper control lever (in lifting direction). Cause 1
Defective sensor 5V power supply system
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting If failure code [DB97KK] is also displayed, carry out troubleshooting for it first. a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Defective ripper control lever 2 lift potentiometer 2 (Internal short circuit)
Ripper control lever
Between (8) – (5) Between (8) – (6) Between (6) – (5)
Resistance 3.2 kz ± 20 %
Neutral
1.6 kz ± 20 % 1.6 kz ± 20 %
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. Hot short (Short circuit with 3 24V circuit) in wiring harness Wiring harness between WEC1 (female) (8) Voltage Max. 1 V – WLV2 (female) (6) and chassis ground
4
32
WLV2 (male)
Defective work equipment controller
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. WEC1
Voltage
Between (8) – (21)
0.5 – 4.5 V
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00720-01
Circuit diagram related to ripper control lever potentiometer
D155AX-6
33
SEN00720-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DFADKX] RL lever 1: Out of normal range Action code E03 Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Failure code DFADKX
Trouble
1
RL lever 1: Out of normal range (Work equipment controller system)
• In ripper control lever tilt potentiometer 1 and 2 systems, either of failure codes [DFAEKA] and [DFAEKB] and either of failure codes [DFAFKA] and [DFAFKB] occurred simultaneously. • Limits operation of engine and transmission. • Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to F1 and R1. • State of ripper control lever tilt potentiometer signal can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 73600 Ripper Tilt Lever A Potentio) (Code: 73601 Ripper Tilt Lever B Potentio) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Operate ripper control lever (in tilting direction). Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting
Carry out troubleshooting for failure codes [DFAEKA], [DFAEKB], [DFAFKA], and [DFAFKB].
Failure code [DFADKZ] RL lever: Disconnection or short circuit Action code
Failure code
E03
DFADKZ
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
34
Trouble
1
RL lever: Disconnection or short circuit (Work equipment controller system)
• In ripper control lever tilt potentiometer 1 and 2 systems, when starting switch is turned ON, only either side is abnormal and then either of failure codes [DFAEKA] and [DFAEKB] and either of failure codes [DFAFKA] and [DFAFKB] occurred simultaneously. • Limits operation of engine and transmission. • Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to F1 and R1. • State of ripper control lever tilt potentiometer signal can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 73600 Ripper Tilt Lever A Potentio) (Code: 73601 Ripper Tilt Lever B Potentio) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Operate ripper control lever (in tilting direction). Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting
Carry out troubleshooting for failure codes [DFAEKA], [DFAEKB], [DFAFKA], and [DFAFKB].
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00720-01
Failure code [DFADL8] RL lever: Signal mismatch Action code E03 Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
D155AX-6
Failure code DFADL8
Trouble
1
RL lever: Signal mismatch (Work equipment controller system)
• In ripper control lever tilt potentiometer 1 and 2 systems, total of both signal voltages is below 4.41 V or above 5.59 V. • Continues control with signal of normal one of ripper control lever tilt potentiometer 1 and 2 systems. • Limits operation of engine and transmission. • Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to F1 and R1. • State of ripper control lever tilt potentiometer signal can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 73600 Ripper Tilt Lever A Potentio) (Code: 73601 Ripper Tilt Lever B Potentio) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Operate ripper control lever (in tilting direction). Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting
Carry out troubleshooting for failure codes [DFAEKA], [DFAEKB], [DFAFKA], and [DFAFKB].
35
SEN00720-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DFAEKA] RL lever 1: Disconnection Action code
Failure code
E03
DFAEKA
Trouble
1
RL lever 1: Disconnection (Work equipment controller system)
Contents of trouble
• Signal voltage of ripper control lever tilt potentiometer 1 system is below 0.5 V.
Action of controller
• Continues control with signal of ripper control lever tilt potentiometer 2 system. • Limits operation of engine and transmission.
Problem that appears on machine Related information
• Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to F1 and R1. • State of ripper control lever tilt potentiometer 1 signal can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 73600 Ripper Tilt Lever A Potentio) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Operate ripper control lever (in tilting direction). Cause 1
Defective sensor 5V power supply system
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting If failure code [DB97KK] is also displayed, carry out troubleshooting for it first. a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Defective ripper control lever 2 tilt potentiometer 1 (Internal disconnection)
WLV2 (male)
Ripper control lever
Between (4) – (1) Between (4) – (3)
3.2 kz ± 20 % Neutral
Between (3) – (1) Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Resistance 1.6 kz ± 20 % 1.6 kz ± 20 %
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring Wiring harness between WEC1 (female) 3 or defective contact in con- (22) – WLV2 (female) (4) nector) Wiring harness between WEC1 (female) (3) – WLV2 (female) (3)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Resistance
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshootGround fault in wiring haring without turning starting switch ON. 4 ness (Contact with GND cirWiring harness between WEC1 (female) (3) Resiscuit) Min. 1 Mz – WLV2 (female) (3) and chassis ground tance Defective work equipment 5 controller
36
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. WEC1
Voltage
Between (3) – (21)
0.5 – 4.5 V
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00720-01
Circuit diagram related to ripper control lever potentiometer
D155AX-6
37
SEN00720-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DFAEKB] RL lever 1: Short circuit Action code
Failure code
E03
DFAEKB
Trouble
1
RL lever 1: Short circuit (Work equipment controller system)
Contents of trouble
• Signal voltage of ripper control lever tilt potentiometer 1 system is above 4.5 V.
Action of controller
• Continues control with signal of ripper control lever tilt potentiometer 2 system. • Limits operation of engine and transmission.
Problem that appears on machine Related information
• Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to F1 and R1. • State of ripper control lever tilt potentiometer 1 signal can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 73600 Ripper Tilt Lever A Potentio) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Operate ripper control lever (in tilting direction). Cause 1
Defective sensor 5V power supply system
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting If failure code [DB97KK] is also displayed, carry out troubleshooting for it first. a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Defective ripper control lever 2 tilt potentiometer 1 (Internal short circuit)
Ripper control lever
Between (4) – (1) Between (4) – (3) Between (3) – (1)
Resistance 3.2 kz ± 20 %
Neutral
1.6 kz ± 20 % 1.6 kz ± 20 %
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. Hot short (Short circuit with 3 24V circuit) in wiring harness Wiring harness between WEC1 (female) (3) Voltage Max. 1 V – WLV2 (female) (3) and chassis ground
4
38
WLV2 (male)
Defective work equipment controller
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. WEC1
Voltage
Between (3) – (21)
0.5 – 4.5 V
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00720-01
Circuit diagram related to ripper control lever potentiometer
D155AX-6
39
SEN00720-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DFAFKA] RL lever 2: Disconnection Action code
Failure code
E03
DFAFKA
Trouble
1
RL lever 2: Disconnection (Work equipment controller system)
Contents of trouble
• Signal voltage of ripper control lever tilt potentiometer 2 system is below 0.5 V.
Action of controller
• Continues control with signal of ripper control lever tilt potentiometer 1 system. • Limits operation of engine and transmission.
Problem that appears on machine Related information
• Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to F1 and R1. • State of ripper control lever tilt potentiometer 2 signal can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 73601 Ripper Tilt Lever B Potentio) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Operate ripper control lever (in tilting direction). Cause 1
Defective sensor 5V power supply system
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting If failure code [DB97KK] is also displayed, carry out troubleshooting for it first. a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Defective ripper control lever 2 tilt potentiometer 2 (Internal disconnection)
WLV2 (male)
Ripper control lever
Between (4) – (1) Between (4) – (2)
3.2 kz ± 20 % Neutral
Between (2) – (1) Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Resistance 1.6 kz ± 20 % 1.6 kz ± 20 %
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring Wiring harness between WEC1 (female) 3 or defective contact in con- (22) – WLV2 (female) (4) nector) Wiring harness between WEC1 (female) (20) – WLV2 (female) (2)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Resistance
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Ground fault in wiring har4 ness (Contact with GND cir- Wiring harness between WEC1 (female) Resiscuit) Min. 1 Mz (20) – WLV2 (female) (2) and chassis tance ground
5
40
Defective work equipment controller
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. WEC1
Voltage
Between (20) – (21)
0.5 – 4.5 V
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00720-01
Circuit diagram related to ripper control lever potentiometer
D155AX-6
41
SEN00720-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DFAFKB] RL lever 2: Short circuit Action code
Failure code
E03
DFAFKB
Trouble
1
RL lever 2: Short circuit (Work equipment controller system)
Contents of trouble
• Signal voltage of ripper control lever tilt potentiometer 2 system is above 4.5 V.
Action of controller
• Continues control with signal of ripper control lever tilt potentiometer 1 system. • Limits operation of engine and transmission.
Problem that appears on machine Related information
• Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to F1 and R1. • State of ripper control lever tilt potentiometer 2 signal can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 73601 Ripper Tilt Lever B Potentio) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Operate ripper control lever (in tilting direction). Cause 1
Defective sensor 5V power supply system
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting If failure code [DB97KK] is also displayed, carry out troubleshooting for it first. a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Defective ripper control lever 2 tilt potentiometer 2 (Internal short circuit) Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Ripper control lever
Between (4) – (1) Between (4) – (2)
Resistance 3.2 kz ± 20 %
Neutral
Between (2) – (1)
1.6 kz ± 20 % 1.6 kz ± 20 %
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting.
3
4
42
WLV2 (male)
Hot short (Short circuit with 24V circuit) in wiring harness Wiring harness between WEC1 (female) (20) – WLV2 (female) (2) and chassis ground Defective work equipment controller
Voltage
Max. 1 V
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. WEC1
Voltage
Between (20) – (21)
0.5 – 4.5 V
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00720-01
Circuit diagram related to ripper control lever potentiometer
D155AX-6
43
SEN00720-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DGT1KA] T/C oil temp sensor: Abnormal Action code
Failure code
E01
DGT1KA
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
1
T/C oil temp sensor: Abnormal (Power train controller system)
• Torque converter oil temperature sensor signal is out of normal range. • None in particular. • Power train oil temperature gauge may not indicate normally. • Torque converter oil temperature can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 30100 T/C Oil Temperature) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON or start engine. Cause Defective torque converter oil temperature sensor (Inter1 nal short circuit or disconnection)
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. TCT (male)
Resistance
Between (1) – (2)
1 – 50 kz
Between (1) – chassis ground
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring Wiring harness between STC1 (female) (9) 2 or defective contact in con- – TCT (female) (1) nector) Wiring harness between STC1 (female) (21) – TCT (female) (2)
Resistance
Max. 1 V
Resistance
Max. 1 V
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshootGround fault in wiring haring without turning starting switch ON. 3 ness (Contact with GND cirWiring harness between STC1 (female) (9) Resiscuit) Min. 1 Mz – TCT (female) (1) and chassis ground tance a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. Hot short (Short circuit with 4 24V circuit) in wiring harness Wiring harness between STC1 (female) (9) Voltage Max. 1 V – TCT (female) (1) and chassis ground a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. 5
44
Defective power train controller
STC1 (female)
Resistance
Between (9) – (21)
1 – 50 kz
Between (9) – chassis ground
Min. 1 Mz
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00720-01
Circuit diagram related to torque converter oil temperature sensor
D155AX-6
45
SEN00720-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DGT1KX] T/C oil temp sensor: Abnormal Action code
Failure code
E01
DGT1KX
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
1
T/C oil temp sensor: Abnormal (Power train controller system)
• Torque converter oil temperature sensor signal is out of normal range. • None in particular. • Power train oil temperature gauge may not indicate normally. • Torque converter oil temperature can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 30100 T/C Oil Temperature) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON or start engine. Cause Defective torque converter oil temperature sensor (Inter1 nal short circuit or disconnection)
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. TCT (male)
Resistance
Between (1) – (2)
1 – 50 kz
Between (1) – chassis ground
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring Wiring harness between STC1 (female) (9) 2 or defective contact in con- – TCT (female) (1) nector) Wiring harness between STC1 (female) (21) – TCT (female) (2)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Resistance
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshootGround fault in wiring haring without turning starting switch ON. 3 ness (Contact with GND cirWiring harness between STC1 (female) (9) Resiscuit) Min. 1 Mz – TCT (female) (1) and chassis ground tance a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. Hot short (Short circuit with 4 24V circuit) in wiring harness Wiring harness between STC1 (female) (9) Voltage Max. 1 V – TCT (female) (1) and chassis ground a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. 5
46
Defective power train controller
STC1 (female)
Resistance
Between (9) – (21)
1 – 50 kz
Between (9) – chassis ground
Min. 1 Mz
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00720-01
Circuit diagram related to torque converter oil temperature sensor
D155AX-6
47
SEN00720-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DH21KA] Weq pressure sensor: Disconnection Action code
Failure code
–
DH21KA
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
1
Weq pressure sensor: Disconnection (Work equipment controller system)
• Signal voltage of work equipment pump oil pressure sensor is below 0.5 V. • None in particular. • Oil pressure of work equipment pump cannot be monitored. • State of work equipment pump oil pressure sensor can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 70701 Hydraulic Pressure Sensor 1) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON. Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting
Defective sensor 5V power 1 supply system
If failure code [DB95KK] is also displayed, carry out troubleshooting for it first. a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON or start engine and carry out troubleshooting in each case.
Defective work equipment oil 2 pressure sensor (Internal trouble)
HHP
Voltage
Between (B) – (A)
Power supply
4.5 – 5.5 V
Between (C) – (A)
Signal
0.5 – 6.0 V
Sensor voltage is measured with wiring harness connected. Accordingly, if voltage is abnormal, check wiring harness and controller, too, for another cause of trouble, and then judge. Possible causes and standard value in normal state
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring 3 or defective contact in connector)
Wiring harness between WEC1 (female) (21) – HHP (female) (A)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between WEC3 (female) (34) – HHP (female) (B)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between WEC1 (female) (1) – HHP (female) (C)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshootGround fault in wiring haring without turning starting switch ON. 4 ness (Contact with GND cirWiring harness between WEC1 (female) (1) Resiscuit) Min. 1 Mz – HHP (female) (C) and chassis ground tance 5
48
Defective work equipment controller
If causes 1 – 4 are not detected, work equipment controller may be defective. (Since trouble is in system, troubleshooting cannot be carried out.)
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00720-01
Circuit diagram related to work equipment oil pressure sensor
D155AX-6
49
SEN00720-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DH21KB] Weq pressure sensor: Short circuit Action code
Failure code
–
DH21KB
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
1
Weq pressure sensor: Short circuit (Work equipment controller system)
• Signal voltage of work equipment pump oil pressure sensor is below 6.0 V. • None in particular. • Oil pressure of work equipment pump cannot be monitored. • State of work equipment pump oil pressure sensor can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 70701 Hydraulic Pressure Sensor 1) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON. Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting
Defective sensor 5V power 1 supply system
If failure code [DB95KK] is also displayed, carry out troubleshooting for it first. a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON or start engine and carry out troubleshooting in each case.
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Defective work equipment oil 2 pressure sensor (Internal trouble)
HHP
Voltage
Between (B) – (A)
Power supply
4.5 – 5.5 V
Between (C) – (A)
Signal
0.5 – 6.0 V
Sensor voltage is measured with wiring harness connected. Accordingly, if voltage is abnormal, check wiring harness and controller, too, for another cause of trouble, and then judge. a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. Hot short (Short circuit with 3 24V circuit) in wiring harness Wiring harness between WEC1 (female) (1) Voltage Max. 1 V – HHP (female) (C) and chassis ground 4
50
Defective work equipment controller
If causes 1 – 3 are not detected, work equipment controller may be defective. (Since trouble is in system, troubleshooting cannot be carried out.)
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00720-01
Circuit diagram related to work equipment oil pressure sensor
D155AX-6
51
SEN00720-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DHT5KA] T/C in-pressure sensor: Disconnection Action code
Failure code
E02
DHT5KA
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
1
T/C in-pressure sensor: Disconnection (Power train controller system)
• Signal voltage of torque converter inlet pressure sensor is below 0.5 V. • Limits operation of engine and transmission. • Torque converter inlet pressure cannot be monitored. • Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to F1 and R1. • State of torque converter inlet pressure sensor can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 32602 T/C In Pressure Sensor) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON. Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting
Defective sensor 24 V power If failure code [DBE6KK] is also displayed, carry out troubleshoot1 supply system ing for it first. a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON or start engine and carry out troubleshooting in each case. Defective torque converter 2 inlet pressure sensor (Internal trouble)
TIP
Voltage
Between (B) – (A)
Power supply
20 – 30 V
Between (C) – (A)
Signal
0.5 – 6.0 V
Sensor voltage is measured with wiring harness connected. Accordingly, if voltage is abnormal, check wiring harness and controller, too, for another cause of trouble, and then judge. Possible causes and standard value in normal state
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring 3 or defective contact in connector)
Wiring harness between STC1 (female) (21) – TIP (female) (A)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between STC1 (female) (16) – TIP (female) (B)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between STC1 (female) (20) – TIP (female) (C)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Ground fault in wiring harWiring harness between STC1 (female) (16) 4 ness (Contact with GND cir- – TIP (female) (B) or circuit branch end and cuit) chassis ground
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Wiring harness between STC1 (female) (20) – TIP (female) (C) and chassis ground
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
5
52
Defective power train controller
If causes 1 – 4 are not detected, power train controller may be defective. (Since trouble is in system, troubleshooting cannot be carried out.)
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00720-01
Circuit diagram related to torque converter inlet pressure sensor
D155AX-6
53
SEN00720-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DHT5KB] T/C in-pressure sensor: Short circuit Action code
Failure code
E02
DHT5KB
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
1
T/C in-pressure sensor: Short circuit (Power train controller system)
• Signal voltage of torque converter inlet pressure sensor is above 6.0 V. • Limits operation of engine and transmission. • Torque converter inlet pressure cannot be monitored. • Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to F1 and R1. • State of torque converter inlet pressure sensor can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 32602 T/C In Pressure Sensor) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON. Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting
Defective sensor 24 V power If failure code [DBE6KK] is also displayed, carry out troubleshoot1 supply system ing for it first. a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON or start engine and carry out troubleshooting in each case. Defective torque converter 2 inlet pressure sensor (Internal trouble)
Voltage
Between (B) – (A)
Power supply
20 – 30 V
Between (C) – (A)
Signal
0.5 – 6.0 V
Sensor voltage is measured with wiring harness connected. Accordingly, if voltage is abnormal, check wiring harness and controller, too, for another cause of trouble, and then judge.
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. 3
4
54
TIP
Wiring harness between STC1 (female) (21) Hot short (Short circuit with – TIP (female) (A) or circuit branch end and 24V circuit) in wiring harness chassis ground
Voltage
Max. 1 V
Wiring harness between STC1 (female) (20) – TIP (female) (C) and chassis ground
Voltage
Max. 1 V
Defective power train controller
If causes 1 – 3 are not detected, power train controller may be defective. (Since trouble is in system, troubleshooting cannot be carried out.)
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00720-01
Circuit diagram related to torque converter inlet pressure sensor
D155AX-6
55
SEN00720-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DHT7KA] T/C out-pressure sensor: Disconnection Action code
Failure code
E02
DHT7KA
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
1
T/C out-pressure sensor: Disconnection (Power train controller system)
• Signal voltage of torque converter outlet pressure sensor is below 0.5 V. • Limits operation of engine and transmission. • Torque converter outlet pressure cannot be monitored. • Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to F1 and R1. • State of torque converter outlet pressure sensor can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 32604 T/C Out Pressure Sensor) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON. Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting
Defective sensor 24 V power If failure code [DBE6KK] is also displayed, carry out troubleshoot1 supply system ing for it first. a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON or start engine and carry out troubleshooting in each case. Defective torque converter 2 outlet pressure sensor (Internal trouble)
TOP
Voltage
Between (B) – (A)
Power supply
20 – 30 V
Between (C) – (A)
Signal
0.5 – 6.0 V
Sensor voltage is measured with wiring harness connected. Accordingly, if voltage is abnormal, check wiring harness and controller, too, for another cause of trouble, and then judge. Possible causes and standard value in normal state
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring 3 or defective contact in connector)
Wiring harness between STC1 (female) (21) – TOP (female) (A)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between STC1 (female) (16) – TOP (female) (B)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between STC1 (female) (14) – TOP (female) (C)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Ground fault in wiring harWiring harness between STC1 (female) (16) 4 ness (Contact with GND cir– TOP (female) (B) or circuit branch end cuit) Wiring harness between STC1 (female) (14) – TOP (female) (C) and chassis ground 5
56
Defective power train controller
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
If causes 1 – 4 are not detected, power train controller may be defective. (Since trouble is in system, troubleshooting cannot be carried out.)
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00720-01
Circuit diagram related to torque converter outlet pressure sensor
D155AX-6
57
SEN00720-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DHT7KB] T/C out-pressure sensor: Short circuit Action code
Failure code
E02
DHT7KB
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
1
T/C out-pressure sensor: Short circuit (Power train controller system)
• Signal voltage of torque converter outlet pressure sensor is above 6.0 V. • Limits operation of engine and transmission. • Torque converter outlet pressure cannot be monitored. • Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to F1 and R1. • State of torque converter outlet pressure sensor can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 32604 T/C Out Pressure Sensor) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON. Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting
Defective sensor 24 V power If failure code [DBE6KK] is also displayed, carry out troubleshoot1 supply system ing for it first. a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON or start engine and carry out troubleshooting in each case.
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Defective torque converter 2 outlet pressure sensor (Internal trouble)
Voltage
Between (B) – (A)
Power supply
20 – 30 V
Between (C) – (A)
Signal
0.5 – 6.0 V
Sensor voltage is measured with wiring harness connected. Accordingly, if voltage is abnormal, check wiring harness and controller, too, for another cause of trouble, and then judge. a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. 3
4
58
TOP
Hot short (Short circuit with Wiring harness between STC1 (female) (21) 24V circuit) in wiring harness – TOP (female) (A) or circuit branch end
Voltage
Max. 1 V
Wiring harness between STC1 (female) (14) – TOP (female) (C) and chassis ground
Voltage
Max. 1 V
Defective power train controller
If causes 1 – 3 are not detected, power train controller may be defective. (Since trouble is in system, troubleshooting cannot be carried out.)
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00720-01
Circuit diagram related to torque converter outlet pressure sensor
D155AX-6
59
SEN00720-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DK10KX] Fuel control Dial: Out of normal range Action code
Failure code
E03
DK10KX
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
1
Fuel control Dial: Out of normal range (Power train controller system)
• Signal voltage of fuel control dial is out of normal range. • Continues control with signal of decelerator pedal potentiometer. • Limits operation of engine and transmission. • Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to F1 and R1. • State of fuel control dial signal can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 03000 Fuel Dial Sensor) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON. Cause 1
Defective sensor 5V power supply system
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting If failure code [DBE7KK] is also displayed, carry out troubleshooting for it first. a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Defective fuel control dial 2 (Internal disconnection or short circuit)
DIAL (male)
Resistance
Between (1) – (3)
4.0 – 6.0 kz
Between (1) – (2)
0.25 – 7.0 kz
Between (2) – (3)
0.25 – 7.0 kz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring 3 or defective contact in connector)
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Wiring harness between STC1 (female) (22) – DIAL (female) (1)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between STC1 (female) (1) – DIAL (female) (2)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between STC1 (female) (21) – DIAL (female) (3)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Ground fault in wiring harWiring harness between STC1 (female) (22) 4 ness (Contact with GND cir- – DIAL (female) (1) or circuit branch end cuit) and chassis ground
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Wiring harness between STC1 (female) (1) – DIAL (female) (2) and chassis ground
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. Wiring harness between STC1 (female) (22) – DIAL (female) (1) or circuit branch end and chassis ground
Hot short (Short circuit with 5 24V circuit) in wiring harness Wiring harness between STC1 (female) (1) – DIAL (female) (2) and chassis ground
Wiring harness between STC1 (female) (21) – DIAL (female) (3) or circuit branch end and chassis ground
Voltage
Max. 1 V
Voltage
Max. 1 V
Voltage
Max. 1 V
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. 6
60
Defective power train controller
STC1
Voltage
Between (22) – (21)
4.6 – 5.4 V
Between (1) – (21)
0.5 – 4.5 V
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00720-01
Circuit diagram related to fuel control dial
D155AX-6
61
SEN00720-01
40 Troubleshooting
D155AX-6 Bulldozer Form No. SEN00720-01
© 2006 KOMATSU All Rights Reserved Printed in Japan 05-06 (02)
62
D155AX-6
SEN00721-01
BULLDOZER 1SHOP MANUAL
D155AX-6
Machine model
Serial number
D155AX-6
80001 and up
40 Troubleshooting
1
Troubleshooting by failure and error codes, Part 6 Troubleshooting by failure and error codes, Part 6 ......................................................................................... 4 Failure code [DK30KA] ST lever 1: Disconnection............................................................................... 4 Failure code [DK30KB] ST lever 1: Short circuit .................................................................................. 6 Failure code [DK30KX] ST lever 1: Out of normal range ..................................................................... 8 Failure code [DK30KZ] RL lever: Disconnection or short circuit .......................................................... 8 Failure code [DK30L8] ST lever: Signal mismatch............................................................................... 9 Failure code [DK31KA] ST lever 2: Disconnection............................................................................. 10 Failure code [DK31KB] ST lever 2: Short circuit ................................................................................ 12 Failure code [DK40KA] Brake potentiometer: Disconnection............................................................. 14 Failure code [DK40KB] Brake potentiometer: Short circuit ................................................................ 16 Failure code [DK55KX] FR lever: Out of normal range ...................................................................... 18 Failure code [DK55KZ] FR lever: Disconnection or short circuit ........................................................ 18 Failure code [DK55L8] FR lever: Signal mismatch ............................................................................ 19 Failure code [DK56KA] FR lever 1: Disconnection ............................................................................ 20
D155AX-6
1
SEN00721-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DK56KB] FR lever 1: Short circuit ................................................................................ 22 Failure code [DK57KA] FR lever 2: Disconnection............................................................................. 24 Failure code [DK57KB] FR lever 2: Short circuit ................................................................................ 26 Failure code [DKH1KA] Pitch angle sensor: Disconnection ............................................................... 28 Failure code [DKH1KB] Pitch angle sensor: Short circuit................................................................... 30 Failure code [DLT3KA] T/M out-speed sensor: Disconnection........................................................... 32 Failure code [DLT3KB] T/M out-speed sensor: Abnormal .................................................................. 33 Failure code [DW7BKA] Fan rev EPC: Disconnection ....................................................................... 34 Failure code [DW7BKB] Fan rev EPC: Short circuit........................................................................... 35 Failure code [DWN1KA] Hss EPC1: Disconnection ........................................................................... 36 Failure code [DWN1KB] Hss EPC1: Short circuit............................................................................... 37 Failure code [DWN1KY] Hss EPC1: Short circuit............................................................................... 38 Failure code [DWN2KA] Hss EPC2: Disconnection ........................................................................... 39 Failure code [DWN2KB] Hss EPC2: Short circuit............................................................................... 40 Failure code [DWN2KY] Hss EPC2: Short circuit............................................................................... 41 Failure code [DWN3KA] Ssp solenoid: Disconnection ....................................................................... 42 Failure code [DWN3KB] Ssp solenoid: Short circuit........................................................................... 44 Failure code [DWN3KY] Ssp solenoid: Short circuit........................................................................... 46 Failure code [DWN5KA] Fan pump solenoid: Disconnection ............................................................. 48 Failure code [DWN5KB] Fan pump solenoid: Short circuit................................................................. 49 Failure code [DXA0KA] TVC Sol.: Disconnection .............................................................................. 50 Failure code [DXA0KB] TVC Sol.: Short circuit .................................................................................. 51 Failure code [DXA0KY] TVC Sol.: Short circuit ................................................................................. 52 Failure code [DXH1KA] Lock-up ECMV: Disconnection..................................................................... 54 Failure code [DXH1KB] Lock-up ECMV: Short circuit ........................................................................ 56 Failure code [DXH1KY] Lock-up ECMV: Short circuit ........................................................................ 58 Failure code [DXH4KA] 1st clutch ECMV: Disconnection .................................................................. 60
2
D155AX-6
SEN00721-01
40 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting by failure and error codes, Part 6
1
Failure code [DK30KA] ST lever 1: Disconnection
1
Action code
Failure code
E03
DK30KA
Trouble
ST lever1: Disconnection (Power train controller system)
Contents of trouble
• Signal voltage of PCCS lever steering potentiometer 1 system is below 0.5 V.
Action of controller
• Continues control with signal of PCCS lever steering potentiometer 2 system. • Limits operation of engine and transmission.
Problem that appears on machine Related information
• Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to F1 and R1. • State of PCCS lever steering potentiometer 1 signal can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 50300 S/T Lever 1 Potentio) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Operate PCCS lever (in steering direction). Cause 1
Defective sensor 5V power supply system
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting If failure code [DBE7KK] is also displayed, carry out troubleshooting for it first. a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Defective PCCS lever steer2 ing potentiometer 1 (Internal disconnection)
TLV1 (male)
PCCS lever
Between (5) – (8) Between (5) – (7)
3.2 kz ± 20% Neutral
Between (7) – (8) Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Resistance 1.6 kz ± 20% 1.6 kz ± 20%
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring Wiring harness between STC1 (female) (22) 3 or defective contact in con- – TLV1 (female) (5) nector) Wiring harness between STC1 (female) (2) – TLV1 (female) (7)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Resistance
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshootGround fault in wiring haring without turning starting switch ON. 4 ness (Contact with GND cirWiring harness between STC1 (female) (2) Resiscuit) Min. 1 Mz – TLV1 (female) (7) and chassis ground tance Defective power train con5 troller
4
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. STC1
Voltage
Between (2) – (21)
0.5 – 4.5 V
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00721-01
Circuit diagram related to PCCS lever potentiometer
D155AX-6
5
SEN00721-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DK30KB] ST lever 1: Short circuit Action code
Failure code
E03
DK30KB
Trouble
1
ST lever1: Short circuit (Power train controller system)
Contents of trouble
• Signal voltage of PCCS lever steering potentiometer 1 system is above 4.5 V.
Action of controller
• Continues control with signal of PCCS lever steering potentiometer 2 system. • Limits operation of engine and transmission.
Problem that appears on machine Related information
• Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to F1 and R1. • State of PCCS lever steering potentiometer 1 signal can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 50300 S/T Lever 1 Potentio) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Operate PCCS lever (in steering direction). Cause 1
Defective sensor 5V power supply system
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting If failure code [DBE7KK] is also displayed, carry out troubleshooting for it first. a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Defective PCCS lever steer2 ing potentiometer 1 (Internal short circuit)
PCCS lever
Between (5) – (8) Between (5) – (7) Between (7) – (8)
Resistance 3.2 kz ± 20%
Neutral
1.6 kz ± 20% 1.6 kz ± 20%
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. Hot short (Short circuit with 3 24V circuit) in wiring harness Wiring harness between STC1 (female) (2) Voltage Max. 1 V – TLV1 (female) (7) and chassis ground
4
6
TLV1 (male)
Defective power train controller
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. STC1
Voltage
Between (2) – (21)
0.5 – 4.5 V
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00721-01
Circuit diagram related to PCCS lever potentiometer
D155AX-6
7
SEN00721-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DK30KX] ST lever 1: Out of normal range Action code E04 Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Failure code DK30KX
Trouble
1
ST lever 1: Out of normal range (Power train controller system)
• In PCCS lever steering potentiometer 1 and 2 systems, either of failure codes [DK30KA] and [DK30KB] and either of failure codes [DK31KA] and [DK31KB] occurred simultaneously. • Limits operation of engine and transmission. • Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to F1 and R1. • State of PCCS lever steering potentiometer signal can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 50300 S/T Lever 1 Potentio) (Code: 50301 S/T Lever 2 Potentio) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Operate PCCS lever (in steering direction). Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting
Carry out troubleshooting for failure codes [DK30KA], [DK30KB], [DK31KA], and [DK31KB].
Failure code [DK30KZ] RL lever: Disconnection or short circuit Action code
Failure code
E04
DK30KZ
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
8
Trouble
1
ST lever: Disconnection or short circuit (Power train controller system)
• In PCCS lever steering potentiometer 1 and 2 systems, when starting switch is turned ON, only either side is abnormal and then either of failure codes [DK30KA] and [DK30KB] and either of failure codes [DK31KA] and [DK31KB] occurred simultaneously. • Limits operation of engine and transmission. • Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, it cannot travel at all. • State of PCCS lever steering potentiometer signal can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 50300 S/T Lever 1 Potentio) (Code: 50301 S/T Lever 2 Potentio) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Operate PCCS lever (in steering direction). Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting
Carry out troubleshooting for failure codes [DK30KA], [DK30KB], [DK31KA], and [DK31KB].
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00721-01
Failure code [DK30L8] ST lever: Signal mismatch Action code E03
Failure code DK30L8
Trouble
1
ST lever: Signal mismatch (Power train controller system)
Contents of trouble
• In PCCS lever steering potentiometer 1 and 2 systems, total of both signal voltages is below 4.41 V or above 5.59 V.
Action of controller
• Continues control with signal of normal one of PCCS lever steering potentiometer 1 and 2 systems. • Limits operation of engine and transmission.
Problem that appears on machine Related information
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
D155AX-6
• Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to F1 and R1. • State of PCCS lever steering potentiometer signal can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 50300 S/T Lever 1 Potentio) (Code: 50301 S/T Lever 2 Potentio) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Operate PCCS lever (in steering direction). Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting
Carry out troubleshooting for failure codes [DK30KA], [DK30KB], [DK31KA], and [DK31KB].
9
SEN00721-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DK31KA] ST lever 2: Disconnection Action code
Failure code
E03
DK31KA
Trouble
1
ST lever 2: Disconnection (Power train controller system)
Contents of trouble
• Signal voltage of PCCS lever steering potentiometer 2 system is below 0.5 V.
Action of controller
• Continues control with signal of PCCS lever steering potentiometer 1 system. • Limits operation of engine and transmission.
Problem that appears on machine Related information
• Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to F1 and R1. • State of PCCS lever steering potentiometer 2 signal can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 50301 S/T Lever 2 Potentio) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Operate PCCS lever (in steering direction). Cause 1
Defective sensor 5V power supply system
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting If failure code [DBE7KK] is also displayed, carry out troubleshooting for it first. a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Defective PCCS lever steer2 ing potentiometer 2 (Internal disconnection)
TLV1 (male)
PCCS lever
Between (5) – (8) Between (5) – (6)
3.2 kz ± 20% Neutral
Between (6) – (8) Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Resistance 1.6 kz ± 20% 1.6 kz ± 20%
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring Wiring harness between STC1 (female) (22) 3 or defective contact in con- – TLV1 (female) (5) nector) Wiring harness between STC1 (female) (19) – TLV1 (female) (6)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Resistance
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshootGround fault in wiring haring without turning starting switch ON. 4 ness (Contact with GND cirWiring harness between STC1 (female) (19) Resiscuit) Min. 1 Mz – TLV1 (female) (6) and chassis ground tance Defective power train con5 troller
10
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. STC1
Voltage
Between (19) – (21)
0.5 – 4.5 V
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00721-01
Circuit diagram related to PCCS lever potentiometer
D155AX-6
11
SEN00721-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DK31KB] ST lever 2: Short circuit Action code
Failure code
E03
DK31KB
Trouble
1
ST lever 2: Short circuit (Power train controller system)
Contents of trouble
• Signal voltage of PCCS lever steering potentiometer 2 system is above 4.5 V.
Action of controller
• Continues control with signal of PCCS lever steering potentiometer 1 system. • Limits operation of engine and transmission.
Problem that appears on machine Related information
• Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to F1 and R1. • State of PCCS lever steering potentiometer 2 signal can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 50301 S/T Lever 2 Potentio) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Operate PCCS lever (in steering direction). Cause 1
Defective sensor 5V power supply system
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting If failure code [DBE7KK] is also displayed, carry out troubleshooting for it first. a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Defective PCCS lever steer2 ing potentiometer 2 (Internal short circuit)
PCCS lever
Between (5) – (8) Between (5) – (6) Between (6) – (8)
Resistance 3.2 kz ± 20%
Neutral
1.6 kz ± 20% 1.6 kz ± 20%
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. Hot short (Short circuit with 3 24V circuit) in wiring harness Wiring harness between STC1 (female) (19) Voltage Max. 1 V – TLV1 (female) (6) and chassis ground
4
12
TLV1 (male)
Defective power train controller
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. STC1
Voltage
Between (19) – (21)
0.5 – 4.5 V
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00721-01
Circuit diagram related to PCCS lever potentiometer
D155AX-6
13
SEN00721-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DK40KA] Brake potentiometer: Disconnection Action code
Failure code
E03
DK40KA
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
1
Brake potentiometer: Disconnection (Power train controller system)
• Signal voltage of brake pedal potentiometer is below 0.5 V. • Cannot recognize brake pedal position. • Auto shift-down function may not operate normally. • State of brake pedal potentiometer signal can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 50400 Brake Pedal Potentio) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Operate brake pedal. Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting
Defective sensor 5V power 1 supply system
If failure code [DBE7KK] is also displayed, carry out troubleshooting for it first. a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Defective brake pedal poten2 tiometer (Internal disconnection)
BRK (male)
Resistance
Between (A) – (C)
4.0 – 6.0 kz
Between (A) – (B)
0.25 – 7.0 kz
Between (B) – (C)
0.25 – 7.0 kz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring 3 or defective contact in connector)
Wiring harness between STC1 (female) (21) – BRK (female) (A)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between STC1 (female) (3) – BRK (female) (B)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between STC1 (female) (22) – BRK (female) (C)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Ground fault in wiring harWiring harness between STC1 (female) (3) 4 ness (Contact with GND cir- – BRK (female) (B) and chassis ground cuit) Wiring harness between STC1 (female) (22) – BRK (female) (C) or circuit branch end and chassis ground Defective power train con5 troller
14
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. STC1
Voltage
Between (3) – (21)
0.5 – 4.5 V
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00721-01
Circuit diagram related to brake pedal potentiometer
D155AX-6
15
SEN00721-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DK40KB] Brake potentiometer: Short circuit Action code
Failure code
E03
DK40KB
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
1
Brake potentiometer: Short circuit (Power train controller system)
• Signal voltage of brake pedal potentiometer is above 4.5 V. • Cannot recognize brake pedal position. • Auto shift-down function may not operate normally. • State of brake pedal potentiometer signal can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 50400 Brake Pedal Potentio) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Operate brake pedal. Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting
Defective sensor 5V power 1 supply system
If failure code [DBE7KK] is also displayed, carry out troubleshooting for it first. a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Defective brake pedal poten2 tiometer (Internal short circuit) Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Resistance
Between (A) – (C)
4.0 – 6.0 kz
Between (A) – (B)
0.25 – 7.0 kz
Between (B) – (C)
0.25 – 7.0 kz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. 3
Wiring harness between STC1 (female) (3) Hot short (Short circuit with – BRK (female) (B) and chassis ground 24V circuit) in wiring harness Wiring harness between STC1 (female) (22) – BRK (female) (C) or circuit branch end and chassis ground
Defective power train con4 troller
16
BRK (male)
Voltage
Max. 1 V
Voltage
Max. 1 V
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. STC1
Voltage
Between (3) – (21)
0.5 – 4.5 V
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00721-01
Circuit diagram related to brake pedal potentiometer
D155AX-6
17
SEN00721-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DK55KX] FR lever: Out of normal range Action code E04 Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Failure code DK55KX
Trouble
1
FR lever 1: Out of normal range (Power train controller system)
• In PCCS lever F-R potentiometer 1 and 2 systems, either of failure codes [DK56KA] and [DK56KB] and either of failure codes [DK57KA] and [DK57KB] occurred simultaneously. • Limits operation of engine and transmission. • Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, it cannot travel at all. • State of PCCS lever F-R potentiometer signal can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 50200 T/M Lever 1 Potentio) (Code: 50201 T/M Lever 2 Potentio) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Operate PCCS lever (in F-R direction). Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting
Carry out troubleshooting for failure codes [DK56KA], [DK56KB], [DK57KA], and [DK57KB].
Failure code [DK55KZ] FR lever: Disconnection or short circuit Action code
Failure code
E04
DK55KZ
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
18
Trouble
1
FR lever: Disconnection or short circuit (Power train controller system)
• In PCCS lever F-R potentiometer 1 and 2 systems, when starting switch is turned ON, only either side is abnormal and then either of failure codes [DK56KA] and [DK56KB] and either of failure codes [DK57KA] and [DK57KB] occurred simultaneously. • Limits operation of engine and transmission. • Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, it cannot travel at all. • State of PCCS lever F-R potentiometer signal can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 50200 T/M Lever 1 Potentio) (Code: 50201 T/M Lever 2 Potentio) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Operate PCCS lever (in F-R direction). Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting
Carry out troubleshooting for failure codes [DK56KA], [DK56KB], [DK57KA], and [DK57KB].
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00721-01
Failure code [DK55L8] FR lever: Signal mismatch Action code E03 Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
D155AX-6
Failure code DK55L8
Trouble
1
FR lever: Signal mismatch (Power train controller system)
• In PCCS lever F-R potentiometer 1 and 2 systems, total of both signal voltages is below 4.41 V or above 5.59 V. • Continues control with signal of normal one of PCCS lever F-R potentiometer 1 and 2 systems. • Limits operation of engine and transmission. • Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to F1 and R1. • State of PCCS lever F-R potentiometer signal can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 50200 T/M Lever 1 Potentio) (Code: 50201 T/M Lever 2 Potentio) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Operate PCCS lever (in F-R direction). Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting
Carry out troubleshooting for failure codes [DK56KA], [DK56KB], [DK57KA], and [DK57KB].
19
SEN00721-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DK56KA] FR lever 1: Disconnection Action code
Failure code
E03
DK56KA
Trouble
FR lever 1: Disconnection (Power train controller system)
Contents of trouble
• Signal voltage of PCCS lever F-R potentiometer 1 system is below 0.5 V.
Action of controller
• Continues control with signal of PCCS lever F-R potentiometer 2 system. • Limits operation of engine and transmission.
Problem that appears on machine Related information
1
• Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to F1 and R1. • State of PCCS lever F-R potentiometer 1 signal can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 50200 T/M Lever 1 Potentio) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Operate PCCS lever (in F-R direction). Cause 1
Defective sensor 5V power supply system
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting If failure code [DBE7KK] is also displayed, carry out troubleshooting for it first. a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Defective PCCS lever F-R 2 potentiometer 1 (Internal disconnection)
TLV1 (male)
PCCS lever
Between (4) – (1) Between (4) – (3)
3.2 kz ± 20% Neutral
Between (3) – (1) Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Resistance 1.6 kz ± 20% 1.6 kz ± 20%
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring Wiring harness between STC1 (female) (22) 3 or defective contact in con- – TLV1 (female) (4) nector) Wiring harness between STC1 (female) (13) – TLV1 (female) (3)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Resistance
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshootGround fault in wiring haring without turning starting switch ON. 4 ness (Contact with GND cirWiring harness between STC1 (female) (13) Resiscuit) Min. 1 Mz – TLV1 (female) (3) and chassis ground tance Defective power train con5 troller
20
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. STC1
Voltage
Between (13) – (21)
0.5 – 4.5 V
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00721-01
Circuit diagram related to PCCS lever potentiometer
D155AX-6
21
SEN00721-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DK56KB] FR lever 1: Short circuit Action code
Failure code
E03
DK56KB
Trouble
1
FR lever 1: Short circuit (Power train controller system)
Contents of trouble
• Signal voltage of PCCS lever F-R potentiometer 1 system is above 4.5 V.
Action of controller
• Continues control with signal of PCCS lever F-R potentiometer 2 system. • Limits operation of engine and transmission.
Problem that appears on machine Related information
• Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to F1 and R1. • State of PCCS lever F-R potentiometer 1 signal can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 50200 T/M Lever 1 Potentio) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Operate PCCS lever (in F-R direction). Cause 1
Defective sensor 5V power supply system
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting If failure code [DBE7KK] is also displayed, carry out troubleshooting for it first. a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Defective PCCS lever F-R 2 potentiometer 1 (Internal short circuit)
PCCS lever
Between (4) – (1) Between (4) – (3) Between (3) – (1)
Resistance 3.2 kz ± 20%
Neutral
1.6 kz ± 20% 1.6 kz ± 20%
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. Hot short (Short circuit with 3 24V circuit) in wiring harness Wiring harness between STC1 (female) (13) Voltage Max. 1 V – TLV1 (female) (3) and chassis ground
4
22
TLV1 (male)
Defective power train controller
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. STC1
Voltage
Between (13) – (21)
0.5 – 4.5 V
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00721-01
Circuit diagram related to PCCS lever potentiometer
D155AX-6
23
SEN00721-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DK57KA] FR lever 2: Disconnection Action code
Failure code
E03
DK57KA
Trouble
FR lever 2: Disconnection (Power train controller system)
Contents of trouble
• Signal voltage of PCCS lever F-R potentiometer 2 system is below 0.5 V.
Action of controller
• Continues control with signal of PCCS lever F-R potentiometer 1 system. • Limits operation of engine and transmission.
Problem that appears on machine Related information
1
• Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to F1 and R1. • State of PCCS lever F-R potentiometer 2 signal can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 50201 T/M Lever 2 Potentio) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Operate PCCS lever (in F-R direction). Cause 1
Defective sensor 5V power supply system
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting If failure code [DBE7KK] is also displayed, carry out troubleshooting for it first. a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Defective PCCS lever F-R 2 potentiometer 2 (Internal disconnection)
TLV1 (male)
PCCS lever
Between (4) – (1) Between (4) – (2)
3.2 kz ± 20% Neutral
Between (2) – (1) Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Resistance 1.6 kz ± 20% 1.6 kz ± 20%
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring Wiring harness between STC1 (female) (22) 3 or defective contact in con- – TLV1 (female) (4) nector) Wiring harness between STC1 (female) (7) – TLV1 (female) (2)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Resistance
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshootGround fault in wiring haring without turning starting switch ON. 4 ness (Contact with GND cirWiring harness between STC1 (female) (7) Resiscuit) Min. 1 Mz – TLV1 (female) (2) and chassis ground tance Defective power train con5 troller
24
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. STC1
Voltage
Between (7) – (21)
0.5 – 4.5 V
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00721-01
Circuit diagram related to PCCS lever potentiometer
D155AX-6
25
SEN00721-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DK57KB] FR lever 2: Short circuit Action code
Failure code
E03
DK57KB
Trouble
1
FR lever 2: Short circuit (Power train controller system)
Contents of trouble
• Signal voltage of PCCS lever F-R potentiometer 2 system is above 4.5 V.
Action of controller
• Continues control with signal of PCCS lever F-R potentiometer 1 system. • Limits operation of engine and transmission.
Problem that appears on machine Related information
• Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to F1 and R1. • State of PCCS lever F-R potentiometer 2 signal can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 50201 T/M Lever 2 Potentio) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Operate PCCS lever (in F-R direction). Cause 1
Defective sensor 5V power supply system
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting If failure code [DBE7KK] is also displayed, carry out troubleshooting for it first. a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Defective PCCS lever F-R 2 potentiometer 2 (Internal short circuit)
PCCS lever
Between (4) – (1) Between (4) – (2) Between (2) – (1)
Resistance 3.2 kz ± 20%
Neutral
1.6 kz ± 20% 1.6 kz ± 20%
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. Hot short (Short circuit with 3 24V circuit) in wiring harness Wiring harness between STC1 (female) (7) Voltage Max. 1 V – TLV1 (female) (2) and chassis ground
4
26
TLV1 (male)
Defective power train controller
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. STC1
Voltage
Between (7) – (21)
0.5 – 4.5 V
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00721-01
Circuit diagram related to PCCS lever potentiometer
D155AX-6
27
SEN00721-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DKH1KA] Pitch angle sensor: Disconnection Action code
Failure code
E03
DKH1KA
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
1
Pitch angle sensor: Disconnection (Power train controller system)
• Signal voltage of pitch angle sensor is below 0.5 V. • Cannot sense pitch angle of machine. • Limits operation of engine and transmission. • Gearshift shock is made on slope or steering shock is made on level ground. • Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to F1 and R1. • State of pitch angle sensor signal can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 60100 Pitch Angle Sensor) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON. Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting
Defective sensor 24V power If failure code [DBE6KK] is also displayed, carry out troubleshoot1 supply system ing for it first. a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. PT1 2
Defective pitch angle sensor (Internal trouble)
Voltage
Between (C) – (A)
Power supply
20 – 30 V
Between (B) – (A)
Signal
0.15 – 4.85 V
Sensor voltage is measured with wiring harness connected. Accordingly, if voltage is abnormal, check wiring harness and controller, too, for another cause of trouble, and then judge. Possible causes and standard value in normal state
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring 3 or defective contact in connector)
Wiring harness between STC1 (female) (21) – PT1 (female) (A)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between STC1 (female) (8) – PT1 (female) (B)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between STC1 (female) (16) – PT1 (female) (C)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshootGround fault in wiring haring without turning starting switch ON. 4 ness (Contact with GND cirWiring harness between STC1 (female) (8) Resiscuit) Min. 1 Mz – PT1 (female) (B) and chassis ground tance 5
28
Defective power train controller
If causes 1 – 4 are not detected, power train controller may be defective. (Since trouble is in system, troubleshooting cannot be carried out.)
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00721-01
Circuit diagram related to pitch angle sensor
D155AX-6
29
SEN00721-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DKH1KB] Pitch angle sensor: Short circuit Action code
Failure code
E03
DKH1KB
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
1
Pitch angle sensor: Short circuit (Power train controller system)
• Signal voltage of pitch angle sensor is above 4.85 V. • Cannot sense pitch angle of machine. • Limits operation of engine and transmission. • Gearshift shock is made on slope or steering shock is made on level ground. • Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to F1 and R1. • State of pitch angle sensor signal can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 60100 Pitch Angle Sensor) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON. Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting
Defective sensor 24V power If failure code [DBE6KK] is also displayed, carry out troubleshoot1 supply system ing for it first. a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. PT1 Possible causes and standard value in normal state
2
Defective pitch angle sensor (Internal trouble)
Voltage
Between (C) – (A)
Power supply
20 – 30 V
Between (B) – (A)
Signal
0.15 – 4.85 V
Sensor voltage is measured with wiring harness connected. Accordingly, if voltage is abnormal, check wiring harness and controller, too, for another cause of trouble, and then judge. a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. Hot short (Short circuit with 3 24V circuit) in wiring harness Wiring harness between STC1 (female) (8) Voltage Max. 1 V – PT1 (female) (B) and chassis ground 4
30
Defective power train controller
If causes 1 – 3 are not detected, power train controller may be defective. (Since trouble is in system, troubleshooting cannot be carried out.)
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00721-01
Circuit diagram related to pitch angle sensor
D155AX-6
31
SEN00721-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DLT3KA] T/M out-speed sensor: Disconnection Action code
Failure code
E01
DLT3KA
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
T/M out-speed sensor: Disconnection (Power train controller system)
• No signal is input from transmission bevel speed sensor. • Recognizes that transmission bevel speed is 0 rpm. • Transmission bevel speed cannot be monitored. • Traction force cannot be calculated. • Transmission bevel speed can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 31400 T/M Out Speed) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Drive machine (actually or with no load). Cause Defective transmission bevel 1 speed sensor (Internal disconnection or short circuit)
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
1
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. BVRV (male)
Resistance
Between (1) – (2)
500 – 1,000 z
Between (1) – chassis ground
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring Wiring harness between STC2 (female) (30) 3 or defective contact in con- – BVRV (female) (1) nector) Wiring harness between STC2 (female) (29) – BVRV (female) (2)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Resistance
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshootGround fault in wiring haring without turning starting switch ON. 4 ness (Contact with GND cirWiring harness between STC2 (female) (30) Resiscuit) Min. 1 Mz – BVRV (female) (1) and chassis ground tance 5
Defective power train controller
If causes 1 – 3 are not detected, power train controller may be defective. (Since trouble is in system, troubleshooting cannot be carried out.)
Circuit diagram related to transmission bevel speed sensor
32
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00721-01
Failure code [DLT3KB] T/M out-speed sensor: Abnormal Action code
Failure code
E01
DLT3KB
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
T/M out-speed sensor: Abnormal (Power train controller system)
• No signal is input from transmission bevel speed sensor. • Recognizes that transmission bevel speed is 0 rpm. • Transmission bevel speed cannot be monitored. • Traction force cannot be calculated. • Transmission bevel speed can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 31400 T/M Out Speed) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Drive machine (actually or with no load). Cause Defective transmission bevel 1 speed sensor (Internal disconnection or short circuit)
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
1
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. BVRV (male)
Resistance
Between (1) – (2)
500 – 1,000 z
Between (1) – chassis ground
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring Wiring harness between STC2 (female) (30) 2 or defective contact in con- – BVRV (female) (1) nector) Wiring harness between STC2 (female) (29) – BVRV (female) (2)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Resistance
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshootGround fault in wiring haring without turning starting switch ON. 3 ness (Contact with GND cirWiring harness between STC2 (female) (30) Resiscuit) Min. 1 Mz – BVRV (female) (1) and chassis ground tance 4
Defective power train controller
If causes 1 – 3 are not detected, power train controller may be defective. (Since trouble is in system, troubleshooting cannot be carried out.)
Circuit diagram related to transmission bevel speed sensor
D155AX-6
33
SEN00721-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DW7BKA] Fan rev EPC: Disconnection Action code
Failure code
E01
DW7BKA
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
1
Fan rev EPC: Disconnection (Power train controller system)
• When signal is output to fan reverse solenoid circuit, no current flows. • Turns signal to fan reverse solenoid circuit OFF. • Fan reverse function cannot be used. • Operating condition of fan reverse solenoid can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 40909 T/M Output 1) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Select fan reverse mode. Cause
1
Defective fan reverse solenoid (Internal disconnection)
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. FAR (male)
Resistance
Between (1) – (2)
34 – 44 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring Wiring harness between STC3 (female) (18) 2 or defective contact in con- – FAR (female) (1) nector) Wiring harness between STC3 (female) (13) – FAR (female) (2)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Resistance
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. Hot short (Short circuit with 3 24V circuit) in wiring harness Wiring harness between STC3 (female) (18) Voltage Max. 1 V – FAR (female) (1) and chassis ground 4
Defective power train controller
If causes 1 – 3 are not detected, power train controller may be defective. (Since trouble is in system, troubleshooting cannot be carried out.)
Circuit diagram related to fan reverse solenoid
34
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00721-01
Failure code [DW7BKB] Fan rev EPC: Short circuit Action code
Failure code
E01
DW7BKB
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
1
Fan rev EPC: Short circuit (Power train controller system)
• When signal was output to fan reverse solenoid circuit, abnormal current flowed. • Turns signal to fan reverse solenoid circuit OFF. • Fan reverse function cannot be used. • Operating condition of fan reverse solenoid can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 40909 T/M Output 1) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Select fan reverse mode. Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
1
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Defective fan reverse solenoid (Internal short circuit)
FAR (male)
Resistance
Between (1) – (2)
34 – 44 z
Between (1) – chassis ground
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshootGround fault in wiring haring without turning starting switch ON. 2 ness (Contact with GND cirWiring harness between STC3 (female) (18) Resiscuit) Min. 1 Mz – FAR (female) (1) and chassis ground tance Short circuit in wiring har3 ness (with another wiring harness)
4
Defective power train controller
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Wiring harness between STC3 (female) (18) – FAR (female) (1) and between STC3 (female) (13) – FAR (female) (2)
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
If causes 1 – 3 are not detected, power train controller may be defective. (Since trouble is in system, troubleshooting cannot be carried out.)
Circuit diagram related to fan reverse solenoid
D155AX-6
35
SEN00721-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DWN1KA] Hss EPC1: Disconnection Action code
Failure code
E03
DWN1KA
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
1
Hss EPC1: Disconnection (Power train controller system)
• When signal is output to HSS left EPC solenoid circuit, no current flows. • Turns signal to HSS left EPC solenoid circuit OFF. • Limits operation of engine and transmission. • Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to F1 and R1. • Output to HSS left EPC solenoid can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 50600 HSS Solenoid LH (F/B)) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Operate PCCS lever (Left steering) Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Defective HSS left EPC sole1 noid (Internal disconnection) HSL (male) Resistance Between (1) – (2)
4.5 – 14.5 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring Wiring harness between STC3 (female) (25) 2 or defective contact in con- – HSL (female) (1) nector) Wiring harness between STC3 (female) (3) – HSL (female) (2)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Resistance
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting.
3
4
Hot short (Short circuit with 24V circuit) in wiring harness Wiring harness between STC3 (female) (3) – HSL (female) (2) or circuit branch end and chassis ground Defective power train controller
Voltage
Max. 1 V
If causes 1 – 3 are not detected, power train controller may be defective. (Since trouble is in system, troubleshooting cannot be carried out.)
Circuit diagram related to HSS left EPC solenoid
36
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00721-01
Failure code [DWN1KB] Hss EPC1: Short circuit Action code
Failure code
E03
DWN1KB
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
1
Hss EPC1: Short circuit (Power train controller system)
• When signal is output to HSS left EPC solenoid circuit, abnormal current flowed. • Turns signal to HSS left EPC solenoid circuit OFF. • Limits operation of engine and transmission. • Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to F1 and R1. • Output to HSS left EPC solenoid can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 50600 HSS Solenoid LH (F/B)) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Operate PCCS lever (Left steering). Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
1
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Defective HSS left EPC solenoid (Internal short circuit)
HSL (male)
Resistance
Between (1) – (2)
4.5 – 14.5 z
Between (1) – chassis ground
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshootGround fault in wiring haring without turning starting switch ON. 2 ness (Contact with GND cirWiring harness between STC3 (female) (25) Resiscuit) Min. 1 Mz – HSL (female) (1) and chassis ground tance Short circuit in wiring har3 ness (with another wiring harness)
4
Defective power train controller
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Wiring harness between STC3 (female) (25) – HSL (female) (1) and between STC3 (female) (3) – HSL (female) (2)
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
If causes 1 – 3 are not detected, power train controller may be defective. (Since trouble is in system, troubleshooting cannot be carried out.)
Circuit diagram related to HSS left EPC solenoid
D155AX-6
37
SEN00721-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DWN1KY] Hss EPC1: Short circuit Action code
Failure code
E03
DWN1KY
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
1
Hss EPC1: Short circuit (Power train controller system)
• When signal is output to HSS left EPC solenoid circuit, abnormal current flowed. • Turns signal to HSS left EPC solenoid circuit OFF. • Limits operation of engine and transmission. • Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to F1 and R1. • Output to HSS left EPC solenoid can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 50600 HSS Solenoid LH (F/B)) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Operate PCCS lever (Left steering). Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
1
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Defective HSS left EPC solenoid (Internal short circuit)
HSL (male)
Resistance
Between (1) – (2)
4.5 – 14.5 z
Between (1) – chassis ground
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. Hot short (Short circuit with 2 24V circuit) in wiring harness Wiring harness between STC3 (female) (25) Voltage Max. 1 V – HSL (female) (1) and chassis ground Short circuit in wiring har3 ness (with another wiring harness)
4
Defective power train controller
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Wiring harness between STC3 (female) (25) – HSL (female) (1) and between STC3 (female) (3) – HSL (female) (2)
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
If causes 1 – 3 are not detected, power train controller may be defective. (Since trouble is in system, troubleshooting cannot be carried out.)
Circuit diagram related to HSS left EPC solenoid
38
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00721-01
Failure code [DWN2KA] Hss EPC2: Disconnection Action code
Failure code
E03
DWN2KA
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
1
Hss EPC2: Disconnection (Power train controller system)
• When signal is output to HSS right EPC solenoid circuit, no current flows. • Turns signal to HSS right EPC solenoid circuit OFF. • Limits operation of engine and transmission. • Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to F1 and R1. • Output to HSS right EPC solenoid can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 50601 HSS Solenoid RH (F/B)) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Operate PCCS lever (Right steering). Cause Defective HSS right EPC 1 solenoid (Internal disconnection)
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. HSR (male)
Resistance
Between (1) – (2)
4.5 – 14.5 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring Wiring harness between STC3 (female) (35) 2 or defective contact in con- – HSR (female) (1) nector) Wiring harness between STC3 (female) (3) – HSR (female) (2)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Resistance
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting.
3
4
Hot short (Short circuit with 24V circuit) in wiring harness Wiring harness between STC3 (female) (3) – HSR (female) (2) or circuit branch end and chassis ground Defective power train controller
Voltage
Max. 1 V
If causes 1 – 3 are not detected, power train controller may be defective. (Since trouble is in system, troubleshooting cannot be carried out.)
Circuit diagram related to HSS right EPC solenoid
D155AX-6
39
SEN00721-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DWN2KB] Hss EPC2: Short circuit Action code
Failure code
E03
DWN2KB
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
Hss EPC2: Short circuit (Power train controller system)
• When signal is output to HSS right EPC solenoid circuit, abnormal current flowed. • Turns signal to HSS right EPC solenoid circuit OFF. • Limits operation of engine and transmission. • Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to F1 and R1. • Output to HSS right EPC solenoid can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 50601 HSS Solenoid RH (F/B)) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Operate PCCS lever (Right steering). Cause Defective HSS right EPC 1 solenoid (Internal short circuit)
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
1
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. HSR (male)
Resistance
Between (1) – (2)
4.5 – 14.5 z
Between (1) – chassis ground
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshootGround fault in wiring haring without turning starting switch ON. 2 ness (Contact with GND cirResisWiring harness between STC3 (female) (35) cuit) Min. 1 Mz – HSR (female) (1) and chassis ground tance Short circuit in wiring har3 ness (with another wiring harness)
4
Defective power train controller
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Wiring harness between STC3 (female) (35) – HSR (female) (1) and between STC3 (female) (3) – HSR (female) (2)
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
If causes 1 – 3 are not detected, power train controller may be defective. (Since trouble is in system, troubleshooting cannot be carried out.)
Circuit diagram related to HSS right EPC solenoid
40
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00721-01
Failure code [DWN2KY] Hss EPC2: Short circuit Action code
Failure code
E03
DWN2KY
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
Hss EPC2: Short circuit (Power train controller system)
• When signal is output to HSS right EPC solenoid circuit, abnormal current flowed. • Turns signal to HSS right EPC solenoid circuit OFF. • Limits operation of engine and transmission. • Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to F1 and R1. • Output to HSS right EPC solenoid can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 50601 HSS Solenoid RH (F/B)) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Operate PCCS lever (Right steering). Cause Defective HSS right EPC 1 solenoid (Internal short circuit)
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
1
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. HSR (male)
Resistance
Between (1) – (2)
4.5 – 14.5 z
Between (1) – chassis ground
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. Hot short (Short circuit with 2 24V circuit) in wiring harness Wiring harness between STC3 (female) (35) Voltage Max. 1 V – HSR (female) (1) and chassis ground Short circuit in wiring har3 ness (with another wiring harness)
4
Defective power train controller
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Wiring harness between STC3 (female) (35) – HSR (female) (1) and between STC3 (female) (3) – HSR (female) (2)
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
If causes 1 – 3 are not detected, power train controller may be defective. (Since trouble is in system, troubleshooting cannot be carried out.)
Circuit diagram related to HSS right EPC solenoid
D155AX-6
41
SEN00721-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DWN3KA] Ssp solenoid: Disconnection Action code
Failure code
E04
DWN3KA
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
1
Ssp solenoid: Disconnection (Power train controller system)
• When signal is output to sudden stop prevent solenoid circuit, no current flows. • Limits operation of engine, transmission, and brake. • Brake is applied lightly during travel. • Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, it cannot travel at all. • Output to sudden stop prevent solenoid can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 31628 SSP Solenoid) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON. Cause Defective sudden stop pre1 vent solenoid (Internal disconnection)
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. SSP (male)
Resistance
Between (1) – (2)
3.5 – 12.5 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring Wiring harness between STC3 (female) (7) 2 or defective contact in con- – SSP (female) (1) nector) Wiring harness between STC3 (female) (23) – SSP (female) (2)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Resistance
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. Hot short (Short circuit with 3 24V circuit) in wiring harness Wiring harness between STC3 (female) (7) Voltage Max. 1 V – SSP (female) (1) and chassis ground
4
42
Defective power train controller
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. STC3 (female)
Resistance
Between (7) – (23)
3.5 – 12.5 z
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00721-01
Circuit diagram related to sudden stop prevent solenoid
D155AX-6
43
SEN00721-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DWN3KB] Ssp solenoid: Short circuit Action code
Failure code
E04
DWN3KB
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
Ssp solenoid: Short circuit (Power train controller system)
• When signal was output to sudden stop prevent solenoid circuit, abnormal current flowed. • Limits operation of engine, transmission, and brake. • Brake is applied lightly during travel. • Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, it cannot travel at all. • Output to sudden stop prevent solenoid can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 31628 SSP Solenoid) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON. Cause Defective sudden stop pre1 vent solenoid (Internal short circuit)
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
1
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. SSP (male)
Resistance
Between (1) – (2)
3.5 – 12.5 z
Between (1) – chassis ground
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshootGround fault in wiring haring without turning starting switch ON. 2 ness (Contact with GND cirResisWiring harness between STC3 (female) (7) cuit) Min. 1 Mz – SSP (female) (1) and chassis ground tance Short circuit in wiring har3 ness (with another wiring harness)
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Wiring harness between STC3 (female) (7) – SSP (female) (1) and between STC3 (female) (23) – SSP (female) (2)
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. 4
44
Defective power train controller
STC3 (female)
Resistance
Between (7) – (23)
3.5 – 12.5 z
Between (7) – chassis ground
Min. 1 Mz
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00721-01
Circuit diagram related to sudden stop prevent solenoid
D155AX-6
45
SEN00721-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DWN3KY] Ssp solenoid: Short circuit Action code
Failure code
E04
DWN3KY
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
Ssp solenoid: Short circuit (Power train controller system)
• When signal was output to sudden stop prevent solenoid circuit, abnormal current flowed. • Limits operation of engine, transmission, and brake. • Brake is applied lightly during travel. • Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, it cannot travel at all. • Output to sudden stop prevent solenoid can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 31628 SSP Solenoid) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON. Cause Defective sudden stop pre1 vent solenoid (Internal short circuit)
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
1
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. SSP (male)
Resistance
Between (1) – (2)
3.5 – 12.5 z
Between (1) – chassis ground
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. Hot short (Short circuit with 2 24V circuit) in wiring harness Wiring harness between STC3 (female) (7) Voltage Max. 1 V – SSP (female) (1) and chassis ground Short circuit in wiring har3 ness (with another wiring harness)
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Wiring harness between STC3 (female) (7) – SSP (female) (1) and between STC3 (female) (23) – SSP (female) (2)
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. 4
46
Defective power train controller
STC3 (female)
Resistance
Between (7) – (23)
3.5 – 12.5 z
Between (7) – chassis ground
Min. 1 Mz
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00721-01
Circuit diagram related to sudden stop prevent solenoid
D155AX-6
47
SEN00721-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DWN5KA] Fan pump solenoid: Disconnection Action code
Failure code
E01
DWN5KA
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
1
Fan pump solenoid: Disconnection (Power train controller system)
• When signal is output to fan pump EPC solenoid circuit, no current flows. • Turns signal to fan pump EPC solenoid circuit OFF. • Fan speed is kept at maximum. • Output to fan pump EPC solenoid can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 31624 Fan pump Solenoid (F/B)) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON. Cause Defective fan pump EPC 1 solenoid (Internal disconnection)
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. FAC (male)
Resistance
Between (1) – (2)
2 – 12 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring Wiring harness between STC3 (female) (36) 2 or defective contact in con- – FAC (female) (1) nector) Wiring harness between STC3 (female) (23) – FAC (female) (2)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Resistance
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting.
3
4
Hot short (Short circuit with 24V circuit) in wiring harness Wiring harness between STC3 (female) (23) – FAC (female) (2) or circuit branch end and chassis ground Defective power train controller
Voltage
Max. 1 V
If causes 1 – 3 are not detected, power train controller may be defective. (Since trouble is in system, troubleshooting cannot be carried out.)
Circuit diagram related to fan control solenoid
48
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00721-01
Failure code [DWN5KB] Fan pump solenoid: Short circuit Action code
Failure code
E01
DWN5KB
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
Fan pump solenoid: Short circuit (Power train controller system)
• When signal was output to fan pump EPC solenoid circuit, abnormal current flowed. • Turns signal to fan pump EPC solenoid circuit OFF. • Fan speed is kept at maximum. • Output to fan pump EPC solenoid can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 31624 Fan pump Solenoid (F/B)) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON. Cause Defective fan pump EPC 1 solenoid (Internal short circuit)
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
1
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. FAC (male)
Resistance
Between (1) – (2)
2 – 12 z
Between (1) – chassis ground
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshootGround fault in wiring haring without turning starting switch ON. 2 ness (Contact with GND cirResisWiring harness between STC3 (female) (36) cuit) Min. 1 Mz – FAC (female) (1) and chassis ground tance Short circuit in wiring har3 ness (with another wiring harness)
4
Defective power train controller
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Wiring harness between STC3 (female) (36) – FAC (female) (1) and between STC3 (female) (23) – FAC (female) (2)
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
If causes 1 – 3 are not detected, power train controller may be defective. (Since trouble is in system, troubleshooting cannot be carried out.)
Circuit diagram related to fan control solenoid
D155AX-6
49
SEN00721-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DXA0KA] TVC Sol.: Disconnection Action code
Failure code
E01
DXA0KA
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
1
TVC Sol.: Disconnection (Work equipment controller system)
• When signal is output to work equipment-HSS pump TVC solenoid circuit, no current flows. • Turns signal to work equipment-HSS pump TVC solenoid circuit OFF. • If engine is loaded while running at low speed, it stops. • Output to work equipment-HSS pump TVC solenoid can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 01300 TVC Solenoid (F/B)) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON. Cause Defective work equipment1 HSS pump TVC solenoid (Internal disconnection)
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. TVC (male)
Resistance
Between (1) – (2)
2 – 12 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring Wiring harness between WEC3 (female) (7) 2 or defective contact in con- – TVC (female) (1) nector) Wiring harness between WEC3 (female) (3) – TVC (female) (2)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Resistance
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. Hot short (Short circuit with 3 24V circuit) in wiring harness Wiring harness between WEC3 (female) (7) Voltage Max. 1 V – TVC (female) (1) and chassis ground
4
Defective work equipment controller
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. WEC3 (female)
Resistance
Between (7) – (3)
2 – 12 z
Circuit diagram related to work equipment-HSS pump TVC solenoid
50
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00721-01
Failure code [DXA0KB] TVC Sol.: Short circuit Action code
Failure code
E01 Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
DXA0KB
Trouble
TVC Sol.: Short circuit (Work equipment controller system)
• When signal was output to work equipment-HSS pump TVC solenoid circuit, abnormal current flowed. • Turns signal to work equipment-HSS pump TVC solenoid circuit OFF. • If engine is loaded while running at low speed, it stops. • Output to work equipment-HSS pump TVC solenoid can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 01300 TVC Solenoid (F/B)) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON. Cause Defective work equipment1 HSS pump TVC solenoid (Internal disconnection)
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
1
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. TVC (male)
Resistance
Between (1) – (2)
2 – 12 z
Between (1) – chassis ground
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshootGround fault in wiring haring without turning starting switch ON. 2 ness (Contact with GND cirResisWiring harness between WEC3 (female) (7) cuit) Min. 1 Mz – TVC (female) (1) and chassis ground tance Short circuit in wiring har3 ness (with another wiring harness)
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Wiring harness between WEC3 (female) (7) – TVC (female) (1) and between WEC3 (female) (3) – TVC (female) (2)
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. 4
Defective work equipment controller
WEC3 (female)
Resistance
Between (7) – (3)
2 – 12 z
Between (7) – chassis ground
Min. 1 Mz
Circuit diagram related to work equipment-HSS pump TVC solenoid
D155AX-6
51
SEN00721-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DXA0KY] TVC Sol.: Short circuit Action code
Failure code
E01 Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
DXA0KY
Trouble
TVC Sol.: Short circuit (Work equipment controller system)
• When signal was output to work equipment-HSS pump TVC solenoid circuit, abnormal current flowed. • Turns signal to work equipment-HSS pump TVC solenoid circuit OFF. • Work equipment speed may be lowered. • Output to work equipment-HSS pump TVC solenoid can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 01300 TVC Solenoid (F/B)) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON. Cause Defective work equipment1 HSS pump TVC solenoid (Internal disconnection)
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
1
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. TVC (male)
Resistance
Between (1) – (2)
2 – 12 z
Between (1) – chassis ground
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. Hot short (Short circuit with 2 24V circuit) in wiring harness Wiring harness between WEC3 (female) (7) Voltage Max. 1 V – TVC (female) (1) and chassis ground Short circuit in wiring har3 ness (with another wiring harness)
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Wiring harness between WEC3 (female) (7) – TVC (female) (1) and between WEC3 (female) (3) – TVC (female) (2)
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. 4
Defective work equipment controller
WEC3 (female)
Resistance
Between (7) – (3)
2 – 12 z
Between (7) – chassis ground
Min. 1 Mz
Circuit diagram related to work equipment-HSS pump TVC solenoid
52
D155AX-6
SEN00721-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DXH1KA] Lock-up ECMV: Disconnection Action code
Failure code
E02
DXH1KA
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
1
Lock-up ECMV: Disconnection (Power train controller system)
• When signal is output to torque converter lockup clutch ECMV solenoid circuit, no current flows. • Turns signal to torque converter lockup clutch ECMV solenoid circuit OFF. • Torque converter lockup function does not operate. • Output to torque converter lockup clutch ECMV solenoid can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 31642 L/U ECMV (F/B)) • Method of reproducing failure code: Start engine + Drive forward (in auto gearshift mode). Cause Defective lockup clutch 1 ECMV solenoid (Internal disconnection)
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. SLUC (male)
Resistance
Between (1) – (2)
3.5 – 12.5 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring Wiring harness between STC3 (female) (17) 2 or defective contact in con- – SLUC (female) (1) nector) Wiring harness between STC3 (female) (13) – SLUC (female) (2)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Resistance
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. Hot short (Short circuit with 3 24V circuit) in wiring harness Wiring harness between STC3 (female) (17) Voltage Max. 1 V – SLUC (female) (1) and chassis ground
4
54
Defective power train controller
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. STC3 (female)
Resistance
Between (17) – (13)
3.5 – 12.5 z
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00721-01
Circuit diagram related to torque converter lockup clutch ECMV
D155AX-6
55
SEN00721-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DXH1KB] Lock-up ECMV: Short circuit Action code
Failure code
E02 Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
DXH1KB
Trouble
Lock-up ECMV: Short circuit (Power train controller system)
• When signal was output to torque converter lockup clutch ECMV solenoid circuit, abnormal current flowed. • Turns signal to torque converter lockup clutch ECMV solenoid circuit OFF. • Torque converter lockup function does not operate. • Output to torque converter lockup clutch ECMV solenoid can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 31642 L/U ECMV (F/B)) • Method of reproducing failure code: Start engine + Drive forward (in auto gearshift mode). Cause Defective lockup clutch 1 ECMV solenoid (Internal short circuit)
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
1
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. SLUC (male)
Resistance
Between (1) – (2)
3.5 – 12.5 z
Between (1) – chassis ground
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshootGround fault in wiring haring without turning starting switch ON. 2 ness (Contact with GND cirResisWiring harness between STC3 (female) (17) cuit) Min. 1 Mz – SLUC (female) (1) and chassis ground tance Short circuit in wiring har3 ness (with another wiring harness)
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Wiring harness between STC3 (female) (17) – SLUC (female) (1) and between STC3 (female) (13) – SLUC (female) (2)
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. 4
56
Defective power train controller
STC3 (female)
Resistance
Between (17) – (13)
3.5 – 12.5 z
Between (17) – chassis ground
Min. 1 Mz
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00721-01
Circuit diagram related to torque converter lockup clutch ECMV
D155AX-6
57
SEN00721-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DXH1KY] Lock-up ECMV: Short circuit Action code
Failure code
E03 Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
DXH1KY
Trouble
Lock-up ECMV: Short circuit (Power train controller system)
• When signal was output to torque converter lockup clutch ECMV solenoid circuit, abnormal current flowed. • Turns signal to torque converter lockup clutch ECMV solenoid circuit OFF. • Torque converter lockup function operates constantly. • Engine may stall during travel. • Output to lockup clutch ECMV solenoid can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 31642 L/U ECMV (F/B)) • Method of reproducing failure code: Start engine + Drive in auto gearshift mode (while lockup is in operation). Cause Defective lockup clutch 1 ECMV solenoid (Internal short circuit)
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
1
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. SLUC (male)
Resistance
Between (1) – (2)
3.5 – 12.5 z
Between (1) – chassis ground
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. Hot short (Short circuit with 2 24V circuit) in wiring harness Wiring harness between STC3 (female) (17) Voltage Max. 1 V – SLUC (female) (1) and chassis ground Short circuit in wiring har3 ness (with another wiring harness)
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Wiring harness between STC3 (female) (17) – SLUC (female) (1) and between STC3 (female) (13) – SLUC (female) (2)
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. 4
58
Defective power train controller
STC3 (female)
Resistance
Between (17) – (13)
3.5 – 12.5 z
Between (17) – chassis ground
Min. 1 Mz
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00721-01
Circuit diagram related to torque converter lockup clutch ECMV
D155AX-6
59
SEN00721-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DXH4KA] 1st clutch ECMV: Disconnection Action code
Failure code
E03
DXH4KA
Contents of trouble
Trouble
1st clutch ECMV: Disconnection (Power train controller system)
• When signal is output to transmission 1st clutch ECMV solenoid circuit, no current flows.
Action of controller
• Turns signal to transmission 1st clutch ECMV solenoid circuit OFF. • Limits operation of engine and transmission.
Problem that appears on machine
• Auto shift-down function does not operate. • Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to F2 and R2.
Related information
1
• Output to 1st clutch ECMV solenoid can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 31602 T/M Clutch 1st ECMV (F/B)) • Method of reproducing failure code: Start engine + Set gear to F1 or R1. Cause
1
Defective 1st clutch ECMV solenoid
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. S1T (male)
Resistance
Between (1) – (2)
3.5 – 12.5 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring Wiring harness between STC3 (female) (6) 2 or defective contact in con- – S1T (female) (1) nector) Wiring harness between STC3 (female) (23) – S1T (female) (2)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Resistance
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting.
3
4
Hot short (Short circuit with 24V circuit) in wiring harness Wiring harness between STC3 (female) (23) – S1T (female) (2) or circuit branch end and chassis ground Defective power train controller
Voltage
Max. 1 V
If causes 1 – 3 are not detected, power train controller may be defective. (Since trouble is in system, troubleshooting cannot be carried out.)
Circuit diagram related to transmission 1st clutch ECMV
60
D155AX-6
SEN00721-01
40 Troubleshooting
D155AX-6 Bulldozer Form No. SEN00721-01
© 2006 KOMATSU All Rights Reserved Printed in Japan 05-06 (02)
62
D155AX-6
SEN00722-01
BULLDOZER 1SHOP MANUAL
D155AX-6
Machine model
Serial number
D155AX-6
80001 and up
40 Troubleshooting
1
Troubleshooting by failure and error codes, Part 7 Troubleshooting by failure and error codes, Part 7 ......................................................................................... 3 Failure code [DXH4KB] 1st clutch ECMV: Short circuit........................................................................ 3 Failure code [DXH4KY] 1st clutch ECMV: Short circuit........................................................................ 4 Failure code [DXH5KA] 2nd clutch ECMV: Disconnection................................................................... 5 Failure code [DXH5KB] 2nd clutch ECMV: Short circuit ...................................................................... 6 Failure code [DXH5KY] 2nd clutch ECMV: Short circuit ...................................................................... 7 Failure code [DXH6KA] 3rd clutch ECMV: Disconnection.................................................................... 8 Failure code [DXH6KB] 3rd clutch ECMV: Short circuit ....................................................................... 9 Failure code [DXH6KY] 3rd clutch ECMV: Short circuit ..................................................................... 10 Failure code [DXH7KA] R clutch ECMV: Disconnection .....................................................................11 Failure code [DXH7KB] R clutch ECMV: Short circuit........................................................................ 12 Failure code [DXH7KY] R clutch ECMV: Short circuit........................................................................ 13 Failure code [DXH8KA] F clutch ECMV: Disconnection..................................................................... 14 Failure code [DXH8KB] F clutch ECMV: Short circuit ........................................................................ 15
D155AX-6
1
SEN00722-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DXH8KY] F clutch ECMV: Short circuit ........................................................................ 16 Failure code [DXHBKA] Right brake ECMV: Disconnection............................................................... 18 Failure code [DXHBKB] Right brake ECMV: Short circuit .................................................................. 20 Failure code [DXHBKY] Right brake ECMV: Short circuit .................................................................. 22 Failure code [DXHCKA] Left brake ECMV: Disconnection................................................................. 24 Failure code [DXHCKB] Left brake ECMV: Short circuit .................................................................... 26 Failure code [DXHCKY] Left brake ECMV: Short circuit .................................................................... 28 Failure code [DXHRKA] Blade up EPC: Disconnection ..................................................................... 30 Failure code [DXHRKB] Blade up EPC: Short circuit ......................................................................... 31 Failure code [DXHRKY] Blade up EPC: Short circuit ......................................................................... 32 Failure code [DXHSKA] Blade down EPC: Disconnection ................................................................. 33 Failure code [DXHSKB] Blade down EPC: Short circuit..................................................................... 34 Failure code [DXHSKY] Blade down EPC: Short circuit..................................................................... 35 Failure code [DXHTKA] Blade left 1 EPC: Disconnection .................................................................. 36 Failure code [DXHTKB] Blade left 1 EPC: Short circuit...................................................................... 37 Failure code [DXHTKY] Blade left 1 EPC: Short circuit...................................................................... 38 Failure code [DXHUKA] Blade right 1 EPC: Disconnection ............................................................... 39 Failure code [DXHUKB] Blade right 1 EPC: Short circuit ................................................................... 40 Failure code [DXHUKY] Blade right 1 EPC: Short circuit ................................................................... 41 Failure code [DXHWKA] Ripper up EPC: Disconnection ................................................................... 42 Failure code [DXHWKB] Ripper up EPC: Short circuit....................................................................... 43 Failure code [DXHWKY] Ripper up EPC: Short circuit....................................................................... 44 Failure code [DXHXKA] Ripper down EPC: Disconnection................................................................ 45 Failure code [DXHXKB] Ripper down EPC: Short circuit ................................................................... 46 Failure code [DXHXKY] Ripper down EPC: Short circuit ................................................................... 47 Failure code [DXHYKA] Ripper Tilt In EPC: Disconnection................................................................ 48 Failure code [DXHYKB] Ripper Tilt In EPC: Short circuit ................................................................... 49 Failure code [DXHYKY] Ripper Tilt In EPC: Short circuit ................................................................... 50 Failure code [DXHZKA] Ripper Tilt Back EPC: Disconnection........................................................... 51 Failure code [DXHZKB] Ripper Tilt Back EPC: Short circuit .............................................................. 52 Failure code [DXHZKY] Ripper Tilt Back EPC: Short circuit .............................................................. 53 Failure code [DXJ4KA] Weq lock Sol.: Disconnection ....................................................................... 54 Failure code [DXJ4KB] Weq lock Sol.: Short circuit ........................................................................... 55
2
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00722-01
Troubleshooting by failure and error codes, Part 7
1
Failure code [DXH4KB] 1st clutch ECMV: Short circuit
1
Action code
Failure code
E03
DXH4KB
Contents of trouble
Trouble
1st clutch ECMV: Short circuit (Power train controller system)
• When signal was output to transmission 1st clutch ECMV solenoid circuit, abnormal current flowed.
Action of controller
• Turns signal to transmission 1st clutch ECMV solenoid circuit OFF. • Limits operation of engine and transmission.
Problem that appears on machine
• Auto shift-down function does not operate. • Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to F2 and R2.
Related information
• Output to 1st clutch ECMV solenoid can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 31602 T/M Clutch 1st ECMV (F/B)) • Method of reproducing failure code: Start engine + Set gear to F1 or R1. Cause Defective 1st clutch ECMV 1 solenoid (Internal short circuit)
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. S1T (male)
Resistance
Between (1) – (2)
3.5 – 12.5 z
Between (1) – chassis ground
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshootGround fault in wiring haring without turning starting switch ON. 2 ness (Contact with GND cirWiring harness between STC3 (female) (6) Resiscuit) Min. 1 Mz – S1T (female) (1) and chassis ground tance Short circuit in wiring har3 ness (with another wiring harness)
4
Defective power train controller
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Wiring harness between STC3 (female) (6) – S1T (female) (1) and between STC3 (female) (23) – S1T (female) (2)
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
If causes 1 – 3 are not detected, power train controller may be defective. (Since trouble is in system, troubleshooting cannot be carried out.)
Circuit diagram related to transmission 1st clutch ECMV
D155AX-6
3
SEN00722-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DXH4KY] 1st clutch ECMV: Short circuit Action code
Failure code
E03
DXH4KY
Contents of trouble
Trouble
1st clutch ECMV: Short circuit (Power train controller system)
• When signal was output to transmission 1st clutch ECMV solenoid circuit, abnormal current flowed.
Action of controller
• Turns signal to transmission 1st clutch ECMV solenoid circuit OFF. • Limits operation of engine and transmission.
Problem that appears on machine
• Auto shift-down function does not operate. • Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to F2 and R2.
Related information
• Output to 1st clutch ECMV solenoid can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 31602 T/M Clutch 1st ECMV (F/B)) • Method of reproducing failure code: Start engine + Set gear to F1 or R1. Cause Defective 1st clutch ECMV 1 solenoid (Internal short circuit)
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
1
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. S1T (male)
Resistance
Between (1) – (2)
3.5 – 12.5 z
Between (1) – chassis ground
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. Hot short (Short circuit with 2 24V circuit) in wiring harness Wiring harness between STC3 (female) (6) Voltage Max. 1 V – S1T (female) (1) and chassis ground Short circuit in wiring har3 ness (with another wiring harness)
4
Defective power train controller
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Wiring harness between STC3 (female) (6) – S1T (female) (1) and between STC3 (female) (23) – S1T (female) (2)
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
If causes 1 – 3 are not detected, power train controller may be defective. (Since trouble is in system, troubleshooting cannot be carried out.)
Circuit diagram related to transmission 1st clutch ECMV
4
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00722-01
Failure code [DXH5KA] 2nd clutch ECMV: Disconnection Action code
Failure code
E03
DXH5KA
Contents of trouble
Trouble
2nd clutch ECMV: Disconnection (Power train controller system)
• When signal is output to transmission 2nd clutch ECMV solenoid circuit, no current flows.
Action of controller
• Turns signal to transmission 2nd clutch ECMV solenoid circuit OFF. • Limits operation of engine and transmission.
Problem that appears on machine
• Auto shift-down function does not operate. • Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to F1 and R1.
Related information
1
• Output to 2nd clutch ECMV solenoid can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 31603 T/M Clutch 2nd ECMV (F/B)) • Method of reproducing failure code: Start engine + Set gear to F2 or R2. Cause Defective 2nd clutch ECMV 1 solenoid (Internal disconnection)
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. S2T (male)
Resistance
Between (1) – (2)
3.5 – 12.5 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring Wiring harness between STC3 (female) (16) 2 or defective contact in con- – S2T (female) (1) nector) Wiring harness between STC3 (female) (23) – S2T (female) (2)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Resistance
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting.
3
4
Hot short (Short circuit with 24V circuit) in wiring harness Wiring harness between STC3 (female) (23) – S2T (female) (2) or circuit branch end and chassis ground Defective power train controller
Voltage
Max. 1 V
If causes 1 – 3 are not detected, power train controller may be defective. (Since trouble is in system, troubleshooting cannot be carried out.)
Circuit diagram related to transmission 2nd clutch ECMV
D155AX-6
5
SEN00722-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DXH5KB] 2nd clutch ECMV: Short circuit Action code
Failure code
E03
DXH5KB
Contents of trouble
Trouble
2nd clutch ECMV: Short circuit (Power train controller system)
• When signal was output to transmission 2nd clutch ECMV solenoid circuit, abnormal current flowed.
Action of controller
• Turns signal to transmission 2nd clutch ECMV solenoid circuit OFF. • Limits operation of engine and transmission.
Problem that appears on machine
• Auto shift-down function does not operate. • Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to F1 and R1.
Related information
• Output to 2nd clutch ECMV solenoid can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 31603 T/M Clutch 2nd ECMV (F/B)) • Method of reproducing failure code: Start engine + Set gear to F2 or R2. Cause Defective 2nd clutch ECMV 1 solenoid (Internal short circuit)
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
1
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. S2T (male)
Resistance
Between (1) – (2)
3.5 – 12.5 z
Between (1) – chassis ground
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshootGround fault in wiring haring without turning starting switch ON. 2 ness (Contact with GND cirWiring harness between STC3 (female) (16) Resiscuit) Min. 1 Mz – S2T (female) (1) and chassis ground tance Short circuit in wiring har3 ness (with another wiring harness)
4
Defective power train controller
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Wiring harness between STC3 (female) (16) – S2T (female) (1) and between STC3 (female) (23) – S2T (female) (2)
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
If causes 1 – 3 are not detected, power train controller may be defective. (Since trouble is in system, troubleshooting cannot be carried out.)
Circuit diagram related to transmission 2nd clutch ECMV
6
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00722-01
Failure code [DXH5KY] 2nd clutch ECMV: Short circuit Action code
Failure code
E03
DXH5KY
Contents of trouble
Trouble
2nd clutch ECMV: Short circuit (Power train controller system)
• When signal was output to transmission 2nd clutch ECMV solenoid circuit, abnormal current flowed.
Action of controller
• Turns signal to transmission 2nd clutch ECMV solenoid circuit OFF. • Limits operation of engine and transmission.
Problem that appears on machine
• Auto shift-down function does not operate. • Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to F1 and R1.
Related information
• Output to 2nd clutch ECMV solenoid can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 31603 T/M Clutch 2nd ECMV (F/B)) • Method of reproducing failure code: Start engine + Set gear to F2 or R2. Cause Defective 2nd clutch ECMV 1 solenoid (Internal short circuit)
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
1
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. S2T (male)
Resistance
Between (1) – (2)
3.5 – 12.5 z
Between (1) – chassis ground
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. Hot short (Short circuit with 2 24V circuit) in wiring harness Wiring harness between STC3 (female) (16) Voltage Max. 1 V – S2T (female) (1) and chassis ground Short circuit in wiring har3 ness (with another wiring harness)
4
Defective power train controller
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Wiring harness between STC3 (female) (16) – S2T (female) (1) and between STC3 (female) (23) – S2T (female) (2)
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
If causes 1 – 3 are not detected, power train controller may be defective. (Since trouble is in system, troubleshooting cannot be carried out.)
Circuit diagram related to transmission 2nd clutch ECMV
D155AX-6
7
SEN00722-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DXH6KA] 3rd clutch ECMV: Disconnection Action code
Failure code
E03
DXH6KA
Contents of trouble
Trouble
3rd clutch ECMV: Disconnection (Power train controller system)
• When signal is output to transmission 3rd clutch ECMV solenoid circuit, no current flows.
Action of controller
• Turns signal to transmission 3rd clutch ECMV solenoid circuit OFF. • Limits operation of engine and transmission.
Problem that appears on machine
• Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to F1 and R1.
Related information
1
• Output to 3rd clutch ECMV solenoid can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 31604 T/M Clutch 3rd ECMV (F/B)) • Method of reproducing failure code: Start engine + Set gear to F3 or R3. Cause Defective 3rd clutch ECMV 1 solenoid (Internal disconnection)
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. S3T (male)
Resistance
Between (1) – (2)
3.5 – 12.5 z
Between (1) – chassis ground
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring Wiring harness between STC3 (female) (26) 2 or defective contact in con- – S3T (female) (1) nector) Wiring harness between STC3 (female) (23) – S3T (female) (2)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Resistance
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting.
3
4
Hot short (Short circuit with 24V circuit) in wiring harness Wiring harness between STC3 (female) (23) – S3T (female) (2) or circuit branch end and chassis ground Defective power train controller
Voltage
Max. 1 V
If causes 1 – 3 are not detected, power train controller may be defective. (Since trouble is in system, troubleshooting cannot be carried out.)
Circuit diagram related to transmission 3rd clutch ECMV
8
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00722-01
Failure code [DXH6KB] 3rd clutch ECMV: Short circuit Action code
Failure code
E03
DXH6KB
Contents of trouble
Trouble
3rd clutch ECMV: Short circuit (Power train controller system)
• When signal was output to transmission 3rd clutch ECMV solenoid circuit, abnormal current flowed.
Action of controller
• Turns signal to transmission 3rd clutch ECMV solenoid circuit OFF. • Limits operation of engine and transmission.
Problem that appears on machine
• Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to F1 and R1.
Related information
• Output to 3rd clutch ECMV solenoid can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 31604 T/M Clutch 3rd ECMV (F/B)) • Method of reproducing failure code: Start engine + Set gear to F3 or R3. Cause Defective 3rd clutch ECMV 1 solenoid (Internal short circuit)
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
1
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. S3T (male)
Resistance
Between (1) – (2)
3.5 – 12.5 z
Between (1) – chassis ground
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshootGround fault in wiring haring without turning starting switch ON. 2 ness (Contact with GND cirResisWiring harness between STC3 (female) (26) cuit) Min. 1 Mz – S3T (female) (1) and chassis ground tance Short circuit in wiring har3 ness (with another wiring harness)
4
Defective power train controller
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Wiring harness between STC3 (female) (26) – S3T (female) (1) and between STC3 (female) (23) – S3T (female) (2)
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
If causes 1 – 3 are not detected, power train controller may be defective. (Since trouble is in system, troubleshooting cannot be carried out.)
Circuit diagram related to transmission 3rd clutch ECMV
D155AX-6
9
SEN00722-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DXH6KY] 3rd clutch ECMV: Short circuit Action code
Failure code
E03
DXH6KY
Contents of trouble
Trouble
3rd clutch ECMV: Short circuit (Power train controller system)
• When signal was output to transmission 3rd clutch ECMV solenoid circuit, abnormal current flowed.
Action of controller
• Turns signal to transmission 3rd clutch ECMV solenoid circuit OFF. • Limits operation of engine and transmission.
Problem that appears on machine
• Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to F1 and R1.
Related information
• Output to 3rd clutch ECMV solenoid can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 31604 T/M Clutch 3rd ECMV (F/B)) • Method of reproducing failure code: Start engine + Set gear to F3 or R3. Cause Defective 3rd clutch ECMV 1 solenoid (Internal short circuit)
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
1
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. S3T (male)
Resistance
Between (1) – (2)
3.5 – 12.5 z
Between (1) – chassis ground
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. Hot short (Short circuit with 2 24V circuit) in wiring harness Wiring harness between STC3 (female) (26) Voltage Max. 1 V – S3T (female) (1) and chassis ground Short circuit in wiring har3 ness (with another wiring harness)
4
Defective power train controller
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Wiring harness between STC3 (female) (26) – S3T (female) (1) and between STC3 (female) (23) – S3T (female) (2)
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
If causes 1 – 3 are not detected, power train controller may be defective. (Since trouble is in system, troubleshooting cannot be carried out.)
Circuit diagram related to transmission 3rd clutch ECMV
10
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00722-01
Failure code [DXH7KA] R clutch ECMV: Disconnection Action code
Failure code
E03
DXH7KA
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
1
R clutch ECMV: Disconnection (Power train controller system)
• When signal is output to transmission R clutch ECMV solenoid circuit, no current flows. • Turns signal to transmission R clutch ECMV solenoid circuit OFF. • Limits operation of engine and transmission. • Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to F1. • Output to R clutch ECMV solenoid can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 31616 T/M Clutch R ECMV (F/B)) • Method of reproducing failure code: Start engine + Set gear to R (Reverse). Cause Defective R clutch ECMV 1 solenoid (Internal disconnection)
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. SRT (male)
Resistance
Between (1) – (2)
3.5 – 12.5 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring Wiring harness between STC3 (female) (37) 2 or defective contact in con- – SRT (female) (1) nector) Wiring harness between STC3 (female) (13) – SRT (female) (2)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Resistance
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting.
3
4
Hot short (Short circuit with 24V circuit) in wiring harness Wiring harness between STC3 (female) (13) – SRT (female) (2) or circuit branch end and chassis ground Defective power train controller
Voltage
Max. 1 V
If causes 1 – 3 are not detected, power train controller may be defective. (Since trouble is in system, troubleshooting cannot be carried out.)
Circuit diagram related to transmission R clutch ECMV
D155AX-6
11
SEN00722-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DXH7KB] R clutch ECMV: Short circuit Action code
Failure code
E03
DXH7KB
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
R clutch ECMV: Short circuit (Power train controller system)
• When signal was output to transmission R clutch ECMV solenoid circuit, abnormal current flowed. • Turns signal to transmission R clutch ECMV solenoid circuit OFF. • Limits operation of engine and transmission. • Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to F1. • Output to R clutch ECMV solenoid can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 31616 T/M Clutch R ECMV (F/B)) • Method of reproducing failure code: Start engine + Set gear to R (Reverse). Cause Defective R clutch ECMV 1 solenoid (Internal short circuit)
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
1
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. SRT (male)
Resistance
Between (1) – (2)
3.5 – 12.5 z
Between (1) – chassis ground
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshootGround fault in wiring haring without turning starting switch ON. 2 ness (Contact with GND cirResisWiring harness between STC3 (female) (37) cuit) Min. 1 Mz – SRT (female) (1) and chassis ground tance Short circuit in wiring har3 ness (with another wiring harness)
4
Defective power train controller
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Wiring harness between STC3 (female) (37) – SRT (female) (1) and between STC3 (female) (13) – SRT (female) (2)
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
If causes 1 - 3 are not detected, power train controller may be defective. (Since trouble is in system, troubleshooting cannot be carried out.)
Circuit diagram related to transmission R clutch ECMV
12
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00722-01
Failure code [DXH7KY] R clutch ECMV: Short circuit Action code
Failure code
E04
DXH7KY
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
R clutch ECMV: Short circuit (Power train controller system)
• When signal was output to transmission R clutch ECMV solenoid circuit, abnormal current flowed. • Turns signal to transmission R clutch ECMV solenoid circuit OFF. • Limits operation of engine and transmission. • Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to F1. • Output to R clutch ECMV solenoid can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 31616 T/M Clutch R ECMV (F/B)) • Method of reproducing failure code: Start engine + Set gear to R (Reverse). Cause Defective R clutch ECMV 1 solenoid (Internal short circuit)
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
1
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. SRT (male)
Resistance
Between (1) – (2)
3.5 – 12.5 z
Between (1) – chassis ground
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. Hot short (Short circuit with 2 24V circuit) in wiring harness Wiring harness between STC3 (female) (37) Voltage Max. 1 V – SRT (female) (1) and chassis ground Short circuit in wiring har3 ness (with another wiring harness)
4
Defective power train controller
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Wiring harness between STC3 (female) (37) – SRT (female) (1) and between STC3 (female) (13) – SRT (female) (2)
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
If causes 1 – 3 are not detected, power train controller may be defective. (Since trouble is in system, troubleshooting cannot be carried out.)
Circuit diagram related to transmission R clutch ECMV
D155AX-6
13
SEN00722-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DXH8KA] F clutch ECMV: Disconnection Action code
Failure code
E03
DXH8KA
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
1
F clutch ECMV: Disconnection (Power train controller system)
• When signal is output to transmission F clutch ECMV solenoid circuit, no current flows. • Turns signal to transmission F clutch ECMV solenoid circuit OFF. • Limits operation of engine and transmission. • Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to R1. • Output to F clutch ECMV solenoid can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 31622 T/M Clutch F ECMV (F/B)) • Method of reproducing failure code: Start engine + Set gear to F (Forward). Cause Defective F clutch ECMV 1 solenoid (Internal disconnection)
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. SFT (male)
Resistance
Between (1) – (2)
3.5 – 12.5 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring Wiring harness between STC3 (female) (27) 2 or defective contact in con- – SFT (female) (1) nector) Wiring harness between STC3 (female) (13) – SFT (female) (2)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Resistance
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting.
3
4
Hot short (Short circuit with 24V circuit) in wiring harness Wiring harness between STC3 (female) (13) – SFT (female) (2) or circuit branch end and chassis ground Defective power train controller
Voltage
Max. 1 V
If causes 1 – 3 are not detected, power train controller may be defective. (Since trouble is in system, troubleshooting cannot be carried out.)
Circuit diagram related to transmission F clutch ECMV
14
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00722-01
Failure code [DXH8KB] F clutch ECMV: Short circuit Action code
Failure code
E03
DXH8KB
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
F clutch ECMV: Short circuit (Power train controller system)
• When signal was output to transmission F clutch ECMV solenoid circuit, abnormal current flowed. • Turns signal to transmission F clutch ECMV solenoid circuit OFF. • Limits operation of engine and transmission. • Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to R1. • Output to F clutch ECMV solenoid can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 31622 T/M Clutch F ECMV (F/B)) • Method of reproducing failure code: Start engine + Set gear to F (Forward). Cause Defective F clutch ECMV 1 solenoid (Internal short circuit)
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
1
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. SFT (male)
Resistance
Between (1) – (2)
3.5 – 12.5 z
Between (1) – chassis ground
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshootGround fault in wiring haring without turning starting switch ON. 2 ness (Contact with GND cirResisWiring harness between STC3 (female) (27) cuit) Min. 1 Mz – SFT (female) (1) and chassis ground tance Short circuit in wiring har3 ness (with another wiring harness)
4
Defective power train controller
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Wiring harness between STC3 (female) (27) – SFT (female) (1) and between STC3 (female) (13) – SFT (female) (2)
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
If causes 1 – 3 are not detected, power train controller may be defective. (Since trouble is in system, troubleshooting cannot be carried out.)
Circuit diagram related to transmission F clutch ECMV
D155AX-6
15
SEN00722-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DXH8KY] F clutch ECMV: Short circuit Action code
Failure code
E04
DXH8KY
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
F clutch ECMV: Short circuit (Power train controller system)
• When signal was output to transmission F clutch ECMV solenoid circuit, abnormal current flowed. • Turns signal to transmission F clutch ECMV solenoid circuit OFF. • Limits operation of engine and transmission. • Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to R1. • Output to F clutch ECMV solenoid can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 31622 T/M Clutch F ECMV (F/B)) • Method of reproducing failure code: Start engine + Set gear to F (Forward). Cause Defective F clutch ECMV 1 solenoid (Internal short circuit)
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
1
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. SFT (male)
Resistance
Between (1) – (2)
3.5 – 12.5 z
Between (1) – chassis ground
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. Hot short (Short circuit with 2 24V circuit) in wiring harness Wiring harness between STC3 (female) (27) Voltage Max. 1 V – SFT (female) (1) and chassis ground Short circuit in wiring har3 ness (with another wiring harness)
4
Defective power train controller
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Wiring harness between STC3 (female) (27) – SFT (female) (1) and between STC3 (female) (13) – SFT (female) (2)
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
If causes 1 – 3 are not detected, power train controller may be defective. (Since trouble is in system, troubleshooting cannot be carried out.)
Circuit diagram related to transmission F clutch ECMV
16
D155AX-6
SEN00722-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DXHBKA] Right brake ECMV: Disconnection Action code
Failure code
E04
DXHBKA
Contents of trouble
Trouble
Right brake ECMV: Disconnection (Power train controller system)
• When signal is output to steering case right brake ECMV solenoid circuit, no current flows.
Action of controller
• Turns signal to steering case right brake ECMV solenoid circuit OFF. • Limits operation of engine and transmission.
Problem that appears on machine
• Brake is applied lightly during travel. • Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, it cannot travel at all.
Related information
1
• Output to right brake ECMV solenoid can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 31618 Brake RH ECMV (F/B)) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Operate parking brake lever (Free). Cause Defective right brake ECMV 1 solenoid (Internal disconnection)
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. SBRR (male)
Resistance
Between (1) – (2)
3.5 – 12.5 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring Wiring harness between STC3 (female) (15) 2 or defective contact in con- – SBRR (female) (1) nector) Wiring harness between STC3 (female) (3) – SBRR (female) (2)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Resistance
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. Hot short (Short circuit with 3 24V circuit) in wiring harness Wiring harness between STC3 (female) (15) Voltage Max. 1 V – SBRR (female) (1) and chassis ground
4
18
Defective power train controller
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. STC3 (female)
Resistance
Between (15) – (3)
3.5 – 12.5 z
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00722-01
Circuit diagram related to steering case right brake ECMV
D155AX-6
19
SEN00722-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DXHBKB] Right brake ECMV: Short circuit Action code
Failure code
E04 Contents of trouble
DXHBKB
Trouble
Right brake ECMV: Short circuit (Power train controller system)
• When signal was output to steering case right brake ECMV solenoid circuit, abnormal current flowed.
Action of controller
• Turns signal to steering case right brake ECMV solenoid circuit OFF. • Limits operation of engine and transmission.
Problem that appears on machine
• Brake is applied lightly during travel. • Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, it cannot travel at all.
Related information
• Output to right brake ECMV solenoid can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 31618 Brake RH ECMV (F/B)) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Operate parking brake lever (Free). Cause Defective right brake ECMV 1 solenoid (Internal short circuit)
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
1
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. SBRR (male)
Resistance
Between (1) – (2)
3.5 – 12.5 z
Between (1) – chassis ground
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshootGround fault in wiring haring without turning starting switch ON. 2 ness (Contact with GND cirResisWiring harness between STC3 (female) (15) cuit) Min. 1 Mz – SBRR (female) (1) and chassis ground tance Short circuit in wiring har3 ness (with another wiring harness)
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Wiring harness between STC3 (female) (15) – SBRR (female) (1) and between STC3 (female) (3) – SBRR (female) (2)
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. 4
20
Defective power train controller
STC3 (female)
Resistance
Between (15) – (3)
3.5 – 12.5 z
Between (15) – chassis ground
Min. 1 Mz
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00722-01
Circuit diagram related to steering case right brake ECMV
D155AX-6
21
SEN00722-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DXHBKY] Right brake ECMV: Short circuit Action code
Failure code
E04 Contents of trouble
DXHBKY
Trouble
Right brake ECMV: Short circuit (Power train controller system)
• When signal was output to steering case right brake ECMV solenoid circuit, abnormal current flowed.
Action of controller
• Turns signal to steering case right brake ECMV solenoid circuit OFF. • Limits operation of engine and transmission.
Problem that appears on machine
• Brake is applied lightly during travel. • Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, it cannot travel at all.
Related information
• Output to right brake ECMV solenoid can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 31618 Brake RH ECMV (F/B)) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Operate parking brake lever (Free). Cause Defective right brake ECMV 1 solenoid (Internal short circuit)
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
1
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. SBRR (male)
Resistance
Between (1) – (2)
3.5 – 12.5 z
Between (1) – chassis ground
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. Hot short (Short circuit with 2 24V circuit) in wiring harness Wiring harness between STC3 (female) (15) Voltage Max. 1 V – SBRR (female) (1) and chassis ground Short circuit in wiring har3 ness (with another wiring harness)
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Wiring harness between STC3 (female) (15) – SBRR (female) (1) and between STC3 (female) (3) – SBRR (female) (2)
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. 4
22
Defective power train controller
STC3 (female)
Resistance
Between (15) – (3)
3.5 – 12.5 z
Between (15) – chassis ground
Min. 1 Mz
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00722-01
Circuit diagram related to steering case right brake ECMV
D155AX-6
23
SEN00722-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DXHCKA] Left brake ECMV: Disconnection Action code
Failure code
E04
DXHCKA
Contents of trouble
Trouble
Left brake ECMV: Disconnection (Power train controller system)
• When signal is output to steering case left brake ECMV solenoid circuit, no current flows.
Action of controller
• Turns signal to steering case left brake ECMV solenoid circuit OFF. • Limits operation of engine and transmission.
Problem that appears on machine
• Brake is applied lightly during travel. • Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, it cannot travel at all.
Related information
1
• Output to left brake ECMV solenoid can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 31619 Brake LH ECMV (F/B)) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Operate parking brake lever (Free). Cause Defective left brake ECMV 1 solenoid (Internal disconnection)
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. SBRL (male)
Resistance
Between (1) – (2)
3.5 – 12.5 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring Wiring harness between STC3 (female) (5) 2 or defective contact in con- – SBRL (female) (1) nector) Wiring harness between STC3 (female) (3) – SBRL (female) (2)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Resistance
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. Hot short (Short circuit with 3 24V circuit) in wiring harness Wiring harness between STC3 (female) (5) Voltage Max. 1 V – SBRL (female) (1) and chassis ground
4
24
Defective power train controller
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. STC3 (female)
Resistance
Between (5) – (3)
3.5 – 12.5 z
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00722-01
Circuit diagram related to steering case left brake ECMV
D155AX-6
25
SEN00722-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DXHCKB] Left brake ECMV: Short circuit Action code
Failure code
E04
DXHCKB
Contents of trouble
Trouble
Left brake ECMV: Short circuit (Power train controller system)
• When signal was output to steering case left brake ECMV solenoid circuit, abnormal current flowed.
Action of controller
• Turns signal to steering case left brake ECMV solenoid circuit OFF. • Limits operation of engine and transmission.
Problem that appears on machine
• Brake is applied lightly during travel. • Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, it cannot travel at all.
Related information
• Output to left brake ECMV solenoid can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 31619 Brake LH ECMV (F/B)) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Operate parking brake lever (Free). Cause Defective left brake ECMV 1 solenoid (Internal short circuit)
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
1
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. SBRL (male)
Resistance
Between (1) – (2)
3.5 – 12.5 z
Between (1) – chassis ground
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshootGround fault in wiring haring without turning starting switch ON. 2 ness (Contact with GND cirResisWiring harness between STC3 (female) (5) cuit) Min. 1 Mz – SBRL (female) (1) and chassis ground tance Short circuit in wiring har3 ness (with another wiring harness)
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Wiring harness between STC3 (female) (5) – SBRL (female) (1) and between STC3 (female) (3) – SBRL (female) (2)
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. 4
26
Defective power train controller
STC3 (female)
Resistance
Between (5) – (3)
3.5 – 12.5 z
Between (5) – chassis ground
Min. 1 Mz
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00722-01
Circuit diagram related to steering case left brake ECMV
D155AX-6
27
SEN00722-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DXHCKY] Left brake ECMV: Short circuit Action code
Failure code
E04
DXHCKY
Contents of trouble
Trouble
Left brake ECMV: Short circuit (Power train controller system)
• When signal was output to steering case left brake ECMV solenoid circuit, abnormal current flowed.
Action of controller
• Turns signal to steering case left brake ECMV solenoid circuit OFF. • Limits operation of engine and transmission.
Problem that appears on machine
• Brake is applied lightly during travel. • Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, it cannot travel at all.
Related information
• Output to left brake ECMV solenoid can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 31619 Brake LH ECMV (F/B)) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Operate parking brake lever (Free). Cause Defective left brake ECMV 1 solenoid (Internal short circuit)
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
1
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. SBRL (male)
Resistance
Between (1) – (2)
3.5 – 12.5 z
Between (1) – chassis ground
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. Hot short (Short circuit with 2 24V circuit) in wiring harness Wiring harness between STC3 (female) (5) Voltage Max. 1 V – SBRL (female) (1) and chassis ground Short circuit in wiring har3 ness (with another wiring harness)
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Wiring harness between STC3 (female) (5) – SBRL (female) (1) and between STC3 (female) (3) – SBRL (female) (2)
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. 4
28
Defective power train controller
STC3 (female)
Resistance
Between (5) – (3)
3.5 – 12.5 z
Between (5) – chassis ground
Min. 1 Mz
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00722-01
Circuit diagram related to steering case left brake ECMV
D155AX-6
29
SEN00722-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DXHRKA] Blade up EPC: Disconnection Action code
Failure code
E03
DXHRKA
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
Blade up EPC: Disconnection (Work equipment controller system)
• When signal is output to blade lift-up EPC solenoid circuit, no current flows. • Turns signal to blade lift-up EPC solenoid circuit OFF. • Limits operation of engine and transmission. • Blade cannot be lifted up. • Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to R1. • Output to blade lift-up EPC solenoid can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 71001 Blade Raise EPC (F/B)) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Operate blade control lever (Raise). Cause Defective blade lift-up EPC 1 solenoid (Internal disconnection)
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
1
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. WEP1 (male)
Resistance
Between (1) – (2)
4.5 – 14.5 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring Wiring harness between WEC3 (female) (6) 2 or defective contact in con- – WEP1 (female) (1) nector) Wiring harness between WEC3 (female) (13) – WEP1 (female) (2)
3
Defective work equipment controller
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Resistance
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. WEC3 (female)
Resistance
Between (6) – (13)
4.5 – 14.5 z
Circuit diagram related to blade lift-up EPC solenoid
30
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00722-01
Failure code [DXHRKB] Blade up EPC: Short circuit Action code
Failure code
E03
DXHRKB
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
Blade up EPC: Short circuit (Work equipment controller system)
• When signal was output to blade lift-up EPC solenoid circuit, abnormal current flowed. • Turns signal to blade lift-up EPC solenoid circuit OFF. • Limits operation of engine and transmission. • Blade cannot be lifted up. • Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to R1. • Output to blade lift-up EPC solenoid can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 71001 Blade Raise EPC (F/B)) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Operate blade control lever (Raise). Cause Defective blade lift-up EPC 1 solenoid (Internal short circuit)
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
1
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. WEP1 (male)
Resistance
Between (1) – (2)
4.5 – 14.5 z
Between (1) – chassis ground
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshootGround fault in wiring haring without turning starting switch ON. 2 ness (Contact with GND cirResisWiring harness between WEC3 (female) (6) cuit) Min. 1 Mz – WEP1 (female) (1) and chassis ground tance a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. 3
Defective work equipment controller
WEC3 (female)
Resistance
Between (6) – (13)
4.5 – 14.5 z
Between (6) – chassis ground
Min. 1 Mz
Circuit diagram related to blade lift-up EPC solenoid
D155AX-6
31
SEN00722-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DXHRKY] Blade up EPC: Short circuit Action code
Failure code
E03
DXHRKY
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
Blade up EPC: Short circuit (Work equipment controller system)
• When signal was output to blade lift-up EPC solenoid circuit, abnormal current flowed. • Turns signal to blade lift-up EPC solenoid circuit OFF. • Limits operation of engine and transmission. • Blade cannot be lifted up. • Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to R1. • Output to blade lift-up EPC solenoid can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 71001 Blade Raise EPC (F/B)) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Operate blade control lever (Raise). Cause Defective blade lift-up EPC 1 solenoid (Internal short circuit)
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
1
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. WEP1 (male)
Resistance
Between (1) – (2)
4.5 – 14.5 z
Between (1) – chassis ground
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. Hot short (Short circuit with 2 24V circuit) in wiring harness Wiring harness between WEC3 (female) (6) Voltage Max. 1 V – WEP1 (female) (1) and chassis ground a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. 3
Defective work equipment controller
WEC3 (female)
Resistance
Between (6) - (13)
4.5 – 14.5 z
Between (6) - chassis ground
Min. 1 Mz
Circuit diagram related to blade lift-up EPC solenoid
32
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00722-01
Failure code [DXHSKA] Blade down EPC: Disconnection Action code
Failure code
E03
DXHSKA
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
Blade down EPC: Disconnection (Work equipment controller system)
• When signal is output to blade lift-down EPC solenoid circuit, no current flows. • Turns signal to blade lift-down EPC solenoid circuit OFF. • Limits operation of engine and transmission. • Blade cannot be lifted down. • Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to R1. • Output to blade lift-down EPC solenoid can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 71003 Blade Down EPC (F/B)) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Operate blade control lever (Lower). Cause Defective blade lift-down 1 EPC solenoid (Internal disconnection)
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
1
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. WEP2 (male)
Resistance
Between (1) – (2)
4.5 – 14.5 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring Wiring harness between WEC3 (female) 2 or defective contact in con- (16) – WEP2 (female) (1) nector) Wiring harness between WEC3 (female) (13) – WEP2 (female) (2)
3
Defective work equipment controller
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Resistance
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. WEC3 (female)
Resistance
Between (16) – (13)
4.5 – 14.5 z
Circuit diagram related to blade lift-down EPC solenoid
D155AX-6
33
SEN00722-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DXHSKB] Blade down EPC: Short circuit Action code
Failure code
E03
DXHSKB
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
Blade down EPC: Short circuit (Work equipment controller system)
• When signal was output to blade lift-down EPC solenoid circuit, abnormal current flowed. • Turns signal to blade lift-down EPC solenoid circuit OFF. • Limits operation of engine and transmission. • Blade cannot be lifted down. • Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to R1. • Output to blade lift-down EPC solenoid can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 71003 Blade Down EPC (F/B)) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Operate blade control lever (Lower). Cause Defective blade lift-down 1 EPC solenoid (Internal short circuit)
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
1
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. WEP2 (male)
Resistance
Between (1) – (2)
4.5 – 14.5 z
Between (1) – chassis ground
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Ground fault in wiring har2 ness (Contact with GND cir- Wiring harness between WEC3 (female) Resiscuit) Min. 1 Mz (16) – WEP2 (female) (1) and chassis tance ground a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. 3
Defective work equipment controller
WEC3 (female)
Resistance
Between (16) – (13)
4.5 – 14.5 z
Between (16) – chassis ground
Min. 1 Mz
Circuit diagram related to blade lift-down EPC solenoid
34
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00722-01
Failure code [DXHSKY] Blade down EPC: Short circuit Action code
Failure code
E03
DXHSKY
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
Blade down EPC: Short circuit (Work equipment controller system)
• When signal was output to blade lift-down EPC solenoid circuit, abnormal current flowed. • Turns signal to blade lift-down EPC solenoid circuit OFF. • Limits operation of engine and transmission. • Blade cannot be lifted down. • Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to R1. • Output to blade lift-down EPC solenoid can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 71003 Blade Down EPC (F/B)) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Operate blade control lever (Lower). Cause Defective blade lift-down 1 EPC solenoid (Internal short circuit)
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
1
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. WEP2 (male)
Resistance
Between (1) – (2)
4.5 – 14.5 z
Between (1) – chassis ground
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting.
2
Hot short (Short circuit with 24V circuit) in wiring harness Wiring harness between WEC3 (female) (16) – WEP2 (female) (1) and chassis ground
Voltage
Max. 1 V
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. 3
Defective work equipment controller
WEC3 (female)
Resistance
Between (16) – (13)
4.5 – 14.5 z
Between (16) – chassis ground
Min. 1 Mz
Circuit diagram related to blade lift-down EPC solenoid
D155AX-6
35
SEN00722-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DXHTKA] Blade left 1 EPC: Disconnection Action code
Failure code
E03
DXHTKA
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
Blade left 1 EPC: Disconnection (Work equipment controller system)
• When signal is output to blade tilt right head EPC solenoid circuit, no current flows. • Turns signal to blade tilt right head EPC solenoid circuit OFF. • Limits operation of engine and transmission. • Blade tilt cylinder or pitch right cylinder cannot be retracted. • Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to R1. • Output to blade tilt right head EPC solenoid can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 90800 Blade Tilt RH-H EPC (F/B)) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Operate blade control lever (Pitch back). Cause Defective blade tilt right head 1 EPC solenoid (Internal disconnection)
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
1
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. WEP5 (male)
Resistance
Between (1) – (2)
2 – 12 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring Wiring harness between WEC3 (female) 2 or defective contact in con- (26) – WEP5 (female) (1) nector) Wiring harness between WEC3 (female) (23) – WEP5 (female) (2) Defective work equipment 3 controller
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Resistance
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. WEC3 (female)
Resistance
Between (26) – (23)
2 – 12 z
Circuit diagram related to blade tilt right head EPC solenoid
36
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00722-01
Failure code [DXHTKB] Blade left 1 EPC: Short circuit Action code
Failure code
E03
DXHTKB
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
Blade left 1 EPC: Short circuit (Work equipment controller system)
• When signal was output to blade tilt right head EPC solenoid circuit, abnormal current flowed. • Turns signal to blade tilt right head EPC solenoid circuit OFF. • Limits operation of engine and transmission. • Blade tilt cylinder or pitch right cylinder cannot be retracted. • Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to R1. • Output to blade tilt right head EPC solenoid can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 90800 Blade Tilt RH-H EPC (F/B)) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Operate blade control lever (Pitch back). Cause Defective blade tilt right head 1 EPC solenoid (Internal short circuit)
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
1
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. WEP5 (male)
Resistance
Between (1) – (2)
2 – 12 z
Between (1) – chassis ground
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Ground fault in wiring har2 ness (Contact with GND cir- Wiring harness between WEC3 (female) Resiscuit) (26) – WEP5 (female) (1) and chassis Min. 1 Mz tance ground a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. 3
Defective work equipment controller
WEC3 (female)
Resistance
Between (26) – (23)
2 – 12 z
Between (26) – chassis ground
Min. 1 Mz
Circuit diagram related to blade tilt right head EPC solenoid
D155AX-6
37
SEN00722-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DXHTKY] Blade left 1 EPC: Short circuit Action code
Failure code
E03
DXHTKY
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
Blade left 1 EPC: Short circuit (Work equipment controller system)
• When signal was output to blade tilt right head EPC solenoid circuit, abnormal current flowed. • Turns signal to blade tilt right head EPC solenoid circuit OFF. • Limits operation of engine and transmission. • Blade tilt cylinder or pitch right cylinder cannot be retracted. • Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to R1. • Output to blade tilt right head EPC solenoid can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 90800 Blade Tilt RH-H EPC (F/B)) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Operate blade control lever (Pitch back). Cause Defective blade tilt right head 1 EPC solenoid (Internal short circuit)
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
1
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. WEP5 (male)
Resistance
Between (1) – (2)
2 – 12 z
Between (1) – chassis ground
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting.
2
Hot short (Short circuit with 24V circuit) in wiring harness Wiring harness between WEC3 (female) (26) – WEP5 (female) (1) and chassis ground
Voltage
Max. 1 V
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. 3
Defective work equipment controller
WEC3 (female)
Resistance
Between (26) – (23)
2 – 12 z
Between (26) – chassis ground
Min. 1 Mz
Circuit diagram related to blade tilt right head EPC solenoid
38
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00722-01
Failure code [DXHUKA] Blade right 1 EPC: Disconnection Action code
Failure code
E03
DXHUKA
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
Blade right 1 EPC: Disconnection (Work equipment controller system)
• When signal is output to blade tilt right bottom EPC solenoid circuit, no current flows. • Turns signal to blade tilt right bottom EPC solenoid circuit OFF. • Limits operation of engine and transmission. • Blade tilt cylinder or pitch right cylinder cannot be retracted. • Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to R1. • Output to blade tilt right bottom EPC solenoid can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 90801 Blade Tilt RH-B EPC (F/B)) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Operate blade control lever (Pitch forward). Cause Defective blade tilt right bot1 tom EPC solenoid (Internal disconnection)
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
1
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. WEP6 (male)
Resistance
Between (1) – (2)
2 – 12 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring Wiring harness between WEC3 (female) 2 or defective contact in con- (36) – WEP6 (female) (1) nector) Wiring harness between WEC3 (female) (23) – WEP6 (female) (2) Defective work equipment 3 controller
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Resistance
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. WEC3 (female)
Resistance
Between (36) – (23)
2 – 12 z
Circuit diagram related to blade tilt right bottom EPC solenoid
D155AX-6
39
SEN00722-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DXHUKB] Blade right 1 EPC: Short circuit Action code
Failure code
E03
DXHUKB
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
Blade right 1 EPC: Short circuit (Work equipment controller system)
• When signal was output to blade tilt right bottom EPC solenoid circuit, abnormal current flowed. • Turns signal to blade tilt right bottom EPC solenoid circuit OFF. • Limits operation of engine and transmission. • Blade tilt cylinder or pitch right cylinder cannot be retracted. • Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to R1. • Output to blade tilt right bottom EPC solenoid can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 90801 Blade Tilt RH-B EPC (F/B)) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Operate blade control lever (Pitch forward). Cause Defective blade tilt right bot1 tom EPC solenoid (Internal short circuit)
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
1
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. WEP6 (male)
Resistance
Between (1) – (2)
2 – 12 z
Between (1) – chassis ground
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Ground fault in wiring har2 ness (Contact with GND cir- Wiring harness between WEC3 (female) Resiscuit) (36) – WEP6 (female) (1) and chassis Min. 1 Mz tance ground a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. 3
Defective work equipment controller
WEC3 (female)
Resistance
Between (36) – (23)
2 – 12 z
Between (36) – chassis ground
Min. 1 Mz
Circuit diagram related to blade tilt right bottom EPC solenoid
40
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00722-01
Failure code [DXHUKY] Blade right 1 EPC: Short circuit Action code
Failure code
E03
DXHUKY
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
Blade right 1 EPC: Short circuit (Work equipment controller system)
• When signal was output to blade tilt right bottom EPC solenoid circuit, abnormal current flowed. • Turns signal to blade tilt right bottom EPC solenoid circuit OFF. • Limits operation of engine and transmission. • Blade tilt cylinder or pitch right cylinder cannot be retracted. • Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to R1. • Output to blade tilt right bottom EPC solenoid can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 90801 Blade Tilt RH-B EPC (F/B)) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Operate blade control lever (Pitch forward). Cause Defective blade tilt right bot1 tom EPC solenoid (Internal short circuit)
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
1
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. WEP6 (male)
Resistance
Between (1) – (2)
2 – 12 z
Between (1) – chassis ground
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting.
2
Hot short (Short circuit with 24V circuit) in wiring harness Wiring harness between WEC3 (female) (36) – WEP6 (female) (1) and chassis ground
Voltage
Max. 1 V
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. 3
Defective work equipment controller
WEC3 (female)
Resistance
Between (36) – (23)
2 – 12 z
Between (36) – chassis ground
Min. 1 Mz
Circuit diagram related to blade tilt right bottom EPC solenoid
D155AX-6
41
SEN00722-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DXHWKA] Ripper up EPC: Disconnection Action code
Failure code
E03
DXHWKA
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
Ripper up EPC: Disconnection (Work equipment controller system)
• When signal is output to ripper lift-up EPC solenoid circuit, no current flows. • Turns signal to ripper lift-up EPC solenoid circuit OFF. • Limits operation of engine and transmission. • Ripper cannot be lifted up. • Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to R1. • Output to ripper lift-up EPC solenoid can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 71101 Ripper Raise EPC (F/B)) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Operate ripper control lever (Raise). Cause Defective ripper lift-up EPC 1 solenoid (Internal disconnection)
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
1
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. WEP7 (male)
Resistance
Between (1) – (2)
2 – 12 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring Wiring harness between WEC3 (female) (5) 2 or defective contact in con- – WEP7 (female) (1) nector) Wiring harness between WEC3 (female) (23) – WEP7 (female) (2)
3
Defective work equipment controller
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Resistance
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. WEC3 (female)
Resistance
Between (5) – (23)
2 – 12 z
Circuit diagram related to ripper lift-up EPC solenoid
42
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00722-01
Failure code [DXHWKB] Ripper up EPC: Short circuit Action code
Failure code
E03
DXHWKB
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
Ripper up EPC: Short circuit (Work equipment controller system)
• When signal was output to ripper lift-up EPC solenoid circuit, abnormal current flowed. • Turns signal to ripper lift-up EPC solenoid circuit OFF. • Limits operation of engine and transmission. • Ripper cannot be lifted up. • Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to R1. • Output to ripper lift-up EPC solenoid can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 71101 Ripper Raise EPC (F/B)) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Operate ripper control lever (Raise). Cause Defective ripper lift-up EPC 1 solenoid (Internal short circuit)
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
1
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. WEP7 (male)
Resistance
Between (1) – (2)
2 – 12 z
Between (1) – chassis ground
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshootGround fault in wiring haring without turning starting switch ON. 2 ness (Contact with GND cirResisWiring harness between WEC3 (female) (5) cuit) Min. 1 Mz – WEP7 (female) (1) and chassis ground tance a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. 3
Defective work equipment controller
WEC3 (female)
Resistance
Between (5) – (23)
2 – 12 z
Between (5) – chassis ground
Min. 1 Mz
Circuit diagram related to ripper lift-up EPC solenoid
D155AX-6
43
SEN00722-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DXHWKY] Ripper up EPC: Short circuit Action code
Failure code
E03
DXHWKY
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
Ripper up EPC: Short circuit (Work equipment controller system)
• When signal was output to ripper lift-up EPC solenoid circuit, abnormal current flowed. • Turns signal to ripper lift-up EPC solenoid circuit OFF. • Limits operation of engine and transmission. • Ripper cannot be lifted up. • Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to R1. • Output to ripper lift-up EPC solenoid can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 71101 Ripper Raise EPC (F/B)) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Operate ripper control lever (Raise). Cause Defective ripper lift-up EPC 1 solenoid (Internal short circuit)
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
1
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. WEP7 (male)
Resistance
Between (1) – (2)
2 – 12 z
Between (1) – chassis ground
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. Hot short (Short circuit with 2 24V circuit) in wiring harness Wiring harness between WEC3 (female) (5) Voltage Max. 1 V – WEP7 (female) (1) and chassis ground a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. 3
Defective work equipment controller
WEC3 (female)
Resistance
Between (5) – (23)
2 – 12 z
Between (5) – chassis ground
Min. 1 Mz
Circuit diagram related to ripper lift-up EPC solenoid
44
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00722-01
Failure code [DXHXKA] Ripper down EPC: Disconnection Action code
Failure code
E03
DXHXKA
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
Ripper down EPC: Disconnection (Work equipment controller system)
• When signal is output to ripper lift-down EPC solenoid circuit, no current flows. • Turns signal to ripper lift-down EPC solenoid circuit OFF. • Limits operation of engine and transmission. • Ripper cannot be lifted down. • Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to R1. • Output to ripper lift-down EPC solenoid can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 71103 Ripper Down EPC (F/B)) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Operate ripper control lever (Lower). Cause Defective ripper lift-down 1 EPC solenoid (Internal disconnection)
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
1
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. WEP8 (male)
Resistance
Between (1) – (2)
2 – 12 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring Wiring harness between WEC3 (female) 2 or defective contact in con- (15) – WEP8 (female) (1) nector) Wiring harness between WEC3 (female) (23) – WEP8 (female) (2)
3
Defective work equipment controller
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Resistance
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. WEC3 (female)
Resistance
Between (15) – (23)
2 – 12 z
Circuit diagram related to ripper lift-down EPC solenoid
D155AX-6
45
SEN00722-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DXHXKB] Ripper down EPC: Short circuit Action code
Failure code
E03
DXHXKB
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
Ripper down EPC: Short circuit (Work equipment controller system)
• When signal was output to ripper lift-down EPC solenoid circuit, abnormal current flowed. • Turns signal to ripper lift-down EPC solenoid circuit OFF. • Limits operation of engine and transmission. • Ripper cannot be lifted down. • Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to R1. • Output to ripper lift-down EPC solenoid can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 71103 Ripper Down EPC (F/B)) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Operate ripper control lever (Lower). Cause Defective ripper lift-down 1 EPC solenoid (Internal short circuit)
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
1
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. WEP8 (male)
Resistance
Between (1) – (2)
2 – 12 z
Between (1) – chassis ground
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Ground fault in wiring har2 ness (Contact with GND cir- Wiring harness between WEC3 (female) Resiscuit) Min. 1 Mz (15) – WEP8 (female) (1) and chassis tance ground a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. 3
Defective work equipment controller
WEC3 (female)
Resistance
Between (15) – (23)
2 – 12 z
Between (15) – chassis ground
Min. 1 Mz
Circuit diagram related to ripper lift-down EPC solenoid
46
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00722-01
Failure code [DXHXKY] Ripper down EPC: Short circuit Action code
Failure code
E03
DXHXKY
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
Ripper down EPC: Short circuit (Work equipment controller system)
• When signal was output to ripper lift-down EPC solenoid circuit, abnormal current flowed. • Turns signal to ripper lift-down EPC solenoid circuit OFF. • Limits operation of engine and transmission. • Ripper cannot be lifted down. • Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to R1. • Output to ripper lift-down EPC solenoid can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 71103 Ripper Down EPC (F/B)) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Operate ripper control lever (Lower). Cause Defective ripper lift-down 1 EPC solenoid (Internal short circuit)
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
1
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. WEP8 (male)
Resistance
Between (1) – (2)
2 – 12 z
Between (1) – chassis ground
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting.
2
Hot short (Short circuit with 24V circuit) in wiring harness Wiring harness between WEC3 (female) (15) – WEP8 (female) (1) and chassis ground
Voltage
Max. 1 V
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. 3
Defective work equipment controller
WEC3 (female)
Resistance
Between (15) – (23)
2 – 12 z
Between (15) – chassis ground
Min. 1 Mz
Circuit diagram related to ripper lift-down EPC solenoid
D155AX-6
47
SEN00722-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DXHYKA] Ripper Tilt In EPC: Disconnection Action code
Failure code
E03
DXHYKA
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
Ripper Tilt In EPC: Disconnection (Work equipment controller system)
• When signal is output to ripper tilt-in EPC solenoid circuit, no current flows. • Turns signal to ripper tilt-in EPC solenoid circuit OFF. • Limits operation of engine and transmission. • Ripper cannot be tilted in. • Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to R1. • Output to ripper tilt-in EPC solenoid can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 71105 Ripper Tilt In EPC (F/B)) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Operate ripper control lever (Tilt in). Cause Defective ripper tilt-in EPC 1 solenoid (Internal disconnection)
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
1
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. WEP9 (male)
Resistance
Between (1) – (2)
2 – 12 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring Wiring harness between WEC3 (female) 2 or defective contact in con- (25) – WEP9 (female) (1) nector) Wiring harness between WEC3 (female) (23) – WEP9 (female) (2)
3
Defective work equipment controller
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Resistance
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. WEC3 (female)
Resistance
Between (25) – (23)
2 – 12 z
Circuit diagram related to ripper tilt-in EPC solenoid
48
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00722-01
Failure code [DXHYKB] Ripper Tilt In EPC: Short circuit Action code
Failure code
E03
DXHYKB
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
Ripper Tilt In EPC: Short circuit (Work equipment controller system)
• When signal was output to ripper tilt-in EPC solenoid circuit, abnormal current flowed. • Turns signal to ripper tilt-in EPC solenoid circuit OFF. • Limits operation of engine and transmission. • Ripper cannot be tilted in. • Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to R1. • Output to ripper tilt-in EPC solenoid can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 71105 Ripper Tilt In EPC (F/B)) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Operate ripper control lever (Tilt in). Cause Defective ripper tilt-in EPC 1 solenoid (Internal short circuit)
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
1
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. WEP9 (male)
Resistance
Between (1) – (2)
2 – 12 z
Between (1) – chassis ground
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Ground fault in wiring har2 ness (Contact with GND cir- Wiring harness between WEC3 (female) Resiscuit) Min. 1 Mz (25) – WEP9 (female) (1) and chassis tance ground a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. 3
Defective work equipment controller
WEC3 (female)
Resistance
Between (25) – (23)
2 – 12 z
Between (25) – chassis ground
Min. 1 Mz
Circuit diagram related to ripper tilt-in EPC solenoid
D155AX-6
49
SEN00722-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DXHYKY] Ripper Tilt In EPC: Short circuit Action code
Failure code
E03
DXHYKY
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
Ripper Tilt In EPC: Short circuit (Work equipment controller system)
• When signal was output to ripper tilt-in EPC solenoid circuit, abnormal current flowed. • Turns signal to ripper tilt-in EPC solenoid circuit OFF. • Limits operation of engine and transmission. • Ripper cannot be tilted in. • Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to R1. • Output to ripper tilt-in EPC solenoid can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 71105 Ripper Tilt In EPC (F/B)) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Operate ripper control lever (Tilt in). Cause Defective ripper tilt-in EPC 1 solenoid (Internal short circuit)
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
1
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. WEP9 (male)
Resistance
Between (1) – (2)
2 – 12 z
Between (1) – chassis ground
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting.
2
Hot short (Short circuit with 24V circuit) in wiring harness Wiring harness between WEC3 (female) (25) – WEP9 (female) (1) and chassis ground
Voltage
Max. 1 V
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. 3
Defective work equipment controller
WEC3 (female)
Resistance
Between (25) – (23)
2 – 12 z
Between (25) – chassis ground
Min. 1 Mz
Circuit diagram related to ripper tilt-in EPC solenoid
50
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00722-01
Failure code [DXHZKA] Ripper Tilt Back EPC: Disconnection Action code
Failure code
E03
DXHZKA
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
Ripper Tilt Back EPC: Disconnection (Work equipment controller system)
• When signal is output to ripper tilt-back EPC solenoid circuit, no current flows. • Turns signal to ripper tilt-back EPC solenoid circuit OFF. • Limits operation of engine and transmission. • Ripper cannot be tilted back. • Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to R1. • Output to ripper tilt-back EPC solenoid can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 71107 Ripper Tilt Back EPC (F/B)) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Operate ripper control lever (Tilt back). Cause Defective ripper tilt-back 1 EPC solenoid (Internal disconnection)
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
1
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. WEPA (male)
Resistance
Between (1) – (2)
2 – 12 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring Wiring harness between WEC3 (female) 2 or defective contact in con- (35) – WEPA (female) (1) nector) Wiring harness between WEC3 (female) (23) – WEPA (female) (2) Defective work equipment 3 controller
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Resistance
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. WEC3 (female)
Resistance
Between (35) – (23)
2 – 12 z
Circuit diagram related to ripper tilt-back EPC solenoid
D155AX-6
51
SEN00722-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DXHZKB] Ripper Tilt Back EPC: Short circuit Action code
Failure code
E03
DXHZKB
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
Ripper Tilt Back EPC: Short circuit (Work equipment controller system)
• When signal was output to ripper tilt-back EPC solenoid circuit, abnormal current flowed. • Turns signal to ripper tilt-back EPC solenoid circuit OFF. • Limits operation of engine and transmission. • Ripper cannot be tilted back. • Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to R1. • Output to ripper tilt-back EPC solenoid can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 71107 Ripper Tilt Back EPC (F/B)) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Operate ripper control lever (Tilt back). Cause Defective ripper tilt-back 1 EPC solenoid (Internal short circuit)
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
1
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. WEPA (male)
Resistance
Between (1) – (2)
2 – 12 z
Between (1) – chassis ground
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Ground fault in wiring har2 ness (Contact with GND cir- Wiring harness between WEC3 (female) Resiscuit) (35) – WEPA (female) (1) and chassis Min. 1 Mz tance ground a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. 3
Defective work equipment controller
WEC3 (female)
Resistance
Between (35) – (23)
2 – 12 z
Between (35) – chassis ground
Min. 1 Mz
Circuit diagram related to ripper tilt-back EPC solenoid
52
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00722-01
Failure code [DXHZKY] Ripper Tilt Back EPC: Short circuit Action code
Failure code
E03
DXHZKY
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
Ripper Tilt Back EPC: Short circuit (Work equipment controller system)
• When signal was output to ripper tilt-back EPC solenoid circuit, abnormal current flowed. • Turns signal to ripper tilt-back EPC solenoid circuit OFF. • Limits operation of engine and transmission. • Ripper cannot be tilted back. • Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to R1. • Output to ripper tilt-back EPC solenoid can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 71107 Ripper Tilt Back EPC (F/B)) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Operate ripper control lever (Tilt back). Cause Defective ripper tilt-back 1 EPC solenoid (Internal short circuit)
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
1
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. WEPA (male)
Resistance
Between (1) – (2)
2 – 12 z
Between (1) – chassis ground
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting.
2
Hot short (Short circuit with 24V circuit) in wiring harness Wiring harness between WEC3 (female) (35) – WEPA (female) (1) and chassis ground
Voltage
Max. 1 V
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. 3
Defective work equipment controller
WEC3 (female)
Resistance
Between (35) – (23)
2 – 12 z
Between (35) – chassis ground
Min. 1 Mz
Circuit diagram related to ripper tilt-back EPC solenoid
D155AX-6
53
SEN00722-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DXJ4KA] Weq lock Sol.: Disconnection Action code
Failure code
E03
DXJ4KA
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
Weq lock Sol.: Disconnection (Work equipment controller system)
• When signal is output to work equipment lock solenoid circuit, no current flows. • Turns signal to work equipment lock solenoid circuit OFF. • Blade and ripper cannot be operated. • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Operate work equipment lock lever (Free). Cause Defective work equipment 1 lock solenoid (Internal disconnection)
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
1
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. WLK (male)
Resistance
Between (1) – (2)
20 – 60 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring Wiring harness between WEC3 (female) (8) Resis2 Max. 1 z or defective contact in con- – WLK (female) (1) tance nector) ResisWiring harness between WEC3 (female) (3) Max. 1 z – WLK (female) (2) tance
3
Defective work equipment controller
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. WEC3 (female)
Resistance
Between (8) – (3)
20 – 60 z
Circuit diagram related to work equipment lock solenoid
54
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00722-01
Failure code [DXJ4KB] Weq lock Sol.: Short circuit Action code
Failure code
E03
DXJ4KB
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
Weq lock Sol.: Short circuit (Work equipment controller system)
• When signal was output to work equipment lock solenoid circuit, abnormal current flowed. • Turns signal to work equipment lock solenoid circuit OFF. • Blade and ripper cannot be operated. • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Operate work equipment lock lever (Free). Cause Defective work equipment 1 lock solenoid (Internal short circuit)
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
1
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. WLK (male)
Resistance
Between (1) – (2)
20 – 60 z
Between (1) – chassis ground
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Ground fault in wiring har2 ness (Contact with GND cirWiring harness between WEC3 (female) (8) cuit) – WLK (female) (1) and chassis ground
3
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting.
Hot short (Short circuit with 24V circuit) in wiring harness Wiring harness between WEC3 (female) (8) – WLK (female) (1) and chassis ground
Voltage
Max. 1 V
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. 4
Defective work equipment controller
WEC3 (female)
Resistance
Between (8) – (3)
20 – 60 z
Between (8) – chassis ground
Min. 1 Mz
Circuit diagram related to work equipment lock solenoid
D155AX-6
55
SEN00722-01
40 Troubleshooting
D155AX-6 Bulldozer Form No. SEN00722-01
© 2006 KOMATSU All Rights Reserved Printed in Japan 05-06 (02)
56
D155AX-6
SEN00723-01
BULLDOZER 1SHOP MANUAL
D155AX-6
Machine model
Serial number
D155AX-6
80001 and up
40 Troubleshooting
1
Troubleshooting by failure and error codes, Part 8 Troubleshooting by failure and error codes, Part 8 ......................................................................................... 2 Failure code [DXJ8KA] Blade left 2 EPC: Disconnection ..................................................................... 2 Failure code [DXJ8KB] Blade left 2 EPC: Short circuit ........................................................................ 3 Failure code [DXJ8KY] Blade left 2 EPC: Short circuit ........................................................................ 4 Failure code [DXJ9KA] Blade right 2 EPC: Disconnection................................................................... 5 Failure code [DXJ9KB] Blade right 2 EPC: Short circuit ...................................................................... 6 Failure code [DXJ9KY] Blade right 2 EPC: Short circuit ...................................................................... 7 Failure code [DXJAKA] Q-drop EPC: Disconnection ........................................................................... 8 Failure code [DXJAKB] Q-drop EPC: Short circuit............................................................................. 10 Failure code [DXJAKY] Q-drop EPC: Short circuit............................................................................. 12 Failure code [DXJBKA] S/C ECMV: Disconnection............................................................................ 14 Failure code [DXJBKB] S/C ECMV: Short circuit ............................................................................... 16 Failure code [DXJBKY] S/C ECMV: Short circuit ............................................................................... 18
D155AX-6
1
SEN00723-01
40 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting by failure and error codes, Part 8
1
Failure code [DXJ8KA] Blade left 2 EPC: Disconnection
1
Action code
Failure code
E03
DXJ8KA
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
• When signal is output to blade tilt left bottom EPC solenoid circuit, no current flows. • Turns signal to blade tilt left bottom EPC solenoid circuit OFF. • Limits operation of engine and transmission. • Blade tilt cylinder or pitch left cylinder cannot be extended. • Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to R1. • Output to blade tilt left bottom EPC solenoid can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 71007 Blade Tilt LH-B EPC (F/B)) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Operate blade control lever (Pitch forward). Cause Defective blade tilt left bot1 tom EPC solenoid (Internal disconnection)
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Blade left 2 EPC: Disconnection (Work equipment controller system)
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. WEP4 (male)
Resistance
Between (1) – (2)
2 – 12 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring Wiring harness between WEC3 (female) 2 or defective contact in con- (38) – WEP4 (female) (1) nector) Wiring harness between WEC3 (female) (13) – WEP4 (female) (2) Defective work equipment 3 controller
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Resistance
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. WEC3 (female)
Resistance
Between (38) – (13)
2 – 12 z
Circuit diagram related to blade tilt left bottom EPC solenoid
2
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00723-01
Failure code [DXJ8KB] Blade left 2 EPC: Short circuit Action code
Failure code
E03
DXJ8KB
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
Blade left 2 EPC: Short circuit (Work equipment controller system)
• When signal was output to blade tilt left bottom EPC solenoid circuit, abnormal current flowed. • Turns signal to blade tilt left bottom EPC solenoid circuit OFF. • Limits operation of engine and transmission. • Blade tilt cylinder or pitch left cylinder cannot be extended. • Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to R1. • Output to blade tilt left bottom EPC solenoid can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 71007 Blade Tilt LH-B EPC (F/B)) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Operate blade control lever (Pitch forward). Cause Defective blade tilt left bot1 tom EPC solenoid (Internal short circuit)
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
1
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. WEP4 (male)
Resistance
Between (1) – (2)
2 – 12 z
Between (1) – chassis ground
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Ground fault in wiring har2 ness (Contact with GND cir- Wiring harness between WEC3 (female) Resiscuit) Min. 1 Mz (38) – WEP4 (female) (1) and chassis tance ground a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. 3
Defective work equipment controller
WEC3 (female)
Resistance
Between (38) – (13)
2 – 12 z
Between (38) – chassis ground
Min. 1 Mz
Circuit diagram related to blade tilt left bottom EPC solenoid
D155AX-6
3
SEN00723-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DXJ8KY] Blade left 2 EPC: Short circuit Action code
Failure code
E03
DXJ8KY
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
Blade left 2 EPC: Short circuit (Work equipment controller system)
• When signal was output to blade tilt left bottom EPC solenoid circuit, abnormal current flowed. • Turns signal to blade tilt left bottom EPC solenoid circuit OFF. • Limits operation of engine and transmission. • Blade tilt cylinder or pitch left cylinder cannot be extended. • Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to R1. • Output to blade tilt left bottom EPC solenoid can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 71007 Blade Tilt LH-B EPC (F/B)) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Operate blade control lever (Pitch forward). Cause Defective blade tilt left bot1 tom EPC solenoid (Internal short circuit)
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
1
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. WEP4 (male)
Resistance
Between (1) – (2)
2 – 12 z
Between (1) – chassis ground
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting.
2
Hot short (Short circuit with 24V circuit) in wiring harness Wiring harness between WEC3 (female) (38) – WEP4 (female) (1) and chassis ground
Voltage
Max. 1 V
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. 3
Defective work equipment controller
WEC3 (female)
Resistance
Between (38) – (13)
2 – 12 z
Between (38) – chassis ground
Min. 1 Mz
Circuit diagram related to blade tilt left bottom EPC solenoid
4
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00723-01
Failure code [DXJ9KA] Blade right 2 EPC: Disconnection Action code
Failure code
E03
DXJ9KA
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
Blade right 2 EPC: Disconnection (Work equipment controller system)
• When signal is output to blade tilt left head EPC solenoid circuit, no current flows. • Turns signal to blade tilt left head EPC solenoid circuit OFF. • Limits operation of engine and transmission. • Blade tilt cylinder or pitch left cylinder cannot be retracted. • Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to R1. • Output to blade tilt left head EPC solenoid can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 71005 Blade Tilt LH-H EPC (F/B)) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Operate blade control lever (Pitch back). Cause Defective blade tilt left head 1 EPC solenoid (Internal disconnection)
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
1
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. WEP3 (male)
Resistance
Between (1) – (2)
2 – 12 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring Wiring harness between WEC3 (female) 2 or defective contact in con- (28) – WEP3 (female) (1) nector) Wiring harness between WEC3 (female) (13) – WEP3 (female) (2) Defective work equipment 3 controller
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Resistance
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. WEC3 (female)
Resistance
Between (28) – (13)
2 – 12 z
Circuit diagram related to blade tilt left head EPC solenoid
D155AX-6
5
SEN00723-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DXJ9KB] Blade right 2 EPC: Short circuit Action code
Failure code
E03
DXJ9KB
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
Blade right 2 EPC: Short circuit (Work equipment controller system)
• When signal was output to blade tilt left head EPC solenoid circuit, abnormal current flowed. • Turns signal to blade tilt left head EPC solenoid circuit OFF. • Limits operation of engine and transmission. • Blade tilt cylinder or pitch left cylinder cannot be retracted. • Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to R1. • Output to blade tilt left head EPC solenoid can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 71005 Blade Tilt LH-H EPC (F/B)) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Operate blade control lever (Pitch back). Cause Defective blade tilt left head 1 EPC solenoid (Internal disconnection)
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
1
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. WEP3 (male)
Resistance
Between (1) – (2)
2 – 12 z
Between (1) – chassis ground
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Ground fault in wiring har2 ness (Contact with GND cir- Wiring harness between WEC3 (female) Resiscuit) Min. 1 Mz (28) – WEP3 (female) (1) and chassis tance ground a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. 3
Defective work equipment controller
WEC3 (female)
Resistance
Between (28) – (13)
2 – 12 z
Between (28) – chassis ground
Min. 1 Mz
Circuit diagram related to blade tilt left head EPC solenoid
6
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00723-01
Failure code [DXJ9KY] Blade right 2 EPC: Short circuit Action code
Failure code
E03
DXJ9KY
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
Blade right 2 EPC: Short circuit (Work equipment controller system)
• When signal was output to blade tilt left head EPC solenoid circuit, abnormal current flowed. • Turns signal to blade tilt left head EPC solenoid circuit OFF. • Limits operation of engine and transmission. • Blade tilt cylinder or pitch left cylinder cannot be retracted. • Once machine is stopped, engine speed is limited to medium (half). • Once machine is stopped, travel is limited to R1. • Output to blade tilt left head EPC solenoid can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 71005 Blade Tilt LH-H EPC (F/B)) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Operate blade control lever (Pitch back). Cause Defective blade tilt left head 1 EPC solenoid (Internal short circuit)
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
1
2
Hot short in wiring harness (Contact with GND circuit)
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. WEP3 (male)
Resistance
Between (1) – (2)
2 – 12 z
Between (1) – chassis ground
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. Wiring harness between WEC3 (female) (28) – WEP3 (female) (1) and chassis ground
Voltage
Max. 1 V
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. 3
Defective work equipment controller
WEC3 (female)
Resistance
Between (28) – (13)
2 – 12 z
Between (28) – chassis ground
Min. 1 Mz
Circuit diagram related to blade tilt left head EPC solenoid
D155AX-6
7
SEN00723-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DXJAKA] Q-drop EPC: Disconnection Action code
Failure code
E01
DXJAKA
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
• Turns signal to blade quick drop EPC solenoid circuit OFF. • Blade quick drop function does not operate. • Output to blade quick drop EPC solenoid can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 90900 Quick Drop Solenoid (F/B)) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Operate blade control lever (Lower).
Defective blade quick drop 1 EPC solenoid (Internal disconnection)
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. QDP (male)
Resistance
Between (1) – (2)
4.5 – 14.5 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring Wiring harness between WEC3 (female) 2 or defective contact in con- (37) – QDP (female) (1) nector) Wiring harness between WEC3 (female) (3) – QDP (female) (2)
3
8
Q-drop EPC: Disconnection (Work equipment controller system)
• When signal is output to blade quick drop EPC solenoid circuit, no current flows.
Cause
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
1
Defective work equipment controller
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Resistance
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. WEC3 (female)
Resistance
Between (37) – (3)
4.5 – 14.5 z
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00723-01
Circuit diagram related to blade quick drop EPC solenoid
D155AX-6
9
SEN00723-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DXJAKB] Q-drop EPC: Short circuit Action code
Failure code
E01
DXJAKB
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
Q-drop EPC: Short circuit (Work equipment controller system)
• When signal was output to blade quick drop EPC solenoid circuit, abnormal current flowed. • Turns signal to blade quick drop EPC solenoid circuit OFF. • Blade quick drop function does not operate. • Output to blade quick drop EPC solenoid can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 90900 Quick Drop Solenoid (F/B)) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Operate blade control lever (Lower). Cause Defective blade quick drop 1 EPC solenoid (Internal short circuit)
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
1
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. QDP (male)
Resistance
Between (1) – (2)
4.5 – 14.5 z
Between (1) – chassis ground
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshootGround fault in wiring haring without turning starting switch ON. 2 ness (Contact with GND cirWiring harness between WEC3 (female) Resiscuit) Min. 1 Mz (37) – QDP (female) (1) and chassis ground tance a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. 3
10
Defective work equipment controller
WEC3 (female)
Resistance
Between (37) – (3)
4.5 – 14.5 z
Between (37) – chassis ground
Min. 1 Mz
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00723-01
Circuit diagram related to blade quick drop EPC solenoid
D155AX-6
11
SEN00723-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DXJAKY] Q-drop EPC: Short circuit Action code
Failure code
E01
DXJAKY
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
Q-drop EPC: Short circuit (Work equipment controller system)
• When signal was output to blade quick drop EPC solenoid circuit, abnormal current flowed. • Turns signal to blade quick drop EPC solenoid circuit OFF. • Blade quick drop function does not operate. • Output to blade quick drop EPC solenoid can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 90900 Quick Drop Solenoid (F/B)) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Operate blade control lever (Lower). Cause Defective blade quick drop 1 EPC solenoid (Internal short circuit)
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
1
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. QDP (male)
Resistance
Between (1) – (2)
4.5 – 14.5 z
Between (1) – chassis ground
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. Hot short (Short circuit with 2 24V circuit) in wiring harness Wiring harness between WEC3 (female) Voltage Max. 1 V (37) – QDP (female) (1) and chassis ground a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. 3
12
Defective work equipment controller
WEC3 (female)
Resistance
Between (37) – (3)
4.5 – 14.5 z
Between (37) – chassis ground
Min. 1 Mz
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00723-01
Circuit diagram related to blade quick drop EPC solenoid
D155AX-6
13
SEN00723-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DXJBKA] S/C ECMV: Disconnection Action code
Failure code
E02
DXJBKA
Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
Trouble
1
S/C ECMV: Disconnection (Power train controller system)
• When signal is output to torque converter stator clutch ECMV solenoid circuit, no current flows. • Turns signal to torque converter stator clutch ECMV solenoid circuit OFF. • Sufficient torque may not be obtained during travel. • Output to torque converter stator clutch ECMV solenoid can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 90700 S/C ECMV (F/B)) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Operate parking brake lever (Free). Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshootDefective stator clutch ECMV ing without turning starting switch ON. 1 solenoid (Internal disconnecSSTC (male) Resistance tion) Between (1) – (2) 5 – 25 z a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring Wiring harness between STC3 (female) (38) 2 or defective contact in con- – SSTC (female) (1) nector) Wiring harness between STC3 (female) (13) – SSTC (female) (2)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Resistance
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. Hot short (Short circuit with 3 24V circuit) in wiring harness Wiring harness between STC3 (female) (38) Voltage Max. 1 V – SSTC (female) (1) and chassis ground
4
14
Defective power train controller
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. STC3 (female)
Resistance
Between (38) – (13)
5 – 25 z
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00723-01
Circuit diagram related to torque converter stator clutch ECMV
D155AX-6
15
SEN00723-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DXJBKB] S/C ECMV: Short circuit Action code
Failure code
E02 Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
DXJBKB
Trouble
S/C ECMV: Short circuit (Power train controller system)
• When signal was output to torque converter stator clutch ECMV solenoid circuit, abnormal current flowed. • Turns signal to torque converter stator clutch ECMV solenoid circuit OFF. • Sufficient torque may not be obtained during travel. • Output to torque converter stator clutch ECMV solenoid can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 90700 S/C ECMV (F/B)) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Operate parking brake lever (Free). Cause Defective stator clutch ECMV 1 solenoid (Internal short circuit)
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
1
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. SSTC (male)
Resistance
Between (1) – (2)
5 – 25 z
Between (1) – chassis ground
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshootGround fault in wiring haring without turning starting switch ON. 2 ness (Contact with GND cirResisWiring harness between STC3 (female) (38) cuit) Min. 1 Mz – SSTC (female) (1) and chassis ground tance Short circuit in wiring har3 ness (with another wiring harness)
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Wiring harness between STC3 (female) (38) – SSTC (female) (1) and between STC3 (female) (13) – SSTC (female) (2)
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. 4
16
Defective power train controller
STC3 (female)
Resistance
Between (38) – (13)
5 – 25 z
Between (38) – chassis ground
Min. 1 Mz
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00723-01
Circuit diagram related to torque converter stator clutch ECMV
D155AX-6
17
SEN00723-01
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code [DXJBKY] S/C ECMV: Short circuit Action code
Failure code
E02 Contents of trouble Action of controller Problem that appears on machine Related information
DXJBKY
Trouble
S/C ECMV: Short circuit (Power train controller system)
• When signal was output to torque converter stator clutch ECMV solenoid circuit, abnormal current flowed. • Turns signal to torque converter stator clutch ECMV solenoid circuit OFF. • Sufficient torque may not be obtained during travel. • Output to torque converter stator clutch ECMV solenoid can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 90700 S/C ECMV (F/B)) • Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON + Operate parking brake lever (Free). Cause Defective stator clutch ECMV 1 solenoid (Internal short circuit)
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
1
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. SSTC (male)
Resistance
Between (1) – (2)
5 – 25 z
Between (1) – chassis ground
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. Hot short (Short circuit with 2 24V circuit) in wiring harness Wiring harness between STC3 (female) (38) Voltage Max. 1 V – SSTC (female) (1) and chassis ground Short circuit in wiring har3 ness (with another wiring harness)
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Wiring harness between STC3 (female) (38) – SSTC (female) (1) and between STC3 (female) (13) – SSTC (female) (2)
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. 4
18
Defective power train controller
STC3 (female)
Resistance
Between (38) – (13)
5 – 25 z
Between (38) – chassis ground
Min. 1 Mz
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00723-01
Circuit diagram related to torque converter stator clutch ECMV
D155AX-6
19
SEN00723-01
40 Troubleshooting
D155AX-6 Bulldozer Form No. SEN00723-01
© 2006 KOMATSU All Rights Reserved Printed in Japan 05-06 (02)
20
D155AX-6
SEN00807-01
BULLDOZER 1SHOP MANUAL
D155AX-6
Machine model
Serial number
D155AX-6
80001 and up
40 Troubleshooting
1
Troubleshooting of electrical system (E-mode) Troubleshooting of electrical system (E-mode)............................................................................................... 3 Before carrying out troubleshooting for electrical system .................................................................... 3 Information in troubleshooting table ..................................................................................................... 7 E-1 When starting switch turned ON, machine monitor displays nothing ............................................ 8 E-2 When starting switch turned ON (before startingengine), basic check item lights up.................. 10 E-3 Engine does not start (Engine does not turn) .............................................................................. 12 E-4 Preheater does not operate......................................................................................................... 14 E-5 Precaution item lights up while engine is running........................................................................ 18 E-6 Emergency stop item lights up while engine is running ............................................................... 20 E-7 Engine coolant temperature gauge does not indicate normally................................................... 22 E-8 Fuel level gauge does not indicate normally ............................................................................... 23 E-9 Power train oil temperature gauge (multi-gauge) does not indicate normally ............................. 25 E-10 Hydraulic temperature gauge (multi-gauge) does not indicate normally ................................... 26 E-11 Contents of display by machine monitor are different from applicable machine........................ 29
D155AX-6
1
SEN00807-01
40 Troubleshooting
E-12 Machine monitor does not display some items.......................................................................... 29 E-13 Function switch does not work................................................................................................... 29 E-14 Operation mode does not change ............................................................................................. 30 E-15 Gearshift mode does not change............................................................................................... 30 E-16 Customize function does not operate normally.......................................................................... 31 E-17 Customize memory function does not normally......................................................................... 31 E-18 Float mode does not change ..................................................................................................... 32 E-19 Alarm buzzer cannot be stopped ............................................................................................... 32 E-20 Air conditioner does not operate normally (including air conditioner fault history)..................... 33 E-21 When starting switch is turned OFF, service meter is not displayed.......................................... 46 E-22 Machine monitor cannot be set in service mode ....................................................................... 46 E-23 Ripper pin puller cylinder does not operate ............................................................................... 48 E-24 Backup alarm does not sound or does not stop ........................................................................ 50 E-25 Headlamp, rear lamp, and ripper point lamp do not light up...................................................... 52 E-26 Windshield wiper and window washer do not operate............................................................... 56 E-27 KOMTRAX system does not operate normally .......................................................................... 72
2
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00807-01
Troubleshooting of electrical system (E-mode)
1
Before carrying out troubleshooting for electrical system
1
Connection table of circuit breakers and fuse boxes a This connection table shows the devices to which each power supply of the fuse box supplies power (An accessory power supply is a device which supplies power while the starting switch is in the ON position and an unswitched power supply is a device which supplies power while the starting switch is in the OFF and ON positions). a When carrying out troubleshooting related to the electrical system, you should check the circuit breakers and fuses to see if the power is supplied normally. Circuit breakers CB1 – CB9 Power circuit breaker Circuit (Type of power supply) breaker No.
CB105 (Accessory power supply)
CB30 (Unswitched power supply)
Circuit breaker capacity
CB9
20A
CB1
20A
CB2
20A
CB3
20A
Destination of power Optional power supply Power train controller Emergency power supply (For power train switch box) Work equipment controller Emergency power supply (For work equipment switch box) Air conditioner unit, blower motor, and compressor electromagnetic clutch
CB4
20A
Headlamp, additional headlamp
CB5
20A
Rear lamp, additional rear lamp, ripper point lamp
CB6
20A
CB7
20A
Starting switch Engine hold relay Machine monitor Power train controller Work equipment controller
CB8
30A
—
—
Power circuit breaker (Type of power supply)
Fuse No.
Fuel capacity
CB30 (Unswitched power supply)
1
20A
Operator's cab power supply (To connection table of fuse box
2
5A
Backup alarm, backup alarm relay
3
20A
Operator's cab power supply (To connection table of fuse box
)
4
20A
Operator's cab power supply (To connection table of fuse box
)
5
5A
Engine controller (Signal ACC)
CB105H (Unswitched power supply)
Engine controller Engine electrical intake air heater
Fuse box FS1
CB105 (Accessory power supply) Starting switch (ACC)
D155AX-6
Destination of power
)
3
SEN00807-01
40 Troubleshooting
Fuse box FS2 Power circuit breaker (Type of power supply)
Fuse No.
Fuel capacity
CB30 (Unswitched power supply)
1
5A
Pedal brake solenoid valve
2
5A
Parking brake solenoid valve
CB105 (Accessory power supply)
Starting switch (ACC)
4
Destination of power
Engine electrical intake air heater 3
20A
Ripper pin puller solenoid valve
4
5A
Horn
5
20A
Optional power supply
Pneumatic suspension seat
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00807-01
Locations of circuit breakers CB30, CB105, and CB105H (In battery room)
Locations of circuit breakers CB1 – CB9 and fuse boxes FS1 and FS2 (In battery room)
D155AX-6
5
SEN00807-01
40 Troubleshooting
Fuse box Power circuit fuse (Type of power supply) FS1-1 (Unswitched power supply) FS1-3 (Accessory power supply)
Fuse No.
Fuel capacity
Destination of power Radio
1
10A
12V accessory connector (Via DC converter) 12V accessory socket (Via DC converter)
2
20A
3
20A
Additional light relay, additional light Rotary lamp 12V accessory connector (Via DC converter) 12V accessory socket (Via DC converter) Radio
FS1-4 (Accessory power supply)
Location of fuse box
6
Room lamp
4
20A
5
10A
Front wiper, rear wiper
6
10A
Left wiper, right wiper
Cigarette lighter Windshield wiper (Via intermittent relay)
(In operator's cab)
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00807-01
Information in troubleshooting table
1
a The following information is summarized in the troubleshooting table and the related electrical circuit diagram. Before carrying out troubleshooting, understand that information fully. Trouble Related information
Trouble which occurred in the machine Information related to detected trouble or troubleshooting Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting • Standard value in normal state to judge possible causes • Remarks on judgment
1
• Disconnection Connector is connected defectively or wiring harness is broken. • Ground fault Wiring harness which is not connected to chassis ground circuit is in contact with chassis ground circuit. • Hot short Wiring harness which is not connected to power source (24 V) circuit is in contact with power source (24 V) circuit. • Short circuit Independent wiring harnesses are in contact with each other abnormally.
2
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Possible causes of trouble (Given numbers are refer ence numbers, which do (1) Method of indicating connector No. and handling of Tnot indicate priority) adapter Insert or connect T-adapter as explained below for troubleshooting, unless otherwise specified. 3 • If connector No. has no marks of "male" and "female", disconnect connector and insert T-adapters in both male side and female side. • If connector No. has marks of "male" and "female", disconnect connector and connect T-adapter to only male side or female side. (2) Entry order of pin Nos. and handling of tester leads Connect positive (+) lead and negative (–) lead of tester as explained below for troubleshooting, unless otherwise specified. 4 • Connect positive (+) lead to pin No. or wiring harness entered on front side. • Connect negative (–) lead to pin No. or harness entered on rear side.
Related circuit diagram This drawing is a part of the electric circuit diagram related to troubleshooting. • Connector No.: Indicates (Model – Number of pins) and (Color). • "Connector No. and pin No." from each branching/merging point: Shows the ends of branch or source of merging within the parts of the same wiring harness. • Arrow (i o): Roughly shows the location on the machine.
D155AX-6
7
SEN00807-01
40 Troubleshooting
E-1 When starting switch turned ON, machine monitor displays nothing 1 Trouble
Related information
• When starting switch turned ON, machine monitor displays nothing. • When starting switch is turned ON, machine monitor displays KOMATSU logo, screen to input password (if set), screen of check before starting, screen to check setting of preset, and ordinary screen in order. • When the engine is started, the battery voltage may lower suddenly, depending on the ambient temperature and the condition of the battery. In this case, the machine monitor goes off for a moment. This phenomenon is not a failure, however. Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
1 Low charge level of battery
Electrolyte specific gravity (1 piece)
Min. 24 V
Min. 1.26
2
Defective circuit breaker (CB30, CB6, or CB7)
3
Machine monitor connector may be connected wrongly. Check it Wrong connection of connecdirectly (Connection between connectors CM01 and CM02 and tor between connectors CM03 and CM04).
4 Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Battery voltage (2 pieces)
Defective starting switch (Internal disconnection)
If circuit breaker is turned OFF, circuit probably has ground fault. (See cause 6.)
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. Starting switch Between 250 – 270
Resistance ON
Wiring harness between battery (–) – chassis ground
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between battery (+) – terminal BRB – CB30 (B30L)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between CB30 (B30S) – CB7 (1)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between CB30 (B30S) – CB6 (1)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between CB6 (2) – terminal 250
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between terminal 270 – CM01 (female) (14)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring Wiring harness between CB7 (2) – CM01 5 or defective contact in con- (female) (1), (2) nector) Wiring harness between CM01 (female) (3), (4) – chassis ground (GND11)
8
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00807-01
Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Wiring harness between battery (+) – terminal BRB – CB30 (B30L) and chassis ground
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Wiring harness between CB30 (B30S) – CB7 (1) or circuit branch end and chassis ground
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Wiring harness between CB6 (2) – terminal 250 or circuit branch end and chassis ground
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Wiring harness between terminal 270 – CM01 (female) (14) or circuit branch end and chassis ground
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Wiring harness between CB7 (2) – CM01 Ground fault in wiring har(female) (1), (2) or circuit branch end and 6 ness (Contact with GND cir- chassis ground cuit) Wiring harness between CB30 (B30S) – CB6 (1) or circuit branch end and chassis ground
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then hold starting switch OFF and ON and carry out troubleshooting in each case. 7 Defective machine monitor
CM01
Starting switch
Voltage
Between (1), (2) – (3) , (4)
OFF
20 – 30 V
Between (14) – (3), (4)
ON
20 – 30 V
Circuit diagram related to machine monitor power supply
D155AX-6
9
SEN00807-01
40 Troubleshooting
E-2 When starting switch turned ON (before startingengine), basic check item lights up Trouble Related information
1
• When starting switch turned ON (before starting engine), basic check item lights up. • Basic check item is only lowering of radiator coolant level. Cause Lowering of radiator coolant 1 level (When system is normal)
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting Coolant level in radiator sub tank may be low. Check it and add coolant if necessary. a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Defective radiator coolant 2 level switch (Internal disconnection)
WLV (male)
Between (1) – (2) Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Sub tank coolant level
Resistance
Between FULL – LOW
Max. 1 z
Below LOW
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring Wiring harness between CM02 (female) (3) 3 or defective contact in con- – WLV (female) (1) nector) Wiring harness between CM01 (female) (7), CM02 (female) (7) – WLV (female) (2)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Resistance
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. 4 Defective machine monitor
CM02 Between (3) – chassis ground
Sub tank coolant level
Voltage
Between FULL – LOW
Max. 1 V
Below LOW
20 – 30 V
Circuit diagram related to radiator coolant level switch
10
D155AX-6
SEN00807-01
40 Troubleshooting
E-3 Engine does not start (Engine does not turn) Trouble Related information
1
• Engine does not start (Engine does not turn). • Engine starting circuit has following 2 start lock mechanisms. 1) Start lock with password of machine monitor 2) Start lock with parking brake lever and work equipment lock lever Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
1 Low charge level of battery
2
Defective starting switch (Internal disconnection)
Battery voltage (2 pieces)
Electrolyte specific gravity (1 piece)
Min. 24 V
Min. 1.26
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then keep starting switch OFF and turn it to START and carry out troubleshooting in each case. Starting switch Between 250 – 280
Resistance OFF
Min. 1 Mz
START
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch to START and carry out troubleshooting.
3
Defective neutral safety relay Replace neutral safety relay (Right No.) with another (Internal trouble) relay. If engine starts at this time, neutral safety relay is defective.
NSF
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch to START and carry out troubleshooting. Starting motor Defective starting motor 4 (Internal defect) Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Voltage
Between B – chassis ground
Battery power supply
20 –30 V
Between ST (2) – chassis ground
Starting signal
20 –30 V
Between ST (2) – chassis ground
Generation signal
Max. 1 V
If battery power supply, starting signal, and generation signal are normal but starting motor does not turn, starting motor is defective.
5
Defective alternator (Internal short circuit)
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. Alternator Between R – chassis ground
Generation signal
Voltage Max. 1 V
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
6
Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring Wiring harness between terminal 280 – NSF or defective contact in con- (female) (3) nector) Wiring harness between NSF (female) (5) – PRE – ST (female) (1)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Resistance
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Wiring harness between terminal 280 – NSF Ground fault in wiring har7 ness (Contact with GND cir- (female) (3) or circuit branch end and chassis ground cuit)
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Wiring harness between NSF (female) (5) – PRE – ST (female) (1) and chassis ground
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting.
8
12
Hot short (Short circuit with 24V circuit) in wiring harness Wiring harness between terminal R – ST (female) (2) or circuit branch end and chassis ground
Voltage
Max. 1 V
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00807-01
Circuit diagram related to preheating/starting of engine and charge of battery
D155AX-6
13
SEN00807-01
40 Troubleshooting
E-4 Preheater does not operate Trouble Related information
1
(1) When starting switch is turned to HEAT position, preheating monitor does not light up. • Preheater monitor lights up when starting switch is turned to HEAT. • If engine coolant temperature is below -5 °C, automatic warm-up system operates and preheating monitor lights up for up to 40 seconds. Cause
1
Defective starting switch (Internal disconnection)
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then keep starting switch OFF and turn it to HEAT and carry out troubleshooting in each case. Starting switch Between 250 – 255
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Resistance OFF
Min. 1 Mz
HEAT
Max. 1 z
Disconnection in wiring har- a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. ness (Disconnection in wiring 2 or defective contact in con- Wiring harness between CM01 (female) ResisMax. 1 z nector) (16) – terminal 255 tance a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then keep starting switch OFF and turn it to HEAT and carry out troubleshooting in each case. 3 Defective machine monitor
14
CM01
Starting switch
Voltage
Between (16) – chassis ground
OFF
Max. 1 V
HEAT
20 – 30 V
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00807-01
Trouble
(2) When starting switch is turned to HEAT position, intake air heater mounting part does not become warm.
Related information
• Check that engine can be turned with starting motor (If engine cannot be turned, carry out troubleshooting for E-3 Engine does not start (Engine does not turn)). Cause 1
Defective circuit breaker (CB105H)
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting If circuit breaker is turned OFF, circuit probably has ground fault (See cause 5). a Prepare with starting switch OFF (with wiring harness connected), then turn starting switch to HEAT and carry out troubleshooting.
2
Defective heater relay (Internal disconnection)
Heater relay Between HT – chassis ground Between HT/B – chassis ground
Starting switch
Voltage 20 – 30 V
HEAT 20 – 30 V
a Prepare with starting switch OFF (with wiring harness connected), then turn starting switch to HEAT and carry out troubleshooting in each case. 3
Defective intake air heater (Internal disconnection)
RH1
Starting switc
Voltage
Between terminal – chassis ground
HEAT
20 – 30 V
If voltage is normal but heater mounting part does not become warm, intake air heater is defective.
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring 4 or defective contact in connector)
Wiring harness between terminal 255 – terminal HT
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between terminal BRC – CB105H (B105HS)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between CB105H (B105HL) – terminal HT/A
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between terminal HT/B – terminal RHT
Resistance
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Wiring harness between terminal 255 – terminal HT or CM01 (female) (16) or circuit branch end and chassis ground
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Wiring harness between CB105H (B105HL) – terminal HT/A and chassis ground
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Wiring harness between terminal HT/B – terminal RHT and chassis ground
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Ground fault in wiring har5 ness (Contact with GND cir- Wiring harness between terminal BRC – CB105H (B105HS) and chassis ground cuit)
D155AX-6
15
SEN00807-01
40 Troubleshooting
Circuit diagram related to preheating/starting of engine and charge of battery
16
D155AX-6
SEN00807-01
40 Troubleshooting
E-5 Precaution item lights up while engine is running Trouble Related information
• Precaution item lights up while engine is running. • Check item is only charge level monitor. • State of generation signal of alternator can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 04300 Battery Charge Volt) Cause Defective generation by 1 alternator (when system is normal)
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
1
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then start engine and carry out troubleshooting. Alternator
Engine speed
Voltage
Between R – chassis ground
Medium or higher
20 – 30 V
Disconnection in wiring har- a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. ness (Disconnection in wiring 2 or defective contact in con- Wiring harness between CM01 (female) (11) ResisMax. 1 z nector) – terminal R tance a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Ground fault in wiring har3 ness (Contact with GND cir- Wiring harness between CM01 (female) (11) cuit) – terminal R or circuit branch end and chassis ground
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then start engine and carry out troubleshooting. 4 Defective machine monitor
18
CM01
Engine
Voltage
Between (11) – chassis ground
Medium or higher
20 – 30 V
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00807-01
Circuit diagram related to preheating/starting of engine and charge of battery
D155AX-6
19
SEN00807-01
40 Troubleshooting
E-6 Emergency stop item lights up while engine is running Trouble Related information
(1) Engine coolant temperature monitor lights up. • Signals of engine coolant temperature sensor are input to engine controller and then transmitted to machine monitor through communication system. • Engine coolant temperature can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 04107 Coolant Temperature) Cause
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Trouble Related information
Defective engine coolant temperature sensor system
If cause 1 is not detected, engine coolant temperature sensor system may be defective. Carry out troubleshooting for failure codes [CA144] and [CA145].
3 Defective machine monitor
If causes 1 and 2 are not detected, machine monitor may be defective. (Since trouble is in system, troubleshooting cannot be carried out.)
2
(2) Engine oil pressure monitor lights up. • Signals of engine oil pressure sensor are input to engine controller and then transmitted to machine monitor through communication system. • Engine oil pressure can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 37200 Engine Oil Pressure)
Lowering of engine oil pres1 sure (when system is normal) 2
Related information
If causes 1 and 2 are not detected, machine monitor may be defective. (Since trouble is in system, troubleshooting cannot be carried out.)
• Signals of torque converter oil temperature sensor are input to power train controller and then transmitted to machine monitor through communication system. • Power train oil temperature can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 30100 T/C Oil Temperature) Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting
1
Overheating of power train oil (when system is normal)
2
If cause 1 is not detected, power train oil temperature sensor sysDefective power train oil temtem may be defective. Carry out troubleshooting for failure codes perature sensor system [DGT1KA] and [DGT1KX].
3 Defective machine monitor
20
Engine oil pressure may be low. If it is low, remove cause.
(3) Power train oil temperature monitor lights up.
Cause
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting
If cause 1 is not detected, engine oil pressure sensor system may Defective engine oil pressure be defective. Carry out troubleshooting for failure codes [CA135] sensor system and [CA141].
3 Defective machine monitor
Trouble
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting
Overheating of engine cool- Engine coolant may be overheated. If it is overheated, remove 1 ant (when system is normal) cause.
Cause
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
1
Power train oil may be overheated. If it is overheated, remove cause.
If causes 1 and 2 are not detected, machine monitor may be defective. (Since trouble is in system, troubleshooting cannot be carried out.)
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
Trouble Related information
SEN00807-01
(4) Hydraulic oil temperature monitor lights up. • Hydraulic oil temperature can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 04401 Hyd Oil Temperature) Cause
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
D155AX-6
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting
1
Overheating of hydraulic oil (when system is normal)
Hydraulic oil may be overheated. If it is overheated, remove cause.
2
Defective hydraulic oil temperature gauge system
If cause 1 is not detected, hydraulic oil temperature gauge system may be defective. Carry out troubleshooting for E-10 Hydraulic oil temperature gauge (Multi-gauge) does not display normally.
21
SEN00807-01
40 Troubleshooting
E-7 Engine coolant temperature gauge does not indicate normally
1
Trouble
(1) While engine coolant temperature is rising normally, temperature gauge does not rise from white range (C). (2) While engine coolant temperature is stabilized normally, temperature gauge rises to red range (H).
Related information
• Signals of engine coolant temperature sensor are input to engine controller and then transmitted to machine monitor through communication system. • Engine coolant temperature can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 04107 Coolant Temperature)
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Cause 1
Defective engine coolant temperature sensor system
2 Defective machine monitor
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting Engine coolant temperature sensor system may be defective. Carry out troubleshooting for failure codes [CA144] and [CA145]. If cause 1 is not detected, machine monitor may be defective. (Since trouble is in system, troubleshooting cannot be carried out.)
Trouble
(3) Display of coolant temperature gauge is different from actual engine coolant temperature. (4) Display of engine coolant temperature gauge is different from display of engine coolant temperature monitor.
Related information
• Signals of engine coolant temperature sensor are input to engine controller and then transmitted to machine monitor through communication system. • Engine coolant temperature can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 04107 Coolant Temperature) Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Turn starting switch ON or start engine and carry out troubleshooting.
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Engine coolant tem- Coolant temperature Color of monitor light perature gauge level (a) 1 Defective machine monitor
105 °C
6
102 °C
5
100 °C
4
85 °C
3
60 °C
2
30 °C
1
Red
Blue White
Engine coolant temperature gauge and coolant temperature monitor
22
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00807-01
E-8 Fuel level gauge does not indicate normally Trouble Related nformation
1
(1) While fuel is added, fuel level gauge does not rise from red range (E). (2) While fuel level is low, fuel level gauge does not lower from green range top (F) • Signal voltage of fuel level sensor can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 04200 Fuel Level Sensor Volt) Cause Defective fuel level sensor 1 (Internal disconnection or short circuit)
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. FLV (male) Between (1) – (2)
Fuel level
Resistance
FULL
Approx. 4 z
EMPTY
Approx. 85 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring Wiring harness between CM01 (female) (9) 2 or defective contact in con- – FLV (female) (1) nector) Wiring harness between CM01 (female) (12) – FLV (female) (2)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Resistance
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshootGround fault in wiring haring without turning starting switch ON. 3 ness (Contact with GND cirWiring harness between CM01 (female) (9) Resiscuit) Min. 1 Mz – FLV (female) (1) and chassis ground tance a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. Hot short (Short circuit with 4 24V circuit) in wiring harness Wiring harness between CM01 (female) (9) Voltage Max. 1 V – FLV (female) (1) and chassis ground 5 Defective machine monitor
If causes 1 – 4 are not detected, machine monitor may be defective. (Since trouble is in system, troubleshooting cannot be carried out.)
Circuit diagram related to fuel level sensor
D155AX-6
23
SEN00807-01
Trouble Related information
40 Troubleshooting
(3) Display of fuel level gauge is different from actual fuel level. (4) Display of fuel level gauge is different from display of fuel level monitor. • Signal voltage of fuel level sensor can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 04200 Fuel Level Sensor Volt) Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Turn starting switch ON or start engine and carry out troubleshooting.
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Quantity of fuel 1 Defective machine monitor
Reading of fuel level Color of monitor light gauge (a)
565 l
6
425 l
5
310 l
4
220 l
3
150 l
2
75 l
1
Blue
Red
Fuel level gauge and fuel level monitor
24
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00807-01
E-9 Power train oil temperature gauge (multi-gauge) does not indicate normally 1 Trouble
(1) While power train oil temperature is rising normally, temperature gauge does not rise from white range (C). (2) While power train oil temperature is stabilized normally, temperature gauge rises to red range (H).
Related information
• Signals of power train oil temperature sensor are input to power train controller and then transmitted to machine monitor through communication system. • Power train oil temperature can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 30100 T/C Oil Temperature) Cause
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting
Power train oil temperature sensor system may be defective. Defective power train oil tem1 Carry out troubleshooting for failure codes [DGT1KA] and perature sensor system [DGT1KX]. 2 Defective machine monitor
If cause 1 is not detected, machine monitor may be defective. (Since trouble is in system, troubleshooting cannot be carried out.)
Trouble
(3) Display of power train temperature gauge is different from actual power train oil temperature. (4) Display of power train oil temperature gauge is different from display of power train oil temperature monitor.
Related information
• Signals of power train oil temperature sensor are input to power train controller and then transmitted to machine monitor through communication system. • Power train oil temperature can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 30100 T/C Oil Temperature) Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Turn starting switch ON or start engine and carry out troubleshooting.
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Power train oil temperature 1 Defective machine monitor
Power train oil tem- Color of monitor light perature gauge level (a)
130 °C
6
120 °C
5
118 °C
4
80 °C
3
50 °C
2
0 °C
1
Red
Blue White
Power train oil temperature gauge and power train oil temperature monitor
D155AX-6
25
SEN00807-01
40 Troubleshooting
E-10 Hydraulic temperature gauge (multi-gauge) does not indicate normally Trouble Related information
(1) While hydraulic oil temperature is rising normally, temperature gauge does not rise from white range (C). (2) While hydraulic oil temperature is stabilized normally, temperature gauge rises to red range (H). • Hydraulic temperature can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 04401 Hyd Oil Temperature) Cause Defective hydraulic oil temperature sensor system 1 (Internal disconnection or short circuit)
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
1
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. HDT (male)
Resistance
Between (1) – (2)
3.5 – 90 kz
Between (2) – chassis ground
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring Wiring harness between CM01 (female) (8) Resis2 Max. 1 z or defective contact in con- – HDT (female) (1) tance nector) Wiring harness between CM01 (female) ResisMax. 1 z (12) – HDT (female) (2) tance a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshootGround fault in wiring haring without turning starting switch ON. 3 ness (Contact with GND cirWiring harness between CM01 (female) (8) Resiscuit) Min. 1 Mz – HDT (female) (1) and chassis ground tance a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. Hot short (Short circuit with 4 24V circuit) in wiring harness Wiring harness between CM01 (female) (8) Voltage Max. 1 V – HDT (female) (1) and chassis ground 5 Defective machine monitor
26
If causes 1 – 4 are not detected, machine monitor may be defective. (Since trouble is in system, troubleshooting cannot be carried out.)
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00807-01
Circuit diagram related to hydraulic oil temperature sensor
D155AX-6
27
SEN00807-01
Trouble Related information
40 Troubleshooting
(3) Display of hydraulic oil temperature gauge is different from actual hydraulic oil temperature. (4) Display of hydraulic oil temperature gauge is different from display of hydraulic oil temperature monitor. • Hydraulic oil temperature can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 04401 Hyd Oil Temperature) Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Turn starting switch ON or start engine and carry out troubleshooting.
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Hydraulic oil temperature 1 Defective machine monitor
Reading of hydraulic Color of monitor light oil temperature (a) gauge
110 °C
6
100 °C
5
98 °C
4
70 °C
3
20 °C
2
0 °C
1
Red
Blue White
Hydraulic oil temperature gauge and hydraulic oil temperature monitor
28
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00807-01
E-11 Contents of display by machine monitor are different from applicable machine Trouble
1
• Contents of display by machine monitor are different from applicable machine.
Related information Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Cause 1 Defective machine monitor
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting Machine monitor may be defective. (Since trouble is in system, troubleshooting cannot be carried out.)
E-12 Machine monitor does not display some items Trouble Related information
• Machine monitor does not display some items. • The LCD panel sometimes has black points (points which are not lighted) and bright points (points which do not go off) for the reason of its characteristics. If the number of the bright points and black points does not exceed 10, those points are not a failure or a defect. Cause
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
1
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting.
1
Defective machine monitor (LCD panel)
When following switches are operated, if all LCD panel is lighted up (all surface becomes white), LCD panel is normal. • Operation of switches: [4] + [F2] (Press simultaneously)
2
Defective machine monitor (body)
If cause 1 is not detected, machine monitor may be defective. (Since trouble is in system, troubleshooting cannot be carried out.)
E-13 Function switch does not work Trouble
1
• Function switch does not work.
Related information Possible causes and standard value in normal state
D155AX-6
Cause 1 Defective machine monitor
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting Machine monitor may be defective. (Since trouble is in system, troubleshooting cannot be carried out.)
29
SEN00807-01
40 Troubleshooting
E-14 Operation mode does not change Trouble
1
(1) When operation mode switch is operated, display of operation mode monitor does not change.
Related information Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Trouble Related information
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Cause 1 Defective machine monitor
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting Machine monitor may be defective. (Since trouble is in system, troubleshooting cannot be carried out.)
(2) When operation mode is changed, engine output is not changed. • Engine output mode recognized by engine controller can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 17500 Engine Power Mode) Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting
1 Defective machine monitor
Machine monitor may be defective. (Since trouble is in system, troubleshooting cannot be carried out.)
2 Defective engine controller
Engine controller may be defective. (Since trouble is in system, troubleshooting cannot be carried out.)
E-15 Gearshift mode does not change Trouble
1
(1) When gearshift mode switch is operated, display of speed mode section does not change.
Related information Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Trouble
Cause 1 Defective machine monitor
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting Machine monitor may be defective. (Since trouble is in system, troubleshooting cannot be carried out.)
(2) When gearshift mode is changed, gearshift setting of power train is not changed.
Related information
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
30
Cause 1 Defective machine monitor 2
Defective power train controller
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting Machine monitor may be defective. (Since trouble is in system, troubleshooting cannot be carried out.) Power train controller may be defective. (Since trouble is in system, troubleshooting cannot be carried out.)
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00807-01
E-16 Customize function does not operate normally Trouble
1
(1) When customize switch is operated, customize screen is not displayed.
Related information Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Trouble
Cause 1 Defective machine monitor
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting Machine monitor may be defective. (Since trouble is in system, troubleshooting cannot be carried out.)
(2) When setting is changed on customize screen, setting of machine is not changed.
Related information Cause Possible causes and standard value in normal state
1 Defective machine monitor
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting Machine monitor may be defective. (Since trouble is in system, troubleshooting cannot be carried out.)
Defective engine controller, Engine controller, power train controller, or pump controller may be defective power train control2 defective. (Since trouble is in system, troubleshooting cannot be ler, or defective pump concarried out.) troller
E-17 Customize memory function does not normally Trouble
1
(1) When customize memory switch is operated, customize memory screen is not displayed.
Related information Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Trouble
Cause 1 Defective machine monitor
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting Machine monitor may be defective. (Since trouble is in system, troubleshooting cannot be carried out.)
(2) When selection is changed on customize memory screen, setting of machine is not changed.
Related information Cause Possible causes and standard value in normal state
D155AX-6
1 Defective machine monitor
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting Machine monitor may be defective. (Since trouble is in system, troubleshooting cannot be carried out.)
Defective engine controller, Engine controller, power train controller, or pump controller may be defective power train control2 defective. (Since trouble is in system, troubleshooting cannot be ler, or defective pump concarried out.) troller
31
SEN00807-01
40 Troubleshooting
E-18 Float mode does not change Trouble
1
(1) When float mode switch is operated, float mode monitor does not light up or go off.
Related information Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Trouble
Cause 1 Defective machine monitor
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting Machine monitor may be defective. (Since trouble is in system, troubleshooting cannot be carried out.)
(2) When float mode is changed, setting of machine is not changed.
Related information
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting
1 Defective machine monitor
Machine monitor may be defective. (Since trouble is in system, troubleshooting cannot be carried out.)
2 Defective pump controller
Pump controller may be defective. (Since trouble is in system, troubleshooting cannot be carried out.)
E-19 Alarm buzzer cannot be stopped Trouble
1
• Alarm buzzer cannot be stopped.
Related information Possible causes and standard value in normal state
32
Cause 1 Defective machine monitor
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting Machine monitor may be defective. (Since trouble is in system, troubleshooting cannot be carried out.)
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00807-01
E-20 Air conditioner does not operate normally (including air conditioner fault history) Trouble
1
(1) When air conditioner switch is operated, air conditioner control screen is not displayed.
Related information Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Trouble
Cause 1 Defective machine monitor
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting Machine monitor may be defective. (Since trouble is in system, troubleshooting cannot be carried out.)
(2) When air conditioner switch is operated, air conditioner does not operate at all.
Related information Cause 1
Defective circuit breaker (CB3)
2 Defective fuse in unit
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting If circuit breaker is turned OFF, circuit probably has ground fault (See cause 4). If fuse in unit is broken, circuit in unit probably has ground fault (See cause 4). a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring Wiring harness between CB3 (2) – fuse in 3 or defective contact in con- unit - ACW (wiring side) (6) nector) Wiring harness between ACW (wiring side) (16) – chassis ground (GND12)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Resistance
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Ground fault in wiring har4 ness (Contact with GND cir- Wiring harness between CB3 (2) – fuse in Resiscuit) Min. 1 Mz unit – ACW (wiring side) (6) or circuit branch tance end and chassis ground a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. 5
Defective air conditioner controller
ACW (wiring side)
Voltage
Between (6) – (16)
20 – 30 V
If above voltage is normal, air conditioner controller may be defective. 6 Defective machine monitor
D155AX-6
If causes 1 – 5 are not detected, machine monitor may be defective. (Since trouble is in system, troubleshooting cannot be carried out.)
33
SEN00807-01
Trouble
40 Troubleshooting
(3) Air does not come out (Air flow is insufficient).
Related information Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON (coil side).
1
2
Defective blower relay (Internal disconnection)
Defective power transistor (Internal defect)
AC03 (male)
Resistance
Between (1) – (3)
140 – 340 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting (contact side). AC03
Air conditioner switch
Voltage
Between (4) – chassis ground
Air blow position
20 – 30 V
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. Fan switch Operate between Low and Medium and High.
If air flow changes according to operation of fan switch, power transistor (PTR) is normal.
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. Possible causes and standard value in normal state
3 Defective blower motor (Internal defect)
MB (wiring side)
Air conditioner switch
Voltage
Between (1) – (2)
Air blow position
20 – 30 V
If above voltage is normal and blower motor does not revolve, blower motor (MB) is defective. a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Wiring harness between CB3 (2) – fuse in unit - AC03 (female) (1)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between AC03 (female) (3) – ACW (wiring side) (36)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between CB3 (2) – AC03 (female) (4)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between PTR (wiring side) (1) – chassis ground (GND12)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between PTR (wiring side) (2) – ACW (wiring side) (8)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between PTR (wiring side) (4) – ACW (wiring side) (7)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring Wiring harness between AC03 (female) (5) 4 or defective contact in con- – MB (wiring side) (1) nector) Wiring harness between MB (wiring side) (2) – PTR (wiring side) (3)
34
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00807-01
Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
D155AX-6
Wiring harness between AC03 (female) (3) – ACW (wiring side) (36) and chassis ground
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Wiring harness between AC03 (female) (5) Ground fault in wiring har5 ness (Contact with GND cir- – MB (wiring side) (1) and chassis ground cuit) Wiring harness between MB (wiring side) (2) – PTR (wiring side) (3) and chassis ground
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Wiring harness between PTR (wiring side) (2) – ACW (wiring side) (8) and chassis ground 6
If causes 1 – 5 are not detected, air conditioner controller may be Defective air conditioner condefective. (Since trouble is in system, troubleshooting cannot be troller carried out.)
7
If causes 1 – 5 are not detected, air conditioner system may be Defective air conditioner sysdefective. See Machine Component Volume, Shop Manual, Troutem bleshooting, Air conditioner, Troubleshooting.
35
SEN00807-01
Trouble
40 Troubleshooting
(4) Air is not cooled (Cooling performance is insufficient).
Related information Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON (coil side).
1
Defective compressor relay (Internal disconnection)
2 Defective internal air sensor
AC04 (male)
Resistance
Between (1) – (3)
140 – 340 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting (contact side). AC04
Air conditioner switch
Voltage
Between (2) – chassis ground
Cooling position
20 – 30 V
Internal air sensor may be defective. Carry out troubleshooting for "Abnormality in internal air sensor".
3
Defective high and low pres- High and low pressure switches may be defective. Carry out trousure switches bleshooting for "Abnormality in refrigerant".
4
Defective compressor clutch Compressor clutch may be defective. Check it directly. (Internal defect)
5
Defective compressor (InterCompressor may be defective. Check it directly. nal defect)
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Wiring harness between CB3 (2) – fuse in unit – AC04 (female) (1)
Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring Wiring harness between AC04 (female) (3) 6 or defective contact in con- – ACW (wiring side) (35) nector) Wiring harness between CB3 (2) – AC04 (female) (4) Wiring harness between AC04 (female) (2) – A/C (female) (1)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Resistance
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Ground fault in wiring harWiring harness between AC04 (female) (3) 7 ness (Contact with GND cir– ACW (wiring side) (35) and chassis ground cuit) Wiring harness between AC04 (female) (2) – A/C (female) (1) and chassis ground
36
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
8
If causes 1 – 7 are not detected, air conditioner controller may be Defective air conditioner condefective. (Since trouble is in system, troubleshooting cannot be troller carried out.)
9
If causes 1 – 7 are not detected, air conditioner system may be Defective air conditioner sysdefective. See Machine Component Volume, Shop Manual, Troutem bleshooting, "Air conditioner", Troubleshooting.
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00807-01
Trouble
(5) Air conditioner fault history: Communication condition "CAN disconnection", Communication condition "Abnormal"
Related information
• While abnormality in communication is being detected, "CAN disconnection" is displayed. • If abnormality in communication has been detected and reset, "Abnormality" is displayed. • If "CAN disconnection" is displayed as communication condition, communication cannot be carried out normally. Accordingly, condition of other items is not displayed. • Method of reproducing fault history: Turn starting switch ON. Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring Wiring harness between AC02 (female) (1) Resis1 Max. 1 z or defective contact in con- – CM02 (female) (8), (9) tance nector) Wiring harness between AC02 (female) (2) ResisMax. 1 z – CM02 (female) (10) tance a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Wiring harness between AC02 (female) (1) – CM02 (female) (8), (9), EGC2 (female) (46), STC2 (female) (32), WEC2 (female) Ground fault in wiring har(32), CA1 (female) (A), or SRV (female) (3) 2 ness (Contact with GND cirand chassis ground cuit) Wiring harness between AC02 (female) (2) – CM02 (female) (10), EGC2 (female) (47), STC2 (female) (22), WEC2 (female) (22), CA1 (female) (B), or SRV (female) (10) and chassis ground
Max. 1 z
Resistance
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. Wiring harness between AC02 (female) (1) – CM02 (female) (8), (9), EGC2 (female) (46), STC2 (female) (32), WEC2 (female) Hot short (Short circuit with (32), CA1 (female) (A), or SRV (female) (3) 3 24V circuit) in wiring harness and chassis ground
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Wiring harness between AC02 (female) (2) – CM02 (female) (10), EGC2 (female) (47), STC2 (female) (22), WEC2 (female) (22), CA1 (female) (B), or SRV (female) (10) and chassis ground
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Defective CAN terminal 4 resistance (Internal short circuit or disconnection)
5
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. CA1 (male)
Resistance
Between (A) – (B)
Approx. 120 z
If causes 1 – 4 are not detected, air conditioner controller may be Defective air conditioner condefective. (Since trouble is in system, troubleshooting cannot be troller carried out.)
6 Defective machine monitor
D155AX-6
Resistance
If causes 1 – 4 are not detected, machine monitor may be defective. (Since trouble is in system, troubleshooting cannot be carried out.)
37
SEN00807-01
Trouble Related information
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Trouble Related information
40 Troubleshooting
(6) Air conditioner fault history: Setting condition "Abnormality" • If setting of air conditioner controller model is different from setting of machine monitor model, "Abnormality" is displayed. • If "CAN disconnection" is displayed as communication condition, communication cannot be carried out normally. Accordingly, this condition is not displayed. • Method of reproducing fault history: Turn starting switch ON. Cause 1
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting
Defective air conditioner con- Air conditioner controller may be defective. (Since trouble is in troller system, troubleshooting cannot be carried out.)
2 Defective machine monitor
Machine monitor may be defective. (Since trouble is in system, troubleshooting cannot be carried out.)
(7) Air conditioner fault history: Internal air sensor "Abnormality" • If "CAN disconnection" is displayed as communication condition, communication cannot be carried out normally. Accordingly, this condition is not displayed. • Method of reproducing fault history: Turn starting switch ON + Turn air conditioner (A/C) switch ON. Cause Defective internal air sensor 1 (Internal disconnection or short circuit)
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. THI (device side)
Resistance
Between (1) – (2)
300 z – 430 kz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring Wiring harness between ACW (wiring side) 2 or defective contact in con- (11) – THI (wiring side) (2) nector) Wiring harness between ACW (wiring side) (27) – THI (wiring side) (1)
3
Short circuit in wiring harness (with GND circuit)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Resistance
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Wiring harness between ACW (wiring side) (11) – THI (wiring side) (2) and chassis ground
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting.
4
5
38
Hot short (Short circuit with 24V circuit) in wiring harness Wiring harness between ACW (wiring side) (11) – THI (wiring side) (2) and chassis ground
Voltage
Max. 1 V
If causes 1 – 4 are not detected, air conditioner controller may be Defective air conditioner condefective. (Since trouble is in system, troubleshooting cannot be troller carried out.)
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
Trouble Related information Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Trouble Related information
SEN00807-01
(8) Air conditioner fault history: External air sensor "Unused" • External air sensor is not used in air conditioner system of this machine. • If "CAN disconnection" is displayed as communication condition, communication cannot be carried out normally. Accordingly, this condition is not displayed. Cause 1 Normal display
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting Since external air sensor is not used in air conditioner system of this machine, above display is normal.
(9) Air conditioner fault history: Air flow sensor "Abnormality" • If "CAN disconnection" is displayed as communication condition, communication cannot be carried out normally. Accordingly, this condition is not displayed. • Method of reproducing fault history: Turn starting switch ON + Turn air conditioner (A/C) switch ON. Cause Defective air flow sensor 1 (Internal disconnection or short circuit)
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. THF (device side)
Resistance
Between (1) – (2)
100 z – 115 kz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring Wiring harness between ACW (wiring side) 2 or defective contact in con- (12) – THF (wiring side) (2) nector) Wiring harness between ACW (wiring side) (27) – THF (wiring side) (1)
3
Short circuit in wiring harness (with GND circuit)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Resistance
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Wiring harness between ACW (wiring side) (12) – THF (wiring side) (2) and chassis ground
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting.
4
5
D155AX-6
Hot short (Short circuit with 24V circuit) in wiring harness Wiring harness between ACW (wiring side) (12) – THF (wiring side) (2) and chassis ground
Voltage
Max. 1 V
If causes 1 – 4 are not detected, air conditioner controller may be Defective air conditioner condefective. (Since trouble is in system, troubleshooting cannot be troller carried out.)
39
SEN00807-01
Trouble Related information
40 Troubleshooting
(10) Air conditioner fault history: Daylight sensor "Abnormality" • If "CAN disconnection" is displayed as communication condition, communication cannot be carried out normally. Accordingly, this condition is not displayed. • Method of reproducing fault history: Turn starting switch ON + Turn air conditioner (A/C) switch ON. Cause 1
Defective daylight sensor (Internal defect)
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting Daylight sensor may be defective.
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring Wiring harness between ACW (wiring side) Resis2 Max. 1 z or defective contact in con- (3) – SLS (female) (1) tance nector) Wiring harness between ACW (wiring side) ResisMax. 1 z (15) – SLS (female) (2) tance a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Ground fault in wiring harWiring harness between ACW (wiring side) 3 ness (Contact with GND cir- (3) – SLS (female) (1) or circuit branch end and chassis ground cuit)
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Wiring harness between ACW (wiring side) (15) – SLS (female) (2) and chassis ground
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. 4
5
40
Wiring harness between ACW (wiring side) Hot short (Short circuit with (3) – SLS (female) (1) or circuit branch end 24V circuit) in wiring harness and chassis ground
Voltage
Max. 1 V
Wiring harness between ACW (wiring side) (15) – SLS (female) (2) and chassis ground
Voltage
Max. 1 V
If causes 1 – 4 are not detected, air conditioner controller may be Defective air conditioner condefective. (Since trouble is in system, troubleshooting cannot be troller carried out.)
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
Trouble Related information
SEN00807-01
(11) Air conditioner fault history: Air outlet damper "Abnormality" • If "CAN disconnection" is displayed as communication condition, communication cannot be carried out normally. Accordingly, this condition is not displayed. • Method of reproducing fault history: Turn starting switch ON + Turn air conditioner (A/C) switch ON. Cause 1
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting
Defective air outlet servomoAir outlet servomotor may be defective. tor (Internal defect) a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring 2 or defective contact in connector)
Wiring harness between MV1 (wiring side) (1) – ACW (wiring side) (3)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between MV1 (wiring side) (3) – ACW (wiring side) (27)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between MV1 (wiring side) (5) – ACW (wiring side) (9)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between MV1 (wiring side) (6) – ACW (wiring side) (24)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between MV1 (wiring side) (7) – ACW (wiring side) (23)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Wiring harness between MV1 (wiring side) (1) – ACW (wiring side) (3) or circuit branch end and chassis ground Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Wiring harness between MV1 (wiring side) Ground fault in wiring har(5) – ACW (wiring side) (9) and chassis 3 ness (Contact with GND cirground cuit) Wiring harness between MV1 (wiring side) (6) - ACW (wiring side) (24) and chassis ground Wiring harness between MV1 (wiring side) (7) – ACW (wiring side) (23) and chassis ground
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. Wiring harness between MV1 (wiring side) (1) – ACW (wiring side) (3) or circuit branch end and chassis ground
Voltage
Max. 1 V
Wiring harness between MV1 (wiring side) Hot short (Short circuit with (5) – ACW (wiring side) (9) and chassis 4 24V circuit) in wiring harness ground
Voltage
Max. 1 V
Wiring harness between MV1 (wiring side) (6) – ACW (wiring side) (24) and chassis ground
Voltage
Max. 1 V
Wiring harness between MV1(wiring side) (7) – ACW (wiring side) (23) and chassis ground
Voltage
Max. 1 V
5
D155AX-6
If causes 1 – 4 are not detected, air conditioner controller may be Defective air conditioner condefective. (Since trouble is in system, troubleshooting cannot be troller carried out.)
41
SEN00807-01
Trouble Related information
40 Troubleshooting
(12) Air conditioner fault history: A/M damper "Abnormality" • If "CAN disconnection" is displayed as communication condition, communication cannot be carried out normally. Accordingly, this condition is not displayed. • Method of reproducing fault history: Turn starting switch ON + Turn air conditioner (A/C) switch ON. Cause 1
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting
Defective air mix servomotor Air mix servomotor may be defective. (Internal defect) a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring 2 or defective contact in connector)
Wiring harness between MAM (wiring side) (1) – ACW (wiring side) (27)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between MAM (wiring side) (3) – ACW (wiring side) (3)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between MAM(wiring side) (5) – ACW(wiring side) (2)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between MAM(wiring side) (6) – ACW (wiring side) (21)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between MAM (wiring side) (7) – ACW (wiring side) (22)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Wiring harness between MAM(wiring side) (3) – ACW (wiring side) (3) or circuit branch end and chassis ground Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Wiring harness between MAM (wiring side) Ground fault in wiring har(5) – ACW (wiring side) (2) and chassis 3 ness (Contact with GND cirground cuit) Wiring harness between MAM (wiring side) (6) – ACW (wiring side) (21) and chassis ground Wiring harness between MAM (wiring side) (7) – ACW (wiring side) (22) and chassis ground
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. Wiring harness between MAM (wiring side) (3) – ACW (wiring side) (3) or circuit branch end and chassis ground
Voltage
Max. 1 V
Wiring harness between MAM (wiring side) Hot short (Short circuit with (5) – ACW (wiring side) (2) and chassis 4 24V circuit) in wiring harness ground
Voltage
Max. 1 V
Wiring harness between MAM (wiring side) (6) – ACW (wiring side) (21) and chassis ground
Voltage
Max. 1 V
Wiring harness between MAM (wiring side) (7) – ACW (wiring side) (22) and chassis ground
Voltage
Max. 1 V
5
42
If causes 1 – 4 are not detected, air conditioner controller may be Defective air conditioner condefective. (Since trouble is in system, troubleshooting cannot be troller carried out.)
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
Trouble Related information
SEN00807-01
(13) Air conditioner fault history: Refrigerant "Abnormality" • If "CAN disconnection" is displayed as communication condition, communication cannot be carried out normally. Accordingly, this condition is not displayed. • Method of reproducing fault history: Turn starting switch ON + Turn air conditioner (A/C) switch ON. Cause 1
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Defective high and low pres2 sure switches (Internal disconnection)
Refrigerant (gas) may be insufficient. Check it directly. a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. AC05 (male)
Resistance
Between (1) – (2)
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Disconnection in wiring harResisness (Disconnection in wiring Wiring harness between ACW (wiring side) Max. 1 z 3 tance or defective contact in con- (4) – AC05 (female) (1) nector) Wiring harness between AC05 (female) (2) ResisMax. 1 z – chassis ground (GND12) tance 4
D155AX-6
Insufficient refrigerant (gas) (when system is normal)
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting
If causes 1 – 3 are not detected, air conditioner controller may be Defective air conditioner condefective. (Since trouble is in system, troubleshooting cannot be troller carried out.)
43
SEN00807-01
40 Troubleshooting
Circuit diagram related to air conditioner
44
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
D155AX-6
SEN00807-01
45
SEN00807-01
40 Troubleshooting
E-21 When starting switch is turned OFF, service meter is not displayed Trouble Related information
• When starting switch is turned OFF, service meter is not displayed. • While starting switch is at OFF position, if following switches are operated, service meter is displayed at top center of screen. Operation of switches: [4] + [1] (Press simultaneously) Cause
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
1
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting
When starting switch is turned ON, if machine monitor displays Defective backup power sup- nothing, backup power supply system may be defective. In this 1 ply system case, carry out troubleshooting for "E-1 When starting switch turned ON, machine monitor displays nothing". 2 Defective machine monitor
If cause 1 is not detected, machine monitor may be defective. (Since trouble is in system, troubleshooting cannot be carried out.)
E-22 Machine monitor cannot be set in service mode Trouble Related information Possible causes and standard value in normal state
46
1
• Machine monitor cannot be set in service mode. • If following switches are operated, machine monitor is set in service mode. Operation of switches: [4] + [1] o [2] o [3] (While pressing [4], press other switches in order) Cause 1 Defective machine monitor
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting Machine monitor may be defective. (Since trouble is in system, troubleshooting cannot be carried out.)
D155AX-6
SEN00807-01
40 Troubleshooting
E-23 Ripper pin puller cylinder does not operate Trouble
1
(1) When pin puller switch is pulled out, cylinder is not retracted. (2) When pin puller switch is pushed in, cylinder is not extended.
Related information Cause 1 Defective fuse(FS2-3)
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting If fuse is broken, circuit probably has ground fault (See cause 5). a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
2 Defective pin puller switch
PLSW (male) Between (1) – (2)
Pin puller switch
Resistance
Pulled out
Max. 1 z
Pushed in
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. 3 Defective pin puller solenoid
PPL (male)
Resistance
Between (1) – (2)
10 – 80 z
Between (1) – chassis ground
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring 4 or defective contact in connector)
Wiring harness between FS22 (3) – PLSW (female) (1)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between PLSW (female) (2) – PPL (female) (1)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between PLSW (female) (2) – chassis ground (GND03)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Ground fault in wiring harWiring harness between FS22 (3) – PLSW 5 ness (Contact with GND cir- (female) (1) or circuit branch end and chascuit) sis ground
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Wiring harness between PLSW (female) (2) – PPL (female) (1) and chassis ground
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. 6
48
Wiring harness between FS22 (3) – PLSW Hot short (Short circuit with (female) (1) or circuit branch end and chas24V circuit) in wiring harness sis ground
Voltage
Max. 1 V
Wiring harness between PLSW (female) (2) – PPL (female) (1) and chassis ground
Voltage
Max. 1 V
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00807-01
Circuit diagram related to ripper pin puller switch and solenoid
D155AX-6
49
SEN00807-01
40 Troubleshooting
E-24 Backup alarm does not sound or does not stop Trouble
1
• Backup alarm does not sound or does not stop.
Related information Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting.
Defective backup alarm relay Replace backup alarm relay (Right No.) with 1 (Internal disconnection or another relay. If backup alarm operates norshort circuit) mally at this time, backup alarm relay is defective.
BKA
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring 2 or defective contact in connector)
Wiring harness between BKA (female) (3) – branch point (F)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between BKA (female) (5) – BKAL (female) (1)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between BKAL (female) (2) – chassis ground (GND03)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Ground fault in wiring har3 ness (Contact with GND cir- Wiring harness between BKA (female) (5) – cuit) BKAL (female) (1) or circuit branch end and chassis ground
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting.
4
5
50
Hot short (Short circuit with 24V circuit) in wiring harness Wiring harness between BKA (female) (5) – BKAL (female) (1) or circuit branch end and chassis ground Defective backup alarm (Internal trouble)
Voltage
Max. 1 V
If causes 1 – 4 are not detected, backup alarm may be defective.
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00807-01
Circuit diagram related to backup alarm
D155AX-6
51
SEN00807-01
40 Troubleshooting
E-25 Headlamp, rear lamp, and ripper point lamp do not light up Trouble Related information
1
(1) Headlamp does not light up. • Only when headlamp switch is set in "Moon" mark position, screen brightness of machine monitor is changed for night. Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting
1
Defective circuit breaker (CB4)
If circuit breaker is turned OFF, circuit probably has ground fault (See cause 8).
2
Defective headlamp (Broken Headlamp bulb and ground wire may be defective. Check them bulb, default grounding) directly. a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Defective headlamp switch 3 (Internal disconnection)
FLSW (male)
Headlamp switch
Resistance
Between (5) – (4)
Moon mark
Max. 1 z
Between (5) – (4) Between (5) – (6)
Neutral
Min. 1 Mz
Between (5) – (6)
Sun mark
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting.
Defective left headlamp relay Replace left headlamp relay (Right No.) with 4 (Internal disconnection or another relay. If left headlamp becomes short circuit) normal at this time, left headlamp relay is defective.
LMFL
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting.
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Defective right headlamp 5 relay (Internal disconnection Replace right headlamp relay (Right No.) with another relay. If right headlamp or short circuit) becomes normal at this time, right headlamp relay is defective. Defective assembled-type 6 diode LMD1 or LMD2 (Internal disconnection)
LMFR
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. LMD1 (male), LMD2 (male)
Continuity
Between (2) – (1)
There is continuity
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring 7 or defective contact in connector)
52
Wiring harness between terminal 270 – FLSW (female) (5)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between FLSW (female) (4) – LMD1 (female) (2)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between LMD1 (female) (1), LMD2 (female) (1) – LMFL (female) (1), LMFR (female) (1)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between LMFL (female) (2), LMFR (female) (2) – chassis ground (GND03)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between CB4 (2) – LMFL (female) (3), LMFR (female) (3)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between LMFL (female) (5) – LHDL (female) (1)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between LMFR (female) (5) – LHDR (female) (1)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00807-01
Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
D155AX-6
Wiring harness between terminal 270 – FLSW (female) (5) or circuit branch end and chassis ground
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Wiring harness between FLSW (female) (4), (3) – LMD1 (female) (2) or CM01 (female) (13) and chassis ground
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Ground fault in wiring harWiring harness between LMD1 (female) (1), 8 ness (Contact with GND cirLMD2 (female) (1) – LMFL (female) (1), cuit) LMFR (female) (1) and chassis ground
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Wiring harness between CB4 (2) – LMFL (female) (3), LMFR (female) (3) and chassis ground
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Wiring harness between LMFL (female) (5) – LHDL (female) (1) and chassis ground
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Wiring harness between LMFR (female) (5) – LHDR (female) (1) and chassis ground
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
53
SEN00807-01
Trouble
40 Troubleshooting
(2) Rear lamp and ripper point lamp do not light up.
Related information Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting
1
Defective circuit breaker (CB5)
If circuit breaker is turned OFF, circuit probably has ground fault (See cause 8).
2
Defective rear lamp (Broken Rear lamp bulb and ground wire may be defective. Check them bulb, default grounding) directly.
Defective ripper point lamp (Broken bulb, default ground- Ripper point lamp bulb and ground wire may be defective. Check 3 ing) them directly. a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. 4
Defective rear lamp switch (Internal disconnection)
RLSW (male) Between (5) – (6)
Defective rear lamp relay 5 (Internal disconnection or short circuit)
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Rear lamp switch
Resistance
OFF
Min. 1 Mz
ON
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. Replace rear lamp relay (Right No.) with another relay. If rear lamp becomes normal at this time, rear lamp relay is defective.
LMRE
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting.
Defective ripper point lamp 6 relay (Internal disconnection Replace ripper point lamp relay (Right No.) with another relay. If ripper point lamp or short circuit) becomes normal at this time, ripper point lamp relay is defective.
LMRP
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Wiring harness between terminal 270 – RLSW (female) (5)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between RLSW (female) (6) – LMRE (female) (1), LMRP (female) (1)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between LMRE (female) (2), LMRP (female) (2) – chassis ground (GND03)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between LREL (female) (2) – chassis ground (GND03)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between LRER (female) (2) – chassis ground (GND03)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between LMRP (female) (5) – LRP1 (female) (1)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring 7 Wiring harness between CB5 (2) – LMRE or defective contact in con(female) (3), LMRP (female) (3) nector) Wiring harness between LMRE (female) (5) – LREL (female) (1), LRER (female) (1)
54
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00807-01
Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Wiring harness between terminal 270 – RLSW (female) (5) or circuit branch end and chassis ground
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Wiring harness between RLSW (female) (6), (1) – LMRE (female) (1), LMRP (female) (1) and chassis ground
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Wiring harness between LMRE (female) (5) – LREL (female) (1), LRER (female) (1) and chassis ground
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Wiring harness between LMRP (female) (5) – LRP1 (female) (1) and chassis ground
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Ground fault in wiring har8 ness (Contact with GND cirWiring harness between CB5 (2) – LMRE cuit) (female) (3), LMRP (female) (3) and chassis ground
Circuit diagram related to headlamp, rear lamp, and ripper point lamp
D155AX-6
55
SEN00807-01
40 Troubleshooting
E-26 Windshield wiper and window washer do not operate Trouble
1
(1) No windshield wipers and window washers do not operate.
Related information Cause 1
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting
Defective fuse (FS1 – 4 or
-4)
If fuse is broken, circuit probably has ground fault (See cause 3). a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring Wiring harness between FS12 (4) – fuse 2 or defective contact in con- (B3) nector) Wiring harness between fuse (4) – CN11 (female) (5)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Resistance
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Ground fault in wiring harWiring harness between FS12 (4) – fuse 3 ness (Contact with GND cir(B3) and chassis ground cuit) Wiring harness between fuse (4) – CN11 (female) (5) and chassis ground
56
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
Trouble Related information
SEN00807-01
(2) Front windshield wiper does not operate (Continuous operation is defective). • If fuse ( -5) is broken, operations of both front windshield wiper and rear windshield wiper become defective. • If fuse ( -4) is broken, intermittent operation of all windshield wipers becomes defective. • Carry out troubleshooting with front wiper switch ON and intermittent switch OFF. Cause 1 Defective fuse (
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting -5)
If fuse is broken, circuit probably has ground fault (See cause 7). a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting.
2
Defective front wiper motor (Internal trouble)
CN23
Front wiper switch
Voltage
Between (6) – (1)
ON
20 – 30 V
If voltage is normal but wiper does not operate, motor is defective. a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. 3
Defective front wiper switch (Internal disconnection)
CN14 (male) Between (2) – (3)
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Defective front wiper inter4 mittent selector relay (Internal trouble)
Defective front wiper inter5 mittent relay (Internal trouble)
Front wiper switch
Resistance
OFF
Min. 1 Mz
ON
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. Replace front wiper intermittent selector relay (Right No.) with another relay. If front wiper becomes normal at this time, intermittent selector relay is defective.
CN29
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. Replace front wiper intermittent relay (Right No.) with another relay. If front wiper becomes normal at this time, intermittent relay is defective.
CN28
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Wiring harness between fuse (5) – CN14 (female) (3), (5), CN28 (female) (3), or CN23 (female) (3)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between CN28 (female) (5) – CN23 (female) (6)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between CN28 (female) (6) – chassis ground (GND3)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Disconnection in wiring harWiring harness between CN14 (female) (2) ness (Disconnection in wiring – CN29 (female) (3) 6 or defective contact in conWiring harness between CN29 (female) (4) nector) – CN28 (female) (4)
D155AX-6
57
SEN00807-01
40 Troubleshooting
Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Trouble
Wiring harness between fuse (5) – CN14 (female) (3), (5), CN28 (female) (3), CN23 (female) (3), or circuit branch end and chassis ground
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Wiring harness between CN29 (female) (4) – CN28 (female) (4) and chassis ground
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Wiring harness between CN28 (female) (5) – CN23 (female) (6) and chassis ground
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Ground fault in wiring har7 ness (Contact with GND cirWiring harness between CN14 (female) (2) cuit) – CN29 (female) (3) and chassis ground
(3) Front windshield wiper does not operate intermittently. • Before carrying out troubleshooting, check that continuous operation is normal.
Related information
• If fuse ( -4) is broken, intermittent operation of all windshield wipers becomes defective. • Carry out troubleshooting with front wiper switch and intermittent switch ON. • During intermittent operation, wiper stops for 5 seconds after each cycle of operation. Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
1
Defective intermittent switch (Internal disconnection)
CN11 (male) Between (5) – (6)
Defective front wiper inter2 mittent selector relay (Internal trouble)
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Defective front wiper inter3 mittent relay (Internal trouble)
Intermittent switch
Resistance
OFF
Min. 1 Mz
ON
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. Replace front wiper intermittent selector relay (Right No.) with another relay. If front wiper becomes normal at this time, intermittent selector relay is defective.
CN29
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. Replace front wiper intermittent relay (Right No.) with another relay. If front wiper becomes normal at this time, intermittent relay is defective.
CN28
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring 4 or defective contact in connector)
Wiring harness between CN11 (female) (6) – CN29 (female) (1)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between CN29 (female) (5) – CN28 (female) (2)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between CN29 (female) (2) – chassis ground (GND3)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
58
Ground fault in wiring harWiring harness between CN11 (female) (6) 5 ness (Contact with GND cir- – CN29 (female) (1) or circuit branch end cuit) and chassis ground
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Wiring harness between CN29 (female) (5) – CN28 (female) (2) and chassis ground
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
Trouble Related information
SEN00807-01
(4) Rear windshield wiper does not operate (Continuous operation is defective). • If fuse ( -5) is broken, operations of both front windshield wiper and rear windshield wiper become defective. • If fuse ( -4) is broken, intermittent operation of all windshield wipers becomes defective. • Carry out troubleshooting with rear wiper switch ON and intermittent switch OFF. Cause 1 Defective fuse (
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting -5)
If fuse is broken, circuit probably has ground fault (See cause 7). a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting.
2
Defective rear wiper motor (Internal trouble)
CN37
Rear wiper switch
Voltage
Between (6) – (1)
ON
20 – 30 V
If voltage is normal but wiper does not operate, motor is defective. a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. 3
Defective rear wiper switch (Internal disconnection)
CN12 (male) Between (2) – (3)
Rear wiper switch
Resistance
OFF
Min. 1 Mz
ON
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting.
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Defective rear wiper intermitReplace rear wiper intermittent selector 4 tent selector relay (Internal relay (Right No.) with another relay. If rear trouble) wiper becomes normal at this time, intermittent selector relay is defective.
CN33
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. 5
Defective rear wiper intermit- Replace rear wiper intermittent relay (Right tent relay (Internal trouble) No.) with another relay. If rear wiper becomes normal at this time, intermittent relay is defective.
CN32
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Wiring harness between fuse (5) – CN12 (female) (3), (5), CN32 (female) (3), or CN37 (female) (6)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between CN32 (female) (5) – CN37 (female) (4)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between CN32 (female) (6) – chassis ground (GND3)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Disconnection in wiring harWiring harness between CN12 (female) (2) ness (Disconnection in wiring – CN33 (female) (3) 6 or defective contact in conWiring harness between CN33 (female) (4) nector) – CN32 (female) (4)
D155AX-6
59
SEN00807-01
40 Troubleshooting
Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Trouble
Wiring harness between fuse (5) – CN12 (female) (3), (5), CN32 (female) (3), CN37 (female) (6), or circuit branch end and chassis ground
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Wiring harness between CN33 (female) (4) –- CN32 (female) (4) and chassis ground
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Wiring harness between CN32 (female) (5) – CN37 (female) (4) and chassis ground
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Ground fault in wiring har7 ness (Contact with GND cirWiring harness between CN12 (female) (2) cuit) – CN33 (female) (3) and chassis ground
(5) Rear windshield wiper does not operate intermittently. • Before carrying out troubleshooting, check that continuous operation is normal.
Related information
• If fuse ( -4) is broken, intermittent operation of all windshield wipers becomes defective. • Carry out troubleshooting with rear wiper switch and intermittent switch ON. • During intermittent operation, wiper stops for 5 seconds after each cycle of operation. Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
1
Defective intermittent switch (Internal disconnection)
CN11 (male) Between (5) – (6)
Intermittent switch
Resistance
OFF
Min. 1 Mz
ON
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting.
Defective rear wiper intermitReplace rear wiper intermittent selector 2 tent selector relay (Internal relay (Right No.) with another relay. If rear trouble) wiper becomes normal at this time, intermittent selector relay is defective.
CN33
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. Possible causes and standard value in normal state
3
Defective rear wiper intermit- Replace rear wiper intermittent relay (Right tent relay (Internal trouble) No.) with another relay. If rear wiper becomes normal at this time, intermittent relay is defective.
CN32
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring 4 or defective contact in connector)
Wiring harness between CN11 (female) (6) – CN33 (female) (1)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between CN33 (female) (5) – CN32 (female) (2)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between CN33 (female) (2) – chassis ground (GND3)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
60
Ground fault in wiring harWiring harness between CN11 (female) (6) 5 ness (Contact with GND cir- – CN33 (female) (1) or circuit branch end cuit) and chassis ground
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Wiring harness between CN33 (female) (5) – CN32 (female) (2) and chassis ground
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
Trouble Related information
SEN00807-01
(6) Right door wiper does not operate (Continuous operation is defective). • If fuse (
-6) is broken, operations of both right door wiper and left door wiper become defective.
• If fuse ( -4) is broken, intermittent operation of all windshield wipers becomes defective. • Carry out troubleshooting with right door wiper switch ON and intermittent switch OFF. Cause 1 Defective fuse (
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting -6)
If fuse is broken, circuit probably has ground fault (See cause 7). a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting.
2
Defective right door wiper motor (Internal trouble)
CN17
Right door wiper switch
Voltage
Between (3) – (1)
ON
20 – 30 V
If voltage is normal but wiper does not operate, motor is defective. a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Defective right door wiper 3 switch (Internal disconnection)
CN13 (male)
Right door wiper switch
Resistance
OFF
Min. 1 Mz
ON
Max. 1 z
Between (2) – (3)
Defective right door wiper 4 intermittent selector relay (Internal trouble) Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Defective right door wiper 5 intermittent relay (Internal trouble)
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. Replace right door wiper intermittent selector relay (Right No.) with another relay. If right door wiper becomes normal at this time, intermittent selector relay is defective.
CN31
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. Replace right door wiper intermittent relay (Right No.) with another relay. If right door wiper becomes normal at this time, intermittent relay is defective.
CN30
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
D155AX-6
Wiring harness between fuse (6) – CN13 (female) (3), (5) or CN17 (female) (4)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between fuse (female) (3)
(6) – CN30
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Disconnection in wiring har- Wiring harness between CN13 (female) (2) ness (Disconnection in wiring – CN31 (female) (3) 6 or defective contact in conWiring harness between CN31 (female) (4) nector) – CN30 (female) (4)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between CN30 (female) (5) – CN17 (female) (3)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between CN30 (female) (6) – chassis ground (GND3)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between CN17 (female) (1) – chassis ground (GND1)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
61
SEN00807-01
40 Troubleshooting
Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
62
Wiring harness between fuse (6) – CN13 (female) (3), (5), CN17 (female) (4), or circuit branch end and chassis ground
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Wiring harness between fuse (6) – CN30 Ground fault in wiring har(female) (3) or circuit branch end and chas7 ness (Contact with GND cirsis ground cuit) Wiring harness between CN13 (female) (2) – CN31 (female) (3) and chassis ground
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Wiring harness between CN31 (female) (4) – CN30 (female) (4) and chassis ground
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Wiring harness between CN30 (female) (5) – CN17 (female) (3) and chassis ground
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
Trouble
SEN00807-01
(7) Right door wiper does not operate intermittently. • Before carrying out troubleshooting, check that continuous operation is normal.
Related information
• If fuse ( -4) is broken, intermittent operation of all windshield wipers becomes defective. • Carry out troubleshooting with right door wiper switch and intermittent switch ON. • During intermittent operation, wiper stops for 5 seconds after each cycle of operation. Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
1
Defective intermittent switch (Internal disconnection)
CN11 (male) Between (5) – (6)
Defective right door wiper 2 intermittent selector relay (Internal trouble)
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Defective right door wiper 3 intermittent relay (Internal trouble)
Intermittent switch
Resistance
OFF
Min. 1 Mz
ON
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. Replace right door wiper intermittent selector relay (Right No.) with another relay. If right door wiper becomes normal at this time, intermittent selector relay is defective.
CN31
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. Replace right door wiper intermittent relay (Right No.) with another relay. If right door wiper becomes normal at this time, intermittent relay is defective.
CN30
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring 4 or defective contact in connector)
Wiring harness between CN11 (female) (6) – CN31 (female) (1)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between CN31 (female) (5) – CN30 (female) (2)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between CN31 (female) (2) – chassis ground (GND3)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
D155AX-6
Ground fault in wiring harWiring harness between CN11 (female) (6) 5 ness (Contact with GND cir- – CN31 (female) (1) or circuit branch end cuit) and chassis ground
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Wiring harness between CN31 (female) (5) – CN30 (female) (2) and chassis ground
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
63
SEN00807-01
Trouble Related information
40 Troubleshooting
(8) Left door wiper does not operate (Continuous operation is defective). • If fuse (
-6) is broken, operations of both right door wiper and left door wiper become defective.
• If fuse ( -4) is broken, intermittent operation of all windshield wipers becomes defective. • Carry out troubleshooting with left door wiper switch ON and intermittent switch OFF. Cause 1 Defective fuse (
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting -6)
If fuse is broken, circuit probably has ground fault (See cause 7). a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting.
2
Defective left door wiper motor (Internal trouble)
CN24
Left door wiper switch
Voltage
Between (3) – (1)
ON
20 – 30 V
If voltage is normal but wiper does not operate, motor is defective. a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Defective left door wiper 3 switch (Internal disconnection)
CN15 (male)
Left door wiper switch
Resistance
OFF
Min. 1 Mz
ON
Max. 1 z
Between (2) – (3)
Defective left door wiper 4 intermittent selector relay (Internal trouble) Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Defective left door wiper 5 intermittent relay (Internal trouble)
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. Replace left door wiper intermittent selector relay (Right No.) with another relay. If left door wiper becomes normal at this time, intermittent selector relay is defective.
CN27
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. Replace left door wiper intermittent relay (Right No.) with another relay. If left door wiper becomes normal at this time, intermittent relay is defective.
CN26
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. (6) – CN15
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between fuse (6) – CN26 (female) (3) or CN24 (female) (4)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Disconnection in wiring har- Wiring harness between CN15 (female) (2) ness (Disconnection in wiring – CN27 (female) (3) 6 or defective contact in conWiring harness between CN27 (female) (4) nector) – CN26 (female) (4)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between CN26 (female) (5) – CN24 (female) (3)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between CN26 (female) (6) – chassis ground (GND3)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between CN24 (female) (1) – chassis ground (GND3)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between fuse (female) (3), (5)
64
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00807-01
Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
D155AX-6
Wiring harness between fuse (6) – CN15 (female) (3), (5) or circuit branch end and chassis ground
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Wiring harness between fuse (6) – CN26 Ground fault in wiring har(female) (3), CN24 (female) (4) or circuit 7 ness (Contact with GND cirbranch end and chassis ground cuit) Wiring harness between CN15 (female) (2) – CN27 (female) (3) and chassis ground
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Wiring harness between CN27 (female) (4) – CN26 (female) (4) and chassis ground
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Wiring harness between CN26 (female) (5) – CN24 (female) (3) and chassis ground
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
65
SEN00807-01
Trouble
40 Troubleshooting
(9) Left door wiper does not operate intermittently. • Before carrying out troubleshooting, check that continuous operation is normal.
Related information
• If fuse ( -4) is broken, intermittent operation of all windshield wipers becomes defective. • Carry out troubleshooting with left door wiper switch and intermittent switch ON. • During intermittent operation, wiper stops for 5 seconds after each cycle of operation. Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
1
Defective intermittent switch (Internal disconnection)
CN11 (male) Between (5) – (6)
Defective left door wiper 2 intermittent selector relay (Internal trouble)
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Defective left door wiper 3 intermittent relay (Internal trouble)
Intermittent switch
Resistance
OFF
Min. 1 Mz
ON
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. Replace left door wiper intermittent selector relay (Right No.) with another relay. If left door wiper becomes normal at this time, intermittent selector relay is defective.
CN27
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting. Replace left door wiper intermittent relay (Right No.) with another relay. If left door wiper becomes normal at this time, intermittent relay is defective.
CN26
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring 4 or defective contact in connector)
Wiring harness between CN11 (female) (6) – CN27 (female) (1)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between CN27 (female) (5) – CN26 (female) (2)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between CN27 (female) (2) – chassis ground (GND3)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
66
Ground fault in wiring harWiring harness between CN11 (female) (6) 5 ness (Contact with GND cir- – CN27 (female) (1) or circuit branch end cuit) and chassis ground
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Wiring harness between CN27 (female) (5) – CN26 (female) (2) and chassis ground
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
Trouble Related information
SEN00807-01
(10) Water does not come out from front window washer. • Before carrying out troubleshooting, check that windshield wiper operates normally. • If fuse ( -5) is broken, operations of both front window washer and rear window washer become defective. Cause 1 Defective fuse (
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting -5)
If fuse is broken, circuit probably has ground fault (See cause 5). a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting.
Defective front window 2 washer motor (Internal trouble)
WSH1
Front wiper switch
Voltage
Between (3) – (4)
ON (Wash position)
20 – 30 V
If voltage is normal but washer does not operate, motor is defective. a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. 3
Defective front wiper switch (Internal disconnection)
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
CN14 (male) Between (5) – (6)
Front wiper switch
Resistance
OFF
Min. 1 Mz
ON (Wash position)
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring 4 or defective contact in connector)
(5) – CN14
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between CN14 (female) (6) – WSH1 (female) (3)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between WSH1 (female) (4) – chassis ground (GND06)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between fuse (female) (3), (5)
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
D155AX-6
Ground fault in wiring harWiring harness between fuse (5) – CN14 5 ness (Contact with GND cir- (female) (3), (5) or circuit branch end and cuit) chassis ground
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Wiring harness between CN14 (female) (6) – WSH1 (female) (3) and chassis ground
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
67
SEN00807-01
Trouble Related information
40 Troubleshooting
(11) Water does not come out from rear window washer. • Before carrying out troubleshooting, check that windshield wiper operates normally. • If fuse ( -5) is broken, operations of both front window washer and rear window washer become defective. Cause 1 Defective fuse (
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting -5)
If fuse is broken, circuit probably has ground fault (See cause 5). a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting.
Defective rear window 2 washer motor (Internal trouble)
WSH2
Rear wiper switch
Voltage
Between (3) – (4)
ON (Wash position)
20 – 30 V
If voltage is normal but washer does not operate, motor is defective. a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. 3
Defective rear wiper switch (Internal disconnection)
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
CN12 (male) Between (5) – (6)
Rear wiper switch
Resistance
OFF
Min. 1 Mz
ON (Wash position)
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring 4 or defective contact in connector)
(5) – CN12
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between CN12 (female) (6) – WSH2 (female) (3)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between WSH2 (female) (4) – chassis ground (GND06)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between fuse (female) (3), (5)
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
68
Ground fault in wiring harWiring harness between fuse (5) – CN12 5 ness (Contact with GND cir- (female) (3), (5) or circuit branch end and cuit) chassis ground
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Wiring harness between CN12 (female) (6) – WSH2 (female) (3) and chassis ground
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
Trouble Related information
SEN00807-01
(12) Water does not come out from right door washer. • Before carrying out troubleshooting, check that windshield wiper operates normally. • If fuse ( tive.
-6) is broken, operations of both right door washer and left door washer become defec-
Cause 1 Defective fuse (
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting -6)
If fuse is broken, circuit probably has ground fault (See cause 5). a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting
Defective right door washer 2 motor (Internal trouble)
WSH2
Right door wiper switch
Voltage
Between (1) – (2)
ON (Wash position)
20 – 30 V
If voltage is normal but washer does not operate, motor is defective. a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Defective right door wiper 3 switch (Internal disconnection)
CN13 (male)
Between (5) – (6)
Right door wiper switch
Resistance
OFF
Min. 1 Mz
ON (Wash position)
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring 4 or defective contact in connector)
(6) – CN13
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between CN13 (female) (6) – WSH2 (female) (1)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between WSH2 (female) (2) – chassis ground (GND06)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between fuse (female) (3), (5)
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
D155AX-6
Ground fault in wiring harWiring harness between fuse (6) – CN13 5 ness (Contact with GND cir- (female) (3), (5) or circuit branch end and cuit) chassis ground
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Wiring harness between CN13 (female) (6) – WSH2 (female) (1) and chassis ground
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
69
SEN00807-01
Trouble Related information
40 Troubleshooting
(13) Water does not come out from left door washer. • Before carrying out troubleshooting, check that windshield wiper operates normally. • If fuse ( -6) is broken, operations of both right door washer and left door washer become defective. Cause 1 Defective fuse (
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting -6)
If fuse is broken, circuit probably has ground fault (See cause 5). a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then turn starting switch ON and carry out troubleshooting.
Defective left door washer 2 motor (Internal trouble)
WSH1
Left door wiper switch
Voltage
Between (1) – (2)
ON (Wash position)
20 – 30 V
If voltage is normal but washer does not operate, motor is defective. a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Defective left door wiper 3 switch (Internal disconnection)
CN15 (male)
Between (5) – (6)
Left door wiper switch
Resistance
OFF
Min. 1 Mz
ON (Wash position)
Max. 1 z
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON. Disconnection in wiring harness (Disconnection in wiring 4 or defective contact in connector)
(6) – CN15
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between CN15 (female) (6) – WSH1 (female) (1)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between WSH1 (female) (2) – chassis ground (GND06)
Resistance
Max. 1 z
Wiring harness between fuse (female) (3), (5)
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting without turning starting switch ON.
70
Ground fault in wiring harWiring harness between fuse (6) – CN15 5 ness (Contact with GND cir- (female) (3), (5) or circuit branch end and cuit) chassis ground
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
Wiring harness between CN15 (female) (6) – WSH1 (female) (1) and chassis ground
Resistance
Min. 1 Mz
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00807-01
Circuit diagram related to windshield wiper and window washer
D155AX-6
71
SEN00807-01
40 Troubleshooting
E-27 KOMTRAX system does not operate normally Trouble Related information
1
• KOMTRAX system does not operate normally. • If KOMTRAX system administrator makes request for checking system on machine side for trouble, carry out following troubleshooting. • Even if KOMTRAX system has trouble, it does not particularly appear on machine. • Carry out all troubleshooting on service menu screen of machine monitor. Cause
1 Defective transmission 1
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Turn starting switch ON and check "Setting condition of terminal" screen. Check item
Normal display
Communication start check
Completion
a Turn starting switch ON and check "Condition of positioning and communication" screen. Normal display
Positioning
E ###,##,##(Longitude)
N ###,##,##(Latitude)
2 Defective GPS Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Check item
In positioning If latitude and longitude are not displayed in 5 minutes on open ground, notify KOMTRAX service hot line. a Turn starting switch ON and check "Condition of positioning and communication" screen. 3
Defective communication environment
Check item
Normal display
Communication
Zone level 1 – Zone level 3
If zone level 1 – 3 is not displayed within communication zone of ORBCOMM, notify KOMTRAX service hot line.
4 Defective transmission 2
a Turn starting switch ON and check "Condition of positioning and communication" screen. Check item
Normal display
Number of items not transmitted
0 – 9 (Normally 0)
a Select "Setting condition of terminal" from "12 Display of KOMTRAX setting" in the service menu of the machine monitor.
72
a Select "Condition of positioning and communication" from "12 Display of KOMTRAX setting" in the service menu of the machine monitor.
D155AX-6
SEN00807-01
40 Troubleshooting
D155AX-6 Bulldozer Form No. SEN00807-01
© 2006 KOMATSU All Rights Reserved Printed in Japan 05-06 (02)
74
D155AX-6
SEN00808-00
BULLDOZER 1SHOP MANUAL
D155AX-6
Machine model
Serial number
D155AX-6
80001 and up
40 Troubleshooting
1
Troubleshooting of hydraulic and mechanical system (H-mode) Troubleshooting of hydraulic and mechanical system (H-mode) .................................................................... 3 Information in troubleshooting table ..................................................................................................... 3 H-1 Power is low (Drawbar pull is low)................................................................................................ 4 H-2 Machine does not travel (at 2nd or 3rd gear speed) .................................................................... 5 H-3 Machine does not start at any gear speed ................................................................................... 6 H-4 Machine can travel only forward or in reverse.............................................................................. 7 H-5 When gear speed or travel direction is changed, time lag is large............................................... 8 H-6 Machine cannot be steered (Machine does not turn right or left) ................................................. 9 H-7 Steering speed or steering force is low ........................................................................................ 9 H-8 Brake does not work................................................................................................................... 10 H-9 Power train oil is overheated .......................................................................................................11 H-10 Abnormal sound comes out from around HSS pump or HSS motor ........................................ 12 H-11 Speed of all work equipment is low .......................................................................................... 13 H-12 No work equipment moves....................................................................................................... 14
D155AX-6
1
SEN00808-00
H-13 H-14 H-15 H-16 H-17 H-18 H-19 H-20 H-21 H-22
2
40 Troubleshooting
Blade lift speed or power is low ................................................................................................ 15 Blade tilt speed or power is low ................................................................................................ 16 Ripper lift speed or power is low............................................................................................... 17 Ripper tilt speed or power is low............................................................................................... 18 Hydraulic drift of blade lift is large............................................................................................. 18 Hydraulic drift of blade tilt is large............................................................................................. 19 Hydraulic drift of ripper lift is large ............................................................................................ 19 Ripper pin puller cylinder does not operate .............................................................................. 20 Blade does not pitch ................................................................................................................ 20 Abnormal sound comes out from around work equipment pump ............................................. 21
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00808-00
Troubleshooting of hydraulic and mechanical system (H-mode)1 Information in troubleshooting table
1
a The following information is summarized in the troubleshooting table. Before carrying out troubleshooting, understand that information fully. Trouble Related information
Trouble which occurred in the machine Information related to detected trouble or troubleshooting Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting
1
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
2
3
Possible causes of trouble (Given numbers are refer• Standard value in normal state to judge possible causes ence numbers, which do • Remarks on judgment not indicate priority)
4
D155AX-6
3
SEN00808-00
40 Troubleshooting
H-1 Power is low (Drawbar pull is low) Trouble Related information
1
• Power is low (Drawbar pull is low). • Before carrying out troubleshooting, check that power train oil level is normal. Cause
1 Defective engine
2 Defective power train pump
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with engine stopped, then run engine at high idle and carry out troubleshooting. PCCS lever
Engine speed
F3 stall
1,450 rpm
Power train pump may be defective. Check it directly. Prepare with starting switch ON, then run engine at high idle and carry out troubleshooting.
3 Trouble in torque converter
PCCS lever
Torque converter inlet pressure
Torque converter outlet pressure
Neutral
Max. 1.0 MPa {Max. 10.0 kg/cm2}
0.29 – 0.69 MPa {3.0 – 7.0 kg/cm2}
a Prepare with engine stopped, then run engine at high idle and carry out troubleshooting. PCCS lever Neutral Improper set pressure or 4 internal trouble of transmission main relief valve
Transmission main relief pressure TM
Min. 2.84 MPa {Min. 29.0 kg/cm2}
a Prepare with engine stopped, then keep engine stopped and carry out troubleshooting. Check directly that free length of spring and number of shims are normal and spool moves smoothly. • Free length of spring (large): 122 mm • Free length of spring (small): 108 mm • Number of shims: 6
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
a Prepare with engine stopped, then run engine at low idle and carry out troubleshooting.
5
Malfunction of transmission clutch valve (ECMV)
PCCS lever
Transmission clutch
Clutch pressure
F3 stall
F
Min. 2.26 MPa {Min. 23.0 kg/cm2}
R3 stall
R
Min. 2.45 MPa {Min. 25.0 kg/cm2}
F1 stall
1ST
Min. 2.62 MPa {Min. 26.7 kg/cm2}
F2 stall
2ND
Min. 2.40 MPa {Min. 24.5 kg/cm2}
F3 stall
3RD
Min. 2.62 MPa {Min. 26.7 kg/cm2}
Prepare with engine stopped, then run engine at high idle and carry out troubleshooting. 6 Defective brake valve
Parking brake lever
Steering brake
Brake oil pressure
Free
RB LB
2.16 MPa {22.0 kg/cm2}
Defective adjustment of If check result of cause 6 is abnormal, parking brake lever or brake 7 parking brake lever or brake pedal linkage is adjusted defectively. Check them directly. pedal linkage 8 Trouble in transmission
4
Transmission may have trouble in it. Check it directly.
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00808-00
H-2 Machine does not travel (at 2nd or 3rd gear speed) Trouble Related information
1
• Machine does not travel (at 2nd or 3rd gear speed). • Before carrying out troubleshooting, check that power train oil level is normal. • Before carrying out troubleshooting, check that transmission main relief pressure is normal (See H-1). Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch ON, then run engine at high idle and carry out troubleshooting.
1 Trouble in torque converter
PCCS lever
Torque converter inlet pressure
Torque converter outlet pressure
Neutral
Max. 1.0 MPa {Max. 10.0 kg/cm2}
0.29 – 0.69 MPa {3.0 – 7.0 kg/cm2}
a Prepare with engine stopped, then run engine at low idle and carry out troubleshooting. Possible causes and standard value in normal state
2
Malfunction of transmission clutch valve (ECMV)
PCCS lever
Transmission clutch
Clutch pressure
F2 stall
2ND
Min. 2.40 MPa {Min. 24.5 kg/cm2}
F3 stall
3RD
Min. 2.62 MPa {Min. 26.7 kg/cm2}
3
Trouble in transmission clutch
Transmission clutch (2nd or 3rd gear speed) may have trouble in it. Check it directly.
4
Malfunction of parking brake Parking brake may be malfunctioning (Dragging). Check linkage (Dragging) and valves. a Move to level place, start engine, and check.
D155AX-6
Malfunction of brake (Drag5 ging)
Run engine at low idle and set transmission in F2. If machine does not move at this time, brake is dragging. Carry out troubleshooting for "H-8 Brake does not work".
6 Trouble in transmission
Transmission may have trouble in it. Check it directly.
5
SEN00808-00
40 Troubleshooting
H-3 Machine does not start at any gear speed Trouble Related information
1
• Machine does not start at any gear speed. • Before carrying out troubleshooting, check that power train oil level is normal. Cause 1 Defective power train pump
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting Power train pump may be defective. Check it directly. a Prepare with engine stopped, then run engine at high idle and carry out troubleshooting. PCCS lever Neutral
Improper set pressure or 2 internal trouble of transmission main relief valve
Transmission main relief pressure TM
Min. 2.84 MPa {Min. 29.0 kg/cm2}
a Prepare with engine stopped, then keep engine stopped and carry out troubleshooting. Check directly that free length of spring and number of shims are normal and spool moves smoothly. • Free length of spring (large): 122 mm • Free length of spring (small): 108 mm • Number of shims: 6 a Prepare with engine stopped, then run engine at low idle and carry out troubleshooting (after checking transmission main relief pressure is normal).
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
3
4
Malfunction of transmission clutch valve (ECMV)
Trouble in transmission clutch
PCCS lever
Transmission clutch
Clutch pressure
F3 stall
F
Min. 2.26 MPa {Min. 23.0 kg/cm2}
R3 stall
R
Min. 2.45 MPa {Min. 25.0 kg/cm2}
F1 stall
1ST
Min. 2.62 MPa {Min. 26.7 kg/cm2}
F2 stall
2ND
Min. 2.40 MPa {Min. 24.5 kg/cm2}
F3 stall
3RD
Min. 2.62 MPa {Min. 26.7 kg/cm2}
Transmission clutch (F or R) may have trouble in it. Check it directly. a Prepare with engine stopped, then run engine at high idle and carry out troubleshooting (after checking transmission main relief pressure is normal). Brake pedal
5 Malfunction of brake
Released Pressed
Steering brake RB LB
Brake pressure 2.16 MPa {22.0 kg/cm2} 0 MPa {0 kg/cm2}
If brake pressure is abnormal, carry out troubleshooting for "H-8 Brake does not work".
6
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00808-00
H-4 Machine can travel only forward or in reverse Trouble Related information
1
• Machine can travel only forward or in reverse. • Before carrying out troubleshooting, check that power train oil level is normal. Cause 1 Defective power train pump
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting Power train pump may be defective. Check it directly. a Prepare with engine stopped, then run engine at high idle and carry out troubleshooting. PCCS lever Neutral
Improper set pressure or 2 internal trouble of transmission main relief valve
TM
Min. 2.84 MPa {Min. 29.0 kg/cm2}
a Prepare with engine stopped, then keep engine stopped and carry out troubleshooting. Check directly that free length of spring and number of shims are normal and spool moves smoothly. • Free length of spring (large): 122 mm • Free length of spring (small): 108 mm • Number of shims: 6
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
a Prepare with engine stopped, then run engine at low idle and carry out troubleshooting (after checking transmission main relief pressure is normal). 3
D155AX-6
Transmission main relief pressure
Malfunction of transmission clutch valve (ECMV)
PCCS lever
Transmission clutch
Clutch pressure
F3 stall
F
Min. 2.26 MPa {Min. 23.0 kg/cm2}
R3 stall
R
Min. 2.45 MPa {Min. 25.0 kg/cm2}
4
Defective transmission clutch If check result of cause 3 is abnormal, seal of transmission clutch seal (F or R) may be defective. Check it directly.
5
Trouble in transmission clutch
Transmission clutch (F or R) may have trouble in it. Check it directly.
7
SEN00808-00
40 Troubleshooting
H-5 When gear speed or travel direction is changed, time lag is large 1 Trouble Related information
• When gear speed or travel direction is changed, time lag is large. • Before carrying out troubleshooting, check that power train oil level is normal. Cause 1 Defective power train pump
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting Power train pump may be defective. Check it directly. a Prepare with engine stopped, then run engine at high idle and carry out troubleshooting. PCCS lever Neutral
Improper set pressure or 2 internal trouble of transmission main relief valve
Transmission main relief pressure TM
Min. 2.84 MPa {Min. 29.0 kg/cm2}
a Prepare with engine stopped, then keep engine stopped and carry out troubleshooting. Check directly that free length of spring and number of shims are normal and spool moves smoothly. • Free length of spring (large): 122 mm • Free length of spring (small): 108 mm • Number of shims: 6 a Prepare with engine stopped, then run engine at low idle and carry out troubleshooting (after checking transmission main relief pressure is normal).
Possible causes and standard value in normal state 3
Malfunction of transmission clutch valve (ECMV)
PCCS lever
Transmission clutch
Clutch pressure
F3 stall
F
Min. 2.26 MPa {Min. 23.0 kg/cm2}
R3 stall
R
Min. 2.45 MPa {Min. 25.0 kg/cm2}
F1 stall
1ST
Min. 2.62 MPa {Min. 26.7 kg/cm2}
F2 stall
2ND
Min. 2.40 MPa {Min. 24.5 kg/cm2}
F3 stall
3RD
Min. 2.62 MPa {Min. 26.7 kg/cm2}
4
Defective transmission clutch If check result of cause 3 is abnormal, seal of transmission clutch seal (F or R) may be defective. Check it directly.
5
Trouble in transmission clutch
Transmission clutch may have trouble in it. Check it directly. a Move to level place, start engine, and check.
Malfunction of brake (Drag6 ging)
8
Run engine at low idle and set transmission in F2. If machine does not move at this time, brake is dragging. Carry out troubleshooting for "H-8 Brake does not work".
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00808-00
H-6 Machine cannot be steered (Machine does not turn right or left) Trouble Related information
1
• Machine cannot be steered (Machine does not turn right or left) • Before carrying out troubleshooting, check that oil level in hydraulic tank is normal. Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with engine stopped, then run engine at high idle and carry out troubleshooting.
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Improper set pressure or 1 malfunction of self-acting pressure reducing valve
2
PCCS lever Blade control lever Ripper control lever
Control circuit basic pressure
Neutral
3.78 – 4.46 MPa {38.5 – 45.5 kg/cm2}
If abnormal sound comes out from peripheral devices of HSS, Abnormal sound from periphcarry out troubleshooting for "H-10 Abnormal sound comes out eral devices of HSS from around HSS pump or HSS motor".
H-7 Steering speed or steering force is low Trouble Related information
• Steering speed or steering force is low. • Before carrying out troubleshooting, check that oil level in hydraulic tank is normal. Cause Improper set pressure or 1 malfunction of HSS main relief valve
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with engine stopped, then run engine at high idle and carry out troubleshooting. PCCS lever
HSS relief pressure
Left steering relief Right steering relief
38.2 – 41.7 MPa {390 – 425 kg/cm2}
a Prepare with engine stopped, then run engine at high idle and carry out troubleshooting. Improper set pressure or 2 malfunction of self-acting pressure reducing valve
3
D155AX-6
1
PCCS lever Blade control lever Ripper control lever
Control circuit basic pressure
Neutral
3.78 – 4.46 MPa {38.5 – 45.5 kg/cm2}
If abnormal sound comes out from peripheral devices of HSS, Abnormal sound from periphcarry out troubleshooting for "H-10 Abnormal sound comes out eral devices of HSS from around HSS pump or HSS motor".
9
SEN00808-00
40 Troubleshooting
H-8 Brake does not work Trouble Related information
1
• Brake does not work. • Before carrying out troubleshooting, check that power train oil level is normal. • Before carrying out troubleshooting, check that transmission main relief pressure is normal (See H-1). Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with engine stopped, then run engine at high idle and carry out troubleshooting (after checking transmission main relief pressure is normal).
1 Malfunction of brake valve
Released
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Pressed 2
Defective adjustment of brake pedal limit switch
3 Defective brake seal 4
10
Brake pedal
Steering brake RB LB
Brake pressure 2.16 MPa {22.0 kg/cm2} 0 MPa {0 kg/cm2}
If check result of cause 1 is abnormal, brake pedal limit switch may be adjusted defectively. Check it directly. If check result of cause 1 is abnormal, brake seal may be defective. Check it directly.
Slip or wear of brake disc or Brake disc or plate may be slipping or worn. Check them directly. plate
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00808-00
H-9 Power train oil is overheated Trouble Related information
1
• Power train oil is overheated. • Before carrying out troubleshooting, check that power train oil level is normal. • Before carrying out troubleshooting, check that power train oil temperature gauge indicates actual oil temperature (If it does not, carry out troubleshooting for "E-9 Power train oil temperature gauge (Multi-gauge) does not indicate normally". • Before carrying out troubleshooting, check that transmission main relief pressure is normal (See H-1). Cause 1 Defective engine 2
Defective power train pump or air in suction circuit
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting Engine cooling system may be defective or engine output may be increased. Carry out troubleshooting for engine unit (S mode). Power train pump may be defective or air is in suction circuit. Check them directly. a Prepare with starting switch ON, then run engine at high idle and carry out troubleshooting.
3 Trouble in torque converter Possible causes and standard value in normal state
4
Malfunction of transmission clutch (Slip)
PCCS lever
Torque converter inlet pressure
Torque converter outlet pressure
Neutral
Max. 1.0 MPa {Max. 10.0 kg/cm2}
0.29 – 0.69 MPa {3.0 – 7.0 kg/cm2}
Transmission clutch may be malfunctioning (slipping). Check it directly. a Start engine and check.
5
Malfunction of brake (Dragging)
1. Float machine above ground with blade and ripper. 2. Run engine at low idle and set transmission gear in F3 or R3. 3. If track shoe does not turn, brake is dragging. (Carry out troubleshooting for "H-8 Brake does not work".) a Start engine and check.
6 Malfunction of brake (Slip)
D155AX-6
Stall machine at F3. If machine does not stop perfectly, brake is slipping.
11
SEN00808-00
40 Troubleshooting
H-10 Abnormal sound comes out from around HSS pump or HSS motor Trouble Related information
• Abnormal sound comes out from around HSS pump or HSS motor. • Before carrying out troubleshooting, check that oil level in hydraulic tank is normal. • HSS pump is used for work equipment, too. Cause 1 Use of improper oil
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
2
Clogged hydraulic tank strainer
3 Air in suction circuit 4
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting Oil used may be improper. Check it directly. Hydraulic tank strainer may be clogged. Check it directly. Suction circuit of work equipment and HSS pump may have sucked in air. Check it directly.
Trouble in work equipment or Work equipment or HSS pump may have trouble in it. HSS pump
5 Trouble in HSS motor
12
1
HSS motor may have trouble in it. Check it directly.
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00808-00
H-11 Speed of all work equipment is low Trouble Related information
1
• Speed of all work equipment is low. • Before carrying out troubleshooting, check that oil level in hydraulic tank is normal. Cause Defective PTO (work equip1 ment and HSS pump drive section) 2
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting Work equipment and HSS pump drive section of PTO may be defective. Check them directly.
Defective work equipment or Work equipment or HSS pump may be defective. Check them HSS pump directly. a Prepare with starting switch ON, then run engine at high idle and carry out troubleshooting.
3 Malfunction of unload valve
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Improper set pressure or 4 malfunction of main relief valve
PCCS lever Blade control lever Ripper control lever
Unload pressure
Neutral
2.45 (+1.37/0) MPa {25 (+14/0) kg/cm2}
a Prepare with starting switch ON, then run engine at high idle and carry out troubleshooting. Blade control lever
Main relief pressure
Raise relief
27.5 ± 1.5 MPa {280 ± 15 kg/cm2}
a Prepare with engine stopped, then run engine at high idle and carry out troubleshooting. Improper set pressure or 5 malfunction of self-acting pressure reducing valve
6 Trouble in fan pump
D155AX-6
PCCS lever Blade control lever Ripper control lever
Control circuit basic pressure
Neutral
3.78 – 4.46 MPa {38.5 – 45.5 kg/cm2}
If check result of cause 5 is abnormal, fan pump may have trouble in it. Check it directly.
13
SEN00808-00
40 Troubleshooting
H-12 No work equipment moves Trouble Related information
1
• No work equipment moves. • Before carrying out troubleshooting, check that oil level in hydraulic tank is normal. Cause Defective PTO (work equip1 ment and HSS pump drive section) 2
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting Work equipment and HSS pump drive section of PTO may be defective. Check them directly.
Defective work equipment or Work equipment or HSS pump may be defective. Check them HSS pump directly. a Prepare with starting switch ON, then run engine at high idle and carry out troubleshooting.
3 Malfunction of unload valve
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Improper set pressure or 4 malfunction of main relief valve
PCCS lever Blade control lever Ripper control lever
Unload pressure
Neutral
2.45 (+1.37/0) MPa {25 (+14/0) kg/cm2}
a Prepare with starting switch ON, then run engine at high idle and carry out troubleshooting. Blade control lever
Main relief pressure
Raise relief
27.5 ± 1.5 MPa {280 ± 15 kg/cm2}
a Prepare with engine stopped, then run engine at high idle and carry out troubleshooting. Improper set pressure or 5 malfunction of self-acting pressure reducing valve
PCCS lever Blade control lever Ripper control lever
Control circuit basic pressure
Neutral
3.78 – 4.46 MPa {38.5 – 45.5 kg/cm2}
a Prepare with engine stopped, then run engine at high idle and carry out troubleshooting. Malfunction of work equip6 ment lock solenoid valve
14
Work equipment lock lever
Solenoid valve output pressure
Lock
0 MPa {0 kg/cm2}
Free
3.78 – 4.46 MPa {38.5 – 45.5 kg/cm2}
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00808-00
H-13 Blade lift speed or power is low Trouble Related information
1
• Blade lift speed or power is low. • Before carrying out troubleshooting, check that oil level in hydraulic tank is normal. • Check that blade has not been modified. • If hydraulic drift of blade lift is large, carry out troubleshooting for "H-17 Hydraulic drift of blade lift is large" first. Cause Improper set pressure or 1 malfunction of main relief valve
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch ON, then run engine at high idle and carry out troubleshooting. Blade control lever Raise relief
Main relief pressure 27.5 ± 1.5 MPa {280 ± 15 kg/cm2}
a Prepare with engine stopped, then run engine at high idle and carry out troubleshooting. Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Improper set pressure or 2 malfunction of self-acting pressure reducing valve
3
PCCS lever Blade control lever Ripper control lever
Control circuit basic pressure
Neutral
3.78 – 4.46 MPa {38.5 – 45.5 kg/cm2}
Malfunction of blade lift con- Spool of blade lift control valve may be malfunctioning. Check it trol valve (spool) directly.
Suction valve of blade lift control valve may be malfunctioning. Check it directly. Malfunction of blade lift con4 * This suction valve can be checked by replacing it with suction trol valve (suction valve) valve of ripper lift or ripper tilt control valve and observing change of phenomenon. 5 Air in blade lift cylinder
D155AX-6
Air may be in blade lift cylinder. Bleed air and then judge from change of phenomenon.
15
SEN00808-00
40 Troubleshooting
H-14 Blade tilt speed or power is low Trouble Related information
• Blade tilt speed or power is low. • Before carrying out troubleshooting, check that oil level in hydraulic tank is normal. • Check that blade has not been modified. • If hydraulic drift of blade tilt is large, carry out troubleshooting for "H-18 Hydraulic drift of blade tilt is large" first. Cause Improper set pressure or 1 malfunction of main relief valve
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch ON, then run engine at high idle and carry out troubleshooting. Blade control lever Left tilt relief
Main relief pressure 27.5 ± 1.5 MPa {280 ± 15 kg/cm2}
a Prepare with engine stopped, then run engine at high idle and carry out troubleshooting. Improper set pressure or 2 malfunction of self-acting pressure reducing valve
3
PCCS lever Blade control lever Ripper control lever
Control circuit basic pressure
Neutral
3.78 – 4.46 MPa {38.5 – 45.5 kg/cm2}
Malfunction of blade tilt con- Spool of blade tilt control valve may be malfunctioning. Check it trol valve (spool) directly.
4 Air in blade tilt cylinder
16
1
Air may be in blade tilt cylinder. Bleed air and then judge from change of phenomenon.
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00808-00
H-15 Ripper lift speed or power is low Trouble Related information
1
• Ripper lift speed or power is low. • Before carrying out troubleshooting, check that oil level in hydraulic tank is normal. • Check that ripper has not been modified. • If hydraulic drift of ripper lift is large, carry out troubleshooting for "H-19 Hydraulic drift of ripper lift is large" first. Cause Improper set pressure or 1 malfunction of main relief valve
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch ON, then run engine at high idle and carry out troubleshooting. Ripper control lever Raise relief
Main relief pressure 27.5 ± 1.5 MPa {280 ± 15 kg/cm2}
a Prepare with engine stopped, then run engine at high idle and carry out troubleshooting. Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Improper set pressure or 2 malfunction of self-acting pressure reducing valve
3
PCCS lever Blade control lever Ripper control lever
Control circuit basic pressure
Neutral
3.78 – 4.46 MPa {38.5 – 45.5 kg/cm2}
Malfunction of ripper lift con- Spool of ripper lift control valve may be malfunctioning. Check it trol valve (spool) directly.
Suction valve of ripper lift control valve may be malfunctioning. Check it directly. Malfunction of ripper lift con4 * This suction valve can be checked by replacing suction valves trol valve (suction valve) on head side and bottom side with each other and observing change of phenomenon. 5 Air in ripper lift cylinder
D155AX-6
Air may be in ripper lift cylinder. Bleed air and then judge from change of phenomenon.
17
SEN00808-00
40 Troubleshooting
H-16 Ripper tilt speed or power is low Trouble Related information
1
• Ripper tilt speed or power is low. • Before carrying out troubleshooting, check that oil level in hydraulic tank is normal. • Check that ripper has not been modified. Cause Improper set pressure or 1 malfunction of main relief valve
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with starting switch ON, then run engine at high idle and carry out troubleshooting. Ripper control lever Tilt-in relief
Main relief pressure 27.5 ± 1.5 MPa {280 ± 15 kg/cm2}
a Prepare with engine stopped, then run engine at high idle and carry out troubleshooting. Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Improper set pressure or 2 malfunction of self-acting pressure reducing valve
3
PCCS lever Blade control lever Ripper control lever
Control circuit basic pressure
Neutral
3.78 – 4.46 MPa {38.5 – 45.5 kg/cm2}
Malfunction of ripper tilt con- Spool of ripper tilt control valve may be malfunctioning. Check it trol valve (spool) directly.
Suction valve of ripper tilt control valve may be malfunctioning. Check it directly. Malfunction of ripper tilt con4 * This suction valve can be checked by replacing suction valves trol valve (suction valve) on head side and bottom side with each other and observing change of phenomenon. 5 Air in ripper tilt cylinder
Air may be in ripper tilt cylinder. Bleed air and then judge from change of phenomenon.
H-17 Hydraulic drift of blade lift is large Trouble Related information
1
• Hydraulic drift of blade lift is large. • Check that blade has not been modified. • Before carrying out troubleshooting, check that oil is not leaking from work equipment circuit. Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Start engine and prepare, then stop engine and carry out troubleshooting.
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Defective seal of blade lift 1 control valve (spool)
2
18
Defective seal of blade lift cylinder
Perform following procedure. If hydraulic drift is increased at this time, seal of blade lift control valve spool is defective. 1. Brace blade against ground by lifting operation to push up front part of machine. 2. Stop engine and then turn starting switch ON. 3. Set blade control lever in "Lower" position and check phenomenon. Seal of blade lift cylinder may be defective. Check it directly.
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00808-00
H-18 Hydraulic drift of blade tilt is large Trouble Related information
1
• Hydraulic drift of blade tilt is large. • Check that blade has not been modified. • Before carrying out troubleshooting, check that oil is not leaking from work equipment circuit. Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Start engine and prepare, then stop engine and carry out troubleshooting.
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
1
Defective seal of blade tilt control valve (spool)
Defective seal of blade tilt 2 cylinder
Perform following procedure. If hydraulic drift is increased at this time, seal of blade tilt control valve spool is defective. 1. Brace blade against ground by tilting operation to push up front part of machine. 2. Stop engine and then turn starting switch ON. 3. Set blade control lever in "Tilt left" position and check phenomenon. a Prepare with engine stopped, then run engine at high idle and carry out troubleshooting. Blade tilt cylinder
Leakage from cylinder
Left tilt relief
12 cc/min
H-19 Hydraulic drift of ripper lift is large Trouble Related information
1
• Hydraulic drift of ripper lift is large. • Check that ripper has not been modified. • Before carrying out troubleshooting, check that oil is not leaking from work equipment circuit. Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Start engine and prepare, then stop engine and carry out troubleshooting.
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
1
2
D155AX-6
Defective seal of ripper lift control valve (spool)
Defective seal of ripper lift cylinder
Perform following procedure. If hydraulic drift is increased at this time, seal of ripper lift control valve spool is defective. 1. Brace ripper against ground by lifting operation to push up rear part of machine. 2. Stop engine and then turn starting switch ON. 3. Set ripper control lever in "Lower" position and check phenomenon. a Prepare with engine stopped, then run engine at high idle and carry out troubleshooting. Ripper lift cylinder
Leakage from cylinder
Lower relief
11 cc/min
19
SEN00808-00
40 Troubleshooting
H-20 Ripper pin puller cylinder does not operate
1
Giant ripper specification Trouble Related information
• Ripper pin puller cylinder does not operate. • Before carrying out troubleshooting, check that transmission main relief pressure is normal (See H-1). Cause
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting a Prepare with engine stopped, then run engine at high idle and carry out troubleshooting.
1
Malfunction of pin puller solenoid
Pin puller switch
Check point
Pushed in
Cylinder bottom side
Pulled out
Cylinder head side
Solenoid output pressure Min. 2.84 MPa {Min. 29.0 kg/cm2}
2 Trouble in pin puller cylinder Pin puller cylinder has trouble in it. Check it directly.
H-21 Blade does not pitch
1
Dual tilt specification Trouble
• Blade does not pitch.
Related information
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
20
Cause
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting
1
Malfunction of blade pitch control valve (spool)
Spool of blade pitch control valve may be malfunctioning. Check it directly.
2
Malfunction of blade pitch cylinder
Blade pitch cylinder may be malfunctioning. Check it directly.
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00808-00
H-22 Abnormal sound comes out from around work equipment pump 1 Trouble Related information
• Abnormal sound comes out from around work equipment pump. • Before carrying out troubleshooting, check that oil level in hydraulic tank is normal. • Work equipment pump is used for HSS, too. Cause 1 Use of improper oil
Possible causes and standard value in normal state
2
3 Air in suction circuit 4
D155AX-6
Clogged hydraulic tank strainer
Standard value in normal state/Remarks on troubleshooting Oil used may be improper. Check it directly. Hydraulic tank strainer may be clogged. Check it directly. Suction circuit of work equipment and HSS pump may have sucked in air. Check it directly.
Trouble in work equipment or Work equipment or HSS pump may have trouble in it. HSS pump
21
SEN00808-00
40 Troubleshooting
D155AX-6 Bulldozer Form No. SEN00808-00
© 2006 KOMATSU All Rights Reserved Printed in Japan 02-06 (02)
22
D155AX-6
SEN00852-01
BULLDOZER 1SHOP MANUAL
D155AX-6
Machine model D155AX-6
Serial number 80001 and up
40 Troubleshooting
1
Troubleshooting of engine (S-mode) Troubleshooting of engine (S-mode)............................................................................................................... 3 Method of using troubleshooting chart ................................................................................................. 3 S-1 Starting performance of engine is poor.......................................................................................... 6 S-2 Engine does not start..................................................................................................................... 8 S-3 Engine does not pick up smoothly............................................................................................... 12 S-4 Engine stops during operation ..................................................................................................... 13 S-5 Engine does not rotate smoothly ................................................................................................. 14 S-6 Engine lack output (or lacks power) ............................................................................................ 15 S-7 Exhaust gas is black (incomplete combustion)............................................................................ 16 S-8 Oil consumption is excessive (or exhaust gas is blue) ................................................................ 18 S-9 Oil becomes dirty quickly............................................................................................................. 19 S-10 Fuel consumption is excessive.................................................................................................. 20 S-11 Oil is in coolant (or coolant spurts back or coolant level goes ................................................... 21 S-12 Oil pressure drops ..................................................................................................................... 22 S-13 Oil level rises (Entry of coolant or fuel)...................................................................................... 24 S-14 Coolant temperature becomes too high (Overheating) ............................................................. 26
D155AX-6
1
SEN00852-01
40 Troubleshooting
S-15 Abnormal noise is made ............................................................................................................ 27 S-16 Vibration is excessive ................................................................................................................ 28
2
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00852-01
Troubleshooting of engine (S-mode)
1
Method of using troubleshooting chart
1 Causes
A
Questions
1
2
3
4
1 2 3 4 5 6
B
C
Check items
7
Troubleshooting
The troubleshooting chart consists of the "questions", "check items", "causes", and "troubleshooting" blocks. The questions and check items are used to pinpoint high probability causes by simple inspection or from phenomena without using troubleshooting tools. Next, troubleshooting tools or direct inspection are applied to check the narrowed causes in order from the most probable one to make final confirmation according to the troubleshooting procedure. [Questions] Items to be drawn from the user or operator. They correspond to A and B in the chart on the right. The items in A are basic ones. The items in B can be drawn from the user or operator, depending on their level. [Check items] Simple check items used by the serviceman to narrow the causes. They correspond to C in the chart on the right. [Causes] Items to be narrowed from the questions and check items. The serviceman narrows down the probable causes from A, B, and C. [Troubleshooting] Items used to find out the true cause by verifying the narrowed causes finally in order from the most probable one by applying troubleshooting tools or direct inspection.
8 9 10 11 a b c d
Items listed in the [Questions] and [Check items] and related to the [Causes] are marked with E, Q, and w. E: Causes to be referred to for questions and check items Q : Causes related to questions and check items w : Causes highly probable among ones marked with Q a When narrowing the "causes", apply the items marked with w before those marked with Q. When narrowing the "causes", do not apply the items marked with E. (If no items have other marks and the causes cannot be narrowed, however, you may apply them.)
D155AX-6
3
SEN00852-01
40 Troubleshooting
Exhaust gas is black(Incomplete combustion) Let us assume that a trouble of "Exhaust gas is black" occurred and we checked the [Questions] and [Check items] and found the following 3 items to be the causal symptoms; "Exhaust gas slowly became black", "Power slowly became weaker", and "Dust indicator is lighting red".
S-7 Exhaust gas is black (Incomplete combustion)
Clogged fuel spill piping (on cylinder head side)
Improper fuel injection timing
Improper fuel injection pressure
Defective coolant temperature sensor or wiring harness
Correct
Adjust
Adjust
Replace
Clogged or seized injector
Abnormally worn injector Replace
Stuck or seized supply pump plunger Replace
Replace
Crushed or clogged muffler
Worn piston ring or cylinder liner Replace
Leakage of air between turbocharger and cylinder head Correct
Replace
Defective contact of valve and valve seat
Improper valve clearance Adjust
Replace
Replace
Stuck EGR valve
Clogged EGR gas pressure piping
Replace
Clogged air cleaner element
Seized turbocharger or interference of turbocharger Replace
General causes why exhaust gas is black • Insufficient intake of air • Excessive injection of fuel • Defective condition of fuel injection • Improper selection of fuel • Overheating See "S-14 Coolant temperature becomes too high (Overheating)" • Control by controller in derate mode (limiting injection rate (output) because of an error in electrical system) • EGR valve stuck open (There is much EGR gas and intake of air is insufficient) • Clogged EGR gas pressure piping (Exhaust gas is mixed in intake air during acceleration and deceleration)
Clean
Cause
Confirm recent repair history Degree of use of machine
Operated for long period
Questions
Suddenly became black Exhaust gas color
Gradually became blackB Blue under light load
Non-specified fuel is used Oil must be added more frequently Power was lost
Suddenly Gradually
Dust indicator is red (if it is installed) Muffler is crushed Air leaks between turbocharger and cylinder head or clamp is loosened Engine is operated in low-temperature mode at normal temperature
Check items
Immediately after engine is started, temperature of exhaust manifold of a cylinder is low When engine is rotated, interference sound comes out from around turbocharger When engine is rotated, abnormal sound comes out from around cylinder head Torque converter stall speed or pump relief speed is high (Fuel is injected excessively) Exhaust noise is abnormal Engine does not pick up smoothly and combustion is irregular Blow-by gas is excessive When spill hose from injector is disconnected, abnormally much fuel spills Inspect air cleaner directly
Troubleshooting
Turbocharger is heavy to rotate with hand Carry out troubleshooting according to "EGR Valve Servo Error 1 (*1)" in E mode Check EGR gas pressure piping directly (*2) Compression pressure is low Inspect valve clearance directly When muffler is removed, exhaust gas color improves Carry out troubleshooting according to "Rail Press Low Error (*3)" in E mode When a cylinder is cut out for reduced cylinder mode operation, engine speed does not change Inspect fuel spill piping (on cylinder head side) directly Carry out troubleshooting according to "Coolant Temp Sens (High/Low) Error (*4) in E mode Remedy
4
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00852-01
There is a causal relationship between 3 items in the [Questions] and [Check items] sections and 6 items in the [Causes] section. The method of pinpointing the [Causes] from the causal relationship and approaching the [troubleshooting] is explained according to Step 1 - Step 3 shown below.
[Causes]: 6 items Step 1 Clarify the relationship between the 3 items in the [Questions] and [Check items] sections and the 6 items in the [Causes] section.
[Questions] [Check items]: 3 items
Step 2 Count the and marks on the 3 items in the [Questions] and [Check items] sections and the 6 items in the [Causes] section. (1) Clogged air cleaner element : (2) Clogged EGR gas pressure piping : (3) Defective contact of valve and valve seat : (4) Leakage of air between turbocharger and cylinder head : (5) Worn piston ring and cylinder liner : (6) Clogged or seized injector :
Step 3 The result of Step 2 shows that the item having the closest relationship with the trouble is "Clogged air cleaner". If the "troubleshooting" items connected to it and marked with are carried out, remedy of cleaning is indicated. Accordingly, the exhaust gas color can be changed to normal by cleaning.
D155AX-6
5
SEN00852-01
40 Troubleshooting
S-1 Starting performance of engine is poor General causes why starting performance is poor q Defective electrical system q Insufficient supply of fuel q Insufficient intake of air q Improper selection of fuel q Coolant in exhaust pipe a The common rail fuel injection system (CRI) recognizes the fuel injection timing electrically. Accordingly, even if the starting operation is carried out, the engine may not start until the crankshaft revolves 2 turns at maximum. This phenomenon does not indicate a trouble, however
1
Defective or deteriorated battery
Defective alternator (generator section)
Defective alternator (regulator section)
Defective intake air heater system
Defective injector
Stuck or seized supply pump plunger
Clogged feed pump gauze filter
Clogged fuel filter element
Leaking or clogged fuel piping or entry of air
Clogged air breather hole of fuel tank cap
Worn piston ring, cylinder
Defective contact of valve and vale seat
Cracked EGR cooler (Coolant in exhaust pipe)
Clogged air cleaner element
Causes
Confirm recent repair history
Questions
Starting performance
Operated for long period
E E
E E
Became worse gradually
Q Q w w
Q Q
E w
Engine starts easily when warm
Filters have not been replaced according to Operation and Maintenance Manual
w
w w Q Q w
Engine oil must be added more frequently When engine is preheated or when temperature is low, preheating monitor does not indicate normally (if monitor is installed)
w
During operation, charge level monitor indicates abnormal charge (if monitor is installed)
w w w
Dust indicator is red (if it is installed)
w
Air breather hole of fuel tank cap is clogged Fuel is leaking from fuel piping
w
Priming pump is too light or too heavy to operate
w Q Q
Check items
w
When air bleeding plug of fuel filter is removed, fuel does not flow out
w w w
When spill hose from injector is disconnected, little fuel spills
Immediately after engine is started, temperature of exhaust manifold of a cylinder is low
w Q Q
Engine does not pick up smoothly and combustion is irregular
w Q w Q Q
Engine hunts (rotation is irregular)
w
Blow-by gas is excessive
q
Inspect air cleaner directly When EGR cooler outlet gas piping is removed, coolant containing antifreeze flows out (*1)
q q q
Compression pressure is low
q
When air is bled from fuel system, air comes out Troubleshooting
Q
Q
Starting motor cranks engine slowly While engine is rotated with starting motor
q
Inspect fuel filter and strainer directly
q
Inspect feed pump gauze filter directly Carry out troubleshooting according to "Rail Press (Very) Low Error (*2)" indicated by code
q
When a cylinder is cut out for reduced cylinder mode operation, engine speed does not change
q
When starting switch is turned to HEAT, intake air heater mount does not become warm Is voltage of 20 – 30 V generated between alternator terminals B and E while engine is running at low idle?
w
Q Q Q Q
Non-specified fuel is used
q q
Yes
q
No
q
6
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Clean
Clean
Correct
Clean
Replace
Correct
Replace
Remedy
Clean
Specific gravity of electrolyte and battery voltage are low
Replace
Degree of use of machine
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00852-01
*1: EGR cooler outlet gas piping Loosen 4 mounting bolts (1) of the EGR cooler outlet gas piping and see if the coolant flows out. A little condensate produced from cooled exhaust gas may flow out. If it is colorless and transparent, however, it is not a problem.
*2: Displayed failure codes: [CA559] and [CA2249]
D155AX-6
7
SEN00852-01
40 Troubleshooting
S-2 Engine does not start
1
a) Engine does not rotate General causes why engine does not rotate q Seized internal parts of engine o See "S-4 Engine stops during operation" q Water hammer caused by coolant which entered cylinder q Defective electrical system q Trouble in drive devices on applicable machine side o Carry out troubleshooting for devices on applicable machine
Defective starting circuit wiring
Defective starting motor (motor section)
Defective starting motor (safety relay section)
Defective starting switch
Defective battery relay
Defective connection of battery terminal
Defective or deteriorated battery
Broken flywheel ring gear
Cracked EGR cooler (Coolant in exhaust pipe)
Causes
E E E
Operated for long period
Q
When starting switch is Horn does not sound turned ON Horn volume is low
w
Battery electrolyte level is low
w Q
When starting switch is turned to START, starting pinion does not move out
Q Q
Speed of rotation is low
Q
w
When starting switch is turned to START, start- Makes grating noise ing pinion moves out, Soon disengages again but Makes rattling noise and does not turn
w
w w
w w
w
Q
Q w
q q
Inspect flywheel ring gear directly
q
Specific gravity of electrolyte and battery voltage are low There is not voltage (20 – 30 V) between battery relay terminals B and E
q
When terminals B and C of starting switch are connected, engine starts
q
When terminals B and C at safety relay outlet are connected, engine starts
q
Even if terminals B and C at safety relay outlet are connected, engine does not start
8
Replace
Replace
Replace
Correct
Replace
Replace
Replace
Remedy
q
Carry out troubleshooting on applicable machine side
Check items
When starting switch is turned ON, no operating sound comes out from battery relay
When EGR cooler outlet gas piping is removed, coolant containing antifreeze flows out (*1).
Troubleshooting
w
w
Battery terminal is loose
Turn starting switch OFF, connect cables, turn starting switch ON, and carry out troubleshooting
Q
—
Degree of use of machine
Replace
Questions
Confirm recent repair history
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00852-01
*1: EGR cooler outlet gas piping Loosen 4 mounting bolts (1) of the EGR cooler outlet gas piping and see if the coolant flows out. A little condensate produced from cooled exhaust gas may flow out. If it is colorless and transparent, however, it is not a problem.
D155AX-6
9
SEN00852-01
40 Troubleshooting
b) Engine rotates but no exhaust gas comes out General causes why engine rotates but no exhaust gas comes out q Fuel is not supplied q Supply of fuel is extremely small q Improper selection of fuel (particularly in winter)
Defective fuel injector
Malfunction flow damper
Malfunction of overflow valve (Does not close)
Wrong connection of supply pump PCV
Defective supply pump PCV
Stuck or seized supply pump plunger
Broken supply pump shaft or key
Clogged feed pump gauze filter Seized or abnormally worn feed pump
Clogged fuel filter element
Leaking or clogged fuel piping or entry of air
Clogged air breather hole of fuel tank cap
Insufficient fuel in tank
Use of improper fuel
Causes
E E E
Operated for long period
w Q w w w
Exhaust gas suddenly stopped coming out (when starting again) Filters have not been replaced according to Operation and Maintenance Manual Fuel tank is empty
w
Air breather hole of fuel tank cap is clogged
Q w
There are rust and water in fuel drained from fuel tank w
Check items
There is not fuel in removed fuel filter
E
Q Q Q
Q Q
Fuel is leaking from fuel piping
w
Priming pump is too light or too heavy to operate
w Q Q
When air bleeding plug of fuel filter is removed, fuel does not flow out
Q
While engine is rotated with starting When spill hose from injector is disconnected, little fuel motor spills
E E Q
w
Q
w Q
Q
w w w w
Q
q q
q
q
When air is bled from fuel system, air comes out
q
Inspect fuel filter directly Troubleshooting
w w
q
Inspect feed pump gauze filter directly
q
Inspect feed pump directly Carry out troubleshooting according to "Rail Press (Very) Low Error (*1)" indicated by code Carry out troubleshooting according to "PCV1 Short/Open Error (*2) or PCV2 Short/Open Error (*3)" indicated by code
q q q
Inspect overflow valve directly
q q Replace
Correct
Replace
Replace
Replace
Clean Replace
Replace
Correct
Correct
Add
Remedy
Replace
Engine can be started in reduced cylinder mode
Replace
Degree of use of machine
Replace
Questions
Confirm recent repair history
*1: Displayed failure codes [CA559] and [CA2249] *2: Displayed failure codes [CA271] and [CA272] *3: Displayed failure codes [CA273] and [CA274]
10
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00852-01
c) Exhaust gas comes but engine does not start (fuel is injected) General causes why exhaust smoke comes out but engine does not start q Lack of rotating force due to defective electrical system q Insufficient supply of fuel q Insufficient intake of air q Improper selection of fuel
Defective intake air heater system
Defective coolant temperature sensor or wiring harness
Defective or deteriorated battery
Clogged injector or defective spray
Stuck or seized supply pump plunger
Clogged feed pump gauze filter
Clogged fuel filter or strainer
Leaking or clogged fuel system or entry of air
Clogged air breather hole of fuel tank cap
Use of improper fuel
Worn piston ring or cylinder liner
Worn dynamic valve system (Valve, rocker lever, etc.)
Clogged air cleaner element
Causes
Confirm recent repair history
E
E E
w
Suddenly failed to start
E w
Q
Q Q
Non-specified fuel is used Filters have not been replaced according to Operation and Maintenance Manual
w
w w w
Engine oil must be added more frequently When engine is preheated or when temperature is low, preheating monitor does not indicate normally (if monitor is installed)
w w
Dust indicator is red (if it is installed)
Q
Air breather hole of fuel tank cap is clogged
w w
There are rust and water in fuel drained from fuel tank
w
There is not fuel in removed fuel filter Fuel is leaking from fuel piping
w
Priming pump is too light or too heavy to operate
w Q Q w
Check items
Starting motor rotates engine slowly
w
When engine is rotated, abnormal sound comes out from around cylinder head While engine is rotated with starting motor,
When air bleeding plug of fuel filter is removed, fuel does not flow out
Q
w
When spill hose from injector is disconnected, little fuel spills
w
Immediately after engine is started, temperature of exhaust manifold of a cylinder is low
q
Inspect air cleaner directly
q
Inspect dynamic valve system directly
q
Compression pressure is low Troubleshooting
w w
q
When air is bled from fuel system, air comes out
q
Inspect fuel filter and strainer directly
q
Inspect feed pump gauze filter directly Carry out troubleshooting according to "Rail Press (Very) Low Error (*1)" indicated by code
q q
When injector unit is tested, spray condition is bad
q
Specific gravity of electrolyte and battery voltage are low
q
Coolant temperature gauge does not indicate normally (if it is installed)
q Replace
Replace
Clean
Replace
Clean
Clean
Correct
Clean
Replace
Replace
Replace
Remedy
Clean
When starting switch is turned to HEAT, intake air heater mount does not become warm
Replace
Questions
Degree of use of machine Operated for long period
*1: Displayed failure codes [CA559] and [CA2249]
D155AX-6
11
SEN00852-01
40 Troubleshooting
S-3 Engine does not pick up smoothly
1
General causes why engine does not pick up smoothly q Insufficient intake of air q Insufficient supply of fuel q Defective condition of fuel spray q Improper selection of fuel q Control by controller in derate mode (limiting injection rate (output) because of an error in electrical system) q EGR valve stuck open (There is much EGR gas and intake of air is insufficient)
Clogged injector or defective spray
Malfunction of flow damper (Large leakage from injector)
Stuck or seized supply pump plunger
Clogged feed pump gauze filter
Clogged fuel filter or strainer
Leaking or clogged fuel piping or entry of air
Clogged air breather hole of fuel tank cap
Worn piston ring or cylinder liner
Seized turbocharger or interference of turbocharger
Improper valve clearance
Defective contact of valve and valve seat
Stuck EGR valve
Clogged air cleaner element
Causes
E E E
Operated for long period
E
Q
Engine pick-up suddenly became worse
w
E E Q Q
Q w w w
Non-specified fuel is used Filters have not been replaced according to Operation and Maintenance Manual
w w
Oil must be added more frequently
w
Dust indicator is red (if indicator is installed)
w
Air breather hole of fuel tank cap is clogged
w w
There are rust and water in fuel drained from fuel tank Fuel is leaking from fuel piping
w
Priming pump is too light or too heavy to operate
w Q Q Q
Immediately after engine is started, temperature of exhaust manifold of a cylinder is low
Check items
Exhaust gas color
w
w
Blue under light load
w
Black
Q
w
w
w
When engine is rotated, abnormal sound comes out from around cylinder head
w
When engine is rotated, interference sound comes out from around turbocharger High idle speed under no load is normal, but speed suddenly drops when load is applied
Q
w w
Engine hunts (rotation is irregular)
Q
Q w
Q
w
Blow-by gas is excessive
q
Inspect air cleaner directly
q
Carry out troubleshooting according to "EGR Valve Servo Error (*1)" indicated by code
q
Compression pressure is low Troubleshooting
w
w w
q q
Inspect valve clearance directly
q
Turbocharger is heavy to rotate with hand
q
When air is bled from fuel system, air comes out
q
Inspect fuel filter and strainer directly
q
Inspect feed pump gauze filter directly Carry out troubleshooting according to "Rail Press (Very) Low Error (*2)" indicated by code
q
When a cylinder is cut out for reduced cylinder mode operation, engine speed does not change Replace
Clean
Clean
Correct
Clean
Replace
Replace
Adjust
Replace
Replace
Clean
Remedy
q q Correct
Degree of use of machine
Replace
Questions
Confirm recent repair history
*1: Displayed failure codes [CA1228] and [CA1625] *2: Displayed failure codes [CA559] and [CA2249]
12
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00852-01
S-4 Engine stops during operation
1
General causes why engine stops during operation q Seized parts inside engine q Insufficient supply of fuel q Overheating q Trouble in drive devices on applicable machine side o Carry out troubleshooting for devices on applicable machine
Broken auxiliary equipment (pump, compressor, etc.)
Trouble in drive devices on applicable machine side
Stuck or seized supply pump plunger
w
Broken supply pump shaft or key
Q w Q w
Broken or seized feed pump
Clogged feed pump gauze filter
Clogged fuel filter or strainer
Leaking or clogged fuel piping
Clogged air breather hole of fuel tank cap
Insufficient fuel in tank
Broken or seized gear train
Broken or seized crankshaft bearing
Broken or seized piston or connecting rod
Broken dynamic valve system (valve, rocker arm, etc.)
Causes
Confirm recent repair history E E
Operated for long period w w w w
Questions
Made abnormal noise stopped suddenly Engine
w Q
Overheated and stopped
Q
Stopped slowly
w
Hunted and stopped
w Q
Q Q Q Q Q
Non-specified fuel is used
Q Q Q
Filters have not been replaced according to Operation and Maintenance Manual
w w
Fuel level monitor indicates low level (if monitor is installed)
w
Fuel tank is empty
w w
Air breather hole of fuel tank cap is clogged Fuel is leaking from fuel piping
w
Priming pump is too light or too heavy to operate
w Q Q w w
Check items
There are rust and water in fuel drained from fuel tank w w
There are metal particles in oil drained from oil pan
Q Q
w w
Engine does not rotate at all When engine is rotated with hand
Q
w
Engine rotates in opposite direction
w
Engine moves by gear backlash
w w
Supply pump shaft does not turn
w
Engine rotates, but stops when load is applied to machine
q
Inspect piston and connecting rod directly
q
Inspect crankshaft bearing directly
q
Inspect gear train directly
q
Inspect fuel filter and strainer directly
q
Inspect feed pump gauze filter directly
q
Inspect feed pump directly Carry out troubleshooting according to "Rail Press (Very) Low Error (*1)" indicated by code
q q
Engine rotates when pump auxiliary equipment (pump, compressor, etc.) is removed Replace
Replace
Replace
Clean
Clean
Correct
Clean
Add
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Remedy
q Replace
Troubleshooting
Carry out troubleshooting on applicable machine
q
Inspect dynamic valve system directly
—
Degree of use of machine
*1: Displayed failure codes [CA559] and [CA2249]
D155AX-6
13
SEN00852-01
40 Troubleshooting
S-5 Engine does not rotate smoothly
1
General causes why engine does not rotate smoothly q Air in fuel system q Defective speed sensor (Error at degree that it is not indicated) q Defective EGR valve q Defective bypass valve
Defective Bkup speed sensor or wiring harness
Defective Ne speed sensor or wiring harness
Clogged injector or defective spray (dirt in injector)
Malfunction of flow damper (Large leakage from injector)
Clogged fuel filter or strainer
Clogged feed pump gauze filter
Leaking or clogged fuel piping or entry of air
Clogged air breather hole of fuel tank cap
Insufficient fuel in tank
Malfunction of bypass valve
Malfunction of EGR valve
Low setting of low idle speed
Causes
Degree of use of machine Operated for long period
E E
At a certain speed range
Q Q Q
At low idle
w
Engine hunts
E E Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q
Q Q
Even when speed is raised
Q
Q Q
w
On slopes
Q Q w w
Filters have not been replaced according to Operation and Maintenance Manual w
Check items
Fuel tank is empty
w
Air breather hole of fuel tank cap is clogged
Q Q
There are rust and water in fuel drained from fuel tank Fuel is leaking from fuel piping
w
Priming pump is too light or too heavy to operate
w Q Q q
Carry out troubleshooting according to "EGR Valve Servo Error (*1)" indicated by code
Troubleshooting
Carry out troubleshooting according to "Bypass Valve Servo Error (*2)" indicated by code
q q
When air is bled from fuel system, air comes out
q
Inspect feed pump gauze filter directly
q
Inspect fuel filter and strainer directly When a cylinder is cut out for reduced cylinder mode operation, engine speed does not change
q q
Carry out troubleshooting according to "Eng Ne Speed Sensor Error (*3)" indicated by code
q
Carry out troubleshooting according to "Eng Bkup Speed Sensor Error (*4)" indicated by code Correct
Correct
Replace
Replace
Replace
Correct
Clean
Add
Replace
Replace
Correct
Remedy
q Correct
Questions
Confirm recent repair history
*1: Displayed failure codes [CA1228] and [CA1625] *2: Displayed failure code [CA1628] and [CA1629] *3: Displayed failure code [CA689] *4: Displayed failure code [CA778]
14
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00852-01
S-6 Engine lack output (or lacks power)
D155AX-6
E E
Q
Q
Q Q Q Q
Q
Q Q Q Q
Defective fuel temperature sensor or wiring harness
Defective charge pressure sensor or wiring harness
Defective installation of charge pressure sensor (air leakage)
Stuck or seized supply pump plunger
Defective drive of injector (signal or solenoid)
E
Clogged injector or defective spray (dirt in injector)
Q w
Q Q Q w w w w w w w w w w Q w w Q w
Q Q Q Q Q Q
w
w
q q q q q q q
Replace
Replace
Correct
Replace
Replace
Replace
Clean
Correct
q Clean
Replace
Adjust
Replace
Replace
Correct
Remedy
Clogged feed pump gauze filter
E Q
Inspect air cleaner directly q Inspect air intake piping directly q Boost pressure is low q q q Compression pressure is low q q Inspect valve clearance directly q Inspect fuel filter and strainer directly Inspect feed pump gauze filter directly Carry out troubleshooting according to "Rail Press (Very) Low Error (*1)" indicated by code When a cylinder is cut out for reduced cylinder mode operation, engine speed does not change Inspect boost pressure sensor mount directly Carry out troubleshooting according to "Chg Air Press Sensor High (Low) Error (*2)" indicated by code Carry out troubleshooting according to "Fuel Temp Sensor High (Low) Error (*3)" indicated by code
*1: Displayed failure code [CA559] and [CA2249] *2: Displayed failure code [CA122] and [CA123] *3: Displayed failure code [CA263] and [CA265]
Clogged fuel filter or strainer
Leaking or clogged fuel piping
Clogged air breather hole of fuel tank cap
Worn piston ring or cylinder liner
Improper valve clearance
Defective contact of valve and valve seat
Seized turbocharger or interference of turbocharger
E
Replace
Confirm recent repair history Degree of use of machine Operated for long period Suddenly Power was lost Gradually Non-specified fuel is used Filters have not been replaced according to Operation and Maintenance Manual Engine oil must be added more frequently Dust indicator is red (if indicator is installed) Air breather hole of fuel tank cap is clogged Fuel is leaking from fuel piping Output becomes insufficient after short stop of operation Black Exhaust gas is Blue under light load Immediately after engine is started, temperature of exhaust manifold of a cylinder is low When engine is rotated, interference sound comes out from around turbocharger When engine is rotated, abnormal sound comes out from around cylinder head High idle speed is too high High idle speed under no load is normal, but speed suddenly drops when load is applied Engine does not pick up smoothly and combustion is irregular Engine hunts (rotation is irregular) Blow-by gas is excessive
Air leakage from air intake piping
Clogged air cleaner element
Causes
Clean
Troubleshooting
Check items
Questions
General causes why engine lacks output q Insufficient intake of air q Insufficient supply of fuel q Defective spray condition of fuel q Improper selection of fuel q Overheating o See "S-14 Coolant temperature becomes too high (Overheating)" q Control by controller in derate mode (limiting injection rate (output) because of an error in electrical system)
1
15
SEN00852-01
40 Troubleshooting
S-7 Exhaust gas is black (incomplete combustion) General causes why exhaust gas is black q Insufficient intake of air q Excessive injection of fuel q Defective condition of fuel injection q Improper selection of fuel q Overheating o See "S-14 Coolant temperature becomes too high (Overheating)" q Control by controller in derate mode (limiting injection rate (output) because of an error in electrical system) q EGR valve stuck open (There is much EGR gas and intake of air is insufficient) q Clogged EGR gas pressure piping (Exhaust gas is mixed in intake air during acceleration and deceleration)
1 Defective coolant temperature sensor or wiring harness
Improper fuel injection pressure
Improper fuel injection timing
Clogged fuel spill piping (on cylinder head side)
Abnormally worn injector
Clogged or seized injector
Stuck or seized supply pump plunger
Worn piston ring or cylinder liner
Crushed or clogged muffler
Leakage of air between turbocharger and cylinder head
Improper valve clearance
Defective contact of valve and valve seat
Clogged EGR gas pressure piping
Stuck EGR valve
Seized turbocharger or interference of turbocharger
Clogged air cleaner element
Causes
Confirm recent repair history
E
E E w Q Q w w
Operated for long period
Questions
Suddenly became black Exhaust gas color
Gradually became black
E Q w
Blue under light load
Q Q
Non-specified fuel is used
w
Oil must be added more frequently Power was lost
E Q Q Q Q
w
Suddenly
Q
Q w
Gradually
Dust indicator is red (if indicator is installed)
Q
Q
Q Q Q
w
Muffler is crushed
w
Air leaks between turbocharger and cylinder head or clamp is loosened
Q Q Q
Engine is operated in low-temperature mode at normal temperature
Check items
Immediately after engine is started, temperature of exhaust manifold of a cylinder is low
Q w
When engine is rotated, interference sound comes out from around turbocharger
w
When engine is rotated, abnormal sound comes out from around cylinder head
w
Torque converter stall speed or pump relief speed is high (Fuel is injected excessively)
Q Q Q Q Q
Exhaust noise is abnormal Engine does not pick up smoothly and combustion is irregular
w Q Q Q
Q Q w w
Blow-by gas is excessive
w
When spill hose from injector is disconnected, abnormally much fuel spills
q
Inspect air cleaner directly
q
Turbocharger is heavy to rotate with hand Carry out troubleshooting according to "EGR Valve Servo Error (*1)" indicated by code
q q
Troubleshooting
Inspect EGR gas pressure piping directly (*2)
q
Compression pressure is low
q q
Inspect valve clearance directly
q
When muffler is removed, exhaust gas color improves Carry out troubleshooting according to "Rail Press (Very) Low Error (*3)" indicated by code
q
When a cylinder is cut out for reduced cylinder mode operation, engine speed does not change
q q q
Inspect fuel spill piping (on cylinder head side) directly Carry out troubleshooting according to "Coolant Temp Sens High (Low) Error (*4)" indicated by code
16
Adjust
Adjust
Correct
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Correct
Adjust
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Clean
Remedy
q Replace
Degree of use of machine
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00852-01
*1: Displayed failure codes [CA1228] and [CA1625] *2: EGR gas pressure piping Remove 2 EGR gas pressure pipes (2) and check their inside for clogging.
*3: Displayed failure codes [CA559] and [CA2249] *4: Displayed failure codes [CA144] and [CA145]
D155AX-6
17
SEN00852-01
40 Troubleshooting
S-8 Oil consumption is excessive (or exhaust gas is blue) General causes why oil consumption is excessive q Abnormal consumption of oil q Long-time operation of engine at low idle or high idle (Do not run engine at idle for more than 20 minutes continuously) q External leakage of oil q Wear of parts in lubrication system
1 Oil leakage from oil pan, cylinder head, etc.
Oil leakage from oil drain plug
Oil leakage from oil piping
Oil leakage from oil filter
Oil leakage from oil cooler
Broken oil cooler
Worn or damaged rear oil seal
Worn piston ring or cylinder liner
Broken piston ring
Clogged breather or breather hose
Oil leakage from EGR valve stem
Turbocharger Worn seal at blower end
Worn seal at turbocharger end
Worn or damaged valve (stem, guide, or seal)
Dust sucked in from intake system
Causes
E E E E
Degree of use of machine Operated for long period
E w
Oil consumption suddenly increased Q
Oil must be added more frequently
Q w
Q
Q Q w
Oil becomes dirty quickly
w w w w w
Outside of engine is dirty with oil w
There are loose piping clamps in intake system
w Q w
Inside of turbocharger exhaust outlet pipe is dirty with oil
w
There is oil in coolant w
Oil level in damper chamber is high Q
Exhaust gas is blue under light load Q
Excessive
w w w
q
There is dust in intake manifold
q
Inside of intake manifold is abnormally dirty
q q
Play of turbocharger shaft is excessive
q
Exhaust port of EGR valve is dirty with oil
q
Check breather and breather hose directly
q q
Compression pressure is low
q
Inspect rear oil seal directly
q q
Leakage from oil cooler is detected by pressure test
q q q q
18
Replace
Replace
Correct
Replace
Replace
Clean
Replace
Replace
Replace
Correct
Remedy
Correct
Oil leaks out of engine
Correct
Troubleshooting
Q
None
Correct
Amount of blow-by gas
w w
Correct
Check items
Inside of turbocharger intake outlet pipe is dirty with oil
Correct
Questions
Confirm recent repair history
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00852-01
S-9 Oil becomes dirty quickly
1
Exhaust gas color is bad
Clogged turbocharger lubrication drain tube
E E E E
Degree of use of machine Operated for long period
Q
Non-specified fuel is used Q
Engine oil must be added more frequently
w w Q
There are metal particles in oil drained from oil pan
Q Q
Inside of exhaust pipe is dirty with oil
w
w w
Engine oil temperature rises quickly
Blow-by gas
w
Black Q
Comes out excessively
Q w
Q w
Does not come out at all q
Play of turbocharger shaft is excessive
q
Exhaust port of EGR valve is dirty with oil
q q
Compression pressure is low
See S-7
Exhaust gas is
w
Blue under light load
q
Check breather and breather hose directly
q
Inspect oil cooler directly
q
Inspect oil filter directly
q
Spring of oil filter safety valve is hitched or broken
q
D155AX-6
Replace
Replace
Clean
Clean
Replace
Replace
Replace
Remedy
Replace
Inspect turbocharger lubrication drain tube directly
—
Check items
Defective oil filter safety valve
Confirm recent repair history
Even when engine oil temperature rises, oil filter clogging monitor indicates clogging (if monitor is installed)
Troubleshooting
Clogged oil filter
Clogged oil cooler
Clogged breather or breather hose
Worn piston ring or cylinder liner
Worn valve or valve guide
Worn EGR valve guide
Defective seal at turbocharger turbine end
Causes
Clean
Questions
General causes why oil becomes dirty quickly q Entry of exhaust gas into oil due to internal wear q Clogging of lubrication passage q Use of improper fuel q Use of improper oil q Overload operation
19
SEN00852-01
40 Troubleshooting
S-10 Fuel consumption is excessive
1
General causes why fuel consumption is excessive q Leakage of fuel q Defective condition of fuel injection (fuel pressure or injection timing) q Excessive injection of fuel
Defective coolant temperature sensor or wiring harness
Improper fuel injection timing
Malfunction of injector
Defective spray by injector
Defective common rail pressure
Defective supply pump plunger
Defective feed pump oil seal
Fuel leakage from fuel filter, piping, etc.
Fuel leakage inside head cover
Causes
E E
Degree of use of machine Operated for long period
Q
Gradually increased Q Q
Suddenly increased
w
There is external leakage of fuel from engine
w
Combustion is irregular w
w w
Immediately after engine is started, temperature of exhaust manifold of a cylinder is low
Q
Low idle speed is high
Q
Torque converter stall speed or pump relief speed is high Exhaust gas is
Q Q
Black
Q Q
Q
White
q
Remove head cover and inspect inside directly
q
Inspect feed pump oil seal directly
q
Carry out troubleshooting according to "Rail Press (Very) Low Error (*1)" indicated by code
q
When a cylinder is cut out for reduced cylinder mode operation, engine speed does not change
q
When spill hose from injector is disconnected, much fuel spills Carry out troubleshooting according to "Coolant Temp Sens High (Low) Error (*2)" indicated by code
q
Correct
Replace
Replace
Correct
Correct
Remedy
q Replace
q
Confirm with monitoring function on applicable machine side
Correct
Check items
Engine oil level rises and oil smells of diesel fuel
Troubleshooting
Q Q Q Q
Correct
Fuel consumption
E Q
Is large compared to other machines of same model
Replace
Questions
Confirm recent repair history
*1: Displayed failure codes [CA559] and [CA2249] *2: Displayed failure codes [CA144] and [CA145]
20
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00852-01
S-11 Oil is in coolant (or coolant spurts back or coolant level goes down)
1
General causes why oil is in coolant q Leakage in lubrication system q Leakage in cooling system
Broken hydraulic oil cooler or power train oil cooler on applicable machine side
Broken oil cooler core or O-ring
Insufficient protrusion of cylinder liner
Damaged cylinder liner O-ring or holes caused by pitting
Crack in cylinder block
Broken cylinder head or head gasket
Causes
E
Degree of use of machine Operated for long period Oil level
Q Q
Q
Q Q
Oil level has risen and oil is milky w
There are excessive air bubbles in radiator and coolant spurts back
w w w
When hydraulic oil or power train oil is drained, water flows out
w
q
Leakage from cylinder head is detected by pressure test
q q
Inspect cylinder block and liner directly
q
Inspect cylinder liner directly
q
D155AX-6
Replace
Replace
Replace
Remedy
Replace
Leakage from oil cooler is detected by pressure test
Carry out troubleshooting on applicable machine side
Hydraulic oil or power train oil on applicable machine side is milky
—
Check items
Q
Q Q
Gradually increased
Hard water is used as coolant
Troubleshooting
E
Q
Suddenly increased
Replace
Questions
Confirm recent repair history
21
SEN00852-01
40 Troubleshooting
S-12 Oil pressure drops
1
General causes why oil pressure drops q Leakage from, clogging, or wear of lubrication system q Defective oil pressure control q Improper selection of fuel (improper viscosity) q Deterioration of oil due to overheating
Defective oil pressure sensor or wiring harness
Leaking EGR hydraulic piping
Defective EGR oil pump
Leaking, crushed, or clogged hydraulic piping
Clogged oil filter
Defective oil pump relief valve
Defective oil pump
Clogged or broken pipe in oil pan
Clogged strainer in oil pan
Coolant or fuel in oil
Lack of oil in oil pan
Worn journal of bearing
Causes
Degree of use of machine
E
Operated for long period
E
E Q w
Oil pressure monitor indicates low oil pressure (if monitor is installed) Q
Non-specified oil is used
Q w
Filters have not been replaced according to Operation and Maintenance Manual w
Indicates pressure drop at low idle Oil pressure monitor (if installed)
Q
Indicates pressure drop at low, high idle
Q
Indicates pressure drop on slopes
w
Check items
Q
w w w Q
Q Q
w
Sometimes indicates pressure drop Oil level monitor indicates oil lever drop (if monitor is installed)
w
Oil level in oil pan is low
w
Q
w
External hydraulic piping is leaking or crushed
w
w
Oil is milky or smells of diesel oil There are metal particles in oil drained from oil pan
w
There are metal particles in oil drained from oil filter
w
There are metal particles in oil filter
q
Q
Q
q q
Inspect oil pan strainer and pipe directly
q
Oil pump is heavy to rotate or it has play See S-13
Troubleshooting
E
Valve spring of oil pump relief valve is fatigued or damaged Inspect oil filter directly Relief valve of EGR oil pump is damaged or oil leaks through it
q q q q
Inspect EGR hydraulic piping directly Carry out troubleshooting according to "Eng Oil Press Sensor High (Low) Error (*1)" indicated by code
Replace
Replace
Correct
Replace
Adjust
Replace
Clean
Clean
—
Add
Replace
Remedy
q Replace
Questions
Confirm recent repair history
*1: Displayed codes [CA135] and [CA141]
22
D155AX-6
SEN00852-01
40 Troubleshooting
S-13 Oil level rises (Entry of coolant or fuel)
1
General causes why oil level rises q Coolant in oil (milky) q Fuel in oil (smells diluted diesel fuel) a If oil is in coolant, carry out troubleshooting for "S-11 Oil is in coolant"
E
E
w
Fuel consumption has increased
w
Q Q
Coolant must be added more frequently
w
Q
Q Q
w
w
Oil smells of diesel fuel Oil is milky
Q Q
When engine is started, water drops from muffler
Q Q
When radiator cap is removed and engine is run at low idle, abnormally many bubbles come out or coolant spurts back
w w
w
Q Q
Exhaust gas is white
Q w
Water pump drain hole (breather hole) is clogged
w
When water pump drain hole (breather hole) is cleaned, coolant flows out w
Oil level in damper chamber on applicable machine side is low
w
Oil level in hydraulic tank on applicable machine is low When EGR cooler outlet gas piping is removed, coolant containing antifreeze flows out (*1).
q q
Troubleshooting
Compression pressure is low
q
Remove and inspect head cover directly
q q
Inspect cylinder block and liner directly
q
Inspect rear oil seal directly
q
Leakage from oil cooler is detected by pressure test
q
Remove and inspect water pump directly
q
Remove and inspect thermostat cover directly
q
Remove and inspect supply pump directly
q Replace
Correct
Replace
Replace
Correct
Replace
Replace
Correct
Replace
Remedy
Replace
Inspect seal of auxiliary equipment directly
24
Defective seal of auxiliary equipment (pump and compressor)
Defects in supply pump
Defective thermostat seat
Clogged water pump drain hole (breather hole) or defective seal
Broken oil cooler core or O-ring
Worn or damaged rear oil seal
Damaged cylinder liner O-ring or holes caused by pitting
Cracks inside cylinder block
E E
Degree of use of machine Operated for long period
There is oil in coolant
Check items
Fuel leakage inside cylinder block
Broken cylinder head or head gasket
Confirm recent repair history
Replace
Questions
Cracked EGR cooler (Entry of coolant)
Causes
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00852-01
*1: EGR cooler outlet gas piping Loosen 4 mounting bolts (1) of the EGR cooler outlet gas piping and see if the coolant flows out. A little condensate produced from cooled exhaust gas may flow out. If it is colorless and transparent, however, it is not a problem.
D155AX-6
25
SEN00852-01
40 Troubleshooting
S-14 Coolant temperature becomes too high (Overheating) General causes why coolant temperature becomes too high q Lack of cooling air (deformation or damage of fan) q Drop in heat dissipation efficiency q Trouble in coolant circulation system q Rise of oil temperature in power train o Carry out troubleshooting on applicable machine side
1 Rise of power train oil temperature on applicable machine side
Defective coolant temperature gauge
Malfunction of fan
Defective radiator cap (pressure valve)
Clogged radiator core
Clogged or crushed radiator fins
Malfunction of thermostat
Broken water pump
Low coolant level
Clogged or broken oil cooler
Damaged cylinder liner O-ring or holes caused by pitting
Broken cylinder head or head gasket
External leakage of coolant from EGR cooler
Causes
E E E
Degree of use of machine Operated for long period Overheating Coolant temperature gauge (if installed)
Q w
Q Q w w
Has continued at low level Q
Rises quickly
Q
w w
Does not go down from red range Q
Radiator coolant level monitor indicates low (if monitor is installed)
w w Q
Engine oil level has risen and oil is milky
w
Milky oil is floating on coolant w
There are many bubbles in radiator and coolant spurts back Check items
E E
Q
Occurred suddenly
When light applied to radiator core, no light passes through
w
Dirt and mud are accumulated in radiator shroud and undercover on applicable machine side
w
w
w
Coolant is leaking because of cracks in hose or loose clamps
w
Coolant flows out from radiator overflow hose Power train oil temperature enters red range faster than engine coolant temperature (if oil temperature gauge and coolant temperature gauge are installed)
w
q
Inspect EGR cooler for coolant leakage
q
Inspect cylinder liner directly
q
Inspect oil cooler directly
q
Temperature difference between upper and lower tanks of radiator is large
q
Thermostat does not open at cracking temperature
q
Temperature difference between upper and lower tanks of radiator is slight
q
Inspect radiator core directly
q
Cracking pressure of radiator cap is low
q
Inspect fan directly
q
26
Correct
Replace
Correct
Correct
Replace
Replace
Add
Replace
Replace
Replace
Remedy
Replace
Coolant temperature is normal
Replace
Troubleshooting
Carry out troubleshooting on applicable machine side
q
Compression pressure is low
—
Questions
Confirm recent repair history
D155AX-6
40 Troubleshooting
SEN00852-01
S-15 Abnormal noise is made
1
General causes why abnormal noise is made q Abnormality due to defective parts q Abnormal combustion q Air sucked in from intake system a Judge if the noise is an internal noise or an external noise before starting troubleshooting. a The engine is operated in the low-temperature mode while it is not warmed up sufficiently. Accordingly, the engine sound becomes a little larger. This does not indicate abnormality, however a When the engine is accelerated, it is operated in the acceleration mode and its sound becomes a little larger for up to about 5 seconds. This does not indicate abnormality, however
Improper fuel injection timing (Defective coolant temperature sensor)
Dirt caught in injector
Clogged or seized injector
Deformed cooling fan
Removed or seized gear train bushing
Improper gear train backlash
Excessive wear of piston ring or cylinder liner
Improper valve clearance
Defective inside of muffler (Removal of bulkhead)
Broken dynamic valve system (valve, rocker lever, etc.)
Cracked or leaking EGR gas piping
Interference of turbocharger or seized turbocharger
Leakage of air between turbocharger and cylinder head
Causes
E
Degree of use of machine Operated for long period Abnormal noise
Q
Gradually increased
Q Q
Non-specified fuel is used w
Oil must be added more frequently
w
There are metal particles in oil drained from oil filter
w
w
Air leaks between turbocharger and cylinder head
w
When engine is rotated, interference sound comes out from around turbocharger When engine is rotated, abnormal sound comes out from around EGR gas piping
w w
When engine is rotated, abnormal sound comes out from around cylinder head Check items
Q
Q Q Q
Suddenly increased
w w
When engine is rotated, beat noise comes out from around muffler Immediately after engine is started, temperature of exhaust manifold of a cylinder is low Exhaust gas is
w Q w
Blue under light load Q w
Black
Q w
Engine does not pick up smoothly and combustion is irregular Q
Abnormal noise is loud when engine is accelerated
Q Q
q
Turbocharger is heavy to rotate with hand
q
Inspect EGR gas piping directly
q
Inspect dynamic valve system directly Troubleshooting
Q w
Blow-by gas is excessive
q
When muffler is removed, abnormal noise disappears
q
Inspect valve clearance directly
q
Compression pressure is low
q q
Inspect gear train directly
q
Inspect fan directly When a cylinder is cut out for reduced cylinder mode operation, engine speed does not change
q q q
Abnormal noise comes out only at start of engine
q
D155AX-6
Correct
Replace
Correct
Replace
Replace
Replace
Adjust
Replace
Correct
Replace
Replace
Remedy
Replace
Confirm with monitoring function on applicable machine side
Correct
Questions
Confirm recent repair history
27
SEN00852-01
40 Troubleshooting
S-16 Vibration is excessive
1
General causes why vibration is excessive q Defective parts (abnormal wear, breakage, etc.) q Misalignment between engine and applicable machine q Abnormal combustion a If abnormal noise is made and vibration is excessive, carry out troubleshooting for "S-15 Abnormal noise is made", too
Broken parts in damper on applicable machine side
Worn front support spigot joint
Misalignment between engine and devices on applicable machine side
Loose engine mounting bolts or broken cushions
Improper injection timing
Worn camshaft bushing
Improper gear train backlash
Worn main bearing or connecting rod bearing
Stuck dynamic valve system (valve, rocker lever, etc.)
Causes
E
E
E
E
Q
Q
Q
Q
Non-specified fuel is used
Q
Q
There are metal particles in oil drained from oil filter
w
w
There are metal particles in oil drained from oil pan
w
w
Oil pressure is low at low idle
Q
Q
Degree of use of machine Operated for long period Vibration
Q
Suddenly increased Gradually increased
Q
Vibration occurs at medium speed Q
Vibration follows engine speed Exhaust gas is black
w
Inspect dynamic valve system directly
q
Q
Q Q Q Q
q
Inspect main bearing and connecting rod bearing directly Troubleshooting
Q
q
Inspect gear train directly
q
Inspect camshaft bushing directly
q
Confirm with monitoring function on applicable machine side
q
Inspect engine mounting bolts and cushions directly
q
Radial runout or facial runout is detected
q
Inspect front support spigot joint directly
q
28
Replace
Adjust
Replace
Adjust
Replace
Replace
Replace
Remedy
Replace
Inspect inside of damper directly
Replace
Check items
Questions
Confirm recent repair history
D155AX-6
SEN00852-01
40 Troubleshooting
D155AX-6 Bulldozer Form No. SEN00852-01
© 2006 KOMATSU All Rights Reserved Printed in Japan 05-06 (02)
30
D155AX-6
SEN01204-01
BULLDOZER 1SHOP MANUAL
D155AX-6
Machine Model
Serial Number
D155AX-6
80001 and up
50 Disassembly and assembly1 General information on disassembly and assembly How to read this manual ................................................................................................................................. 2 Coating materials list....................................................................................................................................... 4 Special tool list ................................................................................................................................................ 7 Sketches of special tools .............................................................................................................................. 14
D155AX-6
1
SEN01204-01
50 Disassembly and assembly
How to read this manual
1
1. Removal and installation of assemblies Special tools q Special tools which are deemed necessary for removal or installation of parts are described as A1,•••X1 etc. and their part names, part numbers and quantities are described in the special tool list. q Also the following information is described in the special tool list. 1) Necessity t : Special tools that cannot be substituted and should always be used (installed). q : Special tools that will be useful if available and are substitutable with commercially available tools. 2) Distinction of new and existing special tools N: Tools newly developed for this model. They respectively have a new part number. R: Tools with upgraded part numbers. They are remodeled from already available tools for other models. Blank: Tools already available for other models. They can be used without any modification. 3) Circle mark Q in sketch column: q The sketch of the special tool is presented in the section of "Sketches of special tools". q Part No. of special tools starting with 79 T: means that they can not be supplied from Komatsu in Japan (i.e. locally made parts ).
* *** ****
a
2
General tools that are necessary for removal or installation are described as [1], [2]•••etc. and their part names, part numbers and quantities are not described.
Removal The "Removal" section contains procedures and precautions for implementing the work, know how and the amount of oil or coolant to be drained. q Various symbols used in the "Removal" section are explained and listed below. k : Precautions related to safety in execution of work. a: This mark gives guidance or precautions when doing the procedure. [*1] : This mark shows that there are instructions or precautions for installing parts. 6 : This mark shows the amount of oil or coolant to be drained. 4 : Weight of part or component q
Installation q Except where otherwise instructed, installation of parts is done in the reverse order of removal. q Instructions and precautions for installing parts are shown with [*1] mark in the "Removal" section, identifying which step the instructions are intended for. q Marks shown in the "Installation" section stand for the following. k : Precautions related to safety in execution of work. a: This mark gives guidance or precautions when doing the procedure. 2 : Type of coating material 3 : Tightening torque 5
: Quantity of oil or coolant to be added
Sketches of special tools q Various special tools are illustrated for the convenience of local manufacture.
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly
SEN01204-01
2. Disassembly and assembly of assemblies Special tools q Special tools which are deemed necessary for disassembly and assembly of parts are described as A1,•••X1 etc. and their part names, part numbers and quantities are described in the special tool list. q Also the following information is described in the special tool list. 1) Necessity t : Special tools that cannot be substituted and should always be used (installed). q : Special tools that will be useful if available and are substitutable with commercially available tools. 2) Distinction of new and existing special tools N : Tools newly developed for this model. They respectively have a new part number. R : Tools with upgraded part numbers. They are remodeled from already available tools for other models. Blank : Tools already available for other models. They can be used without any modification. 3) Circle mark Q in sketch column: q The sketch of the special tool is presented in the section of "Sketches of special tools". q Part No. of special tools starting with 79 T: means that they can not be supplied from Komatsu in Japan (i.e. locally made parts ).
* *** ****
a
D155AX-6
Disassembly In "Disassembly" section, the work procedures, precautions and know-how for carrying out those procedures, and quantity of the oil and coolant drained are described. q The meanings of the symbols used in "Disassembly" section are as follows. k : Precautions related to safety in execution of work. a: This mark gives guidance or precautions when doing the procedure. 6: Quantity of oil or coolant drained q
Assembly q In "Assembly" section, the work procedures, precautions and know-how for carrying out those procedures, and quantity of the oil and coolant added are described. q The meanings of the symbols used in "Assembly" section are as follows. k : Precautions related to safety in execution of work a: This mark gives guidance or precautions when doing the procedure. 2 : Type of coating material 3 : Tightening torque 5
: Quantity of oil or coolant to be added
Sketches of special tools Various special tools are illustrated for the convenience of local manufacture.
q
General tools that are necessary for disassembly and assembly are described as [1], [2]•••etc. and their part names, part numbers and quantities are not described.
3
SEN01204-01
50 Disassembly and assembly
Coating materials list
1
a The recommended coating materials such as adhesives, gasket sealants, and greases used for disassembly and assembly are listed below. a For coating materials not listed below, use the equivalent of products shown in this manual.
Adhesive
Category
Komatsu code
Part No.
Q'ty
Container
Main features and applications
LT-1A
790-129-9030
150 g
Tube
• Used to prevent rubber gaskets, rubber cushions, and cork plugs from coming out.
LT-1B
790-129-9050
20 g (2 pcs.)
Polyethylene container
• Used for plastic (except polyethylene, polypropylene, tetrafluoroethylene and vinyl chloride), rubber, metal, and non-metal parts which require immediate and strong adhesion.
LT-2
09940-00030
50 g
LT-3
790-129-9060 Adhesive: (Set of 1 kg adhesive and Hardener: hardener) 500 g
LT-4
790-129-9040
250 g
Holtz MH 705
790-129-9120
75 g
ThreeBond 790-129-9140 1735
Aron-alpha 790-129-9130 201
Gasket sealant
Polyethylene • Used to seal plugs. container Tube
• Heat-resistant seal used to repair engines.
2g
• Quick-setting adhesive. Polyethylene • Quick-setting type. container (max. strength is obtained after 30 minutes) • Used mainly to stick rubbers, plastics, and metals. Polyethylene • Features: Resistance to heat and chemicals. container • Used for fitted portions used at high temperatures.
50 cc
LG-1
790-129-9010
200 g
1 kg
Tube
• Used to stick or seal gaskets and packings of power train case, etc.
• Used to seal various threaded portions, pipe joints, Polyethylene and flanges. container • Used to seal tapered plugs, elbows, and nipples of hydraulic piping.
LG-6
790-129-9020
200 g
Tube
• Features: Silicon-based heat and cold-resistant sealant. • Used to seal flange surfaces and threaded portions. • Used to seal oil pan, final drive case, etc.
LG-7
790-129-9070
1 kg
Tube
• Features: Silicon-based quick-setting sealant. • Used to seal flywheel housing, intake manifold, oil pan, thermostat housing, etc.
LG-8 ThreeBond 419-15-18131 1207B
100 g
Tube
• Features: Silicon-based, heat and cold-resistant, vibration-resistant, impact-resistant sealant. • Used to seal transfer case, etc.
Tube
• Features: Can be coated with paint. • Used for rough surfaces such as the circle gear top seal which does not need to be clamped, water resistance of the clearance at the welded area, etc.
LG-9 ThreeBond 790-129-9310 1206D
4
• Used to stick and seal metal, glass, and plastics.
50 g
79A-129-9110
790-129-9080
Can
• Quick-setting adhesive. Polyethylene • Setting time: Within 5 sec. to 3 min. container • Used mainly to stick metals, rubbers, plastics, and woods.
Loctite 648-50
LG-5
Polyethylene • Features: Resistance to heat and chemicals. container • Used to fix and seal bolts and plugs.
200 g
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly
Komatsu code
Part No.
Q'ty
Container
LG-10 ThreeBond 1206E
790-129-9320
200 g
Tube
• Features: Can be coated with paint. • Used as lubricant/sealant when the radiator hoses are inserted.
LG-11 ThreeBond 1121
790-129-9330
200 g
Tube
• Features: Can be used together with gaskets. • Used for covers of the transmission case and steering case etc.
ThreeBond 1211
790-129-9090
100 g
Tube
• Gasket sealant used to repair engine.
LM-G
09940-00051
60 g
Can
• Used to lubricate sliding portions. (to prevent squeaking)
Tube
• Used to prevent scuffing and seizure of pressfitted portions, shrink-fitted portions, and threaded portions. • Used to lubricate linkages, bearings, etc.
Seizure prevention compound
Molybdenum disulfide lubricant
Gasket sealant
Category
SEN01204-01
LM-P
LC-G NEVERSEEZ
G2-LI G0-LI *: For cold district
09940-00040
200 g
Main features and applications
—
—
Can
• Features: Seizure and scuffing prevention compound with metallic super-fine-grain, etc. • Used for the mounting bolt in the high temperature area of the exhaust manifold and the turbocharger, etc.
SYG2-400LI SYG2-350LI SYG2-400LI-A SYG2-160LI SYGA-160CNLI SYG0-400LI-A (*) SYG0-16CNLI (*)
Various
Various
• Features: Lithium grease with extreme pressure lubrication performance. • General purpose type
Grease
• Used for parts under heavy load. Molybdenum disulfide grease LM-G(G2-M)
SYG2-400M SYG2-400M-A SYGA-16CNM
Hyper white grease G2-T, GO-T(*) *: For cold district
SYG2-400T-A SYG2-16CNT SYG0-400T-A (*) SYG0-16CNT (*)
Biogrease G2-B, G2-BT SYG2-400B SYGA-16CNB (*) SYG2-400BT *: For use at (*) high temSYGA-16CNBT perature and under (*) high load G2-S ThreeBond 1855
D155AX-6
—
Caution: 400 g x 10 Bellows-type • Do not apply grease to rolling bearings like container 400 g x 20 swing circle bearings, etc. and spline. 16 kg Can • The grease should be applied to work equipment pins at their assembly only, not applied for greasing afterwards. 400 g 16 kg
400 g 16 kg
200 g
Bellows type container Can
• Seizure resistance, heat resistance and water resistance higher than molybdenum disulfide grease. • Not conspicuous on machine since color is white.
Bellows type container Can
• Since this grease is decomposed by natural bacteria in short period, it has less effects on micro-organisms, animals, and plants.
Tube
• Features: Silicone grease with wide using temperature range, high resistance to thermal-oxidative degradation and performance to prevent deterioration of rubber and plastic parts. • Used for oil seals of the transmission, etc.
5
SEN01204-01
Sunstar primer for painting plane 580 super
Primer
Sunstar primer for glass 580 super Sunstar primer for painting plane 435-95 Sunstar primer for glass 435-41
Coaking compound
Adhesive compound
Sunstar primer for sash GP-402
6
Part No.
Q'ty
Container
Main features and applications
20 ml
Glass container
• To be used as primer for cab side. (Term of validity: 4 months after manufacturing)
20 ml
Glass container
• To be used as primer for glass side. (Term of validity: 4 months after manufacturing)
20 ml
Glass container
417-926-3910
22M-54-27230
22M-54-27240
22M-54-27250
For adhesion of cab glass
Komatsu code
• To be used as primer for painting plane of cab side. (Term of validity: 4 months after manufacturing) • To be used as primer for black ceramic coated plane of glass side and polycarbonate hard coat plane. (Term of validity: 4 months after manufacturing)
150 ml
Steel can
20 ml
Glass container
• To be used as primer for sash (Alumite surface treatment) (Term of validity: 4 months after manufacturing)
Sunstar penguin seal 580 super "S" or "W"
417-926-3910
320 ml
Polyethylene container
• "S" and "W" are used as glass adhesive compound in high temperature (April -October) and in low temperature (October -April ) respectively. (Term of validity: 4 months after manufacturing)
Sika Ltd, Japan Sika Flex 256HV
20Y-54-39850
310 ml
Polyethylene container
• To be used as glass adhesive compound. (Term of validity: 6 months after manufacturing)
Sunstar pengiun super 560
22M-54-27210
320 ml
ECOCART (special container)
Sunstar pengiun seal No. 2505
417-926-3920
320 ml
Polyethylene container
Sekisui silicone sealant
20Y-54-55130
333 ml
Polyethylene container
• To be used for seal of front window. (Term of validity: 6 months after manufacturing)
Cartridge
• To be used as seal for joints of glass. semi-transparent white seal (Term of validity: 12 months after manufacturing)
GE Toshiba Silicones Tosseal 381
22M-54-27220
333 ml
For adhesion of cab glass
Category
50 Disassembly and assembly
• To be used as glass adhesive compound. (Term of validity: 6 months after manufacturing) • To be used as seal for joints of glass. (Term of validity: 4 months after manufacturing)
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly
SEN01204-01
Special tool list
1
a Tools with part number 79QT-QQQ-QQQQ cannot be supplied (they must be locally manufactured). a Necessity : t . . . . . . Cannot be substituted, should always be installed (used) : q . . . . . . Extremely useful if available, can be substituted with commercially available part a New/Remodel: N. . . . . . Tools newly developed for this model and given new part Nos.
Work item
Removal and installation of fuel supply pump assembly
Symbol
Part name
1
795-630-5500
Standard puller
t 1
2 A 3
01010-81090
Bolt
t 2
01643-31032
Washer
t 2
4
790-331-1110
Wrench
q 1
1
795-931-1100
Seal puller
t 1
795-521-1100
Push tool
t 1
01010-31640
Bolt
t 3
795-931-1100
Seal puller
t 1
Removal and installation of cylinder head assembly Removal and installation of engine front seal
Part No.
C
2 1
795T-421-1230 Push tool Removal and installation of engine rear seal
2 D
F
Bolt
t 4
01050-31625
Bolt
t 4
1 Disassembly and assemH bly of HSS case assembly 2 3
Removal and installation of final drive assembly
J
Bolt
t 4
01050-31645
Bolt
t 4
791-612-1100
Installer
t 1
790-101-4200
Puller (294 kN {30 ton})
t 1
790-101-1102
Hydraulic pump
791T-615-1310 • Plate 01010-82040
• Bolt
Tightening of cylinder head bolt Press fitting of oil seal Pulling out of oil seal Press fitting of oil seal (Standard type)
Press fitting of oil seal (Sleeve type)
Press fitting of bearing
1 N Q Operation check of clutch piston 1
Oil leak tester kit (A)
t 1
Bracket
t 1
01010-31685
Bolt
t 1
01017-31620
Bolt
t 1
790-302-1500
Spanner kit
t 1
09003-09200
• Spanner
1
790-302-1500
Spanner kit
t 1
09003-08290
• Spanner
1
790-337-1032
Lifting tool
t 1
791-627-1320
Shackle
t 2
Bolt
Separation of drive gear
t 1
791-662-1110
791T-627-1910 Plate
Nature of work and remarks
t 1 N
799-301-1600
01010-82080
D155AX-6
t 1 N Q
01050-31625
791T-615-1300 Puller assembly Disassembly and assem1 bly of transmission G assembly 2
t 1 N Q
01050-31645
795T-421-1220 Push tool 3
Disassembly and assembly of damper assembly
Necessity Q'ty New/Remodel Sketch
: R. . . . . . Tools remodeled from tools already available for other models and given upgraded part Nos. : Blank . . Tools already available for other models, usable without any modification a Tools marked with Q in the sketch column are tools introduced in the sketches of the special tools (See Sketches of special tools).
Removal and installation of brake and carrier assembly Removal and installation of nut (bevel pinion side) Removal and installation of nut (bevel gear side)
Removal and installation of t 1 N Q final drive assembly t 2
7
Work item
50 Disassembly and assembly
Symbol
1
2
3
4 Disassembly and assemK bly of final drive assembly
5
6
7
Removal and installation of track frame assembly and track roller assembly
8
KK
Part No.
Part name
Necessity Q'ty New/Remodel Sketch
SEN01204-01
790-431-1031
Block
t 1
791-520-4140
Screw
t 2
790-101-2360
Plate
t 2
791-112-1180
Nut
t 2
790-101-2480
Adapter
t 2
791T-627-1920 Plate
t 1 N Q
790-101-2102
Puller
t 1
790-101-1102
Hydraulic pump
t 1
790-431-1031
Block
t 1
791-520-4140
Screw
t 1
791-112-1180
Nut
t 2
01643-32460
Washer
t 2
Nature of work and remarks
Pulling out of pinion shaft
791T-627-1940 Push tool
Pulling out and press fitting of sprocket and hub assemt 1 N Q bly t 1 N Q
790-101-2102
Puller
t 1
790-101-1102
Hydraulic pump
t 1
791-627-1280
Installer
t 1
790-101-5401
Push tool kit
t 1
790-101-5441
• Plate
1
790-101-5421
• Grip
1
01010-51240
• Bolt
1
791T-627-1930 Plate
Installation of floating seal
Press fitting of oil seal
t 1
790-101-5401
Push tool kit
790-101-5451
• Plate
1
790-101-5421
• Grip
1
01010-51240
• Bolt
1
791T-627-1950 Plate
t 1 N Q
791T-627-1960 Plate
t 1 N Q
790-201-1500
Push tool kit
t 1
790-201-1680
• Plate
1
790-101-5021
• Grip
1
01010-50816
• Bolt
1
791-520-4140
Screw
t 1
790-101-2420
Adapter
t 1
791-112-1180
Nut
t 1
01643-22460
Washer
t 1
792-785-1120
Plate
t 1
791-830-1410
Push tool
t 1
790-101-2102
Puller
t 1
790-101-1102
Hydraulic pump
t 1
17A-30-46180 Bracket
t 6 N
01010-63060
Bolt
t
12
01643-33080
Washer
t
12
Press fitting of bearing
Press fitting of bearing
Press fitting of bearing
Press fitting of bearing
D155AX-6
Work item
Disassembly and assembly of idler assembly
Symbol
1 L
Part name
791T-630-1230 Plate
t 1
791-630-1220
Rod
t 2
790-101-2510
Block
t 1
790-101-2570
Washer
t 2
01580-01411
Nut
t 2
Nature of work and remarks
Q
Press fitting of idler bushing
01643-31445
Washer
t 2
Puller (294 kN {30 ton})
t 1
790-101-1102
Hydraulic pump
t 1
2
796-670-1020
Installer
t 1
Installation of floating seal
3
791-601-1000
Oil pump
t 1
Refilling with oil
791-685-8006
Compressor
t 1
791-635-3160
Extension
t 1
1 Disassembly and assembly of track roller assem- N 2 bly 3 4 14
22
23
L 15
16
D155AX-6
Part No.
790-101-2102
Disassembly and assembly of recoil spring assem- M 2 bly
Removal and installation of No. 1 boggy assembly
SEN01204-01
Necessity Q'ty New/Remodel Sketch
50 Disassembly and assembly
791T-630-2610 Spacer
t 1
790-101-1300
Cylinder
t 1
790-101-1102
Hydraulic pump
t 1
Q
Compression of recoil spring
791T-630-1290 Plate
t 1
Pulling out of shaft and pullQ ing out and press fitting of seal guide
791T-630-1330 Push tool
t 1
Q Press fitting of bushing
791-651-1510
Installer
t 2
Installation of floating seal
791-601-1000
Oil pump
t 1
Refilling with oil
17A-30-46180 Bracket
t 2 N
Fixing of boggy
01010-63060
Bolt
t 4
01643-33080
Washer
t 4
790-401-1700
Lifting tool
t 1
790-401-1761
Adapter
t 1
791-630-1860
Bracket
t 1
791-630-1870
Bracket
t 1
790-101-2310
Block
t 1
790-101-2360
Plate
t 2
790-445-4130
Screw
t 2
791-112-1180
Nut
t 2
790-101-4000
Puller (490 kN {50 ton})
t 1
790-101-1102
Pump
t 1
790-201-2760
Spacer
t 1 N
791-630-1370
Adapter
t 1
790-434-1060
Screw
t 2
01580-13024
Nut
t 2
01643-33080
Washer
t 1
790-101-4000
Puller (490 kN {50 ton})
t 1
790-101-1102
Pump
t 1
Fixing of boggy
9
Work item
Removal and installation of No. 1 boggy assembly
50 Disassembly and assembly
Symbol
Part name
17
796-430-1110
Push tool
t 1
L 18
790-701-3000
Seal checker
t 1
19 791T-630-1390 Guide
14
L
17A-30-46180 Bracket
t 2 N
01010-63060
Bolt
t 4
01643-33080
Washer
t 4
Spacer
t 1
790-101-2310
Block
t 1
790-101-2360
Plate
t 2
790-445-4130
Screw
t 2
791-112-1180
Nut
t 2
790-101-4000
Puller (490 kN {50 ton})
t 1
790-101-1102
Pump
t 1
790-201-2760
Spacer
t 1 N
791-630-1370
Adapter
t 1
790-434-1060
Screw
t 2
01580-13024
Nut
t 2
01643-33080
Washer
t 2
790-101-4000
Puller (490 kN {50 ton})
t 1
790-101-1102
Pump
t 1
17
796-430-1110
Push tool
t 1
18
790-701-3000
Seal checker
t 1
16
19 791T-630-1390 Guide
20
21
Disassembly and assemQ bly of boggy assembly
20
21
10
t 1
791-630-1360
15
Removal and installation of No. 2, No. 3 and No. 4 boggy assemblies
Part No.
Necessity Q'ty New/Remodel Sketch
SEN01204-01
t 1
790-101-2310
Block
t 1
790-445-4130
Screw
t 2
796T-470-1130 Plate
t 1
790-101-2360
Plate
t 2
790-112-1180
Nut
t 2
790-101-4000
Puller (490 kN {50 ton})
t 1
790-101-1102
Pump
t 1
791-601-1000
Oil pump
t 1
790-101-2310
Block
t 1
790-445-4130
Screw
t 2
796T-470-1130 Plate
t 1
790-101-2360
Plate
t 2
791-112-1180
Nut
t 2
790-101-4000
Puller (490 kN {50 ton})
t 1
790-101-1102
Pump
t 1
791-601-1000
Oil pump
t 1
Nature of work and remarks
Fixing of boggy Q
Fixing of boggy
Q
Q
Q Pulling out and press fitting of pin assembly and shaft
D155AX-6
SEN01204-01
Necessity Q'ty New/Remodel Sketch
50 Disassembly and assembly
Nature of work and remarks
1
790-102-1891
Nut wrench
t 1
Disassembly and assembly of carrier roller assem- R 2 bly 3
Removal and installation of nut
791-651-1510
Installer
t 1
Installation of floating seal
791T-630-1350 Spacer
t 1
Press fitting of ring
791-601-1000
Oil pump
t 1
Refilling with oil
791-675-9701
Remover and installer
t 1
791-101-4300
Cylinder (196 kN {20 ton}) t 1
791-101-4200
Puller (294 kN {30 ton})
t 1
791-101-1102
Hydraulic pump
t 1
Work item
Symbol
4
1
Part No.
Part name
Disassembly and assembly of track shoe assembly
2 General disassembly and general assembly of track S 3 shoe assembly 4
791-932-1110
Plug push tool
t 1
Driving of plug (small)
791-660-7460
Pin brush
t 1
Cleaning of pin
791-432-1110
Plug push tool
t 1
Driving of plug (large)
5
791-632-1052
Installer
t 1
Insertion of link seal
6
790-701-3000
Seal checker
t 1
Check of oil supply and airtightness
7
791-601-1000
Oil pump
t 1
Refilling with oil
791-675-9581
Adapter
t 1
791-675-9590
Guide
t 1
01010-52460
Bolt
t 2
01010-51440
Bolt
t 2
790-101-1102
Pump
t 1
790-101-4300
Cylinder (1,470 kN {150 ton})
t 1
791-685-9510
Frame
t 1
791-685-9520
Frame
t 1
791-685-9530
Rod
t 1
791-685-9550
Nut
t 1
791-685-9560
Bolt
t 1
791-675-9570
Adapter
t 1
1
2
3 Field disassembly and assembly of 1 link
T
4
5
6 7
D155AX-6
04530-12030
Eyebolt
t 1
790-101-1102
Pump
t 1
790-101-4300
Cylinder (1,470 kN {150 ton})
t 1
791-685-9540
Rod
t 1
791-685-9550
Nut
t 3
791-675-5520
Guide
t 1
791-675-5530
Pusher
t 1
01010-51030
Bolt
t 1
791-685-9620
Extension
t 1
790-101-1102
Pump
t 1
790-101-4200
Puller (294 kN {30 ton})
t 1
791-675-5542
Adapter
t 1
791-675-5571
Adapter
t 1
Disassembly and assembly of track shoe assembly
Disassembly of 1 link
Disassembly of 1 link
Disassembly of 1 link
Disassembly of 1 link
Disassembly of 1 link Assembly of 1 link
11
Work item
50 Disassembly and assembly
Symbol
t 1
790-101-4300
Cylinder (1,470 kN {150 ton})
t 1
791-675-5580
Guide
t 1
791-685-9510
Frame
t 1
791-685-9520
Frame
t 1
791-685-9530
Rod
t 1
791-685-9540
Rod
t 1
791-685-9550
Nut
t 3
791-685-9560
Bolt
t 4
791-126-0150
Adapter
t 1
01010-51030
Bolt
t 1
791-685-9620
Extension
t 1
791-675-5542
Adapter
t 1
791-675-5560
Guide
t 1
790-101-1102
Pump
t 1
790-101-4300
Cylinder (1,470 kN {150 ton})
t 1
791-675-5560
Guide
t 1
791-675-5542
Adapter
t 1
790-101-1102
Pump
t 1
790-101-4200
Puller (294 kN {30 ton})
t 1
791-670-3270
Guide
t 1
791-126-0150
Adapter
t 1
791-675-5560
Guide
t 1
791-675-9570
Adapter
t 1
01010-51030
Bolt
t 1
790-101-1102
Pump
t 1
790-101-4200
Puller (294 kN {30 ton})
t 1
791-675-9701
Remover and installer
t 1
790-101-1102
Pump
t 1
790-101-4200
Puller (294 kN {30 ton})
t 1
790-101-4300
Cylinder (1,470 kN {150 ton})
t 1
Disassembly and assembly of track shoe assembly
3
791-432-1110
Plug push tool
t 1
Driving of plug (large)
4
790-701-3000
Seal checker
t 1
Check of oil supply and airtightness
791-932-1110
Plug push tool
t 1
9
T
10
11 12
13
1
2
5
Removal and installation of pivot shaft assembly
12
V
Nature of work and remarks
Pump
8
Disassembly and assemU bly of master link
Part name
790-101-1102 7
Field disassembly and assembly of 1link
Part No.
Necessity Q'ty New/Remodel Sketch
SEN01204-01
791T-650-2110 Sleeve
t 1
790-201-2770
t 1
Spacer
791T-650-2120 Plate
t 1
792-104-3940
Bolt
t 2
790-101-2510
Block
t 1
Assembly of 1 link Assembly of 1 link
Assembly of 1 link
Assembly of 1 link Assembly of 1 link Assembly of 1 link
Assembly of 1 link
Expansion of link
Driving of plug (small) Q Q Press fitting of ring
D155AX-6
Work item
Symbol
Removal and installation of pivot shaft assembly
Removal and installation of equalizer bar assembly
Removal and installation of operator's cab (stuck glass)
V
W
X 1
1 2
3
Disassembly and assembly of hydraulic cylinder Y assembly
4
5
6
D155AX-6
SEN01204-01
Part No.
Part name
Necessity Q'ty New/Remodel Sketch
50 Disassembly and assembly
790-101-2570
Washer
t 2
01580-01613
Nut
t 1
790-105-2300
Jack assembly (196 kN {20 ton})
t 1
790-101-1102
Hydraulic pump
t 1
791T-650-2130 Sleeve
t 1
790-101-2420
Adapter
t 1
791-502-4140
Screw
t 1
790-101-2540
Washer
t 2
Nature of work and remarks
Press fitting of ring
Q
Pulling out of center pin
790-112-1180
Nut
t 2
790-101-4000
Puller (294 kN {50 ton})
t 1
790-101-1102
Hydraulic pump
t 1
793-498-1210
Lifter (Suction cup)
t 2
Installation of window glass
790-502-1003
Cylinder repair stand
t 1
790-101-1102
Hydraulic pump
t 1
Disassembly and assembly of hydraulic cylinder
790-102-3802
Multi-wrench
t 1
Installation of round head (Blade lift)
790-201-1702
Push tool kit
t 1
Press fitting of bushing
790-201-1721
• Push tool
1
790-201-1821
• Push tool
1
Blade lift
790-201-1841
• Push tool
1
Blade tilt
790-201-1851
• Push tool
1
Ripper lift
790-201-1861
• Push tool
1
Ripper tilt
790-101-5021
• Grip
1
01010-50816
• Bolt
1
790-201-1500
Push tool kit
790-201-1630
• Plate
1
Blade lift
790-201-1650
• Plate
1
Blade tilt
790-201-1660
• Plate
1
Ripper lift
790-201-1670
• Plate
1
Ripper tilt
790-101-5021
• Grip
1
01010-50816
• Bolt
1
790-720-1000
Expander
t 1
796-720-1670
Ring
t 1
07281-01279
Clamp
t 1
796-720-1690
Ring
t 1
07281-01919
Clamp
t 1
796-720-1720
Ring
t 1
07281-02429
Clamp
t 1
790-102-4300
Wrench
t 1
790-102-4310
Pin
t 2
t 1
Press fitting of dust seal
Press fitting of dust seal Installation of piston ring Blade lift Blade tilt Ripper lift Ripper tilt Removal and installation of screw-type piston
13
SEN01204-01
Sketches of special tools
50 Disassembly and assembly
1 Note) We will not be liable for any result of use of special tools manufactured according to the following drawings.
D2: Push tool
D3: Push tool
14
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly
SEN01204-01
Note) We will not be liable for any result of use of special tools manufactured according to the following drawings. G1: Plate (791T-615-1310)
Component of J: Plate (791T-627-1910)
D155AX-6
15
SEN01204-01
50 Disassembly and assembly
Note) We will not be liable for any result of use of special tools manufactured according to the following drawings. Component of K2: Plate (791T-627-1930)
Component of K2: Push tool (791T-627-1940)
16
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly
SEN01204-01
Note) We will not be liable for any result of use of special tools manufactured according to the following drawings. Component of K5: Plate (791T-627-1950)
Component of K5: Plate (791T-627-1960)
D155AX-6
17
SEN01204-01
50 Disassembly and assembly
Note) We will not be liable for any result of use of special tools manufactured according to the following drawings. Component of L1: Plate (791T-630-1230)
Component of M2: Spacer (791T-630-2610)
18
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly
SEN01204-01
Note) We will not be liable for any result of use of special tools manufactured according to the following drawings. Component of N1: Plate (791T-630-1290)
Component of N2: Spacer (791T-630-1330)
D155AX-6
19
SEN01204-01
50 Disassembly and assembly
Note) We will not be liable for any result of use of special tools manufactured according to the following drawings. Component of L6/L19: Guide (791T-630-1390)
Component of L20/Q20: Plate (796T-470-1130)
20
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly
SEN01204-01
Note) We will not be liable for any result of use of special tools manufactured according to the following drawings. Component of V: Sleeve (791T-650-2110)
Component of V: Plate (791T-650-2120)
D155AX-6
21
SEN01204-01
50 Disassembly and assembly
Note) We will not be liable for any result of use of special tools manufactured according to the following drawings. Component of W: Sleeve (791T-650-2130)
22
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly
D155AX-6
SEN01204-01
23
SEN01204-01
50 Disassembly and assembly
D155AX-6 Bulldozer Form No. SEN01204-01
© 2007 KOMATSU All Rights Reserved Printed in Japan 04-07 (02)
24
D155AX-6
SEN01205-01
BULLDOZER 1SHOP MANUAL
D155AX-6
Machine Model
Serial Number
D155AX-6
80001 and up
50 Disassembly and assembly1 Engine and cooling system Removal and installation of fuel supply pump assembly ................................................................................ 2 Removal and installation of fuel injector assembly ......................................................................................... 6 Removal and installation of cylinder head assembly .....................................................................................11 Removal and installation of radiator assembly ............................................................................................. 22 Removal and installation of aftercooler assembly......................................................................................... 24 Removal and installation of engine assembly ............................................................................................... 26 Removal and installation of engine hood assembly ...................................................................................... 30 Removal and installation of engine front seal ............................................................................................... 32 Removal and installation of engine rear seal ................................................................................................ 34 Removal and installation of fuel tank assembly ............................................................................................ 39 Removal and installation of fan drive assembly ............................................................................................ 40 Removal and installation of fan motor assembly .......................................................................................... 41
D155AX-6
1
SEN01205-01
50 Disassembly and assembly
Removal and installation of fuel supply pump assembly 1
3.
Remove two fuel tube joint bolts, and remove fuel main filter head assembly (5). [*1]
Disconnect the negative terminal (–) of the battery.
4.
Remove tubes (6) and (7) between fuel supply pump and fuel main filter.
Open engine hood left cover (1) and remove side covers, (2) and (3).
5.
Remove tube (8) between fuel supply pump and priming pump. [*2]
6.
Remove oil level gauge guide (9).
7.
Disconnect fuel hose (10), connector PCV 1 (11), PCV2 (12) and G (13).
8.
Remove tubes, (14) through (17). [*3]
9.
Remove stay (18) and clamp (19).
1
795-630-5500
Standard puller
t 1
A 2
01010-81090
Bolt
t 2
3
01643-31032
Washer
t 2
Sketch
Part name
New/Remodel
Part No.
Q'ty
Symbol
Necessity
Special tools
Removal k
1.
2.
2
Open undercover (4). k
Open carefully using floor jack, wire rope, etc.
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly
10. Remove stay (20), two covers (21), and two covers (22), and remove high pressure pipes (23) and (24). [*4] a If the common rail side sleeve nut for high pressure pipe is hard to loose, loosen the mounting bolts for gate type frame (25).
SEN01205-01
13. Check that the mounting bolt hole (c) at the top of cover align to the forcing tap of drive gear. a If they are not aligned, rotate crankshaft one more turn. 14. Remove nut (29). [*5] a Take care not to drop into the case.
11. Rotate crank shaft forward so that the middle position (a) of "2.5 TOP" stamp line of damper (26) and "3.4 TOP" stamp line aligns to the pointer (27). a Crank the crankshaft at hexagonal part (b) of water pump drive shaft tip.
12. Remove engine front cover (28).
D155AX-6
3
SEN01205-01
15. Remove bracket (30), and loosen four mounting bolts (31). 16. Set tools A1, A2 and A3 on drive gear (32), and tighten the center bolt of tool A1 to remove drive gear (32) from the shaft. 17. Remove mounting bolts (31) and remove fuel supply pump assembly (33). a Keep tool A1, A2 and A3 set on drive gear (32) until fuel supply pump assembly is installed, for the drive gear falls off without the tools.
4
50 Disassembly and assembly
Installation 1.
Set fuel supply pump assembly (33). a Before setting, check that key (d) of shaft aligns to the key slot (e) of drive gear.
2.
Temporarily tighten four mounting bolts (31) and bracket (30) with fingers. 2 Mounting bolt: Liquid adhesive (LT-2)
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly
3.
Temporarily tighten high pressure pipes (23) and (24) with fingers and tighten permanently with the following torque. 3 Common rail side sleeve nut: 39.2 – 58.8 Nm {4 – 6 kgm} Supply pump side sleeve nut: 39.2 – 49 Nm {4 – 5 kgm}
4.
Tighten permanently four mounting bolts (31).
5.
Tighten bracket (30) permanently. 3 Mounting bolt: 19.6 – 29.4 Nm {2.0 – 3.0 kgm}
6.
Temporarily tighten clamps (34), (19) and (35), and stays (18), (36) and (20), with fingers.
7.
Tighten clamps (34), (19) and (35) permanently. a Tighten clamps in the order of (34), (19) and (35). 3 Clamping bolt: 9.8 ± 1 Nm {1 ± 0.1 kgm}
8.
Tighten stays (18), (36) and (20) permanently. a Tighten stays in the order of (18), (36) and (20).
9.
Carry out the subsequent procedure in the reverse order of removal.
SEN01205-01
[*4] a Install covers (21) and (22) with the notch in the following direction. q Cover (21): Cylinder block side q Cover (22): Underside [*5]
3
Nut (29): 176 – 196 Nm {18 – 20 kgm}
[*1]
3
Fuel tube joint bolt: 24.5 – 34.3 Nm {2.5 – 3.5 kgm}
[*2]
3
Fuel tube sleeve nut: 43 – 47 Nm {4.4 – 4.8 kgm}
[*3]
3 3
Tube (16) common rail side joint bolt: 17.7 – 22.6 Nm {1.8 – 2.3 kgm} Tube (16) supply pump side joint bolt: 14.8 – 19.6 Nm {1.5 – 2.0 kgm}
D155AX-6
5
SEN01205-01
Removal and installation of fuel injector assembly 1
50 Disassembly and assembly
5.
Remove tube (5) and block (6).
6.
Remove clamp (7) and stay (8), and remove gate type frame (9). [*2]
7.
Remove clamp (10), and remove cover (11).
8.
Loosen sleeve nut (12).
9.
Remove stays (13) through (16).
Removal a
This section explains the procedure for removing No.1 fuel injector assembly.
1.
Remove the engine hood referring to the section "Removal and installation of engine hood assembly".
2.
Remove tube (1) filter head side mounting bolt, and remove oil filter head assembly (2).
3.
Remove two joint bolts (3), and remove fuel main filter head assembly (3a). [*1]
4.
6
Remove stay (4).
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly
SEN01205-01
13. Loosen sleeve nut (26), and remove high pressure pipe (27) from injector. 14. Remove wiring harness clamping bolt (28) and clip (29). [*6] 15. Remove two wiring harness capture nuts (30) from fuel injector assembly. [*7] a Tighten nuts alternately. 16. Remove holder mounting bolt (31).
10. Remove cylinder head cover (17). [*3]
11. Remove cover (18). [*4] 12. Remove mounting bolts (19) through (21), and remove rocker arm and rocker shaft assembly (22). [*5] a Loosen lock nut (24), and loosen adjustment screw (25) two or three turns to prevent excessive force applied to push rod (23), when installing rocker arm and rocker shaft assembly.
D155AX-6
17. Set L type bar [1] under fuel injector assembly inlet connector (a), and remove slowly fuel injector assembly (32) with holder (33) using leverage action. a Do not pull out solenoid valve portion at the top of injector by pinching with pliers, etc.
7
SEN01205-01
Installation 1.
Install fuel injector assembly. 1) Check that no foreign material stays inside injector sleeve. 2) Install O-rings (34) and (35), and gasket (36) to injector. a Take care not to install O-ring to groove (b).
3) 4) 5)
8
50 Disassembly and assembly
6) 7)
Tighten bolts (31) to the specified torque. 3 Bolt (31): 58.8 – 73.5 Nm {6 – 7.5 kgm} Tighten sleeve nuts (26) and (12). 3 Sleeve nuts (26) and (12): 39.2 – 49 Nm {4 – 5 kgm}
Set fuel injector assembly (32) with holder (33) to cylinder head. Attach spherical washer (37) to bolt (31), and tighten temporarily bolt (31). 2 Spherical washer: Engine oil Tighten temporarily high pressure pipe sleeve nuts (26) and (12). k Install high pressure pipe after ch ecking th e f ollo wing s. If an abnormality takes place, it may cause fuel leakage, and replace high pressure pipe. q Check visually taper seal portion (a portion: within 2 mm from the tip) at the joint section for visible vertical slit scar (b) or patchy dent (c). q Check the difference at (d) portion (tip of taper seal portion: within 2 mm from the tip) for any catches on a finger nail (no fatigue).
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly
2.
Install high pressure pipe clamp and stay. 1) Temporarily tighten high pressure pipe clamp, stay (16), clamping bolts (38) through (42), and stay mounting bolt, with fingers. 2) Tighten permanently high pressure pipe clamping bolt. 3 Clamping bolt: 9.8 ± 1 Nm {1 ± 0.1 kgm} 3) Tighten permanently stay mounting bolt. 4) Temporarily tighten high pressure pipe clamp, stay (15), clamping bolts (44) through (48), and stay mounting bolt, with fingers. 5) Install cover (11). a Install with the notch toward cylinder block side. 6) Install high pressure pipe clamp (10) and gate type frame (9) temporarily. 7) Tighten clamping bolt for high pressure pipe clamp (10) permanently. 3 Clamping bolt: 9.8 ± 1 Nm {1 ± 0.1 kgm} 8) Tighten gate type frame (9) permanently. 9) Tighten high pressure pipe clamp, stay (15) and clamping bolts (44) through (48), permanently. 3 Clamping bolt: 9.8 ± 1 Nm {1 ± 0.1 kgm} 10) Tighten permanently stay mounting bolt.
D155AX-6
SEN01205-01
3.
Install the subsequent procedure in the reverse order of removal.
[*1]
3
Joint bolt: 24.5 – 34.3 Nm {2.5 – 3.5 kgm}
[*2]
3
Clamping bolt (7): 9.8 ± 1 Nm {1 ± 0.1 kgm}
[*3]
3
Cylinder head cover mounting bolt: 29.4 – 34.3 Nm {3.0 – 3.5 kgm}
[*4] a Install with the notch downward. [*5] a When installing rocker arm and rocker shaft assembly (22), check the ball portion of adjustment screw (25) to be inserted securely into socket of push rod (23), and tighten mounting bolts. a As 3 mounting bolts are different each other, install them referring to the followings. q Mounting bolt (19): Stem length 120mm q Mounting bolt (20): Stem length 90 mm q Mounting bolt (21): Stem length 75.2 mm 3 Mounting bolts (19), (20) and (21): 93 – 103 Nm {9.5 – 10.5 kgm} a Adjust valve clearance referring to the section of Testing and adjusting, "Adjusting valve clearance".
9
SEN01205-01
50 Disassembly and assembly
[*6] [*7] a Install wiring harness according to the following procedure. 1) Install clip (29). 2) Tighten two capture nuts (30). a Tighten capture nuts alternately. 3 Capture nut: 2 ± 0.2 Nm {0.2 ± 0.02 kgm} 3) Tighten wiring harness clamping bolt (28).
10
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly
SEN01205-01
Removal and installation of cylinder head assembly
1
790-331-1110
Wrench
Sketch
A 4
Part name
New/Remodel
Part No.
Q'ty
Symbol
Necessity
Special tools
q 1
Removal 1.
2.
Remove the engine hood referring to the section "Removal and installation of engine hood assembly".
8.
Remove two joint bolts (8), and remove fuel main filter head assembly (9). [*1]
Drain the coolant.
9.
Remove two joint bolts (10), and remove corrosion resistor head assembly (11). [*2]
6
3.
Coolant: 82 l
Remove stay (1).
10. Remove fuel tube (12), and remove priming pump bracket assembly (13). [*3] 11. Remove bracket (14).
4.
Remove filter head side mounting bolt of tube (2), and remove oil filter head assembly (3).
5.
Disconnect fuel hose (4).
6.
Remove fuel tube (5), and remove fuel pre filter head assembly (6).
7.
Remove bracket (7).
D155AX-6
12. Disconnect connecters, BP (15), SBP (16), EGR (17) and SEGR (18).
11
SEN01205-01
13. Disconnect connector PEVA (19).
50 Disassembly and assembly
19. Remove air intake housing. 1) Remove tube (25) and block (26).
14. Disconnect terminal RHT (20). 2) 15. Remove breather tube (21). 16. Remove wiring harness bracket (22). 17. Remove air intake connector (23). [*4] 3)
To secure the room for operation, loosen the tension of belt and move air conditioner compressor downward, referring the section of Testing and adjusting, "Testing and adjusting air conditioner compressor belt tension". [*5] Remove air intake housing (27).
18. Remove air intake connector (24). 20. Remove oil tube bracket (28) and oil filler tube bracket (29). 21. Disconnect fuel hose (30).
12
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly
22. Remove clamp (31). 23. Remove mounting bolts of bracket (32), and move bracket (32) with hose (33).
24. Disconnect connectors, TFUEL (34), TIM (35) and PIM (36).
SEN01205-01
26. Remove two, upper and lower side, wiring harness clamps (38) at the rear side of intake manifold.
27. Remove charge pressure sensor (39) with plate (40) and bracket (41). a This is to secure the room for operation to loosen turbocharger lubrication tube clamp.
25. Remove spill tube (37). [*6] 28. Remove five stays (42) for high pressure pipe clamp. [*7]
D155AX-6
13
SEN01205-01
50 Disassembly and assembly
29. Remove stays (43), (44) and (45), for high pressure pipe clamp. [*8]
32. Remove heat insulation covers, (48), (49) and (50).
30. Remove water tube (46) in front of intake manifold.
33. Remove muffler (51).
31. Remove intake manifold (47). [*9] 4
14
4
Muffler: 55 kg
34. Remove tube (52). [*10]
Intake manifold: 50 kg
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly
35. Remove heat insulation covers (53) and (54), and bracket (55) and (56).
SEN01205-01
40. Remove heat insulation cover (62). 41. Remove brackets (63) and (64), and remove bypass tube (65). [*12]
36. Remove EGR tube (57). [*11] 37. Remove water tube (58).
42. Remove oil tube (66) and water tube (67). [*13]
38. Remove turbocharger side mounting bolt for oil tube (59). 39. Remove heat insulation cover (60) and bracket (61).
43. Remove turbocharger and exhaust manifold assembly (68). [*14] 4
D155AX-6
Turbocharger and exhaust manifold assembly: 80 kg
15
SEN01205-01
44. Disconnect connectors CN1 (69), CN2 (70), CN3 (71), CN4 (72), CN5 (73) and CN6 (74), and move wiring harnesses (75) and (76). a To disconnect the connector, push in the (X) direction with a flat-head screwdriver [1] placed at the stepped portion (a) while pressing stopper (b).
50 Disassembly and assembly
48. Remove water tube (82). [*19] 49. Remove cylinder head cover (83). [*20]
50. Rotate crankshaft forward, align damper "1.6TOP" stamp line (c) to pointer (91), and then set the No.1 cylinder to the compression top dead center. a Crank the crankshaft at hexagonal part (d) of water pump drive shaft tip.
45. Remove gate type frame (77) and clamp (78). [*15] 46. Remove spill tube (79). [*16] 47. Remove cover (80) and high pressure pipe (81) depending on the cylinder head assembly to be removed. [*17] [*18]
16
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly
51. Remove three mounting bolts (84) through (86), and remove rocker arm and rocker shaft assembly (87). a Loosen lock nut (89), and loosen adjustment screw (90) two or three turns to prevent excessive force applied to push rod (88), when installing rocker arm and rocker shaft assembly. [*21]
52. Remove fuel injector assembly. 1) Remove wiring harness clamping bolt (92) and clip (93). [*22] 2) Remove two wiring harness capture nuts (94) from fuel injector assembly. [*23] a Loosen nuts alternately. 3) Unscrew bolt (95) to remove holder (96). 4) Push connecter (97) into rocker housing, and remove injector wiring harness (98). [*24] a O-ring is installed in connector (97).
D155AX-6
SEN01205-01
5) 6)
Remove mounting bolt (100) of holder. [*25] Set L type bar [2] under fuel injector assembly inlet connector (e), and remove slowly fuel injector assembly (101) with holder using leverage action. [*26] a Do not grip the solenoid valve at the top of the injector to pull off the injector.
53. Remove two push rods (102).
17
SEN01205-01
50 Disassembly and assembly
54. Remove crosshead (103).
Installation
55. Remove three mounting bolts (104), three bolts (105) and auxiliary bolt (106), and remove cylinder head assembly (107).
1.
Install cylinder head assembly. 1) Install cylinder head gasket (115). a Check that the mounting surface of cylinder head and the inside of cylinders are free from foreign material. a Check that the gasket is free from peeling or coming off of grommet.
2)
18
Check cylinder head mounting bolts for the following items, and if out of standard, replace mounting bolt without reusing it. q Bolt tightening should be 5 times or less. (The number of punch mark at the head of bolt should be 5 or less.) q Bolt under head length service limit (a) Short bolt:Less than 170.8 mm Long bolt: Less than 205.8mm
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly
3) 4)
5)
Install cylinder head assembly. Tighten mounting bolts in order of 1 through 6 as shown in the figure. 2 Mounting bolt: Lubricant with molybdenum disulfide (LM-P) 3 Mounting bolt 1st time: 137 – 157 Nm {14 – 16 kgm} 2nd time: 284 – 294 Nm {29.0 – 30.0 kgm} 3rd time: Retighten 90° (+30°/0) with tool A4. a When tool A4 is not available, put marks (a) and (b) to bolt and cylinder head, and retighten bolt 90° (+30°/0). Tighten auxiliary bolt (tightening order: 7th) with the following torque. 3 Auxiliary bolt: 66.6 ± 7.4 Nm {6.8 ± 0.8 kgm}
D155AX-6
SEN01205-01
2.
After installing cross head (103), make adjustment as follows. 1) Loosen lock nut (111), and loosen adjustment screw (112). 2) Lightly push cross head (103) contact surface (h) with rocker arm, and hold cross head to contact with push rod (102) side valve stem (113). 3) Screw slowly adjustment screw (112), and check the position where adjustment screw touches valve stem (114). 4) From the above condition, screw adjustment screw (112) 20°. 5) While holding adjustment screw (112) with a flat-head screwdriver, tighten locknut (111). 3 Locknut: 58.7 ± 5.9 Nm {6.0 ± 0.6 kgm}
3.
Install push rod (102). a Raise push rod slightly, and check that push rod is securely inserted in cam follower.
19
SEN01205-01
4.
50 Disassembly and assembly
carry out the rest of installation in the reverse order of removal.
[*1] [*2] 3 Joint bolt: 24.5 – 34.3 Nm {2.5 – 3.5 kgm} [*3] 3 Fuel tube sleeve nut: 43 – 47 Nm {4.4 – 4.8 kgm} [*4] [*10] a When loosened hose clamp, replace clamp with new one. a Tighten the hose clamp according to the following procedure. 1) Locate the punch mark (f) of bridge (108) as shown in the figure, and adjust the position of bridge to be under band (109). 2) Tighten bolt (110) so that the dimension (g) is between 8 and 10 mm. 2 Threaded portion of bolts: PANDO 18B from Three Bond 3) Tighten bolt (110) with the following torque. 3 Bolt: 25 ± 5 Nm {2.55 ± 0.5 kgm}
[*5] a Adjust the tension of air compressor belt, referring Testing and adjusting section "Testing and adjusting of air conditioner compressor belt tension".
[*7] [*8] [*15] [*18] a Install high pressure pipe, clamp, stay and gate type frame referring to the section, "Removal and installation of fuel injector assembly". [*9] a Tighten intake manifold mounting bolts in the numerical order shown below. 3 Mounting bolt: 58.8 – 73.5 Nm {6 – 7.5 kgm}
[*11]
2
3
[*6]
3 3
Joint bolt (37a): 9.8 – 12.7 Nm {1.0 – 1.3 kgm} Joint bolt (37b): 19.6 – 29.4 Nm {2.0 – 3.0 kgm}
EGR tube mounting bolt threaded portion: Lubricant with molybdenum disulfide (LM-P) EGR tube mounting bolt, EGR tube and bracket mounting bolt: 44.1 – 53.9 Nm {4.5 – 5.5 kgm}
[*12]
2
3
Threads and seat surface of bypass tube mounting bolt: Lubricant with molybdenum disulfide (LM-P) Bypass tube mounting bolt: 44.1 – 53.9 Nm {4.5 – 5.5 kgm}
[*13]
3
20
Oil tube cylinder block side joint bolt: 24.5 – 34.3 Nm {2.5 – 3.5 kgm}
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly
SEN01205-01
[*14] a Tighten exhaust manifold mounting bolts in the numerical order shown below. 2 Threads of mounting bolt: Lubricant with molybdenum disulfide (LM-P) 3 Mounting bolt: 58.8 – 73.5 Nm {6 – 7.5 kgm}
[*16]
3
Spill tube joint bolt: 9.8 – 12.7 Nm {1.0 – 1.3 kgm}
[*17] a Install cover with the notch downward.
[*22] [*23] [*24] a Install injector wiring harness according to the following procedure. 1) Install O-ring to injector wiring harness (98). 2) Install injector wiring harness (98) in rocker housing, install holder (96) and tighten bolt (95). 3) Install clip (93). 4) Tighten two capture nuts (94). a Tighten capture nuts alternately. 3 Capture nut: 2 ± 0.2 Nm {0.2 ± 0.02 kgm} 5) Install wiring harness clamping bolt (92).
[*19]
3
Water tube joint bolt: 9.8 – 12.7 Nm {1.0 – 1.3 kgm}
[*20]
3
Cylinder head cover mounting bolt: 29.4 – 34.3 Nm {3.0 – 3.5 kgm}
[*21] a When installing rocker arm and rocker shaft assembly (87), check the ball portion of adjustment screw (90) to be inserted securely into socket of push rod (88), and tighten mounting bolts. a As three mounting bolts are different each other, install them referring the followings. q Mounting bolt (84): Stem length 120mm q Mounting bolt (85): Stem length 90mm q Mounting bolt (86): Stem length 75.2 mm 3 Mounting bolt: 93 – 103 Nm {9.5 – 10.5 kgm} a Adjust valve clearance referring to the section of Testing and adjusting, "Adjusting valve clearance".
D155AX-6
[*25] [*26] a Install the fuel injector assembly referring to the section, "Removal and installation of fuel injector assembly".
21
SEN01205-01
Removal and installation of radiator assembly
50 Disassembly and assembly
1
Removal k
1.
Disconnect the negative terminal (–) of the battery. Drain the coolant. 6
2.
Coolant: 82 l
Remove cover at the top of radiator, and disconnect connector LHD (1). 6.
Sling radiator assembly (12) and remove it. [*2] 4
3.
Remove cover (2). 4
Cover: 50 kg
4.
Disconnect hoses (3) through (7). [*1] a Remove mounting bolts for hoses (5) through (7), and disconnect hoses with tubes.
5.
Remove bracket (8) through (11). a Remove bracket (8) when removing left radiator assembly.
22
Radiator assembly: 25 kg
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly
Installation q
SEN01205-01
3)
Open radiator grill, remove fan net and install four cushions (15) to lower tank (16).
4)
Sling the radiator assembly and set it on the lower tank slowly. a Check visually the installation condition from the machine front.
Carry out installation in the reverse order of removal.
[*1] a Install hoses (5) and (7) with the red circle paint upward. 2 Tube flange: gasket sealant 3 Hose clamp: 8.8 ± 0.5 Nm {90 ± 5 kgcm} a Tighten two parallel clamps for hose (6) with its bolt location rotated 180° each other. 2 Tube flange: gasket sealant 3 Hose clamp: 8.8 ± 0.5 Nm {90 ± 5 kgcm} [*2] a Set radiator assembly according to the following procedure. 1) Set rubber (13) with its stepped portion (a) downward. a Apply appropriate amount of grease to prevent drop down when lifted up. 2) Install O-ring (14). 2 O-ring periphery: Grease (G2-LI)
D155AX-6
23
SEN01205-01
Removal and installation of aftercooler assembly
50 Disassembly and assembly
1
4.
Remove four mounting bolts for tube (4). [*2]
5.
Remove brackets, (5), (6) and (7).
6.
Sling aftercooler assembly (8) and remove it.
Removal k
1.
Disconnect the negative terminal (–) of the battery. Remove cover at the top of radiator, and disconnect connector LHD (1).
4
2.
Remove cover (2). 4
3.
24
Aftercooler assembly: 35 kg
Cover: 50 kg
Disconnect the tube (3) from the lower part of the after cooler. [*1]
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly
SEN01205-01
Installation q
Carry out installation in the reverse order of removal.
[*1] [*2] a When loosened hose clamp, replace clamp with new one. a Tighten the hose clamp according to the following procedure. 1) Locate punch mark (a) of bridge (9) as shown in the figure, and adjust the position of bridge to be under band (10). 2) Tighten bolt (11) so that dimension (b) is between 8 and 10 mm. 2 Threaded portion of bolts: PANDO 18B from Three Bond 3) Tighten bolt (11) with the following torque. 3 Bolt: 25 ± 5 Nm {2.55 ± 0.5 kgm}
D155AX-6
25
SEN01205-01
Removal and installation of engine assembly
50 Disassembly and assembly
6.
Remove heat insulation cover (3) and drain tube (4).
7.
Remove muffler (5).
1
Removal k k
a a k
1.
Disconnect the negative terminal (–) of the battery. Collect the air conditioner refrigerant (R134a) from air conditioner circuit in advance. Ask professional traders for collecting and filling operation of refrigerant (R134a). Never release the refrigerant (R134a) to the atmosphere. If refrigerant gas (R134a) gets in your eyes, you may lose your sight. Accordingly, put on protective goggles while you are collecting the refrigerant (R134a) or filling the air conditioner circuit with the refrigerant (R134a). Collecting and filling work must be conducted by a qualified person.
4
Muffler: 50 kg
Drain the coolant. 6
Coolant: 82 l
2.
Remove the engine hood referring to the section "Removal and installation of engine hood assembly".
3.
Open undercovers (front and center) k
Open carefully using floor jack, wire rope, etc.
4.
Remove air intake connector (1) with hose. [*1]
5.
Remove stay (2).
8.
Remove radiator assembly referring to the section, "Removal and installation of radiator assembly".
9.
Remove aftercooler assembly referring to the section, "Removal and installation of aftercooler assembly".
10. Remove reservoir tank (6) with bracket (7).
26
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly
SEN01205-01
11. Disconnect ground (8) at engine left side.
14. Remove after cooler tube (11). [*2]
12. Disconnect fuel hose (9) from fuel supply pump.
15. Sling water tube (12) and remove it. [*3]
13. Disconnect fuel hose (10) from fuel pre filter.
D155AX-6
16. Disconnect starting motor B terminal ST/B (13) and heater hose (14).
27
SEN01205-01
17. Disconnect two hoses each from air conditioner condenser (15) and oil cooler (16), and remove frame (17).
50 Disassembly and assembly
24. Disconnect hose (26) from radiator lower tank. [*4]
18. Remove flame (18).
25. Separate universal joint (27) at the engine side. [*5] 19. Disconnect fuel spill hose (19). 20. Remove clamp (20), and remove bracket (21).
26. Temporarily sling engine assembly. 27. Remove mounting bolts (28) and (29), four pcs.each. [*6] 21. Disconnect connector AC05 (22). 22. Remove receiver tank (23) and move. 23. Disconnect connectors EG1 (24) and EG2 (25).
28
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly
28. Sling engine assembly (30) and remove it. a Check all wires and pipes are removed. a Remove carefully to avoid any interference with the machine body.
SEN01205-01
Installation q
Carry out installation in the reverse order to removal.
[*1] [*2] a When loosened hose clamp, replace clamp with new one. a Tighten the hose clamp according to the following procedure. 1) Locate punch mark (a) of bridge (31) as shown in the figure, and adjust the position of bridge to be under band (32). 2) Tighten bolt (33) so that dimension (b) is between 8 and 10 mm. 2 Threaded portion of bolts: PANDO 18B from Three Bond 3) Tighten bolt (33) with the following torque. 3 Bolt: 25 ± 5 Nm {2.55 ± 0.5 kgm}
[*3]
2 3
Engine side tube flange: Gasket sealant (LG-1) Hose clamp: 8.8 ± 0.5 Nm {90 ± 5 kgcm}
[*4]
3
Hose clamp: 8.8 ± 0.5 Nm {90 ± 5 kgcm}
[*5]
3
Universal joint mounting bolt: 98 – 123 Nm {10 – 12.5 kgm}
[*6]
3
q
a
D155AX-6
Engine mount fixing bolt: 823.8 – 1029.7 Nm {84 – 105 kgm}
Filling air conditioner with refrigerant gas Fill the air conditioner circuit with refrigerant (R134a).
29
SEN01205-01
Removal and installation of engine hood assembly
50 Disassembly and assembly
1
Removal k
1.
Disconnect the negative terminal (–) of the battery. Remove pre cleaner duct (1) and exhaust tube (2). [*1]
2.
Remove cover (3).
3.
Open cover (4), and remove covers (5) through (7). a Carry out the same operation to the opposite side.
4.
30
5.
Remove hose (10). [*2]
6.
Disconnect connector AF1 (11).
Remove two mounting bolts (9) for tube (8).
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly
7.
Sling engine hood (12) and remove it. 4
Engine hood: 170 kg
SEN01205-01
Installation q
Carry out installation in the reverse order to removal
[*1]
3
Pre cleaner duct and exhaust pipe mounting bolt: 98 – 123 Nm {10 – 12.5 kgm}
[*2]
3
D155AX-6
Hose clamp: 8.8 ± 0.5 Nm {90 ± 5 kgcm}
31
SEN01205-01
50 Disassembly and assembly
Removal and installation of engine front seal
1
1 C
2
795-931-1100
Seal puller
t 1
795-521-1100
Push tool
t 1
01010-31640
Bolt
t 3
Sketch
Part name
New/Remodel
Part No.
Q'ty
Symbol
Necessity
Special tools
Removal with tool C1 1) Drill several holes about 3 mm in diameter into front seal (3). 2) Set tool C1 to the drilled holes. (Tip: Drill type) 3) Remove the front seal with impacts of slide hammer (SH). a Remove all the chips. q Tool C1
Removal 1.
Remove the radiator and oil cooler guard assembly.
2.
Remove damper (1) and flange (2).
3.
Remove front seal (3).
32
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly
SEN01205-01
Installation 1.
Install front seal (3). a Before installing the seal, check that the end corners and lip sliding surface of the crankshaft and the housing are free from flaw, burr and rust. (5) a When installing the seal, do not apply oil or grease to the shaft and seal lip. Wipe off the oil from the shaft. a Never remove inside plastic cylinder (4) of the replacement seal before installing the seal. 4)
1)
Set large inside diameter side (b) of plastic inside cylinder (4) to the end of crankshaft (5). a Take care not to mistake the direction of the plastic inside cylinder.
2.
3.
2)
3)
Tighten the bolts of tool C2 evenly to press fit seal (3) until the end of tool C2 reaches the end of crankshaft (5). a Seal driving distance (a) from crankshaft: 9.1 – 10.1 mm a When press fitting the seal, take care not to damage the lip on the PTO side with the tool set etc. a After press fitting the seal, remove the red sealant layer from its periphery.
Install flange (2). 3
Flange mounting bolt: 245 – 309 Nm {25 – 31.5 kgm}
Install damper (1).
Hold the metal ring of seal (3) with both hands and push it in evenly as if you are passing over the large inside diameter side of plastic inside cylinder (4). After pushing in the seal, remove plastic inside cylinder (4). a When removing the inside cylinder, take care not to damage the seal lip.
D155AX-6
33
SEN01205-01
50 Disassembly and assembly
Removal and installation of engine rear seal
1
795-931-1100
Seal puller
795T-421-1230 Push tool 2 D
4.
While moving flywheel (2) toward this side, lift it off. k Since the socket part of the flywheel is shallow, it may fall suddenly. Take care not to catch your fingers in the flywheel.
Sketch
New/Remodel
4
t 1
Flywheel: 60 kg
t 1 N Q
01050-31645
Bolt
t 4
01050-31625
Bolt
t 4
795T-421-1220 Push tool 3
Q'ty
Part name
Necessity
Part No.
Install eyebolt [1] to flywheel (2), sling flywheel (2), and remove bolts (3).
1
Special tools Symbol
3.
t 1 N Q
01050-31625
Bolt
t 4
01050-31645
Bolt
t 4
Removal 1.
Remove the engine assembly. For details, see "Removal and installation of engine assembly".
2.
Remove damper assembly (1). For details, see "Removal and installation of damper assembly".
34
5.
Remove rear seal (4) according to the following procedure. a Measure the distance from the end of the housing. 1) Before pulling out rear seal (4), drive it in a little to separate it from housing (FWH).
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly
2)
q
If the seal is sleeved, cut and remove sleeve (5) with a chisel and a hammer. a When cutting, take care extremely not to damage crankshaft (6). 3) Hitch the end of tool D1 to the metal ring of rear seal (4) and pull out the seal with impacts of slide hammer (SH). a Do not use a drill etc. since chips may enter the engine. a If chips were made, remove all of them. Tool D1
SEN01205-01
Installation a
a a a a
a
Check the wear of the shaft and select the "standard" or "sleeved" Teflon seal (Laydown lip seal) to replace the used seal. If the shaft is worn to the degree of luster (If the wear depth which you feel with your finger is less than 10 mm) and does not have any flaw, install "standard seal (A)". In other cases, install "sleeved seal (B)". (7): Plastic inside cylinder which is also used as installation guide. (5): Sleeve. Do not remove installation guide (7) from rear seal (4) before installing the rear seal. Handle rear seal (4) and sleeve (5) as an assembly and never separate them from each other.
q
Standard spare seal
a
Clean, degrease, and dry the contact surface of the seal to the flywheel housing side. Clean, degrease, and dry the seal lip surface (periphery of the crankshaft). Check that the end corners and lip sliding surface of the crankshaft and the housing are free from flaw, burr and rust.
q
Sleeved seal
Left: Standard seal, Right: Sleeved seal
a a
D155AX-6
35
SEN01205-01
1.
4)
Procedure for installing standard seal a When installing rear seal (4), do not apply oil or grease to the shaft and seal lip. 1) Set large inside diameter side (b) of plastic inside cylinder (7) of rear seal (4) to the end of crankshaft (6). a Take care not to mistake the direction of the plastic inside cylinder.
2) 3)
36
50 Disassembly and assembly
Hold the metal ring of rear seal (4) with both hands and push it in evenly. After pushing in the seal, remove plastic inside cylinder (7). a When removing the inside cylinder, take care not to damage the seal lip.
2.
Tighten the 3 bolts evenly to press fit rear seal (4) until the end of tool D2 (for press fitting the seal) reaches the end of crankshaft (6). a Tighten tool D2 (for press fitting the seal) first with the 45 mm bolt until it stops and then with the 25 mm bolt. a When press fitting the seal, take care not to damage the lip on the PTO side with the tool set etc. a After press fitting the seal, remove the red sealant layer from its periphery.
Procedure for installing sleeved seal a When installing the rear seal, do not apply oil or grease to the shaft and inside cylinder (C) and seal lip of the sleeve. 1) Set sleeve and rear seal assembly (8) to tool D3 (for fitting the sleeved seal). 2 Sleeve inside cylinder surface (C): Gasket sealant (LG-7)
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly
2)
Set the sleeve of the rear seal to the end of crankshaft (6) and tighten the 3 bolts evenly to press fit sleeve and rear seal assembly (8) until the end of tool D3 reaches the end of crankshaft (6). a Tighten tool D3 (for press fitting the sleeved seal) first with the 45 mm bolt until it stops and then with the 25 mm bolt.
3)
Remove tool D3 (for press fitting the sleeved seal) and install tool D2 (for press fitting the seal). Tighten the 3 bolts evenly to press fit sleeve and rear seal assembly (8) until the end of tool D2 reaches the end of crankshaft (6). a Tighten tool D2 (for press fitting the seal) first with the 45 mm bolt until it stops and then with the 25 mm bolt. a After press fitting the seal, remove the red sealant layer from its periphery. a Rear seal driving depth: 13.2 ± 0.2 mm from end of crankshaft
SEN01205-01
3.
Flywheel Using eyebolt [1] (12 mm, P = 1.75), sling flywheel (2), install it to the crankshaft, and tighten bolts (3). a If there are 5 punch marks on a bolt, do not use that bolt but replace it. 2 Threaded part and seat of bolt: Engine oil SAE No. 30
a
4)
a
D155AX-6
Tighten the mounting bolts according to the following procedure. 3 Flywheel mounting bolts 1st time: 118 ± 4.9 Nm {12 ± 0.5 kgm} 2nd time:1)When using tool A4 (See the tools list) Retighten each bolt by 90 (+30°/0) in the order of [1] – [8]. 2) When not using tool A4 Make marks on each bolt and flywheel withpaint,then retighten each bolt by 90 (+30°/0) in the order of [1] – [8].
When installing, set the dowel pin of the crankshaft to the dowel hole of the flywheel.
37
SEN01205-01
38
a
After tightening, make 1 punch mark (9) on each bolt head to indicate the number of tightening time.
a
After installing the flywheel, measure the facial runout and radial runout with tool [2]. a Radial runout: Max. 0.30 mm a Facial runout: Max. 0.30 mm
q
Carry out the following installation in the reverse order to removal.
50 Disassembly and assembly
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly
Removal and installation of fuel tank assembly 1
SEN01205-01
6.
Remove 6 fuel tank mounting bolts (6) on the right and left sides.
7.
Sling the fuel tank assembly, move it back about 100 mm, and disconnect hoses (7) and (8).
Removal k
1.
Disconnect the cable from the negative (–) terminal of the battery. Remove cover (1) from the fuel tank bottom.
v
2.
Close fuel valve lever (2).
3.
Disconnect fuel return hose (3).
4.
Disconnect fuel supply hose (4).
8.
Remove fuel tank assembly (9). 4
Fuel tank assembly: 90 kg (When empty) 950 kg (When full)
5.
Open the cover and disconnect wiring harness connector FTK (5).
Installation q
D155AX-6
Carry out installation in the reverse order to removal.
39
SEN01205-01
50 Disassembly and assembly
Removal and installation of fan drive assembly 1
4.
Disconnect wiring harness connector FAR (5) and remove wiring harness clamp.
Removal
5.
Disconnect fan motor hoses (6), (7) and (8). a Plug the hoses so that foreign matter will not enter them.
6.
Using eyebolts [1], sling fan drive assembly (9) and remove mounting bolts (10).
7.
Lift off fan drive assembly (9).
k
1.
Disconnect the cable from the negative (–) terminal of the battery. Drain the hydraulic oil. 6
2.
Hydraulic tank: Approx. 85 l
Remove 4 mounting bolts (1) and open mask (2).
4
3.
Fan drive assembly: 125 kg
Remove 4 mounting bolts (3) and remove guard (4).
Installation q
Carry out installation in the reverse order to removal.
q
Refilling with oil Add oil through the oil filler to the specified level. Run the engine to circulate the oil through the system. Then, check the oil level again. 5
40
Hydraulic tank: Approx. 85 l
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly
Removal and installation of fan motor assembly 1
SEN01205-01
Installation q
Removal
Carry out installation in the reverse order to removal.
1.
Remove the fan motor assembly. For details, see "Removal and installation of fan drive assembly".
[*1] Be sure to align the hole of lock plate (1) by turning nut (2) in the tightening direction.
2.
Remove the mounting bolt and lock plate (1). [*1]
[*2]
3.
Remove nut (2). [*2]
4.
Using puller [1], remove fan (3).
5.
Remove 4 mounting bolts (4) and fan motor assembly (5). [*3] 4
D155AX-6
3
Mounting nut (2): 441 – 539 Nm {45 – 55 kgm}
[*3] a Clean and degrease the fitting areas of the fan motor and fan.
Fan motor assembly: 40 kg
41
SEN01205-01
50 Disassembly and assembly
D155AX-6 Bulldozer Form No. SEN01205-01
© 2007 KOMATSU All Rights Reserved Printed in Japan 04-07 (02)
42
D155AX-6
SEN01206-00
BULLDOZER 1SHOP MANUAL
D155AX-6
Machine Model
Serial Number
D155AX-6
80001 and up
50 Disassembly and assembly1 Power train, Part 1 Power train, Part 1 .......................................................................................................................................... 2 Removal and installation of damper assembly..................................................................................... 2 Disassembly and assembly of damper assembly ................................................................................ 5 Removal and installation of power train unit assembly .......................................................................11 Disconnection and connection of power train unit assembly ............................................................. 15
D155AX-6
1
SEN01206-00
50 Disassembly and assembly
Power train, Part 1
1
Removal and installation of damper assembly
1
Removal 1.
Drain the oil in damper case. 6
Damper case: 1.5 l
2.
Remove floor frame assembly referring to the section, "Removal and installation of floor frame assembly".
3.
Remove work equipment and HSS pump assembly referring to the section, "Removal and installation of work equipment and HSS pump assembly".
4.
Remove the cooling fan pump assembly referring to the section, "Removal and installation of cooling fan pump assembly".
5.
Disconnect breather hose (1).
6.
Remove oil level gauge (2).
7.
Sling universal joint assembly (3) and remove it. [*1] 4
8.
2
9.
Remove mounting bolts for damper cover assembly (5), and install two guide bolts [1] diagonally. [*2]
10. Using forcing bolt [2], pull out damper cover assembly (5) so that the lifting tool can be applied, and then remove it. [*3] 4
Damper cover assembly: 60 kg
Universal joint assembly: 20 kg
Pull out torque converter side coupling (4).
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly
11. Remove damper assembly. 1) Remove two mounting bolts for damper assembly (6), and set guide bolts [3]. [*4] 2) Remove the rest of mounting bolts, and pull out damper assembly using forcing bolt [4]. [*5] 3) Use eyebolt [5] to remove damper assembly (6). 4
Damper assembly: 60 kg
SEN01206-00
Installation q
Carry out installation in the reverse order of removal.
[*1]
2 3
Universal joint mounting bolt: Liquid adhesive (LT-2) Universal joint mounting bolt: 98 – 123 Nm {10 – 12.5 kgm}
[*2] a Apply gasket sealant to damper cover, and tighten mounting bolts 2 to 3 minutes after application. 3 Damper cover mounting bolt: 98.1 – 122.6 Nm {10 – 12.5 kgm} [*3] a Install damper cover assembly according to the following procedure. 1) Degrease the spline portion "a" of shaft (7), apply dry lubricant A, and leave it 2 to 3 minutes. 2) Fill "b" portion of inner body (8) with about 80 g of lithium base extreme pressure grease with molybdenum disulphide B. A
Dry lubricant with molybdenum disulphide
Sumiko lubricant Rocol Dry Splay or equivalent
• Kyodo yushi Molylex No.2 or an equivalent Lithium base extreme • Showa Shell Sekiyu B pressure grease with Retinax AM or an equivmolybdenum disulphide alent • Nippon Oil Corporation Molytex or an equivalent
D155AX-6
3
SEN01206-00
3)
Apply gasket sealant to the flange portion of damper cover assembly. a Apply it to the engine side also. a Apply it with the thickness 0.1 to 0.2 mm. 2 Damper cover mounting face: Gasket sealant (LG-6)
4)
Install the damper cover assembly to the engine.
50 Disassembly and assembly
[*4] [*5] 3 Damper mounting bolt: 98 – 122.6 Nm {10 – 12.5 kgm} q
Refilling with oil 5
3
4
Damper case: 1.5 l Drain plug: 58.5 – 78.5 Nm {6 – 8 kgm}
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly
SEN01206-00
Disassembly and assembly of damper assembly
1
F
t 1
791-612-1100
Installer
790-101-4200
Puller t 1 (294 kN {30 ton})
790-101-1102
Hydraulic pump
D155AX-6
Sketch
Part name
New/Remodel
Part number
Q'ty
Symbol
Necessity
Special tools
t 1
5
SEN01206-00
50 Disassembly and assembly
Disassembly
2)
Disassembly of damper cover assembly (1) 1.
Coupling Remove bolt (3) from cover (2), then remove holder (4) and coupling (5).
3.
2.
Bearing and oil seal 1) Remove oil seal (9) from cover (2), and pull out inner race (7-3) of bearing (7).
Shaft 1) Set damper cover assembly (1) to block [1], and remove shaft (6) by tapping it from output side with plastic hammer, etc. a Shaft (6) will be pulled out with inner race (7-1) of bearing (7) and oil seal (8).
2)
6
Remove collar (7-2) and O-ring of bearing (7) from shaft (6), and pull out inner race (7-1).
Remove outer races (7-4) and (7-5) of bearing (7) from cover (2).
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly
SEN01206-00
Disassembly of damper assembly (10) 1. Unscrew bolt (11) to remove flange (12). 2.
Remove outer body (13), inner body (14) and cushion (15).
3.
Pull out plug (17) from flange (16). a This procedure applies only when replacing plug.
D155AX-6
7
SEN01206-00
50 Disassembly and assembly
Assembly Assembly of damper assembly (10) 1.
8
Set flange (16) and outer body (13) to cylinder [1], matching their bolt holes, and install inner body (14). 2 Mating surface of flange and outer body: Gasket sealant (LG-6) 2 Outer body inner surface: Grease (G2-LI) 2 Cushion contact surface of inner body: Grease (G2-LI)
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly
2.
SEN01206-00
Install cushion (15). a Apply grease (GL-LI) to entire surface of cushion. a After installing the cushion, fill clearances (a) (16 points) between inner body (14) and outer body (13) with grease of 30% amount of the space.
Assembly of damper cover assembly (1) 1. Press fit outer races (7-4) and (7-5) of bearing (7) to cover (2) using push tool [2].
3.
Install flange (12) and tighten bolts (11). 3 Mounting bolt: 58.8 – 73.5 Nm {6 – 7.5 kgm}
2.
4.
Press fit inner race (7-1) of bearing (7) to shaft (6) with tool F.
Fill (b) portion of inner body (14) with about 80 g of the following grease. 2 : Grease Grease
Supplier part name
• Kyodo yushi Molylex No.2 or an equivalent • Showa Shell Sekiyu Lithium base extreme Retinax AM or an pressure grease with equivalent molybdenum disulphide • Nippon Oil Corporation Molytex or an equivalent
D155AX-6
9
SEN01206-00
3.
Install collar (7-2) and O-ring to shaft (6).
4.
Set cover (2) to shaft (6), and press fit bearing inner race (7-3) using tool F.
5.
Install oil seals (8) and (9) to cover (2). 2 Press fitting surface of oil seal: Gasket sealant (LG-5) 2 Oil seal lip surface: Grease (G2-LI) a Apply gasket sealant at oil seal surface thinly, and wipe off extra sealant.
10
50 Disassembly and assembly
6.
Install coupling (5) and holder (4), and tighten bolt (3). 3 Mounting bolt: 245.2 – 308.9 Nm {25 – 31.5 kgm}
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly
Removal and installation of power train unit assembly 1
SEN01206-00
5.
Disconnect hoses (4) through (7).
6.
Disconnect hoses (8) through (11), and remove hose clamps (12) and (13).
7.
Disconnect hoses (14) and (15) at the rear of hydraulic tank.
8.
Remove oil level gauge (16) and oil filler tube (17).
9.
Remove clamps (18) through (20), and remove hose.
Removal k
1.
Park the machine at the level place, lower the work equipment fully to the ground, and disconnect the negative terminal (–) of the battery. Drain the oil from hydraulic tank and power train case. 6
Hydraulic tank: 85l Power train case: 90 l
2.
Remove floor frame assembly referring to the section, "Removal and installation of floor frame assembly".
3.
Disconnect connectors PUMP (1) and HSS (2) at power train unit right side.
4.
Disconnect 13 hoses (3) of split flange from control valve.
D155AX-6
11
SEN01206-00
10. Remove the clamps for wirings (21) through (23), and move wires.
50 Disassembly and assembly
15. Remove final drive shaft cover (29).
11. Disconnect tube (24).
12. Remove covers (25) at both sides of steering case. [*1]
16. Pull out drive shaft (30) to the position where the spline portion of steering case side comes out, using bolt [1] (M10 x 1.5). a If the shaft is hard to be pulled out, set jack at the shoe grouser and lift up to the position where the shaft can easily be pulled out.
13. Remove cap (26). [*1] 14. Loosen clamp (27), and move seal (28) outward slightly. [*2]
12
17. Disconnect hoses (31) and (32) at the right front of power train unit.
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly
SEN01206-00
18. Disconnect hose (33) at the lower left front of power train unit.
21. Remove four mounting bolts (36) at front left and right of power train unit. [*4]
19. Sling power train filter (34) and remove it.
22. Sling power train unit assembly (37) and remove it. [*5] a Check all wires and pipes are removed. a Remove carefully to avoid any interference with the machine body.
4
Power train filter: 20 kg
4
Power train unit assembly: 2,400 kg
20. Separate universal joint (35) at torque converter side. [*3] a After separating, push in yoke toward torque converter and separate completely.
D155AX-6
13
SEN01206-00
50 Disassembly and assembly
Installation Carry out installation in the reverse order of removal.
q
[*1]
3
Mount cap fixing bolt: 245 – 309 Nm {25 – 31.5 kgm}
[*2] a Clamp seal of coupling securely at the bulge portion, and assemble clamp threaded portion parallel to the cap mounting seat surface. [*3]
3
Universal joint mounting bolt: 98 – 123 Nm {10 – 12.5 kgm}
[*4]
3
Mount (front) fixing bolt: 824 – 1,030 Nm {84 – 105 kgm}
[*5] a When installing power train unit assembly, install it carefully not to damage seal (28). Refilling with oil Fill the oil through oil filler port to the specified level. Start the engine to circulate the oil through the piping, and recheck the oil level.
q
5
Hydraulic tank: 85l
5
Power train case: 90l
14
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly
Disconnection and connection of power train unit assembly 1
SEN01206-00
5.
Remove tube (5).
6.
Remove work equipment and HSS pump assembly (6).
Disconnection 1.
4
Set power train unit assembly (1) on block [1]. 4
Power train unit assembly: 2,400 kg 7.
Remove cooling fan pump assembly (7). 4
2.
Disconnect all the connectors from power train unit to remove wiring harness referring to Diagrams and drawings section, "Electrical circuit diagram, Connector table and arrangement drawing".
3.
Remove cover (2), and remove pressure pickup hose (3). [*1] a Disconnect 10 pressure pickup hoses at power train unit side.
4.
Disconnect hose (4).
D155AX-6
Work equipment and HSS pump assembly: 110 kg
8.
Cooling fan pump assembly: 25 kg
Remove tubes (8) and (9), and remove scavenging pump assembly (10). 4
Scavenging pump assembly: 20 kg
15
SEN01206-00
9.
50 Disassembly and assembly
Remove tubes (11) and (12), and remove power train and lubrication pump assembly (13). 4
Power train and assembly: 30 kg
lubrication
pump
12. Temporarily sling PTO, torque converter and transmission assembly (16), and remove 18 mounting bolts to separate from HSS unit assembly (17). [*2] 4
PTO, torque converter and transmission assembly: 1,500 kg
10. Remove tube (14). 13. Set PTO, torque converter and transmission assembly (16) to block [2] with its PTO side upward.
11. Remove coupling (15). 14. Remove block (18) with inside strainer.
16
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly
SEN01206-00
15. Remove cover (19), and remove spring (20) and magnet assembly (21).
17. Remove cover (24).
16. Remove pressure sensor block (22) and remove two sleeves (23).
D155AX-6
17
SEN01206-00
18. Remove torque converter valve assembly (25), and remove two sleeves (26).
50 Disassembly and assembly
20. Sling torque converter assembly (28) and remove it. a Remove only 10 mounting bolts marked with a in the figure (nominal length 90 mm). [*4] 4
Torque converter assembly: 130 kg
19. Remove 19 mounting bolts, and remove PTO assembly (27) by slinging it. [*3] 4
18
PTOAss'y: 200 kg
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly
SEN01206-00
Connection
[*2]
Carry out connection in the reverse order of disconnection.
q
[*1] a Connect the pressure pick up hose to power train unit referring to the table which indicates the band color at the mouthpiece of pressure pick up hose. Symbol
Pressure pick up point
Band color
a
Torque converter lockup clutch pressure
Yellow red
b
Torque converter stator clutch pressure
Yellow blue
c
Transmission 1st clutch pressure
Red
d
Transmission 3rd clutch pressure
Yellow black
e
Transmission R clutch pressure
Red blue
f
Transmission 2nd clutch pressure
White yellow
g
Transmission F clutch pressure
White blue
h
Transmission main relief pressure
i
Left brake pressure
White
j
Right brake pressure
Yellow
D155AX-6
3
Transmission case mounting bolt: 98.0 – 122.6 Nm {10.0 – 12.5 kgm}
[*3]
3
PTO assembly mounting bolts: 98.0 – 122.6 Nm {10.0 – 12.5 kgm}
[*4]
2 3
Torque converter assembly mounting bolts: Liquid adhesive (LT-2) Torque converter assembly mounting bolts: 98 – 122.5 Nm {10.0 – 12.5 kgm}
No color
19
SEN01206-00
50 Disassembly and assembly
D155AX-6 Bulldozer Form No. SEN01206-00
© 2006 KOMATSU All Rights Reserved Printed in Japan 05-06 (02)
20
D155AX-6
SEN01207-00
BULLDOZER 1SHOP MANUAL
D155AX-6
Machine Model
Serial Number
D155AX-6
80001 and up
50 Disassembly and assembly1 Power train, Part 2 Disassembly and assembly of PTO assembly ................................................................................................ 2 Disassembly and assembly of torque converter assembly ............................................................................. 9 Disassembly and assembly of transmission assembly ................................................................................. 19 Disassembly and assembly of HSS case assembly ..................................................................................... 36 Removal and installation of HSS motor assembly ........................................................................................ 53
D155AX-6
1
SEN01207-00
Disassembly and assembly of PTO assembly
50 Disassembly and assembly
3)
Remove cover (5) from gear and bearing assembly (6).
4)
Remove bearing (7) and inner race (8) from gear (9). a Tighten bolts (M16 x 2.0) into taps (b) alternately to push out bearing (7).
5)
Remove bearing (40) from case (17).
1
Disassembly 1.
Lubrication tube 1) Remove shaft lubrication tube (1).
2)
2.
2
Remove pump drive gear lubrication tube (2).
Work equipment and HST pump drive gear and cover assembly 1) Remove 3 mounting bolts (3) and set the guide bolt. 2) Tighten forcing screws into hole (a) to remove gear and cover assembly (4).
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly
3.
SEN01207-00
Cooling fan pump drive gear and cover assembly 1) Remove 6 mounting bolts (10) and set a guide bolt. 2) Tighten forcing screws into hole (c) to remove gear and cover assembly (11).
3)
Remove snap ring (14) and remove bearing (15) from cover (12).
6)
Remove case (17) from bearing (16).
While supporting cover (12) with block [1], push in gear (13) to separate it from the cover.
4.
4)
5)
Scavenging pump drive gear assembly 1) Remove snap ring (18). 2) Remove gear (19) by pushing it into the case.
Remove inner race (41) from gear (13).
D155AX-6
3
SEN01207-00
3)
50 Disassembly and assembly
1]
Remove snap ring (20) and remove bearing (21) from the case.
2]
5.
Idler gear assembly 1) Remove the mounting bolt and plate (22).
6.
2) 3)
4
Remove bearing (25) and spacer (26) from gear (24). a When reusing the bearing and spacer, keep them so that they will be combined with the original outer race. Remove outer race (27) and snap ring (28) from gear (24).
Input shaft outer race Remove snap ring (29) and input shaft outer race (30).
Remove the mounting bolts and set guide bolt [2]. Using forcing screws [3], remove shaft (23). a Keep holding the gear in the case.
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly
Assembly a a a 1.
2.
SEN01207-00
1)
Install snap ring (28) to gear (24) and press fit outer race (27).
2)
Using 3 guide bolts [4], insert shaft (23) to the position shown in the figure. a If shaft (23) is inserted all the way, gear (24) cannot be installed. 2 O-ring: Grease (G2-LI)
3) 4)
Install bearing (25) to shaft (23). Install spacer (26).
Clean all the parts thoroughly and check them for dirt or damage before installing. After press fitting each bearing, drop 6 cc of TO30 or TO10 onto it and rotate it about 10 turns. Check that each snap ring is fitted to the groove. Input shaft outer race Press fit input shaft outer race (30) and install snap ring (29).
Idle gear assembly a Match the serial Nos. and match marks of the bearing, outer race and spacer at places [A] – [C] and use them as an assembly.
D155AX-6
5
SEN01207-00
5) 6)
7)
50 Disassembly and assembly
Install gear (24). Install bearing (25) and tighten plate (22) with the bolt to press fit the bearing to the shaft. 2 Mounting bolt: Adhesive (LT-2) 3 Mounting bolt: 245.0 – 308.7 Nm {25.0 – 31.5 kgm}
6
While holding the inner race side of the bearing with push tool [5], install drive gear (19).
3)
Install snap ring (18).
Fix shaft (23) with the mounting bolts.
4.
3.
2)
Cooling fan pump drive gear and cover assembly 1) Press fit bearing (16) to case (17).
Scavenging pump drive gear 1) Press fit bearing (21) to the case and install snap ring (20).
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly
2)
Press fit bearing (15) to cover (12) and install snap ring (14).
3)
Press fit inner race (41) to gear (13).
SEN01207-00
5)
5.
4)
Install gear and cover assembly (11), meshing it with the idler gear. 2 O-ring: Grease (G2-LI) 2 Mounting bolt; Adhesive (LT-2) 3 Mounting bolt: 98.0 – 122.5 Nm {10.0 – 12.5 kgm}
Work equipment and HST pump drive gear and cover assembly 1) Press fit bearing (40) to case (17).
Using the push tool, press fit gear (13) to cover (12).
2)
D155AX-6
Press fit bearing (7) and inner race (8) to gear (9).
7
SEN01207-00
6.
8
3)
Install gear and bearing assembly (6) to cover (5).
4)
nstall gear and cover assembly (4) to the case. 2 O-ring: Grease (G2-LI) 2 Mounting bolt: Adhesive (LT-2) 3 Mounting bolt: 98.0 – 122.5 Nm {10.0 – 12.5 kgm}
50 Disassembly and assembly
2)
Install lubrication tube (1). 3 Joint bolt: 34.3 – 44.2 Nm {3.5 – 4.5 kgm}
Lubrication tube 1) Install lubrication tube (2). 3 Joint bolt: 34.3 – 44.2 Nm {3.5 – 4.5 kgm}
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly
Disassembly and assembly of torque converter assembly
SEN01207-00
3.
1
Disassembly of drive case and housing assembly 1) Remove snap ring (4) and spacer (5).
Disassembly 1.
Input shaft 1) Remove mounting bolts (18 pieces). Using forcing screw [11], remove input shaft (1).
2)
2.
2)
Using 2 forcing screws [5] from the turbine side, remove bearing (8).
3)
Remove the 30 mounting bolts. Using eyebolts [2], remove housing assembly (6).
Remove snap ring (2) and bearing (3).
Drive case and housing assembly 1) Remove 30 mounting bolts (57) between the drive case and pump. Using eyebolts [3], remov e dr ive case and housing assembly (56).
D155AX-6
9
SEN01207-00
Remove 2 seal rings (7) from housing (9).
6.
Turbine gear Remove turbine gear (15).
Piston 1) Remove piston (10). 2) Remove 2 seal rings (11) from piston (10).
7.
Stator and race assembly 1) Remove snap ring (16) and stator and race assembly (17).
4)
4.
5.
10
50 Disassembly and assembly
Discs and plate Remove 2 discs (12) and plate (13).
2)
Remove 2 snap rings (18) and remove race (19) from stator (20).
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly
3)
8.
Remove snap ring (21).
Pump 1) Remove snap ring (22) and spacer (23). 2) Remove pump assembly (25) from stator shaft and clutch assembly (24).
SEN01207-00
9.
Stator clutch assembly 1) Loosen 3 mounting bolts (31) gradually to disconnect housing and shaft assembly (32).
2) 3) 4)
3) 4)
Remove stator clutch piston (33). Remove seal ring (34) from stator clutch piston (33). Remove 5 pins (35) and 10 springs (36) and remove 2 stator clutch discs (37) and stator clutch plate (38) from housing (39).
Remove 12 mounting bolts (26) and remove pump (28) from retainer (27). Remove snap ring (29) and remove bearing (30) from retainer (27).
D155AX-6
11
SEN01207-00
5)
Disassemble housing and shaft assembly according to the following procedure. 1] Remove 6 mounting bolts (40). 2] Using forcing screws, remove shaft assembly (41).
3]
4]
Remove seal ring (42), bushing (43) and sleeve (44) from shaft (45).
50 Disassembly and assembly
5]
Press the shaft with a press to remove shaft and bearing assembly (48) from housing (49).
6]
Remove snap ring (50) and remove spacer (51) and bearing (52) from shaft (53). Remove seal ring (54) from shaft (53).
7]
Remove snap ring (46) and gear (47). 8]
12
Remove seal ring (55) from housing (49).
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly
Assembly a a a
a 1.
SEN01207-00
4)
Using the push tool and press, press fit shaft and bearing assembly (48) to housing (49).
5)
Install bushing (43) and sleeve (44) to shaft (45). a Install the bushing and sleeve by expansion fit. Install seal ring (42) to shaft (45). a Fix the seal ring securely with grease. 2 Seal ring: Grease (G2-LI)
Clean all the parts and check them for dirt or damage. Coat their sliding surfaces with engine oil before installing. After press fitting each bearing, drop 10 cc of TO30 or TO10 onto it and rotate it about 10 turns. When installing a bearing by expansion fit, drop 10 cc of TO30 or TO10 onto it and rotate it about 10 turns before freezing it in dry ice etc. Check that each snap ring is fitted to the groove. Stator clutch assembly 1) Using push tool [3] and the press, press fit bearing (52) to shaft (53).
6)
2) 3)
Install spacer (51) and snap ring (50) to shaft (53). Install seal ring (54) to shaft (53). a Fix the seal ring securely with grease. 2 Seal ring: Grease (G2-LI) 7)
D155AX-6
Install shaft assembly (41) to housing (49) with 6 bolts (40). 2 Mounting bolt: Adhesive (LT-2) 3 Mounting bolt: 58.8 – 73.6 Nm {6.0 – 7.5 kgm}
13
SEN01207-00
8)
9)
50 Disassembly and assembly
Reverse the housing assembly and install gear (47) and snap ring (46).
Install seal ring (55) to housing (49). a The seal ring must be installed in the direction shown in the figure. 2 Periphery of seal ring: Grease (G2-LI) 10) Install seal ring (33) to stator clutch piston (34). a The seal ring must be installed in the direction shown in the figure. 2 Periphery of seal ring: Grease (G2-LI) 11) Install stator clutch piston (34) to housing (49). 2 Seal ring contacting surface: Grease (G2-LI)
12) Install 5 pins (35). 13) Install 2 stator clutch discs (37) and stator clutch plate (38).
14) Install 10 springs (36).
14
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly
15) Place housing (39) and tighten 3 mounting bolts (a) from under side. a Tighten 3 mounting bolts (a) gradually and evenly. 2 Mounting bolt: Adhesive (LT-2) 3 Mounting bolt: 98.0 – 122.5 Nm {10.0 – 12.5 kgm} 16) Before installing the pump, insert 10 mounting bolts (b) of the transmission assembly and torque converter assembly.
SEN01207-00
2.
Pump 1) Press fit bearing (30) to retainer (27) and install snap ring (29). 2) Install retainer (27) to pump (28). 2 Mounting bolt: Adhesive (LT-2) 3 Mounting bolt: 58.8 – 73.6 Nm {6.0 – 7.5 kgm}
3) 4)
3.
D155AX-6
Install pump assembly (25) to stator shaft and clutch assembly (24). Install spacer (23) and snap ring (22).
Snap ring Install snap ring (21) to the shaft.
15
SEN01207-00
4.
Stator and race assembly 1) Install race (19) to stator (20) and install 2 snap rings (18).
2)
5.
16
50 Disassembly and assembly
2)
Place drive case (14) on turbine gear (15).
3)
Install 2 discs (12) and plate (13).
4)
Install 2 seal rings (11) to piston (10). a The seal rings must be installed in the direction shown in the figure. 2 Periphery of seal ring: Grease (G2-LI)
Install stator and race assembly (17) and snap ring (16).
Drive case and housing 1) Set turbine gear (15) on block [4].
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly
5)
Install piston (10).
6)
Install 2 seal rings (7) to housing (9). a The seal rings must be installed in the direction shown in the figure. 2 Periphery of seal ring: Grease (G2-LI)
7)
Sling housing assembly (6) and install it to the drive case. a While aligning the 3 holes on the piston top with the pins on the inside of the housing, lower the housing gradually. 2 Mounting bolt: Adhesive (LT-2) 3 Mounting bolt: 98.0 – 122.5 Nm {10.0 – 12.5 kgm}
D155AX-6
SEN01207-00
8)
Using push tool [6], push the inner race of bearing (8) to press fit.
9)
Install spacer (5) and snap ring (4).
10) Install drive case and housing assembly (56). a Align plug (57) of the pump with the oil groove of the drive case. 2 Mounting bolt: Adhesive (LT-2) 3 Mounting bolt: 49.0 – 58.8 Nm {5.0 – 6.0 kgm} 3 Plug: 14.7 – 19.6 Nm {1.5 – 2.0 kgm}
17
SEN01207-00
6.
Input shaft 1) Install bearing (3) and snap ring (2).
2)
18
50 Disassembly and assembly
Install input shaft (1). 2 Mounting bolt: Adhesive (LT-2) 3 Mounting bolt: 98.0 – 122.5 Nm {10.0 – 12.5 kgm}
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly
SEN01207-00
Disassembly and assembly of transmission assembly
3)
Remove sleeve (3) and flanges (4) and (5).
4)
Remove control valve assembly (6).
1
791T-615-1300 Puller assembly 1 791T-615-1310 • Plate G 2
01010-82040
• Bolt
799-301-1600
Oil leak tester kit (A)
Sketch
Part name
New/Remodel
Part No.
Q'ty
Symbol
Necessity
Special tools
t 1 N 1 N Q 1 t 1
Disassembly a
Keep the removed discs and plates on a flat place so that they will not warp.
1.
Relief valve assembly Remove relief valve assembly (1).
3.
2.
Snap ring Remove snap ring (123) from output shaft (124). a Remove the snap ring at this time.
Control valve assembly 1) Remove cover assembly (2). 2) Remove the nut of wiring harness connector (2A) and push in the connector.
D155AX-6
19
SEN01207-00
4.
Transmission case 1) Set the block with the torque converter side up. 2) Remove sleeve (7).
3)
5.
Using eyebolts [2], sling transmission case (8), remove 13 tie bolts (9) (used to clamp the transmission case, too), and remove case (8).
50 Disassembly and assembly
6.
Input shaft-front cover-No. 1 carrier assembly 1) Using sling bar [3], remove input shaftfront cover-No. 1 carrier assembly (11).
2)
Disassemble the input shaft-front coverNo. 1 carrier assembly according to the following procedure. 1] Remove snap ring (12), No. 2 sun gear (13) and snap ring (14). 2] Remove snap ring (15), No. 1 sun gear (16) and collar (17).
Tie bolts Remove 4 remaining tie bolts (9). 3] 4]
20
Remove snap rings (18) and (126). Drive out input shaft toward the torque converter and remove front cover (19).
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly
5]
Remove snap ring (20) and drive out input shaft (21) toward the torque converter.
6] 7]
Remove collar (128). Remove snap ring (22) and No. 1 ring gear (23). Pull out shaft (24) and remove thrust washer (25), gear (26), bearing (27) and ball (28). a Take care not to lose the ball.
8]
7.
No. 1 disc, plate and spring 1) Remove spring (29). 2) Remove springs (30), discs (31) and plates (32).
D155AX-6
SEN01207-00
8.
No. 1 housing assembly 1) Using eyebolts [4], remove No. 1 housing assembly (33). 2) Remove No. 1 piston (34) from the housing.
9.
Guide pin Remove guide pins (35).
10. No. 2 disc, plate and spring 1) Remove spring (36). 2) Remove springs (37), discs (38) and plates (39).
11. Remove through bolt guide (40), lubricating oil relief valve (41) and spring (130).
21
SEN01207-00
12. Snap ring Remove snap ring (125).
50 Disassembly and assembly
2] 3]
Remove spacer (47) from No. 2 carrier assembly (49). Pull out shaft (50) and remove thrust washer (51), gear (52), bearing (53) and ball (54). a Take care not to lose the ball.
13. No. 2 housing and No. 2 carrier assembly 1) Using eyebolts [5], remove No. 2 housing and No. 2 carrier assembly (42). 2) Remove No. 2 piston (43).
3)
22
Disassemble No. 2 housing and No. 2 carrier assembly according to the following procedure. 1] Remove snap ring [44] and pull out No. 2 carrier assembly (45) from No. 2 housing (46).
4]
Remove snap ring (55) and ring gear (56). a Push the snap ring inward with a pin (Diameter: Max. 3 mm) from outside to warp and remove it.
5]
Remove seal ring (57) and snap ring (58) from No. 2 housing (46) and remove bearing (59).
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly
14. No. 3 disc, plate and spring 1) Remove springs (60). 2) Remove springs (61), discs (62) and plates (63).
15. No. 3 carrier assembly 1) Remove No. 3 carrier assembly (64).
2)
SEN01207-00
16. Output shaft and No. 4 sun gear 1) Pull out output shaft (73). 2) Remove snap ring (74) from the output shaft. 3) Remove No. 4 sun gear (75).
17. No. 4 carrier and No. 3 ring gear assembly 1) Remove No. 4 carrier and No. 3 ring gear assembly (76).
Disassemble No. 3 carrier assembly according to the following procedure. 1] Remove seal ring (65). 2] Pull out shaft (66). 3] Remove thrust washer (67), planetary gear (68), bearing (69) and ball (70). a Take care not to lose the ball. 4] Remove snap ring (71) and bearing (72).
D155AX-6
23
SEN01207-00
2)
Disassemble the No. 4 carrier and No. 3 ring gear assembly according to the following procedure. 1] Remove snap ring (77) and ring gear (127). a Push the snap ring inward with a pin (Diameter: Max. 3 mm) from outside to warp and remove it. 2] Remove seal rings (78) and (79). 3] Drive in roll pin (80) to pull out shaft (80A). 4] Remove thrust washer (81), planetary gear (82) and bearing (83). 5] Remove snap ring (84) to remove bearing (85) and spacer (86) as an assembly. 6] Remove bearing (85) from spacer (86).
50 Disassembly and assembly
19. No. 4 disc, plate, spring and guide pin 1) Remove spring (89). 2) Remove springs (90), No. 4 discs (91) and plates (92). 3) Remove guide pin (93).
20. No. 5 carrier and No. 4 ring gear assembly 1) Remove mounting bolts (94). 2) Remove No. 5 carrier and No. 4 ring gear assembly (95).
18. No. 3 housing 1) Remove No. 3 housing (87). 2) Remove No. 3 piston (88).
3)
24
Disassemble No. 5 carrier and No. 4 ring gear assembly according to the following procedure. 1] Drive out shaft (96) to remove thrust washer (97), gear (98), bearing (99) and ball (100). a Take care not to lose the ball.
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly
2]
Remove snap ring (101) and remove No. 4 ring gear (102) from carrier (103).
21. No. 5 sun gear Remove No. 5 sun gear (104).
SEN01207-00
23. No. 5 disc, plate and spring 1) Remove springs (107). 2) Remove discs (108), plates (109) and springs (110).
24. No. 5 ring gear Remove No. 5 ring gear (111). 25. No. 5 piston Remove No. 5 piston (112).
22. No. 4 housing assembly 1) Remove No. 4 housing assembly (105). 2) Remove No. 4 piston (106). 26. Cover assembly 1) Remove snap ring (113) and remove cover assembly (114) from output housing assembly (115).
D155AX-6
25
SEN01207-00
2) 3)
Remove seal rings (116) and (117) from cover (118). Remove bearing (119) from cover (118).
50 Disassembly and assembly
Assembly q
a a a a
Precautions for assembly Clean all the parts thoroughly and check them for dirt or damage before installing. Coat the sliding surfaces of each part with engine oil before installing. When installing piston seal ring (a), direct the pressure receiving side (b) toward housing (c). When installing a metallic seal ring, apply grease (G2-LI) to it and fit it evenly.
27. Output housing 1) Remove snap ring (120) and remove bearing (121) and spacer (122) from output housing (123). 2) Remove bearing (121) from spacer (122).
1.
26
Output housing 1) Using the push tool, press fit bearing (121) to spacer (122).
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly
2) 3)
2.
Using the push tool, press fit spacer (122) and bearing assembly (121) to output housing (123). Install snap ring (120).
Cover assembly 1) Using the push tool, press fit bearing (119) to cover (118). 2) Install seal rings (117) and (116) to cover (118).
3)
4)
SEN01207-00
3.
No. 5 piston Install No. 5 piston (112) to the output housing.
4.
No. 5 ring gear Install No. 5 ring gear (111).
5.
Guide pin Install guide pin (93).
6.
No. 5 disc, plate and spring 1) Install discs (108), plates (109) and springs (110). a Install the 3 discs and 2 plates. 2) 2) Install springs (107). a Free length of spring: 66 mm
Using the push tool, install cover assembly (114) to output housing assembly (115). a Press fit the inner race side of the bearing to install. Install snap ring (113).
D155AX-6
27
SEN01207-00
7.
No. 4 housing assembly 1) Fit the seal ring and install No. 4 piston (106). 2) Install No. 4 housing assembly (105). a Check that the springs are fitted to the grooves.
8.
No. 5 carrier and No. 4 ring gear assembly 1) Assemble the No. 5 carrier and No. 4 ring gear assembly according to the following procedure. 1] Set No. 4 ring gear (102) to carrier (103) and install snap ring (101).
2]
3]
28
Install bearing (99) to gear (98). While fitting thrust washers (97) to both sides of them, set them to the carrier. Fit ball (100) and install shaft (96).
50 Disassembly and assembly
2)
9.
Using guide bolts, set No. 5 carrier and No. 4 ring gear assembly (95) and tighten mounting bolts (94). 2 Threaded part of mounting bolt: Adhesive (LT-2) 3 Mounting bolt: 66.2 ± 7.4 Nm {6.75 ± 0.75 kgm}
No. 5 sun gear Install No. 5 sun gear (104).
10. No. 4 discs, plates and springs 1) Install No. 4 discs (91), plates (92) and springs (90). a Install the 4 discs and 3 plates. 2) Install springs (89). a Free length of spring: 70 mm
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly
SEN01207-00
8]
11. No. 3 housing assembly 1) Fit the seal ring and install No. 3 piston (88). 2) Install No. 3 housing (87). a Check that the springs are fitted to the grooves.
2)
Set the No. 3 ring gear to No. 4 carrier and install snap ring (77). a Check that the snap ring is fitted to the groove.
Install No. 4 carrier and No. 3 ring gear assembly (76).
12. No. 4 carrier and No. 3 ring gear assembly 1) Assemble No. 4 carrier and No. 3 ring gear assembly according to the following procedure. 1] Using the push tool, press fit bearing (85) to spacer (86).
13. No. 4 sun gear Install No. 4 sun gear (75).
2] 3] 4]
5] 6] 7]
D155AX-6
Using the push tool, press fit spacer (86) and bearing assembly (85) to the No. 4 carrier. Install snap ring (84). Install bearing (83) to planetary gear (82). While fitting thrust washers (81) to both sides of them, set them to the carrier. While setting the shaft pin hole to the carrier pin hole, install shaft (80A). Check that the pin holes are aligned and drive roll pin (80). Install seal rings (79) and (78).
14. Output shaft 1) Install snap ring (74) to the output shaft. 2) While setting output shaft (73) to the spline of the sun gear, push it in.
29
SEN01207-00
15. No. 3 carrier assembly 1) Assemble the No. 3 carrier assembly according to the following procedure. 1] Using the push tool, press fit bearing (72) to the carrier and install snap ring (71). 2] Install bearing (69) to planetary gear (68). While fitting thrust washers (67) to both sides of them, set them to the carrier. 3] Fit ball (70) and install shaft (66). 4] Install seal ring (65).
2)
Install No. 3 carrier assembly (64).
50 Disassembly and assembly
16. No. 3 discs, plates and springs 1) Install discs (62), plates (63) and springs (61). a Install the 4 discs and 3 plates. 2) Install springs (60). a Free length of spring: 70 mm
17. No. 2 housing and No. 2 carrier assembly 1) Assemble the No. 2 housing and No. 2 carrier assembly according to the following procedure. 1] Press fit bearing (59) to No. 2 housing (46) and install snap ring (58). 2] Install seal ring (57).
3]
30
Set No. 1 ring gear (56) and No. 2 carrier (45) and install snap ring (55).
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly
4]
5]
Install bearing (53) to gear (52). While fitting thrust washers (51) to both sides of them, set them to the carrier. Fit ball (54) and install shaft (50).
6] 7]
Install No. 2 ring gear (48). Install spacer (47). a Direct the side of the cut inside toward the carrier.
8]
Install No. 2 housing (46) to No. 2 carrier assembly (45). a Press fit the inner race side of the housing bearing. Install snap ring (44).
9]
D155AX-6
SEN01207-00
2)
3)
4)
Using eyebolts [5], install No. 2 housing and No. 2 carrier assembly (42). a Check that the springs are fitted to the grooves. Fit the seal ring and install No. 2 piston (43).
Install tool G1 to the inside groove of the No. 3 carrier, pull it up, and install snap ring (125).
18. Install through bolt guide (40), spring (130) and lubricating oil relief valve (41).
31
SEN01207-00
19. Guide pin Install guide pins (35).
50 Disassembly and assembly
3]
Set No. 1 ring gear (23) to No. 1 carrier and install snap ring (22).
4]
Press fit bearing (117) to input shaft (21). Install No. 1 carrier assembly (118) to input shaft (21) and install snap ring (18).
20. No. 2 discs, plates and springs 1) Install No. 2 discs (38), plates (39) and springs (37). a Install the 7 discs and 6 plates. 2) Install springs (36). a Free length of spring: 81.7 mm
5]
21. No. 1 housing assembly 1) Fit the seal ring and install No. 1 piston (34). 2) Using eyebolts [4], install No. 1 housing assembly (33), while aligning it with the No. 2 piston. a Press the housing to push in the dowel pins.
6] 7] 8]
Install collar (17). Install No. 1 sun gear (16) and snap ring (15). Install snap ring (14).
22. Input shaft and No. 1 carrier assembly 1) Assemble the input shaft and No. 1 carrier assembly according to the following procedure. 1] Install bearing (27) to gear (26). While fitting thrust washers (25) to both sides of them, set them to the carrier. 2] Fit ball (28) and install shaft (24).
32
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly
9]
2)
Install No. 2 sun gear (13) and snap ring (12).
Sling input shaft and No. 1 carrier assembly (119) and install it, while meshing the No. 2 sun gear with No. 2 planetary gear.
23. No. 1 discs, plates and springs 1) Install collar (128). 2) Install No. 1 discs (31), plates (32) and spring (30). a Install 6 discs and 5 plates. 3) Install springs (29). a Free length of spring: 81.7 mm
D155AX-6
SEN01207-00
24. Front cover 1) Install seal ring (121) to front cover (122).
2)
Using eyebolts [6], install front cover (122), while aligning it with the guide pins and springs. Press fit the inner race side of bearing (123) and install snap ring (24). a Check that the springs are fitted to the cover.
25. Tie bolts Install tie bolts (9) (4 pieces). (The 4 bolts marked with * in the attached drawing). 3 166.7 ± 9.8 Nm {17 ± 1 kgm}
33
SEN01207-00
50 Disassembly and assembly
26. Operation check of piston Using tool G2, check the operating condition and stroke of each piston. Piston
Standard stroke (mm)
No. 1
7.2
No. 2
7
No. 3
5
No. 4
5
No. 5
6
29. Snap ring Raise the case assembly and install snap ring (123) to output shaft (124).
30. Control valve assembly 1) Install control valve assembly (6). 3 Mounting bolt: 49.1 ± 4.9 Nm {5.0 ± 0.5 kgm}
27. Transmission case Fit the O-ring. Using eyebolts [2], install transmission case (8) and remaining 13 tie bolts (9). 3 Tie bolt: 166.7 ± 9.8 Nm {17 ± 1 kgm}
2)
Install flanges (4) and (5) and sleeve (3).
28. Sleeve Install sleeve (7).
34
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly
3)
SEN01207-00
Install cover assembly (2). 2 Threaded part of mounting bolt: Gasket sealant (LG-1 or LG-5)
31. Main relief valve assembly Install main relief valve assembly (1). 3 Mounting bolt: 49.1 ± 4.9 Nm {5.0 ± 0.5 kgm}
D155AX-6
35
SEN01207-00
50 Disassembly and assembly
Disassembly and assembly of HSS case assembly
q
1
Disassembly of brake and carrier assembly 1) Remove flange (2) and plate (3).
1 H
2 3
791-662-1110
Bracket
t 1
01010-31685
Bolt
t 1
01017-31620
Bolt
t 1
790-302-1500
Spanner kit
t 1
09003-09200
• Spanner
1
790-302-1500
Spanner kit
t 1
09003-08290
• Spanner
1
Sketch
Part name
New/Remodel
Part No.
Q'ty
Symbol
Necessity
Special tools
2)
Loosen the hexagon socket head bolts evenly. Using eyebolts [1], remove brake case (5). a Since the brake case is pressed by the brake spring, loosen the bolts evenly. a The outside bearing comes off together with the cover.
3)
Remove spacer (6), brake springs (7), piston (8) and cylinder (9).
Disassembly 1.
36
Brake and carrier assembly 1) Slant HSS case assembly about 15 ° so that tool H1 will be installed vertically. 2) Remove the mounting bolts. Using tool H1, remove brake and carrier assembly (1). a Do not remove the hexagon socket head bolts. a Remove the brake and carrier assembly on the opposite side similarly.
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly
4)
Remove brake drum (12), discs and plates together.
SEN01207-00
8) 9)
5)
Remove ring (21) and remove ring gear (22) from gear (108). Remove snap ring (23) and pull out shaft (24).
Remove plate (13), discs (15), springs (16) and plates (14) from the brake drum. 10) Remove planetary gear (25), bearing (26), thrust washer (27), shaft (24) and ball (28).
6) 7)
Remove the mounting bolts and remove carrier assembly (19) from hub (18). Remove gear assembly (20) form hub assembly (18).
D155AX-6
11) Remove snap ring (31) and remove stopper (32) from hub (18).
37
SEN01207-00
2.
50 Disassembly and assembly
6]
Bevel pinion assembly 1) Using guide bolt [3] and forcing screws, remove bevel pinion assembly (33) and shims (34). a Check the quantity and thickness of the shims and keep them. 2) Disassembly of bevel pinion assembly 1] Remove bolts (35), plate (36) and pin (37).
2] 3]
3.
Sun gear Remove sun gear (45). a Remove the sun gear on the opposite side similarly.
4.
Gear 1) Remove snap ring (47) and spacer (48).
Hold the pinion securely with a press. Using tool H2, remove locknut (39). Using push tool [5], remove bevel pinion (40) from cage (41).
2)
4] 5]
38
Remove bearing (109) from bevel pinion (40).
Using gear puller [6], remove gear (49).
Remove bearing (42). Remove outer races (43) and (107) from cage (41).
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly a a
SEN01207-00
2) 3)
Only inner race (50) of bearing (55) is left. Remove the gear on the opposite side similarly.
7. 5.
Valve seat 1) Pull out and remove 2 brake circuit tubes (51) and 2 lubrication tubes (52). 2) Remove valve seat (53).
Motor output gear 1) Remove flange (61) from case (62). 2) Remove flange and gear assembly (63).
3) 6.
Remove lubrication tubes (57) and (58). Remove oil level gauge pipe (59) and suction tube (60).
Remove gear assembly (65) from flange (64).
Lubrication tubes, oil level gauge pipe and suction tube 1) Remove lubrication tubes (52) and (56).
D155AX-6
39
SEN01207-00
4) 5)
50 Disassembly and assembly
3) 4)
Remove inner race (67) and bearing (68) from gear (66). Remove bearing (69) from flange (61).
9. 8.
Right-hand carrier drive gear 1) Remove bolt (70), plate (71) and gear (72).
2)
40
Remove inner race (75) from bearing (74). Remove bearing (74).
Intermediate gear 1) Remove shaft mounting bolts. 2) Using shock hammer [8], pull out shaft (76) and remove gear (77) and bearing (78).
Drive out shaft (73) with a plastic hammer etc.
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly
10. Bevel gear shaft and bevel gear assembly 1) Remove mounting bolts (85) of the lefthand retainer. 2) Remove mounting bolts (86) of the righthand retainer. 3) Using eyebolts [7], lift off bevel gear shaft and bevel gear assembly (87). a Check the quantity and thickness of the shims on the left side and keep them.
4)
SEN01207-00
2]
Remove right-hand retainer (89) from shaft (92).
3]
Remove hexagon socket head bolts (95), plate (93) and shim (94).
4]
Using tool H3, remove nut (96).
Disassembly of bevel gear shaft and bevel gear assembly 1] Using puller [11], remove inner race (91) on the right side of shaft (92). a Remove inner race (91) on the left side of shaft (92) similarly.
D155AX-6
41
SEN01207-00
5] 6]
Using puller [12], pull out left-hand retainer (97) from shaft (92). Remove bearing (98) from retainer (97).
50 Disassembly and assembly
Assembly q
a a a a a a
7]
Remove nut (99) and remove bevel gear (100) from shaft (92).
1.
8]
42
Precautions for assembly Clean all the parts thoroughly and check them for dirt or damage before installing. Drop engine oil onto the rotary parts of each bearing and rotate the bearing several turns. Coat the sliding surfaces of each part with engine oil before installing. When installing the piston seal ring, apply grease (G2-LI) to it, direct the pressure receiving side toward the housing, and fit it evenly. Fix the rotary seal ring with grease (G2-LI) and install it carefully so that it will not be caught. Check that each snap ring is fitted to the groove.
Remove bearing (101) from righthand retainer (89).
Bevel gear shaft and bevel gear assembly 1) Assembly of bevel gear shaft and bevel gear assembly 1] Using the push tool, press fit bearings (101) and (74) to right-hand retainer (89).
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly
2]
Install inner race (108) to shaft (92) by shrink fit. a Shrink fit temperature: 100 °C for about 30 minutes
3]
Set bevel gear (100) to shaft (92) and tighten nut (99). 3 Nut: 215.8 – 274.6 Nm {22.0 – 28.0 kgm} Install the seal ring.
4]
5]
6]
D155AX-6
SEN01207-00
7]
Support the bevel gear with block [13]. Using push tool [14], press fit retainer assembly (102) to the shaft.
8]
Fix the shaft. Using tool H3, tighten nut (96). 2 Nut: Adhesive (LT-2) 3 Nut: 735.5 – 902.2 Nm {75.0 – 92.0 kgm} a Remove the bolts which the tool will interfere with.
Install outer race (103), bearing (104), spacer (105), bearing (104) and outer race (103) to left-hand retainer (97) in order. Install plate (93) and fix it with several hexagon socket head bolts.
43
SEN01207-00
9]
Adjustment of shim Tighten the 4 bolts lightly and measure dimensions [a] and [c] to obtain dimension [b] and then select a shim of dimension [b]. Shim thickness [b] = ([a] – [c]) – (0.1 – 0.2 mm) 10] Set selected shim (94) and tighten bolts (95).
50 Disassembly and assembly
2) 3)
4) 11] Install right-hand retainer (89) to shaft (92).
Install left-hand retainer (88) and guide bolts [9]. Using eyebolts [10], sling the right-hand retainer. While aligning the guide bolts to the bolt holes, install bevel gear shaft and bevel gear assembly (90) to the case.
Install the shim to the left-hand retainer and tighten right-hand and left-hand retainer mounting bolts (85) and (86). a Shims of 0.1, 0.2 and 0.5 mm thickness are prepared. a The left-hand retainer mounting bolts need to be loosened later to adjust the backlas h and tooth contact. Tighten them at this time, however, to check the starting torque of the bevel gear shaft.
12] Install inner race (91) to shaft (92) by shrink fit. a Shrink fit temperature: 100 °C for about 20 minutes
44
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly
5)
SEN01207-00
3)
Push the tooth tip of bevel gear (100) with push-pull scale [7] to measure the "starting torque" of the bevel gear shaft. a Starting torque: Max. 3.0 Nm {0.3 kgm} (At bevel gear tooth tip: Max. 19.6 N {2.0 kg})
3. 2.
Intermediate gear 1) Install snap ring (83) and spacer (84) to gear (77). Using the push tool, press fit outer race (82). 2) Install lower bearing (78), spacer (81) and upper bearing (78).
Right-hand carrier drive gear 1) Using the push tool, press fit bearing (74) to the case. 2) Using the push tool, press fit inner race (75) to shaft (73). a Press fit to about 27 mm from the shaft face. a Install to only 1 side.
3)
D155AX-6
Install gear assembly (79) to case (80). While aligning the bolt holes, install shaft (76). a When installing the shaft, align the bolt holes.
Install shaft (73), while setting it to the bearing.
45
SEN01207-00
4.
46
4)
Using the push tool, install inner race (75) between the shaft and bearing. a Hold the shaft from the opposite side.
5)
Install gear (72) and plate (71) and tighten bolt (70). 3 Mounting bolt: 98.1 – 122.6 Nm {10.0 – 12.5 kgm}
Lubrication tubes, oil level gauge pipe and suction tube 1) nstall suction tube (60) and oil level gauge pipe (59). 2) Install lubrication tubes (57) and (58). 3 Joint bolt: 7.8 – 9.8 Nm {0.8 – 1.0 kgm}
50 Disassembly and assembly
3)
5.
Install lubrication tube (56). 3 Joint bolt: 7.8 – 9.8 Nm {0.8 – 1.0 kgm}
Bevel pinion assembly 1) Assembly of bevel pinion 1] Using the push tool, press fit bearing (109) to bevel pinion (40).
2] 3]
Using the push tool, press fit outer races (43) and (107) to cage (41). Place bevel pinion (40) on the press stand and set cage (41).
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly
4] 5]
Press fit bearing (42) to cage (41). Hold the pinion with the press. Using tool H2, tighten locknut (39). 2 Locknut: Adhesive (LT-2) 3 Locknut: 696.3 – 863.0 Nm {71 – 88 kgm} a While rotating the cage, tighten the locknut. a After tightening the nut, check that the bevel pinion rotates smoothly.
6.
Adjustment of backlash and tooth contact 1) Adjustment of backlash Apply the probe of dial gauge [6] to the tooth tip at the end of the bevel gear perpendicularly. While fixing the bevel pinion, move the bevel gear forward and backward and read the dial gauge. a Standard backlash: 0.25 – 0.33 mm a Measure the backlash diagonally at 3 or more places. a Adjust the backlash by increasing or decreasing thickness of the right and left shims. Do not change the total thickness of both shims, however, so that the pre-load will not change. (If the thickness of the shim on one side is increased, decrease the thickness of the other side, and vice versa.) q When backlash is insufficient Decrease the thickness of the shim on the right side of the machine and increase the thickness on the left side by the same quantity. (Move the bevel gear in direction (A).)
6]
2)
Rotate the nut until the phase of the pin holes (8 places) of the nut becomes the same as the phase of the pin holes (5 places) of the pivot shaft at a place. (The returning angle must be 0 ° – 9 °) 7] Insert pins (37) in the above holes, install plate (36) and tighten bolts (35). 2 Bolt: Adhesive (LT-2) 3 Bolt: 11.8 – 14.7 Nm {1.2 – 1.5 kgm} Using guide bolts [3], set shim (34) and install bevel pinion assembly (33). a Shims of 0.1, 0.2 and 0.5 mm thickness are prepared.
SEN01207-00
D155AX-6
q
When backlash is too large Decrease the thickness of the shim on the left side of the machine and increase the thickness on the right side by the same quantity. (Move the bevel gear in direction (B).)
47
SEN01207-00
2)
Adjustment of tooth contact Testing 1] Apply red lead thinly to the tooth surfaces of the bevel gear and turn the bevel gear in the forward and reverse directions, and then check the tooth contact pattern on the bevel gear.
2]
The tooth contact must be as follows. (The standard distance is measured from the tooth tip of the bevel pinion.) a) Center of tooth contact: 20 – 40% of face width (from small end) b) Width of tooth contact: 30 – 50% of face width c) Center of tooth contact: 35 – 65% of tooth depth d) Width of tooth contact: 60 – 80% of tooth depth Check that there is not a strong contact at tips (A), roots (B), small end (C) or large end (D). a If the bevel gear and bevel pinion are adjusted in this way, their teeth come in contact with each other correctly when they are loaded.
50 Disassembly and assembly
Adjustment If the tooth contact pattern is not proper, adjust the tooth contact according to the following procedure. 1) If the bevel pinion is too far from the center line of the bevel gear, the contact is at the small end of the bevel gear tooth faces curved outward and at the large end of the bevel gear tooth faces curved inward. q In this case, adjust the tooth contact according to the following procedure. Adjust the thickness of the shims on the bevel pinion side to move the bevel pinion in direction (A). Move the bevel gear in direction (B) and then check the tooth contact pattern and backlash again.
2)
q
a
48
If the bevel pinion is too close to the center line of the bevel gear, the contact is at the large end of the bevel gear tooth faces curved outward and the small end of the bevel gear tooth faces curved inward. In this case, adjust the tooth contact according to the following procedure. Adjust the thickness of the shims on the bevel pinion side to move the bevel pinion in direction (A). Move the bevel gear in direction (B), then check the tooth contact pattern and backlash again. Do not change the total thickness of the shims on the right and left sides.
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly
3)
SEN01207-00
4)
When adjustment is finished, tighten the mounting bolts of the cage and bevel pinion assembly to the specified torque. 2 Mounting bolts of cage and bevel pinion assembly: 98 – 122.5 Nm {10 – 12.5 kgm}
5)
8.
7.
Install flange and gear assembly (63) to case (62). Install flange (61).
Valve seat 1) Install lubrication tube (52).
Motor output gear 1) Using the push tool, press fit bearing (69) to flange (61). 2) Using the push tool, press fit inner race (67) and bearing (68) to gear (66).
2) 3)
3)
Install valve seat (53), while setting it to lubrication tube (52) installed in 8-1). Install brake circuit tube (51) and lubrication tube (52).
Install gear assembly (65) to flange (64).
D155AX-6
49
SEN01207-00
9.
Gear 1) Install inside bearing (55), snap ring (54) and outside bearing (55) to gear (49). 2) Install gear (49), while setting it to the bevel gear shaft bearing.
3) 4)
50 Disassembly and assembly
11. Brake and carrier assemblies a Assemble both assemblies according to the same procedure. q Assembly of brake and carrier assembly 1) Install stopper (32) to hub (18) and install snap ring (31). 2) Install bushing (38). 3) Using the push tool, press fit inner race (37).
Using the push tool, press fit inner race (50). Fit spacer (48) and install snap ring (47). 4)
Carrier assembly 1] Install bearing (26) to gear (25). While fitting thrust washers (27) to both sides of them, set them to the carrier. 2] Fit ball (28) and install shaft (24). 3] Install snap ring (23). 4] Install sleeve (36) to carrier (35).
10. Sun gear 1) Install thrust washer (46) to sun gear (45). 2) Install sun gear (45).
50
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly
5] 6]
7] 8]
5) 6)
Install bushings (29) and (30) to gear (108). Set gear (108) to ring gear (22), install ring (21), and install the ring gear to the gear.
Install gear assembly (20) to hub (18). Install carrier assembly (19) to hub (18). 3 Mounting bolt: 98.1 – 122.6 Nm {10.0 – 12.5 kgm}
Set brake drum (12) to hub assembly (18). Install discs (15), plates (14) and (13) and springs (16). a Install the 5 discs, 4 plates (14) and 1 plate (13).
D155AX-6
SEN01207-00
7)
8) 9)
Hub 1] Using the push tool, press fit bearing (17) to hub (9).
2] Fit the seal ring and install hub (9). Install spacer (6). Install piston (8) and spring (7). a Install the spring so that its outside will open.
10) Brake cover assembly 1] Using the push tool, press fit bearing (11) to brake cover (10). 2] Install guide bolt [2] to hub (9).
51
SEN01207-00
3]
Using eyebolts [1], install brake cover assembly (5), while aligning the bolt holes of the hub and brake drum. a Tighten the mounting bolts temporarily. a Tighten the hexagon socket head bolts evenly since the springs are working.
50 Disassembly and assembly
q
1) 2)
a a
4] 5] 6]
52
Installation of brake and carrier assembly Slant the steering case assembly about 15 degrees so that tool H1 will be installed vertically. Using tool H1, install brake and carrier assembly (1). 3 Mounting bolt: 98.1 – 122.6 Nm {10 – 12.5 kgm} Install the brake and carrier assembly on the opposite side similarly. If rear cover (109) of HSS case (107) was removed, install new gasket (108). 2 Gasket (Apply to both sides): Gasket sealant (LG-1)
Using the push tool, press fit inner race (4). Install plate (3) and flange (2). 3 Flange: 58.8 – 73.6 Nm {6 – 7.5 kgm} Periodically tighten the bolts tightened temporarily in 3]. 3 Mounting bolt: 98.1 – 122.6 Nm {10 – 12.5 kgm}
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly
Removal and installation of HSS motor assembly 1
SEN01207-00
Installation q
Carry out installation in the reverse order to removal.
q
Refilling with oil (Hydraulic tank) Add oil through the oil filler to the specified level. Run the engine to circulate the oil through the system. Then, check the oil level again.
Removal k
1.
Disconnect the cable from the negative (–) terminal of the battery. Drain the oil. 6
Hydraulic tank: Approx. 85 l
2.
Remove the fuel tank assembly. For details, see "Removal and installation of fuel tank assembly".
3.
Disconnect main hoses (1) and (2).
4.
Disconnect drain hose (3).
5.
Sling motor assembly (4), remove the 2 mounting bolts, and lift off the motor assembly. 4
D155AX-6
5
Hydraulic tank: Approx. 85 l
Motor assembly: 75 kg
53
SEN01207-00
50 Disassembly and assembly
D155AX-6 Bulldozer Form No. SEN01207-00
© 2007 KOMATSU All Rights Reserved Printed in Japan 04-07 (02)
54
D155AX-6
SEN02707-00
BULLDOZER 1SHOP MANUAL
D155AX-6
Machine Model
Serial Number
D155AX-6
80001 and up
50 Disassembly and assembly1 Power train, Part 3 Removal and installation of final drive assembly ............................................................................................ 2 Disassembly and assembly of final drive assembly........................................................................................ 4
D155AX-6
1
SEN02707-00
50 Disassembly and assembly
Removal and installation of final drive assembly 1
3.
Raising of machine k 1) Using a jack (686 kN {70 ton}) and the ripper of the work equipment, raise the machine and set right and left support stands [1] under the steering case. 2) Set right and left support stands [2] under the main frame on the front side of the machine. a After setting support stands [1] and [2], set the hydraulic jack and ripper as auxiliary supports.
4.
Remove guards (3) and (4).
J
790-337-1032
Lifting tool
t 1
791-627-1320
Shackle
t 2
791T-627-1910 Plate 01010-82080
Bolt
Sketch
Part name
New/Remodel
Part No.
Q'ty
Symbol
Necessity
Special tools
t 1 N Q t 2
Removal 1.
Spread the track assembly. For details, see "Spreading and installation of track assembly".
2.
Remove 8 mounting bolts (2) on the inside of final drive assembly (1). [*1]
2
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly
5.
Remove drive shaft cover (5).
SEN02707-00
8.
Using tool J, sling final drive assembly (1) and remove the remaining bolts. k First, loosen 1 bolt on each of both sides of the final drive so that the final drive will not jump out. Then, loosen all the bolts gradually to pull out the final drive assembly.
9.
Lift off final drive assembly (1). 4
6.
Final drive assembly: 1,400 kg
Pull out drive shaft (6). a Using forcing screws, pull out the drive shaft until the spline can be pulled out. a If the shaft cannot be pulled out, move the sprocket forward or backward to a position where the shaft can be pulled out.
Installation q
Carry out installation in the reverse order to removal.
[*1], [*2] 3 Final drive mounting bolt: 1,150 – 1,440 Nm {118 – 147 kgm}
7.
Remove the upper mounting bolts of the final drive assembly and install tool J. [*2]
D155AX-6
3
SEN02707-00
50 Disassembly and assembly
Disassembly and assembly of final drive assembly
Disassembly
1
1.
Block
t 1
791-520-4140
Screw
t 2
790-101-2360
Plate
t 2
791-112-1180
Nut
t 2
790-101-2480
Adapter
t 2
790-431-1031
1
2
3
K
4
5
6
7
4
6
Sketch
Part name
New/Remodel
Part No.
Q'ty
Symbol
Necessity
Special tools
Draining oil Remove the drain plug to drain the oil in the final drive case.
791T-627-1920 Plate
t 1 N Q
790-101-2102
Puller
t 1
790-101-1102
Hydraulic pump
t 1
790-431-1031
Block
t 1
791-520-4140
Screw
t 1
791-112-1180
Nut
t 2
01643-32460
Washer
t 2
791T-627-1930 Plate
t 1 N Q
791T-627-1940 Push tool
t 1 N Q
790-101-2102
Puller
t 1
790-101-1102
Hydraulic pump
t 1
791-627-1280
Installer
t 1
790-101-5401
Push tool kit
t 1
790-101-5441
• Plate
1
790-101-5421
• Grip
1
01010-51240
• Bolt
1
Final drive case: Approx. 31 l
2.
Drive shaft Remove drive shaft (1).
3.
Shaft 1) Set the final drive assembly to the block. 2) Remove mounting bolts (2).
t 1
790-101-5401
Push tool kit
790-101-5451
• Plate
1
790-101-5421
• Grip
1
01010-51240
• Bolt
1
791T-627-1950 Plate
t 1 N Q
791T-627-1960 Plate
t 1 N Q
790-201-1500
Push tool kit
t 1
790-201-1680
• Plate
790-101-5021
• Grip
1
01010-50816
• Bolt
1
791-520-4140
Screw
t 1
790-101-2420
Adapter
t 1
791-112-1180
Nut
t 1
01643-22460
Washer
t 1
792-785-1120
Plate
t 1
791-830-1410
Push tool
t 1
790-101-2102
Puller
t 1
790-101-1102
Hydraulic pump
t 1
1
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly
3)
4.
SEN02707-00
Using eyebolts [1], remove shaft (3).
4)
Remove floating seal (8) and bearing outer races (9) and (10). a Keep the floating seal in a safe place so that it will not be damaged.
5)
Reverse the sprocket hub assembly and remove 9 sprockets (11).
Sprocket hub assembly 1) Remove mounting bolts (4) and plate (5).
2) 3)
Using tool K1, pull out sprocket hub assembly (6). a Bearing (7) comes off, too. Using eyebolts [2], remove sprocket hub assembly (6).
D155AX-6
5.
Wear guard Remove wear guard (12).
5
SEN02707-00
6.
50 Disassembly and assembly
6)
Cover assembly 1) Remove spacer (13). 2) Remove floating seal (14). a Keep the floating seal in a safe place so that it will not be damaged. 3) Remove mounting bolts (15).
7)
7. 4)
Carrier assembly 1) Using 3 eyebolts [5], remove carrier assembly (21).
Using eyebolts [3], sling cover assembly (16). Using 3 forcing screws [4], remove the cover assembly.
2) 5)
6
Reverse the cover assembly and remove 6 lock plates (19). Remove ring gear (20).
Remove bearing (17) and spacer (18).
Disassemble the carrier assembly according to the following procedure. 1] Remove bolts (22) and holders (23). 2] Pull out planetary gear shaft (24).
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly
8.
3]
Remove planetary gear (25), bearings (26) and (27) and spacer (28) from the carrier.
4]
Remove bearing outer races (29) and (30) from the planetary gear.
SEN02707-00
9.
Holder Remove mounting bolt (33) and holder (34).
10. Gear 1) Remove the gear according to the following procedure. 1] Sling case-hub-case assembly (35) a little. 2] Push the shaft of case (36) to make a clearance between bearing (37) and case shaft. a Take care not to damage the bearing holding area on the pinion side.
Sun gear Remove thrust washer (31) and sun gear (32).
3] 4]
D155AX-6
Remove mounting bolts (38). Using eyebolts [6], sling gear (39), and slant the hub to remove the gear.
7
SEN02707-00
11. Hub and case assembly 1) Using tool K2, remove hub assembly (40) and bearing (37).
2)
3)
8
50 Disassembly and assembly
4)
Remove collar (43) and remove bearing (44) from case (36).
5)
Remove sump plate (45) from case (36).
Using eyebolts [7], remove hub assembly (40).
Remove 2 bearing outer races (42) from hub (41).
12. Cage assembly 1) Remove the mounting bolts of cage assembly (46). Using forcing screws [8], remove the cage assembly from case (36).
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly
2)
Remove outer race (48) and oil seal (49) from cage (47).
3)
Remove shims (50).
SEN02707-00
14. Outer race and oil seal Remove outer race (55) and oil seal (56) from case (36).
13. Gear assembly 1) Remove gear assembly (51). 2) Using puller [9], remove bearings (52) and (53) from gear (54).
D155AX-6
9
SEN02707-00
Assembly a a 1.
2.
Gear assembly 1) Using the push tool [11], press fit bearings (52) and (53) to gear (54). q Bearing press fitting force: 6 – 17 kN {0.6 – 1.7 ton} 2) Install the drive shaft cover. 3) Install gear assembly (51).
3.
Cage assembly 1) Using tool K4, press fit oil seal (49) to cage (47). a When press fitting the oil seal, take care of its direction. a Apply gasket sealant thinly to the inside wall of the housing and wipe off projected part. 2 Oil seal lip: Grease (G2-LI) 2 Oil seal press fitting area: Gasket sealant (LG-5)
Clean all the parts thoroughly and check them for dirt or damage before installing. Coat the sliding surfaces of each part with engine oil before installing. Oil seal and outer race 1) Using tool K4, press fit oil seal (56) to case (36). a When press fitting the oil seal, take care of its direction. a Apply gasket sealant thinly to the inside wall of the housing and wipe off projected part. 2 Oil seal lip: Grease (G2-LI) 2 Oil seal press fitting area: Gasket sealant (LG-5)
2)
10
50 Disassembly and assembly
Using tool K5, press fit outer race (55) to case (36). q Outer race press fitting force: 1 – 13 kN {0.1 – 1.4 ton}
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly
2)
Using tool K5, press fit bearing outer race (48) to cage (47). q Bearing press fitting force: 1 – 13 kN {0.1 – 1.4 ton}
3)
Fit the O-ring to cage assembly (46), install them, and adjust shim (50). a When installing the cage assembly, lower it gradually not to damage the oil seal lip.
4)
Adjustment of shim q Adjust the pinion bearing clearance according to the following procedure. 1] Tighten mounting bolts (D), (E), (G) and (H) of cage (40) evenly. 3 Mounting bolt: 20 Nm {2 kgm} 2] Using a thickness gauge, measure clearances (a) and (b) between cage (47) and case (36). 3] Referring to Table 1, determine quantity (c) of the shim from the total of clearances (a) and (b).
D155AX-6
SEN02707-00
4]
Install determined shim (50) to the cage and tighten the 6 mounting bolts of cage (47) evenly. 3 Mounting bolt: 98 – 123 Nm {10 – 12.5 kgm}
11
SEN02707-00
50 Disassembly and assembly
Table 1
4. Number of shims to be used
a + b (mm) Above
Below
t = 0.15
3.05
3.15
5
3.15
3.25
2
1
3.25
3.35
9
1
3.35
3.45
6
3.45
3.55
3
3.55
3.65
3.65
3.75
7
3.75
3.85
4
3.85
3.95
1
3.95
4.05
8
4.05
4.15
5
4.15
4.25
4.25
4.35
4.35
4.45
6
4.45
4.55
3
4.55
4.65
4.65
4.75
7
4.75
4.85
4
4.85
4.95
4.95 5.05
t = 0.5
1
1
t = 1.0
Total shim thickness (mm)
1
1.75
1
1.80 1.85
1
1.90
1
1.95
2
2.00
1
2.05
1
2.10
2
2.15
1
2.20
1
2.25
2
2
2.30
9
1
2.35
1
2.40
2
2.45
1
1 1
2
2.50
1
1
2.55
2
2.60
1
1
2
2.65
5.05
8
1
1
2.70
5.15
5
2
2.75
5.15
5.25
2
1
2
2.80
5.25
5.35
9
1
1
2.85
5.35
5.45
6
2
2.90
5.45
5.55
3
1
2
2.95
5.55
5.65
5.65
5.75
7
5.75
5.85
4
5.85
5.95
1
5.95
6.05
8
6.05
6.15
5
6.15
6.25
6.25
6.35
6.35
6.45
6
6.45
6.55
3
6.55
6.65
6.65
6.75
7
6.75
6.85
4
6.85
6.95
6.95 7.05
1
3
3.00
2
3.05
2
3.10
3
3.15
2
3.20
2
3.25
2
3
3.30
9
2
3.35
2
3.40
3
3.45
1
1 1
3
3.50
1
2
3.55
3
3.60
1
1
3
3.65
7.05
8
1
2
3.70
7.15
5
3
3.75
7.15
7.25
2
1
3
3.80
7.25
7.35
9
1
2
3.85
12
Hub and case assembly 1) Install oil sump plate (45) to case (36). a When installing the plate, press its surface against case faces (a) and (b). 2 Mounting bolt: Adhesive (LT-2)
2)
3)
Using tool K5, press fit bearing (44) to case (36). q Bearing press fitting force: 21 – 54 kN {2.1 – 5.5 ton} Install collar (43).
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly
5.
SEN02707-00
4)
Using tool K5, press fit 2 bearing outer races (42) to hub (41). q Bearing press fitting force: 3 – 18 kN {0.3 – 1.8 ton}
2)
Tighten gear mounting bolts (38). 2 Mounting bolt: Adhesive (LT-2) 3 Mounting bolt: 230 – 289 Nm {23.5 – 29.5 kgm}
5)
Using eyebolts [7], set hub assembly (40) to the shaft.
3)
Using tool K7, press fit bearing (37) to case (36). q Bearing press fitting force: 21 – 54 kN {2.1 – 5.5 ton}
Gear 1) Using eyebolts [6], sling gear (39). While slanting the hub, set the gear to the hub.
D155AX-6
6.
Holder Install holder (34) and tighten mounting bolt (35). 2 Mounting bolt: Adhesive (LT-2) 3 Mounting bolt: 230 – 289 Nm {23.5 – 29.5 kgm}
13
SEN02707-00
7.
Sun gear Install sun gear (32) and thrust washer (31).
8.
Carrier assembly a Since each planetary gear bearing is an assembly, assemble it from the inner race, outer race and spacer of the same identification mark. 1) Using tool K6, press fit bearing outer races (29) and (30) to the planetary gear. q Bearing press fitting force: 10 – 35 kN {1.0 – 3.6 ton}
2)
14
50 Disassembly and assembly
3)
Set the planetary gear assembly to the carrier and press fit shaft (24). a While aligning the holes of the bearing spacer, press fit the shaft gradually.
4)
Install holders (23) and tighten bolts (22). 2 Mounting bolt: Adhesive (LT-2) 3 Mounting bolt: 230 – 289 Nm {23.5 – 29.5 kgm}
5)
Using 3 eyebolts [4], install carrier assembly (21).
Install bearings (26) and (27) and spacer (28) to planetary gear (25).
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly
9.
Cover assembly 1) Install ring gear (20) and 6 lock plates (19) and tighten the mounting bolts. 2 Mounting bolt: Adhesive (LT-2)
2) 3)
4)
SEN02707-00
5)
Using eyebolts [3], fit the O-ring to cover assembly (16) and install them to the case assembly. a The mating faces of the case and cover must be free from a dent, rust, oil, dirt and water. a Apply the gasket sealant all around the mating face (1 side) of the case without breakage. 2 Mating face of case: Gasket sealant (LG-7) a Tighten the bolts within 20 minutes after applying the gasket sealant.
6)
Tighten mounting bolts (15). 3 Mounting bolt: 455 – 565 Nm {46.5 – 58 kgm}
Install spacer (18). Using tool K3, press fit bearing (17). q Bearing press fitting force: 15 – 43 kN {1.5 – 4.4 ton}
Using tool K4, press fit floating seal (14). a Degrease and dry the O-ring and Oring contact surface before installing the floating seal. a After installing the floating seal, check that its tilt is 1 mm or less.
D155AX-6
15
SEN02707-00
10. Wear guard Install wear guard (12). 3 Mounting bolt: 824 – 1,030 Nm {84 – 105 kgm}
11. Sprocket hub assembly 1) Using tool K5, press fit bearing outer races (9) and (10). q Bearing press fitting force: 14 – 59 kN {1.5 – 4.4 ton}
2)
16
50 Disassembly and assembly
3)
Using tool K3, press fit floating seal (8). a Degrease and dry the O-ring and Oring contact surface before installing the floating seal. a After installing the floating seal, check that its tilt is 1 mm or less.
4)
Using eyebolts [2], install sprocket hub assembly (6) to the cover assembly. a Check that the sliding surface of the floating seal is free from dirt and apply engine oil thinly.
Install 9 sprockets (11) to the sprocket hub. 2 Mounting bolt: Adhesive (LT-2) 3 Mounting bolt: 1,176 ± 98 Nm {120 ± 10 kgm}
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly
5)
SEN02707-00
2)
Using tool [10], press fit bearing (7). a While rotating the sprocket hub assembly, press fit the bearing. q Bearing press fitting force: 15 – 43 kN {1.5 – 4.4 ton}
Tighten mounting bolts (2). 3 Mounting bolt: 1,225 – 1,470 Nm {125 – 150 kgm}
13. Drive shaft Install drive shaft (1). 6)
Install plate (5) and tighten mounting bolts (4). 2 Mounting bolt: Adhesive (LT-2) 3 Mounting bolt: 2 30 – 289 Nm {23.5 – 29.5 kgm}
q
a 12. Shaft 1) Fit the O-ring to the sprocket hub assembly. Using eyebolts [1], install shaft (3).
Refilling with oil Tighten the drain plug and add oil through the oil filler. After installing the final drive assembly to the machine, check the oil level again.
5 3 3
D155AX-6
Final drive case: Approx. 31 l Oil filler/Drain plug: 127 – 176 Nm {13 – 18 kgm} Oil level gauge plug: 58.8 – 76.4 Nm {6 – 8 kgm}
17
SEN02707-00
50 Disassembly and assembly
D155AX-6 Bulldozer Form No. SEN02707-00
© 2007 KOMATSU All Rights Reserved Printed in Japan 04-07 (02)
18
D155AX-6
SEN01208-00
BULLDOZER 1SHOP MANUAL
D155AX-6
Machine Model
Serial Number
D155AX-6
80001 and up
50 Disassembly and assembly1 Undercarriage and frame Removal and installation of track frame assembly.......................................................................................... 3 Removal and installation of idler assembly ..................................................................................................... 6 Disassembly and assembly of idler assembly ................................................................................................ 7 Removal and installation of recoil spring assembly .......................................................................................11 Disassembly and assembly of recoil spring assembly .................................................................................. 12 Removal and installation of track roller ......................................................................................................... 17 Disassembly and assembly of track roller assembly .................................................................................... 19 Removal and installation of No. 1 bogie assembly ....................................................................................... 22 Removal and installation of No. 2, No, 3 and No. 4 bogie assemblies ......................................................... 28 Disassembly and assembly of bogie assembly ............................................................................................ 34 Removal and installation of carrier roller assembly ...................................................................................... 37 Disassembly and assembly of carrier roller assembly .................................................................................. 38 Removal and installation of pivot shaft assembly ......................................................................................... 42 Spreading and installation of track shoe assembly ....................................................................................... 44 General disassembly and assembly of track shoe........................................................................................ 47 Disassembly and assembly of 1 link in field.................................................................................................. 61
D155AX-6
1
SEN01208-00
50 Disassembly and assembly
Disassembly and assembly of master link .................................................................................................... 65 Removal and installation of equalizer bar assembly ..................................................................................... 68 Disassembly and assembly of equalizer bar assembly................................................................................. 70 Removal and installation of segment teeth ................................................................................................... 72
2
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly
SEN01208-00
Removal and installation of track frame assembly 1
2)
KK
17A-30-46180 Bracket
t 6 N
01010-63060
Bolt
t 12
01643-33080
Washer
t 12
3) Sketch
Part name
New/Remodel
Part No.
Q'ty
Symbol
Necessity
Special tools
Set hydraulic jack [2] under the center of the equalizer bar and float the front part of the machine and then set right and left support stands [3] under the main frame on the front side of the machine. Set blocks under the front part of the floated track frame to secure safety during work. a After setting support stands [1] and [3], set the hydraulic jack and ripper as auxiliary supports.
Removal 1.
Remove the blade assembly. For details, see "Removal and installation of blade assembly".
2.
Spread the track assembly. For details, see "Spreading and installation of track assembly".
3.
Using tool KK, fix the bogie assembly.
4.
Raise the machine according to the following procedure. 1) Raise the machine with a jack or the ripper and set right and left support stands [1] under the frame to float the rear part of the machine.
D155AX-6
5.
Sling the track frame assembly to be removed.
6.
Remove mounting bolts (1) and cover (2). [*1]
7.
Remove the 2 mounting bolts and lock plate (3).
8.
Pull out pin (4). a If the holes of the equalizer bar and track frame are not aligned, the pin cannot be pulled out easily. Accordingly, remove the pin while adjusting the height of the track frame. k If the track frame on the opposite side is floated before the pin is removed, support it with blocks etc.
3
SEN01208-00
9.
50 Disassembly and assembly
Remove guards (5) and (6). 4
Guard (6): 25 kg
10. Remove the mounting bolts and pull out cover (7). a Hoses are connected in the cover. Take care.
16. Lift off track frame assembly (16). [*3] 4
Track frame assembly: 3,825 kg
11. Disconnect hoses (8), (9), (10) and (11) connected in cover (7) pulled out and then remove cover (7).
17. Remove seal (17) from pivot shaft (18). [*4]
12. Remove washer (12). 13. Remove seal (13). [*2] 14. Remove the 6 mounting bolts and washer (14). 15. Remove spacer (15) from the washer.
4
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly
Installation q
Carry out installation in the reverse order to removal.
[*1]
2
Threaded part of mounting bolt (1): Adhesive (LT-2) 3 Mounting bolt (1): 7 84 – 981 Nm {80 – 100 kgm} q Add grease (G2-LI) through the grease fitting.
SEN01208-00
[*4] a Install seal (17) according to the following procedure. 1) Reverse seal (17) so that the molded letter (c) face will be on the inside. 2) With the seal reversed, insert seal (17) in pivot shaft (18). 3) Apply oil (EO-30) to face (d) of track frame assembly (16). 4) Install track frame assembly to the pivot shaft.
[*2] a Install seal (13) according to the following procedure. 1) Reverse seal (13) so that the molded letter (a) face will be on the inside. 2) With the seal reversed, insert the seal in washer (14). 3) Apply oil (EO-30) to face (b) of washer (12) at the shaft end. 4) Install washer (12) to the shaft end.
q
Refilling with oil (Pivot chamber) 5
Pivot chamber: 9 l (EO-30)
[*3] a When inserting the track frame assembly, take care extremely not to damage the seal surface.
D155AX-6
5
SEN01208-00
Removal and installation of idler assembly 1
50 Disassembly and assembly
7.
Removal 1.
Spread the track assembly. For details, see "Spreading and installation of track assembly". k Never stand in front of the idler assembly to avoid danger.
2.
Remove side covers (1). a Remove the 1 inside cover and 1 outside cover.
3.
Loosen the support mounting bolts to remove the shims and then remove support (2). [*1] a Check the quantity and thickness of the shims and keep them. a Remove the 1 inside support and 1 outside support.
Remove spring seats (6) and tension springs (7). a The above parts are installed between the support and track frame.
Installation q
Carry out installation in the reverse order to removal.
[*1] a Set the idler assembly to the center of the track frame and adjust clearance (a) between the track frame and guide plate with the shims. q Standard clearance (a): 0.5 – 1.0 mm q Standard shim thickness: 6 mm
4.
Loosen guide tension bolts (3). a Loosen the 2 inside bolts and 2 outside bolts.
5.
Remove idler guide mounting bolts (4).
6.
Sling idler assembly (5) and pull it out forward to remove. 4
6
Idler assembly: 350 kg
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly
SEN01208-00
Disassembly and assembly of idler assembly
791T-630-1230 Plate
t 1
791-630-1220
Rod
t 2
790-101-2510
Block
t 1
790-101-2570
Washer
t 2
01580-01411
Nut
t 2
01643-31445
Washer
t 2
790-101-2102
Puller t 1 (294 kN {30 ton})
790-101-1102
Hydraulic pump
t 1
2
796-670-1020
Installer
t 1
3
791-601-1000
Oil pump
t 1
1 L
7.
Remove plate (7).
8.
Reverse the idler assembly.
9.
Remove nut (8), bolt (9) and support (10).
Sketch
New/Remodel
Q'ty
Part name
Necessity
Part No.
Remove the mounting bolts. Using forcing screws [2], remove retainer (6).
1
Special tools Symbol
6.
Q
10. Remove ring (11).
Disassembly 1.
Remove the oil drain plug to drain the oil. 6
Idler: Approx. 530 – 590 cc
2.
Set idler assembly (1) to blocks [1].
3.
Remove nut (1) and pull out bolt (3).
4.
Remove support (4).
5.
Remove ring (5). 11. Using forcing screws [2], remove retainer (12). 12. Remove plate (13). 13. Lift off shaft (14).
D155AX-6
7
SEN01208-00
14. Remove floating seal (15) from rings (5) and (11). 15. Remove floating seal (16) from retainers (6) and (12).
50 Disassembly and assembly
Assembly a
Clean all the parts thoroughly and check them for dirt or damage.
1.
Set tool L1 to idler (1) and press fit bushing (17). a When press fitting the bushing, align it with the mating hole with a plastic hammer and then press fit it with the press. a Press fit the bushing so that distance (a) between the idler end and bushing top will be 16 ± 0.5 mm. q Bushing press fitting force: 16 – 92 kN {1.6 – 9.4 ton}
2.
Using tool L2, install floating seal (12) to retainers (5) and (9). a Dimension (b) of projection [a] of the seal shown in the figure must be 7 – 11 mm. a After inserting the seal, check that its tilt is 1 mm or less. a Before inserting the seal, thoroughly clean, degrease and dry the parts indicated with the thick lines in figure [b] (the O-ring and the O-ring contact surface).
16. Remove bushing (17) from idler (1).
8
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly
3.
Using tool L2, install floating seal (11) to rings (8) and (4). a Dimension (b) of projection [a] of the seal shown in the figure must be 7 – 11 mm. a After inserting the seal, check that its tilt is 1 mm or less. a Before inserting the seal, thoroughly clean, degrease and dry the parts indicated with the thick lines in figure [b] (the O-ring and the O-ring contact surface).
4.
Set idler (1) to blocks [1].
5.
Install plate (13) and retainer (12).
SEN01208-00
6.
Sling and reverse idler (1) and set it to blocks [1].
7.
Sling shaft (14) and set it to the idler. a When installing the shaft, take care not to damage the retainer fitting floating seal installed below.
8.
Install plate (7) and retainer (6).
9.
Using the push tool, press fit ring (12) to the shaft to dimension (c). a Before installing the ring, apply engine oil thinly to the mating face of the floating seal. a Ring press fitting dimension (c): 80 ± 0.2 mm
10. Reverse idler (1) and set it to block [1].
D155AX-6
9
SEN01208-00
11. Using the push tool, press fit ring (6) to dimension (d). a Ring press fitting dimension (d): 80 ± 0.2 mm a Before installing the ring, apply engine oil thinly to the mating face of the floating seal.
50 Disassembly and assembly a
If oil was added with tool L3, be sure to slant the idler about 10° and check that the oil level is at the bottom of the oil filler as shown below.
12. Install supports (4) and (10) to shaft (14). Insert bolts (3) and (9) and tighten nuts (2) and (8).
13. Using tool L3, add oil to the specified level and tighten the plug. 5 3
10
Idler: 670 – 730 cc (GO140B) Plug: 160 – 255 Nm {16.0 – 26.0 kgm}
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly
Removal and installation of recoil spring assembly 1
SEN01208-00
Installation q
Carry out installation in the reverse order to removal.
a
While checking the recoil spring assembly through the lubricator adjustment window, install in the track frame.
Removal 1.
Remove the idler assembly. For details, see "Removal and installation of idler assembly".
2.
Pull out the recoil spring assembly (1) forward to remove. 4
D155AX-6
Recoil spring assembly: 510 kg
11
SEN01208-00
50 Disassembly and assembly
Disassembly and assembly of recoil spring assembly
3)
1
Using push tool [1], pull out piston (9) from yoke (8) with a press.
791-685-8006
Compressor
t 1
791-635-3160
Extension
t 1
M 2 791T-630-2610 Spacer
t 1
790-101-1300
Cylinder
t 1
790-101-1102
Hydraulic pump
t 1
Sketch
Part name
New/Remodel
Part No.
Q'ty
Symbol
Necessity
Special tools
Q
q
Disassembly 1.
Remove yoke and piston assembly (2) from recoil spring assembly (1).
2.
Disassembly of yoke and piston assembly 1) Remove snap ring (3), packing (4) and ring (5). 2) Remove bolt (6) and plate (7).
12
3.
If cylinder (10) has not been broken and shaft end nut (11) has not come off, disassemble according to the following procedure.
Remove holder (13) from recoil spring case (12). k Never stand in front of or at the rear of the recoil spring assembly to avoid danger.
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly
4.
5.
Disassembly of holder 1) Remove cover (15) from holder (14). 2) Remove seal (16) and bushing (17) from holder (14).
SEN01208-00
7.
Apply hydraulic pressure gradually to tool M2 to compress the spring and tighten nut (11) until spacer (19) comes off and then remove the spacer.
8.
Remove nut (11) and release the hydraulic oil gradually to release the spring tension.
9.
Remove recoil spring (20) and cylinder (10) from recoil spring case (12).
Remove the lock plate from cylinder (10) and remove lubricator (18).
10. Remove bushing (21) from cylinder (10). 11. Remove seal (22) and bushing (23) from recoil spring case (12).
6.
Set recoil spring assembly (1) to tool M2. k Set the spring securely since its installed load is heavy and dangerous. a Installed load of spring: 314 kN {32,000 kg}
D155AX-6
13
SEN01208-00
q
k
1)
2)
3) 4)
14
If cylinder (10) has been broken or shaft end nut (11) has come off and the mounting bolt of holder (13) is removed, recoil spring (20) will jump out forward. In this case, disassemble according to the following procedure. Never stand in front of or at the rear of the recoil spring assembly to avoid danger until holder (13) and recoil spring case (12) are separated and the recoil spring is taken out and safety is confirmed.
Set recoil spring assembly (1) to tool M2. k Set the spring securely since its installed load is heavy and dangerous. a Installed load of spring: 314 kN {32,000 kg} Apply hydraulic oil gradually and fix recoil spring assembly (1).
50 Disassembly and assembly
Assembly 1.
Using the push tool, press fit bushing (23) to recoil spring case (12) and install seal (22). 2 Bushing: Grease (G2-LI)
2.
Using the push tool, press fit bushing (21) to cylinder (10). 2 Bushing: Grease (G2-LI)
3.
Temporarily install recoil spring (20) and cylinder (10) to recoil spring case (12) and set them to tool M2. 2 Inside of case and parts in case: Grease (Apply G2-LI to minimum thickness of 3 mm) k Set the spring securely since its installed load is heavy and dangerous. a Installed load of spring: 314 kN {32,000 kg} a When compressing the spring, align it by using lever block [2] etc. so that the threaded part will not be damaged. a Installed length of spring: 656 mm
Remove the mounting bolts of holder (13). Release the hydraulic oil gradually to release the spring tension.
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly
4.
5.
Install nut (4) and spacer (19). a Eliminate the clearance between the nut and spacer. (Reference) If there is any clearance, the spring load is applied to the threaded part of the nut. The nut may be damaged and may not be able to be disassembled next time.
SEN01208-00
6.
Install lubricator (18) to cylinder (10) and install the lock plate. a Install the grease fitting at 45° ± 5° out.
7.
Assembly of holder 1) Using the push tool, press fit bushing (17) to holder (14) and install seal (16). 2 Bushing and oil seal: Grease (G2-LI) 2) Install cover (15) to holder (14).
8.
Install holder (13) to recoil spring case (12). 2 Mating faces of holder and case: Grease (G2-LI)
Release the hydraulic pressure gradually to release the spring tension completely and then remove recoil spring assembly (1) from tool M2.
D155AX-6
15
SEN01208-00
9.
50 Disassembly and assembly
Assembly of yoke and piston assembly 1) Using the push tool and press, press fit piston (9) to yoke (8). q Yoke press fitting force: 392 kN {40 ton}
2) 3)
Install plate (7) and tighten bolt (6). a Check that the plate is not on the yoke. Install ring (5), packing (4) and snap ring (3). 2 Packing and ring: Grease (G2-LI)
10. Install yoke and piston assembly (2) to recoil spring assembly (1).
16
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly
SEN01208-00
Removal and installation of track roller 1
Note 1: Sling No. 1 bogie (1) with lever block [1] etc. and fix it. The fixing tool cannot be used to fix the No. 1 bogie.
KK
17A-30-46180 Bracket
t 6 N
01010-63060
Bolt
t 12
01643-33080
Washer
t 12
Sketch
Part name
New/Remodel
Part No.
Q'ty
Symbol
Necessity
Special tools
Removal 1.
2.
Lower the track assembly tension. For details, see "Spreading and installation of track assembly".
3.
Operate the blade and ripper to raise the machine until track roller assembly (2) floats above the track shoe. a Operate the blade and ripper slowly while running the engine at low idle.
4.
Loosen the mounting bolts of roller cap. [*1] a Loosen both inside and outside bolts. a Do not remove the mounting bolts.
5.
Operate the blade and ripper to lower the machine. a Operate the blade and ripper slowly while running the engine at low idle.
6.
Remove the mounting bolts and roller cap (3). [*2] a Take care not to damage the dowel pin installed.
Install tool KK to fix bogie assembly (1).
a
When removing track roller assembly (2), fix the related bogie assembly with the tool according to the following table.
Track roller assembly to be removed
Bogie assembly to be fixed with tool Bogie of track roller to be removed
Related bogie
No. 1 roller
Note 1
No. 2 bogie
No. 2 roller
No. 2 bogie
No. 1 bogie
No. 3 roller
No. 2 bogie
No. 3 bogie
No. 4 roller
No. 3 bogie
No. 2 bogie
No. 5 roller
No. 3 bogie
No. 4 bogie
No. 6 roller
No. 4 bogie
No. 3 bogie
No. 7 roller
No. 4 bogie
—
D155AX-6
17
SEN01208-00
7.
Operate the blade and ripper to raise the machine until track roller assembly (2) floats above the bogie. [*3]
50 Disassembly and assembly
Installation q
Carry out installation in the reverse order to removal.
[*1], [*2] Install the track roller assembly according to the following procedure. 1. Set the track roller assembly on the track shoe. a Direct the oil filler of the track roller assembly out of the machine.
8.
Pull track roller assembly (2) out of the machine. 4 4
Track roller assembly (single flange): 95 kg Track roller assembly (double flange): 110 kg
2.
Lower the machine until the roller cap bolts can be installed and then install roller cap (3) temporarily.
3.
Align dowel pin (4) with the dowel pin hole of the track roller and tighten the roller cap bolts. a Take care not to break the dowel pin. 2 Roller cap mounting bolt: Adhesive (LT-2) 3 Roller cap mounting bolt: 662 – 829 Nm {67.5 – 84.5 kgm}
[*3] Installation composition of track roller assembly S: Track roller assembly (single flange) D: Track roller assembly (double flange) a Install the track roller assembly with the oil filler plug directed out.
18
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly
SEN01208-00
Disassembly and assembly of track roller assembly
N
7.
Remove rings (2) and (6) from retainers (3) and (7).
8.
Remove floating seal (9) from rings (2) and (6). a Keep the floating seal so that it will not be damaged.
9.
Remove floating seal (10) from retainers (3) and (7). a Keep the floating seal so that it will not be damaged.
Sketch
New/Remodel
Q'ty
Part name
Necessity
Part No.
Using the press, remove ring (6), retainer (7) and plate (8) from the shaft.
1
Special tools Symbol
6.
1 791T-630-1290 Plate
t 1
Q
2 791T-630-1330 Push tool
t 1
Q
3
791-651-1510
Installer
t 2
4
791-601-1000
Oil pump
t 1
Disassembly 1.
Remove the oil filler plug to drain the oil. 6
Track roller: 820 – 880 cc
2.
Set track roller (1) on block [1].
3.
Remove the mounting bolts. Using forcing screws [2], remove ring (2), retainer (3) and plate (4) together.
4.
Reverse the track roller assembly.
5.
Remove the mounting bolts. Using eyebolts [3], remove shaft (5) and retainer together.
10. Remove 2 bushings (11) from roller (12).
D155AX-6
19
SEN01208-00
50 Disassembly and assembly
Assembly a
Clean all the parts thoroughly and check them for dirt or damage.
1.
Set roller (12) to the press. Using tool N1, press fit bushing (11). a When press fitting the bushing, align it with the mating hole with a plastic hammer and then press fit it with the press. a Press fit the bushing so that distance (a) between the roller end and bushing top will be as follows. q Press fitting dimension (a): 18 ± 1 mm q Bushing press fitting force: 19 – 120 kN {2 – 12 ton}
2.
Set shaft (5) to the roller.
3.
Using tool N3, install floating seal (10) to retainers (3) and (7). a Before installing the floating seal, thoroughly clean, degrease and dry the O-ring and floating seal contact surface (hatched areas). Take care that dirt will not stick to the floating seal contact surface. a After inserting the floating seal, check that its tilt is 1 mm or less and projection (a) of the seal is 7 – 11 mm.
4.
20
5.
6.
Using tool N3, install floating seal (9) to seal guides (2) and (6). a Before installing the floating seal, thoroughly clean, degrease and dry the O-ring and floating seal contact surface (hatched areas). Take care that dirt will not stick to the floating seal contact surface. a After inserting the floating seal, check that its tilt is 1 mm or less and projection (a) of the seal is 7 – 11 mm.
Using tool N2, press fit ring (2) to the shaft. Ring press fitting force: 39 – 69 kN {4 – 7 ton}
q
Fit the O-ring and install retainers (3) and (7) and plates (4) and (8) to the roller. a Check that you can rotate the plates lightly by the hand.
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly a
a
Press fit the ring so that press fitting dimension (c) from the shaft end to the ring top will be as follows. Press fitting dimension (c): 48.5 ± 0.2 mm Reverse the track roller assembly and press fit ring (6) on the opposite side similarly.
7.
Using tool N4, apply the standard pressure to the roller oil filler to check the seal for air leakage. a Standard pressure: 0.1 MPa {1 kg/cm2} a Check method: Keep the standard pressure for 10 seconds and confirm that the gauge pointer does not lower.
8.
Using tool N4, add oil to the track roller assembly. 5
9.
SEN01208-00
Track roller oil: 820 – 880 cc (GO140)
After adding oil, check the oil level and tighten the plug. a Check of oil level: Slant the track roller about 10° and check that the oil level is at the bottom of the oil filler. 3 Plug: 160.0 – 250.0 Nm {16.0 – 25 kgm}
D155AX-6
21
SEN01208-00
50 Disassembly and assembly
Removal and installation of No. 1 bogie assembly 1
14
22 23
17A-30-46180 Bracket
t 2 N
01010-63060
Bolt
t 4
01643-33080
Washer
t 4
790-401-1700
Lifting tool
t 1
790-401-1761
Adapter
t 1
791-630-1860
Bracket
t 1
791-630-1870
Bracket
t 1
790-101-2310
Block
t 1
790-101-2360
Plate
t 2
Screw
t 2
Nut
t 2
790-445-4130 15 791-112-1180 L
790-101-4000
Puller t 1 (490 kN {50 ton})
790-101-1102
Pump
t 1
790-201-2760
Spacer
t 1 N
791-630-1370
Adapter
t 1
790-434-1060
Screw
t 2
01580-13024
Nut
t 2
01643-33080
Washer
t 1
790-101-4000
Puller t 1 (490 kN {50 ton})
790-101-1102
Pump
t 1
17 796-430-1110
Push tool
t 1
18 790-701-3000
Seal checker
t 1
16
19 791T-630-1390 Guide
t 1
Sketch
Part name
New/Remodel
Part No.
Q'ty
Symbol
Necessity
Special tools
4.
Sling No. 1 bogie assembly (2) with wires so that it will not lower.
5.
Loosen the mounting bolts of roller cap about 20 mm. a Loosen both inside and outside bolts.
6.
Hit the end of shaft (4) with a plastic hammer, etc. to separate the track roller from the bogie. a Take care not to damage the installed dowel pin.
Q
Removal 1.
Remove the undercover.
2.
Spread the track shoe assembly. For details, see "Spreading and installation of track shoe assembly".
3.
Install tool L14 to the No. 2 bogie assembly. Operate the blade and ripper to raise the machine until the track roller of No. 2 bogie assembly (1) floats above the track link. k Set the support stands and blocks under the front and rear parts of the frame to prevent the machine from lowering.
22
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly
7.
Set tool L22 and remove roller cap (3).
8.
Using tool L22, remove track roller assembly (5). a While balancing the track roller assembly, remove it. 4
SEN01208-00
10. Pulling out of shaft and ring 1) Set tool L15. 2) Push shaft (7) with tool L15 to push out ring (8) toward the opposite side. q Pushing out force (Reference): 22 – 41 ton
Track roller assembly: 95 kg
3) 9.
Remove cover (6).
D155AX-6
Remove floating seals (9) from the ends of rings (8) and (10). a Keep the floating seals so that they will not be damaged.
23
SEN01208-00
4)
5) 6)
Set pulling tool L16 to pull out rings (10) and (11). q Pulling force (Reference): 22 – 41 ton
50 Disassembly and assembly
Installation 1.
Assembly of cartridge pin assembly 1) Press fit shaft (7) to ring (8). q Press fitting force of shaft (7): 1.96 – 15.68 kN {0.2 – 1.6 ton} 2 Between shaft (7) and ring (8): Molybdenum disulfide grease (LM-P)
Remove spacer (12). Remove spacer (13) and floating seal (14) between rings (10) and (11). a Keep the floating seal so that it will not be damaged. 2)
7)
Using tool L17, install floating seal (9) to rings (8) and (10) and install floating seal (12) to the opposite side of ring (10) and ring (11).
Pull out the shaft and ring of the bogie on the opposite side according to steps 1) – 6).
11. Sling and pull out No. 1 bogie (13). 4
24
Bogie assembly: 60 kg
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly a
a
SEN01208-00
Before installing the floating seal, thoroughly clean, degrease and dry the O-ring and floating seal contact surface (hatched areas). Take care that dirt will not stick to the floating seal contact surface. After inserting the floating seal, check that its tilt is 1 mm or less and projection (a) of the seal is 3 – 5 mm.
6)
Using tool L21, add oil to the cartridge pin assembly to the specified level. a Oil charge pressure: 0.49 MPa {5 kg/cm2} 5
3) 4)
5)
Cartridge pin assembly (81 – 95% of full level): 50 – 60 CC (GO-140)
Install spacer (12) and ring (10) to shaft (7) and ring (8). Install spacer (13) to ring (10) and press fit ring (11) with tool [1]. q Press fitting force of ring (11): 3.9 – 48 kN {0.4 – 4.9 ton} 2 Area between shaft (7) and ring: Molybdenum disulfide grease (LM-P)
2.
Sling and install No. 1 bogie (13). a Sling No. 1 bogie (13) and put it in from the front and set it to the mounting position.
3.
While aligning the pin holes of the track frame and bogie, insert guide tool L19. k When aligning the pin holes, never insert your fingers in them.
Using tool L18, check the airtightness of the floating seal.
D155AX-6
25
SEN01208-00
4.
5.
Insert cartridge pin assembly (15) in the pin hole. a Set arrow (b) at the end face of the cartridge pin assembly up (in the installed state on the machine).
50 Disassembly and assembly
6.
Press fit the cartridge pin on the opposite side according to steps 4 – 6.
7.
Install covers (6). a Install the covers to 2 places of inside and outside.
8.
Using tool L22, sling and set track roller assembly (5). a Set the oil filler plug out. a While balancing the track roller assembly, set it.
Using tool L20, press fit cartridge pin assembly (15). a Push in the cartridge pin assembly with cover (6). a Push in the cartridge pin assembly to machined surface (c) of the track frame. 2 Outside of pin: Molybdenum disulfide grease (LM-P) a Press fitting force of cartridge pin assembly: 22 – 41 ton
4
26
Track roller assembly: 95 kg
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly
9.
SEN01208-00
Install roller cap (3) and tighten the bolts temporarily. a Take care not to damage the installed dowel pin.
10. Align the dowel pin hole and tighten bolts (16). 2 Roller cap mounting bolt: Adhesive (LT-2) 3 Roller cap mounting bolt: 662 – 829 Nm {67.5 – 84.5 kgm}
11. Install the track shoe assembly. For details, see "Spreading and installation of track shoe assembly". 12. Adjust the track tension. For details, see Testing and adjusting, "Testing and adjusting track tension".
D155AX-6
27
SEN01208-00
50 Disassembly and assembly
Removal and installation of No. 2, No, 3 and No. 4 bogie assemblies1
2.
t 2 N
01010-63060
Bolt
t 4
01643-33080
Washer
t 4
791-630-1360
Spacer
t 1
790-101-2310
Block
t 1
790-101-2360
Plate
t 2
790-445-4130
Screw
t 2
791-112-1180
Nut
t 2
790-101-4000
Puller t 1 (490 kN {50 ton})
790-101-1102
Pump
t 1
790-201-2760
Spacer
t 1 N
791-630-1370
Adapter
t 1
790-434-1060
Screw
t 2
01580-13024
Nut
t 2
01643-33080
Washer
t 1
790-101-4000
Puller t 1 (490 kN {50 ton})
790-101-1102
Pump
t 1
17 796-430-1110
Push tool
t 1
18 790-701-3000
Seal checker
t 1
15
16
19 791T-630-1390 Guide
20
t 1
790-101-2310
Block
t 1
790-445-4130
Screw
t 2
796T-470-1130 Plate
t 1
790-101-2360
Plate
t 2
790-112-1180
Nut
t 2
790-101-4000
Puller t 1 (490 kN {50 ton})
790-101-1102
Pump
t 1
Oil pump
t 1
21 791-601-1000
Sketch
New/Remodel
Part name
17A-30-46180 Bracket 14
L
Part No.
Q'ty
Symbol
Necessity
Special tools
Q
Q
Remove the undercovers. a Remove the undercovers which will be obstacles to removal of the bogie assembly. 4
Engine undercover: 220 kg
4
Power train undercover: 270 kg
3.
Using tool L14, fix bogie assembly (1).
4.
Remove cover (2). a Remove the cover on the opposite side, too.
5.
Operate the blade and ripper to raise the machine until the track roller floats above the track link. k Set a block between the track roller and track link so that the machine will not lower.
6.
Set steel plate [2] on the track shoe and block [1]. a Set block [1] so that it will fit to the height of the track link.
7.
Operate the blade and ripper to lower the machine until the track roller of bogie assembly (1) touches steel plate [2]. a Operate the blade and ripper slowly.
Removal 1.
28
Spread the track shoe assembly. For details, see "Spreading and installation of track shoe assembly".
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly
8.
SEN01208-00
Pulling out shaft and ring 1) Set tool L15 2) Push shaft (3) with tool L15 to push out ring (4) toward the opposite side. q Pushing out force (Reference): 22 – 41 ton
3)
Remove floating seals (5) from the ends of rings (4) and (6). a Keep the floating seals so that they will not be damaged.
9.
D155AX-6
4)
Set pulling tool L16 to pull out rings (6) and (7). q Pulling force (Reference): 22 – 41 ton
5) 6)
Remove spacer (8). Remove spacer (9) and floating seal (10) between rings (6) and (7). a Keep the floating seal so that it will not be damaged.
7)
Pull out the shaft and ring of the bogie on the opposite side according to steps 1) – 6).
Operate the blade and ripper to raise the machine until the bogie assembly can be pulled out. k Set a block between the track roller and track link of the bogie which is not being removed so that the machine will not lower.
29
SEN01208-00
10. Sling bogie assembly (1) and slide it out on steel plate [2] to remove. 4
Bogie assembly: 525 kg
50 Disassembly and assembly
Installation 1.
Assembly of cartridge pin assembly 1) Press fit shaft (3) to ring (4). q Press fitting force of shaft (6): 1.96 – 15.68 kN {0.2 – 1.6 ton} 2 Area between shaft (7) and ring (8): Molybdenum disulfide grease (LM-P)
2)
30
Using tool L17, install floating seal (9) to rings (6) and (4) and install floating seal (10) to the opposite side of ring (6) and ring (7).
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly a
a
3) 4)
5)
Before installing the floating seal, thoroughly clean, degrease and dry the O-ring and floating seal contact surface (hatched areas). Take care that dirt will not stick to the floating seal contact surface. After inserting the floating seal, check that its tilt is 1 mm or less and projection (a) of the seal is 3 – 5 mm.
Install spacer (8) and ring (6) to shaft (3) and ring (4). Install spacer (9) to ring (6) and press fit ring (7) with tool [3]. q Press fitting force of ring (7): 3.9 – 48 kN {0.4 – 4.9 ton} 2 Area between shaft (3) and ring: Molybdenum disulfide grease (LM-P)
D155AX-6
SEN01208-00
Using tool L18, check the airtightness of the floating seal.
2.
Sling and lower bogie assembly (1) onto block [1] and steel plate [2].
3.
Apply lever block [4] between the guard of bogie assembly (1) and the guard of the bogie assembly on the opposite side.
4.
Slide bogie assembly (1) on the steel plate with lever block [4] and set it to the mounting position.
31
SEN01208-00
5.
Operate the blade and ripper to raise the machine.
6.
Adjustment procedure for cartridge pin hole 1) Set block [5] and hydraulic jack [6] to the rear side of the machine.
50 Disassembly and assembly
4)
5)
2)
3)
32
Adjust front and rear jacks [6] and [7] to align the pin holes of the track frame and bogie assembly. k When aligning the pin holes, never insert your fingers in them. a If it is difficult to align the pin holes by adjusting the front and rear jacks, sling the front part of the track on the opposite side or apply a hydraulic jack to the bogie assembly to align the pin holes. Insert guide tool L19 in the pin hole.
Set support stands [7] and hydraulic jacks [8].
Lower the machine with front and rear jacks [6] and [7] and install fixing tool L14 to bogie assembly (1).
7.
Insert cartridge pin assembly (11) in the pin hole. a Set arrow (b) at the end face of the cartridge pin assembly up (in the installed state on the machine).
8.
Using tool L20, press fit cartridge pin assembly (11). a Push in the cartridge pin assembly with cover (2). a Push in the cartridge pin assembly to machined surface (c) of the track frame. 2 Outside of pin: Molybdenum disulfide grease (LM-P) a Press fitting force of cartridge pin assembly: 22 – 41 ton
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly
SEN01208-00
12. Install the track shoe assembly. For details, see "Spreading and installation of track shoe assembly". 13. Adjust the track tension. For details, see Testing and adjusting, "Testing and adjusting track tension".
9.
Using tool L21, add oil to the cartridge pin assembly to the specified level. a Oil charge pressure: 0.49 MPa {5 kg/cm2} 5
Cartridge pin assembly (81 – 95% of full level): 50 – 60 cc (GO-140)
10. Press fit the cartridge pin assembly on the opposite side according to steps 6-5) – 9. 11. Install covers (2). a Install the covers to 2 places of inside and outside.
D155AX-6
33
SEN01208-00
50 Disassembly and assembly
Disassembly and assembly of bogie assembly
Q
20
790-101-2310
Block
t 1
790-445-4130
Screw
t 2
796T-470-1130 Plate
t 1
790-101-2360
Plate
t 2
791-112-1180
Nut
t 2
790-101-4000
Puller t 1 (490 kN {50 ton})
790-101-1102
Pump
t 1
Oil pump
t 1
21 791-601-1000
Track roller assembly 1) Reverse bogie assembly (1). 2) Remove the roller cap and lift off 2 track roller assemblies (2). a Take care not to damage the installed dowel pin. 4 4
34
Cartridge pin assembly Remove cartridge pin assembly (4) according to the procedure in "Removal and installation of bogie assembly".
4.
Bogies Disconnect inner bogie (5) and outer bogie (6).
Q
Disassembly 1.
3.
Sketch
New/Remodel
Q'ty
Part name
Necessity
Part No.
Cover Remove cover (3).
1
Special tools Symbol
2.
Track roller assembly (single flange): 95 kg Track roller assembly (double flange): 105 kg
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly
Assembly 1.
SEN01208-00
4.
Assembly of cartridge pin assembly Assemble cartridge pin assembly (4) according to the procedure in "Removal and installation of bogie assembly".
2.
Bogies Set outer bogie (6) and inner bogie (5).
3.
Cartridge pin assembly 1) Set tool Q20.
2)
Press fit cartridge pin assembly (4). a Push in the cartridge pin assembly with cover (3). a Set arrow (a) at the end face of the cartridge pin assembly up (in the installed state on the machine). a Push in the cartridge pin assembly to machined surface of the bogie. 2 Outside of pin: Molybdenum disulfide grease (LM-P) a Press fitting force of cartridge pin assembly: 215.8 – 402.1 kN {22 – 41 ton}
D155AX-6
Refilling with oil Using tool Q21, add oil to the cartridge pin assembly to the specified level. a Oil charge pressure: 0.49 MPa {5 kg/cm2} 5
Cartridge pin assembly (81 – 95% of full level): 50 – 60 cc (GO-140)
5.
Cartridge pin assembly (Opposite side) Press fit the cartridge pin assembly on the opposite side according to steps 3 – 4. a After press fitting the cartridge pin assembly, adjust the inner bogie so that it will slide lightly.
6.
Cover Install covers (3). a Install the covers to 2 places of inside and outside.
35
SEN01208-00
7.
50 Disassembly and assembly
Track roller assembly 1) Sling 2 track roller assemblies (2) and set them to the bogie. a Set the track roller assemblies so that their oil fillers will be directed out of the machine when the bogie assembly is installed. 4
2)
36
Track roller assembly (single flange): 95 kg 4 Track roller assembly (double flange): 105 kg Install the roller cap to each track roller assembly and tighten the mounting bolts. a Take care not to damage the installed dowel pin. 2 Roller cap mounting bolt: Adhesive (LT-2) 3 Roller cap mounting bolt: 662 – 829 Nm {67.5 – 84.5 kgm}
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly
Removal and installation of carrier roller assembly
SEN01208-00
4.
1
Removal 1.
Pass rope [2] through the link hole and wind it onto carrier roller (3) and stretch it. Loosen the rope gradually to pull out carrier roller (3) from support (4). [*1] 4
Remove the track frame top cover and loosen lubricator (1) to lower the track tension. k Since the internal pressure of the recoil spring cylinder is very high, do not loosen the lubricator more than 1 turn. If the grease does not come out sufficiently after the lubricator is loosened, move the machine forward an d in reverse.
Carrier roller: 45 kg
Installation q
2.
Using hydraulic jacks [1], raise the track shoe.
3.
Remove mounting bolts (2).
[*1] When installing the carrier roller to the support, make clearance (a) shown in the figure. q Clearance (a): 1.2 mm 2 Support mounting bolt: Adhesive (LT-2) q
D155AX-6
Carry out installation in the reverse order to removal.
Adjust the track shoe assembly tension. For details, see Testing and adjusting, "Testing and adjusting track shoe assembly tension".
37
SEN01208-00
50 Disassembly and assembly
Disassembly and assembly of carrier roller assembly
1
5.
Using tool R1, remove nut (4).
6.
Using puller [2], remove the ring press fitting part. Using eyebolts, remove bearing (5) and roller (6) together.
7.
Remove outer race (7) from the roller.
8.
Using puller [3], remove ring (8) and the inner race of bearing (9) together.
9.
Remove floating seal (10) from ring (8).
R
1
790-102-1891
Nut wrench
t 1
2
791-651-1510
Installer
t 1
3 791T-630-1350 Spacer
t 1
4
t 1
791-601-1000
Oil pump
Sketch
Part name
New/Remodel
Part No.
Q'ty
Symbol
Necessity
Special tools
Disassembly 1.
Remove the plug to drain the oil. a While rotating the shaft, drain the oil. 6
Carrier roller: 570 – 680 cc
2.
Set carrier roller assembly (1) to block [1].
3.
Remove the mounting bolts and cover (2).
4.
Remove ring (3).
38
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly
10. Using push tool [4], remove ring (11). 11. Remove floating seal (12) from ring (11).
D155AX-6
SEN01208-00
Assembly a
Clean all the parts thoroughly and check them for dirt or damage.
1.
Using push tool [5], press fit the inner race of bearing (9) to the shaft.
2.
Using push tool [6], press fit outer race (7) of the bearing to the roller.
3.
Set the inner races of roller (6) and bearing (5) to the shaft.
4.
Using push tool [7], press fit the inner race of bearing (5) to the shaft. a While rotating the roller, press fit the bearing until the roller becomes a little heavy to rotate.
39
SEN01208-00
5.
6.
Using tool R1, tighten nut (4) to "58.8 Nm {6 kgm}". a After tightening the nut, if the nut hole is not aligned with the shaft hole, align it by loosening it.
50 Disassembly and assembly
9.
Using tool R2, install floating seal (10) to ring (8).
10. Fit the O-ring and install ring (8) while setting it to the dowel pin.
Install ring (3).
11. Using tool R2, install floating seal (12) to ring (11). 7.
Fit the O-ring and install cover (2) and then tighten the mounting bolts. a Tighten the oil filler plug temporarily.
a 8.
Reverse roller (6) and add oil between the shaft and roller. 5
a
Refill capacity: 570 – 680 cc (GO140) a
40
Before installing the floating seal, thoroughly clean, degrease and dry the O-ring and O-ring contact surface (hatched areas). After inserting the floating seal, check that its tilt is 1 mm or less and projection (a) of the seal is 7 – 11 mm. Coat the sliding surfaces of the floating seal and take care that dirt will not stick to them.
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly
12. Using tool R3, press fit ring (11). a Press fit the ring so that dimension (a) from the shaft end to the ring top will be 131.95 ± 0.2 mm.
SEN01208-00
14. After checking for air leakage, check again that the oil supplied in step 8 is still at a proper level. a Check of oil level Remove the oil filler plug, slant the carrier roller approx. 10°, and check the oil level. 15. Tighten the oil filler plug 3 Plug: 157.0 – 255.0 Nm {16.0 – 26.0 kgm}
13. Using tool R4, apply the standard pressure to the roller oil filler to check the seal for air leakage. a Standard pressure: 0.1 MPa {1 kg/cm2} a Check method Keep the standard pressure for 10 seconds and confirm that the gauge pointer does not lower.
D155AX-6
41
SEN01208-00
50 Disassembly and assembly
Removal and installation of pivot shaft assembly 1
V
Sling pivot shaft assembly (3) and remove the mounting bolts. Using eyebolts [1], lift off pivot shaft assembly (3). [*2] 4
791T-650-2110 Sleeve
t 1
790-201-2770
t 1
Spacer
791T-650-2120 Plate
t 1
792-104-3940
Bolt
t 2
790-101-2510
Block
t 1
790-101-2570
Washer
t 2
01580-01613
Nut
t 1
790-105-2300
Jack assembly t 1 (196 kN {20 ton})
790-101-1102
Hydraulic pump
Pivot shaft assembly: 135 kg
Sketch
New/Remodel
Part name
Q'ty
Part No.
Necessity
Special tools Symbol
3.
Q Q
t 1
Removal 1.
Remove the track frame assembly. For details, see "Removal and installation of track frame assembly".
2.
Remove seal (1) and ring (2). [*1]
42
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly
SEN01208-00
Installation q
Carry out installation in the reverse order to removal.
[*1] a Install seal (1) according to the following procedure. 1) Reverse seal (1) so that the molded letter (a) face will be on the inside. 2) With seal (1) reversed, insert it in pivot shaft (3).
a
Using tool V, press fit ring (2). q Press fitting force: 8.8 – 22.5 kN {0.9 – 2.3 ton} q Ring press fitting dimension: 475.5 ± 1 mm
[*2]
2
3
Pivot shaft mounting bolt: Adhesive (LT-2) Pivot shaft mounting bolt: 784 – 981 Nm {80 – 100 kgm}
D155AX-6
43
SEN01208-00
Spreading and installation of track shoe assembly
50 Disassembly and assembly
1
Check before spreading track shoe assembly k
k
1.
Since it may be very dangerous to spread the track shoe assembly, check the following items in advance. Do not loosen the lubricator more than 1 turn. If the grease does not come out sufficiently, move the machine forward and in reverse.
a
If no abnormality is detected by "Check before spreading track shoe assembly", perform the following procedure.
1.
Set the master link in position. a Set master link (3) above the idler (a little after the center of the idler). a Set blocks [1] and [2] at the front of the idler and between the carrier rollers so that the mating part of the master link will not open until the master bolt is pulled out.
2.
Lower the track shoe tension. [*1] k Do not loosen lubricator (2) more than 1 turn. a If the track shoe tension is not lowered after the lubricator is loosened, move the machine forward and in reverse.
Remove cover (1) and loosen lubricator (2) of the adjustment cylinder to discharge the grease. k Do not loosen the lubricator more than 1 turn.
2.
After the shoe is loosened, perform "Spreading of track shoe assembly (Ordinary)".
3.
If the track shoe is not loosened by the above work, perform "Spreading of track shoe assembly (When track frame has internal trouble)". a The track frame may have an internal trouble (damage of the recoil spring or recoil spring set bolt, fall of the shaft end nut, etc.)
44
Spreading of track shoe assembly (Ordinary)
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly
3.
4.
Remove track shoe (4). [*2] a Loosen the 4 bolts by 1 – 2 turns each and check that they rotate lightly, and then pull them out. Do not pull them out one by one without checking their looseness. a If the bolts are loosened forcibly while they are still tight, their threads and master link (3) may be damaged.
Sling the front end of the master link and move the machine slowly in reverse to spread track shoe assembly (5). a Length of track shoe: Approx. 10.5 m k Never stand in front of the idler to avoid danger.
D155AX-6
SEN01208-00
Spreading of track shoe assembly (When track frame has internal trouble) a k
If any abnormality is detected by "Check before spreading track shoe assembly", perform the following procedure. If the track shoe is removed while the track frame has an internal trouble, it may spring back. Even if the track shoe is removed, the idler may jump out, and that can cause a serious accident. Accordingly, spread the track shoe according to the following procedure.
1.
Remove the work equipment. For details, see "Removal and installation of blade assembly".
2.
Lower the track shoe tension. [*1] k Do not loosen lubricator (2) more than 1 turn. a If the track shoe tension is not lowered after the lubricator is loosened, move the machine forward and in reverse to discharge the grease. a Check that all the grease has been discharged.
3.
Move the machine slowly forward against large block [3] or a wall (or the blade of another machine of the similar size of the machine to be repaired, if available) to press the track shoe on the idler side. When the recoil spring and track shoe are distorted, stop and apply the brake. At this time, set the master link (3) between the idler and front carrier roller. a For safe work, apply lever block [4] between the carrier roller support and link.
4.
Remove track shoe (4) and disconnect master link (3). [*2]
5.
Move the machine slowly in reverse to spread the track shoe.
45
SEN01208-00
50 Disassembly and assembly
Installation q
Carry out installation in the reverse order to expansion (ordinary).
[*1] a Adjust the track shoe tension. For details, see Testing and adjusting, "Testing and adjusting track shoe tension". [*2] a Tighten the shoe mounting bolts for the master link in the following order. 2 Shoe mounting bolt: Molybdenum disulfide grease (LM-P) 3 Shoe mounting bolt: 1st time: 590 ± 60 Nm {60 ± 6 kgm} 2nd time: Retighten by 180° ± 10° a Tighten all the 4 bolts with fingers until the master link mating faces are fitted. a If the bolts are tightened forcibly before the master link mating faces are fitted, their threads and master link may be damaged.
46
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly
SEN01208-00 a
General disassembly and assembly of track shoe
1
a
Remover and installer
791-101-4300
Cylinder t 1 (196 kN {20 ton})
791-101-4200
Puller t 1 (294 kN {30 ton})
791-101-1102
Hydraulic pump
t 1
2
791-932-1110
Plug push tool
t 1
3
791-660-7460
Pin brush
t 1
Sketch
New/Remodel
Part name
791-675-9701
1
S
Part No.
Q'ty
Symbol
Necessity
Special tools
t 1
4
791-432-1110
Plug push tool
t 1
5
791-632-1052
Installer
t 1
6
790-701-3000
Seal checker
t 1
7
791-601-1000
Oil pump
t 1
For the general disassembly of the track shoe, see "Parts judgment guide, Undercarriage, Oil lubricated track" and "Parts judgment guide, Undercarriage, Reversing procedure for oil lubricated track".
General disassembly 1.
Removal of shoe Sling the shoe assembly and set it with the shoe up on the floor and remove the shoe by using a shoe bolt impact wrench. a If a shoe bolt is not loosened after it is unscrewed by 1 turn (If its torque is not reduced to 0), loosen the other bolts first, and it will be removed smoothly. a If a shoe bolt is turned forcibly while its torque is not 0, it and link will adhere to each other and they will need to be repaired. a When moving the shoe assembly, take care not to damage the master link.
D155AX-6
If it is obliged to cut a shoe nut with gas, keep the seal temperature below 80 °C to prevent thermal deterioration of the seal and take measures to prevent the spatters from entering through the clearances among the links.
2.
Disassembly of link 1) Set the link assembly on a link press and hit it with a hammer so that the bushing will be fitted to the jaw. a If the link tread, outside of the bushing, etc. are worn, adjust the height of jaw [1] or guide plate and align disassembly jigs [2] and [3] with the pin and bushing so that the link hole will not be damaged during disassembly work. a If the disassembly jigs are not aligned well, the link hole may be damaged and the pin and bushing may be broken during disassembly work.
47
SEN01208-00 a
2)
3)
48
50 Disassembly and assembly
4)
Using tool S2, drive the small plug of the pin inward after the disassembly work so that the workplace will not become dirty.
Operate the left cylinder to pull out the pin and bushing from the left link simultaneously. a Check the pulling out force of the pin and bushing to see if press fitting force for them necessary for reversed reassembly is obtained.
3.
Return the right cylinder and take out the links, pins, bushings, and spacers on the right and left sides and feed the next 1 set of the link assembly to the jaw. a If the bushing ends and sealing surfaces are damaged, oil will leak. Accordingly, handle them carefully.
Inspection Check the parts for the following items to see if they can be used for an oil lubricated track or a grease lubricated track, then examine them generally and determine to use them for an oil lubricated track or a grease lubricated track. a For judgment of reuse of the parts, see "Parts judgment guide, Undercarriage, Oil lubricated track". 1) Check the parts visually for damage. If a part seems to be damaged, check it by dye penetrant test or magnaflux inspection. If it has any crack, it cannot be used again. Discard it.
Return the left cylinder and operate the right cylinder to pull out the pin and bushing from the right link simultaneously.
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly
2)
a
Measure the outside diameters of the press fitting parts of the pin and bushing and the inside diameters of the pin and bushing fitting parts of the link with a micrometer and a cylinder gauge to see if the interference is larger than the limit. When using the pin, bushing, and link for an oil lubricated track, however, secure the standard interference between the pin and link. a If the interference is less than the limit, replace the parts with new ones. a For the dimensional criteria, see "Maintenance Standard".
Precautions for storage 1) Store the seal without removing it from the link so that the counterbore portion will not be rusted and take care not to damage the seal lip. 2) Apply rust-preventive oil to the pin and bushing fitting parts, shoe mating surface and master link mating surface of the link. 3) When storing, apply rust-preventive oil to all the surfaces of the pin, bushing and spacer. Take care not to damage the ends of the bushing in particular.
D155AX-6
SEN01208-00
General assembly a
For the whole assembly of the track shoe, see "Parts judgment guide, Undercarriage, Reversing procedure for oil lubricated track".
When recycling for oil lubricated track 1. Preparation work 1) Cleaning of seal assembly Remove the seal assembly from the link and divide it into the seal ring and load ring, and then clean them. a Since the seal ring and load ring are deteriorated easily by the cleaning liquid (trichloroethylene etc), clean them quickly. After cleaning them, wipe off the cleaning liquid from them.
2)
When reusing the pin, chamfer its end corners smoothly with a grinder. Remove the nodules sticking to the press fitting parts with the grinder, too. a If the ends are worn and sharpened, they may scuff the press fitting parts and cause oil leakage.
49
SEN01208-00
3)
4)
If the link, pin, bushing and spacer are dirty, clean them. Remove the nodules sticking to the link and bushing with the grinder. a Since these parts rust easily, clean them just before assembling. a Do not polish the bushing ends. If they are polished, oil may leak. If the large plug was pulled out, drive it in by using tool S4. a Clean the pin hole in advance by using tool S3.
1] 2] 3]
50
Insert plug (3) through the plug insertion window into the guide hole. Push the bar with the hand and insert the plug until it stops. Push the plug with the bar to press the guide against pin (4). a Driving distance (a) from pin end: 10 ± 1 mm a If the chamfered part of the pin hole has been worn, chamfer it with a small-sized grinder (grindstone tip angle: 45° – 60°) so that the plug will not be damaged. a Coat the plug with GO90 and drive it with the small diameter end ahead.
50 Disassembly and assembly
5)
Installation of seal assembly Clean the counterbore portion of the link carefully and push in the seal to the bottom by using tool S5. a If oil sticks to the counterbore portion of the link or seal assembly, the seal will turn and its sealing performance will lower. Accordingly, do not apply any oil. When inserting the seal in the counterbore portion, take care that oil not stick to the seal.
6)
Adjust the dimensions of the press fitting jig of the link press to keep the projection of the pin and bushing constant and keep the installed dimensions of the seal within the standard range. a For the standard dimensions, see "Dimensions table of press fitting jig of link press". a If the pin end (part P) or the sides of the link (parts Q and R) are worn, add the dimensions of the worn parts when adjusting the standard dimensions so that the projections of the pins and bushings on the right and left sides will be even.
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly
7)
2.
SEN01208-00
Adjust the relief pressure of the link press so that the pressing force of the press will not exceed the standard value. a If the pressing force is too strong, the spacer will be pressed forcibly against the bushing. As a result, the spacer may be broken and it and bushing may be worn abnormally. a Final pressing force for pin and bushing: 862 kN {88 tons} Final pressing force C 1.8 x Average press fitting force (Adjust the relief pressure of the link press to set the final pressing force.)
Assembly of link 1) Apply oil (GO90) to the mating surfaces of the pin and bushing with a clean brush and assemble them, and then set them before the jaw of the link press. a When reusing (reversing) the bushing, set the worn outside surface of the bushing on the shoe fitting side of the link (set the bushing with the worn outside surface up on the link press).
3)
4)
5) 2)
Set shoe mounting faces of the right and left master links on bushing side up and press fit the bushing. a At this time, use the master links on the pin side as supports. a Bushing press fitting force: 88 – 304 kN {9 – 31 ton}
D155AX-6
Using the shoe bolt hole pitch gauge, press fit the master links until the distance between the shoe bolt holes of both links is the standard value. a Blow off all the steel chips caused by press fitting of the bushing with compressed air. Reverse the master links and check that they are press fitted in parallel.
Measure the projections of the bushing on the right and left sides with a depth gauge. a Adjust the press fitting jig of the link press so that the projections on the right and left sides will be even.
51
SEN01208-00
6)
50 Disassembly and assembly
Send the master links and set the next pin and bushing. a When reusing a pin, install it so that its side hole will be on the link tread side similarly to a new one. If it is not installed so, its strength may be lowered. Accordingly, indicate the direction of side hole (e) on the end face to prevent a mistake.
9)
7)
Using spacer [4] for fine adjustment, press fit the pin and bushing until the pin end is fitted to the bottom of the receiving jig. a Adjust the depth of the receiving jig hole so that the projections of the pin on the right and left sides will be even.
Set the right link and install the spacer to the pin. a Check that the seal surface and bushing end are free from dirt and apply oil (GO90) to them with a clean cloth or brush. a When installing the spacer, wipe it with a clean cloth.
10) Set the left link and install the spacer to the pin. a Apply oil similarly to the right link.
8)
52
Set the right jig on the receiving side and the left one on the pushing side and press fit the pin and bushing simultaneously. a If the pin and bushing have play when they are press fitted, the seal may come off the link. To prevent this, press fit smoothly. If the seal comes off the link, stop press fitting and set the seal to the link correctly, and then start press fitting again. a Press fitting force for pin and bushing: 343 – 490 kN {35 – 50 ton}
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly
11) Set the left jig on the receiving side and the right one on the pushing side and press fit the left link. a When press fitting, take care that both seals and spacers will not come off. a Link press fitting force: 343 – 490 kN {35 – 50 ton}
12) Press fit until the link, spacer and bushing are fitted together. a Actually, you cannot see from outside if the above parts are fitted. Accordingly, control the hydraulic pressure of the link press. Set the relief pressure to a proper level and heighten the hydraulic pressure to that level. For setting of the relief pressure, see Preparation work. a Check that adjacent 2 links can turn around each other.
D155AX-6
SEN01208-00
13) Using a shoe bolt hole pitch gauge, measure the distance between the shoe bolt holes and check that the result is within the standard range. a If the distance between the shoe bolt holes is longer than the standard range, disassemble and check for abnormality, then press fit again. a If the distance between the shoe bolt holes is shorter than the standard range and the shoe cannot be installed, the spacer or bushing end may be worn more than repair limit. In this case, disassemble and replace the parts.
14) After each link is assembled, bleed air from the pin by using tool S6 and check the sealing performance. a Keep the degree of vacuum inside the pin at 91 – 95 kPa {680 – 710 mmHg} for 5 seconds and check that the pressure does not change. If the pressure changes, disassemble and check the seal. If the seal is free from abnormality, assemble again.
53
SEN01208-00
50 Disassembly and assembly
16) After supplying oil, drive in the small plug into the specified position, using tool S2. a Apply G090 around the small plug. a Drive in the small plug to the following depth. Driving depth from end: 7.5 ± 1 mm
15) Using tool S7, supply oil (G090) until the oil supply pressure rises to 196 – 294 kPa {2 – 3 kg/cm2}. a In a cold or very cold district, supply K O MAT SU genu ine oil ( 150- 0919270 for cold district or 195-3261990 for very cold district) having better low-temperature characteristics instead of G090. a If the oil pressure is heightened too much, it has bad effects on the seal. Take care.
17) Assemble the master link on the pin side at last. a Check that the master links on the right and left sides are press fitted in parallel. a
54
Determine oil level (a) as follows; supply oil (d) so that depth (L) of the hollow of pin hole (c) will be in the following range when the link is left with small plug side (b) up (with the link assembly on its side) for 30 minutes. Dimension (L): 35 – 65 mm
3.
Installation of shoe 1) Set the link assembly on the bed and install the shoe with a shoe bolt impact wrench and a torque wrench. a When reusing (reversing) the bushing, set the worn outside face of the bushing to the shoe mounting side of the link (set the bushing with the worn outside surface up on the link press). 2 Shoe bolt: Molybdenum disulfide grease (LM-P) 3 Shoe bolt (Regular link) Initial torque: 590 ± 60 Nm {60 ± 6 kgm} Retightening angle: 120° ± 10°
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly
2) 3)
4) 5)
When installing a 2-piece shoe, place the assembled 2-piece shoes on a level place in 1 line with the shoe side up. Pull pin-side master link (1) and bushingside master link (2) together and set them to each other by the mating faces. Place shoe (3) and fit the mating surfaces of the links. Check that master bolts (4) can be tightened easily with the fingers, then connect the links with the master bolts. 2 Master bolt: Molybdenum disulfide grease (LM-P) 3 Master bolt (Master link) Initial torque: 590 ± 60 Nm {60 ± 6 kgm} Retightening angle: 180° ± 10°
SEN01208-00
When recycling for grease lubricated track 1. Preparation work 1) Cleaning of seal assembly Remove the seal assembly from the link and divide it into the seal ring and load ring, and then clean them. a Since the seal ring and load ring are deteriorated easily by the cleaning liquid, clean them quickly. After cleaning them, wipe off the cleaning liquid from them.
2)
a
D155AX-6
When reusing the pin, chamfer its end corners carefully with a grinder so that it will be press fitted smoothly.
Tighten the bolts in the order of 1 – 4.
55
SEN01208-00
3)
4) 5)
56
Using tools S2 and S4, drive the large and small plugs into the pin. 1] Insert each plug through the plug insertion window into the guide hole. a Apply oil to the plug. 2] Push the bar with the hand until the plug stops. 3] Push the plug with the bar to press the guide against the pin. 4] Drive in the bar with a hammer. a Driving distance (a) from pin end: Small plug: 7.5 ± 1 mm Large plug: 6.0 ± 2 mm a If the plugs were not pulled out of the pin when the shoe was disassembled, reuse them as they are.
50 Disassembly and assembly
6)
Installation of seal assembly Clean the counterbore portion of the link carefully. Using tool S5, push in the seal to the bottom. a If grease sticks to the counterbore portion of the link or seal assembly, the seal will turn and its sealing performance will lower. Accordingly, do not apply any grease.
7)
Adjust the dimensions of the press fitting jig of the link press to keep the projection of the pin and bushing constant and keep the installed dimensions of the seal within the standard range. a For the standard dimensions, see "Dimensions table of press fitting jig of link press". a If the pin end (part P) or the sides of the link (parts Q and R) are worn, add the dimensions of the worn parts when adjusting the standard dimensions so that the projections of the pins and bushings on the right and left sides will be even.
If the outside of the pin, surfaces of the spacer, and ends and inside of the bushing are dirty, clean them. Apply grease to the outside of the pin and surfaces of the spacer.
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly
2.
Assembly of link 1) Apply lithium grease (G2-LI) to the mating surfaces of the pin and bushing and assemble them, then set them before the jaw of the link press. a When reusing (reversing) the bushing, set the worn outside surface of the bushing on the shoe fitting side of the link (set the bushing with the worn outside surface up on the link press).
SEN01208-00
3)
4)
5) 2)
Press fit the master links on both bushing sides to the bushing with the shoe fitting faces up. a At this time, use the master links on the pin side as supports. a Press fitting force for bushing: 88 – 304 kN {9 – 31 ton}
D155AX-6
Using the shoe bolt hole pitch gauge, press fit the master links until the distance between the shoe bolt holes of both links is the standard value. a Blow off all the steel chips caused by press fitting of the bushing with compressed air. Reverse the master links and check that they are press fitted in parallel.
Measure the projections of the bushing on the right and left sides with a depth gauge. a Adjust the press fitting jig of the link press so that the projections on the right and left sides will be even.
57
SEN01208-00
6)
50 Disassembly and assembly
Send the master links and set the next pin and bushing. a When reusing a pin, install it so that its side hole will be on the link tread side similarly to a new one. If it is not installed so, its strength may be lowered. Accordingly, indicate the direction of the side hole on the end face to prevent a mistake. a If the outside of the pin is worn, install it so that the un-worn surface will be on the traction side. In this case, install the pin so that its side hole will be on the link tread side.
3.
7)
58
Set the right and left links and operate both pushing jigs to press fit the pin and bushing simultaneously. a If the pin and bushing have play when they are press fitted, the seal may come off the link. To prevent this, press fit smoothly. If the seal comes off the link, stop press fitting and set the seal to the link correctly, then start press fitting again. a Final pressing force for pin and bushing: 343 – 490 Nm {35 – 50 ton} Final pressing force C 1.8 x Average press fitting force (Adjust the relief pressure of the link press to set the final pressing force.)
8)
Using a shoe bolt hole pitch gauge, measure the distance between the shoe bolt holes. When the distance is in the standard range, stop press fitting.
9)
Assemble the master link on the pin side at last. a Check that the master links on the right and left sides are press fitted in parallel.
Installation of shoe 1) Set the link assembly on the bed and install the shoe with a shoe bolt impact wrench and a torque wrench. a When reusing (reversing) the bushing, set the worn outside surface of the bushing on the shoe fitting side of the link (set the bushing with the worn outside surface up on the link press). 2 Shoe bolt: Molybdenum disulfide grease (LM-P) 3 Shoe bolt (Regular link): Initial torque: 590 ± 60 Nm {60 ± 6 kgm} Retightening angle: 120° ± 10°
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly
2) 3)
4) 5)
SEN01208-00
When installing the assembled 2-piece track shoes, place them on a level place in 1 line with the shoe side up. Pull pin-side master link (1) and bushingside master link (2) together and set them to each other by the mating faces. Place shoe (3) and fit the mating surfaces of the links. Check that master bolts (4) can be tightened easily with the fingers, then connect the links with the master bolts. 2 Master bolt: Molybdenum disulfide grease (LM-P) 3 Master bolt (Master link) Initial torque: 590 ± 60 Nm {60 ± 6 kgm} Retightening angle: 180° ± 10°
a
D155AX-6
Tighten the bolts in the order of 1 – 4.
59
SEN01208-00
50 Disassembly and assembly
Dimensions table of fitting jig of link press
Adjustment Adjust the dimensions of the press fitting jig of the link press to keep the projection of the pin and bushing constant and keep the installed dimensions of the seal within the standard range. a If the pin end (part P) or the sides of the link (parts Q and R) are worn, add the dimensions of the worn parts when adjusting the standard dimensions so that the projections of the pins and bushings on the right and left sides will be even. Unit: mm
Precaution 1. The link receiving faces of jaw (5) must be vertical. 2. Wear plate (6) should be replaceable.
Dimensions of jig
60
a
b
c
4.5
3.25
50.6
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly
SEN01208-00
Disassembly and assembly of 1 link in field
1
1
2
3
T
4
5
6
7
791-675-5580
Guide
t 1
t 1
791-685-9510
Frame
t 1
t 2
791-685-9520
Frame
t 1
Bolt
t 2
791-685-9530
Rod
t 1
790-101-1102
Pump
t 1
791-685-9540
Rod
t 1
790-101-4300
Cylinder t 1 (1,470 kN {150 ton})
791-685-9550
Nut
t 3
Bolt
t 4
791-685-9510
Frame
t 1
791-685-9560
Adapter
t 1
Frame
t 1
791-126-0150
791-685-9520
Bolt
t 1
Rod
t 1
01010-51030
791-685-9530
Extension
t 1
Nut
t 1
791-685-9620
791-685-9550
Adapter
t 1
791-685-9560
Bolt
t 1
791-675-5542
Guide
t 1
Adapter
t 1
791-675-5560
791-675-9570
Pump
t 1
Eyebolt
t 1
790-101-1102
04530-12030 790-101-1102
Pump
t 1
790-101-4300
Cylinder t 1 (1,470 kN {150 ton})
790-101-4300
Cylinder t 1 (1,470 kN {150 ton})
791-675-5560
Guide
t 1
791-675-5542
Adapter
Rod
t 1
t 1
791-685-9540
790-101-1102
Pump
Nut
t 3
t 1
791-685-9550 791-675-5520
Guide
t 1
790-101-4200
Puller (294 kN {30 ton})
t 1
791-675-5530
Pusher
t 1
12 791-670-3270
Guide
t 1
791-675-9581
Adapter
t 1
791-675-9590
Guide
01010-52460
Bolt
01010-51440
8
9
T
10
11
01010-51030
Bolt
t 1
791-126-0150
Adapter
t 1
791-685-9620
Extension
t 1
791-675-5560
Guide
t 1
790-101-1102
Pump
t 1
791-675-9570
Adapter
t 1
790-101-4200
Puller (294 kN {30 ton})
t 1
01010-51030
Bolt
t 1
791-675-5542
Adapter
t 1
791-675-5571
Adapter
t 1
790-101-1102
Pump
t 1
790-101-4300
Cylinder t 1 (1,470 kN {150 ton})
D155AX-6
13
Sketch
Part name
New/Remodel
Part No.
Q'ty
Symbol
Necessity
Sketch
Part name
New/Remodel
Part No.
Q'ty
Symbol
Necessity
Special tools
61
SEN01208-00
Disassembly of 1 link in field k Only how to use the tools is explained below. For details of disassembly and assembly, see "General disassembly (or assembly) of track shoe". 1.
2.
62
50 Disassembly and assembly
3.
Insert the rod of tool T4 from the cylinder side and install it with the nuts (2 pieces). Pass the rod through the hole of link (1) and install it.
4.
Set tool T5 (adapter, guide and pusher) and apply pressure to pull out pin (3). When the cylinder reaches the stroke end, insert tool T5 (extension) between the adapter and guide and repeat the work.
5.
Set tool T6 (294 kN {30 ton}) puller) and spacer [1] to the center of the roller tread of the link to be disassembled and apply hydraulic pressure to the puller to open and disconnect the link by 5 – 6 mm.
Using 2 bolts (2), install tool T1 (adapter, guide and bolt) to link (1). a The track bolts may be used as 2 bolts (2).
Assemble tool T2 (pump and cylinder of 150 ton) and tool T3 (frame, rod, adapter, 1 bolt and eyebolt) and sling them together and set them on the shoe.
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly
Assembly of 1 link in field 1. Assemble the link sub-assembly. 1) Set tool T7 the link end face and press fit bushing (1). a Busing press fitting force: 88 – 304 kN {9 – 31 ton}
2)
2.
SEN01208-00
3.
Set link (4) on the opposite side and support it with tool T8 (guide).
4.
Set tools T9 and T10 as in the procedure for pulling out the pin. Using tool T9 (adapter, extension, guide, adapter and bolt) for (d) on the bushing side and tool T10 (extension, guide, adapter and bolt) for (c) on the pin side, press fit (d) and (c) alternately. a Pin press fitting force: 284 – 686 kN {29 – 70 ton} a Bushing press fitting force: 88 – 304 kN {9 – 31 ton}
5.
Using tool T11 (294 kN {30 ton} puller) as in the disassembly procedure, push open link (5) on the bushing side.
Set tool T7 to the end face of the link (on the pin side) and press fit pin (2). a Set the pin with its side hole (a) directed toward link tread (b). a Pin pressing force: 284 – 686 kN {29 – 70 ton}
Set the link to be connected to link sub-assembly (3).
D155AX-6
63
SEN01208-00
6.
Set pin-side link (6) to bushing-side link (5) and connect them by tool T12 (guide), and then remove tool T11 (puller).
7.
Set tool T5 to pin (7). Using tool T13 (adapter, bolt and guide), press fit pin (7). 3 Pin press fitting hole of link: Gasket sealant (198-32-19890) Cylinder: (b), Frame side: (e) a Set the pin with its side hole directed toward the link tread. a Pin press fitting force: 284 – 686 kN {29 – 70 ton}
64
50 Disassembly and assembly
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly
SEN01208-00
Disassembly and assembly of master link
2.
1
790-101-1102
Pump
t 1
790-101-4200
Puller (294 kN {30 ton})
t 1
791-675-9701
Remover and installer
t 1
790-101-1102
Pump
t 1
790-101-4200
Puller (294 kN {30 ton})
t 1
790-101-4300
Cylinder t 1 (1,470 kN {150 ton})
3
791-432-1110
Plug push tool
t 1
4
790-701-3000
Seal checker
t 1
5
791-932-1110
Plug push tool
t 1
1
U 2
Sketch
Part name
New/Remodel
Part No.
Q'ty
Symbol
Necessity
Special tools
Disassembly a 1.
For the using method of tool U2, see "Disassembly in field". Removal of track shoe assembly Remove the track shoe assembly from the track frame. For details, see "Spreading and installation of track shoe assembly".
D155AX-6
Removal of master link 1) Cutting and removal of master link on bushing side with gas Cut at (a) with gas and remove the hatched part. Pull out master links (5) and (6) by moving them up and down. Then, remove pins (8) and (9) from regular link (7) by pressing them up and down with the press. Special tool : 1. Gas cutting machine : 2. Tool U2
2)
Removal of master link on pin side Cut at (b) with gas and remove the hatched parts. Remove pin (10) from link (11) by pressing it down with the press, and then remove pin (10) and link (12) from bushing (13) simultaneously. Special tool : 1. Gas cutting machine : 2. Tool U2
65
SEN01208-00
50 Disassembly and assembly
Assembly a 1.
2.
66
2)
Set spacer (3) and seal assembly (4) to the counterbore of the link at the connecting section.
3)
Align the holes of the pin and bushing and connect by guide pin [2].
4)
Press fit pin (5) with tool U2 and install master link (1) on the bushing side. 2 Apply gasket sealant (198-32-19890) to the pin hole of the link. a Direct the side hole of the pin toward the link tread.
For the using method of U2, see "Assembly of 1 link in field". Assembly of link on bushing side 1) Press fit master link (1) on the bushing side to bushing (2) with the press. a When press fitting the right and left master links, take care extremely that they will be in parallel. a Do not damage the mating faces of the master links and end of the bushing. Unit: mm L1
169 ± 0.7
L2
219.8 ± 0.7
D1
27 drill hole
D2
24 x 2.0
Installation of link on bushing side 1) Push open the central part of the link tread with tool U1 as shown in the figure (Open the link tip by 10 mm). (a): 5 mm
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly
5) 6)
SEN01208-00
2)
Install the shoe to the link at the connecting section. Drive in large plug (6) with tool U3, add oil with tool U4, and drive in small plug (7) with U5. a When press fitting the right and left master links, take care extremely that they will be in parallel (on the bushing side and pin side). a Do not damage the mating faces of the master links and end of the bushing. a Take care extremely that dirt or sand will not stick to the seal, spacer, ends of bushing and tap mating faces of the master link.
3)
4.
3.
Assembly of link on pin side 1) Set spacer (3) and seal assembly (4) to the counterbore of the master link.
D155AX-6
Insert pin (9) in bushing (8), set master links (10) on the pin side from the right and left sides, and press fit them with tool U2. Drive in large plug (11) with tool U3, add oil with tool U4, and drive in small plug (12) with U5.
Connection of master link 1) Place the assembled 2-piece track shoes on a level place in 1 line with the shoe side up. 2) Pull pin-side master link (13) and bushingside master link (14) together and set them to each other by the mating faces. 3) Place the shoe and fit the mating surfaces of the links. 4) Check that the master bolts can be tightened easily with the fingers, and then connect the links with the master bolts. 2 Shoe bolt: Molybdenum disulfide grease (LM-P) 3 Shoe bolt (Master link) Initial torque: 590 ± 60 Nm {60 ± 6 kgm} Retightening angle: 180° ± 10°
67
SEN01208-00
50 Disassembly and assembly a
Removal and installation of equalizer bar assembly
1
k
W
791T-650-2130 Sleeve
t 1
790-101-2420
Adapter
t 1
791-502-4140
Screw
t 1
790-101-2540
Washer
t 2
790-112-1180
Nut
t 2
790-101-4000
Puller t 1 (294 kN {50 ton})
790-101-1102
Hydraulic pump
Sketch
Part name
New/Remodel
Part No.
Q'ty
Symbol
Necessity
Special tools
Q
t 1
5.
Operate hydraulic jacks [2] slowly to lower the machine until the equalizer bar reaches the right and left track frames.
6
Disconnect grease hose (5).
7.
Remove lock plate (6).
Removal 1.
2.
Remove the engine undercover and power train undercover. 4
Engine undercover: 220 kg
4
Power train undercover: 270 kg
Set a hydraulic jack under the center of the equalizer bar to raise the machine and set support stands [1] and hydraulic jacks [2] under the radiator guard.
3.
Remove 2 bolts (1) and cover (2). [*1]
4.
Remove lock plate (3) and side pin (4). [*2] a If the equalizer bar hole and track frame hole are not aligned, the pin cannot be removed easily. Accordingly, adjust the hanging height of the track frame properly.
68
Repeat steps 3 and 4 to remove the pin on the opposite side. If the track frame assembly on the opposite side is floated before the pin is pulled out, support it on a block, etc.
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly
8.
Sling equalizer bar assembly (7) with a crane and a chain block.
SEN01208-00
Installation q
Carry out installation in the reverse order to removal.
[*1]
2 3
Threaded part of cover mounting bolt: Adhesive (LT-2) Cover mounting bolt: 784 – 981 Nm {80 – 100 kgm}
[*2]
k
9.
Using tool W, pull out center pin (8). [*3] k Do not operate the hydraulic device in front of or under the puller, but operate as far from the puller as possible.
When aligning the pin holes, never insert your fingers in them. a Before installing the side pin, adjust the height of the main frame with the hydraulic jacks to align the equalizer bar hole with the track frame hole. 2 Seal lip: Grease (G2-LI) [*3]
k
When aligning the pin holes, never insert your fingers in them. a Before installing the center pin, sling the equalizer bar to align the equalizer bar hole with the main frame hole. 2 Equalizer bar center bushing: Grease (G2-LI) [*4] Install the equalizer bar with the grease fitting side forward.
10. While operating the chain block and crane, remove equalizer bar assembly (7). [*4] 4 k
Equalizer bar assembly: 240 kg
Do not lower the machine after removing the equalizer bar assembly.
D155AX-6
69
SEN01208-00
Disassembly and assembly of equalizer bar assembly
50 Disassembly and assembly
Assembly
1
1.
Center bushing Using the press, press fit center bushing (6) to equalizer bar (4). a Press fitting force for center bushing: 47.1 – 131.4 kN {4.8 – 13.4 ton} 2 Periphery of spherical bushing: Molybdenum disulfide grease (LM-P)
2.
Side bushing 1) Install ring (2) to one side of equalizer bar (4). 2) Using the press, press fit spherical bushing (3) to equalizer bar (4). a Press fitting force for spherical bushing: 27.4 – 64.7 kN {2.8 – 6.6 ton} 2 Periphery of spherical bushing: Molybdenum disulfide grease (LM-P)
Disassembly 1.
Remove the equalizer bar. For details, see "Removal and installation of equalizer bar assembly".
2.
Side bushing 1) Remove seal (1). 2) Remove ring (2).
3)
3.
70
Using tool [1], remove spherical bushing (3) from equalizer bar (4).
Center bushing Remove center bushing (5) from equalizer bar (4).
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly
3) 4)
SEN01208-00
Install ring (2) on the opposite side. Using the press, press fit seal (1). a Press fitting force for seal: 6.9 – 18.6 kN {0.7 – 1.9 ton} a The metallic part of the seal must not project from the equalizer bar end.
D155AX-6
71
SEN01208-00
Removal and installation of segment teeth
50 Disassembly and assembly
Installation
1
Removal 1.
Stop the machine in a position where the segment teeth can be removed easily (between the shoe and track frame).
2.
Remove the mounting bolts and segment teeth (1). [*1]
72
q
Carry out installation in the reverse order to removal.
[*1] a When installing, press segment teeth (1) toward the center of sprocket hub (2) and tighten the nuts in the order of 1 o 2 o 3. 2 Threaded part of segment teeth mounting nut: Adhesive (LT-2) 3 Segment teeth mounting nut: 1,176 ± 98 Nm {120 ± 10 kgm}
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly
D155AX-6
SEN01208-00
73
SEN01208-00
50 Disassembly and assembly
D155AX-6 Bulldozer Form No. SEN01208-00
© 2007 KOMATSU All Rights Reserved Printed in Japan 04-07 (02)
74
D155AX-6
SEN01209-00
BULLDOZER 1SHOP MANUAL
D155AX-6
Machine Model
Serial Number
D155AX-6
80001 and up
50 Disassembly and assembly1 Hydraulic system Removal and installation of hydraulic tank assembly...................................................................................... 2 Removal and installation of hydraulic pump assembly ................................................................................... 4 Disassembly and assembly of hydraulic cylinder assembly ........................................................................... 7
D155AX-6
1
SEN01209-00
Removal and installation of hydraulic tank assembly
50 Disassembly and assembly
1
Removal k
1.
Lower the work equipment to the ground and release the residual pressure in the piping, referring to Testing and adjusting, "Releasing residual pressure in hydraulic circuit". Then, loosen the hydraulic tank cap gradually to release the internal pressure of the hydraulic tank.
3.
4.
2
Disconnect return hose (3).
6.
Disconnect hoses (4) and (5).
7.
Disconnect suction tube (6).
8.
Disconnect hoses (7) and (8).
9.
Remove the 4 mounting bolts at the hydraulic tank bottom and lift off hydraulic tank assembly (9).
Drain the oil from the hydraulic tank. 6
2.
5.
Hydraulic tank: Approx. 85 l
Remove the fuel tank assembly. For details, see "Removal and installation of fuel tank assembly". Remove control valve cover (1).
Disconnect hose (2) between the control valves from the hydraulic tank.
4
Hydraulic tank assembly: 100 kg
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly
SEN01209-00
Installation q
Carry out installation in the reverse order to removal.
q
Refilling with oil (Hydraulic tank) Add oil through the oil filler to the specified level. Run the engine to circulate the oil through the system. Then, check the oil level again.
q
Bleeding air Bleed air from each part. For details, see Testing and adjusting, "Bleeding air from each part".
D155AX-6
3
SEN01209-00
Removal and installation of hydraulic pump assembly
50 Disassembly and assembly
1
3) 4)
Disconnect hoses (3), (4), (5) and (6). Disconnect accumulator (7) and hose together.
5) 6)
Disconnect hoses (8), (9) and (10). Remove block (11).
7)
Disconnect wiring harness connectors TVC (12), FAC (13) and HDT (14). Remove wiring harness bracket (15).
Removal k
k
1.
Lower the work equipment to the ground and release the residual pressure in the piping, referring to Testing and adjusting, "Releasing residual pressure in hydraulic circuit". Then, loosen the hydraulic tank cap gradually to release the internal pressure of the hydraulic tank. Disconnect the cable from the negative (–) terminal of the battery. Drain the oil from the hydraulic tank and power train case. 6 6
Hydraulic tank: Approx. 85 l Power train case: Approx. 90 l
2.
Remove the floor frame assembly. For details, see "Removal and installation of floor frame assembly". a Remove the floor frame assembly only when removing the work equipment and HSS pump assembly and power train and lubricating oil pump assembly.
q
Removal of work equipment and HSS pump assembly 1) Disconnect the centralized pressure pickup ports and block (1) together. 2) Remove floor frame mount (2).
8)
4
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly
9)
Disconnect suction tube (16). a Remove the suction tube mounting bolts on the fuel pump side, too.
SEN01209-00
q
Removal of power train and steering lubricating oil pump assembly 1) Disconnect tubes (1), (2) and (3). 2) Sling power train and steering lubricating oil pump assembly (4), remove 2 mounting bolts (5), and lift off pump assembly (4). 4
Power train and steering lubricating oil pump assembly: 30 kg
10) Sling work equipment pump assembly (17), remove 2 mounting bolts (18), and lift off work equipment pump assembly (17). 4
Work equipment pump assembly: 110 kg q
D155AX-6
Removal of cooling fan pump assembly 1) Remove the floor mat and cover. 2) Disconnect wiring harness connector FAC (1).
5
SEN01209-00
3) 4) 5)
Disconnect hoses (2), (3) and (4). Disconnect suction tube (5). Sling cooling fan pump assembly (6), remove 4 mounting bolts (7), and lift off cooling fan pump assembly (6). 4
q
Cooling fan pump assembly: 25 kg
Installation q
Carry out installation in the reverse order to removal.
q
Refilling with oil (Hydraulic tank and power train case) Add oil through the oil filler to the specified level. Run the engine to circulate the oil through the system. Then, check the oil level again.
q
Bleeding air Bleed air from each part. For details, see Testing and adjusting, "Bleeding air from each part".
Removal of scavenging pump assembly 1) Remove suction tube (1). 2) Disconnect outlet tube (2). 3) Remove the 2 mounting bolts and scavenging pump assembly (3). 4
6
50 Disassembly and assembly
Scavenging pump assembly: 20 kg
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly
SEN01209-00
Disassembly and assembly of hydraulic cylinder assembly
Disassembly
1
1.
1 2
3
Y 4
5
6
790-502-1003
Cylinder repair stand
t 1
790-101-1102
Hydraulic pump
t 1
790-102-3802
Multi-wrench
t 1
790-201-1702
Push tool kit
t 1
790-201-1721
• Push tool
1
790-201-1821
• Push tool
1
790-201-1841
• Push tool
1
790-201-1851
• Push tool
1
790-201-1861
• Push tool
1
790-101-5021
• Grip
1
01010-50816
• Bolt
1
790-201-1500
Push tool kit
790-201-1630
• Plate
1
790-201-1650
• Plate
1
790-201-1660
• Plate
1
790-201-1670
• Plate
1
790-101-5021
• Grip
1
01010-50816
• Bolt
1
790-720-1000
Expander
t 1
796-720-1670
Ring
t 1
Piston rod assembly Blade lift cylinder 1) Set cylinder assembly (1) to tool Y1. 2) Using the hydraulic pump or the power wrench and tool Y2, remove head assembly (2). 3) Pull piston rod assembly (3). a Put an oil pan under the cylinder to receive the oil.
q
t 1
07281-01279
Clamp
t 1
796-720-1690
Ring
t 1
07281-01919
Clamp
t 1
796-720-1720
Ring
t 1
07281-02429
Clamp
t 1
790-102-4300
Wrench
t 1
790-102-4310
Pin
t 2
D155AX-6
2. Sketch
Part name
New/Remodel
Part No.
Q'ty
Symbol
Necessity
Special tools
Remove the tubes. a Blade lift cylinder and ripper cylinder
q
Blade tilt cylinder, ripper lift cylinder, and ripper tilt cylinder 1) Remove the mounting bolt assembly and disconnect head assembly (4). q Width across flats of blade tilt cylinder: 16 mm q Width across flats of ripper lift and tilt cylinders: 18 mm 2) Pull piston rod assembly (5). a Put an oil pan under the cylinder to receive the oil.
7
SEN01209-00
3.
Piston assembly q Blade lift cylinder 1) Remove the mounting bolts and spacer (6) and pull out valve (7). 2) Pull out piston assembly (8). 3) Remove backup rings (9) and O-ring (10). 4) Remove retainer (11).
50 Disassembly and assembly
q
Ripper tilt cylinders 1) Remove the mounting bolts and spacer (16). 2) Pull out piston assembly (17). 3) Remove backup rings (18) and O-ring (19).
4) 5)
Disassembly of piston assembly 1] Remove wear rings (12). 2] Remove piston ring (13). a Do not remove seat (14) and valve (15) from the piston.
q
8
Disassembly of piston assembly 1] Remove wear rings (20). 2] Remove piston ring (21).
Ripper lift cylinder and ripper tilt cylinder 1) Set piston rod assembly (5) to tool Y1.
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly
2)
SEN01209-00
Remove lock screw (22) of piston assembly (17). q Screw size: M12 x Pitch 1.75
4. a
Head assembly 1) Remove head assembly (2) or (4).
If screw (22) is crushed so much that it cannot be removed, tighten it and cut threads of the screw hole, and then remove it.
2)
3)
Using tool Y6, remove piston assembly (17) from piston rod (23).
4)
Disassembly of piston assembly 1] Remove backup ring and O-ring (24). 2] Remove wear ring (25). 3] Remove piston ring (26).
D155AX-6
Disassembly of head assembly 1] Remove O-ring (27). (Blade lift cylinder only) 2] Remove O-ring (28) and backup ring (29). 3] Remove packing (30). 4] Remove ring (31). 5] Remove snap ring (32) and dust seal (33). 6] Remove snap ring (34) and bushing (35).
9
SEN01209-00
50 Disassembly and assembly
Assembly a
1.
4] 5] 6]
Apply engine oil to the sliding surface of each part. When assembling, take care not to damage the rod packing, dust seal and O-ring.
7]
Head assembly 1) Assembly of head assembly
2) 1] 2]
Using tool Y3, press fit bushing (36). Install snap ring (35)
2. 3]
10
Using tool Y4, install dust seal (33) and fix it with snap ring (32).
Install ring (31). Install packing (30). Install O-ring (28) and backup ring (29). Install O-ring (27). (Blade lift cylinder only)
Install head assembly (2) or (4) to the piston rod.
Piston assembly Ripper lift cylinder and ripper tilt cylinder 1) Assembly of piston assembly 1] Using tool Y5, expand piston ring (26). a Set the piston ring to tool Y5 and turn the handle of the tool by 8 – 10 turns to expand the piston ring. 2] Remove piston ring (26) from tool Y5 and install it to the piston. 3] Using tool Y5, compress piston ring (26).
q
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly
SEN01209-00
3)
4] 5]
When reusing piston rod (23) and pist on a s s e mb l y ( 1 7 ) , i n s ta l l th e m according to the following procedure. a Remove burrs and fins from the threaded part with a file. a Clean the parts thoroughly and remove metal chips and dirt. 1] Using tool Y6, tighten piston assembly (17) into piston rod (23) until the screw holes are aligned.
Install wear ring (25). Install backup ring and O-ring (24). a Before installing the backup ring, warm it in water at 50 – 60 °C. a Apply grease to the O-ring and backup ring so that the backup ring will not open. 2]
2)
D155AX-6
Install screw (22). a Before installing the screw, degrease and dry its threaded part thoroughly. a After installing the screw, bend 4 places around it. 2 Threaded part of screw: Adhesive (LOCTITE No. 262) 3 Screw: 58.9 – 73.6 Nm {6 – 7.5 kgm} a After installing the screw, bend 4 places around it.
Install piston assembly (17) to piston rod (23) and set piston rod assembly (5) to tool Y1.
11
SEN01209-00
4)
50 Disassembly and assembly
4]
When either or both of piston rod (23) and piston assembly (17) are new, install them according to the following procedure. 1] Using tool Y6, tighten piston assembly (17). 3 Piston assembly: 294 ± 29.4 Nm {30 ± 3.0 kgm} 2] Make 1 screw hole to install the screw. a Apply the drill to the groove in the threads between the piston and piston rod and cut threads horizontally. q Thread cutting dimensions (mm): Tap drill diameter: 10.3 Tap drill depth: 27 Tap size: 12 x 1.75 Tapping depth: 20 3] After making the screw hole, remove chips and dirt and clean thoroughly. q
Blade tilt cylinder 1) Using tool Y5, install piston ring (21) and wear ring (20), similarly to steps 2-1)-1] – 4] above.
2)
12
Install screw (22). a Before installing the screw, degrease and dry it thoroughly. a After installing the screw, bend 4 places around it. 2 Threaded part: Adhesive (LOCTITE No. 262) 3 Screw: 58.9 – 73.6 Nm {6 – 7.5 kgm}
Install O-ring (19) and backup ring (18) to the piston rod and then install piston assembly (17). a Before installing the backup ring, warm it in water at 50 – 60 °C. a Apply grease to the O-ring and backup ring so that the backup ring will not open.
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly
3)
q
4)
D155AX-6
5)
Fix with spacer (16) and tighten the mounting bolts. 2 Mounting bolt: Adhesive (LT-2) 3 Mounting bolt: 98.1 – 122.6 Nm {10 –12.5 kgm}
Blade lift cylinder 1) Using tool Y5, install piston ring (13) and wear ring (12), similarly to steps 2-1)-1] – 4] above.
2) 3)
SEN01209-00
3.
Install valve (7) to spacer (6) and install them with the mounting bolts. 2 Mounting bolt: Adhesive (LT-2) 3 Mounting bolt: 98.1 – 122.6 Nm {10 –12.5 kgm}
Piston rod assembly Blade lift cylinder 1) Set cylinder (1) to tool Y1. 2) Install piston rod assembly (3) to the cylinder. 2 Sealing part: Grease (G2-LI) a Push in the piston rod to the stroke end. 3) Using tool Y2, tighten head assembly (2). 3 Head assembly: 932 ± 93.0 Nm {95 ± 9.5 kgm}
q
Install retainer (11). Fit O-ring (10) and install backup ring (9). a Before installing the backup ring, warm it in water at 50 – 60 °C. a Apply grease to the O-ring and backup ring so that the backup ring will not open. Install piston assembly (8).
13
SEN01209-00
q
14
50 Disassembly and assembly
Blade tilt cylinder, ripper lift cylinder and ripper tilt cylinder 1) Install piston rod assembly (5) to the cylinder. 2 Sealing part: Grease (G2-LI) a Push in the piston rod to the stroke end. 2) Tighten head assembly (4) with the mounting bolts. 3 Mounting bolt: q Blade tilt (343 ± 34.3 Nm {35 ± 3.5 kgm}) q Ripper lift (343 ± 34.3 Nm {35 ± 3.5 kgm}) q Ripper tilt (490 ± 49 Nm {50 ± 5.5 kgm})
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly
D155AX-6
SEN01209-00
15
SEN01209-00
50 Disassembly and assembly
D155AX-6 Bulldozer Form No. SEN01209-00
© 2007 KOMATSU All Rights Reserved Printed in Japan 04-07 (02)
16
D155AX-6
SEN01210-00
BULLDOZER 1SHOP MANUAL
D155AX-6
Machine Model
Serial Number
D155AX-6
80001 and up
50 Disassembly and assembly1 Work equipment Removal and installation of blade assembly ................................................................................................... 2 Disassembly and assembly of multi-shank ripper ........................................................................................... 4
D155AX-6
1
SEN01210-00
50 Disassembly and assembly
Removal and installation of blade assembly 1 Removal k
Lower the work equipment to a level place and set blocks [1] under the right and left straight frames securely.
1.
Remove cap (1) of the lift cylinder assembly. [*1] a Check the quantity and thickness of the shims.
2.
Sling lift cylinder assembly (2). Run the engine and retract the piston fully. Install the cylinder fixing device and fix the lift cylinder assembly to the radiator guard. a Bind the piston rod with wires etc. so that it will not come out. q Similarly, disconnect the cylinder on the opposite side from the blade. k Release the residual pressure in the piping, referring to Testing and adjusting, "Releasing residual pressure in hydraulic circuit". Then, loosen the hydraulic tank cap gradually to release the internal pressure of the hydraulic tank.
2
3.
Remove right and left covers (3).
4.
Disconnect hose (4). a Plug the hoses so that dirt will not enter the piping.
5.
Remove right and left trunnion caps (5).
6.
Remove blade assembly (6). [*2] a Run the engine and move the machine slowly in reverse to disconnect the blade assembly from the trunnion.
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly
SEN01210-00
Installation q
Carry out installation in the reverse order to removal.
[*1] a Adjust clearance (a) at the cap mating surfaces to the following range with the shim and check that the cylinder turns smoothly. q Standard clearance (a): 0.2 – 0.5 mm q Standard shim thickness: 4 mm a After installing the blade, adjust the blade tilting distance. For details, see Testing and adjusting, "Adjusting blade". q
Refilling with oil (Hydraulic tank) Add oil through the oil filler to the specified level. Run the engine to circulate the oil through the system. Then, check the oil level again.
[*2] a Adjust height (b) and width (c) of the right and left straight frames to the following values with blocks [1] etc. q Height (b) of trunnion: Approx. 636 mm q Width (c) of frame: Approx. 3,053 mm
D155AX-6
3
SEN01210-00
Disassembly and assembly of multi-shank ripper
50 Disassembly and assembly
1
Disassembly a
Plug the disconnected pipings and hoses so that dirt will not enter them.
1.
Run the engine and set the ripper in the maximum raising and maximum tilt-in position.
2.
Sling shank (1), remove the lock pin to remove mounting pin (2), and lower shank (1) slowly to remove. 4
3.
4.
4
Shank: 270 kg
5.
Sling tilt cylinder assembly (5), remove the lock plate, and pull out pin (6) on the rod side. a Run the engine, retract the piston rod fully, and lower it to the arm. a Install the pin to the beam temporarily since it is used when the beam is removed. k Release the residual pressure in the piping, referring to Testing and adjusting, "Releasing residual pressure in hydraulic circuit". Then, loosen the hydraulic tank cap gradually to release the internal pressure of the hydraulic tank.
6.
Disconnect lift cylinder hose (7) and tilt cylinder hose (8) and move them toward the fuel tank.
Set support stands [1] under the beam, set block [2] under the arm, and lower the ripper assembly.
Sling lift cylinder assembly (3), remove the lock plate, and pull out pin (4) on the rod side. a Run the engine, retract the piston rod fully, and lower it to the arm.
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly
7.
Sling lift cylinder assembly (3), remove the lock plate, pull out pin (9), and lift off lift cylinder assembly (3). 4
8.
SEN01210-00
Assembly 1.
Lift cylinder assembly: 190 kg
4
a
Sling tilt cylinder assembly (5), pull out pin (9), and lift off tilt cylinder assembly (5). 4
Sling beam (10), remove the lock plates, pull out right and left pins (11), and lift off beam (10). 4
Arm: 650 kg Set block [2] under the arm.
Tilt cylinder assembly: 260 kg
2. 9.
Sling arm (12), install right and left pins (13), and fix them with the lock plates.
Sling beam (10), install right and left pins (11), and fix them with the lock plates. 4
a
Beam: 1,250 kg Set support stands [1] under the beam.
Beam: 1,250 kg
10. Sling arm (12), remove the lock plates, pull out right and left pins (13), and lift off arm (12). 4
D155AX-6
Arm: 650 kg
5
SEN01210-00
3.
Sling tilt cylinder assembly (5) and install pin (9).
50 Disassembly and assembly
7.
Sling lift cylinder assembly (3), run the engine, extend the piston rod, align the pin holes, install pin (4), and fix it with the lock plate.
8.
Run the engine and set the ripper in the maximum raising and maximum tilt-in position.
9.
Pass a wire through the shank mounting hole of the beam and sling shank (1). Install pin (2) and fix it with the lock pin.
4
a 4.
Tilt cylinder assembly: 260 kg After installing, lower the rod side to the arm.
Sling lift cylinder assembly (3), push in pin (9), and fix it with the lock plate. 4
a
Lift cylinder assembly: 190 kg After installing, lower the rod side to the arm.
4
5.
Connect tilt cylinder hose (8) and lift cylinder hose (7).
6.
Sling tilt cylinder assembly (5), run the engine, extend the piston rod, align the pin holes, install pin (6), and fix it with the lock plate.
6
Shank: 270 kg
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly
SEN01210-00
10. Greasing After assembling, supply sufficient amount of grease to each pin. 2 Pin: Grease (G2-LI) q
Refilling with oil (Hydraulic tank) Add oil through the oil filler to the specified level. Run the engine to circulate the oil through the system. Then, check the oil level again.
D155AX-6
7
SEN01210-00
50 Disassembly and assembly
D155AX-6 Bulldozer Form No. SEN01210-00
© 2007 KOMATSU All Rights Reserved Printed in Japan 04-07 (02)
8
D155AX-6
SEN01211-00
BULLDOZER 1SHOP MANUAL
D155AX-6
Machine Model
Serial Number
D155AX-6
80001 and up
50 Disassembly and assembly1 Cab and its attachments Removal and installation of operator's cab assembly ..................................................................................... 2 Removal and installation of operator's cab glass (Stuck glass) ...................................................................... 4 Removal and installation of floor frame assembly ........................................................................................ 13
D155AX-6
1
SEN01211-00
Removal and installation of operator's cab assembly
50 Disassembly and assembly
6.
Disconnect wiring harness connector DSH (9). [*2]
7.
Remove mounting bolts (10) at the bottom of the operator's cab. a Remove the bolts on the right and left side. [*3]
8.
Remove mounting bolts (11) in the operator's cab. a Remove the bolts on the right, left and rear side. [*4]
1
Removal k
Disconnect the cable from the negative (–) terminal of the battery.
1.
Remove cigarette lighter cover (1) and disconnect wiring harness connector ACC.
2.
Remove garnishes (2) and (3).
3.
Disconnect 4 window washer hoses (5). [*1]
4.
Disconnect wiring harness connectors CBPW (6) and WST (7).
5.
2
Remove cover (8).
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly
9.
Lift off operator's cab assembly (12). 4
Operator's cab assembly: 410 kg
SEN01211-00
Installation q
Carry out installation in the reverse order to removal.
[*1] a Connect the window washer hoses according to their band colors. Window washer hoses Red ................... Right door Blue................... Left door Black ................. Rear window No color band ... Front window [*2] a Before installing, check that seal rubber parts (brown, 2 pieces) are installed to the connector and they are not broken. 3 Connector mounting bolt: 2.83 ± 0.28 Nm {0.288 ± 0.028 kgm} [*3], [*4] 1) Tighten bolts (1) – (23) in the numeric order shown in the attached drawing.
a 3 Part marked with A (M16):
279 ± 27.9 Nm {28.5 ± 2.8 kgm} Part marked with * (M20): 294 ± 29.4 Nm {30.0 ± 3.0 kgm} Part marked with a (M24): 294 ± 29.4 Nm {30.0 ± 3.0 kgm}
2)
D155AX-6
Retighten bolts (1) – (21) (M20, M24) by 60 ° ± 10 °.
3
SEN01211-00
50 Disassembly and assembly
Removal and installation of operator's cab glass (Stuck glass)
*
4
Among the panes of window glass of the operator's cab, the 3 panes of (1) and (2) on both sides are stuck. In this section, the procedure for replacing the stuck glass is explained.
1
(1): Front window glass (2): Left door window glass : Right door window glass (3): Both-sided adhesive tape (4): Trim seal (5): Door handle
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly
SEN01211-00
793-498-1210
Lifter (Suction cup)
(The following figure shows the operator's cab of a wheel loader.) Sketch
X 1
Part name
New/Remodel
Part No.
Q'ty
Symbol
Necessity
Special tools
t 2
Removal *
Remove the window glass to be replaced according to the following procedure.
1.
Using seal cutter [1], cut the adhesive between broken window glass (6) and operator's cab (metal sheet) (7).
a a
If the window glass is broken finely, it may be removed with knife [4] and a screwdriver. Widening the cut with a screwdriver, cut the adhesive and both-sided adhesive tape with knife [4].
(The following figure shows the operator's cab of a wheel loader.)
a
If a seal cutter is not available, make holes on the adhesive and both-sided adhesive tape with a drill and pass a fine wire (piano wire, etc.) [2] through the holes. Grip the both ends of the wire with priors [3], etc. (or hold them by winding them onto something) and move the wire to the right and left to cut the adhesive and both-sided adhesive tape. Since the wire may be broken by the frictional heat, apply lubricant to it.
D155AX-6
2.
Remove the window glass.
5
SEN01211-00
Installation 1.
Using a knife and scraper [5], remove the remaining adhesive and both-sided adhesive tape from the metal sheets (glass sticking surfaces) of the operator's cab. a Remove the adhesive and both-sided adhesive tape to a degree that they will not affect adhesion of the new adhesive. Take care not to scratch the painted surfaces. (If the painted surfaces are scratched, adhesion will be lowered.)
(The following figure shows the operator's cab of a wheel loader.)
2.
6
50 Disassembly and assembly
3.
Stick both-sided adhesive tape (3) along the inside edges of the front window glass sticking section and both door window glass sticking sections. a Do not remove the release tape of the both-sided adhesive tape on the glass sticking side before sticking the glass. a When sticking the both-sided adhesive tape, do not touch the cleaned surface as long as possible. a Take care that the both-sided adhesive tape will not float at each corner of the window frame. a Do not lap the finishing end of both-sided adhesive tape (3) over the starting end but make clearance (a) of about 5 mm between them.
Remove oil, dust, dirt, etc. from the sticking surfaces of cab (7) and window glass (8) with white gasoline. a If the sticking surfaces are not cleaned well, the glass may not be stuck perfectly. a Clean the all black part on the back side of the window glass. a After cleaning the sticking surfaces, leave them for at least 5 minutes to dry.
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly
4.
Install trim seals (4) to both door window glasses (2).
a
Install each trim seal (4) so that its finishing end and starting end will be jointed at position (c) and dimension (b) between the corner and position (c) will be 90 mm.
D155AX-6
SEN01211-00
5.
Position the new window glass. 1) Using tool X1, set the window glass to the sticking position. Check the clearance between the window glass and the operator's cab on the right, left, upper, and lower sides, and then adjust it evenly. a Position front window glass (1) from inside of operator's cab (7). Adjust it so that the difference between black coated part and the metal sheet of operator's cab (7) will be even on the right, left, upper, and lower sides. a When positioning each door window glass (2), align handle holes (d) of door (9) (on the glass side and door metal sheet side) first. Then, adjust the door window glass so that the positional relationship between it and door metal sheet will be even all around the window. 2)
After positioning the glasses, stick tapes [6] between front window glass (1) and operator's cab (7) and the right, left, and lower parts of each door window glass (2) and each door (9), and then draw positioning line (e).
3)
Cut the tapes between window glasses (1) and (2) and operator's cab (7) with a knife, and then remove the window glasses. a Do not remove the tapes left on the window glasses and operator's cab before installing the window glasses.
7
SEN01211-00
6.
1)
Break aluminum seal (11) of the outlet of adhesive cartridge (10) and install the nozzle.
2)
Cut the tip of the adhesive nozzle (12) so that dimensions (f) and (g) will be as follows. q Dimension (f) : 10 mm q Dimension (g): 15 mm
3)
Set adhesive cartridge (10) to caulking gun [7]. a An electric caulking gun is more efficient.
Apply adhesive. 2
a a a a a
8
50 Disassembly and assembly
Adhesive:Sikaflex 256HV manufactured by Sika Japan Do not use primer. The using limit of the adhesive is 6 months after the date of manufacture. Do not use the adhesive after this limit. Keep the adhesive in a dark place where the temperature is below 25°C. Never heat the adhesive higher than 30°C. When reusing the adhesive, remove the all hardened part from the nozzle tip.
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly
4)
SEN01211-00 a
Remove release tape of the both-sided adhesive tape (3a) on the glass side.
a a
5)
Apply adhesive (13) to dimensions (h) and (j) of both-sided adhesive tape (3) of operator's cab (7). q Dimension (h): 10 mm q Dimension (j) : 15 mm Apply adhesive (13) higher than bothsided adhesive tape (3). Apply the adhesive evenly.
Apply adhesive (13) to the outside of bothsided adhesive tape (3) of the operator's cab.
7.
D155AX-6
Install the front window glass. 1) Using tool X1, match front window glass (1) to line (e) on positioning tapes [6] drawn in step 5 and install it to operator's cab (7). a Since the window glass cannot be removed and stuck again, stick it very carefully. a Stick the glass within 5 minutes after applying the adhesive. 2) After sticking the window glass, press all around it until it is stuck to the both-sided adhesive tape. a Press the corners of the window glass firmly.
9
SEN01211-00
3) 4)
50 Disassembly and assembly
Mask front window glass (1) and operator's cab (7) with masking tapes [8]. Fill the clearance between front window glass (1) and operator's cab (7) with caulking material (14) all around the window. 2 Caulking material: SEKISUI SILICONE SEALANT a The usable period of the following caulking material is 6 months after the date of manufacture. Do not use the caulking material after its usable period.
8.
5)
10
After applying caulking material (14) to front window glass (1), form it with the fingers as shown in the following figure. a Use rubber spatula [9] to form the caulking material around the handrail, etc. where it is difficult to form with the fingers.
Install both door window glasses. 1) Using tool X1, match both door window glasses (2) to lines (e) on positioning tapes [6] drawn in step 5 and install them to both doors (9). a Since the window glass cannot be removed and stuck again, stick it very carefully. a Stick the glass within 5 minutes after applying the adhesive. 2) After sticking each window glass, press all around it until it is stuck to the both-sided adhesive tape. a Press the corners of each window glass firmly.
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly a
SEN01211-00
If adhesive (13) is projected from the trim seals (4) of stuck door window glasses on both sides, remove it with rubber spatula [9].
9. 3)
Fill the clearance between each door window glass and trim in the range of dimension (k). i) Mask the range of dimension (k) of each door window glass. ii) Fill clearance (m) between each door window glass (2) and trim seal (4) with caulking material. a The usable period of the following caulking material is 6 months after the date of manufacture. Do not use the caulking material after its usable period. a Apply the caulking material to joint (c) of the trim seal, too. 2 Caulking material: SEKISUI SILICONE SEALANT
D155AX-6
Fix the window glasses. 1) Using styrene foam blocks [10] and rubber bands [11], fix the front window glass to fit it completely. a You may use sealing tapes to fix the front window glass. (The figure shows the operator's cab of a hydraulic excavator.)
11
SEN01211-00
2)
50 Disassembly and assembly
Immediately after sticking both door window glasses, install door handles (5), and lock the doors to fix the glasses.
10. After installing the window glasses, remove the primer and adhesive from them and the operator's cab. a Using white gasoline, wipe off the adhesive before it is dried up. a When cleaning the glasses, do not give an impact to them. 11. Protect the stuck window glasses. 1) Keep the stopper rubbers, styrene foam blocks, and rubber bands installed for 10 hours (at temperature of 20°C and humidity of 60%). 2) After applying the adhesive, wait for at least 24 hours, before operating the machine actually.
12
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly
Removal and installation of floor frame assembly 1
SEN01211-00
4.
Disconnect heater hoses (2) and (3).
5.
Disconnect air conditioner hoses (4) and (5). [*2]
6.
Remove duct flange mounting bolts (6).
7.
Lift off battery top cover (7).
Removal k k
k
a a k
Disconnect the cable from the negative (–) terminal of the battery. In the case that you do not drain the coolant, if you disconnect the heater hose when the coolant temperature in the radiator is high, you may be scalded. In this case, wait until the coolant temperature lowers and then disconnect the heater hose. Collect the air conditioner refrigerant (R134a) from air conditioner circuit in advance. Ask professional traders for collecting and filling operation of refrigerant (R134a). Never release the refrigerant (R134a) to the atmosphere. If refrigerant gas (R134a) gets in your eyes, you may lose your sight. Accordingly, put on protective goggles while you are collecting the refrigerant (R134a) or filling the air conditioner circuit with the refrigerant (R134a). Collecting and filling work must be conducted by a qualified person.
1.
Remove the fuel tank assembly. For details, see "Removal and installation of fuel tank assembly".
2.
Remove control valve cover.
3.
Disconnect wiring harness connector WESL (1). [*1]
D155AX-6
4
Cover: 75 kg
13
SEN01211-00
8.
Disconnect and remove hose and flange (8) from flange (9).
9.
Disconnect ground wire (10).
50 Disassembly and assembly
13. Remove mounting bolts (17) in front of the floor frame. [*4]
14. Remove mounting bolts (18) at the rear right and left of the floor frame. [*5] 10. Disconnect 4 window washer hoses (11). 15. Remove cover (19). 11. Disconnect wiring harness clamp (12).
12. Disconnect wiring harness connectors FSB (13), PL1 (14), FD1 (15) and FD4 (16). [*3]
16. Sling pin (20), tighten the bolt to pull out pin (21), and lift off pin (20). 17. Remove the pin on the other side at the rear and the 2 pins at the front according to steps 15 and 16.
14
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly
18. Lift off operator's cab and floor frame assembly (22). a When removing, take care extremely that the floor frame assembly will not interfere with another part. 4
Floor frame assembly: 1,000 kg
SEN01211-00
Installation q
Carry out installation in the reverse order to removal.
[*1], [*3] a Before installing, check that seal rubber parts (brown, 2 pieces) are installed to the connector and they are not broken. 3 Connector mounting bolt: 2.83 ± 0.28 Nm {0.288 ± 0.028 kgm} [*2] a When installing each hose, do not twist it. a When installing the air conditioner hoses, take care that dirt, dust, water, etc. will not enter them. a When tightening each air conditioner hose joint, check that O-ring (25) is fitted to it.
3
q
Tightening torque refrigerant piping
for
air
conditioner
Thread size
Tightening torque
16 x 1.5
11.8 – 14.7 Nm {1.2 – 1.5 kgm}
22 x 1.5
19.6 – 24.5 Nm {2.0 – 2.5 kgm}
24 x 1.5
29.4 – 34.3 Nm {3.0 – 3.5 kgm}
Filling air conditioner with refrigerant Fill the air conditioner circuit with refrigerant (R134a).
[*4], [*5] 3 Floor frame mounting bolts (19) and (20): 824 – 1,030 Nm {84 – 105 kgm}
D155AX-6
15
SEN01211-00
50 Disassembly and assembly
D155AX-6 Bulldozer Form No. SEN01211-00
© 2007 KOMATSU All Rights Reserved Printed in Japan 04-07 (02)
16
D155AX-6
SEN02708-00
BULLDOZER 1SHOP MANUAL
D155AX-6
Machine Model
Serial Number
D155AX-6
80001 and up
50 Disassembly and assembly1 Electrical system Removal and installation of air conditioner unit assembly .............................................................................. 2 Removal and installation of engine controller assembly ................................................................................. 4 Removal and installation of power train controller assembly .......................................................................... 5 Removal and installation of work equipment controller assembly .................................................................. 5
D155AX-6
1
SEN02708-00
Removal and installation of air conditioner unit assembly
50 Disassembly and assembly
k
k
a a k
1.
2
Remove the cover at the right lower part of the operator's seat.
3.
Lift off operator's seat assembly (1).
1
Removal k
2.
Disconnect the cable from the negative (–) terminal of the battery. In the case that you do not drain the coolant, if you disconnect the heater hose when the coolant temperature in the radiator is high, you may be scalded. In this case, wait until the coolant temperature lowers and then disconnect the heater hose. Collect the air conditioner refrigerant (R134a) from air conditioner circuit in advance. Ask professional traders for collecting and filling operation of refrigerant (R134a). Never release the refrigerant (R134a) to the atmosphere. If refrigerant gas (R134a) gets in your eyes, you may lose your sight. Accordingly, put on protective goggles while you are collecting the refrigerant (R134a) or filling the air conditioner circuit with the refrigerant (R134a). Collecting and filling work must be conducted by a qualified person.
4
Operator's seat assembly: 55 kg
4.
Remove cover (2).
5.
Disconnect air conditioner hoses (3) and (4). [*1]
6.
Disconnect heater hoses (5) and (6).
Remove the operator's cab assembly. For details, see "Removal and installation of operator's cab".
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly
7.
Remove the 4 mounting bolts of work equipment controller assembly (7) and disconnect the assembly.
SEN02708-00
10. Disconnect wiring harness connectors AC01 (10) and AC02 (11). 11. Disconnect wiring harness clamp (12) and move wiring harness (13) aside.
8.
Remove filter (8). 12. Disconnect 2 duct hoses (14). 13. Remove the 7 mounting bolts and air conditioner unit assembly (15).
9.
Remove cover (9).
Installation q
Carry out installation in the reverse order to removal.
[*1] a When installing the air conditioner hoses, take care that dirt, dust, water, etc. will not enter them. a When installing each air conditioner pipe, check that the O-ring is fitted to it. a Check that the O-ring is not damaged or deteriorated. 2 O-ring: ND-OIL8 q Filling air conditioner with refrigerant Fill the air conditioner circuit with refrigerant (R134a).
D155AX-6
3
SEN02708-00
Removal and installation of engine controller assembly
50 Disassembly and assembly
Installation
1
q
Removal k
1.
Disconnect the cable from the negative (–) terminal of the battery.
[*1]
3
Connector mounting screw: 2.82 Nm {0.288 kgm}
Open the left engine side cover and lift off side cover assembly (1). 4
Side cover assembly: 40 kg
2.
Remove 2 oil filters (2).
3.
Disconnect wiring harness connectors EGC1 (3), EGC2 (4) and EGC3 (5). [*1]
4.
Remove the engine controller assembly (6).
4
Carry out installation in the reverse order to removal.
D155AX-6
50 Disassembly and assembly
SEN02708-00
Removal and installation of power train controller assembly 1
Removal and installation of work equipment controller assembly 1
Removal
Removal
k
Disconnect the cable from the negative (–) terminal of the battery.
k
Disconnect the cable from the negative (–) terminal of the battery.
1.
Remove the left lower cover of the operator's seat.
1.
Remove the right lower cover of the operator's seat.
2.
Remove 4 mounting bolts (1) of the power train controller assembly.
2.
Disconnect wiring harness connectors WEC (1), WEC (2) and WEC (3). [*1]
3.
Move the controller, disconnect wiring harness connectors STC1 (2), STC2 (3) and STC3 (4), and remove power train controller assembly (5). [*1]
3.
Remove 4 mounting bolts (4) and work equipment controller assembly (5).
Installation q
Carry out installation in the reverse order to removal.
[*1]
3
Connector mounting screw: 2.82 Nm {0.288 kgm}
Installation q
Carry out installation in the reverse order to removal.
[*1]
3
Connector mounting screw: 2.82 Nm {0.288 kgm}
D155AX-6
5
SEN02708-00
50 Disassembly and assembly
D155AX-6 Bulldozer Form No. SEN02708-00
© 2007 KOMATSU All Rights Reserved Printed in Japan 04-07 (02)
6
D155AX-6
SEN00616-02
BULLDOZER 1SHOP MANUAL
D155AX-6
Machine model
Serial number
D155AX-6
80001 and up
90 Diagrams and drawings
1
Hydraulic diagrams and drawings Power train hydraulic circuit diagram .............................................................................................................. 3 Hydraulic circuit diagram (1/2) ........................................................................................................................ 5 Hydraulic circuit diagram (2/2) ........................................................................................................................ 7
D155AX-6
1
SEN00616-02
2
90 Diagrams and drawings
D155AX-6
90 Diagrams and drawings
Power train hydraulic circuit diagram
D155AX-6
SEN00616-02
Power train hydraulic circuit diagram D155AX-6
3
11213213123
Hydraulic circuit diagram (1/2)
D155AX-6
Hydraulic circuit diagram (1/2) D155AX-6
1
SEN00616-02
5
Hydraulic circuit diagram (2/2)
D155AX-6
Hydraulic circuit diagram (2/2) D155AX-6
1
SEN00616-02
7
90 Diagrams and drawings
D155AX-6
SEN00616-02
9
SEN00616-02
90 Diagrams and drawings
D155AX-6 Bulldozer Form No. SEN00616-02
© 2007 KOMATSU All Rights Reserved Printed in Japan 03-07 (02)
10
D155AX-6
SEN00617-03
BULLDOZER 1SHOP MANUAL
D155AX-6
Machine model
Serial number
D155AX-6
80001 and up
90 Diagrams and drawings
1
Electrical diagrams and drawings Electrical circuit diagram ................................................................................................................................. 3 Electrical circuit diagram for inside cab........................................................................................................... 5 Connectors table and arrangement drawing................................................................................................... 7
D155AX-6
1
SEN00617-03
2
90 Diagrams and drawings
D155AX-6
Electrical circuit diagram
Electrical circuit diagram D155AX-6
SEN00617-03
D155AX-6
3
90 Diagrams and drawings
Electrical circuit diagram for inside cab
D155AX-6
SEN00617-03
Electrical circuit diagram for inside cab D155AX-6
5
11213213123
Connectors table and arrangement drawing D155AX-6 Connector No. 250 255 256 260 270 280 A/C A/C1 AC01 AC02 AC03 AC04 AC05 ACCN ACD1 ACD2 ACS ACT AF1 AL/B AL/R ASUS AT11 AT12 AT21 AT22 AUX0 B30L B30S B105HL B105HS B105L B105S BKA BKAL BKSW BNSL BNSU BNSW BP BRB BRC BRE BRK BVRV CA1 CB1 CB2 CB3 CB4 CB5 CB6 CB7 CB8 CB9 CB30 CB105 CB105H CBPW CK01 CK02 CM01 CM02 CM03 CM04 CM05 CN1 CN2 CN3 CN4 CN5 CN6 DCL DIAL DSH E22 EG1 EG2 EGC1 EGC2 EGC3 EGPW EGR EHL ESD F105 F1T F2T F3T F30 FAC FAR FBRL FBRR FD1 FD2 FD3 FD4 FFT FLSW FLUC FLV FRT FS11 FS12 FS21 FS22 FSB FSTC FTK G GND GND03 GND06 GND07 GND08 GND09 GND11 GND12 GND20 HDT
Type of Number Location connector of pin Terminal 1 Starting switch (Terminal B) Terminal 1 Starting switch (Terminal R1) Terminal 1 Starting switch (Terminal R2) Terminal 1 Starting switch (Terminal BR) Terminal 1 Starting switch (Terminal ACC) Terminal 1 Starting switch (Terminal C) DT 2 Air conditioner compressor DT 2 Intermediate conncector YAZAKI 8 Intermediate conncector SUMITOMO4 4 Intermediate conncector Relay 5 Air conditioner blower relay Relay 4 Air conditioner compressor relay S090 2 Air conditioner gas pressure sensor 040 36 Air conditioner controller DT 2 Diode DT 2 Diode DT 2 Diode Relay 5 Engine ACC signal cut relay DT 2 Air cleaner clogging switch (If equipped) Terminal 1 Alternator terminal B Terminal 1 Alternator terminal R DT 2 Service connector (for air suspension seat) — 1 Machine monitor — 1 GPS antenna — 1 KOMTRAX communication module — 1 ORBCOMM antenna — 1 Terminal 1 Circuit breaker (30A) Terminal 1 Circuit breaker (30A) Terminal 1 Circuit breaker (105A) Terminal 1 Circuit breaker (105A) Terminal 1 Circuit breaker (105A) Terminal 1 Circuit breaker (105A) Relay 5 Backup alarm relay DT 2 Backup alarm DT 3 Brake pedal switch — 3 Blade float switch — 3 Blade pitch switch DT 6 Blade control lever (knob switch) DT 2 Bypass valve solenoid Terminal 1 Battery relay (Contact input terminal) Terminal 3 Battery relay (Contact output terminal) Terminal 1 Battery relay (Coil ground terminal) DT 3 Brake pedal potentiometer DT 2 Transmission bevel speed sensor DT 3 CAN terminal resistance — 1 Circuit breaker (20A) — 1 Circuit breaker (20A) — 1 Circuit breaker (20A) — 1 Circuit breaker (20A) — 1 Circuit breaker (20A) — 1 Circuit breaker (20A) — 1 Circuit breaker (20A) — 1 Circuit breaker (20A) — 1 Circuit breaker (20A) — 2 Circuit breaker (30A) — 2 Circuit breaker (105A) — 2 Circuit breaker (105A) DTP 4 Intermediate connector 070 14 070 10 070 18 Machine monitor 070 12 Machine monitor 070 18 Machine monitor 070 12 Machine monitor 070 8 Machine monitor DT 2 Injecter #1 DT 2 Injecter #2 DT 2 Injecter #3 DT 2 Injecter #4 DT 2 Injecter #5 DT 2 Injecter #6 DT 3 Decelerator pedal potentiometer M 3 Fuel control dial DRC-70A 70 Intermediate connector DT 6 Intermediate connector DTP 2 Intermediate connector DT-B 12 Intermediate connector DRC-60 60 Engine controller DRC-50 50 Engine controller DTP 4 Engine controller DTP 2 Intermediate connector DT 2 EGR valve solenoid 5 Engine hold relay DT 3 Service connector (for engine option) DTHD 1 Intermediate connector DT 2 Transmission 1st clutch ECMV (Fill switch) DT 2 Transmission 2nd clutch ECMV (Fill switch) DT 2 Transmission 3rd clutch ECMV (Fill switch) DTHD 1 Intermediate connector DT 2 Fan pump control valve DT 2 Fan reverse solenoid valve DT 2 Left brake ECMV (Fill switch) DT 2 Right brake ECMV (Fill switch) 24-31 31 Intermediate connector DT-C 12 Intermediate connector DT 6 Intermediate connector 24-31 31 Intermediate connector DT 2 Transmission F clutch ECMV (Fill switch) SWP 6 Headlamp switch DT 2 Torque converter lockup clutch ECMV (Fill switch) DT 2 Fuel level sensor DT 2 Transmission R clutch ECMV (Fill switch) — 5 Fuse box — 5 Fuse box — 5 Fuse box — 5 Fuse box 24-21 21 Intermediate connector DT 2 Torque converter stator clutch ECMV (Fill switch) DT 12 Intermediate connector SUMITOMO 3 Engine Bkup speed sensor Terminal 1 Ground (ROPS) Terminal 6 Ground (ROPS) Terminal 4 Ground (Fender) Terminal 1 Ground (Bulkhead) Terminal 4 Ground (Guard) [Additional headlamp specification] Terminal 1 Ground (Engine) Terminal 6 Ground (Floor) Terminal 6 Ground (Floor) Terminal 2 Ground (Engine) DT 2 Hydraulic oil temperature sensor
Connectors table and arrangement drawing D155AX-6 Address R-9 R-8 R-8 R-8 R-9 R-9 AE-1 F-7, AG-8 K-8, AB-8 K-9, AB-7 AB-5 AB-4 I-1 L-8 AB-2 AB-2 AE-2 D-8 E-7 AC-4 AC-5 AA-8 F-8 I-9 H-8 I-9 K-2 L-2 L-2 M-3 M-3 M-3 M-2 A-8 M-5 P-6 T-7 T-7 V-9 AD-6 N-3 M-3 N-1 P-6 AN-7 AH-3 C-6 C-6 C-6 B-6 B-6 B-6 B-6 A-6 D-6 L-2 M-3 M-3 X-9 Z-9 Y-9 R-6 R-5 R-5 — — AC-4 AC-5 AD-7 AE-7 AE-7 AH-7 P-6 AB-8 P-2, V-1 AG-2 H-1, AH-5 H-1, AH-5 AH-4 AH-4 AG-3 L-3 AC-5 D-9 U-2 K-2 AL-9 AK-8 AK-8 L-3 AI-3 C-1 AL-7 AM-7 K-2, AB-4 L-3 M-3 J-2, AB-3 AM-9 P-5 AJ-1 M-4 AL-9 A-8 A-8 A-7 A-7 B-9, AB-4 AK-1 M-7 AD-2 M-3 M-5 J-1 G-1 — AE-2 AB-6 AB-6 AF-2 AI-2
Connector Type of Number Location No. connector of pin HHP DT 3 Work equipment and HSS pump pressure sensor HNSW DT 2 Horn switch HRN — 1 Horn HSL DT 2 HSS left EPC valve HSR DT 2 HSS right EPC valve HSS DT 6 Intermediate connector HT Terminal 2 Heater relay (Terminal C) HT/A Terminal 1 Heater relay (Terminal A) HT/B Terminal 1 Heater relay (Terminal B) HTD DT 2 Diode J1939 DT 3 Service connector JM01 — 6 Junction wiring harness JM02 — 7 Junction wiring harness JM03 — 4 Junction wiring harness JM04 — 3 Junction wiring harness JM05 — 3 Junction wiring harness JM06 — 3 Junction wiring harness JM07 — 5 Junction wiring harness JM08 — 7 Junction wiring harness KEY DT 6 Starting switch LHD DT 2 Intermediate connector LHDL DT 2 Left headlamp LHDL1 DT 2 Additional left headlamp [Additional headlamp specification] LHDL2 DT 2 Additional left headlamp [Additional headlamp specification] LHDR DT 2 Right headlamp LHDR1 DT 2 Additional right headlamp [Additional headlamp specification] LHDR2 DT 2 Additional right headlamp [Additional headlamp specification] LMD1 DT 2 Diode LMD2 DT 2 Diode LMFL Relay 5 Left headlamp relay LMFR Relay 5 Right headlamp relay LMRE Relay 5 Rear lamp relay LMRP Relay 5 Ripper lamp relay LREL DT 2 Left rear lamp LRER DT 2 Right rear lamp LRP1 DT 2 Ripper lamp LRP2 DT 3 Intermediate connector NE FRAMATONE 3 Engine Ne speed sensor NSF Relay 5 Neutral safety relay OPPW DT 2 Intermediate connector PAMB FRAMATONE 4 Ambient pressure sensor PBD DT 2 Diode PBS DT 2 Pedal brake solenoid PCV1 SUMITOMO 2 Supply pump #1 PCV2 SUMITOMO 2 Supply pump #2 PEVA CANNON 4 EGR inlet pressure sensor PFUEL AMP 3 Common rail pressure sensor PHR Relay 5 Preheat relay PIM CANNON 4 Charge pressure sensor PKD DT 2 Diode PKS DT 2 Parking brake solenoid PKSW DT 3 Parking brake lever switch PL1 DRC-70A 70 Intermediate connector PLSW DT 2 Pin puller switch POIL CANNON 4 Engine oil pressure sensor PPL DT 2 Pin puller solenoid valve PRE DT 2 Pre-lubrication connector PRT DT-A 12 Intermediate connector PT1 DT 3 Pitch angle sensor PUMP DT-A 12 Intermediate connector QDP DT 2 Blade quick drop solenoid valve RDG DT-A 12 Intermediate connector RES DT 2 Service connector RHT Terminal 1 Intake air heater (Electrical intake air heater) RLSW SWP 6 Rear lamp switch RSD DT 2 Diode S1T DT 2 Transmission 1st clutch ECMV (Solenoid) S2T DT 2 Transmission 2nd clutch ECMV (Solenoid) S3T DT 2 Transmission 3rd clutch ECMV (Solenoid) SBP DT 4 Bypass valve lift sensor SBRL DT 2 Left brake ECMV (Solenoid) SBRR DT 2 Right brake ECMV (Solenoid) SEGR DT 4 EGR valve lift sensor SFT DT 2 Transmission F clutch ECMV (Solenoid) SFTD — 3 Shift-down switch SFTU — 3 Shift-up switch SLS 050 2 Daylight sensor SLUC DT 2 Torque converter lockup clutch ECMV (Solenoid) SRT DT 2 Transmission R clutch ECMV (Solenoid) SRV DT-A 12 Service connector (for CAN communication) SSP DT 2 Sudden stop prevent valve SSTC DT 2 Torque converter stator clutch ECMV (Solenoid) ST DT 2 Starting motor (Terminal R, S) ST/B Terminal 1 Starting motor (Terminal B) STC1 DRC26-24 24 Power train controller STC2 DRC26-40A 40 Power train controller STC3 DRC26-40B 40 Power train controller SW Terminal 1 Battery relay (Coil signal terminal) TCT DT 2 Torque converter oil temperature sensor TFUEL PACKARD 2 Fuel temperature sensor TIM PACKARD 2 Charge temperature sensor TIP DT 3 Torque converter inlet pressure sensor TLV1 DT-B 8 Steering/directional/gearshift lever (Potentiometer) TLV2 DT 6 Steering/directional/gearshift lever (Shift switch) TMV 24-23 23 Intermediate connector TOP DT 3 Torque converter outlet pressure sensor TVC DT 2 Work equipment and HSS pump TVC valve TWTR PACKARD 2 Engine coolant temperature sensor WEC1 DRC26-24 24 Work equipment controller WEC2 DRC26-40A 40 Work equipment controller WEC3 DRC26-40B 40 Work equipment controller WELK DT 3 Work equipment lock lever switch WEP1 DT 2 Blade lift raise EPC valve WEP2 DT 2 Blade lift lower EPC valve WEP3 DT 2 Blade left tilt head EPC valve WEP4 DT 2 Blade left tilt bottom EPC valve WEP5 DT 2 Blade right tilt head EPC valve WEP6 DT 2 Blade right tilt bottom EPC valve WEP7 DT 2 Ripper lift raise EPC valve WEP8 DT 2 Ripper lift lower EPC valve WEP9 DT 2 Ripper tilt in EPC valve WEPA DT 2 Ripper tilt back EPC valve Service connector (Power supply for driving work equipment in emergency) WEPW DT 2 WESL DRC-40A 40 Intermediate connector WLK DT 2 Work equipment lock solenoid valve WLV DT 2 Radiator coolant level sensor WLV1 DT-B 8 Blade control lever (Potentiometer) WLV2 DT-B 8 Ripper control lever WSH DT 4 Intermediate connector WSH1 DT 6 Window washer tank (Front, left) WSH2 DT 6 Window washer tank (Rear, right)
Address AI-4 V-9 C-2 U-9 T-8 U-9, AJ-8 A-5 B-5 A-4 H-1 AF-8 AH-4 AH-3 AH-3 AG-2 AH-5 AH-5 AF-8 AG-8 R-6 C-3 C-3 — — C-4 — — Q-8 Q-8 C-9 C-9 A-9 D-7 M-7 I-9 M-6 M-4 AH-4 C-9 V-1 AH-3 AB-6 AL-7 AD-2 AD-2 AC-6 AF-2 B-9 AH-6 AB-6 AL-7 L-8, AB-5 AB-4, AN-6 W-9 AG-2 M-4 W-1 E-7 D-6 T-7, AI-8 C-2 C-5 AG-7 AC-6 P-4 AA-1 AK-9 AK-8 AK-8 AD-6 AM-7 AM-7 AC-3 AL-7 X-1 Y-1 P-7 AK-1 AK-8 V-1 AN-2 AK-1 AC-3 AD-7 Z-1 Z-1 AA-1 N-1 AM-2 AH-7 AH-6 AM-2 Y-1 Y-1 AN-3 AM-2 AI-3 AF-8 T-2 T-3 T-5 W-9 T-9 T-9 T-9 T-9 U-9 T-8 U-9 T-8 U-9 T-8 T-8 T-6 AJ-6 C-2 T-6 V-9 X-9 J-2 I-1
SEN00617-03 D155AX-6
7
90 Diagrams and drawings
D155AX-6
SEN00617-03
9
SEN00617-03
90 Diagrams and drawings
D155AX-6 Bulldozer Form No. SEN00617-03
© 2007 KOMATSU All Rights Reserved Printed in Japan 03-07 (02)
10
D155AX-6
View more...
Comments
